DENIOS Main Catalogue

1

D E N I O S – W E P R O T E C T L I V E S A N D T H E E N V I R O N M E N T 0 1 9 5 2 8 1 1 9 9 1 | W W W . D E N I O S . C O . U K / S H O P H A Z A R D O U S M A T E R I A L S T O R A G E | I N D U S T R I A L R E Q U I R E M E N T S | W O R K S A F E T Y

2

4 0 Y E A R S O F D E N I O S – R E S P O N S I B I L I T Y F O R T H E C O M I N G D E C A D E S D E A R C U S T O M E R S , B U S I N E S S P A R T N E R S A N D A S S O C I A T E S , The year 2026 will be a very special one for us: we will be celebrating 40 years of DENIOS – which is much more than just a milestone birthday. It is a moment to pause, look back, say thank you – and above all, to think ahead. For four decades, we have been developing, manufacturing and supplying solutions that protect people and the environment. We have set standards, taken responsibility and acted out of conviction. But the world around us has changed: it has become more complex, more uncertain and more volatile. Today, safety is no longer a marginal issue, but a fundamental emotional need – in industry as well as in everyday life. That is why we are celebrating our 40th anniversary not as a nostalgic look back, but as a turning point. W From product supplier to safety authority W From experience to attitude W From the past to Vision Zero Our DENIOS Vision Zero stands for a clear goal: a world without harm to people or the environment. It is not just a simple slogan, but our compass – for every decision, every product, every conversation with our customers. We do not believe in ‘safe enough’. We think safety further: systemically, digitally, holistically. With zero compromises in development and supply. Safety is at the core of our brand. It combines technology, culture and responsibility to create a comprehensive safety ecosystem – measurable, transpa- rent and with real added value for everyone who places their trust in us. For us, 40 years of experience are not an end point, but a turning point – the beginning of a new era. Because safety does not end at the factory gate – it begins right there. And it will always remain our promise: to our employees, our partners, our customers – and to society. We would like to thank everyone who has been with us on this journey since 1986 and continues to help shape it. Here's to the coming decades – for a world without harm to people or the environment. W W W . D E N I O S . C O . U K / 4 0 d e n i o s – w e p R o T e c T L i V e s A n d T h e e n V i R o n M e n T Helmut Dennig Company founder and managing partner Dominik Dennig Managing partner 2 w w w . d e n i o s . c o . u k / s h o p

3

T H E D E N I O S R A N G E O F S E R V I C E S Our aim is to offer our customers a 360-degree solution, from concept to completion and beyond: We advise, develop and manufacture the right product and the best possible solution for each customer. We take care of the professional delivery, assembly and commissioning and offer a comprehensive service in the areas of maintenance and servicing. c o n s u L T A T i o n Personal advice on site, via hotline or online via email or social media | Extensive FAQ's, tutorials and instructions on our website | Interdisciplinary co-operation W Legally compliant W Practical W Solution-oriented W W W . D E N I O S . C O . U K / C O N S U L T A T I O N p R o d u c T Wide range with > 20,000 products and > 70 well-known brands in the field of environmental protection and safety | In-house innovation, engineering and production | Certified quality management W Innovative W Extensive W Safe W W W . D E N I O S . C O . U K / S H O P s e R V i c e Full service for storage of hazardous materials | Maintenance and service | International Service locations | Certified technicians | Free tools & knowledge formats W Reliable W Field-tested W Certified E x P E R T A D V I C E A N D O R D E R L I N E : 0 1 9 5 2 8 1 1 9 9 1 3 W W W . D E N I O S . C O . U K / S E R V I C E S

4

C O N T E N T S 1 h A Z A R d o u s M A T e R i A L s T o R A G e Spill pallets in steel and stainless steel . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 10 Dispensing stations with steel spill pallet . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 22 Surface protection systems in steel . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 30 Polyethylene spill trays . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 36 Spill pallets in plastic . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 37 Dispensing stations with plastic spill pallet . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 48 Surface protection systems in plastic . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 54 Shelving racking . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 60 Chemical cabinets . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 82 Acids and alkalis cabinets . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 92 Hazardous materials cabinets . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 100 Bunded drum cabinets . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 142 Gas cylinder storage . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 160 Hazardous materials storage containers with shelving . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 172 Compact hazardous materials stores . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 180 Walk-in hazmat store . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 184 Walk-in fire rated storage cabinets . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 192 Compact fire-rated storage containers . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 196 2 h A n d L i n G h A Z A R d o u s M A T e R i A L s Pumps . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 218 Pump Systems . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 234 Mixers . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 236 Heating jackets and drum heaters . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 242 Heating belts and base heating plates for drums . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 247 Earthing cables and earthing systems . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 248 Drum accessories, drum taps and drum funnels . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 252 Funnels for drums and IBCs . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 258 Samplers . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 262 Drum dollies and drum trolleys. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 268 Barriers for doors and gates . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 275 Drum tongs and drum hangers . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 276 Forklift attachments . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 278 Drum lifters . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 282 Drum lifters with explosion protection . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 288 Gas cylinder handling . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 291 DENSORB absorbent materials and oil barriers . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 294 DENSORB leak emergency spill kits . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 316 SpillGuard® hazardous substance leak warning system . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 330 3 T A n k s A n d c o n T A i n e R s Storage and waste tanks . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 350 Mobile fuel tanks . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 352 Stationary fuel tanks for diesel and petrol . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 360 Chemical and collection tanks . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 362 IBC in plastic and stainless steel . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 365 Drums and canisters . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 372 Narrow and wide necked bottles . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 380 Safety cans and containers . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 388 Storage container for lithium-ion batteries . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 394 Transport containers for hazardous materials . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 398 6 Fire-rated storage containers with shelving . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 200 Fire-rated storage containers for lithium-ion energy storage devices . . . . . 208 Heating chambers and boxes . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 210 2 1 4 Drain sealing system . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 332 Leak containment systems . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 340 Spill trays and door seals . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 342 Safety drums and drum overpacks . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 344 Barriers for doors and gates . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 346 3 4 8 4 w w w . d e n i o s . c o . u k / s h o p

5

4 w o R k s A F e T Y e Q u i p M e n T VARIO Flow containment systems . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 402 VARIO Flow hazardous materials workstations GAP . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 404 Work tables . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 407 At source capture and extraction benches . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 408 Safety glasses . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 412 Head protection . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 413 Breathing protection . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 414 Hearing protection . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 416 Protective gloves . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 418 Protective clothing . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 420 Fall protection . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 422 First aid . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 426 Emergency showers and eye wash stations . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 430 Fire protection . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 446 Workplace matting . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 448 5 c L e A n i n G A n d w A s T e d i s p o s A L bio.x solvent-free parts cleaning . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 460 Ultrasound cleaning . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 464 Industrial parts cleaning with cold cleaner . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 472 Dip tanks - Safety for small parts cleaners . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 474 Spray cans and plunger cans . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 475 Immersion containers and dip tanks . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 477 Cleaning wipes and cloths . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 478 Magnetic collectors for metal scrap . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 482 Liquid vacuum cleaners, oil tape skimmers and safety vacuum cleaners . . . 484 Waste oil and hazardous materials collection . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 490 Waste collectors and recyclable materials sorters . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 504 Safety waste paper baskets . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 513 Waste sacks . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 514 Waste collectors and baskets for outdoor use . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 516 Smoking shelters . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 519 6 p R o d u c T i o n A n d o p e R A T i o n e Q u i p M e n T Transport trolleys . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 522 Lifting equipment and lifting technology . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 536 Tipping skips . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 544 Mesh box pallets and accessories . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 550 Used battery container . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 552 Aluminium boxes . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 558 Open-fronted storage bins and shelf bins . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 560 Big Bags and accessories . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 562 Grit bins . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 564 Storage shelves . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 568 Equipment cabinets and social room facilities . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 574 Work chairs and stools . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 580 Safety barriers and impact protection . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 587 Hose and cable bridges . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 608 Industrial and traffic mirrors . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 610 Security and locking equipment . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 618 Access control . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 620 Helmet lamps and torches . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 624 4 0 0 4 5 8 5 2 0 Scales . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 626 Spark-free tools . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 630 Cutting tools . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 633 Signs and markings . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 634 E x P E R T A D V I C E A N D O R D E R L I N E : 0 1 9 5 2 8 1 1 9 9 1 5

6

H A Z A R D O U S M A T E R I A L S T O R A G E Safety for people and the environment is the top priority when storing hazardous materials. Since 1986, DENIOS has been offering certified, tried-and-tested solutions that are legally compliant and of high quality. Whether water-polluting, corrosive, harmful, flammable or toxic substances - we have the right storage solution for you. 6 w w w . d e n i o s . c o . u k / s h o p

7

Our product range extends from drip pans and hazardous material cabinets to customised large-scale storage systems that are perfectly tailored to your needs. s p i L L p A L L e T s h A Z A R d o u s M A T e R i A L d e p o T s Steel and stainless steel spill trays Steel and stainless steel spill pallets Polyethylene spill trays Plastic spill pallets d i s p e n s i n G s T A T i o n s Dispensing stations with steel spill pallet Dispensing stations with plastic spill pallet s p i L L A G e d e c k i n G Steel surface protection systems Plastic surface protection systems h A Z A R d o u s s u B s T A n c e R A c k i n G Shelving racking Bunded drum cabinets G A s c Y L i n d e R s T o R A G e Gas cylinder cabinets and stores Gas cylinder storage h A Z A R d o u s M A T e R i A L s c o n T A i n e R Hazardous materials storage containers with shelving Compact hazardous materials stores Walk-in hazmat stores Walk-in fire rated storage cabinets Compact fire-rated storage containers Fire-rated storage containers with shelving Fire-rated storage containers for lithium-ion energy storage devices 10 11 36 37 22 48 30 54 60 h A Z A R d o u s M A T e R i A L A n d s A F e T Y c A B i n e T s Heating chambers and boxes T h e R M o T e c h n o L o G Y Chemical cabinets Acids and alkalis cabinets Hazardous materials cabinets 82 92 100 142 156 160 172 180 184 192 196 200 208 210 E x P E R T A D V I C E A N D O R D E R L I N E : 0 1 9 5 2 8 1 1 9 9 1 7

8

D E N I O S M A G A Z I N E A L L Y O U N E E D T O K N O W A B O U T S P I L L P A L L E T S As a supplier and manufacturer of the largest range of spill pallets in Europe, we are experts when it comes to storing hazardous materials with spill pallets. The DENIOS magazine contains interesting information and useful practical tips on the topic of spill pallets. U G u i d e s U A R T i c L e s U F A Q U c h e c k L i s T s U V i d e o s U w h i T e p A p e R s U i n T e R V i e w s U A n d M u c h M o R e ! www.denios.co.uk/magazine G u i d e s G u i d e s M e d i A R e s i s T A n c e L i s T T h e p e R F e c T s p i L L p A L L e T : The corrosion resistance of the materials used to make the spill pallet and their compatibility with the substances stored must be demonstrated. Steel spill pallets (1.0038) can be used for many chemical substances. Plastic (polyethylene) spill pallets are frequently required if corrosive substances (acids / alkalis) are being stored. Stainless steel offers the best protection, especially against many aggressive liquids. If no specific information is provided in the resistance lists, your spill pallet can be made of the same material as your transport container. 3 questions you should ask yourself before buying. W What substance do you want to store? W What collection volume do you need? W Do you need special functionality? It's easy to find the right spill pallet. www.denios.co.uk/media-resistance www.denios.co.uk/spillpallets-faqs s p i L L G u A R d c o n n e c T ® s p i L L p A L L e T F i n d e R s e c u R e LY n e T w o R k e d , i n n o V A T i V e , d i G i T A L L e A k M A n A G e M e n T Use the advantages of digitalisation for your leak management 4.0: with the new, innovative SpillGuard® connect leak detector, you can monitor your spill pallets centrally via web app and are alerted in real time in the event of a leak. d o n ’ T s e A R c h , F i n d ! Find the right product - quickly and easily, with just a few clicks. www.denios.co.uk/spillguard www.denios.co.uk/spillpallets 8 w w w . d e n i o s . c o . u k / s h o p

9

S T E E L S P I L L P A L L E T S - Y O U R A D V A N T A G E S 1 Removable grid in galvanised steel Hot-dip galvanised grid as a loading surface (mesh size 40 mm x 30 mm), load capacity 800 kg Optimised foot design - simplifies handling with a pallet truck or forklift Galvanised or powder coated - for optimum corrosion protection Leak testing with factory certification 2 3 4 5 6 100 mm ground clearance 100% manufacturer quality 4 6 5 1 2 3 E x P E R T A D V I C E A N D O R D E R L I N E : 0 1 9 5 2 8 1 1 9 9 1 9

10

1 IN STEEL AND STAINLESS STEEL for small containers and 1 to 2 drums x 200 litres e G A R o T s L A i R e T A M s u o d R A Z A h See page 12 Sump Volume [l] External dimensions W x D x H [mm] 7 407 x 257 x 97 10 607 x 257 x 97 14 507 x 407 x 97 21 607 x 507 x 97 See page 12 Sump Volume [l] External dimensions W x D x H [mm] See page 13 Sump Volume [l] External dimensions W x D x H [mm] See page 13 25 38 50 76 102 392 x 392 x 200 584 x 392 x 200 774 x 392 x 200 774 x 584 x 200 774 x 774 x 200 7 10 14 21 28 42 406 x 256 x 99 606 x 256 x 99 506 x 406 x 99 606 x 506 x 99 993 x 406 x 99 993 x 606 x 99 Grid Sump Volume [l] External dimensions W x D x H [mm] without 80 galvanised 80 without 80 galvanised 80 without 80 galvanised 80 785 x 635 x 178 785 x 639 x 181 785 x 635 x 278 785 x 639 x 281 1275 x 635 x 890 1275 x 639 x 890 See page 14 Grid Storage capacity for 205 litre drums Sump Volume [l] External dimensions W x D x H [mm] without 1 238 885 x 815 x 478 galvanised 1 238 885 x 815 x 478 without 1 230 866 x 866 x 418 galvanised 1 238 1350 x 815 x 995 See page 15 Grid Storage capacity for 205 litre drums Sump Volume [l] External dimensions W x D x H [mm] without 1 235 1236 x 815 x 255 galvanised 2 235 1236 x 815 x 255 without 1 235 1236 x 815 x 355 galvanised 2 235 1236 x 815 x 360 without 2 238 1232 x 872 x 351 galvanised 2 235 1716 x 815 x 995 10 w w w . d e n i o s . c o . u k / s h o p

11

IN STEEL AND STAINLESS STEEL for 3 to 12 x 200 litre drums and IBCs 1 See page 16 Storage capacity for 205 litre drums Sump Volume [l] External dimensions W x D x H [mm] 3 386 2010 x 820 x 360 4 265 1236 x 1210 x 190 4 265 1236 x 1210 x 290 4 485 1240 x 1210 x 355 4 485 1240 x 1215 x 455 See page 18 Storage capacity for 205 litre drums Sump Volume [l] External dimensions W x D x H [mm] 4 280 2470 x 816 x 250 4 480 2470 x 820 x 373 8 425 2455 x 1210 x 250 12 650 3670 x 1210 x 263 See page 21 Storage capacity for 205 litre drums Sump Volume [l] External dimensions W x D x H [mm] 1 240 870 x 865 x 446 2 250 1340 x 850 x 336 4 267 1340 x 1260 x 270 See page 26 Storage capacity Sump Volume [l] Dispensing area External dimensions W x D x H [mm] 600 litre IBC: 1 675 Yes 1104 x 1722 x 540 1000 litre IBC: 1 1100 No 1120 x 1300 x 1096 1000 litre IBC: 1 1100 Yes 1350 x 1650 x 710 See page 27 Storage capacity for 1000 litre IBCs Sump Volume [l] Dispensing area External dimensions W x D x H [mm] See page 28 Storage capacity for 1000 litre IBCs Sump Volume [l] External dimensions W x D x H [mm] See page 29 Storage capacity for 1000 litre IBCs Sump Volume [l] External dimensions W x D x H [mm] E x P E R T A D V I C E A N D O R D E R L I N E : 0 1 9 5 2 8 1 1 9 9 1 2 1180 No 2200 x 1300 x 590 1 1100 1120 x 1300 x 1095 e G A R o T s L A i R e T A M s u o d R A Z A h 4 487 1340 x 1260 x 403 NEW 1000 litre IBC: 1 1400 Yes 1406 x 2068 x 1829 2 1280 Yes 2680 x 1650 x 415 3 1200 3280 x 1300 x 430 2 1100 2200 x 1300 x 591 11

12

Steel small container spill trays with 7 to 21 litre containment volume Ideal for use in the workplace, e.g. on the workbench. Store hazardous materials directly at the place of use. The sturdy plastic feet protect against corrosion and prevent damage to worksurfaces and flooring. 1 e G A R o T s L A i R e T A M s u o d R A Z A h Sump Volume [l] External dimensions W x D x H [mm] Order number Without perforated metal sheets Order number With galvanised perforated plate 7 407 x 257 x 97 328-371-JD 328-380-JD 10 607 x 257 x 97 328-372-JD 328-381-JD 14 507 x 407 x 97 328-373-JD 328-382-JD 21 607 x 507 x 97 328-374-JD 328-383-JD Steel small container spill trays with 25 to 102 litre containment volume Can be optimally combined on Euro or chemical pallets. Store hazardous materials directly where they need to be used. Sturdy plastic feet protect industrial or laboratory floors and prevent corrosion. Sump Volume [l] External dimensions W x D x H [mm] Order number Order number With galvanised perforated plate 25 392 x 392 x 200 328-375-JD 328-384-JD 38 584 x 392 x 200 328-376-JD 328-385-JD 50 774 x 392 x 200 328-377-JD 328-386-JD 76 774 x 584 x 200 328-378-JD 328-387-JD 102 774 x 774 x 200 328-379-JD 328-388-JD All products for Spill trays for small containers in steel can be found here: All products for Spill trays for small containers in stainless steel can be found here: www.denios.co.uk/kat/12806 www.denios.co.uk/kat/12808 12 w w w . d e n i o s . c o . u k / s h o p

13

Stainless steel small container spill trays with 7 to 42 litre containment volume Ideal for use in the workplace, e.g. on the workbench. Store hazardous materials directly at the place of use. In rust-free stainless steel, long term corrosion protection even when storing aggressive chemicals. The sturdy plastic feet protect against corrosion and prevent damage to worksurfaces and flooring. 1 e G A R o T s L A i R e T A M s u o d R A Z A h Sump Volume [l] External dimensions W x D x H [mm] Order number Order number With stainless steel perforated plate 7 406 x 256 x 99 328-399-JD 328-405-JD 10 606 x 256 x 99 328-400-JD 328-406-JD 14 506 x 406 x 99 328-401-JD 328-407-JD 21 606 x 506 x 99 328-402-JD 328-408-JD 28 993 x 406 x 99 328-403-JD 328-409-JD 42 993 x 606 x 99 328-404-JD 328-410-JD Steel spill pallets with 80 litre containment volume Especially compact and space saving. Store hazardous materials directly where they need to be used. o R d e R A T T h e s A M e T i M e Wheel set made of electri- cally conductive plastic Order no. 332-898-JD Version Grid Overall load capacity [kg] External dimensions W x D x H [mm] Sump Volume [l] Features Roller material Order number Not accessible without 400 785 x 635 x 178 80 – – 328-389-JD galvanised 400 785 x 639 x 181 80 – – 328-390-JD Accessible underneath With castors without 400 785 x 635 x 278 80 – – 328-391-JD galvanised 400 785 x 639 x 281 80 – – 328-392-JD without 300 1275 x 635 x 890 80 4 swivel castors Polyamide 328-397-JD galvanised 300 1275 x 639 x 890 80 4 swivel castors Polyamide 328-398-JD E x P E R T A D V I C E A N D O R D E R L I N E : 0 1 9 5 2 8 1 1 9 9 1 13

14

Steel spill pallets for 1 x 200 litres Especially compact, space-saving design 1 e G A R o T s L A i R e T A M s u o d R A Z A h Version Grid Maximum load [kg] External dimensions W x D x H [mm] Sump Volume [l] Design Roller material Order number Accessible underneath without 400 885 x 815 x 478 238 – – 328-423-JD Accessible underneath galvanised 400 885 x 815 x 478 238 – – 328-430-JD Accessible underneath without 450 866 x 866 x 418 230 With drum support – 328-429-JD With castors galvanised 400 1350 x 815 x 995 238 2 swivel castors, 2 fixed castors Polyamide 328-441-JD 14 w w w . d e n i o s . c o . u k / s h o p

15

Steel spill pallets for up to 2 x 200 litre drums Especially compact, space-saving design 1 e G A R o T s L A i R e T A M s u o d R A Z A h NEW o R d e R A T T h e s A M e T i M e Wheel set made of electrically conductive plastic Load securing set, includes a safety strap and support for 2 drums Order no. 332-897-JD Order no. 229-527-JD Version Grid Storage capacity for 205 litre drums Sump Volume [l] Overall load capacity [kg] External dimensions W x D x H [mm] Features Roller material Order number Not accessible without 1 235 800 1236 x 815 x 255 galvanised 2 235 800 1236 x 815 x 255 – – 328-417-JD – – 328-420-JD Accessible underneath without 1 235 800 1236 x 815 x 355 – – 328-424-JD galvanised 2 235 800 1236 x 815 x 360 – – 328-431-JD without 2 238 800 1232 x 872 x 351 – – 328-428-JD With castors galvanised 2 235 800 1716 x 815 x 995 2 swivel castors, 2 fixed castors Polyamide 328-442-JD E x P E R T A D V I C E A N D O R D E R L I N E : 0 1 9 5 2 8 1 1 9 9 1 15

16

Steel spill pallets for up to 3 x 200 litre drums The especially compact, space-saving design and optimised foot construction simplify handling using a pallet truck or forklift and make internal transport easy. 1 e G A R o T s L A i R e T A M s u o d R A Z A h o R d e R A T T h e s A M e T i M e Stainless steel lifting aid for grids in steel and stainless steel 1 pack = 2 units Order no. 285-739-JD Version Grid Storage capacity for 205 litre drums Sump Volume [l] Overall load capacity [kg] External dimensions W x D x H [mm] Order number Accessible underneath without 2 386 1200 2010 x 815 x 355 328-427-JD galvanised 3 386 1200 2010 x 820 x 360 328-432-JD 16 w w w . d e n i o s . c o . u k / s h o p

17

Steel spill pallets for 4 x 200 litre drums The especially compact, space-saving design o R d e R A T T h e s A M e T i M e SpillGuard® hazardous substance leak warning system See page 330 INNOVATION SpillGuard® SpillGuard® connect Order no. 271-433-JD Order no. 276-016-JD 1 e G A R o T s L A i R e T A M s u o d R A Z A h o R d e R A T T h e s A M e T i M e Earthing set for spill pallets in steel For quick, easy and safe attachment to all spill pallet edges Order no. 285-830-JD Version Grid Sump Volume [l] Overall load capacity [kg] External dimensions W x D x H [mm] Order number Not accessible Accessible underneath 265 1600 1236 x 1210 x 190 328-421-JD galvanised 485 1600 1240 x 1210 x 355 328-422-JD 265 1600 1236 x 1210 x 290 328-433-JD 485 1600 1240 x 1215 x 455 328-434-JD E x P E R T A D V I C E A N D O R D E R L I N E : 0 1 9 5 2 8 1 1 9 9 1 17

18

Steel spill pallets, for up to 8 x 205 litre drums Excellent for storing large quantities. The optimised foot design simplifies handling using a pallet truck or forklift, making internal transport easy. 1 e G A R o T s L A i R e T A M s u o d R A Z A h o R d e R A T T h e s A M e T i M e Steel ramp, hot dip galvanised, height adjustable from 150 to 270 mm, dimensions W x D (mm): 1035 x 900 Order no. 126-133-JD Storage capacity for 205 litre drums Sump Volume [l] Overall load capacity [kg] External dimensions W x D x H [mm] Order number 4 280 1600 2470 x 816 x 250 328-436-JD 4 480 1600 2470 x 820 x 373 328-437-JD 8 425 3200 2455 x 1210 x 250 328-438-JD 18 w w w . d e n i o s . c o . u k / s h o p

19

Steel spill pallets for 12 x 200 litre drums Excellent for retention of larger quantities. Particularly easy loading and unloading thanks to the low overall height of 263 mm. The optimised base design simplifies loading and unloading with pallet trucks or forklifts and facilitates in-house transit. 1 e G A R o T s L A i R e T A M s u o d R A Z A h o R d e R A T T h e s A M e T i M e INNOVATION Earthing set for spill pallets in steel For quick, easy and safe attachment to all spill pallet edges Stainless steel lifting aid for grids in steel and stainless steel 1 pack = 2 units SpillGuard® Order no. 271-433-JD SpillGuard® connect Order no. 276-016-JD Order no. 285-830-JD Order no. 285-739-JD Storage capacity for 205 litre drums Sump Volume [l] Overall load capacity [kg] External dimensions W x D x H [mm] Order number 12 650 4800 3670 x 1210 x 263 328-440-JD E x P E R T A D V I C E A N D O R D E R L I N E : 0 1 9 5 2 8 1 1 9 9 1 19

20

Stainless steel spill pallets for up to 2 200 litre drums Welded stainless steel construction – safe and durable. Long-term corrosion protection even when storing aggressive chemicals. 100 mm ground clearance enables easy in-house transit with a forklift or pallet truck. 1 e G A R o T s L A i R e T A M s u o d R A Z A h Stainless steel spill pallets for IBCs Stainless steel drums See page 29 See page 372 20 w w w . d e n i o s . c o . u k / s h o p

21

EVERYTHING FROM ONE SOURCE! Service & maintenance from the manufacturer 01952 811 991 >> www.denios.co.uk/services << 1 e G A R o T s L A i R e T A M s u o d R A Z A h o R d e R A T T h e s A M e T i M e Earthing set for spill pallets in steel For quick, easy and safe attachment to all spill pallet edges Stainless steel lifting aid for grids in steel and stainless steel 1 pack = 2 units Order no. 285-830-JD Order no. 285-739-JD Storage capacity for 205 litre drums Sump Volume [l] Overall load capacity [kg] External dimensions W x D x H [mm] Order number 1 240 400 870 x 865 x 446 328-443-JD 2 250 800 1340 x 850 x 336 328-444-JD 4 487 1600 1340 x 1260 x 403 328-446-JD 4 267 1600 1340 x 1260 x 270 328-445-JD E x P E R T A D V I C E A N D O R D E R L I N E : 0 1 9 5 2 8 1 1 9 9 1 21

22

Stacking racks as dispensing stations for 60 and 205 litre drums W Approved for the storage of materials in all water hazard classes and flammable liquids (H 224-226) W Sturdy, galvanised stacking shelf with steel spill pallet W Safe dispensing over the protruding spill pallet W With forklift pockets for easy handling W Delivered flat packed for self assembly Create your hazmat shelving / dispensing station from our modular system according to your individual operational requirements. See page 69 1 e G A R o T s L A i R e T A M s u o d R A Z A h 5 1 o R d e R A T T h e s A M e T i M e Drum roller for horizontal drums Dispensing tray in steel, dimensions W x D x H (mm): 280 x 270 x 300 Dispensing tray in PE, dimensions W x D x H (mm): 270 x 270 x 300 Drum tap with 2” thread Brass drum tap 3/4“ Order no. 114-542-JD Order no. 114-543-JD Order no. 114-902-JD Order no. 117-105-JD Order no. 117-132-JD 22 w w w . d e n i o s . c o . u k / s h o p

23

Stacking shelves as dispensing stations - space-saving and secure, drums can not only be stored, but are ready for dispensing at any time. Dispensing stations with plastic spill pallet See page 49 1 e G A R o T s L A i R e T A M s u o d R A Z A h 4 3 1 2 3 4 5 60 litre drums 2 60 litre drums 3 205 litre drums 1 205 litre drums 2 205 litre drums 4 1049 x 1236 x 837 1429 x 1210 x 837 1049 x 1236 x 837 1429 x 1210 x 837 1429 x 1210 x 1637 890 x 646 235 1 435 291-778-JD 1270 x 646 265 1 700 291-787-JD 890 x 646 235 1 435 291-776-JD 1270 x 646 265 1 700 291-782-JD 1270 x 646 265 2 1400 291-784-JD 23 2 Storage capacity Number External dimensions W x D x H [mm] Bay dimensions W x D [mm] Sump Volume [l] Number of storage levels Overall load capacity [kg] Order number E x P E R T A D V I C E A N D O R D E R L I N E : 0 1 9 5 2 8 1 1 9 9 1

24

Model p2-o for up to 4 x 205 litre drums W Approved for storing flammable liquids (H224-226) and substances in all water-polluting classes W Can be stacked 3 high W In steel with splashguard on 3 sides W Removable hot dip galvanised grid as storage surface W Accessible underneath by pallet truck and forklift 1 e G A R o T s L A i R e T A M s u o d R A Z A h Shelf fitting for drum storage unit Hazardous material depot 2 P2-O, galvanised, for 2 x 205 litre drums Hazardous material depot 4 P2-O-V50 for 4 x 205 litre drums Order no. 114-484-JD Order no. 178-413-JD Storage capacity for 205 litre drums Model External dimensions W x D x H [mm] Sump Volume [l] Overall load capacity [kg] Weight [kg] Order number painted Order number galvanised 2 2 P2-O 1390 x 900 x 1440 240 935 150 114-612-JD 114-484-JD 4 4 P2-O 1390 x 1310 x 1380 260 1400 205 114-614-JD 114-486-JD Accessories Grid, full width, for inserting on to shelf cross members Grid, half width, for inserting on to shelf cross members Drum support, 60 litre, for inserting on to shelf cross members 1 pair shelf pins for inserting shelf cross members 1 pair shelf cross members, for inserting grids / drum rails Protective hoop, folding, for transport safety Covers Cover for 4 P2-O / -R, offering protection from dirt and weather o R d e R A T T h e s A M e T i M e Covers W To protect against contamination W High-quality fabric cover W Integrated A4 document pocket W Long side can be opened up, with Velcro fasteners 4 4 P2-O-V50 1390 x 1310 x 1505 465 1400 275 178-413-JD 178-414-JD Order number 101-114-JD 101-115-JD 114-546-JD 114-544-JD 114-545-JD 114-562-JD 136-470-JD 136-471-JD Hazardous material depot 2 P2-O, painted, with shelf for small containers Order no. 122-720-JD Cover for 2 P2-O / -R Order no. 136-470-JD Cover for 4 P2-O / -R Order no. 136-471-JD 24 w w w . d e n i o s . c o . u k / s h o p

25

Model p2-p, and p2-r for max. 4 x 205 litre drums W Approved for storing flammable liquids (H224-226) and substances in all water-polluting classes W In steel, open on 3 sides W Removable hot dip galvanised grid as storage surface W Accessible underneath by pallet truck and forklift W Special cover to protect from contamination and weather, available as an option 1 e G A R o T s L A i R e T A M s u o d R A Z A h Hazardous material station model 2 P2-R, painted, stackable, for 2 x 205 litre drums (folding protective bar optional) Order no. 114-606-JD Protective bar, folding, for transport safety Order no. 114-562-JD Drum storage unit type 4 P2-R, galvanised, stackable, with optional 260 or 280 litre sump capacity Order no. 114-480-JD Hazardous material station 4 P2-P-V50, painted, for 4 x 205 litre drums (image shows folding protective bars, available separately) Order no. 178-415-JD Storage capacity for 205 litre drums Model Stackable External dimensions W x D x H [mm] Sump Volume [l] Overall load capacity [kg] Weight [kg] Order number painted Order number galvanised 2 4 4 2 4 4 2 P2-P No 1355 x 865 x 935 240 935 120 128-290-JD 128-291-JD 4 P2-P No 1355 x 1270 x 870 260 1400 148 128-292-JD 128-293-JD 4 P2-P-V50 No 1355 x 1270 x 1000 465 1400 161 178-415-JD 178-416-JD 2 P2-R yes 1390 x 900 x 1440 240 935 136 114-606-JD 114-478-JD 4 P2-R yes 1390 x 1310 x 1380 260 1400 164 114-608-JD 114-480-JD 4 P2-R-V50 yes 1390 x 1310 x 1505 465 1400 161 178-417-JD 178-418-JD E x P E R T A D V I C E A N D O R D E R L I N E : 0 1 9 5 2 8 1 1 9 9 1 25

26

Steel spill pallets for 1 IBC of 600 to 1000 litres volume The especially compact, space-saving design and optimised foot construction simplify handling using a pallet truck or forklift and make internal transport easy. W Can support for dispensing tasks available as an option 1 e G A R o T s L A i R e T A M s u o d R A Z A h NEW Extra large containment volume for recording 1000 litres of hazardous material plus 400 litres of extinguishing water for integration into the in-house concept of sprinkler systems in accordance with VdS 3859 - with walls and doors for mutual protection of IBCs and working environment as well as for the safe discharge of hazardous material and extinguishing water. Accessories Order number Dispensing platforms for 1-, 2- and 3-IBC sumps made of steel Order number Dispensing platforms for 1 steel IBC sumps with filling area Order number Plastic insert for 1 IBC spill pallets Order number Electrically conductive plastic insert for 1 IBC spill pallets Order number Plastic spill pallet insert, for spill pallets L x W (mm): 1350 x 1650 Order number Dissipative plastic spill pallet insert, for spill pallets L x W (mm): 1350 x 1650 Order number Dispensing tray, galvanised, with direct discharge into the spill pallet Order number Galvanised splashguard, for spill pallets with a width of 1120 mm 332-895-JD 114-569-JD 332-990-JD 332-991-JD 114-433-JD 270-790-JD 274-148-JD 274-122-JD NEW Dispensing area Sump Volume [l] Overall load capacity [kg] External dimensions W x D x H [mm] Order number Yes 675 1200 1104 x 1722 x 540 328-455-JD No 1100 2000 1120 x 1300 x 1096 328-449-JD Yes 1100 2000 1350 x 1650 x 710 328-456-JD Yes 1400 2000 1406 x 2068 x 1829 328-462-JD 26 w w w . d e n i o s . c o . u k / s h o p

27

Steel spill sumps for 2 IBCs of 1000 litres each Suitable for storing 2 IBCs. Optimised foot design simplifies handling when using a pallet truck or forklift and makes internal transport easy. W With dispensing platform for use as dispensing or dosing station W Can support for dispensing tasks available as an option W For storing aggressive media such as acids and alkalis the spill pallets can be fitted with a highly resistant inlay in polyethylene (PE) W 3 part galvanised splash protection optionally available 1 e G A R o T s L A i R e T A M s u o d R A Z A h Accessories Order number Dispensing platforms for 1-, 2- and 3-IBC sumps made of steel Order number Dispensing platforms for 2 steel IBC sumps with filling area Order number Plastic insert for 2 IBC spill pallets Order number Electrically conductive plastic insert for 2 IBC spill pallets Order number Plastic spill pallet insert, for spill pallets L x W (mm): 2680 x 1650 Order number Dissipative plastic spill pallet insert, for spill pallets L x W (mm): 2680 x 1650 Order number Dispensing tray, galvanised, with direct discharge into the spill pallet Order number Galvanised splashguard, for spill pallets with a width of 2200 mm 332-895-JD 332-896-JD 332-992-JD 332-993-JD 114-436-JD 270-792-JD 274-148-JD 274-123-JD Acid resistant polyethylene (PE) spill pallet inliner available as an accessory o R d e R A T T h e s A M e T i M e Earthing set for spill pallets in steel For quick, easy and safe attachment to all spill pallet edges Order no. 285-830-JD Stainless steel lifting aid for grids in steel and stainless steel 1 pack = 2 units Order no. 285-739-JD Dispensing area Containment volume [L] Overall load capacity [kg] External dimensions W x D x H [mm] Order number No 1180 4000 2200 x 1300 x 590 328-450-JD Yes 1280 4000 2680 x 1650 x 415 328-458-JD E x P E R T A D V I C E A N D O R D E R L I N E : 0 1 9 5 2 8 1 1 9 9 1 27

28

Steel spill pallets for 3 x 1000 litre IBCs Suitable for storing 3 IBCs. The optimised foot design simplifies handling using a pallet truck or forklift and makes internal transport easy. W For storing aggressive media such as acids and alkalis the spill pallets can be fitted with a highly resistant inlay in polyethylene (PE) W Approved for storing flammable liquids (H224-226) and substances in all water-polluting classes 1 e G A R o T s L A i R e T A M s u o d R A Z A h o R d e R A T T h e s A M e T i M e Dispensing tray, galvanised, with direct discharge into the spill pallet Order no. 274-148-JD o R d e R A T T h e s A M e T i M e SpillGuard® Order no. 271-433-JD INNOVATION SpillGuard® connect Order no. 276-016-JD IBC storage capacity Sump Volume [l] Overall load capacity [kg] External dimensions W x D x H [mm] Order number Accessories Order number Order number Dispensing tray, galvanised, with direct discharge into the spill pallet Order number Plastic spill pallet insert, for spill pallets L x W (mm): 3280 x 1300 Order number Dissipative plastic spill pallet insert, for spill pallets L x W (mm): 3280 x 1300 332-895-JD 274-148-JD 274-191-JD 274-192-JD 3 1200 6000 3280 x 1300 x 430 328-452-JD 28 w w w . d e n i o s . c o . u k / s h o p

29

Stainless steel sumps for 1 to 2 1000 litre IBCs Welded stainless steel construction – safe and durable. Long-term corrosion protection even when storing aggressive chemicals. W Approved for storing flammable liquids (H224-226) and substances in all water-polluting classes W For storing aggressive media such as acids and alkalis the spill pallets can be fitted with a highly resistant inlay in polyethylene (PE) W 100 mm ground clearance 1 e G A R o T s L A i R e T A M s u o d R A Z A h Accessories Order number Plastic spill pallet insert, for spill pallets L x W (mm): 3280 x 1300 Order number Dissipative plastic spill pallet insert, for spill pallets L x W (mm): 3280 x 1300 274-191-JD 274-192-JD o R d e R A T T h e s A M e T i M e Earthing set for spill pallets in steel For quick, easy and safe attachment to all spill pallet edges Order no. 285-830-JD Stainless steel lifting aid for grids in steel and stainless steel 1 pack = 2 units IBC storage capacity Sump Volume [l] Overall load capacity [kg] External dimensions W x D x H [mm] Order number 1 1100 2000 1120 x 1300 x 1095 328-460-JD 2 1100 4000 2200 x 1300 x 591 328-461-JD Order no. 285-739-JD E x P E R T A D V I C E A N D O R D E R L I N E : 0 1 9 5 2 8 1 1 9 9 1 29

30

1 e G A R o T s L A i R e T A M s u o d R A Z A h Floor elements with a particularly low overall height of 78 mm W For protecting larger areas, simple to combine. For legally-compliant storage and safety when dispensing and filling. W Easy to load with optional access ramps W Welded design - safe and long lasting W Galvanised for optimum corrosion protection W Approved for storing flammable liquids (H224-226) and substances in all water-polluting classes W With certificate of compliance (ÜHP) valid across Germany, in accordance with building regulations list A, Part 1 of DIBt, Berlin and the German StaWa-R guidelines W Sealing test with material certificate Drum pumps See page 220 Height: 78 mm Spillage decking elements - make existing rooms into legally-compliant hazardous materials stores. Sump Volume [l] External dimensions W x D [mm] Load capacity [kg/m²] Order number* Wheel load: 450 kg Order number* Wheel load: 2000 kg *Ground element 200 x 200 mm 30 132 1362 x 1362 5000 115-128-JD 120-233-JD 181 1862 x 1362 5000 115-130-JD 120-234-JD 248 1862 x 1862 5000 168-966-JD 195-305-JD 278 2862 x 1362 5000 115-132-JD 120-235-JD 381 2862 x 1862 5000 115-134-JD 120-236-JD w w w . d e n i o s . c o . u k / s h o p

31

1 e G A R o T s L A i R e T A M s u o d R A Z A h Hazardous substance racking See page 58 For storing aggressive chemicals we recommend plastic spillage decking elements See page 54 o R d e R A T T h e s A M e T i M e Stainless steel lifting aid for grids in steel and stainless steel 1 pack = 2 units Order no. 285-739-JD o R d e R A T T h e s A M e T i M e Joining elements External dimensions W x D [mm] Order number Access ramps External dimensions W x D [mm] Order number Securing elements External dimensions W x D [mm] Order number VE 14 1320 x 45 115-158-JD VE 19 1820 x 45 115-159-JD AR 14 1320 x 720 115-164-JD AR 19 1820 x 720 115-165-JD AR 29 2820 x 720 115-166-JD Corner ramp 730 x 730 115-171-JD Spacer connector 25 x 120 115-169-JD Edge fastener 20 x 80 115-170-JD VE 29 2820 x 45 115-160-JD Ramp connector 67 x 721 272-373-JD Cross connector 130 x 130 115-167-JD E x P E R T A D V I C E A N D O R D E R L I N E : 0 1 9 5 2 8 1 1 9 9 1 31

32

1 e G A R o T s L A i R e T A M s u o d R A Z A h Spillage decking elements, with an especially low height of 123 mm For protecting larger areas, simple to combine. For legally-compliant storage and safety when dispensing and filling. W For protecting larger areas, simple to combine. For legally-compliant storage and safety when dispensing and filling. W Easy to load with optional access ramps W Welded design - safe and long lasting W Galvanised for optimum corrosion protection W Approved for storing flammable liquids (H224-226) and substances in all water-polluting classes W With certificate of compliance (ÜHP) valid across Germany, in accordance with building regulations list A, Part 1 of DIBt, Berlin and the German StaWa-R guidelines W Sealing test with material certificate o R d e R A T T h e s A M e T i M e Stainless steel lifting aid for grids in steel and stainless steel 1 pack = 2 units Order no. 285-739-JD Height: 123 mm Sump Volume [l] Load capacity [kg/m²] External dimensions W x D [mm] Order number* Wheel load: 450 kg Order number* Wheel load: 2000 kg *Ground element 200 x 200 mm 32 28 5000 500 x 500 115-137-JD 115-149-JD 57 5000 1000 x 500 115-139-JD 115-150-JD 115 5000 1000 x 1000 115-141-JD 115-151-JD 230 5000 2000 x 1000 115-143-JD 115-152-JD 144 5000 2500 x 500 115-145-JD 115-153-JD 290 5000 2500 x 1000 115-147-JD 115-154-JD w w w . d e n i o s . c o . u k / s h o p

33

Special dimensions and designs in stainless steel are available on request. Hazardous substance racking See page 58 For storing aggressive chemicals we recommend plastic spillage decking elements See page 54 1 e G A R o T s L A i R e T A M s u o d R A Z A h o R d e R A T T h e s A M e T i M e Joining elements External dimensions W x D [mm] Order number Access ramps External dimensions W x D [mm] Order number Securing elements External dimensions W x D [mm] Order number VE 5 470 x 45 115-172-JD VE 10 970 x 45 115-173-JD VE 20 1970 x 45 115-174-JD VE 25 2470 x 45 115-175-JD AR 5 AR 10 AR 20 AR 25 Corner ramp Ramp connector 450 x 1120 950 x 1120 1950 x 1120 2450 x 1120 1140 x 1140 115-176-JD 115-177-JD 115-178-JD 115-179-JD 115-181-JD 75 x 1120 272-375-JD CORNER ramp Order no. 115-181-JD Spacer connector Edge fastener Cross connector 25 x 120 115-182-JD 20 x 80 115-183-JD 130 x 130 Cross joiner 115-167-JD Order no. 115-167-JD E x P E R T A D V I C E A N D O R D E R L I N E : 0 1 9 5 2 8 1 1 9 9 1 33

34

D E N I O S M A G A Z I N E A L L Y O U N E E D T O K N O W A B O U T P E S P I L L P A L L E T S Water-polluting substances or aggressive materials, such as acids and alkalis, are stored on a plastic (PE) spill pallet. All DENIOS PE spill pallets are available in versions for drums, IBCs, small containers or Euro pallets. Our spill pallets in polyethylene have been tested and approved by the DIBt (German Institute for Civil Engineering) and are also available as mobile spill pallets. U G u i d e s U A R T i c L e s U F A Q U c h e c k L i s T s U V i d e o s U w h i T e p A p e R s U i n T e R V i e w s U A n d M u c h M o R e ! www.denios.co.uk/magazine A R T i c L e s c h e c k L i s T F R o M i n i T i A L i d e A T o p R o d u c T : T h i s i s h o w A p R o F e s s i o n A L s p i L L p A L L e T i n s T A L L A T i o n A n d p L A s T i c s p i L L p A L L e T i s c R e A T e d M A i n T e n A n c e Take a look behind the scenes at DENIOS! Have you ever thought about how a plastic spill pallet can make your business safer? Many standard products on the market today were originally developed at DENIOS. Today, we focus on the customer to make the storage of hazardous substances even safer, simpler and more functional. High quality standards are a top priority in both development and production. This free DENIOS checklist gives you: 9 important basic rules when installing spill pallets to avoid sub- sequent damage. Which statutory inspection periods must be complied with. What must be observed when maintaining spill pallets. How to deal with damage and when to replace a spill pallet. www.denios.co.uk/spillpallet www.denios.co.uk/spillpallet-maintenance s p i L L G u A R d c o n n e c T ® s T o R A G e A n d p R o c e s s T e c h n o L o G Y s e c u R e LY n e T w o R k e d , i n n o V A T i V e , d i G i T A L L e A k M A n A G e M e n T Use the advantages of digitalisation for your leak management 4.0: with the new, innovative SpillGuard® connect leak detector, you can monitor your spill pallets centrally via web app and are alerted in real time in the event of a leak. L o o k i n G F o R A L A R G e R s o L u T i o n ? We also have solutions for larger requirements. You can find more information under the heading Storage & Process Technology. www.denios.co.uk/spillguard www.denios.co.uk/process-technology 34 w w w . d e n i o s . c o . u k / s h o p

35

D E N I O S M A G A Z I N E S P I L L P A L L E T S I N P E – A D V A N T A G E S 1 Sturdy grid with ergonomic handles, easy to remove, e.g. for visual inspec- tion and/or cleaning 2 Grid supports moulded into spill pallet body for optimised load capacity 3 Spill pallet and grid made entirely in chemical-resistant polyethylene (PE) with DIBt certification 4 Seamless and completely watertight, with modern design 5 Integrated drive-in pockets for all- round accessibility for loading and transport 1 3 2 4 5 E x P E R T A D V I C E A N D O R D E R L I N E : 0 1 9 5 2 8 1 1 9 9 1 35

36

1 IN PLASTIC for small containers e G A R o T s L A i R e T A M s u o d R A Z A h See page 38 See page 39 Mobility Not accessible Sump Volume [l] External dimensions W x D x H [mm] 6 398 x 200 x 160 16 400 x 398 x 160 33 800 x 400 x 160 69 795 x 645 x 235 Accessible underneath 71 795 x 645 x 325 With castors 69 795 x 645 x 340 See page 40 Sump Volume [l] External dimensions W x D x H [mm] See page 41 24 35 48 97 135 205 400 x 400 x 180 592 x 400 x 180 784 x 400 x 180 784 x 784 x 180 1170 x 785 x 180 1168 x 1168 x 180 Sump Volume [l] External dimensions W x D x H [mm] 26 33 38 40 48 52 995 x 395 x 90 1265 x 395 x 90 995 x 495 x 90 995 x 595 x 90 1265 x 495 x 90 1265 x 595 x 90 See page 44 See page 42 See page 45 See page 43 1 245 2 280 2 240 2 240 4 415 4 295 760 x 910 x 525 900 x 1300 x 375 865 x 1245 x 375 865 x 1245 x 1060 1300 x 1300 x 375 1235 x 1235 x 305 Storage capacity for 205 litre drums Sump Volume [l] External dimensions W x D x H [mm] See page 46 Grid Storage capacity for 205 litre drums Sump Volume [l] External dimensions W x D x H [mm] without 4 540 2520 x 900 x 350 plastic 4 540 2520 x 900 x 350 without 4 455 1720 x 1300 x 350 plastic 4 455 1720 x 1300 x 350 36 w w w . d e n i o s . c o . u k / s h o p

37

IN PLASTIC for 1 to 4 x 205 litre drums 1 e G A R o T s L A i R e T A M s u o d R A Z A h See page 47 Storage capacity for 205 litre drums Storage capacity alternative - Euro pallets Sump Volume [l] Surface load External dimensions W x D x H [mm] 5 – 280 800 3000 x 790 x 150 6 2 423 800 2200 x 1500 x 150 10 3 580 800 3000 x 1500 x 150 See page 50 Design Loading surface Sump Volume [l] Maximum load [kg] External dimensions W x D x H [mm] See page 52 plastic 660 1200 For storage plastic pallets 660 1200 without 1100 2000 For storing and dispensing plastic 1100 2000 without 1100 2000 plastic 1100 2000 977 x 1380 x 929 977 x 1380 x 1027 1280 x 1660 x 870 1280 x 1660 x 895 1280 x 1910 x 860 1280 x 1910 x 885 Design Loading surface Sump Volume [l] Maximum load [kg] External dimensions W x D x H [mm] For storage For storing and dispensing without 1100 4000 2260 x 1430 x 720 plastic pallets 1100 4000 2260 x 1430 x 730 without 1150 4000 2460 x 1800 x 460 plastic 1150 4000 2460 x 1800 x 485 See page 53 Design Loading surface Sump Volume [l] Maximum load [kg] External dimensions W x D x H [mm] For storing and dispensing without 1750 6000 3640 x 1800 x 450 plastic 1750 6000 3640 x 1800 x 475 E x P E R T A D V I C E A N D O R D E R L I N E : 0 1 9 5 2 8 1 1 9 9 1 37

38

Plastic small container spill trays with 6 to 33 litre containment volume Ideal for use in the workplace, e.g. on a workbench W For the safe storage of small containers W High chemical resistance to acids, alkalis and other aggressive liquids W Easy to clean Moulded recessed grips for easy removal of the plastic shelves 1 e G A R o T s L A i R e T A M s u o d R A Z A h Practical drain corner for safe emptying of the spill pallet Sump Volume [l] External dimensions W x D x H [mm] Order number Without standing surface Order number With plastic standing surface 6 398 x 200 x 160 328-335-JD 328-338-JD 16 400 x 398 x 160 328-336-JD 328-339-JD 33 800 x 400 x 160 328-337-JD 328-340-JD All products for Safety containers can be found here: www.denios.co.uk/kat/12853 38 w w w . d e n i o s . c o . u k / s h o p

39

Plastic small container spill trays with 69 to 71 litre containment volume Store hazardous materials legally, directly where they need to be used. W Sturdy design with good impact and shock resistance even under high temperature variations W In corrosion-free polyethylene (PE) o R d e R A T T h e s A M e T i M e Handle optionally available Order no. 130-627-JD 1 e G A R o T s L A i R e T A M s u o d R A Z A h Design Sump Volume [l] Grid External dimensions W x D x H [mm] Order number Without feet 69 without 795 x 645 x 210 328-341-JD 69 plastic 795 x 645 x 235 328-342-JD With feet 71 without 795 x 645 x 300 328-343-JD 71 plastic 795 x 645 x 325 328-344-JD With castors 69 without 795 x 645 x 315 328-345-JD 69 plastic 795 x 645 x 340 328-346-JD E x P E R T A D V I C E A N D O R D E R L I N E : 0 1 9 5 2 8 1 1 9 9 1 39

40

Plastic small container spill trays with 24 to 205 litre containment volume Ideal for use right next to the working area. Store hazardous materials legally, directly where they need to be used. W With sturdy, removable grid as an option, incl. warning red leak indicator W Spill pallets and grids can be recycled and can be stacked inside each other for storage and transport. 1 e G A R o T s L A i R e T A M s u o d R A Z A h Sump Volume [l] Grid External dimensions W x D x H [mm] Order number 24 without 24 plastic 35 without 35 plastic 48 without 48 plastic 97 without 97 plastic 400 x 400 x 180 400 x 400 x 180 592 x 400 x 180 592 x 400 x 180 784 x 400 x 180 784 x 400 x 180 784 x 784 x 180 784 x 784 x 180 328-349-JD 328-365-JD 328-354-JD 328-366-JD 328-359-JD 328-367-JD 328-362-JD 328-368-JD Sump Volume [l] Grid External dimensions W x D x H [mm] Order number 135 without 1170 x 785 x 180 328-363-JD 135 plastic 1170 x 785 x 180 328-369-JD 205 without 1168 x 1168 x 180 328-364-JD 205 plastic 1168 x 1168 x 180 328-370-JD 40 w w w . d e n i o s . c o . u k / s h o p

41

DENIOS INNOVATION The grid module can be removed quickly and easily so that containers can be stored in the base of the spill pallet. 1 e G A R o T s L A i R e T A M s u o d R A Z A h Sump Volume [l] External dimensions W x D x H [mm] Order number Accessories Order number 26 995 x 395 x 90 328-347-JD 266-799-JD 33 1265 x 395 x 90 328-350-JD PE grid with leak indicator 266-802-JD 40 995 x 595 x 90 328-352-JD 52 1265 x 595 x 90 328-357-JD 38 995 x 495 x 90 328-356-JD – – 48 1265 x 495 x 90 328-361-JD – – 266-801-JD 266-803-JD Accessories Order number PE grid with leak indicator 266-799-JD 266-801-JD 266-802-JD 266-803-JD Design Sump Volume [l] External dimensions W x D x H [mm] Order number 26 995 x 395 x 90 328-348-JD 33 1265 x 395 x 90 328-351-JD 38 995 x 495 x 90 328-355-JD 40 995 x 595 x 90 328-353-JD 48 1265 x 495 x 90 328-360-JD 52 1265 x 595 x 90 328-358-JD Electrically conductive E x P E R T A D V I C E A N D O R D E R L I N E : 0 1 9 5 2 8 1 1 9 9 1 41

42

Plastic spill pallets for up to 2 x 200 litre drums The cost-effective alternative for legally-compliant storage 1 e G A R o T s L A i R e T A M s u o d R A Z A h Version Grid Storage capacity for 205 litre drums Sump Volume [l] Overall load capacity [kg] External dimensions W x D x H [mm] Order number Accessible underneath without 1 240 760 865 x 1245 x 350 328-285-JD Accessible underneath plastic 2 240 760 865 x 1245 x 375 328-287-JD With castors without – 240 360 865 x 1245 x 1060 328-289-JD With castors plastic 2 240 620 865 x 1245 x 1060 328-290-JD o R d e R A T T h e s A M e T i M e Load securing for 2 drums Load securing set, includes a safety strap and support for 2 drums Polyethylene (PE) drum mounts Suitable for 60 and 200 litre drums thanks to 180° rotation External dimensions W x D x H [mm]: 620 x 473 x 390 Order no. 229-527-JD Order no. 114-904-JD 42 w w w . d e n i o s . c o . u k / s h o p

43

Plastic spill pallets for up to 4 x 200 litre drums The cost-effective alternative for legally-compliant storage W Forklift pockets in the base enable it to be safely transported and loaded by drum lifters, pallet trucks and forklifts W Highly resistant to oils, acids, alkalis and other aggressive substances W Legally-compliant: manufactured seamlessly and completely liquid-tight W Sturdy design with good impact and shock resistance even under high temperature variations W Special compact and space-saving design W In chemically resistant and fully corrosion-proof polyethylene (PE) 1 e G A R o T s L A i R e T A M s u o d R A Z A h Chemical pallets can also be stored directly in the spill pallet without a grid. without 4 295 950 1235 x 1235 x 275 328-286-JD plastic 4 295 950 1235 x 1235 x 305 328-288-JD SpillGuard® hazardous substance leak warning system See page 330 SpillGuard® Grid Storage capacity for 205 litre drums Sump Volume [l] Overall load capacity [kg] External dimensions W x D x H [mm] Order number o R d e R A T T h e s A M e T i M e Stainless steel lifting aid for plastic grids Pack = 2 pieces Order no. 215-854-JD Order no. 271-433-JD SpillGuard® connect Order no. 276-016-JD E x P E R T A D V I C E A N D O R D E R L I N E : 0 1 9 5 2 8 1 1 9 9 1 43

44

1 Plastic spill pallets for up to 4 200 litre drums Forklift pockets in the base enable it to be safely transported and loaded by drum lifters, pallet trucks and forklifts W Special compact and space-saving design Drums delivered on pallets are placed directly on the spill pallet, eliminating the need for time- consuming transfer. e G A R o T s L A i R e T A M s u o d R A Z A h Storage capacity for 205 litre drums Grid Sump Volume [l] Overall load capacity [kg] External dimensions W x D x H [mm] Order number 1 plastic 245 300 760 x 910 x 525 328-295-JD 2 without 280 600 900 x 1300 x 350 252-581-JD 2 plastic 280 600 900 x 1300 x 375 328-297-JD 2 plastic pallets 280 600 900 x 1300 x 470 328-300-JD 44 w w w . d e n i o s . c o . u k / s h o p

45

1 e G A R o T s L A i R e T A M s u o d R A Z A h Drums delivered on pallets are placed directly on the spill pallet, eliminating the need for time- consuming transfer. o R d e R A T T h e s A M e T i M e Stainless steel lifting aid for plastic grids Pack = 2 pieces Order no. 215-854-JD Storage capacity for 205 litre drums Grid Sump Volume [l] Overall load capacity [kg] External dimensions W x D x H [mm] Order number 4 without 415 1000 1300 x 1300 x 350 252-584-JD 4 plastic 415 1000 1300 x 1300 x 375 328-306-JD 4 plastic pallets 415 1000 1300 x 1300 x 470 328-310-JD E x P E R T A D V I C E A N D O R D E R L I N E : 0 1 9 5 2 8 1 1 9 9 1 45

46

Plastic spill pallets for 4 x 200 litre drums Forklift pockets in the base enable it to be safely transported and loaded by drum lifters, pallet trucks and forklifts 1 e G A R o T s L A i R e T A M s u o d R A Z A h The spill sumps are dimensionally matched to 2 Euro pallets each. o R d e R A T T h e s A M e T i M e SpillGuard® hazardous substance leak warning system See page 330 SpillGuard® Order no. 271-433-JD SpillGuard® connect Order no. 276-016-JD Storage capacity for 205 litre drums Grid Sump Volume [l] Overall load capacity [kg] External dimensions W x D x H [mm] Order number 4 without 540 1200 2520 x 900 x 350 328-304-JD 4 plastic 540 1200 2520 x 900 x 350 328-308-JD 4 without 455 1200 1720 x 1300 x 350 328-305-JD 4 plastic 455 1200 1720 x 1300 x 350 328-309-JD 46 w w w . d e n i o s . c o . u k / s h o p

47

Plastic spill pallets for up to 10 200 litre drums The low construction height simplifies internal logistics, regardless of whether individual drums or fully laden Euro or chemical pallets are stored. 1 e G A R o T s L A i R e T A M s u o d R A Z A h o R d e R A T T h e s A M e T i M e Stainless steel lifting aid for plastic grids Pack = 2 pieces Order no. 215-854-JD Storage capacity for 205 litre drums Storage capacity alternative - Euro pallets Storage capacity alternative - chemical pallets Grid Sump Volume [l] Load capacity [kg/m²] External dimensions W x D x H [mm] Order number 5 – – plastic 280 800 3000 x 790 x 150 328-312-JD 6 2 1 plastic 423 800 2200 x 1500 x 150 328-313-JD 10 3 2 plastic 580 800 3000 x 1500 x 150 328-314-JD E x P E R T A D V I C E A N D O R D E R L I N E : 0 1 9 5 2 8 1 1 9 9 1 47

48

1 e G A R o T s L A i R e T A M s u o d R A Z A h Stacking racks as dispensing stations for 60 and 205 litre drums W For the storage of substances in all water hazard classes W Sturdy, galvanised stacking rack with spill pallet in polyethylene (PE, highly resistant to many aggressive chemicals such as acids and alkalis) W Safe dispensing over the protruding spill pallet W With forklift pockets for easy handling W Delivered flat packed for self assembly Create your hazmat shelving / dispen- sing station from our modular system according to your individual operational requirements. See page 69 2 1 o R d e R A T T h e s A M e T i M e Dispensing tray in steel, dimensions W x D x H (mm): 280 x 270 x 300 Dispensing tray in PE, dimensions W x D x H (mm): 270 x 270 x 300 Drum roller for horizontal drums Drum tap with 2” thread Brass drum tap 3/4“ Order no. 114-543-JD Order no. 114-902-JD Order no. 114-542-JD Order no. 117-105-JD Order no. 117-132-JD 48 w w w . d e n i o s . c o . u k / s h o p

49

1 e G A R o T s L A i R e T A M s u o d R A Z A h Stacking shelves as dispensing stations - space-saving and secure, drums can not only be stored, but are ready for dispensing at any time. Dispensing stations with steel spill pallet See page 23 4 3 5 Storage capacity Number External dimensions W x D x H [mm] Bay dimensions W x D [mm] Sump Volume [l] Number of storage levels Overall load capacity [kg] Order number 1 2 3 4 5 60 litre drums 2 1049 x 1245 x 837 890 x 646 240 1 435 291-779-JD 60 litre drums 6 1429 x 1235 x 1637 1270 x 646 295 2 1400 291-788-JD 205 litre drums 1 1049 x 1245 x 837 890 x 646 240 1 435 291-777-JD 205 litre drums 2 1429 x 1235 x 837 1270 x 646 295 1 700 291-783-JD 205 litre drums 4 1429 x 1235 x 1637 1270 x 646 295 2 1400 291-786-JD E x P E R T A D V I C E A N D O R D E R L I N E : 0 1 9 5 2 8 1 1 9 9 1 49

50

Plastic spill pallet for 1 IBC with 600 or 1000 litre volume Safe, legally-compliant storage of IBCs W High chemical resistance to many oils, acids, alkalis etc. W Total corrosion protection, manufactured entirely from polyethylene (PE) W Forklift pockets permit efficient loading of the spill pallet using lifting equipment. 1 e G A R o T s L A i R e T A M s u o d R A Z A h Integrated dispensing station with surface for small containers IBC See page 367 50 w w w . d e n i o s . c o . u k / s h o p

51

1 e G A R o T s L A i R e T A M s u o d R A Z A h o R d e R A T T h e s A M e T i M e Stainless steel lifting aid for plastic grids Pack = 2 pieces Order no. 215-854-JD Height adjustable dispensing tray for safe, clean dispensing operations at IBC stations, with practical space for lids, funnels, gloves and cloths for example Order no. 236-741-JD Extension tap for IBC Order no. 117-254-JD IBC lid opener DN 150 Order no. 185-786-JD DN 225 Order no. 185-787-JD o R d e R A T T h e s A M e T i M e SpillGuard® hazardous substance leak warning system See page 330 SpillGuard® SpillGuard® connect Order no. 271-433-JD Order no. 276-016-JD Version Grid Sump Volume [l] Overall load capacity [kg] External dimensions W x D x H [mm] Order number Accessories Order number For storage For storing and dispensing plastic 660 1200 977 x 1380 x 929 328-317-JD plastic pallets 660 1200 977 x 1380 x 1027 328-318-JD without 1100 2000 1280 x 1660 x 870 328-321-JD plastic 1100 2000 1280 x 1660 x 895 328-323-JD height adjustable dispensing tray 236-741-JD 236-741-JD 236-741-JD 236-741-JD without 1100 2000 1280 x 1910 x 860 328-325-JD – – plastic 1100 2000 1280 x 1910 x 885 328-330-JD – – E x P E R T A D V I C E A N D O R D E R L I N E : 0 1 9 5 2 8 1 1 9 9 1 51

52

Plastic spill pallets for 2 x 1000 litre IBCs Excellent price/performance ratio for nearly all requirements W Optionally with integrated filling area 1 e G A R o T s L A i R e T A M s u o d R A Z A h o R d e R A T T h e s A M e T i M e Height adjustable dispensing tray for safe, clean dispensing operations at IBC spill pallets, with practical space for lids, funnels, gloves and cloths for example Order no. 267-911-JD SpillGuard® hazardous sub- stance leak warning system See page 330 Version Grid Sump Volume [l] Overall load capacity [kg] External dimensions W x D x H [mm] Order number Accessories Order number For storage For storing and dispensing without 1100 4000 2260 x 1430 x 720 328-315-JD plastic pallets 1100 4000 2260 x 1430 x 730 328-319-JD height adjustable dispensing tray 267-911-JD 267-911-JD without 1150 4000 2460 x 1800 x 460 328-327-JD – – plastic 1150 4000 2460 x 1800 x 485 328-332-JD – – 52 w w w . d e n i o s . c o . u k / s h o p

53

Plastic spill pallets for 3 x 1000 litre IBCs Safe, legally-compliant storage of IBCs 1 e G A R o T s L A i R e T A M s u o d R A Z A h General Construction Approval is required for all spill pallets in polyethylene. In order to obtain this, the safety of the spill pallet must be tested with a load 4 times their normal load capacity. This test is carried out by the German Institute for Civil Engineering (DIBt) in Berlin. Spill pallets from DENIOS have successfully passed this loading test. o R d e R A T T h e s A M e T i M e SpillGuard® Order no. 271-433-JD SpillGuard® connect Stainless steel lifting aid for plastic grids Pack = 2 pieces IBC lid opener DN 150 Order no. 185-786-JD Extension tap for IBC DN 225 Order no. 276-016-JD Order no. 215-854-JD Order no. 117-254-JD Order no. 185-787-JD Grid Sump Volume [l] Overall load capacity [kg] External dimensions W x D x H [mm] Order number without 1750 6000 3640 x 1800 x 450 328-329-JD plastic 1750 6000 3640 x 1800 x 475 328-334-JD E x P E R T A D V I C E A N D O R D E R L I N E : 0 1 9 5 2 8 1 1 9 9 1 53

54

Floor elements PE with particularly low overall height of 125 mm Can be combined in many ways for the protection of larger areas. Designed for legally-compliant storage and for safety during filling and dispensing operations. W All three elements are adapted to Euro or chemical pallet formats and have an anti-slip surface. W Connecting elements to cover the transitions to all neighbouring elements are included in the scope of delivery, in sufficient quantity. W Easy loading with containers thanks to particularly low overall height of 125 mm W A practical access ramp with ergonomically optimised gradient (can also be used with a pallet truck) is optionally available. W The easily removable shelf allows for quick and thorough cleaning. W High impact and shock resistance as well as chemical resistance to acids, alkalis and other aggressive substances W In environmentally friendly polyethylene (PE) - easy to handle thanks to low weight 1 e G A R o T s L A i R e T A M s u o d R A Z A h For storing flammable chemicals steel spillage decking elements are available See page 30 o R d e R A T T h e s A M e T i M e Ramp for floor elements in polyethylene (PE) W Ergonomically optimised with particularly low angle of incline W With anti-slip surface W Raised edge areas help prevent sideways slips W Including connecting element for secure fixing to the surface protection system SpillGuard® hazardous substance leak warning system SpillGuard® Order no. 271-433-JD See page 330 SpillGuard® connect Order no. 276-016-JD Ramp for PE spillage decking, 1000 x 1174 x 149 mm Order no. 292-858-JD 54 w w w . d e n i o s . c o . u k / s h o p

55

Positioning option for the SpillGuard® leak warning system Quickly and easily removable surface 1 e G A R o T s L A i R e T A M s u o d R A Z A h Sump Volume [l] External dimensions W x D x H [mm] Maximum load [kg] Wheel load [kg] Order number Accessories Wheel load [kg] Body dimensions W x D x H [mm] Order number 90 800 x 1200 x 125 700 200 292-967-JD With DIBt approval 135 1200 x 1350 x 125 1200 200 292-968-JD 295 1200 x 2700 x 125 3500 200 292-969-JD 90 800 x 1200 x 125 500 140 295-196-JD Without DIBt approval 135 1200 x 1350 x 125 840 140 295-197-JD Access ramp for plastic spillage decking height 125 mm 200 1000 x 1174 x 149 292-858-JD 200 1000 x 1174 x 149 292-858-JD 200 1000 x 1174 x 149 292-858-JD 200 1000 x 1174 x 149 292-858-JD 200 1000 x 1174 x 149 292-858-JD 295 1200 x 2700 x 125 2450 140 295-198-JD 200 1000 x 1174 x 149 292-858-JD E x P E R T A D V I C E A N D O R D E R L I N E : 0 1 9 5 2 8 1 1 9 9 1 55

56

D E N I O S M A G A Z I N E A L L Y O U N E E D T O K N O W A B O U T H A Z M A T S H E L V I N G Hazmat shelving is designed for the storage of substances in all water hazard classes or flammable liquids in accordance with regulations. They have a spill pallet in steel or plastic and enable space-saving storage of hazardous materials in small containers, drums or IBCs. They can be extended as required by base and extension shelf units and can be individually adapted to the available storage space on site. We offer a wide range of shelving for the safe and economical storage of hazardous materials in your company. U G u i d e s U A R T i c L e s U F A Q U c h e c k L i s T s U V i d e o s U w h i T e p A p e R s U i n T e R V i e w s U A n d M u c h M o R e ! www.denios.co.uk/magazine G u i d e s s p i L L G u A R d c o n n e c T ® M e d i A R e s i s T A n c e L i s T s e c u R e LY n e T w o R k e d , i n n o V A T i V e , d i G i T A L The corrosion resistance of the materials used to make the spill pallet and their compatibility with the substances stored must be demonstrated. Steel spill pallets (1.0038) can be used for many chemical substances. Plastic (polyethylene) spill pallets are frequently required if corrosive substances (acids / alkalis) are being stored. Stainless steel offers the best protection, especially against many aggressive liquids. If no specific information is provided in the resistance lists, your spill pallet can be made of the same material as your transport container. L e A k M A n A G e M e n T Use the advantages of digitalisation for your leak management 4.0: with the new, innovative SpillGuard® connect leak detector, you can monitor your spill pallets centrally via web app and are alerted in real time in the event of a leak. www.denios.co.uk/media-resistance www.denios.co.uk/spillguard F A G w h i T e p A p e R s A n Y o n e w h o h A n d L e s , u s e s o R " o n LY " s T o R e s A s s e M B L i n G s T A c k i n G R A c k s i n c o M p L i A n c e h A Z A R d o u s M A T e R i A L s c A n n o T A V o i d i T w i T h T h e L A w A n d u s i n G T h e M s A F e LY The risk assessment. It has been the central element in occupational safety and health for 25 years. In our FAQ we have compiled the answers to the most frequently asked questions on the subject of "risk assessment for hazardous materials". A step-by-step guide incl. checklist for safe filling at the stacking rack This free DENIOS whitepaper contains: W A guide to planning the stacking rack according to needs and in compliance with the law W Useful installation tips www.denios.co.uk/faq-risk-assessment www.denios.co.uk/whitepaper-stacking-racks 56 w w w . d e n i o s . c o . u k / s h o p

57

S H E L V I N G R A C K I N G Certificate of Certificate of compliance (ÜHP) compliance (ÜHP) F O R S A F E A N D S P A C E - S A V I N G S T O R A G E O F H A Z A R D O U S M A T E R I A L S I N S M A L L C O N T A I N E R S , D R U M S O R I B C S R A c k i n G F o R s M A L L c o n T A i n e R s A n d d R u M s w i T h h A Z A R d o u s M A T e R i A L s Sturdy, galvanised steel racks for the storage of hazardous materials in small containers. The storage levels are equipped with grid floors or shelves and a spill pallet made of steel or plastic. Hazardous materials racking is also available with a spill pallet on each storage level. For particularly aggressive chemicals, small container racks are also available in stainless steel. Stacking racks offer a wide range of combination options for the horizontal storage of canisters, 60 and 200 litre drums and small containers, equipped with a protruding spill pallet made of steel or plastic for the safe storage and filling of hazardous materials. The various shelf designs are available in 2 sizes and can be stacked 3 times high. Stacking racks of the same size can be flexibly combined with each other, available as ready-made sets or individually assembled. www.denios.co.uk/small-container-shelving www.denios.co.uk/drum-storage-racking h A Z M A T p A L L e T R A c k i n G c o n T A i n M e n T s h e L V i n G For compact storage of IBCs or upright drums on Euro- or chemical pallets on 2 or 3 storage levels. The sturdy, galvanised pallet racks with clearly visible orange crossbars have a high load capacity and are equipped with a steel or plastic spill pallet for the safe storage of hazardous materials. For existing pallet racking systems that are used as hazardous materials storage and are to be converted in compliance with regulations. Contain- ment sheves can be placed on the floor under the shelving or suspended in the shelving. Made of steel or plastic, suitable for all common shelf standard shelf widths. www.denios.co.uk/pallet-racking www.denios.co.uk/containment-shelving E x P E R T A D V I C E A N D O R D E R L I N E : 0 1 9 5 2 8 1 1 9 9 1 57

58

1 e G A R o T s L A i R e T A M s u o d R A Z A h Hazardous materials small container shelving with 4 painted steel spill trays See page 61 Bay dimensions W x D [mm] Equipment - shelves Basic shelf External dimensions W x D x H [mm] Extension shelf External dimensions W x D x H [mm] 1000 x 400 4 x spill pallets, painted 1000 x 600 4 x spill pallets, painted 1300 x 400 4 x spill pallets, painted 1300 x 600 4 x spill pallets, painted 1060 x 437 x 2000 1060 x 637 x 2000 1360 x 437 x 2000 1360 x 637 x 2000 1012 x 437 x 2000 1012 x 637 x 2000 1312 x 437 x 2000 1312 x 637 x 2000 Hazardous materials small container shelving with 3 grids and painted steel spill pallet Bay dimensions W x D [mm] 1000 x 600 Equipment - shelves 3 x grid, galvanised Basic shelf External dimensions W x D x H [mm] Extension shelf External dimensions W x D x H [mm] 1000 x 400 3 x grid, galvanised 1060 x 637 x 2000 1060 x 437 x 2000 1012 x 637 x 2000 1012 x 437 x 2000 1300 x 400 3 x grid, galvanised 1360 x 437 x 2000 1312 x 437 x 2000 Hazardous materials small container shelving with 4 grids and steel floor spill pallet See page 62 1300 x 600 3 x grid, galvanised 1360 x 637 x 2000 1312 x 637 x 2000 See page 63 Bay dimensions W x D [mm] Equipment - shelves Basic shelf External dimensions W x D x H [mm] Extension shelf External dimensions W x D x H [mm] 1000 x 400 4 x grid, galvanised 1000 x 600 4 x grid, galvanised 1300 x 400 4 x grid, galvanised 1300 x 600 4 x grid, galvanised 1156 x 526 x 2000 1156 x 726 x 2000 1456 x 526 x 2000 1456 x 726 x 2000 1006 x 526 x 2000 1006 x 726 x 2000 1306 x 526 x 2000 1306 x 726 x 2000 Hazardous materials small container shelving with 3 grids and plastic spill pallet Bay dimensions W x D [mm] 1000 x 400 3 x grid, galvanised 1000 x 600 3 x grid, galvanised 1300 x 400 3 x grid, galvanised 1300 x 600 3 x grid, galvanised See page 64 1000 x 600 1300 x 600 3 x grid, plastic 3 x grid, plastic 1060 x 437 x 2000 1060 x 637 x 2000 1360 x 437 x 2000 1360 x 637 x 2000 1060 x 637 x 2000 1360 x 637 x 2000 1012 x 437 x 2000 1012 x 637 x 2000 1312 x 437 x 2000 1312 x 637 x 2000 1012 x 637 x 2000 1312 x 637 x 2000 Equipment - shelves Basic shelf External dimensions W x D x H [mm] Extension shelf External dimensions W x D x H [mm] Hazardous materials small container shelving with 4 plastic spill trays Bay dimensions W x D [mm] Equipment - shelves Basic shelf External dimensions W x D x H [mm] Extension shelf External dimensions W x D x H [mm] 1000 x 600 4 x spill pallet, plastic 1000 x 400 4 x spill pallet, plastic 1060 x 637 x 2000 1060 x 437 x 2000 1012 x 637 x 2000 1012 x 437 x 2000 1300 x 400 4 x spill pallet, plastic 1360 x 437 x 2000 1312 x 437 x 2000 See page 65 1300 x 600 4 x spill pallet, plastic 1360 x 637 x 2000 1312 x 637 x 2000 Hazardous materials small container shelving in stainless steel Bay dimensions W x D [mm] 550 x 250 3 x perforated plate, stainless steel 850 x 250 3 x perforated plate, stainless steel 850 x 450 3 x perforated plate, stainless steel See page 66 1150 x 450 3 x perforated plate, stainless steel 1150 x 250 3 x perforated plate, stainless steel Equipment - shelves Basic shelf External dimensions W x D x H [mm] Extension shelf External dimensions W x D x H [mm] 600 x 300 x 1800 900 x 300 x 1800 900 x 500 x 1800 1200 x 300 x 1800 1200 x 500 x 1800 575 x 300 x 1800 875 x 300 x 1800 875 x 500 x 1800 1175 x 300 x 1800 1175 x 500 x 1800 58 w w w . d e n i o s . c o . u k / s h o p

59

1 e G A R o T s L A i R e T A M s u o d R A Z A h Hazardous materials small container shelving for safety when dispensing See page 67 Bay dimensions W x D [mm] Equipment - shelves External dimensions W x D x H [mm] 1000 x 600 4 x grid, galvanised 1236 x 816 x 2100 1000 x 600 8 x grid, galvanised 2470 x 816 x 2100 1000 x 600 4 x shelf, galvanised 1236 x 816 x 2100 1000 x 600 8 x shelf, galvanised 2470 x 816 x 2100 Stacking racks for safe storing and dispensing of hazardous substances See page 69 Bay dimensions W x D [mm] Storage capacity Number Equipment - shelf External dimensions W x D x H [mm] 890 x 646 890 x 646 890 x 646 880 x 1115 1270 x 646 1270 x 646 1270 x 646 1220 x 1115 30 litre canister 3 Canister support 60 litre drums 2 Drum supports 205 litre drums 1 Drum supports Small container – Grid 30 litre canister 4 Canister support 60 litre drums 3 Drum supports 205 litre drums 2 Drum supports Small container – Grid 1049 x 682 x 837 1049 x 682 x 837 1049 x 682 x 837 1049 x 1130 x 837 1429 x 682 x 837 1429 x 682 x 837 1429 x 682 x 837 1429 x 1130 x 837 Hazardous materials pallet racking with frame depth 1100 mm, with steel spill pallet See page 76 Bay dimensions W x D [mm] Number of storage levels Basic shelf External dimensions W x D x H [mm] Extension shelf External dimensions W x D x H [mm] 1825 x 1100 2 1825 x 1100 3 2700 x 1100 2 2700 x 1100 3 3300 x 1100 2 3300 x 1100 3 2025 x 1300 x 2700 2025 x 1300 x 3800 2900 x 1300 x 2700 2900 x 1300 x 3800 3500 x 1300 x 2700 3500 x 1300 x 3800 1925 x 1300 x 2700 1925 x 1300 x 3800 2800 x 1300 x 2700 2800 x 1300 x 3800 3400 x 1300 x 2700 3400 x 1300 x 3800 Hazardous materials pallet racking with frame depth 1300 mm, with steel spill pallet as lowest storage level See page 79 Bay dimensions W x D [mm] Number of storage levels Basic shelf External dimensions W x D x H [mm] Extension shelf External dimensions W x D x H [mm] 1400 x 1300 2 1600 x 1300 x 3300 1500 x 1300 x 3300 2700 x 1300 2 2900 x 1300 x 3300 2800 x 1300 x 3300 All products for Hazmat shelving can be found here: www.denios.co.uk/kat/12759 E x P E R T A D V I C E A N D O R D E R L I N E : 0 1 9 5 2 8 1 1 9 9 1 59

60

Hazardous materials small container shelving with 4 painted steel spill trays W 4 steel spill trays as shelves W For the storage of liquids in all water-polluting classes W Type-separated storage with spill tray at every storage level W Galvanised frame W Sturdy construction with reinforcing crossbars W Shelving height can be adjusted in 25 mm increments W Can be expanded at any time W Delivered flat packed with instructions for easy self assembly W All racking is galvanised for optimum corrosion protection 1 e G A R o T s L A i R e T A M s u o d R A Z A h Detailed illustration: grids as storage surfaces Hazardous materials small container rack with 4 painted spill trays, compartment dimensions (WxD) 1300 x 400 mm All products for Hazmat shelving can be found here: www.denios.co.uk/kat/12759 60 w w w . d e n i o s . c o . u k / s h o p

61

1 e G A R o T s L A i R e T A M s u o d R A Z A h o R d e R A T T h e s A M e T i M e Additional surface Hazardous materials small container rack with 4 painted spill trays, compartment dimensions (WxD) 1000 x 600 mm, basic shelf unit and extension shelf unit Bay dimensions W x D [mm] Equipment - shelves Load [kg] Rack load [kg] Containment volume [L] Basic shelf External dimensions W x D x H [mm] Order number Extension shelf External dimensions W x D x H [mm] Order number Accessories Order number 1000 x 400 4 x spill pallets, painted 200 1000 4 x 24 1060 x 437 x 2000 199-566-JD 1012 x 437 x 2000 199-567-JD Additional surface 199-599-JD 1000 x 600 4 x spill pallets, painted 200 1000 4 x 36 1060 x 637 x 2000 199-564-JD 1012 x 637 x 2000 199-565-JD Additional surface 199-597-JD 1300 x 400 4 x spill pallets, painted 200 1000 4 x 31 1360 x 437 x 2000 199-570-JD 1312 x 437 x 2000 199-571-JD Additional surface 199-603-JD 1300 x 600 4 x spill pallets, painted 200 1000 4 x 47 1360 x 637 x 2000 199-574-JD 1312 x 637 x 2000 199-575-JD Additional surface 199-605-JD E x P E R T A D V I C E A N D O R D E R L I N E : 0 1 9 5 2 8 1 1 9 9 1 61

62

Hazardous materials small container shelving with 3 grids and painted steel spill pallet W 1 steel sump and 3 galvanised grid shelves as storage levels W For storing flammable liquids W Galvanised frame W Sturdy construction with reinforcing crossbars W Shelving height can be adjusted in 25 mm increments W Can be expanded at any time W Delivered flat packed with instructions for easy self assembly W All racking is galvanised for optimum corrosion protection 1 e G A R o T s L A i R e T A M s u o d R A Z A h Detailed illustration: grids as storage surfaces Hazardous materials small container rack with 3 grids and painted spill pallet, compartment dimensions (WxD) 1300 x 400 mm, basic shelf unit and extension shelf unit Hazardous materials small container rack with 3 grids and painted spill pallet, compartment dimensions (WxD) 1000 x 600 mm Order no. 199-560-JD Bay dimensions W x D [mm] Equipment - shelves Equipment - lower shelf Load [kg] Rack load [kg] Sump Volume [l] Basic shelf External dimensions W x D x H [mm] Order number Extension shelf External dimensions W x D x H [mm] Order number Accessories Order number 1000 x 400 3 x grid, galvanised 1 x spill pallet, painted 200 1000 24 1060 x 437 x 2000 199-562-JD 1012 x 437 x 2000 199-563-JD Additional surface 199-598-JD 1000 x 600 3 x grid, galvanised 1 x spill pallet, painted 200 1000 36 1060 x 637 x 2000 199-560-JD 1012 x 637 x 2000 199-561-JD Additional surface 199-596-JD 1300 x 400 3 x grid, galvanised 1 x spill pallet, painted 200 1000 31 1360 x 437 x 2000 199-568-JD 1312 x 437 x 2000 199-569-JD Additional surface 199-602-JD 1300 x 600 3 x grid, galvanised 1 x spill pallet, painted 200 1000 47 1360 x 637 x 2000 199-572-JD 1312 x 637 x 2000 199-573-JD Additional surface 199-604-JD 62 w w w . d e n i o s . c o . u k / s h o p

63

Hazardous materials small container shelving with 4 grids and steel floor spill pallet W 1 floor spill pallet manufactured from galvanised steel and 4 galvanised grids W For storing flammable liquids W Galvanised frame W Sturdy construction with reinforcing crossbars W Shelving height can be adjusted in 25 mm increments W Can be expanded at any time W Delivered flat packed with instructions for easy self assembly W All racking is galvanised for optimum corrosion protection 1 e G A R o T s L A i R e T A M s u o d R A Z A h Hazardous materials small container rack with 4 grids and steel floor spill pallet, compartment dimensions (WxD) 1000 x 600 mm Order no. 199-716-JD Hazardous materials small container rack with 4 grids and steel floor spill pallet, compartment dimensions (WxD) 1300 x 600 mm Order no. 199-720-JD Bay dimensions W x D [mm] Equipment - shelves Equipment - lower shelf Load [kg] Rack load [kg] Sump Volume [l] Basic shelf External dimensions W x D x H [mm] Order number Extension shelf External dimensions W x D x H [mm] Order number Accessories Order number Hazardous materials small container rack with 4 grids and steel floor spill pallet, compartment dimensions (WxD) 1000 x 400 mm, basic shelf unit and extension shelf unit 1000 x 400 4 x grid, galvanised 1 x spill pallet, galvanised 200 1000 39 1000 x 600 4 x grid, galvanised 1 x spill pallet, galvanised 200 1000 54 1300 x 400 4 x grid, galvanised 1 x spill pallet, galvanised 200 1000 50 1300 x 600 4 x grid, galvanised 1 x spill pallet, galvanised 200 1000 70 1156 x 526 x 2000 199-714-JD 1006 x 526 x 2000 199-715-JD Additional surface 199-598-JD 1156 x 726 x 2000 199-716-JD 1006 x 726 x 2000 199-717-JD Additional surface 199-596-JD 1456 x 526 x 2000 199-718-JD 1306 x 526 x 2000 199-719-JD Additional surface 199-602-JD E x P E R T A D V I C E A N D O R D E R L I N E : 0 1 9 5 2 8 1 1 9 9 1 1456 x 726 x 2000 199-720-JD 1306 x 726 x 2000 199-721-JD Additional surface 199-604-JD 63

64

Hazardous materials small container shelving with 3 grids and plastic spill pallet W 1 polyethylene (PE) spill pallet and 3 grid shelves in PE or galvanised steel as storage levels W For the storage of aggressive chemicals for example acids or alkali and substances in all water-polluting classes W Galvanised frame W Sturdy construction with reinforcing crossbars W Shelving height can be adjusted in 25 mm increments W Can be expanded at any time W Delivered flat packed with instructions for easy self assembly W All racking is galvanised for optimum corrosion protection 1 e G A R o T s L A i R e T A M s u o d R A Z A h Hazardous materials small container rack with 3 grids and spill pallet in plastic, compartment dimensions (WxD) 1300 x 400 mm, basic shelf unit and extension shelf unit Hazardous materials small container rack with 3 grids and spill pallet in plastic, compartment dimensions (WxD) 1000 x 600 mm Order no. 273-917-JD Bay dimensions W x D [mm] Equipment - shelves Equipment - lower shelf Load [kg] Rack load [kg] Sump Volume [l] Basic shelf External dimensions W x D x H [mm] Order number Extension shelf External dimensions W x D x H [mm] Order number Accessories Order number 1000 x 400 3 x grid, galvanised 1 x spill pallet, plastic 200 1000 26 1000 x 600 3 x grid, galvanised 1 x spill pallet, plastic 200 1000 40 1300 x 400 3 x grid, galvanised 1 x spill pallet, plastic 200 1000 33 1300 x 600 3 x grid, galvanised 1 x spill pallet, plastic 200 1000 52 1000 x 600 3 x grid, plastic 1 x spill pallet, plastic 200 1000 40 1300 x 600 3 x grid, plastic 1 x spill pallet, plastic 200 1000 52 1060 x 437 x 2000 1060 x 637 x 2000 1360 x 437 x 2000 1360 x 637 x 2000 1060 x 637 x 2000 1360 x 637 x 2000 273-902-JD 273-917-JD 273-904-JD 273-919-JD 273-921-JD 273-923-JD 1012 x 437 x 2000 1012 x 637 x 2000 1312 x 437 x 2000 1312 x 637 x 2000 1012 x 637 x 2000 1312 x 637 x 2000 273-903-JD Additional surface 199-598-JD 273-918-JD Additional surface 199-596-JD 273-905-JD Additional surface 199-602-JD 273-920-JD Additional surface 199-604-JD 273-922-JD Additional surface 199-600-JD 273-924-JD Additional surface 199-606-JD 64 w w w . d e n i o s . c o . u k / s h o p

65

Hazardous materials small container shelving with 4 plastic spill trays W 4 polyethylene (PE) spill trays as storage levels W For the storage of aggressive chemicals for example acids or alkali and substances in all DIBt approved grid with leak indicator available as an option water-polluting classes W Type-separated storage with spill tray at every storage level W Galvanised frame W Sturdy construction with reinforcing crossbars W Shelving height can be adjusted in 25 mm increments W Can be expanded at any time W Delivered flat packed with instructions for easy self assembly W All racking is galvanised for optimum corrosion protection See page 41 1 e G A R o T s L A i R e T A M s u o d R A Z A h Hazardous materials small container rack with 4 spill trays in plastic, compartment dimensions (WxD) 1300 x 600 mm Order no. 273-927-JD o R d e R A T T h e s A M e T i M e Additional surface Hazardous materials small container rack with 4 spill trays in plastic, compartment dimensions (WxD) 1000 x 600 mm, basic shelf unit and extension shelf unit Bay dimensions W x D [mm] Equipment - shelves Load [kg] Rack load [kg] Containment volume [L] Basic shelf External dimensions W x D x H [mm] Order number Extension shelf External dimensions W x D x H [mm] Order number Accessories Order number 1000 x 400 4 x spill pallet, plastic 200 1000 4 x 26 1000 x 600 4 x spill pallet, plastic 200 1000 4 x 40 1300 x 400 4 x spill pallet, plastic 200 1000 4 x 33 1300 x 600 4 x spill pallet, plastic 200 1000 4 x 52 1060 x 437 x 2000 1060 x 637 x 2000 1360 x 437 x 2000 1360 x 637 x 2000 273-906-JD 273-925-JD 273-908-JD 273-927-JD 1012 x 437 x 2000 1012 x 637 x 2000 1312 x 437 x 2000 1312 x 637 x 2000 273-907-JD Additional surface 273-910-JD 273-926-JD Additional surface 273-929-JD 273-909-JD Additional surface 273-911-JD 273-928-JD Additional surface 273-930-JD E x P E R T A D V I C E A N D O R D E R L I N E : 0 1 9 5 2 8 1 1 9 9 1 65

66

1 e G A R o T s L A i R e T A M s u o d R A Z A h Hazardous materials small container shelving in stainless steel W 1 spill pallet in stainless steel and 3 perforated stainless steel plates as storage surfaces W For storing flammable liquids, aggressive chemicals and all classes of water-polluting substances W Easy to clean and hygienic W Quality product in stainless steel 1.4301 W High stability with bolted crosspiece W With adjustable feet for use on uneven surfaces W Shelving height can be adjusted in 150 mm increments W Can be expanded at any time W Delivered flat packed with instructions for easy self assembly Hazardous materials small container rack in stainless steel, compartment dimensions (WxD) 1150 x 450 mm Order no. 181-455-JD Hazardous materials small container rack in stainless steel, consisting of basic shelf unit, compartment dimensions (WxD) 550 x 250 mm, and extension shelf unit, compartment dimensions (WxD) 1150 x 250 mm Hazardous materials small container rack in stainless steel, compartment dimensions (WxD) 1150 x 250 mm Order no. 181-453-JD Detailed illustration: perforated stainless steel shelf as storage surface Bay dimensions W x D [mm] Equipment - shelves Equipment - lower shelf Load [kg] Rack load [kg] Sump Volume [l] Basic shelf External dimensions W x D x H [mm] Order number Extension shelf External dimensions W x D x H [mm] Order number Accessories Order number 550 x 250 3 x perforated plate, stainless steel 1 x spill pallet, stainless steel 150 1200 21 850 x 250 3 x perforated plate, stainless steel 1 x spill pallet, stainless steel 150 1200 33 850 x 450 3 x perforated plate, stainless steel 1 x spill pallet, stainless steel 150 1200 47 1150 x 250 3 x perforated plate, stainless steel 1 x spill pallet, stainless steel 100 1200 43 1150 x 450 3 x perforated plate, stainless steel 1 x spill pallet, stainless steel 100 1200 58 600 x 300 x 1800 181-447-JD 575 x 300 x 1800 181-448-JD Additional surface 181-942-JD 900 x 300 x 1800 181-449-JD 875 x 300 x 1800 181-450-JD Additional surface 181-943-JD 900 x 500 x 1800 181-451-JD 875 x 500 x 1800 181-452-JD Additional surface 181-944-JD 1200 x 300 x 1800 181-453-JD 1175 x 300 x 1800 181-454-JD Additional surface 181-945-JD 1200 x 500 x 1800 181-455-JD 1175 x 500 x 1800 181-456-JD Additional surface 181-946-JD 66 w w w . d e n i o s . c o . u k / s h o p

67

Hazardous materials small container shelving for safety when dispensing W Overhanging spill pallet ensures safe dispensing W Approved for storing flammable liquids (H224-226) and substances in all water hazard classes W Galvanised frame W Sturdy construction with reinforcing crossbars W Shelving height can be adjusted in 25 mm increments W 100 mm ground clearance for transport with a forklift and to avoid corrosion W Delivered flat packed with instructions for easy self assembly W All racking is galvanised for optimum corrosion protection 1 e G A R o T s L A i R e T A M s u o d R A Z A h Hazardous materials small container rack for dispensing activities, with 8 grids, compartment dimensions (WxD) 1000 x 600 mm Order no. 199-662-JD Grids on every storage level Shelves on every storage level Hazardous materials small container rack for dispensing activities, with 4 grids, compartment dimensions (WxD) 1000 x 600 mm Order no. 199-661-JD Bay dimensions W x D [mm] Equipment - shelves Load [kg] Rack load [kg] Sump Volume [l] External dimensions W x D x H [mm] Order number Accessories Order number Small bin shelving for hazardous materials for transfer work, with 4 shelves, shelf dimensions (WxD) 1000 x 600 mm Order no. 199-663-JD 1000 x 600 4 x grid, galvanised 200 800 235 1236 x 816 x 2100 199-661-JD Additional surface 199-596-JD 1000 x 600 8 x grid, galvanised 200 800 280 2470 x 816 x 2100 199-662-JD Additional surface 199-596-JD 1000 x 600 4 x shelf, galvanised 150 800 235 1236 x 816 x 2100 199-663-JD Additional surface 199-608-JD 1000 x 600 8 x shelf, galvanised 150 800 280 2470 x 816 x 2100 199-664-JD Additional surface 199-608-JD E x P E R T A D V I C E A N D O R D E R L I N E : 0 1 9 5 2 8 1 1 9 9 1 67

68

1 e G A R o T s L A i R e T A M s u o d R A Z A h Stacking racks for safe storing and dispensing of hazardous materials W Sturdy, galvanised stacking shelf W Can be stacked 3 high W For the safe storing and dispensing of hazardous materials in conjunction with a spill pallet W Spill pallet available in steel or plastic, grid optional W Horizontal storage and dispensing for 60 and 205 litre drums, 20, 30 and 60 litre canisters, can also combine storage of small containers W Practical modular system: various shelving designs and numerous combination options allow flexible adaptation to operational requirements W Steel spill pallet: for the legally-compliant storage of substances in all water hazard classes and flammable liquids (H224-226) W Plastic spill pallet: for the legally-compliant storage of substances in all water hazard classes, highly resistant to many aggressive chemicals such as acids and alkalis W With forklift pockets for easy handling W Delivered flat packed for self assembly Create your hazmat shelving / dispensing station from our modular system according to your individual operational requirements. o R d e R A T T h e s A M e T i M e Dispensing tray in steel, dimensions W x D x H (mm): 280 x 270 x 300 Dispensing tray in PE, dimensions W x D x H (mm): 270 x 270 x 300 Drum roller for horizontal drums Drum tap with 2” thread Brass drum tap 3/4“ Order no. 114-543-JD Order no. 114-902-JD Order no. 114-542-JD Order no. 117-105-JD Order no. 117-132-JD 68 w w w . d e n i o s . c o . u k / s h o p

69

1 e G A R o T s L A i R e T A M s u o d R A Z A h Storage capacity Number Equipment - shelf External dimensions W x D x H [mm] Bay dimensions W x D [mm] Overall load capacity [kg] Order number Small container – Grid 1049 x 1130 x 837 880 x 1115 435 291-770-JD 30 litre canister 3 Canister support 1049 x 682 x 837 890 x 646 435 291-771-JD 60 litre drums 2 Drum supports 1049 x 682 x 837 890 x 646 435 291-769-JD 205 litre drums 1 Drum supports 1049 x 682 x 837 890 x 646 435 291-768-JD Suitable spill pallets External dimensions W x D x H [mm] Sump Volume [l] Order number Suitable grids for spill pallets Grid material Order number Grid material Order number In plastic 865 x 1245 x 350 240 328-285-JD Steel 291-763-JD Plastic 291-762-JD In steel 1236 x 815 x 255 235 328-417-JD Steel 291-761-JD – – Storage capacity Number Equipment - shelf External dimensions W x D x H [mm] Bay dimensions W x D [mm] Overall load capacity [kg] Order number Small container – Grid 1429 x 1130 x 837 1220 x 1115 700 291-774-JD 30 litre canister 4 Canister support 1429 x 682 x 837 1270 x 646 700 291-775-JD 60 litre drums 3 Drum supports 1429 x 682 x 837 1270 x 646 700 291-773-JD 205 litre drums 2 Drum supports 1429 x 682 x 837 1270 x 646 700 291-772-JD Suitable spill pallets External dimensions W x D x H [mm] Sump Volume [l] Order number Suitable grids for spill pallets Grid material Order number Grid material Order number In plastic 1235 x 1235 x 275 295 328-286-JD Steel 291-767-JD Plastic 291-766-JD In steel 1236 x 1210 x 190 265 328-418-JD Steel 291-764-JD – – In steel 1240 x 1210 x 355 485 328-419-JD Steel 291-765-JD – – E x P E R T A D V I C E A N D O R D E R L I N E : 0 1 9 5 2 8 1 1 9 9 1 69

70

Stacking racks for safe storing and dispensing of hazardous materials W Approved for the storage of materials in all water hazard classes and flammable liquids (H 224-226) W Sturdy, galvanised stacking shelf with spill pallet in steel W Safe dispensing over the protruding spill pallet W With forklift pockets for easy handling W Delivered flat packed for self assembly 1 e G A R o T s L A i R e T A M s u o d R A Z A h 5 1 2 3 4 Storage capacity Number Additional storage capacity Equipment - shelves External dimensions W x D x H [mm] Bay dimensions W x D [mm] Sump Volume [l] Number of storage levels Overall load capacity [kg] Order number 1 2 3 4 5 Small container – – 2 x grid, galvanised 1429 x 1210 x 1637 1220 x 1115 265 2 1400 291-789-JD 30 litre canister 3 Small container Canister support and grid 1049 x 1236 x 1637 890 x 1115 235 2 870 291-780-JD 30 litre canister 4 Small container Canister support and grid 1429 x 1210 x 1637 1220 x 1115 265 2 1400 291-791-JD 60 litre drums 3 – Drum supports 1429 x 1210 x 837 1270 x 646 265 1 700 291-787-JD 205 litre drums 4 – Drum supports 1429 x 1210 x 1637 1270 x 646 265 2 1400 291-784-JD 70 w w w . d e n i o s . c o . u k / s h o p

71

Stacking racks as dispensing stations for 60 and 205 litre drums W For the storage of substances in all water hazard classes W Sturdy, galvanised stacking rack with spill pallet in polyethylene (PE, highly resistant to many aggressive chemicals such as acids and alkalis) W Safe dispensing over the protruding spill pallet W With forklift pockets for easy handling W Delivered flat packed for self assembly 1 e G A R o T s L A i R e T A M s u o d R A Z A h 2 1 3 4 5 Storage capacity Number Additional storage capacity Equipment - shelves External dimensions W x D x H [mm] Bay dimensions W x D [mm] Sump Volume [l] Number of storage levels Overall load capacity [kg] Order number 1 2 3 4 5 Small container – – 2 x grid, galvanised 1429 x 1235 x 1637 1220 x 1115 295 2 1400 291-790-JD 30 litre canister 3 Small container Canister support and grid 1049 x 1245 x 1637 890 x 1115 240 2 870 291-781-JD 30 litre canister 4 Small container Canister support and grid 1429 x 1235 x 1637 1220 x 1115 295 2 1400 291-792-JD 60 litre drums 6 – Drum supports 1429 x 1235 x 1637 1270 x 646 295 2 1400 291-788-JD 205 litre drums 4 – Drum supports 1429 x 1235 x 1637 1270 x 646 295 2 1400 291-786-JD E x P E R T A D V I C E A N D O R D E R L I N E : 0 1 9 5 2 8 1 1 9 9 1 71

72

Steel containment racking for storage W For existing shelving systems, which are to be used as a hazardous materials store and converted to be legally compliant W Approved containment racking for all standard bay widths W Base spill pallet for setting under existing pallet racks W Approved for storing flammable liquids (H224-226) and all substances in all water-polluting classes W Welded steel design W 100 mm clearance between base and floor for handling and loading with forklift trucks W Acid-resistant spill pallet insert in polyethylene (PE) available as an option NEW 1 e G A R o T s L A i R e T A M s u o d R A Z A h Steel spill trays for placing under existing shelving systems, available in 4 sizes, optionally also with PE insert trays and mesh grates as storage levels. Acid resistant polyethylene (PE) spill pallet inliner available as an accessory Steel spill tray, for 1800 mm shelf width Steel spill tray, for shelf width 2700 mm Steel spill tray, for shelf width 3300 mm Order no. 328-447-JD Order no. 260-448-JD Order no. 273-996-JD For shelves with width [mm] External dimensions W x D x H [mm] Sump Volume [l] Surface Order number Accessories Order number 1800 1780 x 1300 x 343 530 Powder coated 328-447-JD plastic inlay spill pallet 114-332-JD 2700 2680 x 1300 x 343 810 Powder coated 328-448-JD plastic inlay spill pallet 114-336-JD 2700 2680 x 1300 x 486 1200 painted 260-448-JD plastic inlay spill pallet 114-437-JD 3300 3280 x 1300 x 420 1200 painted 273-996-JD plastic inlay spill pallet 180-335-JD 72 w w w . d e n i o s . c o . u k / s h o p

73

Plastic containment racking for storage W For existing shelving systems, which are to be used for hazmat storage W Approved containment racking for all standard bay widths W Base spill pallet for setting under existing pallet racks W For the storage of aggressive chemicals for example acids or alkali and substances in all water-polluting classes W Manufactured from environmentally friendly polyethylene (PE) W 100 mm clearance between base and floor for handling and loading with forklift trucks 1 e G A R o T s L A i R e T A M s u o d R A Z A h Containment racking in plastic (PE) for placing under existing shelving systems, available in 6 dimensions. Plastic (PE) spill tray, for shelf width 1400 mm Order no. 201-369-JD Plastic (PE) spill tray, for shelf width 2700 mm Order no. 201-373-JD Plastic (PE) spill tray, for shelf width 3300 mm Order no. 291-049-JD For shelves with width [mm] External dimensions W x D x H [mm] Sump Volume [l] Order number 1400 1390 x 1315 x 315 330 201-369-JD 1800 1780 x 1315 x 315 450 201-370-JD 2200 2180 x 1315 x 315 520 201-371-JD 2700 2680 x 1315 x 315 600 201-372-JD 2700 2680 x 1315 x 490 1100 201-373-JD 3300 3280 x 1315 x 490 1000 291-049-JD E x P E R T A D V I C E A N D O R D E R L I N E : 0 1 9 5 2 8 1 1 9 9 1 73

74

1 e G A R o T s L A i R e T A M s u o d R A Z A h When storing flammable liquids, steel sumps with an adequate capacity must be placed at ground level to meet legal requirements. 74 w w w . d e n i o s . c o . u k / s h o p

75

Containment racking in plastic to fit on shelf cross members W For existing shelving systems, the simple,economic way to convert to legally-compliant hazardous materials stores W Space saving containment racking for fitting in pallet racks W Highly resistant to aggressive chemicals such as acids or alkali W In polyethylene (PE) W The containment racking rests securely on the cross beams W Removable grid either in steel or plastic Containment racking in steel to fit on shelf cross members W For existing shelving systems, the simple, economic way to convert to legally-compliant hazardous materials stores W Containment racking for fitting in pallet racks, space saving W Approved for storing flammable liquids (H224-226) and all substances in all water-polluting classes W Welded steel design W Corrosion protection with high-quality paint, gentian blue (RAL 5010) W The containment racking rests securely on the cross beams W Removable hot dip galvanised grid as a storage surface 1 e G A R o T s L A i R e T A M s u o d R A Z A h A = external width, B = internal depth, C = external depth Material Grid* Width, external [mm] Length, external [mm] Depth, internal [mm] Height, external [mm] Sump Volume [l] Overall load capacity [kg] Order number *Plastic grid for storing containers on pallets Steel galvanised 1780 1300 900 185 220 2000 115-106-JD Steel galvanised 2580 1300 900 145 220 3000 115-109-JD Steel galvanised 2680 1300 900 140 220 3000 115-111-JD Plastic galvanised 1780 1300 900 250 235 800 179-585-JD Plastic plastic 1780 1300 900 275 235 800 179-586-JD Plastic galvanised 2680 1300 900 190 235 800 179-587-JD Plastic plastic 2680 1300 900 215 235 800 179-588-JD E x P E R T A D V I C E A N D O R D E R L I N E : 0 1 9 5 2 8 1 1 9 9 1 75 BCA

76

Hazardous materials pallet racking with frame depth 1100 mm, with steel spill pallet W For storing flammable liquids and all categories of water-polluting substances W Shelving frame galvanised, cross members powder coated red-orange (RAL 2001) W Adjustable shelf height through hole distance of 50 mm W Shelf guard on every storage level W painted steel spill pallet W 100 mm ground clearance to avoid corrosion W Can be expanded at any time W Delivered flat-pack, with instructions for assembly NEW 1 e G A R o T s L A i R e T A M s u o d R A Z A h Hazardous material pallet racks with 3 storage levels, steel spill pallet, basic shelf, shelf dimensions (WxD) 2700 x 1100 mm Hazardous material pallet rack with 2 storage levels, steel spill pallet, compartment dimensions (WxD) 3300 x 1100 mm Order no. 329-152-JD Order no. 329-154-JD Bay dimensions W x D [mm] Storage capacity - Euro pallets Storage capacity alternative - chemical pallets Load [kg] Rack load [kg] Sump Volume [l] Number of storage levels Basic shelf External dimensions W x D x H [mm] Order number Extension shelf External dimensions W x D x H [mm] Order number Accessories Order number 76 1825 x 1100 4 2 2200 4400 530 2 1825 x 1100 6 3 2200 6600 530 3 2700 x 1100 6 4 3540 7080 810 2 2700 x 1100 9 6 3540 10620 810 3 3300 x 1100 6 6 3780 7560 1200 2 3300 x 1100 9 9 3430 10290 1200 3 2025 x 1300 x 2700 329-146-JD 2025 x 1300 x 3800 329-148-JD 2900 x 1300 x 2700 329-150-JD 2900 x 1300 x 3800 329-152-JD 3500 x 1300 x 2700 329-154-JD 3500 x 1300 x 3800 329-156-JD 1925 x 1300 x 2700 329-147-JD Grids / shelves, galvanised 200-237-JD 1925 x 1300 x 3800 329-149-JD Grids / shelves, galvanised 200-237-JD 2800 x 1300 x 2700 329-151-JD Grids / shelves, galvanised 120-232-JD 2800 x 1300 x 3800 329-153-JD Grids / shelves, galvanised 120-232-JD 3400 x 1300 x 2700 329-155-JD Grids / shelves, galvanised 145-616-JD 3400 x 1300 x 3800 329-157-JD Grids / shelves, galvanised 145-616-JD w w w . d e n i o s . c o . u k / s h o p

77

Hazardous materials pallet racking with frame depth 1100 mm, with plastic spill pallet W For the storage of aggressive chemicals for example acids or alkali and substances in all water-polluting classes W Shelving frame galvanised, cross members powder coated red-orange (RAL 2001) W Cross members height adjustable in 50 mm increments W Shelf guard on every storage level W Polyethylene (PE) spill pallet, with high resistance to aggressive chemicals such as acids or alkali W 100 mm ground clearance for ease of transport W Can be expanded at any time W Delivered flat-pack, with instructions for assembly o R d e R A T T h e s A M e T i M e Collision protection CORNER Order no. 203-606-JD 1 e G A R o T s L A i R e T A M s u o d R A Z A h Hazardous materials pallet rack with 2 storage levels, plastic spill pallet, basic shelf unit, compartment dimensions (WxD) 2700 x 1100 mm Hazardous materials pallet rack with 3 storage levels, plastic spill pallet, basic shelf unit, compartment dimensions (WxD) 3300 x 1100 mm Order no. 201-633-JD Order no. 305-697-JD Bay dimensions W x D [mm] Storage capacity - Euro pallets Storage capacity alternative - chemical pallets Load [kg] Rack load [kg] Sump Volume [l] Number of storage levels Basic shelf External dimensions W x D x H [mm] Order number Extension shelf External dimensions W x D x H [mm] Order number Accessories Order number 1825 x 1100 4 2 2200 4400 450 2 1825 x 1100 6 3 2200 6600 450 3 2700 x 1100 6 4 3540 7080 1100 2 2700 x 1100 9 6 3540 10620 1100 3 3300 x 1100 6 6 3780 7560 1000 2 3300 x 1100 9 9 3430 10290 1000 3 2025 x 1315 x 2700 266-315-JD 2025 x 1315 x 3800 266-317-JD 2900 x 1315 x 2700 201-633-JD 2900 x 1315 x 4400 201-635-JD 3500 x 1315 x 2700 305-695-JD 3500 x 1315 x 3800 305-697-JD 1925 x 1315 x 2700 266-316-JD Grids / shelves, galvanised 200-237-JD 1925 x 1315 x 3800 266-318-JD Grids / shelves, galvanised 200-237-JD 2800 x 1315 x 2700 201-634-JD Grids / shelves, galvanised 120-232-JD 2800 x 1315 x 4400 201-636-JD Grids / shelves, galvanised 120-232-JD 3400 x 1315 x 2700 305-696-JD Grids / shelves, galvanised 145-616-JD 3400 x 1315 x 3800 305-698-JD Grids / shelves, galvanised 145-616-JD E x P E R T A D V I C E A N D O R D E R L I N E : 0 1 9 5 2 8 1 1 9 9 1 77

78

Hazardous materials pallet racking with frame depth 1300 mm, with steel spill pallet as lowest storage level The hazardous materials pallet racking can be used for the safe storage of up to 4 IBCs. The racks have been optimised in terms of shelf and bay loads so that media with higher densities can now also be stored safely. Create your own individual hazmat shelving by arranging basic and extension shelf units from these shelving types to suit your needs. W For storing flammable liquids W Shelving frame galvanised, cross members powder coated red-orange (RAL 2001) W Storage levels with galvanised grid shelves, the bottom one has a spill pallet W Galvanised spill guards, around 3 sides of each storage level, optionally available W Suitable for storing Euro or chemical pallets W Adjustable shelf height through hole distance of 50 mm W Can be expanded at any time W Delivered flat-pack, with instructions for assembly 1 e G A R o T s L A i R e T A M s u o d R A Z A h Hazardous materials pallet rack with 2 storage levels, consisting of basic shelf unit, compartment dimensions (WxD) 3300 x 1300 mm, and extension shelf unit, compartment dimensions (WxD) 2700 x 1300 mm (collision protection corners optional) Hazardous materials pallet rack with 2 storage levels and painted spill pallet, basic shelf unit, compartment dimensions (WxD) 1400 x 1300 mm 78 w w w . d e n i o s . c o . u k / s h o p

79

o R d e R A T T h e s A M e T i M e SpillGuard® hazardous substance leak warning system INNOVATION Plastic spill pallet inserts are recommended for storing acids and alkalis, see the "accessories" table. See page 330 SpillGuard® Order no. 271-433-JD SpillGuard® connect Order no. 276-016-JD 1 e G A R o T s L A i R e T A M s u o d R A Z A h Hazardous materials pallet rack with 2 storage levels, consisting of basic shelf unit, compartment dimensions (WxD) 2700 x 1300 mm, and extension shelf unit, compartment dimensions (WxD) 2700 x 1300 mm (Spill guards sets and collision protection corners optional) Bay dimensions W x D [mm] Storage capacity for 1000 litre IBCs Load [kg] Rack load [kg] Spill pallet load capacity [kg] Sump Volume [l] Number of storage levels Extension shelf External dimensions W x D x H [mm] Order number Spill pallet: painted Basic shelf External dimensions W x D x H [mm] Order number Spill pallet: painted Accessories plastic inlay spill pallet Order number Spill guards set per storage level Order number 1400 x 1300 2 1670 1670 2000 1120 2 1500 x 1300 x 3300 305-415-JD 1600 x 1300 x 3300 305-414-JD – 305-420-JD 2700 x 1300 4 3000 3000 4000 1200 2 2800 x 1300 x 3300 209-420-JD 2900 x 1300 x 3300 209-419-JD 114-437-JD 281-842-JD E x P E R T A D V I C E A N D O R D E R L I N E : 0 1 9 5 2 8 1 1 9 9 1 79

80

D E N I O S M A G A Z I N E A L L Y O U N E E D T O K N O W A B O U T H A Z A R D O U S M A T E R I A L S C A B I N E T S Hazardous materials cabinets and safety cabinets enable the safe storage of hazardous materials in small containers near the workplace or directly in the laboratory. Hazardous materials cabinets and safety cabinets meet the requirements for a wide range of hazardous materials. Unsure which type of cabinet you need for your media? Our DENIOS expert team would be happy to advise you! U G u i d e s U A R T i c L e s U F A Q U c h e c k L i s T s U V i d e o s U w h i T e p A p e R s U i n T e R V i e w s U A n d M u c h M o R e ! www.denios.co.uk/magazine i n F o G R A p h i c G u i d e s w h i c h T Y p e o F c A B i n e T d o Y o u n e e d ? W What hazardous substance do you want to store? W What quantities do you want to store? W Do you store by type or is there combined storage? We're here to help! w h A T T Y p e o F e Q u i p M e n T d o Y o u n e e d ? W What technical ventilation is required? W Shelves or slide-out spill trays? W Which door solution offers the best support in practice? With us, it's easy to find the perfect cabinet. www.denios.co.uk/safety-cabinets www.denios.co.uk/3questions-cabinet G u i d e s s T o R A G e A n d c h A R G i n G o F L i T h i u M - i o n B A T T e R i e s . o u R T i p s A n d h e L p Based on the proven technology of our hazardous materials cabinets, we have developed a sophisticated system to address the special potential risks associated with the storage of lithium-ion batteries. As a pioneer in the market, DENIOS not only offers a comprehensive product range, but also the appropriate expertise. L i T h i u M - i o n B A T T e R i e s : F u n c T i o n , c h A R G i n G L i T h i u M B A T T e R i e s : d o Y o u h A Z A R d s , s T o R A G e A n d T R A n s p o R T . k n o w Y o u R d u T i e s o F c A R e ? All the important information from functionality and dangers to tips for use, storage and transport. We have summarised your 4 most important duties of care - so that you can be completely safe. www.denios.co.uk/lithium-batteries-lock- away-the-risk www.denios.co.uk/lithium-duties 80 w w w . d e n i o s . c o . u k / s h o p

81

T H E R I G H T H A Z A R D O U S M A T E R I A L S C A B I N E T F O R A N Y J O B Huge selection: W Customised, safe, certified W Reliable protection against all hazards and audits Cutting-edge production processes for guaranteed quality Extended warranty W (depending on model, up to 10 years) available when concluding a maintenance contract Delivery free to door: W No hidden costs W Transparency and planning security for your purchase 100% manufacturer quality Doors close automatically in the event of a fire For safe storage of flammable liquids with 90-minute fire protection in accordance with the legal requirements: EN 14470-1 Tested in accordance with the requirements of the German Equipment and Product Safety Act (GS mark) and CE-compliant With liquid-tight, tested base tray (in accordance with StawaR) made of powder-coated sheet steel, including perforated sheet cover as an additional storage level 0 90 minute ﬁre protection 9 e p y T tested in accordance with EN 14470-1 0 30 minute ﬁre protection 3 e p y T tested in accordance with EN 14470-1 Fire-resistant hazardous materials cabinet G 1201 with 3 shelves and hinged doors Order no. 116-979-JD E x P E R T A D V I C E A N D O R D E R L I N E : 0 1 9 5 2 8 1 1 9 9 1 81

82

1 e G A R o T s L A i R e T A M s u o d R A Z A h W Safe, legally compliant storage of water-polluting, non-flammable liquids and toxic substances in workrooms in accordance with HSG71 W Body in fine steel sheet with sturdy, quality paintwork, body gentian blue (RAL 5010), doors light grey (RAL 7035) W Permanent air exchange via ventilation grid in the doors W Supplied ready assembled W Sturdy sheet steel design Chemical cabinet with wing doors and sumps For safe, approved storage of water-hazardous, non-flammable liquids and toxins in work areas TOP PRODUCT Order no. 201-960-JD o R d e R A T T h e s A M e T i M e SpillGuard® hazardous substance leak warning system See page 330 INNOVATION SpillGuard® connect Order no. 276-016-JD SpillGuard® Order no. 271-433-JD The height-adjustable spill trays are weld-sealed and safely contain fluid leaks Model Features Door version External dimensions W x D x H [mm] Spill pallet load capacity [kg] Spill pallet capacity [l] Spillage decking capacity [l] Order number Accessories Order number PE inlay sump for spillage decking Order number Additional spill tray Order number Perforated metal insert for floor spill pallet Order number PE inlay spill pallet for spill tray The practical 1100 mm height (model CS 102) enables it to be placed under windows or shelves for example CS 104 protect 3 spill trays, 1 spill pallet hinged door 1000 x 500 x 1950 75 20 30 201-960-JD 274-005-JD 273-934-JD 273-935-JD 274-022-JD CS 102 protect 1 spill tray, 1 floor spill pallet hinged door 1000 x 500 x 1100 75 20 30 202-147-JD 207-325-JD 206-324-JD 202-146-JD 207-326-JD 82 w w w . d e n i o s . c o . u k / s h o p

83

W Wing doors have a cylinder lock and covered locking bar W Full specification with spill trays W Height-adjustable spill trays View chemical cabinets Acrylic glass doors give a quick overview of contents EVERYTHING FROM ONE SOURCE! Service & maintenance from the manufacturer 01952 811 991 >> www.denios.co.uk/services << 1 e G A R o T s L A i R e T A M s u o d R A Z A h Good looks and safety go hand in hand - the view chemical cabinet has a sturdy steel design and includes doors with acrylic glass inserts Model Features Door version External dimensions W x D x H [mm] Spill pallet load capacity [kg] Spill pallet capacity [l] Spillage decking capacity [l] Order number Accessories Order number Perforated metal insert for floor spill pallet Order number PE inlay sump for spillage decking Order number Additional spill tray Order number PE inlay spill pallet for spill tray CS 104G View 3 spill trays, 1 spill pallet hinged door with glass insert 1000 x 500 x 1950 75 20 30 219-291-JD 202-146-JD 207-325-JD 206-324-JD 207-326-JD o R d e R A T T h e s A M e T i M e PE inlay sump for safe storage of aggressive liquids Perforated metal inserts protect stored items from any escaping liquids (cannot be used in combi- nation with PE inlay spill pallets) Order no. 207-325-JD Order no. 202-146-JD E x P E R T A D V I C E A N D O R D E R L I N E : 0 1 9 5 2 8 1 1 9 9 1 83

84

Chemical cabinets with sliding doors - offering a large storage area with little space required For safe, approved storage of water-hazardous, non-flammable liquids and toxins in work areas W Body in fine steel sheet with sturdy, quality paintwork, body gentian blue (RAL 5010), doors light grey (RAL 7035) W Permanent air exchange via ventilation grid in the doors W Supplied ready assembled W Sturdy sheet steel design W With sliding doors W Quick, easy access to stored goods W Space saving storage thanks to sliding doors W Spill tray height can be adjusted in 25 mm increments 1 e G A R o T s L A i R e T A M s u o d R A Z A h Smooth-running sliding doors on roller bearings with a cylinder safety lock ensure secure storage of hazardous materials With one movement you gain access to everything inside the cabinet. Adapt the height of the spill tray shelves to the size of the containers being stored In this way both small and large containers can be stored in one cabinet o R d e R A T T h e s A M e T i M e Type CS-P small container sump. W Inlay sumps provide corrosion protection from aggressive hazardous materials W Leakages can be dealt with easily and safely CS 124 3 spill trays, 1 spill pallet (1 cabinet bay) 1200 x 500 x 1950 75 20 20 201-639-JD CS 184 6 spill trays, 2 spill pallets (2 cabinet bays) 1800 x 500 x 1950 75 39 30 201-640-JD 211-270-JD 202-118-JD 207-328-JD 207-329-JD 211-271-JD 202-119-JD 207-330-JD 207-331-JD Small container sumps made of polyethylene (PE) Order no. 207-332-JD Model Features External dimensions W x D x H [mm] Spill pallet load capacity [kg] Spill pallet capacity [l] Spillage decking capacity [l] Order number Accessories Order number Additional spill tray Order number Perforated insert for sumps and base sump Order number PE inlay spill pallet for spill tray Order number PE inlay sump for spillage decking 84 w w w . d e n i o s . c o . u k / s h o p

85

1 e G A R o T s L A i R e T A M s u o d R A Z A h Profi dispensing cabinet For safe, approved storage of water-hazardous, non-flammable liquids and toxins in work areas W Body and doors in fine sheet steel with sturdy, quality paint finish in gentian blue (RAL 5010) W Tested spill pallet W Permanent air exchange via ventilation grid in the doors W Wing doors have a cylinder lock and covered locking bar W Standard equipment: 1 removable spill pallet, 1 shelf, 3 slide out shelves each for 3 x 20 litre canisters or 5 x 10 litre canisters. Canisters available as an option W Safety device prevents several shelves being pulled out at once W Mounting kit for wall mounting included W Pull-out shelf dimensions: W 890 x D 420 mm The Profi dispensing cabinet offers safety combined with functionality. 1 The slide-out shelves make it easier to insert and remove the containers 2 Secure handling of stored canisters. The slide- out spillage decking holds drips securely Model External dimensions W x D x H [mm] Shelf load capacity [kg] Load capacity pull-out shelf [kg] Spillage decking capacity [l] Order number Accessories Order number Small container sumps made of polyethylene (PE) Uwa-a 1000 x 550 x 1950 75 120 39 201-937-JD 207-320-JD o R d e R A T T h e s A M e T i M e PE canister, 10 and 20 litres Extra wide mouth (80 mm) W For transporting, storing, dispensing and filling W Made from food-safe and chemical resistant polyethylene (PE) W With pressure release valve and PE foam seal in the lid 1 2 Capacity [l] Design External dimensions W x D x H [mm] Order number 10 Without tap 170 x 280 x 270 211-363-JD 10 With tap 170 x 300 x 270 207-398-JD 20 Without tap 258 x 292 x 360 211-364-JD 20 With tap 280 x 292 x 390 207-399-JD Plastic tap 3/4" for PE canister Order no. 207-202-JD Suitable for Profi dispensing cabinet 10 L and 20 L PE canister, available with or without 3/4" tap Canisters have a wide mouth The canister lid is fitted with a poppet valve E x P E R T A D V I C E A N D O R D E R L I N E : 0 1 9 5 2 8 1 1 9 9 1 85

86

1 e G A R o T s L A i R e T A M s u o d R A Z A h W Designed to provide safe and secure storage of chemicals, paints and many other hazardous materials W Robust steel construction with reinforced doors and secure locking W Fully diecast handles W Labelled flammable and flammable liquid W Maximum capacity 50 litres per cabinet for highly flammable or extremely flammable materials W Powder coated, 'HI-VIZ' yellow finish or grey, please specify at time of order W Stands available as an optional extra Mini hazardous storage cabinets Model Body dimensions W x D x H [mm] Number of storage levels Spill pallet capacity [l] Order number Order number: extra tray Order number: stand HZ11 915 x 381 x 610 1 15 157-728-JD – – HZ12 457 x 457 x 610 1 10 157-731-JD 119-341-JD 119-344-JD Mini Hazardous Storage Cabinet model HZ11 Hazardous storage bins and cabinets HZ13 HZ7 460 x 305 x 460 1170 x 460 x 610 – 30 119-338-JD – – 1 5 157-734-JD – – HZ8 381 x 510 x 510 – 15 119-339-JD – – Model Body dimensions W x D x H [mm] Number of storage levels Spill pallet capacity [l] Order number Order number: extra tray Order number: stand HZ1 915 x 457 x 1830 3 36 119-332-JD – – HZ3 460 x 460 x 910 1 15 119-334-JD 119-341-JD 119-344-JD HZ4 915 x 460 x 1000 1 30 119-335-JD – – HZ5 355 x 305 x 710 1 5 119-336-JD – – HZ6 915 x 457 x 710 1 30 119-337-JD – – HZ9 570 x 225 x 850 1 – 131-182-JD – – HZ10 457 x 305 x 710 1 10 157-725-JD – – 86 w w w . d e n i o s . c o . u k / s h o p

87

Mobile hazardous storage cabinet Ideally suited to janitorial use or where flexibility of storage is required within a constant moving environment. This upgraded model now includes a larger spill tray, offering better all round protection. W Mobile hazardous storage cabinets combine safe storage with manoeuvrability W Large diameter wheels with rubber tyres for easy handling W Removable spill trays W Base has four lockable swivel castors 1 e G A R o T s L A i R e T A M s u o d R A Z A h HZ4-M 900 x 460 x 900 1 14 131-185-JD HZ6-M 900 x 460 x 700 1 14 131-187-JD Mobile hazardous storage cabinet model HZ6-M Order no. 131-187-JD Model Body dimensions W x D x H [mm] Number of storage levels Spill pallet capacity [l] Order number COSHH cabinets W Powder coated, grey finish W Fully diecast handles W Maximum capacity 50 litres W Stands available as an optional extra W Robust steel construction with reinforced doors and secure locking W Designed for the storage of all hazardous materials, but ideally suited to those applications where additional segregation is required away from flammable materials Model Body dimensions W x D x H [mm] Number of storage levels Spill pallet capacity [l] Order number CSH1 915 x 457 x 1830 3 36 167-270-JD CSH2 915 x 457 x 915 1 30 167-271-JD CSH3 457 x 457 x 915 1 15 167-272-JD CSH4 457 x 305 x 710 1 10 167-273-JD E x P E R T A D V I C E A N D O R D E R L I N E : 0 1 9 5 2 8 1 1 9 9 1 87

88

1 e G A R o T s L A i R e T A M s u o d R A Z A h Systema chemical cabinets Systema was developed to offer practical, professional solutions for the wide-ranging requirements of hazardous materials storage. Systema brings order and safety to hazardous material storage in the workplace. The variation within the range offers many solutions. Just call us if you need more solution suggestions. W Door solutions available: wing doors = quick access to all contents folding doors = take up minimal space when open wing doors with glass inserts = see the cabinet contents at a glance W The single-door chemical cabinets (W 545 mm) can also be supplied on request with the door opening right Systema chemical cabinets, with folding doors and shelves The compact chemical cabinet can be supplied with 2 shelves and a tested spill pallet, in this picture model CS-102 Chemical cabinet model CS 52 with wing door Chemical cabinet model CS 52 with wing door and integrated glass insert Features External dimensions W x D x H [mm] Internal dimensions W x D x H [mm] Shelf load capacity [kg] Spillage decking capacity [l] Door hinge Order number hinged door Order number hinged door with glass insert Accessories Order number Additional shelf Order number Perforated metal insert for floor spill pallet 2 shelves, floor spill pallet 545 x 520 x 1105 486 x 493 x 990 50 19 left 202-549-JD 202-621-JD 2 shelves, floor spill pallet 810 x 520 x 1105 751 x 493 x 990 60 28 both sides 202-581-JD 202-653-JD 2 shelves, floor spill pallet 1055 x 520 x 1105 996 x 493 x 990 100 28 both sides 202-597-JD 202-669-JD 202-801-JD 202-809-JD 202-802-JD 202-810-JD 202-803-JD 202-811-JD 88 w w w . d e n i o s . c o . u k / s h o p

89

Available in 7 RAL colours Please specify required door colour when ordering. Body colour: anthracite grey Systema chemical cabinets with shelves, height 1950 mm EVERYTHING FROM ONE SOURCE! Service & maintenance from the manufacturer 01952 811 991 >> www.denios.co.uk/services << 1 e G A R o T s L A i R e T A M s u o d R A Z A h Wing doors with glass inserts offer a handy view of the cabinet contents, model CS-53L Chemical cabinet with 3 shelves (adjustable in 25 mm increments), floor spill pallet, model CS-103, perforated metal insert optional Features External dimensions W x D x H [mm] Internal dimensions W x D x H [mm] Shelf load capacity [kg] Spillage decking capacity [l] Door hinge Order number hinged door Order number hinged door with glass insert Accessories Order number Additional shelf Order number Perforated metal insert for floor spill pallet 3 shelves, floor spill pallet 545 x 520 x 1950 486 x 493 x 1835 50 19 left 202-565-JD 202-637-JD 3 shelves, floor spill pallet 810 x 520 x 1950 751 x 493 x 1835 60 28 both sides 202-589-JD 202-661-JD 3 shelves, floor spill pallet 1055 x 520 x 1950 996 x 493 x 1835 100 27 both sides 202-605-JD 202-677-JD 202-801-JD 202-809-JD 202-802-JD 202-810-JD 202-803-JD 202-811-JD E x P E R T A D V I C E A N D O R D E R L I N E : 0 1 9 5 2 8 1 1 9 9 1 89

90

Systema chemical cabinets W Safe, legally compliant storage of water-polluting, non-flammable liquids and toxic substances in workrooms in accordance with HSG71 W With slide-out shelves, (height adjustable in increments of 25 mm), with water-tight PP spill pallet W The slide-out shelves offer a secure storage place for small containers and need only minimum force to pull them out W The single-door chemical cabinets (W 545 mm) can also be supplied on request with the door opening right W Door solutions available: wing doors = quick access to all contents folding doors = take up minimal space when open wing doors with glass inserts = see the cabinet contents at a glance Systema chemical cabinets with pull-out shelves, height 1105 mm 1 e G A R o T s L A i R e T A M s u o d R A Z A h The slide-out shelves offer a secure storage place for small containers and need only minimum force to pull them out Storage of hazardous materials in the minimum space, model cs-52 Wing doors with glass inserts offer rapid orientation and are visually appealing, model CS 102 Organised, clear storage Features External dimensions W x D x H [mm] Internal dimensions W x D x H [mm] Door hinge Slide-out spill pallet load capacity [kg] Slide-out spill pallet capacity [l] Order number hinged door Order number hinged door with glass insert Accessories Order number Additional slide-out shelf 2 pull-out shelves 545 x 520 x 1105 486 x 493 x 990 left 30 11 208-617-JD 208-669-JD 2 pull-out shelves 810 x 520 x 1105 751 x 493 x 990 both sides 30 22 208-644-JD 208-686-JD 2 pull-out shelves 1055 x 520 x 1105 996 x 493 x 990 both sides 30 33 208-653-JD 208-699-JD 3 pull-out shelves 545 x 520 x 1105 486 x 493 x 990 left 30 11 208-832-JD 208-707-JD 3 pull-out shelves 810 x 520 x 1105 751 x 493 x 990 both sides 30 22 208-852-JD 208-808-JD 3 pull-out shelves 1055 x 520 x 1105 996 x 493 x 990 both sides 30 33 208-862-JD 208-818-JD 210-388-JD 210-389-JD 202-804-JD 210-388-JD 210-389-JD 202-804-JD 90 w w w . d e n i o s . c o . u k / s h o p

91

Available in 7 RAL colours Body colour: anthracite grey Please specify required door colour when ordering. EVERYTHING FROM ONE SOURCE! Service & maintenance from the manufacturer 01952 811 991 >> www.denios.co.uk/services << Systema chemical cabinets, with pull-out shelves, H. 1950 mm 1 e G A R o T s L A i R e T A M s u o d R A Z A h RECOMMENDED BY PROFESSIONALS 6 slide-out shelves give easy access and help you keep numerous small containers in order The size and number of the containers you need to store define the choice of hazardous materials cabinet you will need With 4 slide-out shelves (model 104) for storing containers of different sizes Additional slide-out shelves may be fitted as an option Features External dimensions W x D x H [mm] Internal dimensions W x D x H [mm] Door hinge Slide-out spill pallet load capacity [kg] Slide-out spill pallet capacity [l] Order number hinged door Order number hinged door with glass insert Accessories Order number Additional slide-out shelf 4 pull-out shelves 545 x 520 x 1950 486 x 493 x 1835 left 30 11 208-879-JD 208-905-JD 4 pull-out shelves 810 x 520 x 1950 751 x 493 x 1835 both sides 30 22 208-896-JD 208-926-JD 4 pull-out shelves 1055 x 520 x 1950 996 x 493 x 1835 both sides 30 33 202-613-JD 202-685-JD 6 pull-out shelves 545 x 520 x 1950 486 x 493 x 1835 left 30 11 209-057-JD 209-025-JD 6 pull-out shelves 810 x 520 x 1950 751 x 493 x 1835 both sides 30 22 209-075-JD 209-041-JD 6 pull-out shelves 1055 x 520 x 1950 996 x 493 x 1835 both sides 30 33 209-084-JD 209-049-JD 210-388-JD 210-389-JD 202-804-JD 210-388-JD 210-389-JD 202-804-JD E x P E R T A D V I C E A N D O R D E R L I N E : 0 1 9 5 2 8 1 1 9 9 1 91

92

PolySafe acid and alkali cabinets PolySafe acid and alkali cabinets are suited to practical use in laboratories, workshops, production or maintenance W For the safe and legally compliant storage of aggressive liquids W Liquids according to the media list 40-1.1 from the DIBt with a reduction ratio A2≤1.1 as well as liquids in the following substance groups may be stored: Aqueous solutions of organic acids up to 10% Mineral acids up to 20% Inorganic alkalis as well as alkali hydrolysing salts in aqueous solution (pH > 8), except for ammonia solutions and oxidising solutions of salts (e.g. hypo- chlorite) Solutions of inorganic non-oxidising salts with a pH value between 6 and 8 1 e G A R o T s L A i R e T A M s u o d R A Z A h Discreet and contemporary appearance. Wing doors in light grey, body in anthracite grey Practical: the cabinet floor is also a water-tight spill pallet Model Design External dimensions W x D x H [mm] Internal dimensions W x D x H [mm] Load capacity PE slide-out spill tray [kg] Spillage decking capacity [l] Weight [kg] Order number PS 1220-4 4 PE slide-out spill pallets 1225 x 640 x 1990 1130 x 410 x 1750 50 75 95 281-504-JD o R d e R A T T h e s A M e T i M e Fan for SL cabinet Polystore W Safely extracts any gases or vapours from the inside of the cabinet Order no. 212-190-JD 92 w w w . d e n i o s . c o . u k / s h o p

93

W Cabinet in highly resistant plastic (polyethylene), slide-out spill pallets also in plastic, hinges in glass-fibre reinforced plastic W Connection option for fan (for tall cabinets, H 1990 mm) W Certified quality - General Construction Approval Z-40.22-543 W Temperature range for use -20°C to 40°C EVERYTHING FROM ONE SOURCE! Service & maintenance from the manufacturer 01952 811 991 >> www.denios.co.uk/services << 1 e G A R o T s L A i R e T A M s u o d R A Z A h The visible floor spill pallet gives you an overview of its condition at any time, e.g. during a safety inspection. Any leaks can therefore be quickly detected. INNOVATION SpillGuard® hazardous substance leak warning system See page 330 SpillGuard® SpillGuard® connect Order no. 271-433-JD Order no. 276-016-JD Model Design External dimensions W x D x H [mm] Internal dimensions W x D x H [mm] Load capacity PE slide-out spill tray [kg] Spillage decking capacity [l] Weight [kg] Order number PS 620-4 4 PE slide-out spill pallets 610 x 640 x 1990 520 x 410 x 1750 50 35 55 281-505-JD E x P E R T A D V I C E A N D O R D E R L I N E : 0 1 9 5 2 8 1 1 9 9 1 93

94

1 e G A R o T s L A i R e T A M s u o d R A Z A h W Acids and alkali can be safely stored, separated from each other W For the storage of aggressive, non-flammable hazardous substances in workrooms W Removable plastic spill trays Cabinet height 600 or 800 mm W Underbench cabinets in highly resistant, melamine-resin-coated special material plates W Lockable doors with cylinder lock, lock indicator (red/green) W Uniform ventilation of the chamber with air vent units (NW 50) on the cabinet rear wall Height 600 mm Height 800 mm W For storing large containers (2.5 l) 1 3 2 Acids and alkalis cabinet model SL 62 with 2 slide-out shelves (base frame optionally available) Acids and alkalis cabinet model SL 112 with 1 slide- out shelf per chamber (base frame optionally available) The new height of 800 mm is really practical, model SL 602 Order no. 158-061-JD Order no. 136-862-JD 4 5 6 Acids and alkalis cabinet model SL 114 with 2 slide-out shelves per compartment (base frame optionally available) Order no. 136-864-JD 4 slide-out trays, with additional square compartment for material placement, Model SL 1404 Order no. 235-878-JD Compact dimensions - a height of 800 mm gives better access to small containers, model SL 1104 Model Features External dimensions W x D x H [mm] Door design Slide-out spill pallet capacity [l] Slide-out spill pallet load capacity [kg] Weight [kg] Order number Door hinge: left Order number Door hinge: right Order number Door hinge: both sides Accessories Order number Base frame, height 30 mm 1 2 3 4 5 6 SL 62 2 pull-out shelves 590 x 570 x 600 1-wing 11 25 46 158-061-JD 158-064-JD – SL 602 2 pull-out shelves 590 x 570 x 800 1-wing 11 25 58 – 235-880-JD – SL 112 2 pull-out shelves 1100 x 570 x 600 2 wing doors 11 25 64 – – 136-862-JD SL 114 4 pull-out shelves 1100 x 570 x 600 2 wing doors 11 25 74 – – 136-864-JD SL 1404 4 pull-out shelves 1400 x 570 x 600 2 wing doors 11 25 112 – – 235-878-JD SL 1104 4 pull-out shelves 1100 x 570 x 800 2 wing doors 11 25 90 – – 235-879-JD 158-071-JD 158-071-JD 133-467-JD 133-467-JD 133-471-JD 133-467-JD 94 w w w . d e n i o s . c o . u k / s h o p

95

Cabinet height 1970 mm W Body in powder coated fine sheet steel, RAL 7035 (light grey) W Complete closing mechanism is mounted outside the storage room W Uniform ventilation of the chambers via an air vent unit (NW 75) W Corrosion resistant metal-free ventilation ducts W Lockable with profile cylinder lock (lock system compatible) W Integrated adjusting feet for adjustment for uneven floor surfaces EVERYTHING FROM ONE SOURCE! Service & maintenance from the manufacturer 01952 811 991 >> www.denios.co.uk/services << 1 e G A R o T s L A i R e T A M s u o d R A Z A h Acid and alkalis cabinet model SL 1208 / 1212, either with 8 or 12 slide-out shelves Acids and alkalis cabinet model SL 606 - incl. 6 slide-out shelves Model Features External dimensions W x D x H [mm] Door design Slide-out spill pallet capacity [l] Slide-out spill pallet load capacity [kg] Weight [kg] Order number Door hinge: left Order number Door hinge: right Order number Door hinge: both sides SL 604 4 pull-out shelves 597 x 603 x 1965 1-wing 11 25 156 117-052-JD 117-053-JD – SL 606 6 pull-out shelves 597 x 603 x 1965 1-wing 11 25 166 117-054-JD 117-055-JD – SL 1208 8 pull-out shelves 1197 x 603 x 1965 2 wing doors 11 25 255 – – 158-058-JD SL 1212 12 pull-out shelves 1197 x 603 x 1965 2 wing doors 11 25 275 – – 158-059-JD E x P E R T A D V I C E A N D O R D E R L I N E : 0 1 9 5 2 8 1 1 9 9 1 95

96

W Acids and alkali can be safely stored, separated from each other W For the storage of aggressive, non-flammable hazardous substances in workrooms W Removable plastic spill trays Acid and alkali cabinets Model SL Plus, with compartment for hydrofluoric acid Acid and alkali cabinets for the storage of aggressive, non-flammable hazardous substances in workrooms. Includes separate compart- ment for hydrofluoric acid. Hydrofluoric acid must always be stored separately and under lock and key. The storage of acids and alkalis in workrooms must be in storage cabinets (e.g. acid and alkali cabinets) W Body in powder coated fine sheet steel, RAL 7035 (light grey) W Complete closing mechanism is mounted outside the storage room W Corrosion resistant metal-free ventilation ducts W Lockable with profile cylinder lock (lock system compatible) 1 e G A R o T s L A i R e T A M s u o d R A Z A h The hydrofluoric acid compartment is also marked with an acute toxicity pictogram Features External dimensions W x D x H [mm] Door design Slide-out spill pallet load capacity [kg] Slide-out spill pallet capacity [l] Weight [kg] Order number Door hinge: left Order number Door hinge: right 3 slide-out shelves, 1 hydrofluoric acid compartment 597 x 603 x 1965 1-wing 25 11 158 266-878-JD 266-881-JD 4 slide-out shelves, 1 hydrofluoric acid compartment 597 x 603 x 1965 1-wing 25 11 163 266-879-JD 266-882-JD 5 slide-out shelves, 1 hydrofluoric acid compartment 597 x 603 x 1965 1-wing 25 11 168 266-880-JD 266-883-JD 96 w w w . d e n i o s . c o . u k / s h o p

97

Slide-out shelves including spill trays W Additional built-in compartment with integrated spill tray in polypropylene W Safe storage of hydrofluoric acid, 1 litre containers can be removed upright from the compartment W Built-in compartment can be locked separately, incl. locking indicator (red/green) and marking W Ventilation from the built-in compartment via the extraction system present inside the cabinet EVERYTHING FROM ONE SOURCE! Service & maintenance from the manufacturer 01952 811 991 >> www.denios.co.uk/services << 1 e G A R o T s L A i R e T A M s u o d R A Z A h Clear, separated storage of hazardous substances Features External dimensions W x D x H [mm] Door design Slide-out spill pallet load capacity [kg] Slide-out spill pallet capacity [l] Weight [kg] Order number Door hinge: both sides 8 slide-out shelves, 1 hydrofluoric acid compartment 1197 x 603 x 1965 2 wing doors 25 11 265 266-884-JD 9 slide-out shelves, 1 hydrofluoric acid compartment 1197 x 603 x 1965 2 wing doors 25 11 270 266-885-JD 11 slide-out shelves, 1 hydrofluoric acid compartment 1197 x 603 x 1965 2 wing doors 25 11 280 266-886-JD E x P E R T A D V I C E A N D O R D E R L I N E : 0 1 9 5 2 8 1 1 9 9 1 97

98

D E N I O S M A G A Z I N E A L L Y O U N E E D T O K N O W A B O U T D I N E N 1 4 4 7 0 - 1 Hazardous materials cabinets should be fitted with technical ventilation. In these cases, Ex zones in and around the cabinet are generally not needed. U G u i d e s U A R T i c L e s U F A Q U c h e c k L i s T s U V i d e o s U w h i T e p A p e R s U i n T e R V i e w s U A n d M u c h M o R e ! www.denios.co.uk/magazine G u i d e s i n F o G R A p h i c e n 1 4 4 7 0 - 1 - w h A T i T ' s A L L A B o u T . If you choose a fire-rated safety cabinet from the DENIOS range, you can be sure that it has been type-tested in accordance with EN 14470- 1. But what exactly does EN 14470-1 say and what load tests must a hazardous materials cabinet pass? We have summed it up for you! k e Y F A c T s Special standards and regulations apply to the storage of flammable liquids in workrooms. We have compiled the most important key facts for you in our infographic. www.denios.co.uk/en-14470-1 www.denios.co.uk/en-14470-1 c A s e s T u d Y h A Z A R d o u s M A T e R i A L s A n d c h e M i c A L s i n s T o R A G e R o o M s Ecolab has set the industry standard since 1923 for innovation and cost effectiveness in professional cleaning and disinfection and associated services. The company offers integral hygiene solutions, linking chemicals, technology and service efficiently and in a cost-effective manner, both in the industrial and institutional markets as well as the health industry. www.denios.co.uk/ecolab 98 w w w . d e n i o s . c o . u k / s h o p

99

D E F I N I T I O N O F Z O N E S The definition of zones in and around hazardous materials cabinets depends on various factors. The framework conditions are explained in detail in DGUV regulation 113-001 EX-RL examples 2.11.2 . No zone Zone 2 inside the cabinet No zone outside Definition of zones for hazardous materials cabinets (DGUV Regulation 113-001) A) The LEL (lower explosion limit) is safely undercut as the flashpoint of the flammable liquid is sufficiently higher than the storage temperature (see TRGS 720 ff., Part 1, item 3.2 (3)) or B) The flashpoint is not sufficiently above the storage temperature (See TRGS 720 ff. Part 1, Point 3.2 (3)) Hazardous materials cabinet with technical ventilation W is present and the following conditions are met: W Containers are tightly closed and regularly checked to ensure sealing W The containers are not opened (no dispensing or filling, no sampling) W Containers are set down without external wetting with combustible liquids Protective measures to: TRGS 720 ff. Part 2, Point 2.3.2 (for A) TRGS 720 ff. Part 2, Point 2.4.4.3 (for B) TRGS 720 ff. Part 4, none (for A and B) The flashpoint is not sufficiently above the storage temperature (See TRGS 720 ff. Part 1, Point 3.2 (3)) C) Hazardous materials cabinet with technical ventilation is present, the conditions for defining zone 1 (B) are not met for all points, containers are however tightly closed or D) Hazardous materials cabinet with natural ventilation is present and the following conditions are met: W Containers are tightly closed and regularly checked to ensure sealing W The containers are not opened (no dispensing or filling, no sampling) W Containers are set down without external wetting with combustible liquids Protective measures to: TRGS 720 ff. Part 2, Point 2.4.4.3 (for C) TRGS 720 ff. Part 2, Point 2.4.4.2 (for D) TRGS 720 ff. Part 4, none (for C and D) The flashpoint is not sufficiently above the storage temperature (See TRGS 720 ff. Part 1, Point 3.2 (3) E) Hazardous materials cabinet with natural ventilation the conditions for defining zone 2 (D) are not met for all points, containers are however tightly closed Protective measures to: TRGS 720 ff. Part 2, Point 2.4.4.2 (for E) TRGS 720 ff. Part 4, none (for E) Zone 1 inside the cabinet Zone 2 outside the cabinet 2,5 m 0,5 m E x P E R T A D V I C E A N D O R D E R L I N E : 0 1 9 5 2 8 1 1 9 9 1 99

100

Systema-Plus chemical cabinet with Type 30 hazmat box Incl. Type 30 hazardous materials box for safe and legally compliant storage of flammable liquids in accordance with EN 14470-1 and HSG71 in single-walled sheet steel cabinets W No separate cabinet required for storing flammable liquids W Safety box with spill pallet, self-closing doors and extractor connection (NW 75) W Body in fine sheet steel with sturdy, high quality painted finish W Integrated adjustable feet - easy cabinet set up on uneven floors W Natural ventilation via ventilation opening at the bottom W Small volumes of flammable liquids (paint cans, touch-up pencils, spray cans, etc) are stored in the type 30 safety box safely and in compliance with regulations W Wing doors with cylinder lock 1 e G A R o T s L A i R e T A M s u o d R A Z A h Systema-Plus chemical cabinet CS-30-T is user friendly with pull-out shelves Small quantities of flammable liquids can be safely stored in the type 30 safety box So the Systema-Plus type CS-30 chemical cabinet affords protection for flammable and water-polluting fluids Model Features External dimensions W x D x H [mm] Shelf load capacity [kg] Slide-out spill pallet load capacity [kg] Slide-out spill pallet capacity [l] Spillage decking capacity [l] Order number Accessories Order number Additional shelf Order number Perforated metal insert for floor spill pallet Order number Additional slide-out shelf CS-30-T 3 pull-out shelves 1055 x 520 x 1950 – 30 34 – 219-292-JD – – 202-804-JD CS-30 2 shelves, 1 spill pallet 1055 x 520 x 1950 100 – – 27 219-293-JD 202-803-JD 202-811-JD – Available in 7 RAL colours Body colour: anthracite grey Please specify required door colour when ordering. 100 w w w . d e n i o s . c o . u k / s h o p

101

Chemical cabinet with Type 30 hazmat box Includes Type 30 hazardous materials box in accordance with EN 14470-1 for the legally compliant storage of flammable liquids (H224-226) in single-walled sheet steel cabinets W Chemical cabinet with 2 spill trays and 1 tested, water-tight spill pallet (galvanised sheet steel) W Safety box with spill pallet (5 litre), self-closing doors and extractor connection (NW 75) W No separate cabinet required for storing flammable liquids W Small volumes of flammable liquids (paint cans, touch-up pencils, spray cans, etc) are stored in the type 30 safety box safely and in compliance with regulations W Sturdy, powder coated sheet steel construction EVERYTHING FROM ONE SOURCE! Service & maintenance from the manufacturer 01952 811 991 >> www.denios.co.uk/services << 1 e G A R o T s L A i R e T A M s u o d R A Z A h Detailed section: ventilation slits in the cabinet front Ideal for the storage of very small quantities of flammable hazardous substances Model Features Design External dimensions W x D x H [mm] Spill pallet load capacity [kg] Body colour Door colour Order number PSM 19 P 2 spill trays, 1 floor spill pallet doors with ventilation slits 950 x 500 x 1950 50 Green Green 165-279-JD UWS 19 P 2 spill trays, 1 floor spill pallet doors without ventilation slits 950 x 500 x 1950 50 Blue Red 165-277-JD E x P E R T A D V I C E A N D O R D E R L I N E : 0 1 9 5 2 8 1 1 9 9 1 101

102

Basis-Line fire-rated hazardous materials cabinets with 30 minutes fire protection, shelf and base spill pallet W For the safe and legally compliant storage of flammable liquids with 30 minute fire protection in accordance with HSG71 and EN 14470-1 W Type 30 fire resistance is authorised provided only 1 cabinet is placed in each unit/fire compartment If this compartment is larger than 100 m², one cabinet is permitted per 100 m² W Easy-open doors remain open at any angle, automatic closure in the event of a fire W Integrated base, accessible underneath, making it easy to change location (base can be closed off by optional panel) W Air extraction connection (NW 75) fitted in the roof of the cabinet 1 e G A R o T s L A i R e T A M s u o d R A Z A h l e n a p e s a b l a n o i t p o h t i w i t e n b a c s w o h s e g a m I Accessible base for secure transport Basis-Line hazardous materials storage cabinet Model 30-123, body anthracite grey (RAL 7016), doors in light grey (RAL 7035), optional ventilation kit Info for type 30 cabinets: HSG71 type 30 fire resistance is authorised provided only 1 cabinet is placed in each unit/fire compartment. If this fire compart- ment is larger than 100 m², one cabinet is permitted per 100 m². Model Features External dimensions W x D x H [mm] Internal dimensions W x D x H [mm] Shelf load capacity [kg] Spillage decking capacity [l] Weight [kg] Order number Door hinge: left Order number Door hinge: right Order number Door hinge: both sides Accessories Order number Additional shelf Order number Plinth panel Order number Plastic inlay spill pallets 30-63 564 x 620 x 1947 450 x 519 x 1626 75 22 180 218-311-JD 218-319-JD – 116-987-JD 219-570-JD 133-976-JD 3 inlay shelves, sump and grid cover 30-93 864 x 620 x 1947 750 x 519 x 1626 75 23 235 218-327-JD 218-335-JD – 133-979-JD 219-572-JD 133-978-JD 30-123 1164 x 620 x 1947 1050 x 519 x 1626 75 33 280 – – 218-343-JD 116-975-JD 219-573-JD 116-939-JD 102 w w w . d e n i o s . c o . u k / s h o p

103

1 e G A R o T s L A i R e T A M s u o d R A Z A h Basis-Line fire-rated hazardous materials cabinets with 30 minutes fire protection, slide-out spill trays and floor spill pallet W For the safe and legally compliant storage of flammable liquids with 30 minute fire protection in accordance with HSG71 and EN 14470-1 W Tested spill pallet W Door can be locked with profile cylinder (closing system compatible) EVERYTHING FROM ONE SOURCE! Service & maintenance from the manufacturer 01952 811 991 >> www.denios.co.uk/services << Ventilation fittings, extrac- tion fans and additional accessories can be found See page 125 o R d e R A T T h e s A M e T i M e Plinth panel The hazardous materials cabinet is supplied complete with accessible base. This can be covered with the optionally available base panel. l e n a p e s a b l a n o i t p o h t i w i t e n b a c s w o h s e g a m I Slide-out spill trays guarantee easy, visible storage. The floor spill pallet safely contains any leaked fluids Basis-Line hazardous materials storage cabinet Model 30-66, with 6 slide-out spill trays and one floor spill pallet Available in 7 RAL colours Please specify required door colour when ordering. Body colour: anthracite grey Model Features External dimensions W x D x H [mm] Internal dimensions W x D x H [mm] Slide-out spill pallet load capacity [kg] Spillage decking capacity [l] Weight [kg] Order number Door hinge: left Order number Door hinge: right Order number Door hinge: both sides Accessories Order number Plastic inlay spill pallets Order number Plinth panel 30-64 4 slide-out spill trays 564 x 620 x 1947 450 x 519 x 1626 25 11 190 218-351-JD 218-359-JD – 148-590-JD 219-570-JD 30-66 6 slide-out spill trays 564 x 620 x 1947 450 x 519 x 1626 25 11 204 218-391-JD 218-399-JD – 148-590-JD 219-570-JD 30-124 4 slide-out spill trays 1164 x 620 x 1947 1050 x 519 x 1626 60 33 311 – – 218-383-JD 148-583-JD 219-573-JD 30-126 6 slide-out spill trays 1164 x 620 x 1947 1050 x 519 x 1626 60 33 343 – – 218-423-JD 148-583-JD 219-573-JD E x P E R T A D V I C E A N D O R D E R L I N E : 0 1 9 5 2 8 1 1 9 9 1 103

104

Fire-rated hazardous materials cabinets Edition G with slide-out spill trays W For the safe and legally compliant storage of flammable liquids with 90 minute fire protection in accordance with HSG71 and EN 14470-1 W Inner surfaces have a highly chemical-resistant, impact and scratch-proof plastic coating, easy to clean W Tested floor spill pallet. Cabinets with slide-out spill trays are supplied with an additional floor spill pallet Ventilation fittings, extraction fans and additional accessories can be found See page 125 Tested spill pallet 1 e G A R o T s L A i R e T A M s u o d R A Z A h The number and size of the containers to be stored is important to know for hazardous materials storage With 4 slide-out sumps you'll have more choice of small container sizes while 6 slide-out spill trays are ideally suited to small containers o R d e R A T T h e s A M e T i M e Delivery free to place of use Order no. 190-347-JD Testing hazardous materials cabinet Hazardous materials cabinet annual maintenance Order no. 184-429-JD Model Features External dimensions W x D x H [mm] Internal dimensions W x D x H [mm] Slide-out spill pallet load capacity [kg] Spillage decking capacity [l] Slide-out spill pallet capacity [l] Weight [kg] Order number safety yellow (RAL 1004) Order number Light grey (RAL 7035) Accessories Order number Plastic inlay spill pallets Order number Transport base for hazardous materials cabinet W 1200 mm Order number Transport base for hazardous materials cabinet W 900 mm Ga-900-4 4 slide-out spill trays 896 x 616 x 1968 750 x 524 x 1742 60 22 19 391 218-431-JD 218-432-JD – – Ga-900-6 6 slide-out spill trays 896 x 616 x 1968 750 x 524 x 1742 60 22 19 418 218-433-JD 218-434-JD – – 195-611-JD 195-611-JD Ga-1200-4 4 slide-out spill trays 1196 x 616 x 1968 1050 x 524 x 1742 60 33 30 473 218-435-JD 218-436-JD 148-583-JD 165-319-JD – Ga-1200-6 6 slide-out spill trays 1196 x 616 x 1968 1050 x 524 x 1742 60 33 30 505 218-437-JD 218-438-JD 148-583-JD 165-319-JD – 104 w w w . d e n i o s . c o . u k / s h o p

105

Fire-rated hazardous materials cabinets Edition G, with shelves For the safe and legally compliant storage of flammable liquids with 90 minute fire protection in accordance with HSG71 and EN 14470-1 W Doors close automatically in the event of a fire W Air extraction connection (NW 75) fitted in the roof of the cabinet W Protection from unauthorised access W Inner surfaces have a highly chemical-resistant, impact and scratch-proof plastic coating, easy to clean EVERYTHING FROM ONE SOURCE! Service & maintenance from the manufacturer 01952 811 991 >> www.denios.co.uk/services << 1 e G A R o T s L A i R e T A M s u o d R A Z A h Tested spill pallet Model Features External dimensions W x D x H [mm] Internal dimensions W x D x H [mm] Shelf load capacity [kg] Spillage decking capacity [l] Slide-out spill pallet capacity [l] Weight [kg] Order number safety yellow (RAL 1004) Order number Light grey (RAL 7035) Accessories Order number Additional shelf Order number Transport base for hazardous materials cabinet W 1200 mm Order number Transport base for hazardous materials cabinet W 900 mm Order number Plastic inlay spill pallets Order number Door hold-open device G-901 3 inlay shelves, sump and grid cover 896 x 616 x 1968 750 x 524 x 1742 75 23 – 357 148-564-JD 133-980-JD 133-979-JD – 195-611-JD 133-978-JD 116-977-JD G-1201 3 inlay shelves, sump and grid cover 1196 x 616 x 1968 1050 x 524 x 1742 75 33 – 435 116-979-JD 116-981-JD 116-975-JD 165-319-JD – 116-939-JD 116-977-JD E x P E R T A D V I C E A N D O R D E R L I N E : 0 1 9 5 2 8 1 1 9 9 1 105

106

Combi hazardous material cabinets, Edition-G, multi-functional, safe hazardous material storage Based on the proven hazardous materials cabinets from the DENIOS range, this practical variant offers the possibility of storing various classes of hazardous substances (LGK) in one cabinet. W Air extraction connection (NW 75) fitted in the roof of the cabinet W Fire resistance class 90 minutes (Type 90 in accordance with EN 14470-1) W Highly flexible internal equipment, shelves (height adjustable) slide-out spill trays or metal-free spill trays W Sturdy and long-lasting: safety components are corrosion protected and fitted outside the storage area W Metal-free spill tray (for storage of small quantities of flammable, slightly aggressive hazardous substances) W Integrated adjusting feet for adjustment for uneven floor surfaces W Incl. door hold-open system, doors can be locked with profile cylinder (lock system compatible) 1 e G A R o T s L A i R e T A M s u o d R A Z A h Left cabinet section with 3 shelves, 1 base spill pallet with perforated plate insert, right cabinet section with 3 metal-free spill trays and a metal-free base spill pallet Combined storage of hazardous substances: combined storage prohibi- tion comes into force from a certain quantity, which in general is not reached for hazardous materials cabinets. Further details can be found in the HSG71 regulations. Left section Right section The hazmat symbols show which liquids may be stored in which cabinet section Order no. 224-699-JD Left cabinet section with slide-out spill trays, right cabinet section with 3 metal-free spill trays and a metal-free base spill pallet Model Cabinet partition Features External dimensions W x D x H [mm] Internal dimensions W x D x H [mm] Shelf load capacity [kg] Slide-out spill pallet load capacity [kg] Slide-out spill pallet capacity [l] Spillage decking capacity [l] Weight [kg] Order number safety yellow (RAL 1004) Order number Light grey (RAL 7035) Accessories Order number Transport base for hazardous materials cabinet W 1200 mm 600-22 Above/below 600-32A Above/below 1200-33 Left/right 2 shelves / 2 spill trays, 1 floor spill pallet each 3 slide-out spill trays / 2 spill trays, 1 floor spill pallet 3 shelves / 3 spill trays, 1 floor spill pallet each 596 x 616 x 1968 450 x 524 x 1742 75 – – 22 291 224-700-JD 224-701-JD 596 x 616 x 1968 450 x 524 x 1742 75 25 5 11 301 224-702-JD 224-703-JD 1196 x 616 x 1968 1050 x 524 x 1742 75 – – 22 474 224-696-JD 224-697-JD 1200-63A Left/right 6 slide-out spill trays / 3 spill trays, 1 floor spill pallet right 1196 x 616 x 1968 1050 x 524 x 1742 75 25 5 11 502 224-698-JD 224-699-JD – – 165-319-JD 165-319-JD 106 w w w . d e n i o s . c o . u k / s h o p

107

Fire-rated hazardous material cabinets Edition-G, one-touch, with folding doors For the safe and legally compliant storage of flammable liquids with 90 minute fire protection in accordance with HSG71 and EN 14470-1 W Incl. One-touch feature - comfortable, easy opening of the cabinet with minimal effort W Doors close automatically in the event of a fire W The doors close automatically after 60 seconds W Open two doors at the same time with one hand, doors are held by the standard door hold-open system W Air extraction connection (NW 75) fitted in the roof of the cabinet W Slide-out spill trays are easy to use and can be stopped in any position W Tested spill pallet EVERYTHING FROM ONE SOURCE! Service & maintenance from the manufacturer 01952 811 991 >> www.denios.co.uk/services << 1 e G A R o T s L A i R e T A M s u o d R A Z A h The additional floor spill pallet safely contains leaked fluids o R d e R A T T h e s A M e T i M e Lockable storage box for hazardous materials cabinet Hazardous material cabinet Edition-G Type GF-1201, safety yellow, with folding doors, 3 shelves, base spill pallet and perforated sheet metal cover, door locking system (lockable storage box and optional) Order no. 119-283-JD Order no. 116-982-JD Model Features External dimensions W x D x H [mm] Internal dimensions W x D x H [mm] Shelf load capacity [kg] Slide-out spill pallet load capacity [kg] Slide-out spill pallet capacity [l] Spillage decking capacity [l] Weight [kg] Order number safety yellow (RAL 1004) Order number Light grey (RAL 7035) Accessories Order number Transport base for hazardous materials cabinet W 1200 mm Order number Additional shelf Order number Plastic inlay spill pallets Gf-1201 3 inlay shelves, sump and grid cover 1196 x 616 x 1968 1050 x 524 x 1742 75 – – 33 448 119-283-JD 119-284-JD 165-319-JD 116-975-JD 116-939-JD Gf-1201-4 4 slide-out spill trays 1196 x 616 x 1968 1050 x 524 x 1742 – 60 30 33 486 119-279-JD 119-278-JD 165-319-JD – 148-583-JD Gf-1201-6 6 slide-out spill trays 1196 x 616 x 1968 1050 x 524 x 1742 – 60 30 33 518 119-282-JD 119-289-JD 165-319-JD – 148-583-JD E x P E R T A D V I C E A N D O R D E R L I N E : 0 1 9 5 2 8 1 1 9 9 1 107

108

Fire-rated hazardous materials cabinets, Edition G W For the safe and legally compliant storage of flammable liquids with 90 minute fire protection in accordance with HSG71 and EN 14470-1 W Air extraction connection (NW 75) fitted in the roof of the cabinet W Integrated adjustment aids to easily level out the cabinets on uneven floors W Protection from unauthorised access W Doors close automatically in the event of a fire W Water-tight, tested spill pallet, powder coated sheet steel, incl. perforated grid cover as additional storage level 1 e G A R o T s L A i R e T A M s u o d R A Z A h Hazardous materials cabinet Edition G-1200-F with shelves, base sump and grid. A second shelf is optional Compact and space saving hazardous materials cabinets such as this model G-600-2-F, with two slide out spill trays Order no. 117-033-JD Order no. 218-459-JD Tested spill pallet Model Features External dimensions W x D x H [mm] Internal dimensions W x D x H [mm] Shelf load capacity [kg] Slide-out spill pallet load capacity [kg] Spillage decking capacity [l] Weight [kg] Order number Safety yellow (RAL 1004), door opens left Order number Safety yellow (RAL 1004), door opens right Order number Light grey (RAL 7035), door opens left Order number Light grey (RAL 7035), door opens right Order number Safety yellow (RAL 1004) Order number Light grey (RAL 7035) Accessories Order number Additional shelf Order number Door hold-open device Order number Plastic inlay spill pallets Order number Transport base for hazardous materials cabinet W 1200 mm G-600-F 1 inlay shelf, sump and grid cover 596 x 616 x 1298 450 x 524 x 1072 75 – 22 190 122-884-JD 208-518-JD 208-515-JD 208-519-JD – – 116-987-JD 116-988-JD 133-976-JD – G-600-2-F 2 slide-out spill pallets 596 x 616 x 1298 450 x 524 x 1072 – 25 11 197 218-455-JD 218-457-JD 218-459-JD 218-461-JD – – – – 148-590-JD – G-1200-F 1 inlay shelf, sump and grid cover 1196 x 616 x 1298 1050 x 524 x 1072 75 – 33 293 – – – – 117-033-JD 208-513-JD 116-975-JD 116-977-JD 116-939-JD 165-319-JD G-1200-2-F 2 slide-out spill pallets 1196 x 616 x 1298 1050 x 524 x 1072 – 60 33 333 – – – – 218-467-JD 218-469-JD – – 148-583-JD 165-319-JD 108 w w w . d e n i o s . c o . u k / s h o p

109

Fire-rated hazardous materials cabinets, Edition G, with ONE TOUCH doors W For the safe and legally compliant storage of flammable liquids with 90 minute fire protection in accordance with HSG71 and EN 14470-1 W 90 minute fire resistance according to EN 14470-1 One touch models offer: door hold-open device automatic door closer visual and audible warning signal for automatic door closing 1 e G A R o T s L A i R e T A M s u o d R A Z A h EVERYTHING FROM ONE SOURCE! Service & maintenance from the manufacturer 01952 811 991 >> www.denios.co.uk/services << Ventilation fittings, extraction fans and additional accessories can be found See page 125 o R d e R A T T h e s A M e T i M e Chemical box for separate storage of acids and alkali W Ideal for storing weakly aggressive acids and alkalis separately inside the hazardous materials cabinet W The box has a lid with a flap and handles on the side W Suitable for all hazardous materials cabinets with shelves W Dimensions W x D x H (mm): 210 x 210 x 260 Hazardous material cabinet type G-600-FP with one touch Slide-out spill trays are particularly recommended for the storage of many small containers, such as the type G-1200-2-FP shown here Order no. 158-139-JD Order no. 218-463-JD Order no. 117-020-JD Model Features External dimensions W x D x H [mm] Internal dimensions W x D x H [mm] Shelf load capacity [kg] Slide-out spill pallet load capacity [kg] Spillage decking capacity [l] Weight [kg] Order number Safety yellow (RAL 1004), door opens left Order number Safety yellow (RAL 1004), door opens right Order number Light grey (RAL 7035), door opens left Order number Light grey (RAL 7035), door opens right Order number Safety yellow (RAL 1004) Order number Light grey (RAL 7035) Accessories Order number Additional shelf Order number Plastic inlay spill pallets Order number Transport base for hazardous materials cabinet W 1200 mm G-600-FP 1 inlay shelf, sump and grid cover 596 x 616 x 1298 450 x 524 x 1072 75 – 22 191 158-139-JD 208-520-JD 208-516-JD 208-522-JD – – 116-987-JD 133-976-JD – G-600-2-FP 2 slide-out spill pallets 596 x 616 x 1298 450 x 524 x 1072 – 25 11 198 218-447-JD 218-449-JD 218-451-JD 218-453-JD – – – 148-590-JD – G-1200-FP 1 inlay shelf, sump and grid cover 1196 x 616 x 1298 1050 x 524 x 1072 75 – 33 295 – – – – 158-501-JD 208-514-JD 116-975-JD 116-939-JD 165-319-JD G-1200-2-FP 2 slide-out spill pallets 1196 x 616 x 1298 1050 x 524 x 1072 – 60 33 335 – – – – 218-463-JD 218-465-JD – 148-583-JD 165-319-JD E x P E R T A D V I C E A N D O R D E R L I N E : 0 1 9 5 2 8 1 1 9 9 1 109

110

Fire-rated hazardous materials cabinets, Edition G W For the safe and legally compliant storage of flammable liquids with 90 minute fire protection in accordance with HSG71 and EN 14470-1 W Air extraction connection (NW 75) fitted in the roof of the cabinet W Integrated adjustment aids to easily level out the cabinets on uneven floors W Protection from unauthorised access W Doors close automatically in the event of a fire W Water-tight, tested spill pallet, powder coated sheet steel, incl perforated grid cover as additional storage level 1 e G A R o T s L A i R e T A M s u o d R A Z A h Hazardous material cabinet Edition G, Model G 601 with shelves, spill pallet and perforated plate cover 6 slide-out sumps give sufficient storage space for a wide range of flammable hazardous substances - organisation even in the smallest space. Cabinet with folding doors Edition-G Model GF-601 with 3 shelves and base spill pallet with hole cover Order no. 218-443-JD Order no. 218-456-JD Hazardous material cabinets edition-g with slide out spill trays and folding doors are supplied with a door hold-open device Model Features Door version External dimensions W x D x H [mm] Internal dimensions W x D x H [mm] Shelf load capacity [kg] Spillage decking capacity [l] Weight [kg] Order number Safety yellow (RAL 1004), door opens left Order number Safety yellow (RAL 1004), door opens right Order number Light grey (RAL 7035), door opens left Order number Light grey (RAL 7035), door opens right Accessories Order number Additional shelf Order number Plastic inlay spill pallets G-601 3 inlay shelves, sump and grid cover hinged door 596 x 616 x 1968 450 x 524 x 1742 75 22 272 158-084-JD 158-088-JD 158-083-JD 158-086-JD Ga-600-4 Ga-600-6 4 slide-out spill trays 6 slide-out spill trays hinged door 596 x 616 x 1968 450 x 524 x 1742 – 11 286 218-439-JD 218-441-JD 218-440-JD 218-442-JD hinged door 596 x 616 x 1968 450 x 524 x 1742 – 11 300 218-443-JD 218-445-JD 218-444-JD 218-446-JD Gf-601 3 inlay shelves, sump and grid cover folding door 596 x 616 x 1968 450 x 524 x 1742 75 22 276 218-456-JD 218-495-JD 218-460-JD 218-496-JD GF-601.4 GF-601.6 4 slide-out spill trays 6 slide-out spill trays folding door 596 x 616 x 1968 450 x 524 x 1742 – 11 290 218-485-JD 218-487-JD 218-486-JD 218-488-JD folding door 596 x 616 x 1968 450 x 524 x 1742 – 11 304 218-489-JD 218-491-JD 218-490-JD 218-492-JD 116-987-JD 133-976-JD – 148-590-JD – 148-590-JD 116-987-JD 133-976-JD – 148-590-JD – 148-590-JD 110 w w w . d e n i o s . c o . u k / s h o p

111

Fire-rated hazardous materials cabinets Edition-G with ONE-TOUCH system W For the safe and legally compliant storage of flammable liquids with 90 minute fire protection in accordance with HSG71 and EN 14470-1 W 90 minute fire resistance according to DIN EN 14470-1 W Slide-out spill trays are easy to use and can be stopped in any position W Air extraction connection (NW 75) fitted in the roof of the cabinet W Incl. One-touch feature - comfortable, easy opening of the cabinet with minimal effort W Tested spill pallet EVERYTHING FROM ONE SOURCE! Service & maintenance from the manufacturer 01952 811 991 >> www.denios.co.uk/services << Ventilation fittings, extraction fans and additional accessories can be found See page 125 1 e G A R o T s L A i R e T A M s u o d R A Z A h Hazardous material cabinet Edition G-601-6, with folding doors and 6 slide-out sumps. For storing larger containers select a hazardous materials cabinet with 4 slide out spill trays Order no. 119-261-JD Model Features Door version External dimensions W x D x H [mm] Internal dimensions W x D x H [mm] Shelf load capacity [kg] Slide-out spill pallet load capacity [kg] Spillage decking capacity [l] Weight [kg] Order number Safety yellow (RAL 1004), door opens left Order number Safety yellow (RAL 1004), door opens right Order number Light grey (RAL 7035), door opens left Order number Light grey (RAL 7035), door opens right Accessories Order number Additional shelf Order number Plastic inlay spill pallets Gf-601 3 inlay shelves, sump and grid cover folding door 596 x 616 x 1968 450 x 524 x 1742 75 – 22 276 119-273-JD 119-285-JD 119-274-JD 119-286-JD 116-987-JD 133-976-JD GF-601.4 4 slide-out spill trays folding door 596 x 616 x 1968 450 x 524 x 1742 – 25 11 290 119-258-JD 119-287-JD 119-259-JD 119-288-JD – 148-590-JD GF-601.6 6 slide-out spill trays folding door 596 x 616 x 1968 450 x 524 x 1742 – 25 11 304 119-260-JD 119-272-JD 119-261-JD 119-277-JD – 148-590-JD E x P E R T A D V I C E A N D O R D E R L I N E : 0 1 9 5 2 8 1 1 9 9 1 111

112

1 e G A R o T s L A i R e T A M s u o d R A Z A h W For the safe and legally compliant storage of flammable liquids with 90 minute fire protection in accordance with HSG71 and EN 14470-1 W 90 minute fire resistance according to DIN EN 14470-1 W Doors of the hazardous materials cabinet remain open at any opening angle (automatic closure in the event of a fire) W Air extraction connection (NW 75) fitted in the roof of the cabinet. For connection of an UFA attachment or to the work's own air extraction system W Sturdy, high quality, scratch-resistant outer body with powder coated surface, 3 point door mounting W 2-tone modern look: Body in anthracite grey (RAL 7016), doors available in many colours Select fire-rated hazardous materials cabinets, with shelves and base spill pallet Available in 7 RAL colours Body colour: anthracite grey Please specify required door colour when ordering. o R d e R A T T h e s A M e T i M e Delivery free to place of use Order no. 190-347-JD Testing hazardous materials cabinet Hazardous materials cabinet annual maintenance Order no. 184-429-JD The mover - for the easy transport of cabinets Order no. 201-059-JD The hazardous materials cabinet is supplied complete with accessible base. This can be covered with the optionally available base panel. Tested spill pallet Model Design Door version Automatic door control External dimensions W x D x H [mm] Internal dimensions W x D x H [mm] Load capacity PE slide-out spill tray [kg] Spillage decking capacity [l] Weight [kg] Order number Accessories Additional shelf Plastic inlay spill pallets Plinth panel W-123 3 inlay shelves, sump and grid cover hinged door no 1193 x 615 x 1953 1050 x 522 x 1647 75 33 470 200-987-JD 116-975-JD 116-939-JD 201-062-JD W-123-O 3 inlay shelves, sump and grid cover hinged door yes 1193 x 615 x 1953 1050 x 522 x 1647 75 33 473 201-478-JD 116-975-JD 116-939-JD 201-062-JD 112 w w w . d e n i o s . c o . u k / s h o p

113

W With adjustable feet to be used on uneven floor surfaces W Integrated base, accessible underneath, making it easy to change location (base can be closed off by optional panel) Select fire-rated hazardous materials cabinets, with slide-out spill trays and base spill pallet TOP PRODUCT EVERYTHING FROM ONE SOURCE! Service & maintenance from the manufacturer 01952 811 991 >> www.denios.co.uk/services << Ventilation fittings, extraction fans and additional accessories can be found See page 125 1 e G A R o T s L A i R e T A M s u o d R A Z A h Hazardous materials cabinet Model W-126 with 6 spill trays and Stawa-R floor spill pallet, doors in traffic red (RAL 3020). Hazardous materials cabinet Model W-124 with 4 spill trays and Stawa-R floor spill pallet, doors in light grey (RAL 7035). Model Features Door version Automatic door control External dimensions W x D x H [mm] Internal dimensions W x D x H [mm] Slide-out spill pallet load capacity [kg] Spillage decking capacity [l] Slide-out spill pallet capacity [l] Weight [kg] Order number Door hinge: both sides Accessories Order number Plastic inlay spill pallets Order number Plinth panel W-124 4 slide-out spill trays hinged door no 1193 x 615 x 1953 1050 x 522 x 1647 60 33 30 501 201-019-JD 148-583-JD 201-062-JD W-126 6 slide-out spill trays hinged door no 1193 x 615 x 1953 1050 x 522 x 1647 60 33 30 533 201-051-JD 148-583-JD 201-062-JD W-124-O 4 slide-out spill trays hinged door yes 1193 x 615 x 1953 1050 x 522 x 1647 60 33 19 503 201-510-JD 148-583-JD 201-062-JD W-126-O 6 slide-out spill trays hinged door yes 1193 x 615 x 1953 1050 x 522 x 1647 60 33 19 535 201-542-JD 148-583-JD 201-062-JD E x P E R T A D V I C E A N D O R D E R L I N E : 0 1 9 5 2 8 1 1 9 9 1 113

114

Select fire-rated hazardous materials cabinets, with shelves and base spill pallet DENIOS has the highest quality standards for the manufacture of its fire rated hazmat cabinets. The new colour concepts for Select cabinets, with the renowned DENIOS quality, give a whole new look to hazmat storage. Benefit from the huge range of types, high manufacturing standards and absolute legal compliance. W Doors of the hazardous materials cabinet remain open at any opening angle (automatic closure in the event of a fire) W Air extraction connection (NW 75) fitted in the roof of the cabinet. For connection of an UFA attachment or to the work's own air extraction system W With adjustable feet to be used on uneven floor surfaces W Closing mechanism and safety equipment are corrosion protected and mounted outside the storage room W With water-tight, tested spill pallet, powder coated sheet steel, incl perforated grid cover as additional storage level 1 e G A R o T s L A i R e T A M s u o d R A Z A h Hazardous materials cabinet Model W-63L, W 60 cm. Body colour: anthracite grey (RAL 7016), door in safety yellow (RAL 1004). Hazardous materials cabinet Model W 93, W 893 mm, doors in safety yellow t e l l a p l l i p s d e t s e T Model Features Door version Automatic door control External dimensions W x D x H [mm] Internal dimensions W x D x H [mm] Shelf load capacity [kg] Spillage decking capacity [l] Weight [kg] Order number Door hinge: left Order number Door hinge: right Order number Door hinge: both sides Accessories Order number Additional shelf Order number Plinth panel Order number Plastic inlay spill pallets W-63 3 inlay shelves, sump and grid cover hinged door no 599 x 615 x 1953 450 x 522 x 1647 75 22 314 200-960-JD 200-971-JD – 116-987-JD 201-060-JD 133-976-JD W-63-O 3 inlay shelves, sump and grid cover hinged door yes 599 x 615 x 1953 450 x 522 x 1647 75 22 315 201-454-JD 201-462-JD – 116-987-JD 201-060-JD 133-976-JD W-93 3 inlay shelves, sump and grid cover hinged door no 893 x 615 x 1953 750 x 522 x 1647 75 23 389 – – 200-979-JD 133-979-JD 201-061-JD 133-978-JD W-93-O 3 inlay shelves, sump and grid cover hinged door yes 893 x 615 x 1953 750 x 522 x 1647 75 23 389 – – 201-470-JD 133-979-JD 201-061-JD 133-978-JD 114 w w w . d e n i o s . c o . u k / s h o p

115

Select fire-rated hazardous materials cabinets, with slide-out spill trays and base spill pallet W For the safe and legally compliant storage of flammable liquids with 90 minute fire protection in accordance with HSG71 and EN 14470-1 W Comfortable loading and unloading W Slide-out spill trays allow a quick overview of each shelf’s contents EVERYTHING FROM ONE SOURCE! Service & maintenance from the manufacturer 01952 811 991 >> www.denios.co.uk/services << Available in 7 RAL colours Body colour: anthracite grey Please specify required door colour when ordering. 1 e G A R o T s L A i R e T A M s u o d R A Z A h Hazardous material cabinet model w-64l, W 60 cm. Body colour: anthracite grey (RAL 7016), door in safety yellow (RAL 1004) Photo(s) show cabinets with optional base panel Hazmat cabinet Model W 96, doors in light grey, with additional floor spill pallet (included in the delivery) The hazardous materials cabinet is supplied complete with accessible base. This can be covered with the optionally available base panel. Model Features Door version Automatic door control External dimensions W x D x H [mm] Internal dimensions W x D x H [mm] Slide-out spill pallet load capacity [kg] Spillage decking capacity [l] Slide-out spill pallet capacity [l] Weight [kg] Order number Door hinge: left Order number Door hinge: right Order number Door hinge: both sides Accessories Order number Plastic inlay spill pallets Order number Plinth panel W-64 4 slide-out spill trays hinged door no 599 x 615 x 1953 450 x 522 x 1647 25 11 5 324 200-995-JD 201-003-JD – 148-590-JD 201-060-JD W-66 6 slide-out spill trays hinged door no 599 x 615 x 1953 450 x 522 x 1647 25 11 5 338 201-027-JD 201-035-JD – 148-590-JD 201-060-JD W-94 4 slide-out spill trays hinged door no 893 x 615 x 1953 750 x 522 x 1647 60 22 19 418 – – 201-011-JD – 201-061-JD W-96 6 slide-out spill trays hinged door no 893 x 615 x 1953 750 x 522 x 1647 60 22 19 445 – – 201-043-JD – 201-061-JD E x P E R T A D V I C E A N D O R D E R L I N E : 0 1 9 5 2 8 1 1 9 9 1 115

116

1 e G A R o T s L A i R e T A M s u o d R A Z A h 116 Fire-rated hazardous materials cabinets with two compartments W Two compartments (vertical division) allow separate storage of different hazardous materials in a cabinet W Extensive interior design for the clear storage of small containers W For the safe and legally compliant storage of flammable liquids with 90 minute fire protection in accordance with HSG71 and EN 14470-1 W Air extraction connection (NW 75) fitted in the roof of the cabinet. For connection of an UFA attachment or to the work's own air extraction system W Sturdy, high quality, scratch-resistant outer body with powder coated surface, 3 point door mounting W With adjustable feet to be used on uneven floor surfaces 1 2 Equipment: 3 shelves, 1 floor spill pallet incl. perforated sheet metal insert (powder-coated sheet steel) 3 spill trays, 1 floor spill pallet (PP) Equipment: 6 slide-out spill trays, 1 floor spill pallet (powder coated sheet steel), 3 spill trays, 1 floor spill pallet (PP) Ventilation fittings, extraction fans and additional accessories can be found See page 125 Available in 7 RAL colours Body colour: anthracite grey Please specify required door colour when ordering. External dimensions W x D x H [mm] Internal dimensions W x D x H [mm] Shelf load capacity [kg] Slide-out spill pallet load capacity [kg] Load capacity, spill trays [kg] Slide-out spill pallet capacity [l] Spillage decking capacity [l] Containment volume of floor spill pallet plastic [l] Weight [kg] Order number Accessories Order number Plinth panel 1 2 1193 x 615 x 1953 1050 x 522 x 1647 75 – 50 – 22 11 478 266-821-JD 1193 x 615 x 1953 1050 x 522 x 1647 – 25 50 5 11 11 506 266-829-JD 201-062-JD 201-062-JD w w w . d e n i o s . c o . u k / s h o p

117

Select fire-rated hazardous materials cabinets, with folding doors W For the safe and legally compliant storage of flammable liquids with 90 minute fire protection in accordance with HSG71 and EN 14470-1 W Doors of the hazardous materials cabinet remain open at any opening angle (automatic closure in the event of a fire) W Air extraction connection (NW 75) fitted in the roof of the cabinet. For connection of an UFA attachment or to the work's own air extraction system W Sturdy, high quality, scratch-resistant outer body with powder coated surface, 3 point door mounting W 2-tone modern look: Body in anthracite grey (RAL 7016), doors available in many colours 1 e G A R o T s L A i R e T A M s u o d R A Z A h Space saving folding doors: require very little space in front of the cabinet when the doors are open Model Features Door version External dimensions W x D x H [mm] Internal dimensions W x D x H [mm] Shelf load capacity [kg] Slide-out spill pallet load capacity [kg] Spillage decking capacity [l] Slide-out spill pallet capacity [l] Weight [kg] Order number Doors in safety yellow (RAL 1004) Order number Doors in light grey (RAL 7035) Accessories Order number Plinth panel Order number Additional shelf Order number Plastic inlay spill pallets W-123F 3 inlay shelves, sump and grid cover folding door 1193 x 615 x 1953 1050 x 522 x 1647 75 – 33 – 462 233-801-JD 233-802-JD 201-062-JD 116-975-JD 116-939-JD W-124F 4 slide-out spill trays folding door 1193 x 615 x 1953 1050 x 522 x 1647 – 60 33 30 500 233-803-JD 233-804-JD 201-062-JD – 148-583-JD W-126F 6 slide-out spill trays folding door 1193 x 615 x 1953 1050 x 522 x 1647 – 60 33 30 532 233-805-JD 233-806-JD 201-062-JD – 148-583-JD E x P E R T A D V I C E A N D O R D E R L I N E : 0 1 9 5 2 8 1 1 9 9 1 117

118

DENIOS also offers hazardous materials cabinets which meet the FM 6050 and UL/ULC 1275 test standards. These cabinet ranges meet the requirements of NFPA Code 30, NFPA 1 Fire Code, OSHA. Our specialists will be happy to help you with these international standards. W Integrated base, accessible underneath, making it easy to change location (base can be closed off by optional panel) W Extremely robust construction with scratch- proof paint W Closing mechanism and safety equipment are Triple certified hazardous materials cabinets, with 30 minute fire protection 2-tone unique modern look: body in anthracite grey (RAL 7016), doors in safety yellow (RAL 1004) or light grey (RAL 7035) 1 e G A R o T s L A i R e T A M s u o d R A Z A h Info for type 30 cabinets: (extract from HSG71, Appendix 1) type 30 fire resistance is authorised provided only 1 cabinet is placed in each unit/fire compartment. If this fire compartment is larger than 100 m², one cabinet is permitted per 100 m². Top quality both nationally and internationally, certified hazardous materials cabinets from DENIOS Order no. 238-942-JD Model Features Door hinge External dimensions W x D x H [mm] Internal dimensions W x D x H [mm] Shelf load capacity [kg] Spillage decking capacity [l] Weight [kg] Order number Door colour: Grey Order number Door colour: Yellow Accessories Order number Additional shelf Order number Plastic inlay spill pallets Order number Plinth panel FM 30-63l 3 inlay shelves, sump and grid cover left 564 x 620 x 1947 450 x 519 x 1626 75 22 180 238-934-JD 238-935-JD 116-987-JD 133-976-JD 219-570-JD FM 30-63r 3 inlay shelves, sump and grid cover right 564 x 620 x 1947 450 x 519 x 1626 75 22 181 238-936-JD 238-937-JD 116-987-JD 133-976-JD 219-570-JD FM 30-93l 3 inlay shelves, sump and grid cover left 864 x 620 x 1947 750 x 519 x 1626 75 23 235 238-938-JD 238-939-JD 133-979-JD 133-978-JD 219-572-JD FM 30-93r 3 inlay shelves, sump and grid cover right 864 x 620 x 1947 750 x 519 x 1626 75 23 236 238-940-JD 238-941-JD 133-979-JD 133-978-JD 219-572-JD FM 30-123 3 inlay shelves, sump and grid cover both sides 1164 x 620 x 1947 1050 x 519 x 1626 75 33 281 238-942-JD 238-943-JD 116-975-JD 116-939-JD 219-573-JD 118 w w w . d e n i o s . c o . u k / s h o p

119

corrosion protected and mounted outside the storage room W Incl. 3 shelves (height-adjustable in increments of 32 mm) and tested spill pallet with grid cover W Smooth-operation wing door(s) with high-quality, oil pressure damping door closer and door hold-open system, locked door(s), automatic closing in case of fire Triple certified hazardous materials cabinets, with 90 minute fire protection For the safe and legally compliant storage of flammable liquids with 90 minute fire protection in accordance with HSG71 and EN 14470-1 EVERYTHING FROM ONE SOURCE! Service & maintenance from the manufacturer 01952 811 991 >> www.denios.co.uk/services << 1 e G A R o T s L A i R e T A M s u o d R A Z A h o R d e R A T T h e s A M e T i M e The hazardous materials cabinet is supplied complete with accessible base. This can be covered with the optionally available base panel. The single door hazardous materials cabinet is available with either a right or left hand opening door 3 shelves and a grid cover for the floor spill pallet offer storage room for a range of small containers Model Features Door hinge External dimensions W x D x H [mm] Internal dimensions W x D x H [mm] Shelf load capacity [kg] Spillage decking capacity [l] Weight [kg] Order number Door colour: Grey Order number Door colour: Yellow Accessories Order number Additional shelf Order number Plastic inlay spill pallets Order number Plinth panel FM w-63l 3 inlay shelves, sump and grid cover left 599 x 615 x 1953 450 x 522 x 1647 75 22 314 238-926-JD 238-927-JD 116-987-JD 133-976-JD 201-060-JD FM w-63r 3 inlay shelves, sump and grid cover right 599 x 615 x 1953 450 x 522 x 1647 75 22 314 238-928-JD 238-929-JD 116-987-JD 133-976-JD 201-060-JD FM W-93 3 inlay shelves, sump and grid cover both sides 893 x 615 x 1953 750 x 522 x 1647 75 23 390 238-930-JD 238-931-JD 133-979-JD 133-978-JD 201-061-JD FM W-123 3 inlay shelves, sump and grid cover both sides 1193 x 615 x 1953 1050 x 522 x 1647 75 33 471 238-932-JD 238-933-JD 116-975-JD 116-939-JD 201-062-JD E x P E R T A D V I C E A N D O R D E R L I N E : 0 1 9 5 2 8 1 1 9 9 1 119

120

1 Scoper is unique! The first hazmat cabinet with practical vertical pull-out technology. SCOPER combines innovative, modern technology with maximum comfort and safety. When the number of substances needed increases, but the individual quantities reduce, finding the right storage solution can be difficult. SCOPER Slim: the same storage volume as standard cabinets, just half the width. Although it is only 45 cm wide, this cabinet can store almost the same amount of hazardous materials as a 90 cm-wide cabinet with slide-out shelves. This means you’ll use your space efficiently e G A R o T s L A i R e T A M s u o d R A Z A h Safety at the press of a button: automatic opening and closing for easy operation W In the event of a fire, an electronic temperature sensor triggers the closure of the vertical pull-outs W 90 minute fire resistance according to EN 14470-1 W The spill pallet included is supplied with a perforated plate cover. This W Door closes after 60 seconds with visual and acoustic warning as may be also used as a storage area standard W Intelligent stop function as standard: the vertical pull-out recognises an obstacle, meaning there’s no danger of getting a hand or finger trapped. W In the event of a power cut, the pull-outs are safely closed automatically by battery power W Vertical pull-outs can be locked with a profile cylinder (closing system compatible) and lock indicator (red/green) W Locking the cabinet blocks the motor, the vertical pull-outs can no longer be opened, safely preventing unauthorised access. W Air extraction connection (NW 75) fitted in the roof of the cabinet. For connection of an UFA attachment or to the work's own air extraction system W Sturdy, high quality, scratch-resistant outer body with powder coated surface W Integrated adjusting feet for adjustment for uneven floor surfaces W For the storage of flammable liquids (H224-226) in accordance with HSG71 Access on each side is ideal for integration in the workplace 120 w w w . d e n i o s . c o . u k / s h o p

121

Scoper Slim with 4 or 5 shelves HazMat cabinets from the SCOPER range make it easy to meet the important requirements for storing flammable hazardous materials. Scoper - safety, quick access, clarity and optimal handling W Absolute legal compliance W Fire-rated hazardous materials cabinet – Type 90 with vertical pull-out W Maximum comfort and safety in use W Tested floor spill pallet EVERYTHING FROM ONE SOURCE! Service & maintenance from the manufacturer 01952 811 991 >> www.denios.co.uk/services << 1 e G A R o T s L A i R e T A M s u o d R A Z A h Scoper Slim offers fully functionality with just half the cabinet width. Depending on model, cabinets are fitted with either 4 or 5 shelves. Including a floor spill pallet with perforated cover Model Features Number of storage levels External dimensions W x D x H [mm] Internal dimensions W x D x H [mm] Shelf load capacity [kg] Load capacity per vertical pull-out [kg] Spillage decking capacity [l] Weight [kg] Order number Blue Order number Yellow Order number Grey 45-4 4 shelves, 1 floor spill pallet with grid cover 5 449 x 860 x 1966 331 x 775 x 1750 50 140 13 366 245-544-JD 245-542-JD 245-543-JD 45-5 5 shelves, 1 floor spill pallet with grid cover 6 449 x 860 x 1966 331 x 775 x 1750 50 140 13 369 245-541-JD 245-539-JD 245-540-JD Ventilation fittings, extrac- tion fans and additional accessories can be found See page 125 E x P E R T A D V I C E A N D O R D E R L I N E : 0 1 9 5 2 8 1 1 9 9 1 121

122

Scoper Wide with 8 or 9 shelves 1 e G A R o T s L A i R e T A M s u o d R A Z A h Absolute legal compliance 90 minute fire resistance Safety for employees and the environment Easy and safe to use Direct access with maximum visibility of contents Certified, reliable quality Fire-rated hazardous materials cabinet – Type 90 with vertical pull-out Ventilation fittings, extrac- tion fans and additional accessories can be found See page 125 Order no. 245-550-JD Image shows cabinet with optional rail system Model Features Number of storage levels External dimensions W x D x H [mm] Internal dimensions W x D x H [mm] Shelf load capacity [kg] Load capacity per vertical pull-out [kg] Spillage decking capacity [l] Weight [kg] Order number Blue Order number Yellow Order number Grey 122 81-8 8 shelves, 2 floor spill pallets with grid cover 10 819 x 860 x 1966 701 x 775 x 1750 50 140 13 550 245-550-JD 245-548-JD 245-549-JD 81-9 9 shelves, 2 floor spill pallets with perforated cover 11 819 x 860 x 1966 701 x 775 x 1750 50 140 13 553 245-553-JD 245-551-JD 245-552-JD w w w . d e n i o s . c o . u k / s h o p

123

Scoper Wide with 10 shelves EVERYTHING FROM ONE SOURCE! Service & maintenance from the manufacturer 01952 811 991 >> www.denios.co.uk/services << 1 e G A R o T s L A i R e T A M s u o d R A Z A h m e t s y s l i a r l a n o i t p o h t i w i t e n b a c s w o h s e g a m I Depending on model, 8 (as shown in the image), 9 or 10 shelves are supplied. The floor spill pallet and perforated cover are always included. This may be used as an ad- ditional storage area o R d e R A T T h e s A M e T i M e Anti-slip matting Rail system per shelf Model Features Number of storage levels External dimensions W x D x H [mm] Internal dimensions W x D x H [mm] Shelf load capacity [kg] Load capacity per vertical pull-out [kg] Spillage decking capacity [l] Weight [kg] Order number Yellow Order number Grey Order number Blue 81-10 10 shelves, 2 floor spill pallets with grid cover 12 819 x 860 x 1966 701 x 775 x 1750 50 140 13 556 245-545-JD 245-546-JD 245-547-JD W For secure attachment to the shelf Order no. 245-556-JD W Additional tilt prevention for stored containers (in pairs) Order no. 245-555-JD Additional shelf (load capacity 50 kg) W Flexible storage. Adjusting shelving to suit your needs is child’s play with Scoper. Adjustable in steps of 32 mm it’s easy to move each shelf to where you want it. Order no. 245-554-JD E x P E R T A D V I C E A N D O R D E R L I N E : 0 1 9 5 2 8 1 1 9 9 1 123

124

1 e G A R o T s L A i R e T A M s u o d R A Z A h Centrifugal fans All gases, vapours or suspended particles released must be fully captured directly at their point of outlet or creation in accordance with the law. Quick, easy installation on hazardous materials cabinets. W The housing and impeller are manufactured from flame retardent polypropylene W Sealed to prevent gas leakages W Connection piece Ø 75 mm W Vdma and CE conformity W Protection category IP 55 W Flow rate 60-250 m³/H W Total pressure 240-175 PA W With PA / GFK mounting bracket Radial fan, explosion-proof for unrestricted use also in zone 1, CE Ex II 2/2G Ex H IIB T3 Gb X, power supply 400 V / 50 Hz. Order no. 116-941-JD Model* Output [W] Nominal voltage [V] Sound level [dB(A)] Revolutions [U/min] Order number *Extraction from zone 2, installation in no zone Zone 1 90 400 45 2800 116-941-JD No zone* 90 230 45 2850 116-943-JD Quick to install extraction units for technical ventilation W Suitable for up to 120 times air change inside the cabinet W With connecting cable and Schuko plug W ATEX-compliant: CE Ex II 3/- G Ex ic nA IIC T4 W Output (W): 35 W Dimensions W x D x H (mm): 200 x 400 x 200 W Nominal voltage 230 V / 50 Hz W Speed (rpm): 2450 W Noise level: 35 dB (A) Plug-in attachment for technical ventilation, without monitoring Ready-to-connect ventilation kit for up to 120 times air exchange, wall-mounted, with monitoring Order no. 129-345-JD Order no. 162-204-JD Model Features AO 12 As cabinet attachment Wo 12 AM 12 WM 12 AP 12 WP 12 Wall-mounted As cabinet attachment Wall-mounted As cabinet attachment Wall-mounted Included in delivery – – With air extraction monitoring With air extraction monitoring Order number 129-345-JD 162-203-JD 136-799-JD 162-204-JD With air extraction monitoring and potential-free alarm contact 180-341-JD With air extraction monitoring and potential-free alarm contact 180-342-JD Air extraction monitoring W For installation between safety cabinet and the customer’s ventilation system W Safe and simple monitoring of extracted air quantities from a hazardous materials cabinet W With connecting cable and Schuko plug W Dimensions W x D x H (mm):300 x 400 x 265 W ATEX-compliant: CE Ex II 3/- G Ex ic nA IIB T4 Gc W Noise level: < 28 dB (A) Model Included in delivery Flow rate min [m³/h] Flow rate max [m³/h] Order number Bl Air extraction monitoring 30 200 180-343-JD 124 w w w . d e n i o s . c o . u k / s h o p

125

EVERYTHING FROM ONE SOURCE! Service & maintenance from the manufacturer 01952 811 991 >> www.denios.co.uk/services << “You can prevent this in the future!“ 1 e G A R o T s L A i R e T A M s u o d R A Z A h Clear status and error indication via display Recirculating air filter The plug in recirculating air filter system is capable of retaining solvent vapours (hydrocarbons) permanently, up to a filter saturation of more than 99.999%, Both under normal operating conditions and when an accident has been simulated inside the safety cabinet. W Save the expense of knocking holes in the wall and save space that would be needed for ventilation equipment W EX zones must be avoided in and around the hazardous materials cabinet in accordance with DGUV regulation 113-001 W Active personal protection through capturing and retaining harmful vapours in the filter system W No expensive extraction piping necessary, the recirculating air filter system can be assembled easily and safely W Tested and certified W Complete with multi-level filter system, connection cable and mains plug Recirculating air filter system for hazardous materials cabinets from height 1300 mm. With main and secondary filter. The secondary filter provides additional safety for the overall system (not suitable for cabinets for drum storage) Adapter, necessary for denios safety cabinets, year of manufacture 2005 or older and products from other manufacturers Order no. 287-778-JD Order no. 171-300-JD Flat rate W The flat-rate fee includes the service technician's travel to and from the location, accommodation, vehicle and wage costs, as well as the entire order processing W This is to be paid per client and location Replacement of the recirculating air equipment filter W incl. new filter unit W incl. disposal of the old filter unit W Plus one-off travel cost flat-rate per site W The assembly conditions apply: https://www.denios.co.uk/terms- conditions/installation-and-maintenance-conditions Order no. 184-425-JD Order no. 198-076-JD E x P E R T A D V I C E A N D O R D E R L I N E : 0 1 9 5 2 8 1 1 9 9 1 125

126

T H E H I G H E S T L E V E L S O F S A F E T Y C U S T O S - T H E N E W R E C I R C U L A T I N G A I R F I L T E R C A B I N E T S F R O M D E N I O S With the multifunctional recirculating air filter cabinets, the most diverse hazardous substances can be stored together in one cabinet. Modern monitoring electronics ensure safety for everyday use. W Filter saturated by solvent vapours (hydrocarbons) W Air exchange rate (extraction volume) W Service intervals W Scheduled date for manual filter saturation inspection The ventilation filter cabinets are extensively tested and certified by infraserv Höchst, an accredited test centre, in accordance with the GefahrstoffVO hazardous substances regulations. Permanent, monitored technical ventilation for cabinets. Means no worker exposure to vapours which are hazardous to health No EX zone needed around the cabinet (when storing flammable liquids) Expensive air extraction systems are not needed Good flexibility in choice of installation site Excellent quality W Hazardous materials cabinet fire resistance testing in accordance with EN 14470-1 W GS testing of the hazardous materials cabinet W ATEX_Conformity CE II 3/-G Ex ic nA IIB T4 Gc for the recirculating air filter cabinet W CE declaration of conformity DENIOS ONLINE SHOP Accessories are available in the shop! >> www.denios.co.uk/cabinets << 126 w w w . d e n i o s . c o . u k / s h o p

127

Recirculating air filter system for the storage of flammable liquids included in the delivery W Ideal for installation in workrooms, approx. 39 dB(A) W With multi-stage broadband filter W Visual and audible alarm W Display with innovative touch-panel W Atex compliant: CE Ex II 3/-G Ex ic nA IIB T4 Gc Custos Model C - Chemical cabinet with integrated air recirculation ventilation W Sturdy, high quality, scratch-resistant outer body with powder coated surface W With optional perforated plate insert for the spill pallet to give an additional storage area W Doors are lockable with an integrated cylinder lock in the handle EVERYTHING FROM ONE SOURCE! Service & maintenance from the manufacturer 01952 811 991 >> www.denios.co.uk/services << Custos Model SL - Acids and alkalis cabinet with integrated air recirculation ventilation W Doors and body in light grey (RAL 7035) W Slide-out shelves with DIBt approved, removable plastic spill pallet W Two sections allow separated storage of acids and alkalis in one cabinet W Outer body in coated fine sheet steel W Closing mechanism is corrosion protected and outside the storage room 1 e G A R o T s L A i R e T A M s u o d R A Z A h Model Features External dimensions W x D x H [mm] Spillage decking capacity [l] Shelf load capacity [kg] Order number White Order number Grey Accessories Order number Perforated metal insert for floor spill pallet C-83 3 shelves, floor spill pallet 810 x 520 x 2290 33 60 248-476-JD 248-477-JD C-103 3 shelves, floor spill pallet 1055 x 520 x 2290 33 100 248-474-JD 248-475-JD 202-810-JD 202-811-JD Model Features External dimensions W x D x H [mm] Slide-out spill pallet capacity [l] Load capacity pull-out shelf [kg] Order number SL-606 6 slide-out shelves 600 x 615 x 2300 11 25 248-479-JD SL-1212 12 pull-out shelves 1197 x 615 x 2300 11 25 248-478-JD E x P E R T A D V I C E A N D O R D E R L I N E : 0 1 9 5 2 8 1 1 9 9 1 127

128

1 e G A R o T s L A i R e T A M s u o d R A Z A h Recirculating air filter system for the storage of flammable liquids included in the delivery W Ideal for installation in workrooms, approx. 39 dB(A) W With multi-stage broadband filter W Visual and audible alarm W Display with innovative touch-panel W Atex compliant: CE Ex II 3/-G Ex ic nA IIB T4 Gc Custos Model E - Hazardous materials cabinet with integrated air recirculation ventilation Recirculating air filter cabinets allow the combined storage of various hazardous substances in one cabinet. Any vapours which are harmful to health are extracted and filtered. Costly air extraction to outside is not needed. W Improved flexibility for storing hazardous materials in one cabinet W Fire resistance class 90 minutes (Type 90 in accordance with EN 14470-1) W Open two doors at the same time with one hand, doors are held by the standard door hold-open device W The standard door closer releases the doors after 60 seconds, with a visual and audible warning signal before the doors are closed W 2-tone unique, modern look: Body in anthracite grey (RAL 7016), doors available in: Safety yellow (RAL 1004) Light grey (RAL 7035) Traffic red ( RAL 3020) W Integrated base, accessible underneath, making it easy to change location (base can be closed off by optional panel) Image shows cabinet with optional base panel Model Features External dimensions W x D x H [mm] Internal dimensions W x D x H [mm] Shelf load capacity [kg] Slide-out spill pallet load capacity [kg] Spillage decking capacity [l] Slide-out spill pallet capacity [l] Weight [kg] Order number Grey Order number Yellow Order number Red Accessories Order number Plinth panel E-123 3 inlay shelves, sump and grid cover 1193 x 615 x 2294 1050 x 522 x 1647 75 – 33 – 525 248-459-JD 248-460-JD 248-461-JD E-124 4 slide-out spill trays 1193 x 615 x 2294 1050 x 522 x 1647 – 60 33 30 518 248-462-JD 248-463-JD 248-464-JD E-126 6 slide-out spill trays 1193 x 615 x 2294 1050 x 522 x 1647 – 60 33 30 550 248-465-JD 248-466-JD 248-467-JD 201-062-JD 201-062-JD 201-062-JD 128 w w w . d e n i o s . c o . u k / s h o p

129

1 e G A R o T s L A i R e T A M s u o d R A Z A h Our recommendation: Tell us which hazardous materials are to be stored in the recirculating air filter cabinets. We will be happy to check in advance if combined storage is recommended and, if so, for what quantities this is permitted. We can also determine in advance which hazardous materials will be captured by the filter system. Information on the combined storage of hazardous materials can also be found in HSG71, section 13. EVERYTHING FROM ONE SOURCE! Service & maintenance from the manufacturer 01952 811 991 >> www.denios.co.uk/services << Custos Model K - Hazardous materials cabinet with integrated air recirculation ventilation Two sections (vertical split) permit the separated storage of various hazardous substances in one cabinet W Incl. modern monitoring electronics W Improved flexibility for storing hazardous materials in one cabinet W Doors of the hazardous materials cabinet remain open at any angle (automatic closure in the event of a fire) W Complete closing mechanism and safety equipment are corrosion protected and mounted outside the storage room W Integrated base, accessible underneath, making it easy to change location (base can be closed off by optional panel) W Doors can be locked with profile cylinder (closing system compatible) and lock indicator (red/green) W Extremely robust construction with scratch-proof paint W With adjustable feet to be used on uneven floor surfaces W Cabinet equipment: Left side 3 shelves. Floor spill pallet with perforated cover (powder coated steel plate) Right side: 3 spill trays, 1 floor spill pallet (PP) Floor spill pallets approved to StawaR (steel) or DIBt (plastic/PP) W 2-tone unique, modern look: Body in anthracite grey (RAL 7016), doors available in: Safety yellow (RAL 1004) Light grey (RAL 7035) Traffic red ( RAL 3020) The Custos Model K permits storage of flammable and aggressive hazardous substances Model Features External dimensions W x D x H [mm] Internal dimensions W x D x H [mm] Spillage decking capacity [l]* Shelf load capacity left [kg] Shelf load capacity right [kg] Weight [kg] Order number Grey Order number Yellow Order number Red Accessories Order number Plinth panel *The plastic spill pallets have a containment volume of 12 litres K-123 3 shelves, floor spill pallet with perforated cover, (sheet steel), 3 spill trays, 1 floor spill pallet (PP) 1193 x 615 x 2294 1050 x 522 x 1647 22 75 50 553 248-480-JD 248-481-JD 248-482-JD 201-062-JD E x P E R T A D V I C E A N D O R D E R L I N E : 0 1 9 5 2 8 1 1 9 9 1 129

130

1 e G A R o T s L A i R e T A M s u o d R A Z A h SafeStore lithium-ion battery storage cabinet - for passive storage of Li-ion batteries Based on the proven technology of our hazardous materials cabinets, we have developed a sophisticated system to address the special potential risks associated with the storage of lithium-ion batteries. With fire protection from the inside and outside, the spread of fire is prevented in the event of thermal runaway. The SafeStore range offers an attractive, safe choice for the passive storage of new or used lithium-ion batteries. W Type-tested fire resistance of 90 minutes (type 90) from outside to inside in accordance with DIN EN 14470-1, fire resistance of 90 minutes from inside to outside in accordance with the DIN EN 1363-1 standard W To counteract any pressure increase that may occur in the cabinet, a pressure relief opening is inserted in the top section of the cabinet. In the normal state, this is closed. If pressure builds up, the flap opens and pressure can escape through the opening created W Integrated base, accessible underneath, making it easy to change location to a safe place in the event of damage W Including smoke detector and potential-free alarm contact to the building management system W With liquid-tight spill pallet (powder coated sheet steel). For the containment of any leaks from burning batteries W With adjustable feet for use on uneven floor surfaces W Extremely robust construction with scratch-proof paint W Easy storage and retrieval - open two cabinet doors at the same time with just one hand (for two-door cabinets) W Doors can be locked with profile cylinder (closing system compatible) and lock indicator (red/green) W Air extraction connection (NW 75) fitted in the roof of the cabinet W We recommend that SafeStore and SmartStore cabinets are delivered to the place of use as part of the safety concept. We strongly recommend that the cabinets are sited at ground floor-level so that evacuation of the whole cabinet can take place quickly in the event of an incident. In addition we recommend that a maintenance agreement is signed for all SmartStore cabinets Passive storage With passive storage, new or used lithium-ion batteries can be stored for a set time period. We recommend that new and used batteries are stored separately in the SafeStore hazmat cabinet (on separate shelves) o R d e R A T T h e s A M e T i M e Delivery free to place of use Order no. 190-347-JD Inspection lithium-ion storage cabinet SafeStore Order no. 267-285-JD The shelves are height adjustable on all cabinets without charging facilities. Body colour is always anthracite grey (RAL 7016), wing doors in gentian blue (RAL 5010) Model Features External dimensions W x D x H [mm] Internal dimensions W x D x H [mm] Weight [kg] Order number SafeStore-63-L 3 shelves, floor spill pallet SafeStore-64-L 4 shelves, floor spill pallet SafeStore-65-L 5 shelves, floor spill pallet SafeStore-66-L 6 shelves, floor spill pallet SafeStore-123-L 3 shelves, floor spill pallet SafeStore-124-L 4 shelves, floor spill pallet SafeStore-125-L 5 shelves, floor spill pallet SafeStore-126-L 6 shelves, floor spill pallet 599 x 615 x 1953 599 x 615 x 1953 599 x 615 x 1953 599 x 615 x 1953 1193 x 615 x 1953 1193 x 615 x 1953 1193 x 615 x 1953 1193 x 615 x 1953 450 x 522 x 1647 450 x 522 x 1647 450 x 522 x 1647 450 x 522 x 1647 1050 x 522 x 1647 1050 x 522 x 1647 1050 x 522 x 1647 1050 x 522 x 1647 292 309-923-JD 294 309-924-JD 297 309-925-JD 299 309-926-JD 482 309-927-JD 489 309-928-JD 495 309-929-JD 502 309-930-JD 130 w w w . d e n i o s . c o . u k / s h o p

131

1 e G A R o T s L A i R e T A M s u o d R A Z A h SmartStore lithium-ion battery charging cabinet SmartStore-Pro Connect - for active storage of Li-ion batteries with DENIOS Connect W Type-tested fire resistance of 90 minutes (type 90) from outside to inside in accordance with DIN EN 14470-1, fire resistance of 90 minutes from inside to outside in accordance with the DIN EN 1363-1 standard. Successfully tested and certified in accordance with VDMA 24994:2024-08 W With liquid-tight spill pallet (powder coated sheet steel). Prevents any leaks from burning batteries W Includes smoke detector and isolated alarm contact for building control systems. Incl. warning system, the high-quality, 3-stage alarm system inside the cabinet triggers automatically in the event of a fire EVERYTHING FROM ONE SOURCE! Service & maintenance from the manufacturer 01952 811 991 >> www.denios.co.uk/services << W Integrated base, accessible underneath, making it easy to change location to a safe place in the event of damage W With adjustable feet for use on uneven floor surfaces W Extremely robust construction with scratch-proof paint W We recommend that SafeStore and SmartStore cabinets are delivered to the place of use as part of the safety concept. We strongly recommend that the cabinets are sited at ground floor-level so that evacuation of the whole cabinet can take place quickly in the event of an incident. In addition we recommend that a maintenance agreement is signed for all SmartStore cabinets W LED function indicator with visible and audible alarm for rapid detection of an emergency without opening the cabinet doors W Each storage level is equipped with a high-quality socket board with a metal housing and 8 protected sockets. The socket boards are already fitted to the rear wall of the cabinet W Doors can be locked with profile cylinder (closing system compatible) and lock indicator (red/green) W Easy storage and retrieval, open two cabinet doors at the same time with just one hand. The convenient door mechanism makes it easy to work with the cabinet regularly W For 24/7 all-round protection of the cabinet, connection to a monitoring point is mandatory. The integrated Denios Connect system ensures customised all-round protection. Consisting of differentiated alarm messages that are sent to a defined control centre and monitoring of the most important operating parameters as well as any error messages. The associated Cloud account can be used to obtain information about the operating status of the cabinet at any time - ensuring safety around the clock o R d e R A T T h e s A M e T i M e Inspection Lithium-Ion Storage Cabinet SmartStore Order no. 267-287-JD Model Design External dimensions W x D x H [mm] Internal dimensions W x D x H [mm] Weight [kg] Order number SmartStore-123-DC 3 shelves, base tray, socket strips 1193 x 615 x 2114 1050 x 503 x 1647 544 327-470-JD SmartStore-124-DC 4 shelves, base tray, socket strips 1193 x 615 x 2114 1050 x 503 x 1647 555 327-471-JD SmartStore-125-DC 5 shelves, base tray, socket strips 1193 x 615 x 2114 1050 x 503 x 1647 566 327-472-JD SmartStore-126-DC 6 shelves, base tray, socket strips 1193 x 615 x 2114 1050 x 503 x 1647 578 327-473-JD E x P E R T A D V I C E A N D O R D E R L I N E : 0 1 9 5 2 8 1 1 9 9 1 131

132

1 e G A R o T s L A i R e T A M s u o d R A Z A h GS-certified safety - with the Ultra lithium-ion battery charging cabinet at the highest safety level Active smoke management and extended monitoring are what characterise the Ultra series in particular. The smoke-tight steel construction with pressure relief opening in the head section ensures safety during loading operation and reliable communication in case of need W Connection of the cabinet to a manned control centre (not a fire control centre) is mandatory for 24/7 all-round protection by the customer. An isolated interface is available for activating a signal. If your workspace is unoccupied, the standard isolated switch contacts immediately forward differentiated alarms to a connected control centre. Optionally also available with remote signalling module W Smoke detectors and two temperature sensors even detect incipient fires and can forward alarms to a control centre at an early stage W Integrated temperature-controlled ventilation in the head section to prevent heat build-up during the charging process. Switches off automatically in the event of fire. Supplied as standard with pressure relief damper with DN 160 flue gas connection. This provides the option of on-site flue gas extraction W GS-certified fire resistance in accordance with GS test standard EK5/ AK4 22-01. Smoke-tight cabinet design with pressure relief opening in the top section and self-closing, automatically locking doors W Insulated shelves, tested propagation safety on every storage level. In the event of a battery fire, the spread of the fire to other batteries is prevented W Spill pallet to collect any leaks from burning batteries W Type-tested fire resistance of 90 minutes (type 90) from outside to inside in accordance with DIN EN 14470-1, fire resistance of 90 minutes from inside to outside in accordance with the DIN EN 1363-1 standard. Successfully tested and certified VDMA 24994:2024-08 W The additional 3-point locking system combines convenient operation with the successfully tested security of closed doors in a real fire. W Easy storage and retrieval, open two cabinet doors at the same time with just one hand. Doors lock in the standard hold-open system, the standard automatic door closing system releases the locked doors after approx. 60 seconds, with an optical and acoustic warning signal before the door closes W Thanks to the integrated transport base, the cabinet can be evacuated immediately in the event of damage and transported to a safe outdoor location W We recommend that SafeStore and SmartStore cabinets are delivered free to the place of use as part of the safety concept. We strongly recommend that the cabinets are sited at ground floor-level so that evacuation of the whole cabinet can take place quickly in the event of an incident. In addition we recommend that a maintenance agreement is signed for all SmartStore cabinets W LED function indicator with visible and audible alarm for rapid detection of an emergency without opening the cabinet doors We recommend a risk analysis is carried out first of all, based on §§ 5,6 health and safety law and the European work safety regulations and others. Refer to the current publications from the German insurers (GDV e.V.) on loss prevention o R d e R A T T h e s A M e T i M e Inspection Lithium-Ion Storage Cabinet SmartStore Order no. 267-287-JD Fully equipped for safety in the Ultra Cabinet. Image contains the optionally available fire suppression system Design External dimensions W x D x H [mm] Internal dimensions W x D x H [mm] Weight [kg] Order number Accessories Order number: 400 V power supply SmartStore U-123 3 shelves, base tray, socket strips 1193 x 650 x 1953 1050 x 565 x 1643 583 310-005-JD SmartStore U-124 4 shelves, base tray, socket strips 1193 x 650 x 1953 1050 x 565 x 1643 591 310-006-JD SmartStore U-125 5 shelves, base tray, socket strips 1193 x 650 x 1953 1050 x 565 x 1643 599 310-007-JD SmartStore U-126 6 shelves, base tray, socket strips 1193 x 650 x 1953 1050 x 565 x 1643 601 310-008-JD 267-275-JD 267-275-JD 267-275-JD 267-275-JD 132 w w w . d e n i o s . c o . u k / s h o p

133

1 e G A R o T s L A i R e T A M s u o d R A Z A h Lithium-ion battery charging cabinet SmartStore - for active storage of Li-ion batteries. Equipped with DENIOS Connect SmartStore cabinets offer optimal conditions for the active storage of new or used Li-ion batteries. In addition to the 3-stage warning and fire suppression system, the cabinets are equipped with up to 6 socket strips. Batteries can be stored and charged at the same time in a safe environment. Active storage During active storage, lithium-ion batteries in the cabinet are either charged using charging equipment or partially discharged (60-70%). When a lithium-ion battery is charged, heat is produced. If too much heat is produced, a fire can break out e.g. when the lithium battery, the charging equip- ment or the connection cable is faulty. Thermal runaway of lithium-ion batteries is another risk, which can be caused by internal short circuits for example. 1 2 3 4 5 6 1 Integrated technical ventilation (not required for Ultra cabinet series) 2 Operation indicator (green LED) and warning light (red LED) 3 Smoke detector and temperature sensor 4 Optional fire suppression system 5 Socket board with metal housing and protected sockets 6 Insulated shelf, tested propagation safety on every storage level o R d e R A T T h e s A M e T i M e The SmartStore offers fire protection from inside and out and has a sophisticated, 3 level fire warning / suppression system. 400 V power supply Order no. 267-275-JD Telecoms module Order no. 277-406-JD E x P E R T A D V I C E A N D O R D E R L I N E : 0 1 9 5 2 8 1 1 9 9 1 133

134

SmartStore lithium-ion battery charging cabinet underbench cabinet-compact, practical and safe! The base cabinet can be flexibly integrated under many work surfaces thanks to its practical height of 781 mm. This allows Li-ion batteries to be charged in a safe environment and be back at full power ready for the next day. Thanks to the integrated transport base, this cabinet can also be moved to a safe place outdoors in the event of damage W Including telecommunication module for alerting monitoring points via the mobile phone net- work W Type-tested fire resistance of 90 minutes (type 90) from outside to inside according to EN 14470-1, Fire resistance of 90 minutes from inside to outside according to EN 1363-1 W Makes perfect use of existing space under the workstation, W Accessible underneath due to integrated transport base (castors can be ordered optionally in conjunction with the cabinet, cannot be retrofitted) W We strongly recommend that the cabinets are sited at ground floor- level so that evacuation of the whole cabinet can take place quickly in the event of an incident. In addition we recommend that a maintenance agreement is signed for all Safe- and SmartStore cabinets 1 e G A R o T s L A i R e T A M s u o d R A Z A h Delivery incl. second pull-out shelf Castor set for base (optional, cannot be retro-fitted) Model Design External dimensions W x D x H [mm] Internal dimensions W x D x H [mm] Weight [kg] Order number Accessories Order number: Underbench cabinets wheel set SmartStore-U, 2.0 1x drawer tray, 1x pull-out shelf, each incl. 4-socket strip Incl. smoke detector, integrated ventilation, accessible transport base 593 x 637 x 781 470 x 450 x 580 137 292-933-JD 279-886-JD Incl. 4 sockets per pull-out shelf All products for Lithium-ion cabinets can be found here: www.denios.co.uk/kat/25448 134 w w w . d e n i o s . c o . u k / s h o p

135

1 e G A R o T s L A i R e T A M s u o d R A Z A h Active storage During active storage, lithium-ion batteries in the cabinet are either charged using charging equipment or partially discharged (60-70%). When a lithium-ion battery is charged, heat is produced. If too much heat is produced, a fire can break out e.g. when the lithium battery, the charging equipment or the connection cable is faulty. Thermal runaway of lithium-ion batteries is another risk, which can be caused by internal short circuits for example. EVERYTHING FROM ONE SOURCE! Service & maintenance from the manufacturer 01952 811 991 >> www.denios.co.uk/services << Lithium-ion battery charging cabinet SmartStore Compact, 1 door, also available with locker system Space-saving version, without technical ventilation and fire suppression system. Equipped with perforated shelves and 2 socket strips. Alternatively also available with locker system in powder-coated sheet steel, for separate storage of lithium-ion batteries W Insulated shelves, tested propagation safety on every storage level. In the event of a battery fire, the spread of the fire to other batteries is prevented W Includes safety pack, consisting of telecommunication module f. alerting monitoring points via mobile phone network. Also included is a potential-free interface for connection to a manned control centre (not a fire alarm control centre). For 24/7 all-round protection of the cabinet, connection to a monitoring point is mandatory W Including smoke detector and potential-free alarm contact to the building management system W Delivery incl. 400 V cable o R d e R A T T h e s A M e T i M e Inspection Lithium-Ion Storage Cabinet SmartStore Order no. 267-287-JD We recommend a risk analysis is carried out first of all, based on §§ 5,6 health and safety law and the European work safety regulations and others. Refer to the current publications from the German insurers (GDV e.V.) on loss prevention Model Design External dimensions W x D x H [mm] Internal dimensions W x D x H [mm] Weight [kg] Order number SmartStore-Compact, 2.0 4 perf. shelves, 1 x spill pallet 599 x 615 x 1953 450 x 522 x 1647 300 309-960-JD SmartStore-Compact-7, 2.0 7 x metal lockers with perforated shelf, 1 x clear height 360, 6 x 170 mm, 1 x base tray 599 x 615 x 1953 450 x 522 x 1647 314 309-966-JD E x P E R T A D V I C E A N D O R D E R L I N E : 0 1 9 5 2 8 1 1 9 9 1 135

136

Info for type 30 cabinets: (extract from HSG71, Appendix 1) type 30 fire resistance is authorised provided only 1 cabinet is placed in each unit/fire compartment. If this fire compartment is larger than 100 m², one cabinet is permitted per 100 m². Underbench cabinet with fire resistance class Type 30/90 W Safe storage of hazardous liquids close to the area of use W East to install beneath a hazardous material workstation or workbench W Tested for long life: 50,000 wear-free open/close operations 1 e G A R o T s L A i R e T A M s u o d R A Z A h Model Features External dimensions W x D x H [mm] Internal dimensions W x D x H [mm] Slide-out spill pallet load capacity [kg] Weight [kg] Order number Type 90 GU 50.T 1 slide-out spill tray GU 50 1 slide-out spill tray 593 x 502 x 600 593 x 574 x 600 470 x 382 x 502 470 x 452 x 502 50 103 50 114 178-043-JD 122-888-JD Model Features External dimensions W x D x H [mm] Internal dimensions W x D x H [mm] Slide-out spill pallet load capacity [kg] Weight [kg] Order number Type 90 Image incl. optional base frame GU 90.T 1 slide-out spill tray GU 90 1 slide-out spill tray Model Features 893 x 502 x 600 893 x 574 x 600 771 x 382 x 502 771 x 452 x 502 50 136 50 147 178-044-JD 122-890-JD External dimensions W x D x H [mm] Internal dimensions W x D x H [mm] Slide-out spill pallet load capacity [kg] Weight [kg] Order number Type 90 Order number Type 30 GU 111.T 2 slide-out spill pallets GU 111 2 slide-out spill pallets 1102 x 502 x 600 1102 x 574 x 600 979 x 382 x 502 979 x 452 x 502 50 169 50 182 178-046-JD 116-998-JD – 141-917-JD Housing unit for recirculating air filter system W Housing unit for recirculating air filter system, fitted directly to the underbench cabinet. Suitable for models with height 600 mm + mobile base and depth 574 mm (W 420, D 615 mm) W The recirculating air filter attachment can therefore provide ventilation for an underbench cabinet while protected by a housing W incl. connection accessories (hose, hose clamps, etc.) Order no. 292-144-JD Ventilation attachments The ventilation attachments for wall-mounted base cabinets intercept vapours and gases released at their point of escape or emergence Ventilation attachment with monitoring Order no. 210-548-JD Ventilation attachment with monitoring and alarm contact Order no. 210-549-JD 136 w w w . d e n i o s . c o . u k / s h o p

137

1 e G A R o T s L A i R e T A M s u o d R A Z A h DENIOS ONLINE SHOP EVERYTHING FROM ONE SOURCE! Accessories are available in the shop! Service & maintenance from the manufacturer 01952 811 991 >> www.denios.co.uk/shop << >> www.denios.co.uk/services << W Equipped with air extraction connection (NW 50) on the rear W Locked by cylinder lock, lock indicator (red/green) W Powder coated outer body in RAL 7035 (light grey), fine steel sheet W Tested for long life: 50,000 wear-free open/close operations W Spill pallet welded watertight in accordance with Stawa-R Accessories such as a second pull out shelf can be found in our Online Shop Model Features External dimensions W x D x H [mm] Internal dimensions W x D x H [mm] Slide-out spill pallet load capacity [kg] Weight [kg] Order number Type 90 Model Features External dimensions W x D x H [mm] Internal dimensions W x D x H [mm] Slide-out spill pallet load capacity [kg] Weight [kg] Order number Type 90 Order number Type 30 GU 60_H8 1 slide-out spill tray 593 x 600 x 800 470 x 482 x 702 50 142 235-882-JD GU 110 1 slide-out spill tray 1102 x 574 x 600 979 x 452 x 502 50 175 116-993-JD 141-916-JD GU 110.T 1 slide-out spill tray 1102 x 502 x 600 979 x 382 x 502 50 166 178-045-JD – Image incl. optional base frame Model Features External dimensions W x D x H [mm] Internal dimensions W x D x H [mm] Weight [kg] Order number Type 90 Order number Type 30 GU 112.T 1 floor spill tray GU 112 1 floor spill tray 1102 x 502 x 600 1102 x 574 x 600 979 x 382 x 502 979 x 452 x 502 166 178-047-JD – 178 116-999-JD 141-918-JD Model Features External dimensions W x D x H [mm] Internal dimensions W x D x H [mm] Slide-out spill pallet load capacity [kg] Weight [kg] Order number Type 90 GU 110_H8 2 slide-out spill pallets 1102 x 600 x 800 979 x 482 x 702 50 228 235-881-JD Model Features External dimensions W x D x H [mm] Internal dimensions W x D x H [mm] Slide-out spill pallet load capacity [kg] Weight [kg] Order number Type 90 Order number Type 30 GU 140.T 2 slide-out spill pallets GU 140 2 slide-out spill pallets 1402 x 502 x 600 1402 x 574 x 600 1279 x 382 x 502 1279 x 452 x 502 50 216 178-048-JD – 50 223 116-995-JD 141-919-JD Base frame with castors, height 30 mm, for width 593 mm Base frame with castors, height 30 mm, for width 1102 mm Order no. 133-465-JD Order no. 133-467-JD Base frame with castors, height 30 mm, for width 893 mm Base frame with castors, height 30 mm, for width 1402 mm Order no. 133-466-JD Order no. 133-471-JD E x P E R T A D V I C E A N D O R D E R L I N E : 0 1 9 5 2 8 1 1 9 9 1 137

138

1 e G A R o T s L A i R e T A M s u o d R A Z A h Fire-rated hazardous materials cabinet for storing drums Save long journeys on site and store large containers and 205 litre drums in convenient hazardous materials cabinets. Thanks to the transport base included in the delivery, a later change of location is no problem. The Stawa-R certified spill pallet safely contains any leaking liquids. W For the legally compliant storage of large quantities of flammable liquids W Cabinet supplied with a practical transport base W Tested as type 90 in accordance with the regulations of EN 14470-1 W In case of fire, self-closing doors, air supply and extraction openings W Ready for connection to an air extraction system (DN 75), connection point in roof W Earthing connection inside and outside the rear wall, inside with earthing cable including clip W Doors are held by the standard door hold-open device W High level of user comfort with slide rail closing device and door hold-open device W Steel spill pallets protect from leaked fluids Drum cabinet Model VBF 90.2 incl. shelf and transport base. The transport bases included in the scope of delivery enable problem-free transport, e.g. for internal relocation Order no. 307-758-JD Design Design VbF 90.1 VbF 90.1 VbF 90.2 VbF 90.2 1 spill pallet incl. grid, transport base 1 spill pallet incl. grid, 1 shelf, transport base 1 spill pallet incl. grid, transport base 1 spill pallet incl. grid, 1 shelf, transport base External dimensions W x D x H [mm] Internal dimensions W x D x H [mm] Container type Spillage decking capacity [l] Spill pallet load capacity [kg] Shelf load capacity [kg] Weight [kg] Order number 1105 x 1018 x 2324 936 x 864 x 1890 Drums 220 700 – 887 307-755-JD 1105 x 1018 x 2324 936 x 864 x 1890 Drums 220 700 75 892 307-756-JD 1555 x 1018 x 2324 1386 x 864 x 1890 Drums 220 800 – 1115 307-757-JD 1555 x 1018 x 2324 1386 x 864 x 1890 Drums 220 800 75 1129 307-758-JD Vbf 90.2-K 1 x storage rack (D=600 mm), 1 x spill pallet 1555 x 1018 x 2324 1386 x 864 x 1890 Small container 66 – 240 1102 307-759-JD Vbf 90.2-K 1 x storage rack (D=800 mm), 1 x spill pallet 1555 x 1018 x 2324 1386 x 864 x 1890 Small container 66 – 240 1113 307-760-JD o R d e R A T T h e s A M e T i M e Recirculating air filter system for hazardous materials cabinets from height 1300 mm. With main and secondary filter. The secondary filter provides additional safety for the overall system (not suitable for cabinets for drum storage) Order no. 287-780-JD ATEX-compliant: Ex II 3/- G Ex ic nA IIB T4 Gc. For installation in Zone 1, please use technical ventilation item 116941 and/or consult us. 138 w w w . d e n i o s . c o . u k / s h o p

139

1 e G A R o T s L A i R e T A M s u o d R A Z A h The drum cabinet includes a shelf with 3 adjustable levels to store small containers, as standard. Order no. 307-759-JD Drum cabinet Model VbF 90.1, standard scope of delivery incl. shelf and transport base Order no. 307-756-JD Accessories Base shelf for model VbF 90.1 Base shelf for model VbF 90.2 Base shelf for model VbF 90.2-K All gases, steams or materials must be extracted directly at the point of withdrawal from the cabinet Radial fan, non-explosion-proof Ventilation fitting for drum cabinets with monitoring and alarm Order number 117-040-JD 117-043-JD 170-660-JD 116-941-JD 116-943-JD 251-167-JD Type SK drum clamp 200 litre drums are most easily loaded with a forklift and the SK-S drum clamp. W With adjustable, automatically closing drum clamp to grasp and firmly hold the drum W Secure grip even for different sizes of drum W Tested and suitable for use in EX zones: IIB T4 Zone 1 Order no. 212-869-JD E x P E R T A D V I C E A N D O R D E R L I N E : 0 1 9 5 2 8 1 1 9 9 1 139

140

D E N I O S M A G A Z I N E A L L Y O U N E E D T O K N O W A B O U T D E N I O S H A Z A R D O U S M A T E R I A L S D E P O T S DENIOS hazardous materials depots are designed for the safe storage of small containers, drums or IBCs. Made of plastic or steel, they offer efficient protection and safety in a compact space and are suitable for indoor and outdoor installation. U G u i d e s U A R T i c L e s U F A Q U c h e c k L i s T s U V i d e o s U w h i T e p A p e R s U i n T e R V i e w s U A n d M u c h M o R e ! www.denios.co.uk/magazine F A Q w h i T e p A p e R s R i s k A s s e s s M e n T s F o R A c T i V i T i e s w i T h 3 s T R A T e G i e s F o R e c o n o M i c A L s T o R A G e o F h A Z A R d o u s M A T e R i A L s Anyone who handles hazardous substances, uses them or even "only" stores them, cannot do so without a risk assessment. For 25 years they have been the central component of workplace safety. In our FAQ we have compiled the answers to the most frequently asked questions concerning "Risk assessments for hazardous materials". h A Z A R d o u s M A T e R i A L s Our expert Gertjan Frick explains how you can achieve higher added value with hazardous materials depots from DENIOS. Learn how you can make the best use of the space available and create efficient workflows when storing hazardous materials. Find out more about the safety-relevant factors - and how you can react to storage bottlenecks in a legally compliant yet flexible and cost- effective manner. www.denios.co.uk/faqs-risk-assesment www.denios.co.uk/3strategies A R T i c L e s d e n i o s e n G i n e e R i n G c o M p A c T s T o R A G e F o R L A R G e c o n T A i n e R s h o w A s T e e L s A F e h A Z A R d o u s M A T e R i A L s d e p o T The stockpiling and storage of hazardous materials is always a special challenge for companies. If the quantities to be stored are kept in only a few standard 205 litre drums or 1000 litre IBCs, a hazardous materials cabinet is no longer sufficient. A large store, on the other hand, would be oversized and expensive. For these situations, we have developed an economical solution so that small quantities of large containers can be safely stored in a space-saving manner: our hazardous materials depots. i s c R e A T e d The robust SteelSafe hazardous materials depots are developed by our DENIOS engineers in our in-house innovation department and then manufactured in our state-of-the-art production facilities. The welding work is carried out by qualified skilled workers, and we regularly renew our welding certificates for this purpose. As a developer and manufacturer, safety and quality are a top priority. www.denios.co.uk/depots www.denios.co.uk/steelsafe 140 w w w . d e n i o s . c o . u k / s h o p

141

S T E E L O R P L A S T I C ? W H A T K I N D O F H A Z A R D O U S M A T E R I A L S D E P O T D O Y O U N E E D ? Certificate of compliance (ÜHP) T H A T D E P E N D S O N W H A T Y O U W A N T T O S T O R E Hazardous materials depots are compact stores with integrated spill pallets. They form the basis for containment of leaked hazardous materials in the event of a leaking storage container. In addition, hazardous materials depots have walls, a roof, lockable doors or roller shutters that protect the stored goods. Hazardous materials depots are made of resistant plastic or robust steel. The choice of hazardous materials depot depends on the medium to be stored. We recommend taking a look at the safety datasheets for the substances to be stored to help select the right material. p o LY s A F e . h A Z A R d o u s M AT e R i A L s d e p o T s i n p L A s T i c With the PolySafe line, DENIOS offers corrosion-free, weather-resistant and stable hazardous materials depots in polyethylene. They are suitable for the storage of substances in all water hazard classes and aggressive chemicals, both indoors and in covered outdoor areas in accordance with regulations. s T e e L s A F e . h A Z A R d o u s M A T e R i A L s d e p o T s i n s T e e L With the SteelSafe line, DENIOS has put all hazardous materials depots in steel under one banner. These robust steel depots are suitable for the storage of substances in all water hazard classes and for the passive storage of flammable liquids. They can be installed indoors and outdoors, as well as in Ex areas, provided there is adequate ventilation and earthing. They offer storage capacity for small containers or up to 8 drums or 2 IBCs, can be loaded effortlessly with a forklift or high-lift truck and can also be accessed underneath and are lockable. Whether you prefer hinged doors, roller shutters or sliding doors - as the market leader and manufacturer, DENIOS offers the perfect solution for every application. They are suitable for storing small containers or up to 8 drums or 2 IBCs, and can be easily loaded with forklift or high-lift trucks. The steel depots are accessible from underneath, lockable, powder-coated and versatile thanks to the various equipment options such as hinged doors, roller shutters or sliding doors. d i s c o V e R T h e V A R i e T Y o F o u R h A Z A R d o u s M A T e R i A L s d e p o T s i n T h e V i d e o ! www.denios.co.uk/depot-video E x P E R T A D V I C E A N D O R D E R L I N E : 0 1 9 5 2 8 1 1 9 9 1 141

142

1 PolySafe hazardous material depots, for 1 x 200 litre drums and small containers W For the storage of substances in all water-polluting classes W Corrosion free, weather resistant and stable W Manufactured from polyethylene (PE) W Optionally available with doors or space-saving roller shutters W Versions available with integrated shelf system for flexible storage of small containers W High resistance against oils, acids and alkali e G A R o T s L A i R e T A M s u o d R A Z A h PolySafe depot with doors and integrated plastic shelving system Order no. 271-831-JD PolySafe hazardous material depot with doors, for storing 1 x 200 litre drum Order no. 271-829-JD Optionally available: PE half pallet for 1 x 205 litre drum Order no. 312-634-JD PolySafe hazardous material depot with doors and integrated steel shelving system Order no. 271-830-JD Door version Storage capacity Number Included in delivery External dimensions W x D x H [mm] Internal dimensions W x D x H [mm] Sump Volume [l] Overall load capacity [kg] Order number Accessories Order number Hinged door 205 litre drums 1 Without shelf 1140 x 1050 x 2060 975 x 910 x 1500 270 400 271-829-JD Mounting set 212-607-JD Hinged door Small container – With steel shelving unit: shelf dimensions W x D (mm) 900 x 800, shelf load 250 kg, 3 storage levels adjustable in increments of 25 mm 1140 x 1050 x 2060 975 x 910 x 1500 270 400 271-830-JD Mounting set 212-607-JD Hinged door Small container – With plastic shelving unit: shelf dimensions W x D (mm) 900 x 590, shelf load 180 kg, 3 storage levels adjustable in increments of 100 mm 1140 x 1050 x 2060 975 x 910 x 1500 270 400 271-831-JD Mounting set 212-607-JD 142 w w w . d e n i o s . c o . u k / s h o p

143

W With integrated spill pallet W Rainwater is channelled to the rear W Integrated pocket for access underneath W Ready for anchoring to the ground (anchor kit optional) W The PolySafe depot is supplied ready assembled 1 e G A R o T s L A i R e T A M s u o d R A Z A h PolySafe hazardous material depot with roller shutter and integrated plastic shelf system Order no. 271-834-JD PolySafe depot with roller shutter and integrated steel shelf system Order no. 271-833-JD PolySafe hazardous material depot with roller shutter, for storing 1 x 200 litre drum Order no. 271-832-JD Optionally available: PE half pallet for 1 x 205 litre drum Order no. 312-634-JD Door version Storage capacity Number Included in delivery External dimensions W x D x H [mm] Internal dimensions W x D x H [mm] Sump Volume [l] Overall load capacity [kg] Order number Accessories Order number Roller shutter 205 litre drums 1 Without shelf 1140 x 1050 x 2060 975 x 910 x 1500 270 400 271-832-JD Mounting set 212-607-JD Roller shutter Small container – With steel shelving unit: shelf dimensions W x D (mm) 900 x 800, shelf load 250 kg, 3 storage levels adjustable in increments of 25 mm 1140 x 1050 x 2060 975 x 910 x 1500 270 400 271-833-JD Mounting set 212-607-JD Roller shutter Small container – With plastic shelving unit: shelf dimensions W x D (mm) 900 x 590, shelf load 180 kg, 3 storage levels adjustable in increments of 100 mm 1140 x 1050 x 2060 975 x 910 x 1500 270 400 271-834-JD Mounting set 212-607-JD E x P E R T A D V I C E A N D O R D E R L I N E : 0 1 9 5 2 8 1 1 9 9 1 143

144

PolySafe hazardous material depot, for up to 2 x 200 litre drums and small containers W For the storage of substances in all water-polluting classes W Corrosion free, weather resistant and stable W Manufactured from polyethylene (PE) W Optionally available with doors or space-saving roller shutters W Versions available with integrated shelf system for flexible storage of small containers 1 e G A R o T s L A i R e T A M s u o d R A Z A h PolySafe hazardous material depot, for storing up to 2 x 200 litre drums in a row on a Euro pallet Order no. 240-861-JD PolySafe hazardous material depot, for storing up to 2 x 200 litre drums on a Euro pallet Order no. 211-945-JD If you want to store individual drums or small containers directly, an additional PE grid is needed PolySafe hazardous material depot with doors and integrated steel shelving system PolySafe hazardous material depot with doors and integrated plastic shelving system Order no. 211-991-JD Order no. 218-998-JD Order no. 265-939-JD Door version Storage capacity Number Hinged door 205 litre drums 2 Hinged door 205 litre drums 2 Included in delivery Without shelf Without shelf External dimensions W x D x H [mm] Internal dimensions W x D x H [mm] Sump Volume [l] Overall load capacity [kg] Order number Accessories Order number 1560 x 1080 x 1980 1370 x 910 x 1500 288 800 211-945-JD Mounting set 212-607-JD 1140 x 1410 x 1980 975 x 1315 x 1500 240 800 240-861-JD Mounting set 212-607-JD Hinged door Small container – With steel shelving unit: shelf dimensions W x D (mm) 1300 x 800, shelf load 250 kg, 3 storage levels adjustable in increments of 25 mm 1560 x 1080 x 1980 1370 x 910 x 1500 288 800 218-998-JD Mounting set 212-607-JD Hinged door Small container – With plastic shelving unit: shelf dimensions W x D (mm) 1300 x 590, shelf load 180 kg, 3 storage levels adjustable in increments of 100 mm 1560 x 1080 x 1980 1370 x 910 x 1500 288 800 265-939-JD Mounting set 212-607-JD 144 w w w . d e n i o s . c o . u k / s h o p

145

W High resistance against oils, acids and alkali W With integrated spill pallet W Rainwater is channelled to the rear W Integrated pocket for access underneath W Ready for anchoring to the ground (anchor kit optional) W The PolySafe depot is supplied ready assembled 1 e G A R o T s L A i R e T A M s u o d R A Z A h PolySafe hazardous material depot with roller shutter and integrated steel shelf system Order no. 271-836-JD PolySafe hazardous material depot with roller shutter, for storing up to 2 x 200 litre drums on a Euro pallet Order no. 271-835-JD PolySafe hazardous material depot with roller shutter and integrated plastic shelf system Order no. 271-837-JD If you want to store individual drums or small containers directly, an additional PE grid is needed Order no. 211-991-JD Door version Storage capacity Number Included in delivery External dimensions W x D x H [mm] Internal dimensions W x D x H [mm] Sump Volume [l] Overall load capacity [kg] Order number Accessories Order number Roller shutter 205 litre drums 2 Without shelf 1554 x 1083 x 1980 1370 x 910 x 1500 288 800 271-835-JD Mounting set 212-607-JD Roller shutter Small container – With steel shelving unit: shelf dimensions W x D (mm) 1300 x 800, shelf load 250 kg, 3 storage levels adjustable in increments of 25 mm 1554 x 1083 x 1980 1370 x 910 x 1500 288 800 271-836-JD Mounting set 212-607-JD Roller shutter Small container – With plastic shelving unit: shelf dimensions W x D (mm) 1300 x 590, shelf load 180 kg, 3 storage levels adjustable in increments of 100 mm 1554 x 1083 x 1980 1370 x 910 x 1500 288 800 271-837-JD Mounting set 212-607-JD E x P E R T A D V I C E A N D O R D E R L I N E : 0 1 9 5 2 8 1 1 9 9 1 145

146

1 PolySafe hazardous material depot, for up to 4 x 200 litre drums, or 1 x 1000 litre IBCs W For the storage of substances in all water-polluting classes W Corrosion free, weather resistant and stable W Manufactured from polyethylene (PE) W High resistance against oils, acids and alkali W With integrated spill pallet W Rainwater is channelled to the rear W Integrated pocket for access underneath W Ready for anchoring to the ground (anchor kit optional) W The PolySafe depot is supplied ready assembled e G A R o T s L A i R e T A M s u o d R A Z A h Door version Storage capacity for 1000 litre IBCs Storage capacity for 205 litre drums External dimensions W x D x H [mm] Internal dimensions W x D x H [mm] Sump Volume [l] Overall load capacity [kg] Order number Accessories Order number Hinged door 1 4 1560 x 1550 x 2330 1370 x 1330 x 1500 1150 2000 211-946-JD Mounting set 212-607-JD s A F e T Y i n d e T A i L The transparent pocket in the door can be used for storing safety data sheets or protective gloves or glasses for example 146 w w w . d e n i o s . c o . u k / s h o p

147

PolySafe hazardous material depot, for up to 8 x 200 litre drums, or 2 x 1000 litre IBCs W For the storage of substances in all water-polluting classes W Corrosion free W Manufactured from polyethylene (PE) W High resistance against oils, acids and alkali W With integrated spill pallet W Rainwater is channelled to the rear W Integrated pocket for access underneath W Ready for anchoring to the ground (anchor kit optional) W The PolySafe depot is supplied ready assembled 1 e G A R o T s L A i R e T A M s u o d R A Z A h Door version Storage capacity for 1000 litre IBCs Storage capacity for 205 litre drums External dimensions W x D x H [mm] Internal dimensions W x D x H [mm] Sump Volume [l] Overall load capacity [kg] Order number Accessories Order number Sliding door 2 8 3200 x 1750 x 2170 2980 x 1350 x 1670 1200 3600 227-285-JD Mounting set 212-607-JD E x P E R T A D V I C E A N D O R D E R L I N E : 0 1 9 5 2 8 1 1 9 9 1 147

148

1 e G A R o T s L A i R e T A M s u o d R A Z A h 148 passive storage of flammable liquids W Interior height is optimised for drums with pumps and funnels fitted W With optional shelf, can also be used as a small container store SteelSafe hazardous material depots, for up to 2 x 200 litre drums and small containers W Sturdy sheet steel construction with high-quality powder coating for W For the safe storage of substances in all water-polluting classes and for optimum corrosion protection W Integrated spill pallet with removable galvanised grid as storage surface W Natural ventilation via ventilation slits in the door area W Sloping roof for optimum water drainage SteelSafe hazardous material depot for 1 x 200 litre drum (filling pump optional) Order no. 259-060-JD SteelSafe hazardous material depot with 2 shelves for storing small containers Order no. 259-062-JD SteelSafe hazardous material depot with 1 shelf for storing, for example, 2 x 60 litre drums and other small containers Order no. 259-061-JD Door version Equipment - shelves Storage capacity Storage capacity (number) Number of storage levels External dimensions W x D x H [mm] Internal dimensions W x D x H [mm] Sump Volume [l] Overall load capacity [kg] Order number Hinged door Hinged door Hinged door 1 grid, galvanised 205 litre drums 1 1 850 x 700 x 2000 740 x 670 x 1410 240 400 259-060-JD 1 grid, galvanised, 1 shelf, blue 60 litre drums 2 2 850 x 700 x 2000 740 x 670 x 1410 240 400 259-061-JD 1 grid, galvanised, 2 shelves, blue Small container – 3 850 x 700 x 2000 740 x 670 x 1410 240 400 259-062-JD Accessories External dimensions W x D x H [mm] Load [kg] Order number Additional shelf 805 x 660 x 30 60 259-066-JD w w w . d e n i o s . c o . u k / s h o p

149

1 e G A R o T s L A i R e T A M s u o d R A Z A h W Lockable with cylinder lock for protection against unauthorised access W 100 mm ground clearance for easy access underneath and simple trans- port W Delivered ready to use SteelSafe hazardous material depot for small container storage with 4 shelves Order no. 259-065-JD All SteelSafe hazardous materials depots are lockable for protection against unauthorised access. SteelSafe hazardous material depot with 1 shelf, for storing 1 x 200 litre drum and small containers SteelSafe hazardous material depot for up to 2 x 200 litre drums (filling pump optional) Order no. 259-064-JD Order no. 259-063-JD Door version Equipment - shelves Storage capacity Storage capacity (number) Number of storage levels External dimensions W x D x H [mm] Internal dimensions W x D x H [mm] Sump Volume [l] Overall load capacity [kg] Order number Hinged door Hinged door Hinged door 2 grids, galvanised 205 litre drums 2 1 1700 x 700 x 1800 1590 x 670 x 1410 250 800 259-063-JD 2 grids, galvanised, 1 shelf, blue 205 litre drums 1 2 1700 x 700 x 1800 1590 x 670 x 1410 250 800 259-064-JD 2 grids, galvanised, 4 shelves, blue Small container – 3 1700 x 700 x 1800 1590 x 670 x 1410 250 800 259-065-JD LubriFlex filling cans - for safe storage, filling and transport See page 387 E x P E R T A D V I C E A N D O R D E R L I N E : 0 1 9 5 2 8 1 1 9 9 1 149

150

SteelSafe hazardous material depots with doors, for up to 4 x 200 litre drums W For the safe storage of substances in all water-polluting classes and for passive storage of flammable liquids W Sturdy sheet steel construction with high-quality powder coating for optimum corrosion protection W Optimised interior height for safe and comfortable handling, e.g. with pumps or filling funnels W Versions available with integrated shelf system for flexible storage of small containers W Integrated spill pallet Generous internal height 1500 mm - for safe handling 1 e G A R o T s L A i R e T A M s u o d R A Z A h o R d e R A T T h e s A M e T i M e Oil drum pump in die cast zinc Funnel GP 2 on a 205 litre steel drum Jug, 1 litre (similar to image) Order no. 117-563-JD Order no. 240-013-JD Order no. 117-408-JD 150 w w w . d e n i o s . c o . u k / s h o p

151

W Drum storage directly on the grid, on Euro pallets or on chemical pallets W Natural ventilation by air slots W Lockable for protection against unauthorised access W 100 mm ground clearance for easy access underneath and simple transport W The depot is supplied ready assembled. 1 e G A R o T s L A i R e T A M s u o d R A Z A h Frequently occurring activities, such as pumping and filling work with non-flammable liquids, can be carried out directly at the hazardous materials depot. Hinged door 205 litre drums 2 Without shelf Hinged door Small container – With steel shelving unit: shelf dimensions W x D (mm) 1300 x 800, shelf load 250 kg, 3 storage levels adjustable in increments of 25 mm Hinged door 205 litre drums 4 Without shelf Hinged door Small container – With steel shelving unit: shelf dimensions W x D (mm) 1300 x 800, shelf load 250 kg, 3 storage levels adjustable in increments of 25 mm 1400 x 950 x 1920 1330 x 870 x 1515 263 800 291-036-JD 1400 x 950 x 1920 1400 x 1410 x 1860 1330 x 870 x 1515 1330 x 1330 x 1515 263 800 291-037-JD 263 1600 291-038-JD 1400 x 1410 x 1860 1330 x 1330 x 1515 263 1600 291-039-JD 151 Door version Storage capacity Number Included in delivery External dimensions W x D x H [mm] Internal dimensions W x D x H [mm] Sump Volume [l] Overall load capacity [kg] Order number E x P E R T A D V I C E A N D O R D E R L I N E : 0 1 9 5 2 8 1 1 9 9 1

152

1 SteelSafe hazardous material depots with roller shutter, for up to 4 x 200 litre drums W For the safe storage of substances in all water-polluting classes and for passive storage of flammable liquids W Sturdy sheet steel construction with high-quality powder coating for optimum corrosion protection W Optimised interior height for safe and comfortable handling, e.g. with pumps or filling funnels W Versions available with integrated shelf system for flexible storage of small containers W Integrated spill pallet e G A R o T s L A i R e T A M s u o d R A Z A h 152 w w w . d e n i o s . c o . u k / s h o p

153

W Drum storage directly on the grid, on Euro pallets or on chemical pallets W Natural ventilation by air slots W Lockable for protection against unauthorised access W 100 mm ground clearance for easy access underneath and simple transport W The depot is supplied ready assembled. Generous internal height 1500 mm - for safe handling 1 e G A R o T s L A i R e T A M s u o d R A Z A h Door version Storage capacity Number Included in delivery External dimensions W x D x H [mm] Internal dimensions W x D x H [mm] Sump Volume [l] Overall load capacity [kg] Order number Roller shutter 205 litre drums 2 Without shelf 1400 x 950 x 2020 1330 x 870 x 1505 263 800 291-043-JD Roller shutter Small container – With steel shelving unit: shelf dimensions W x D (mm) 1300 x 800, shelf load 250 kg, 3 storage levels adjustable in increments of 25 mm 1400 x 950 x 2020 1330 x 870 x 1505 263 800 291-044-JD Roller shutter 205 litre drums 4 Without shelf 1400 x 1410 x 1960 1330 x 1330 x 1505 263 1600 291-045-JD Roller shutter Small container – With steel shelving unit: shelf dimensions W x D (mm) 1300 x 800, shelf load 250 kg, 3 storage levels adjustable in increments of 25 mm 1400 x 1410 x 1960 1330 x 1330 x 1505 263 1600 291-046-JD E x P E R T A D V I C E A N D O R D E R L I N E : 0 1 9 5 2 8 1 1 9 9 1 153

154

1 SteelSafe hazardous material depot, for up to 4 x 200 litre drums, or 1 x 1000 litre IBCs W For the safe storage of substances in all water-polluting classes and for passive storage of flammable liquids W Sturdy sheet steel construction with high-quality powder coating for optimum corrosion protection W Integrated spill pallet with removable galvanised grid as storage surface W Optimum internal height for safe, efficient loading with forklift or pallet truck W Natural ventilation by air slots W Lockable with bar lock for protection against unauthorised access W 100 mm ground clearance for easy access underneath and simple transport W Delivered ready to use e G A R o T s L A i R e T A M s u o d R A Z A h Door version Storage capacity for 1000 litre IBCs Storage capacity for 205 litre drums External dimensions W x D x H [mm] Internal dimensions W x D x H [mm] Sump Volume [l] Overall load capacity [kg] Order number Hinged door 1 4 1420 x 1635 x 2032 1330 x 1600 x 1348 1100 2000 280-244-JD 154 w w w . d e n i o s . c o . u k / s h o p

155

SteelSafe hazardous material depot, for up to 8 x 200 litre drums, or 2 x 1000 litre IBCs W For the safe storage of substances in all water-polluting classes and for passive storage of flammable liquids W Sturdy sheet steel construction with high-quality powder coating for optimum corrosion protection W Integrated spill pallet with removable galvanised grid as storage surface W Optimum internal height for safe, efficient loading with forklift or pallet truck W Natural ventilation by air slots W Lockable to prevent unauthorised access W 100 mm ground clearance for easy access underneath and simple transport W Delivered ready to use BESTSELLER 1 e G A R o T s L A i R e T A M s u o d R A Z A h Door version Storage capacity for 1000 litre IBCs Storage capacity for 205 litre drums External dimensions W x D x H [mm] Internal dimensions W x D x H [mm] Overall load capacity [kg] Sump Volume [l] Order number Sliding door 2 8 2770 x 1405 x 1875 2690 x 1280 x 1370 4000 1100 281-129-JD 155 E x P E R T A D V I C E A N D O R D E R L I N E : 0 1 9 5 2 8 1 1 9 9 1

156

D E N I O S M A G A Z I N E A L L Y O U N E E D T O K N O W A B O U T G A S C Y L I N D E R S T O R A G E Gas cylinders are the standard for hazardous substances. They contain a wide variety of gases, which also require different storage conditions. Fires, explosions or leaks are effectively avoided by safe gas cylinder storage. U G u i d e s U A R T i c L e s U F A Q U c h e c k L i s T s U V i d e o s U w h i T e p A p e R s U i n T e R V i e w s U A n d M u c h M o R e ! www.denios.co.uk/magazine A R T i c L e s A R T i c L e s s T o R i n G G A s c Y L i n d e R s s A F e LY R i s k A s s e s s M e n T s F o R G A s e s Proper gas cylinder storage and handling are extremely important, as pressurised gas cylinders pose a high safety risk and therefore a considerable potential danger. DENIOS offers reliable and legally compliant products for outdoor and indoor storage as well as for the safe, daily handling of gas cylinders. Handling gases comes with many dangers - but the right knowledge helps effectively minimise these risks. People who work with gases in their everyday work should therefore be made aware of the various sources of danger. W What regulations apply to activities involving gases? W Why is a risk assessment for gases needed? W Who carries out the risk assessment for gases? W Important definitions of terms according to HSG71 www.denios.co.uk/gas-cylinder-storage www.denios.co.uk/gas-risk-assesment G u i d e s G A s c Y L i n d e R s T o R A G e - T h e M o s T i M p o R T A n T R e Q u i R e M e n T s Pressurised gas cylinders pose an increased risk due to their high pressure as well as their contents (corrosive, toxic , flammable, oxidising, asphyxiating). In the event of a fire, you must be certain that these gases and pressurised containers will not heat up and will not explode. Mechanical damage must also be prevented, for example collision from a forklift or the store falling over. www.denios.co.uk/gas-bottle-guide 156 w w w . d e n i o s . c o . u k / s h o p

157

G A S C Y L I N D E R S S A F E S T O R A G E A N D H A N D L I N G DENIOS, a hazardous materials expert, also offers an extensive range of products for gas cylinder storage - safe, legally-compliant, tried and tested, and all with DENIOS top quality: G A s c Y L i n d e R c A B i n e T s A n d G A s c Y L i n d e R s T o R e s For the legally compliant storage of gas cylinders outdoors, available in various storage capacities for 50 litre gas cylinders and 33 kg gas cylinders. www.denios.co.uk/gas-bottle-cabinets www.denios.co.uk/gas-bottle-storage G A s c Y L i n d e R c A B i n e T s w i T h F i R e p R o T e c T i o n Fire-rated gas cylinder cabinets Model G 90 and Model G 30, tested in accordance with EN 14470-2 for fire-protected storage of gas cylinders in workrooms. G A s c Y L i n d e R h A n d L i n G Trolleys, transport racks or wall brackets increase safety when handling gas cylinders - during internal transport, lifting or storage. www.denios.co.uk/fire-rated-gas-storage www.denios.co.uk/gas-bottle-handling E x P E R T A D V I C E A N D O R D E R L I N E : 0 1 9 5 2 8 1 1 9 9 1 157

158

Gas cylinder cabinets, for up to 20 gas cylinders W For outdoor installation W For the storage of gas cylinders in accordance with HSG71 W Ideal for storing propane gas cylinders W Sturdy construction in galvanised sheet steel W Doors with ventilation openings, side walls and rear wall closed 1 e G A R o T s L A i R e T A M s u o d R A Z A h 1 Gas cylinder cabinet for storing up to 10 x 11 kg gas cylinders 158 w w w . d e n i o s . c o . u k / s h o p

159

W Including floor grid and removable intermediate shelf as storage areas W Lockable with a cylinder lock integrated in the twist handle to protect against unauthorised access W Warning symbol W Supplied flat pack, simple assembly 1 e G A R o T s L A i R e T A M s u o d R A Z A h 2 Gas cylinder cabinet for storing up to 20 x 11 kg gas cylinders Storage capacity for 11 kg gas cylinders Storage capacity alternative - for 33 kg gas cylinders External dimensions W x D x H [mm] Door design Door hinge Order number 1 2 10 4 840 x 690 x 1500 1-wing left 308-450-JD 20 8 1680 x 690 x 1500 2 wing doors both sides 308-451-JD E x P E R T A D V I C E A N D O R D E R L I N E : 0 1 9 5 2 8 1 1 9 9 1 159

160

Gas cylinder cabinets, for up to 5 gas cylinders W For outdoor use W Legally compliant storage of pressurised gas cylinders in accordance with HSG71 W Effective ventilation and exhaust W Galvanised design with additional powder coating in light grey (RAL 7035) to give optimum corrosion protection W Cabinet base in stainless steel W Roof slopes forward to prevent water ingress at the rear and soiling of the building wall W Robust 3 point locking mechanism with pivot lever and integrated cylinder lock prevents theft and unauthorised access W 2 C rails for mounting fittings (fittings not included) W 3 break-through points (sealed with plastic bungs) per cylinder location in the cabinet roof 1 e G A R o T s L A i R e T A M s u o d R A Z A h 1 2 Gas cylinder cabinet for up to 2 gas cylinders (without fittings) Gas cylinder cabinet for up to 5 gas cylinders (without fittings, without roll-up flap) Storage capacity for 50 litre gas cylinders External dimensions W x D x H [mm] Internal dimensions W x D x H [mm] Door design Order number Accessories Order number Roll up flap Order number Cylinder holder, height adjustable 1 2 2 3 5 700 x 400 x 2150 1000 x 400 x 2150 1350 x 400 x 2150 o R d e R A T T h e s A M e T i M e 695 x 370 x 2070 995 x 370 x 2070 1345 x 370 x 2070 1-wing 158-049-JD 158-054-JD 117-059-JD 2 wing doors 158-051-JD 2 wing doors 158-053-JD 158-055-JD 117-059-JD 158-056-JD 117-059-JD Cylinder holder, height adjustable, for hanging on the side wall small gas cylinders can also be stored in a practical manner Order no. 117-059-JD 160 w w w . d e n i o s . c o . u k / s h o p

161

Gas cylinder cabinets, for up to 12 gas cylinders W For outdoor use W Meets the requirements of HSG71 W Sturdy construction composed of a steel frame and mesh W Lockable wing door for protection against unauthorised access W High quality surface finish for optimum corrosion protection W Model GF 8.16: 1-Wing door, folding shelf for storing propane gas cylinders above each other for example, shelf supplied as standard W Model GF 8.18: 2-Wing door, shelf optional W Model GF 8.19: 2-Wing door, integrated foot design for optimal access underneath, shelf optional 1 e G A R o T s L A i R e T A M s u o d R A Z A h 1 Gas cylinder cabinet with integrated, fold-down shelf as additional storage level for 11 kg gas cylinders, 1-wing door 1 Gas cylinder cabinet with folded-up shelf for 33 kg gas cylinders, 1-wing door 2 3 Gas cylinder cabinet for 33 kg gas cylinders, 2-wing door Gas cylinder cabinet for 33 kg gas cylinders, 2-wing door, shelf optional Storage capacity for 11 kg gas cylinders Storage capacity alternative - for 33 kg gas cylinders External dimensions W x D x H [mm] Door design Features Order number Accessories Order number 1 2 3 12 6 8 6 8 6 790 x 1180 x 1640 1-wing Bottom shelf and shelf 137-112-JD – – 1250 x 800 x 1850 2 wing doors – 137-123-JD Inliner for 11 kg gas cylinders 137-126-JD 1250 x 800 x 1970 2 wing doors Accessible underneath 137-125-JD Inliner for 11 kg gas cylinders 137-126-JD o R d e R A T T h e s A M e T i M e Steel gas cylinder trolley BK-60, rubber wheels, wheel Ø 200 mm Order no. 115-243-JD E x P E R T A D V I C E A N D O R D E R L I N E : 0 1 9 5 2 8 1 1 9 9 1 161

162

SteelSafe gas cylinder store, for up to 50 gas cylinders W For the legally compliant storage of gas cylinders W For outdoor use W Available either with or without hot dip galvanised base W Sturdy construction composed of a steel frame and mesh W Lockable wing door for protection against unauthorised access W Delivered flat-pack, with instructions for assembly W Profiled sheet steel roof W Galvanised with additional powder coating in grey (RAL 7016) for optimum corrosion protection 1 e G A R o T s L A i R e T A M s u o d R A Z A h 3 SteelSafe gas cylinder store, without floor assembly, especially suitable for use with gas cylinder pallets. The door's 160 mm ground clearance enables the gas cylinder store to be locked again even if gas cylinder pallets are open. Storage capacity for 50 litre gas cylinders Features External dimensions W x D x H [mm] Internal dimensions W x D x H [mm] Door design Order number 1 2 3 4 25 Without base 1430 x 1410 x 2210 1420 x 1280 x 2110 1-wing 256-859-JD 25 With base 1430 x 1410 x 2410 1420 x 1280 x 2110 1-wing 256-858-JD 50 Without base 2760 x 1410 x 2210 2750 x 1280 x 2110 2 wing doors 256-861-JD 50 With base 2760 x 1410 x 2410 2750 x 1280 x 2110 2 wing doors 256-860-JD 162 w w w . d e n i o s . c o . u k / s h o p

163

1 e G A R o T s L A i R e T A M s u o d R A Z A h 1 2 4 o R d e R A T T h e s A M e T i M e Stackable rack for storing gas cylinders Storage racks: up to 2 racks can be stacked on top of each other. This gives 3 levels on top of each other. Rack dimensions: W x D x H (mm): 1437 x 1038 x 750, load capacity: 500 kg Access ramp W For the easy loading of gas cylinder stores with floor unit W In aluminium W Dimensions (W x D): 908 x 933 mm W Wheel load: 150 kg Order no. 115-876-JD Order no. 216-658-JD E x P E R T A D V I C E A N D O R D E R L I N E : 0 1 9 5 2 8 1 1 9 9 1 163

164

Gas cylinder store model MDC, for up to 66 gas cylinders W Closed container for the legally compliant storage of pressurised gas cylinders W For outdoor use W Ventilation grids in the walls and grid shelf for ventilation from below W 2-wing door with safety lock W Individually adjustable retaining devices for gas cylinders W Delivered ready to use 1 e G A R o T s L A i R e T A M s u o d R A Z A h Gas cylinder store MDC 210 Loading example for MDC 210 Loading example for MDC 320 o R d e R A T T h e s A M e T i M e Gas cylinder store MDC 320 Order no. 274-764-JD On request Model Storage capacity for 50 litre gas cylinders External dimensions W x D x H [mm] Internal dimensions W x D x H [mm] Door design Load capacity [kg/m²] MDC 210 21 2162 x 986 x 2350 2000 x 790 x 2000 2 wing doors 1000 MDC 320 66 2986 x 2162 x 2350 2830 x 2000 x 2000 2 wing doors 1000 Steel ramp, hot dip galvanised, height adjustable from 150 to 270 mm, dimensions W x D (mm): 1035 x 900 Order no. 126-133-JD 164 w w w . d e n i o s . c o . u k / e n G i n e e R i n G

165

Gas cylinder store for up to 128 gas cylinders W For the legally compliant storage of pressurised gas cylinder W For outdoor use W Galvanised roofing plate, additionally coated with polyester W Door opens outwards on the right, door width 1000 mm W Door fitted with latch and padlock attach- ment, with padlock W Modular components supplied separately, easy to assemble W Galvanised storage table available as an accessory 1 e G A R o T s L A i R e T A M s u o d R A Z A h Storage capacity for 50 litre gas cylinders External dimensions W x D x H [mm] Internal dimensions W x D x H [mm] Door design Order number 48 2000 x 1790 x 2200 1940 x 1440 x 2000 1-wing 157-502-JD 72 3000 x 1790 x 2200 2940 x 1440 x 2000 1-wing 157-503-JD 64 2000 x 2290 x 2200 1940 x 1940 x 2000 1-wing 157-504-JD 96 3000 x 2290 x 2200 2940 x 1940 x 2000 1-wing 157-505-JD 128 4000 x 2290 x 2200 3940 x 1940 x 2000 1-wing 157-506-JD Accessories Storage capacity for 11 kg gas cylinders External dimensions W x D x H [mm] Order number Storage table 10 1500 x 600 x 800 157-507-JD 12 2000 x 600 x 800 157-508-JD 20 3000 x 600 x 800 157-510-JD 26 4000 x 600 x 800 157-511-JD Galvanised storage table Gas cylinder pallets W Pallet for storing empty and filled gas cylinders W Sturdy, hot dip galvanised steel construction W Can be transported with a forklift truck, pallet truck or crane W Safe transport of gas cylinders of various sizes NEW KM Ergo gas cylinder trolley W For the safe handling of gas cylinders W Painted, ergonomic gas cylinder trolley W Makes it easy to change gas cylinders without straining your back W Simple to use, no heavy lifting W For 1 gas cylinder x 50 litres (max. Ø 235 mm) W With securing strap, cylinder holder and safety chain W Pneumatic tyres (Ø 260 mm) Order no. 328-217-JD Order no. 255-319-JD E x P E R T A D V I C E A N D O R D E R L I N E : 0 1 9 5 2 8 1 1 9 9 1 165

166

1 Gas cylinder cabinet with fire protection W For fire-rated storage of gas cylinders in work rooms according to HSG71 W Type-tested according to EN 14470-2 W Optimum fire protection and best possible safety for pressurised gas cylinders W Maintenance of the maximum permitted temperature increase on the surface of the cylinder valve holder of 50K in accordance with EN 14470-2 Model range G90 are also GS tested W Air extraction connection (NW 75) fitted in the roof of the cabinet W Adjustable feet to even out uneven floor surfaces W Break through points in the roof of the cabinet W Complete with mounting rails for fittings, gas cylinder support and belt (fittings and gas cylinders not included) W Easy to install the gas cylinders with the integrated folding ramp in chequer plate steel W Generous internal height to facilitate fitting inside the cabinet W With earthing connection as standard e G A R o T s L A i R e T A M s u o d R A Z A h Fire resistant gas cylinder cabinet, width 600 mm, available as G30 or G90 version. Fire resistant gas cylinder cabinet, width 900 mm, available as G30 or G90 version. Fire resistance Storage capacity Number External dimensions W x D x H [mm] Internal dimensions W x D x H [mm] Door design Door hinge: both sides Order number Grey / yellow Order number Grey Door hinge: left Order number Grey / yellow Order number Grey Door hinge: right Order number Grey / yellow Order number Grey 90 minutes 10 litre gas cylinders 2 598 x 615 x 1450 445 x 425 x 1246 1-wing 90 minutes 50 litre gas cylinders 1 598 x 615 x 2050 445 x 425 x 1858 1-wing 90 minutes 50 litre gas cylinders 2 598 x 615 x 2050 477 x 425 x 1858 1-wing 30 minutes 50 litre gas cylinders 2 598 x 616 x 2050 494 x 479 x 1874 1-wing 90 minutes 50 litre gas cylinders 3 898 x 615 x 2050 745 x 425 x 1858 2 wing doors 30 minutes 50 litre gas cylinders 3 898 x 615 x 2050 794 x 479 x 1874 2 wing doors – – 210-380-JD 210-382-JD 210-381-JD 210-383-JD – – 165-310-JD 165-304-JD 165-311-JD 165-305-JD – – 210-384-JD 210-386-JD 210-385-JD 210-387-JD – – 165-313-JD 165-306-JD – 117-003-JD – 117-001-JD – 117-002-JD – – – – – – – – All sizes and versions can be supplied within 4-5 weeks. 166 w w w . d e n i o s . c o . u k / s h o p

167

1 e G A R o T s L A i R e T A M s u o d R A Z A h Fire resistant gas cylinder cabinet, width 1200 mm, available as G30 or G90 version. Fire resistant gas cylinder cabinet, width 1400 mm, available as G30 or G90 version. Fire resistance Storage capacity Number External dimensions W x D x H [mm] Internal dimensions W x D x H [mm] Door design Door hinge: both sides Order number Grey / yellow Order number Grey o R d e R A T T h e s A M e T i M e 90 minutes 50 litre gas cylinders 4 1198 x 615 x 2050 1045 x 400 x 1858 2 wing doors 165-314-JD 165-307-JD 30 minutes 50 litre gas cylinders 4 1198 x 615 x 2050 1094 x 479 x 1874 2 wing doors – 117-004-JD 90 minutes 50 litre gas cylinders 4 1398 x 615 x 2050 1245 x 400 x 1858 2 wing doors 165-315-JD 165-308-JD 30 minutes 50 litre gas cylinders 4 1398 x 615 x 2050 1294 x 479 x 1874 2 wing doors – 117-005-JD Height-adjustable holder for mounting on the side wall, for two 10 litre cylinders - for G30 and G90 cabinets, except G90 cabinets for 2x10 l and 2x50 l gas cylinders Order no. 117-006-JD Mounting kit for pipe breakthrough points, incl. 2 Ermeto screw joints, R 3 / 8", for G30 and G90 cabinets Order no. 117-007-JD Quick to install extraction units for technical ventilation Add on with air surveillance Order no. 136-799-JD Add on without air surveillance Order no. 129-345-JD TIP: For a 120 times air exchange, which is needed for example when storing toxic gases in the cabinet, use the radial fans on See page 124 E x P E R T A D V I C E A N D O R D E R L I N E : 0 1 9 5 2 8 1 1 9 9 1 167

168

1 e G A R o T s L A i R e T A M s u o d R A Z A h Fire-rated gas cylinder store GF and GFT, for up to 48 gas cylinders For the legally compliant storage of gas cylinders in accordance with HSG71. W Stable steel frame construction in blue (RAL 5010). W Can be sited directly next to a building wall without a safety distance W Natural ventilation. W Roof canopy offers weather protection. W With safety chain for storage of a single cylinder. W Delivered ready assembled. W Incl. crane eyes. Lockable doors, either as mesh or fire-rated versions ensure that unauthorised persons have no access With safety chain as standard for practical storage of individual cylinders o R d e R A T T h e s A M e T i M e Base in galvanised stud plate with integrated ramp Protects your gas cylinders from damp and weather even at ground level Order no. 149-035-JD GF 33.9 GF 33.15 GFT 17.9 GFT 17.15 With fire-rated door GFT 33.9 GFT 33.15 24 48 12 24 24 48 3353 x 845 x 2360 3353 x 1525 x 2360 1731 x 845 x 2360 1731 x 1525 x 2360 3353 x 845 x 2360 3353 x 1525 x 2360 2 x 1-wing 1-wing 2 x 1-wing Fire-rated gas cylinder store GF 17.9 for up to 12 cylinders Order no. 274-765-JD On request Loading example Model GF 17.9 GF 17.15 With mesh door 12 24 Features Storage capacity for 50 litre gas cylinders External dimensions W x D x H [mm] Door design *Transport dimensions differ from the dimensions of the body 1731 x 1525 x 2360 1731 x 845 x 2360 1-wing 168 w w w . d e n i o s . c o . u k / e n G i n e e R i n G

169

EVERYTHING FROM ONE SOURCE! Service & maintenance from the manufacturer 01952 811 991 >> www.denios.co.uk/services << 1 e G A R o T s L A i R e T A M s u o d R A Z A h o R d e R A T T h e s A M e T i M e Stackable rack for storing gas cylinders W Stable steel frame construc- tion with hot dip galvanised grid as loading surface W Stackable twice, giving 3 levels on top of each other W Delivered flat-pack for self- assembly W Load capacity: 500 kg W Shelf size W x D x H (mm): 1440 x 1040 x 750 Order no. 115-876-JD Fire-rated gas cylinder store GF 33.15, base and gas cylinder pallet available as an option. Fire-rated gas cylinder store GFT 33.9 for up to 24 gas cylinders. The fire- rated doors can be locked and offer protection from unauthorised access. Order no. 274-770-JD On request P E R S O N A L A D V I C E : 0 1 9 5 2 8 1 1 9 9 1 169

170

V E R S A T I L I T Y F O R P E R F E C T P R O T E C T I O N DENIOS manufactures safe and environmentally friendly storage technology in steel, as well as heat chambers and fume cupboards for process technology. Products are designed to suit the storage or process medium and the associated activities. Based on standardised systems, customers can choose individual elements from our wide range of equipment. Custom solutions can be created in all product areas. You'll benefit from excellent customer support - on site where needed. U G u i d e s U A R T i c L e s U F A Q U c h e c k L i s T s U V i d e o s U w h i T e p A p e R s U i n T e R V i e w s U A n d M u c h M o R e ! www.denios.co.uk/magazine G u i d e s G u i d e s s T o R e T e M p e R A T u R e - s e n s i T i V e h A Z A R d o u s 3 s T e p s T o T h e R i G h T h A Z A R d o u s M A T e R i A L s s u B s T A n c e s s A F e LY s T o R e Insulated hazardous material stores from DENIOS make the ideal choice for the frost-free storage of temperature-sensitive hazardous substances. The proven steel frame design is covered with special panels. Reliable air conditioning technology protects heat or frost- sensitive stored goods. The systems can be fitted with better heating, cooling equipment or air conditioning systems if required. W What substance do you want to store? W What quantities do you want to store? W What collection volume do you need? Instructions with checklist for safe planning (incl. 6 typical planning errors). www.denios.co.uk/frost-free-storage www.denios.co.uk/hazmat-storage-plan e Q u i p M e n T s e R V i c e e Q u i p M e n T F o R h A Z M A T s T o R e s We aim to optimise your room system to exactly meet your requirements in an uncomplicated and efficient manner. As a manufacturer we know exactly what our customers need and have included the right modules in our comprehensive range of equipment. Choose suitable options from a wide range of proven components. s e R V i c e & M A i n T e n A n c e Our service concept covers the whole order process and product life cycle. DENIOS technicians will ensure the professional installation of your room system and will work with you to complete the Site Acceptance Test including all installation and operational tests. After commissioning, we will be happy to take over regular maintenance for you. www.denios.co.uk/equipment www.denios.co.uk/service-warranty 170 w w w . d e n i o s . c o . u k / s h o p

171

H A Z A R D O U S M A T E R I A L S S T O R E S F R O M D E N I O S Y O U R F I R S T C H O I C E Your storage capacity requirements (small containers / drums / IBCs) determine the basic shape of the hazardous materials store (walk-in / shelving / compact). The medium to be stored and the installation conditions lead to the choice of either a hazardous materials store with optional thermal insulation or a hazardous materials store with fire protection. Thanks to numerous configuration options, our standardised hazardous materials stores can be tailored to your individual needs. A customised solution with project planning is an option at any time. Just get in touch. w A L k - i n If you want to store small containers, a walk-in hazardous materials store is the optimal solution. DENIOS models ensure a high level of user comfort: the entry height is only 150 mm. The built-in shelves allow the contents to be conveniently and clearly arranged. If additional drums or larger containers need to be stored, the floor can also be used as a storage area. s h e L V i n G If larger quantities of hazardous substances need to be stored on Euro/chemical pallets, in drums or IBCs, a storage container with shelving is the best choice. The compartment dimensions and load capacities of the various versions are optimally designed for the size of the stored goods. Storage containers with shelving can be loaded with a hand-operated electric forklift. Extra-deep designs offer maximum storage capacity for loading from both long sides. c o M p A c T Due to the small space requirement, the compact hazardous materials store is often used close to production or the workplace. It allows direct access to IBCs, drums or small containers and can also be used as a dispensing or filling station. h A Z A R d o u s M A T e R i A L s s T o R e w i T h h A Z M A T s T o R A G e c o n T A i n e R w i T h T h e R M A L i n s u L A T i o n steel frame Hazardous materials stores with thermal insulation are used for frost-free storage and heat protection of temperature-sensi- tive hazardous materials. The proven design is covered on all sides with insulating panels. Reliable air conditioning technology protects the stored goods. Systems can be fitted with better heating, cooling equipment or air conditioning systems if required. sensitive F i R e p R o T e c T i o n You can safely store flammable liquids in DENIOS fire-rated stores, even if there is no building clearance. The double frame construction, which serves as an enclosure for high-quality fire protection insulation (construction material class A), ensures fire resistance from the inside and outside for up to 120 minutes in the event of a fire. P E R S O N A L A D V I C E : 0 1 9 5 2 8 1 1 9 9 1 171

172

Hazardous materials store SC Precisely fitting storage of drums and IBCs: With the K models, IBCs, e.g. with water-polluting aromas and additives, are stored safely and space-saving in an insulated environment. The storage temperature is approx. 5 to 20 °C. 1 e G A R o T s L A i R e T A M s u o d R A Z A h SC 2K 715 172 w w w . d e n i o s . c o . u k / e n G i n e e R i n G

173

1 e G A R o T s L A i R e T A M s u o d R A Z A h SC 2K 215 SC 2K 415 SC 2K 515 Further variants In addition to the models shown here, variants with one storage level (1K) or extended compart- ment width (SC-H) are available. All systems can be optionally equipped with thermal insulation. SC 2K 715 SC-K Order no. 265-969-JD CS with2 storage levels Order no. 274-650-JD The product illustrations show optional equipment. We would be happy to create a custom product configuration for you. P E R S O N A L A D V I C E : 0 1 9 5 2 8 1 1 9 9 1 173

174

Hazardous materials store SC Storage capacity for up to 12 IBCs or 48 drums The SC hazardous materials store is optimised for different storage media and is available in two models: SC-K is particularly suitable for the retention of IBCs, while SC-H with its extended compartment width is ideal for the mixed storage of drums and IBCs. Both variants are also available with optional thermal insulation. The legally compliant construction method guarantees maximum safety: with integrated, building authority-approved spill pans and proof of stability for outdoor storage, your hazardous materials store is reliably protected. 1 e G A R o T s L A i R e T A M s u o d R A Z A h In the version with technical ventilation, cross ventilation is provided from top to bottom in accordance with the applicable regulations. With national technical approval valid throughout Germany from the Deutsches Institut für Bautechnik (DIBt) for the storage of liquids in all water hazard classes. Compliance with EN 1090 for manufacturers of load-bearing structures in steel. Product description W Various versions available depending on material properties (e.g. frost- free for temperature-sensitive materials). W Water-law tested, fully galvanised 3 mm spill pallet(s) in the lower storage level. W Storage levels fitted with removable, hot-dip galvanised grids (max. load 1,250 kg/m²). W 110 mm ground clearance to ensure underclearance with hand-operated electric forklift. W Long-lasting corrosion protection thanks to fully galvanised base material and high-quality 2-component paint (RAL 9002, grey white, or RAL 5010, gentian blue). W Sliding gates in modern sectional design. W Safety lock to protect against unauthorised access. W Targeted roof drainage. W European product concept: higher availability and a uniform product and service offering for internationally operating customers; country-specific legislation is taken into account. Structural analysis The structural calculations for the technical room system are based on Euro- code 3 (EN 1993). The loads on the structure are measured according to Eurocode 1 (EN 1991-1-3) for a characteristic wind load qk,w = 0.585 kN/m² and a ground snow load sk = 2.5 kN/m². The structure is also designed for earthquake zone 3 according to EN 4149, EN 1998-1:2004. s T o R A G e o F F L A M M A B L e M e d i A When storing flammable substances, the following must be observed: constructive equipotential bonding by earthing the steel frame construction and technical ventilation. Take advantage of our expert advice: 01952 811 991 174 w w w . d e n i o s . c o . u k / e n G i n e e R i n G

175

1 e G A R o T s L A i R e T A M s u o d R A Z A h SC 1K 515 4 / 4 / 6 / 16 2 x 2640 5950 x 1730 x 3624 2700 x 1330 x 2905 2215 SC 2K 515 8 / 8 / 12 / 32 2 x 2640 5950 x 1730 x 3624 2700 x 1330 x 1350 2400 SC 1K 715 6 / 4 / 8 / 20 2 x 2720 7310 x 1730 x 3624 3380 x 1330 x 2905 2365 SC 2K 715 12 / 8 / 16 / 40 2 x 1395 7310 x 1730 x 3624 3380 x 1330 x 1350 2730 SC 2H 815 Technical data Hazardous materials store SC-K Model Storage capacity IBC / CP / EP / Drum Containment volume [L] External dimensions W x D x H [mm]* Bay dimensions W x D x H [mm] Weight* [kg] *Actual container dimensions will vary depending on choice of door type and optional equipment. SC 2K 215 4 / 4 / 6 / 16 1280 3344 x 1718 x 3624 2700 x 1330 x 1350 1310 SC 1K 415 3 / 2 / 4 / 10 1330 4024 x 1718 x 3624 3380 x 1330 x 2905 1275 SC 2K 415 6 / 4 / 8 / 20 1180 4024 x 1718 x 3624 3380 x 1330 x 1350 1585 Hazardous materials store SC-H Model Storage capacity IBC / CP / EP / Drum Containment volume [L] External dimensions W x D x H [mm]* Bay dimensions W x D x H [mm] Weight* [kg] *Actual container dimensions will vary depending on choice of door type and optional equipment. SC 2H 414 6 / 6 / 8 / 24 1160 4544 x 1718 x 3624 3900 x 1330 x 1350 1700 SC 2H 814 12 / 12 / 16 / 48 2 x 2360 8350 x 1730 x 3624 3900 x 1330 x 1350 2950 Note: Dimensions and weights are approximate and may vary due to optional equipment. Technical changes reserved. e Q u i p M e n T o p T i o n s Equipment plays a decisive role in the individual product configuration. We will be happy to discuss with you whether you need a motion sensor or a signal lamp. Our experts will design a customised solution with you on site. You can find an overview of other equipment options on our website. www.denios.co.uk/equipment External lighting with motion sensor. Alarm signaling by signal lamp (visible) and horn (audible). P E R S O N A L A D V I C E : 0 1 9 5 2 8 1 1 9 9 1 175

176

Hazardous materials store BS (Basic Store) For those who are looking for a legally compliant storage option and want to work with a standardised design, the BS hazardous materials storage system offers a cost-effective solution. No compromises are made in terms of quality or safety. The free specialist advice from DENIOS guarantees the best possible product selection for the customer's requirements. 1 e G A R o T s L A i R e T A M s u o d R A Z A h BS 2K 60 176 w w w . d e n i o s . c o . u k / e n G i n e e R i n G

177

1 e G A R o T s L A i R e T A M s u o d R A Z A h BS 2K 30 BS 2K 60 Order no. 274-972-JD P E R S O N A L A D V I C E : 0 1 9 5 2 8 1 1 9 9 1 177

178

Hazardous materials store BS (Basic Store) Storage capacity for up to 8 IBCs or 32 drums For those who are looking for a legally compliant storage option and want to work with a standardised design, the BS hazardous materials storage system offers a cost-effective solution. No compromises are made in terms of quality or safety. The free specialist advice from DENIOS guarantees the best possible product selection for the customer's requirements. 1 e G A R o T s L A i R e T A M s u o d R A Z A h BS 2K 60 Product description W Nationwide general building approval from the German Institute for Building Technology (DIBt), Berlin W Suitable for the storage of liquids in all water hazard classes W Sturdy steel profile construction in welded design, delivered fully assembled, ready for floor anchoring W Excellent price-performance ratio thanks to consistent standardisation W Galvanised components with 2 layers of paint give long lasting protection W With integrated steel spill pallet, thickness 3 mm W Storage levels with removable, hot-dip galvanised grids W Sealing tested in accordance with EN ISO 3452-1 with factory test certificate W 100 mm ground clearance, accessible with lifting equipment W Foot plates for secure anchoring to the foundations (mounting kit included) W Crane eyes can be optionally supplied for easier unloading, installation and any subsequent relocation W Spill pallet inserts in plastic (PE) are available as an option for storing aggressive liquids G u i d e L i n e s F o R s T o R i n G F L A M M A B L e L i Q u i d s (flash point ≤ 60 ° C, classes H226, H225 and H224) W Observe distance from fire loads (mostly min. 10 m) W Create equipotential bonding (earthing) (connection point provided); if required provide lightning protection W Country-specific requirements for air exchange rate W Specifications in accordance with HSG71 W Specifications in accordance with ATEX Directive 2014/34/EU 178 w w w . d e n i o s . c o . u k / e n G i n e e R i n G

179

Technical data Model Storage capacity IBC / CP / EP / Drum Containment volume [L] External dimensions W x D x H [mm]* Bay dimensions W x D x H [mm] Weight* [kg] *Actual container dimensions will vary depending on choice of door type and optional equipment. BS 2K 30 4 / 4 / 6 / 16 1400 2894 x 1674 x 3404 2700 x 1340 x 1350 1000 Note: Dimensions and weights are approximate and may vary due to optional equipment. Technical changes reserved. 1 e G A R o T s L A i R e T A M s u o d R A Z A h BS 2K 60 8 / 8 / 12 / 32 2 x 1400 5735 x 1707 x 3410 2700 x 1340 x 1350 1725 Structural analysis The statics calculations for the technical room system are based on Eurocode 3 (DIN EN 1993). The loads on the structure are measured according to Euro- code 1 (EN 1991-1-3) for a characteristic wind load qk,w = 0.39 kN/m² and a ground snow load sk = 2.5 kN/m². The structure is also designed for earthquake zone 3 according to DIN 4149, EN 1998-1:2004. BS 2K 30 BS 2K 60 d e n i o s G u i d e T o T h e c o M B i n e d s T o R A G e o F h A Z A R d o u s s u B s T A n c e s Hazardous substances are classified into storage classes. This also determines which substances you may store together. The DENIOS guide "Combined storage of hazardous substances in accordance with HSG71" answers your most important questions. P E R S O N A L A D V I C E : 0 1 9 5 2 8 1 1 9 9 1 179 www.denios.co.uk/equipment

180

SolidMaxx hazardous materials store, compact The compact SolidMaxx hazardous materials store is the ideal solution where space is limited. It is suitable for storing hazardous substances close to production, for example cleaning agents for dispensing. If there is no heating at the site, choose a version with thermal insulation and heating. 1 e G A R o T s L A i R e T A M s u o d R A Z A h SolidMaxx CH 2.1 180 w w w . d e n i o s . c o . u k / e n G i n e e R i n G

181

1 e G A R o T s L A i R e T A M s u o d R A Z A h SolidMaxx C 1.1 SolidMaxx CH 1.1 SolidMaxx CH 2.1 SolidMaxx C 2.1 Order no. 265-968-JD The product illustrations show optional equip- ment. We would be happy to create a custom product configuration for you. P E R S O N A L A D V I C E : 0 1 9 5 2 8 1 1 9 9 1 181

182

SolidMaxx hazardous materials store, compact Storage capacity for up to 8 drums or 2 IBCs The compact SolidMaxx hazardous materials store is the ideal solution where space is limited. It is suitable for storing hazardous substances close to production, for example cleaning agents for dispensing. If there is no heating at the site, choose a version with thermal insulation and heating. 1 e G A R o T s L A i R e T A M s u o d R A Z A h With General Technical Approval valid throughout Germany from the German Institute for Civil Engineering (DIBt) for the storage of liquids in all water hazard classes. Compliance with DIN EN 1090 for manufacturers of load-bearing structures in steel. Product description W For the storage of drums and IBCs on a small footprint for access close to production. W Approved for storage of water-polluting and flammable substances. W Steel frames and spill pallet are powder coated (RAL 7043, black-grey). The wall elements are made of galvanised profile sheet metal or, in the thermally insulated version, of painted smooth sheet metal panels (RAL 9002, grey-white). W On request with thermal insulation (50 mm) for walls and roof in mineral wool (ISO A - non-combustible) and heating for frost-free storage. W Water law tested, one piece 5 mm spill pallet (to density 1.9 g/cm³) with easily removable hot dip galvanised grids (load capacity: 1250 kg/m²). p R e R e Q u i s i T e s F o R s T o R i n G F L A M M A B L e L i Q u i d s (Flashpoint ≤ 60 °C, classified as H226, H225 or H224) W Create equipotential bonding (earthing) (connection point provided); if required provide lightning protection W Country-specific requirements for air exchange rate W When a PE inliner is fitted: galvanised fluid guides all around ensure any leaked substances are safely diverted to the spill pallet. W Door equipment: 1-wing in narrow version or 2-wing in wide version. W 100 mm clearance for access underneath using a hand operated electric stacker. W Natural ventilation provided by weather-protected, all round openings. W Security lock for protection against unauthorised access. W Precise roof drainage via the sides (front and back). W Crane eyes as standard for safe transport to the installation site. W Specifications in accordance with HSG71 W Specifications in accordance with ATEX Directive 2014/34/EU 182 w w w . d e n i o s . c o . u k / e n G i n e e R i n G

183

1 e G A R o T s L A i R e T A M s u o d R A Z A h Technical data Model Storage capacity IBC / CP / EP / Drum Sump Volume [l] External dimensions W x D x H [mm]* Internal dimensions W x D x H [mm] Weight* [kg] *Actual container dimensions will vary depending on choice of door type and optional equipment. SolidMaxx C 1.1 1 / 1 / 1 / 4 1513 1710 x 1590 x 2360 1350 x 1315 x 1455 570 SolidMaxx C 2.1 2 / 2 / 3 / 8 1365 2900 x 1590 x 2060 2540 x 1315 x 1455 810 SolidMaxx CH 1.1 1 / 1 / 1 / 4 1377 1725 x 1890 x 2570 1400 x 1630 x 1830 610 SolidMaxx CH 2.1 2 / 2 / 3 / 8 1323 2990 x 1890 x 2360 2665 x 1630 x 1830 910 Note: Dimensions and weights are approximate and may vary due to optional equipment. Technical changes reserved. Structural analysis The structural calculations for the technical room system are based on Eurocode 3 (EN 1993). The loads on the structure are measured according to Eurocode 1 (EN 1991-1-3) for a characteristic wind load qk,w = 0.585 kN/ m² and a ground snow load sk = 2.5 kN/m². The structure is also designed for earthquake zone 3 according to EN 4149, EN 1998-1:2004. Door designs W 1-wing for SolidMaxx C / CH 1.1. W 2-wing for SolidMaxx C / CH 2.1. W Internal door hook. W Security lock for protection against unauthorised access. e Q u i p M e n T o p T i o n s If you choose the SolidMaxx hazardous materials store, a drum pump or a convenient step provide even more safety and additional comfort. We will be happy to discuss your individual requirements in a personal consultation. Our experts will design a customised solution with you on site. You can find an overview of other equipment options on our website. www.denios.co.uk/equipment Drum pump for pumping flammable liquids. The 1-tread step allows you to easily reach the upper part of a container, for example to use a drum pump. P E R S O N A L A D V I C E : 0 1 9 5 2 8 1 1 9 9 1 183

184

WHS walk-in hazardous materials store The WHS walk-in hazardous materials store offers utmost flexibility: The interior can be designed as desired and adapted precisely to your needs thanks to flexible shelving systems and door positions. For a constant interior climate—even in heat or frost—state-of-the-art heating and cooling technology can be integrated into the thermally insulated version. This ensures that your hazardous materials are optimally protected at all times. 1 e G A R o T s L A i R e T A M s u o d R A Z A h WHS 13 184 w w w . d e n i o s . c o . u k / e n G i n e e R i n G

185

1 e G A R o T s L A i R e T A M s u o d R A Z A h WHS 6s | WHS 7 WHS 11s | WHS 13 WHS 16s | WHS 20 Order no. 275-076-JD The product illustrations show optional equip- ment. We would be happy to create a custom product configuration for you. P E R S O N A L A D V I C E : 0 1 9 5 2 8 1 1 9 9 1 185

186

WHS walk-in hazardous materials store Storage area: approx. 6 to 19 m² The WHS walk-in hazardous materials store offers utmost flexibility: The interior can be designed as desired and adapted precisely to your needs thanks to flexible shelving systems and door positions. For a constant interior climate—even in heat or frost—state-of-the-art heating and cooling technology can be integrated into the thermally insulated version. This ensures that your hazardous materials are optimally protected at all times. 1 e G A R o T s L A i R e T A M s u o d R A Z A h With General Technical Approval valid throughout Germany from the German Institute for Civil Engineering (DIBt) for the storage of liquids in all water hazard classes. Compliance with DIN EN 1090 for manufacturers of load-bearing structures in steel. Product description W Safe and legally compliant storage of substances hazardous to water (WGK 1-3) as well as flammable, toxic and oxidising media W Water law, general building authority approval W Roof and side walls made of cladding with non-combustible insulating panels (mineral fibre boards of building material class A in accordance with EN 13501-1), clad on both sides with coated steel cover sheeting W Double-leaf insulated and lockable door (active leaf on the right) made of galvanised sheet metal cassettes with DIN 18252 / EN 1303 profile cylinder to ensure access restriction in accordance with §8 GefStoffV W High quality 2 layer external paint W Corrosivity class C3-M according to DIN EN 12944, part 1 G u i d e L i n e s F o R s T o R i n G F L A M M A B L e L i Q u i d s W Integrated spill pallet made of hot-dip galvanised steel (S235JR) in accordance with DIN EN 10025 W Installation directly on the on-site foundation without additional substructure W Spill pallet sealing tested in accordance with EN ISO 3452-1 with factory test certificate W Convenient access thanks to low door threshold of 147 mm W Storage surfaces with hot dip galvanised, removable grid shelves W Prepared for the connection of potential equalisation on the customer side (flash point ≤ 60 ° C, classes H226, H225 and H224) W Observe distance from fire loads (mostly min. 10 m) W Create equipotential bonding (earthing) (connection point provided); if required provide lightning protection W Country-specific requirements for air exchange rate W Specifications in accordance with HSG71 W Specifications in accordance with ATEX Directive 2014/34/EU 186 w w w . d e n i o s . c o . u k / e n G i n e e R i n G

187

1 e G A R o T s L A i R e T A M s u o d R A Z A h Technical data Model Storage area [m²] Sump Volume [l] External dimensions W x D x H [mm]* Internal dimensions W x D x H [mm] Weight* [kg] *Actual container dimensions will vary depending on choice of door type and optional equipment. WHS 7 7 870 2804 x 2742 x 2780 2500 x 2500 x 2510 1247 WHS 6s 6 710 2804 x 2302 x 2780 2500 x 2060 x 2510 976 WHS 11s 11 1440 5304 x 2302 x 2780 5000 x 2060 x 2510 1591 WHS 13 13 1750 5304 x 2742 x 2780 5000 x 2500 x 2510 2076 WHS 16s 16 2170 7804 x 2302 x 2780 7500 x 2060 x 2510 2206 WHS 20 19 2630 7804 x 2742 x 2780 7500 x 2500 x 2510 2908 Note: Dimensions and weights are approximate and may vary due to optional equipment. Technical changes reserved. Structural analysis The structural calculations for the technical room system are based on Eurocode 3 (EN 1993). The loads on the structure are measured according to Eurocode 1 (EN 1991-1-3) for a characteristic wind load qk,w = 0.585 kN/ m² and a ground snow load sk = 2.5 kN/m². The structure is also designed for earthquake zone 3 according to EN 4149, EN 1998-1:2004. Shelving Optional shelves can be used to create order for small containers in your hazmat store. The shelves can be stacked. They have three boards (shelves) and are available in two sizes: W 1,000 x 500 mm (W x D, shelf load: 75 kg*, bay load: 225 kg) W 2,000 x 500 mm (W x D, shelf load: 120 kg*, bay load: 360 kg). *Shelf loads are with an evenly distributed load. e Q u i p M e n T o p T i o n s We will clarify with you exactly what you require to fulfil your individual needs with a personal consultation- whether this might be a heating system, or a clearly laid out information board. Our experts will design a customised solution with you on site. You can find an overview of other equipment options on our website. www.denios.co.uk/equipment The 5 kW heating system in nEx design, in combination with the thermal insulation, ensures an internal temperature of + 5 °C at an external temperature of -15 °C. P E R S O N A L A D V I C E : 0 1 9 5 2 8 1 1 9 9 1 187

188

WHG walk-in hazardous materials store The WHG walk-in hazardous materials store can be conveniently loaded due to its low entry height in combination with an access ramp. For example, it could be used as a workshop oil store for small containers and drums. 1 e G A R o T s L A i R e T A M s u o d R A Z A h WHG 360 188 w w w . d e n i o s . c o . u k / e n G i n e e R i n G

189

1 e G A R o T s L A i R e T A M s u o d R A Z A h WHG 210 WHG 320 WHG 250 WHG 360 Order no. 265-970-JD The product illustrations show optional equip- ment. We would be happy to create a custom product configuration for you. P E R S O N A L A D V I C E : 0 1 9 5 2 8 1 1 9 9 1 189

190

WHG walk-in hazardous materials store Storage area approx. 2-15 m² WHG hazardous materials store is one of the most often purchased and proven DENIOS room systems for various sizes of container, from small containers to 205 litre drums. We have also placed great emphasis on user comfort in the entry-level model: the entry height is only 150 mm. The WHG standard version is perfect for passive storage of water-polluting / flammable substances, if safety distances are observed. Flexible equipment options can be added at any time. We have fitted special accessories and ventilation systems for many projects. 1 e G A R o T s L A i R e T A M s u o d R A Z A h With General Technical Approval valid throughout Germany from the German Institute for Civil Engineering (DIBt) for the storage of liquids in all water hazard classes. Compliance with DIN EN 1090 for manufacturers of load- bearing structures in steel. Product description W Approved for storage of water-polluting and flammable substances. W Enclosed construction with walls and roof in corrosion resistant galvanised and painted profile sheets (RAL 5010, gentian blue). W Water law tested, one piece 5 mm spill pallet with easily removable hot dip galvanised grids (max. load capacity: 1,000 kg/m²). W Low entry height of 150 mm. W 2-wing door (with safety lock) on the long side of the room. W Delivered ready assembled. W Crane eyes as standard for safe transport to the installation site W Natural ventilation available on request. G u i d e L i n e s F o R s T o R i n G F L A M M A B L e L i Q u i d s (flash point ≤ 60 ° C, classes H226, H225 and H224) W Observe distance from fire loads (mostly min. 10 m) W Create equipotential bonding (earthing) (connection point provided); if required provide lightning protection W Country-specific requirements for air exchange rate W Specifications in accordance with HSG71 W Specifications in accordance with ATEX Directive 2014/34/EU 190 w w w . d e n i o s . c o . u k / e n G i n e e R i n G

191

1 e G A R o T s L A i R e T A M s u o d R A Z A h Technical data Model Storage area [m²] Sump Volume [l] External dimensions W x D x H [mm]* Internal dimensions W x D x H [mm] Weight* [kg] *Actual container dimensions will vary depending on choice of door type and optional equipment. WHG 210 2 360 2165 x 1028 x 2320 2000 x 830 x 2000 460 WHG 320 6 830 2990 x 2215 x 2235 2830 x 2000 x 2000 870 Note: Dimensions and weights are approximate and may vary due to optional equipment. Technical changes reserved. WHG 250 10 1426 5028 x 2215 x 2235 4830 x 2000 x 2000 1330 WHG 360 15 2224 6028 x 2800 x 2235 5830 x 2590 x 2000 1860 Structural analysis The structural calculations for the technical room system are based on Eurocode 3 (EN 1993). The loads on the structure are measured according to Eurocode 1 (EN 1991-1-3) for a characteristic wind load qk,w = 0.585 kN/ m² and a ground snow load sk = 2.5 kN/m². The structure is also designed for earthquake zone 3 according to EN 4149, EN 1998-1:2004. Shelving Optional shelves can be used to create order for small containers in your hazmat store. The shelves can be stacked. They have three boards (shelves) and are available in two sizes: W 1,000 x 500 mm (W x D, shelf load: 75 kg*, bay load: 225 kg) W 2,000 x 500 mm (W x D, shelf load: 120 kg*, bay load: 360 kg). *Shelf loads are with an evenly distributed load. e Q u i p M e n T o p T i o n s Our tip: SpillGuard® connect detects dangerous leaks and sends an alarm to your smartphone in real time if there is an emergency. This allows you to react immediately, gain valuable time and avoid any subsequent costs. We will be happy to discuss your individual requirements in a personal consultation. Our experts will design a customised solution with you on site. You can find an overview of other equipment options on our website. www.denios.co.uk/equipment Spillguard® connect leak detection system. PE inliner for alkalis or acids (storage class 8), dissipative version available. P E R S O N A L A D V I C E : 0 1 9 5 2 8 1 1 9 9 1 191

192

WFP walk-in fire-rated storage container The WFP fire-rated store can be used, for example, for storing paints and solvents (H226-H224) in small containers and drums. A monitored air-conditioning system ensures consistent quality of the temperature-sensitive substances. 1 e G A R o T s L A i R e T A M s u o d R A Z A h WFP-X 22 192 w w w . d e n i o s . c o . u k / e n G i n e e R i n G

193

1 e G A R o T s L A i R e T A M s u o d R A Z A h WFP-X 6 WFP-X 10 WFP-X 14 Further variants In addition to the models shown here, variants for indoor installation with a lower room height (WFP-M) are available. WFP-X 22 Order no. 265-966-JD The product illustrations show optional equip- ment. We would be happy to create a custom product configuration for you. P E R S O N A L A D V I C E : 0 1 9 5 2 8 1 1 9 9 1 193

194

1 WFP walk-in fire-rated storage container Storage area approx. 6-22 m² In the WFP walk-in fire-rated store, which is also available as an international version, flammable liquids can be stored in a variety of ways. Thanks to its fire protection approval, the hazardous materials store can be integrated directly into your infrastructure without the need for safety distances, either indoors or outdoors. Six product models allow optimal adaptation to the individual installation requirements. e G A R o T s L A i R e T A M s u o d R A Z A h With General Technical Approval valid throughout Germany from the German Institute for Civil Engineering (DIBt) for the storage of liquids in all water hazard classes. ETA approval / CE marking according to European Regulation (EU) No. 305/2011. Product description W Walk-in hazardous materials store for small containers and 205 litre drums. W For the safe storage, dispensing or removal of flammable and water- polluting substances. W Install directly next to the external wall of neighbouring buildings or as a fire-rated separate area, e.g. in a production hall. Exception: peroxide stores. W Water law tested, one piece, hot dip galvanised 5 mm spill pallet with removable grids (max. load capacity: 1,000 kg/m²). W Long-lasting corrosion protection with fully-galvanised base material and high-quality 2K paint (RAL 9002, grey-white). W Fire protection panels with high insulation properties (thickness 100 mm, A class material, non-combustible). p R e R e Q u i s i T e s F o R s T o R i n G F L A M M A B L e L i Q u i d s (Flashpoint ≤ 60 °C, classified as H226, H225 or H224) W Create equipotential bonding (earthing) (connection point provided); if required provide lightning protection W Country-specific requirements for air exchange rate W Lockable, self-closing EI₂ 90-C fire-rated doors to EN 13501-2, tested in accordance with EN 1634-1, or country-specific design (EI₂ 120 or EI₁ 60) with a door opening angle of 90 ° / 115 °. W 1-wing door (W x H: 1,250 x 2,000 mm) or 2-wing door (W x H: 2,000 x 2,000 mm), either on the short or long side of the store in the steps provided. W For 2-wing doors, the door sequence controller ensures reliable closure of the doors. W Removable crane eyes for safe use with a crane and transport safety device. W Available in two heights: clear internal height: WFP-X = 2,500 mm, WFP- M = 2,280 mm. W Specifications in accordance with HSG71 W Specifications in accordance with ATEX Directive 2014/34/EU 194 w w w . d e n i o s . c o . u k / e n G i n e e R i n G

195

1 e G A R o T s L A i R e T A M s u o d R A Z A h Technical data Model Storage area [m²] Sump Volume [l] External dimensions W x D x H [mm]* Internal dimensions W x D x H [mm] Weight* [kg] *Actual container dimensions will vary depending on choice of door type and optional equipment. WFP-M 14 14 1980 5938 x 2878 x 2789 5500 x 2560 x 2280 4000 WFP-M 6 6 930 3018 x 2784 x 2655 2580 x 2560 x 2280 2490 WFP-X 6 6 930 3018 x 2784 x 2875 2580 x 2560 x 2500 2550 WFP-X 10 10 1450 4478 x 2784 x 2921 4040 x 2560 x 2500 3260 WFP-X 14 14 1980 5938 x 2878 x 3009 5500 x 2560 x 2500 4100 WFP-X 22 22 3000 8858 x 2878 x 3009 8420 x 2560 x 2500 5450 Note: Dimensions and weights are approximate and may vary due to optional equipment. Technical changes reserved. Structural analysis The structural calculations for the technical room system are based on Eurocode 3 (EN 1993). The loads on the structure are measured according to Eurocode 1 (EN 1991-1-3) for a characteristic wind load qk,w = 0.585 kN/m² and a ground snow load sk = 2.5 kN/m². The structure is also designed for earthquake zone 3 according to EN 4149, EN 1998-1:2004. With additional equipment up to wind load zone 4 with terrain category I (qk,w = 1.064 kN/ m²) or up to ground snow load sk = 5.86 kN/m². Roof drainage The roof drainage counteracts loads from standing water on the roof. The rainwater is directed via the roof profile to the two short sides of the room and is channeled to an outlet either through the right or left corner profile or through both. From there, it can be directed to a drainage system on site, e.g. via a drainage pipe. e Q u i p M e n T o p T i o n s For maximum comfort and improved safety, we have developed the Communication Bar. You'll have all the important information here at a glance. We will be happy to discuss with you in person which other equipment might be suitable. Our experts will design a customised solution with you on site. You can find an overview of other equipment options on our website. www.denios.co.uk/equipment An earthing rail on the inside in conjunction with an earthing pin on the outside ensure the necessary potential equalisation. Crane system for lifting and transporting heavy loads within the room system. P E R S O N A L A D V I C E : 0 1 9 5 2 8 1 1 9 9 1 195

196

RFP 115 compact fire-rated storage container The RFP 115 fire-rated storage container, in combination with a pressure relief system and cooling system, is ideally suited for storing organic peroxides outdoors. 1 e G A R o T s L A i R e T A M s u o d R A Z A h RFP 115-2 196 w w w . d e n i o s . c o . u k / e n G i n e e R i n G

197

1 e G A R o T s L A i R e T A M s u o d R A Z A h RFP 115-10 RFP 115-2 P E R S O N A L A D V I C E : 0 1 9 5 2 8 1 1 9 9 1 197 The product illustrations show optional equip- ment. We would be happy to create a custom product configuration for you.

198

RFP 115 compact fire-rated storage container Storage capacity for up to 4 drums or 1 IBC Not every company needs a large store for safely housing hazardous materials. The RFP 115 fire-rated storage container offers a sturdy, fire-rated design with minimal footprint. On request, up to three additional shelves can be supplied so that you can make optimum use of the interior space. 1 e G A R o T s L A i R e T A M s u o d R A Z A h RFP 115-10 RFP Base 115-2 With General Technical Approval valid throughout Germany from the German Institute for Civil Engineering (DIBt) for the storage of liquids in all water hazard classes. ETA approval / CE marking according to European Regulation (EU) No. 305/2011. Product description W The space saving solution for storage of hazardous substances near to production, or decentralised, if required for safety or logistical reasons. W For the safe storage, dispensing or removal of flammable and water- polluting substances. W Install directly next to the external wall of neighbouring buildings or as a fire-rated separate area, e.g. in a production hall. Exception: peroxide stores. W Steel spill pallet with removable hot dip galvanised grids (max. load capacity: 1,250 kg/m²). W Long-lasting corrosion protection with fully-galvanised base material and high-quality 2K paint (RAL 9002, grey-white). W Fire protection panels (A class material, non-combustible) with high insulation properties. W Lockable, self closing 1-wing fire-rated EI₂ 90-C door to EN 13501-2, tested in accordance with EN 1634-1, or country-specific design (EI₁ 60 or EI₂ 120) with a door opening angle of 90 ° / 115 °. W If required with up to three additional shelves. p R e R e Q u i s i T e s F o R s T o R i n G F L A M M A B L e L i Q u i d s (Flashpoint ≤ 60 °C, classified as H226, H225 or H224) W Create equipotential bonding (earthing) (connection point provided); if required provide lightning protection W Country-specific requirements for air exchange rate W Specifications in accordance with HSG71 W Specifications in accordance with ATEX Directive 2014/34/EU 198 w w w . d e n i o s . c o . u k / e n G i n e e R i n G

199

Technical data Model Storage capacity IBC / CP / EP / Drum Sump Volume [l] External dimensions W x D x H [mm]* Bay dimensions W x D x H [mm] Weight* [kg] *Actual container dimensions will vary depending on choice of door type and optional equipment. RFP 115-2 1 / 1 / 1 / 4 349 1976 x 1784 x 2629 1538 x 1560 x 2333 1075 Note: Dimensions and weights are approximate and may vary due to optional equipment. Technical changes reserved. 1 e G A R o T s L A i R e T A M s u o d R A Z A h RFP 115-10 1 / 1 / 1 / 4 1100 1976 x 1784 x 2629 1538 x 1560 x 1775 1075 Structural analysis The structural calculations for the technical room system are based on Eurocode 3 (EN 1993). The loads on the structure are measured according to Eurocode 1 (EN 1991-1-3) for a characteristic wind load qk,w = 0.585 kN/m² and a ground snow load sk = 2.5 kN/m². The structure is also designed for earthquake zone 3 according to EN 4149, EN 1998-1:2004. With additional equipment up to wind load zone 4 with terrain category I (qk,w = 1.064 kN/m²) or up to ground snow load sk = 5.86 kN/m². Roof drainage The roof drainage counteracts loads from standing water on the roof. The rainwater is directed via the roof profile to the two short sides of the room and is channeled to an outlet either through the right or left corner profile or through both. From there, it can be directed to a drainage system on site, e.g. via a drainage pipe. e Q u i p M e n T o p T i o n s DENIOS fire-rated stores WFP and RFP can also be equipped with pressure relief via roof panel. It ensures controlled pressure equalisation in the event of an explosion. Get in touch: we will be happy to discuss your individual requirements in a personal consultation. Our experts will design a customised solution with you on site, offering high levels of safety and maximum convenience. You can find an overview of other equipment options on our website. www.denios.co.uk/equipment In the event of an explosion, the pressure is relieved via the roof panel. The weather protection prevents snow loads affecting operation. The RFP 115 can be equipped with an air conditioning unit that guarantees indoor temperatures of +15 °C with an outdoor temperature of up to -15 °C or +20 °C with an outdoor temperature of up to +35 °C in the standard version. P E R S O N A L A D V I C E : 0 1 9 5 2 8 1 1 9 9 1 199

200

RFP fire-rated storage container with shelving RFP fire-rated storage containers are ideally suited for storing large quantities of hazardous materials. In the accessible version, they can also be loaded with a high-lift truck. Outdoor lighting with motion sensor ensures good visibility. 1 e G A R o T s L A i R e T A M s u o d R A Z A h 200 w w w . d e n i o s . c o . u k / e n G i n e e R i n G

201

1 e G A R o T s L A i R e T A M s u o d R A Z A h RFP 315.20 RFP 315.30 RFP 615.20 RFP 615.30 RFP 615.30 Order no. 265-967-JD The product illustrations show optional equip- ment. We would be happy to create a custom product configuration for you. P E R S O N A L A D V I C E : 0 1 9 5 2 8 1 1 9 9 1 201

202

1 RFP fire-rated storage container with shelving Storage capacity for up to 32 drums or 8 IBCs RFP fire-rated storage container with shelving is the best option when larger quantities of hazardous materials or larger containers need to be accommodated. Thanks to an integrated heavy-duty rack with adjustable storage levels, optimum use can be made of the interior space, storing hazardous materials individually, in boxes, on pallets or on special carrier frames. The 2-wing doors allow generous, convenient access and facilitate loading and unloading. The integrated roof drainage system drains rainwater via the short sides of the room system. e G A R o T s L A i R e T A M s u o d R A Z A h With General Technical Approval valid throughout Germany from the German Institute for Civil Engineering (DIBt) for the storage of liquids in all water hazard classes. ETA approval / CE marking according to European Regulation (EU) No. 305/2011. Product description W Best option when larger quantities of hazardous materials need to be stored in a separate fire compartment and no safety clearances to avoid exposure to fire on both sides can be maintained. W For the storage, dispensing or removal of flammable and water- polluting substances. W Install directly next to the external wall of neighbouring buildings or as a fire-rated separate area (REI 90), e.g. in a production hall. Exception: peroxide stores. W On request available with variable shelf heights. W Water law tested, one-piece, hot-dip galvanised 5 mm spill pallet in the lower storage level. W Storage levels fitted with removable, hot-dip galvanised grids (max. load capacity 1,250 kg/m²). W Long-lasting corrosion protection with fully-galvanised base material and high-quality 2K paint (RAL 9002, grey-white). W Fire protection panels with high insulation properties (thickness 100 mm, A class material, non-combustible). W Lockable, self-closing EI₂ 90-C wing doors on the long side meeting EN 13501-2, tested to EN 1634-1 or country-specific design with a door opening angle of 90 ° / 102 °/ 115 °/ 128 °. W Accessible-underneath versions are installed on a separately-supplied concrete pad. This means they can easily be loaded with a high-lift truck, for example. For the wide version (RFP 615.20 and .30), the store has two concrete pads of the same size. p R e R e Q u i s i T e s F o R s T o R i n G F L A M M A B L e L i Q u i d s (Flashpoint ≤ 60 °C, classified as H226, H225 or H224) W Create equipotential bonding (earthing) (connection point provided); if required provide lightning protection W Country-specific requirements for air exchange rate W Specifications in accordance with HSG71 W Specifications in accordance with ATEX Directive 2014/34/EU 202 w w w . d e n i o s . c o . u k / e n G i n e e R i n G

203

1 e G A R o T s L A i R e T A M s u o d R A Z A h Technical data Model Storage capacity IBC / CP / EP / Drum Containment volume [L] External dimensions W x D x H [mm]* Bay dimensions W x D x H [mm] Bay dimensions top W x D x H [mm] Weight* [kg] *Actual container dimensions will vary depending on choice of door type and optional equipment. RFP 315.20 2 / 2 / 3 / 8 1400 3660 x 1784 x 2630 2917 x 1440 x 1954 – 2420 RFP 315.30 4 / 4 / 6 / 16 1400 3660 x 1784 x 3575 2700 x 1440 x 1331 2700 x 1235 x 1392 2980 RFP 615.20 4 / 4 / 6 / 16 2800 6882 x 1784 x 2649 2917 x 1440 x 1954 – 4360 RFP 615.30 8 / 8 / 12 / 32 2800 6882 x 1784 x 3594 2700 x 1440 x 1331 2700 x 1235 x 1392 5370 Note: Dimensions and weights are approximate and may vary due to optional equipment. Technical changes reserved. Structural analysis The structural calculations for the technical room system are based on Eurocode 3 (EN 1993). The loads on the structure are measured according to Eurocode 1 (EN 1991-1-3) for a characteristic wind load qk,w = 0.585 kN/m² and a ground snow load sk = 2.5 kN/m². The structure is also designed for earthquake zone 3 according to EN 4149, EN 1998-1:2004. With additional equipment up to wind load zone 4 with terrain category I (qk,w = 1.064 kN/ m²) or up to ground snow load sk = 5.86 kN/m². Roof drainage The roof drainage counteracts loads from standing water on the roof. The rainwater is directed via the roof profile to the two short sides of the room and is channeled to an outlet either through the right or left corner profile or through both. From there, it can be directed to a drainage system on site, e.g. via a drainage pipe. e Q u i p M e n T o p T i o n s Whether you need access underneath or fire bulkheads for cable systems and pipes - equipment plays a decisive role in the individual product configuration. Our experts will discuss your requirements with you on site and develop a custom-fit solution. You can find an overview of other equipment options on our website. www.denios.co.uk/equipment Versions that have access from underneath are installed on a separately-supplied concrete pad. The number and height of the adjustment levels can be customised, e.g. for the retention of boxes containing lithium batteries. P E R S O N A L A D V I C E : 0 1 9 5 2 8 1 1 9 9 1 203

204

RFP SD fire-rated storage container No fire-rated store offers more storage capacity for large containers than RFP SD with large, practical sliding doors. Flammable media can be stored, even indoors. 1 e G A R o T s L A i R e T A M s u o d R A Z A h RFP 815.30 SD 204 w w w . d e n i o s . c o . u k / e n G i n e e R i n G

205

1 e G A R o T s L A i R e T A M s u o d R A Z A h A T E NT P E D 3 605 2 D E P E R S O N A L A D V I C E : 0 1 9 5 2 8 1 1 9 9 1 205

206

1 RFP SD fire-rated storage container Storage capacity for up to 48 drums or 12 IBCs RFP SD fire-rated storage container with sliding doors offers fire protection for large quantities of hazardous substances, stored in drums or IBCs. The larger size of the sliding doors gives you up to 50 % more storage capacity than the wing door variant. In addition, the door opening radius is eliminated, which extends the working area in front of the room system. When installed outdoors, there is therefore no risk of the doors slamming shut unintentionally due to wind loads. In the version with electric sliding doors RFP SD-ED, the doors can be easily opened and closed by remote control from the forklift. e G A R o T s L A i R e T A M s u o d R A Z A h With General Technical Approval valid throughout Germany from the German Institute for Civil Engineering (DIBt) for the storage of liquids in all water hazard classes. ETA approval / CE marking according to European Regulation (EU) No. 305/2011. Product description W Best option when larger quantities of hazardous materials need to be stored in a separate fire compartment and no clearance is available. W The larger sliding doors offer up to 50 % more storage capacity. W An open sliding door gives easier access to the fire-rated storage container with shelving than a wing door and improves logistical efficiency; when installed outdoors, there is no risk of the doors slamming shut unintentionally due to wind loads. W The manually or electrically operated fire-rated doors, tested according to EN 16034, close automatically when the fire detectors are triggered. W Install directly next to the external wall of neighbouring buildings or as a fire-rated separate area, e.g. in a production hall. Exception: peroxide stores. p R e R e Q u i s i T e s F o R s T o R i n G F L A M M A B L e L i Q u i d s (Flashpoint ≤ 60 °C, classified as H226, H225 or H224) W Create equipotential bonding (earthing) (connection point provided); if required provide lightning protection W Country-specific requirements for air exchange rate W Base: tested, single-piece spill pallet with easily removable hot-dip galvanised grids. W Water law tested, two piece, hot dip galvanised 5 mm spill pallet in the lower storage level, with removable grids (max. load capacity: 1,250 kg/ m²). W Long-lasting corrosion protection with fully-galvanised base material and high-quality 2K paint (RAL 9002, grey-white). W Fire protection panels with high insulation properties (thickness 100 mm, A class material, non-combustible). W Equipotential bonding with earthing through the steel frame construction. W Specifications in accordance with HSG71 W Specifications in accordance with ATEX Directive 2014/34/EU 206 w w w . d e n i o s . c o . u k / e n G i n e e R i n G

207

Technical data Model Storage capacity IBC / CP / EP / Drum Sump Volume [l] External dimensions W x D x H [mm]* Bay dimensions W x D x H [mm] Weight* [kg] *Actual container dimensions will vary depending on choice of door type and optional equipment. RFP 815.30 SD 12 / 12 / 16 / 48 1720 9410 x 2238 x 3594 3900 x 1440 x 1300 7900 Note: Dimensions and weights are approximate and may vary due to optional equipment. Technical changes reserved. 1 e G A R o T s L A i R e T A M s u o d R A Z A h RFP 825.30 SD 12 / 12 / 8 - 32 / 48 1720 9342 x 2995 x 3594 3900 x 2200 x 1300 9500 Structural analysis The structural calculations for the technical room system are based on Eurocode 3 (EN 1993). The loads on the structure are measured according to Eurocode 1 (EN 1991-1-3) for a characteristic wind load qk,w = 0.585 kN/ m² and a ground snow load sk = 2.5 kN/m². The structure is also designed for earthquake zone 3 according to EN 4149, EN 1998-1:2004. With ad- ditional equipment up to wind load zone 4 with terrain category I (qk,w = 1.064 kN/m²) or up to ground snow load sk = 5.86 kN/m². Roof drainage The roof drainage counteracts loads from standing water on the roof. The rainwater is directed via the roof profile to the two short sides of the room and is channeled to an outlet either through the right or left corner profile or through both. From there, it can be directed to a drainage system on site, e.g. via a drainage pipe. e Q u i p M e n T o p T i o n s With fire-rated stores, safety is of prime importance. Add electric sliding doors with remote control, optional video surveillance or an aerosol extinguishing system to increase safety. Our experts will discuss your requirements with you on site and develop a custom-fit solution. You can find an overview of other equipment options on our website. www.denios.co.uk/equipment The air flow monitor monitors the effectiveness of the technical ventilation. The water mist sprinkler minimises the use of extinguishing water to fight fires involving sensitive hazardous materials. P E R S O N A L A D V I C E : 0 1 9 5 2 8 1 1 9 9 1 207

208

1 e G A R o T s L A i R e T A M s u o d R A Z A h Lithium battery fire protection rooms The potential danger of improper handling of lithium batteries is significantly increased. Chemical reactions, fire, and in the worst case, battery explosions – each individual incident poses a risk to employees and the environment. And this may result in considerable financial losses and production downtime. Organisational and structural protective measures help to limit the hazard potential at an early stage. Technical containers from DENIOS- offer exactly the equipment you need for the safe retention of lithium batteries and can withstand the enormous fire load for 90 or 120 minutes in an emergency. Battery Storage Systems Saving energy, but safely Battery storage systems with lithium-ion technology make an important contribution to the energy transition. However, the technology also requires a conscious approach to the danger of a thermal runaway - ideally in the form of a safety or fire protection concept. The technology container provides a safe enclosure for the battery storage technology thanks to an integrated drip pan and measures such as fire protection, extinguishing systems and temperature regulation. This protects both the technology and the environment from potential dangers. With DENIOS- you have the choice between technical containers with integrated battery storage technology or technical containers for housing your own battery technology. POWER SAFE The walk-in POWER SAFE with certified fire protection (REI 90 / REI 120) offers a separate fire compartment indoors or outdoors. www.denios.co.uk/power-safe POWER STORE The POWER STORE battery storage system is equipped with comprehensive security features equipped and suitable for outdoor use. www.denios.co.uk/power-store Own battery technology in the technical container Do you already have the battery technology, but not yet a suitable container? We offer you the right technology container for a safe overall system. www.denios.co.uk/customer-provided-battery- system 208 w w w . d e n i o s . c o . u k / e n G i n e e R i n G

209

1 e G A R o T s L A i R e T A M s u o d R A Z A h The walk-in storage solution WFP Li-Ion You need a manual storage system for smaller battery sizes that do not require a forklifts for stock loading and unloading. You might want to safely store a larger piece of equipment or an electric vehicle (e.g. proto- type and test equipment). The storage room should fulfil another function, for example, it should serve as an analysis laboratory, enable convenient charging of batteries, or serve as temporary storage for shipping or defective batteries. The walk-in and fire-resistant WFP Li-Ion technical container offers a convenient solution for all these scenarios. The spacious shelving solution RFP Li-Ion The fire-resistant RFP Li-Ion technology container is the best choice when larger quantities or larger-sized lithium batteries need to be stored. An integrated heavy duty rack with adjustable shelves allows the best possible use to be made of the inner room. The loading surfaces are removable hot dip galvanised grids. They suit the most varied storage options, e.g. individual storage or storage in boxes, on pallets or special carrier frames. The room system offers the greatest possible accessibility thanks to double-leaf doors and optimum utilisation of the room height for convenient storage and retrieval. The compact storage solution RFP 115 Li-Ion The space-saving solution for the retention of lithium batteries: the RFP 115 Li-Ion technology container offers high flexibility with minimal space requirements. If required, it can be equipped with a variable number of fixed or pull-out shelves, allowing different pallet/carton/battery sizes to be stored. Maximum storage capacity in RFP SD Li-Ion The fire-resistant RFP SD Li-Ion technical container offers more storage capacity than conventional models thanks to its large sliding doors. The doors do not block any paths, do not slam shut uncontrollably in windy outdoor areas and close automatically in the event of a fire. This increases workplace safety and enables efficient logistics. The system is available in two depths. The RFP 825 SD Li-Ion version with a shelf depth of 2200 mm is particularly interesting for the automotive industry. Order no. 263-172-JD Order no. 263-173-JD Order no. 263-174-JD Order no. 273-657-JD P E R S O N A L A D V I C E : 0 1 9 5 2 8 1 1 9 9 1 209

210

T H E R M O T E C H N O L O G Y F R O M D E N I O S V A R I E D – E F F I C I E N T – S A F E To bring substances to a specific temperature level, energy must first be supplied to the process, e.g. in the form of electric current. The supplied energy is then converted into thermal energy for heating, cooling or air-conditioning, which is transferred from a material flow (e.g. air) to the products via heat exchanger. High energy efficiency saves money. DENIOS thermotechnology ensures the crucial, precise energy transfer and optimum thermal insulation required. U G u i d e s U A R T i c L e s U F A Q U c h e c k L i s T s U V i d e o s U w h i T e p A p e R s U i n T e R V i e w s U A n d M u c h M o R e ! www.denios.co.uk/thermotechnology B R o c h u R e G u i d e s " h e A T i n G c h A M B e R s - h e A T i n G s u B s T A n c e s i n d R u M s A n d i B c s " Discover in this brochure how our heating chambers make your processes faster, more efficient and safer: W Three standard models with unique strengths W Comparison m of flow principles for optimum heat exchange W Wide range of equipment options for every requirement W Project solutions: from the blueprint to the ready-to-operate annex " p L A n n i n G h e A T i n G c h A M B e R s c o R R e c T LY " The planning of a heat chamber often throws up many questions. In our new guide, we use eight questions to provide you with the planning factors you need when investing in preparation equipment for heating materials for further processing in production. www.denios.co.uk/heating-chamber-brochure www.denios.co.uk/heating-chamber-selection p R o d u c T p R o d u c T c o o L i n G A n d A i R c o n d i T i o n i n G s Y s T e M s We place particular emphasis on energy efficiency in our cooling and air conditioning systems. Uniform insulation properties over the entire outer shell and the use of building components with low temperature transitions achieve a reduction in energy consumption of up to 50 %. Temperature ranges from 0 °C to 35 °C are covered, with cooling or air conditioning equipment depending on requirements. Shelving systems or walk-in room systems are available with a storage capacity of up to 16 IBCs or 24 x 205 litre drums. T h e R i G h T T e c h n o L o G Y F o R Y o u R T e M p e R A T u R e R e Q u i R e M e n T s With the free DENIOS "Thermotechnology selection guide", you can find the right solution in just a few steps: W For target temperatures from >5°C to 150°C W Both storage solutions and heat chambers (e.g. for substance preparation) W Concrete solutions even for special requirements www.denios.co.uk/equipment www.denios.co.uk/thermotechnology- selection-guide 210 w w w . d e n i o s . c o . u k / e n G i n e e R i n G

211

F R O M P R A C T I C E I T ' S T H E I N T E R N A L T E M P E R A T U R E V A L U E S T H A T C O U N T Our customer BP produces Castrol and Aral brand engine and transmission oils used in cars and trucks at its lubricants plant in Hamburg-Neuhof. Castrol's on- site development centre works closely with major car manufacturers to develop more efficient lubricant solutions for new generations of engines. T h e c h A L L e n G e Let's first take a metaphor to illustrate the task:the Sunday joint is put in the oven to roast. We set the temperature.Now we need to wait. Once the pre-set circulating air temperature is reached,it’s maintained at a constant level. But what about the temperature in the centre of the joint? BP Europe SE in Hamburg was also faced with a similar question- even though this time they were not worried about a Sunday roast,but the sophisticated lubricant Castrol®. During production, the product is heated and the qualitymust remain constantly high. The circulating air temperature and also the core temperatureof each individual container are recorded and documented in averifiable manner, so that it’s just what an engine needs. T h e s o L u T i o n DENIOS developed a solution for BP Europe SE which metall the challenges. Two DENIOS heat chambers, each with two independentlycontrolled heating rooms, provide four different temperaturelevels for various substances. The circulating air temperature is permanently recorded andreliably transmitted with the aid of an evaluation section. Resistance thermometers with radio measurement transmissionare inserted into every container. The DENIOS Premium controller ensures an exact temperature,by determining the ACTUAL temperatures of the product at regularand freely programmable intervals and sending them to the evaluationunit and the control room.Telegram coding ensures interference-free transmission. The temperature data is transferred loss-free from the receiverunit to a data logger and displayed in parameterisable diagramson a TFT colour display. The paperless recorder with audit trail function ensuresmanipulation-free data history. This enables reliable quality assessment- whether for internal or external auditing. B e n e F i T s F o R o u R c u s T o M e R s By partitioning the heating rooms, different temperature levelscan be used and monitored for production in a compact space. This provides the customer with high levels of flexibilityand saves both time and space. The modern monitoring sensors and control technologyensure permanent quality control and documentation. This ensures our customer can keep the manufacturingprocess both lean and safe. P E R S O N A L A D V I C E : 0 1 9 5 2 8 1 1 9 9 1 211

212

1 e G A R o T s L A i R e T A M s u o d R A Z A h Heated containers DENIOS heating chambers are used for temperatures from >35 °C to 150 °C and have 100 mm thick EI 120 insulation as well as a drip tray in accordance with AwSV as standard. There are various types of heating to choose from: electric current, hot water steam, hot water or customised heat exchangers. Application-specific solutions are available for special requirements such as explosion protection, fire protection, high hygiene requirements or customised dimensions. www.denios.co.uk/heating- chambers Heating chamber HB (Heating Box) Thanks to perfected air circulation and insulation, the HB heating chamber offers fast heat-up times and high energy efficiency up to 120°C. With space for up to two IBCs or eight drums and the ability to be driven under by hand or forklift truck, it can be used flexibly. The modern PLC control system ensures precise process regulation, while the DIBt-approved drip tray guarantees safety and environmental friendliness. W Efficient heating up to 120°C W Perfected air routing and insulation ensure fast heat-up times and high efficiency W Modern PLC control with high process accuracy W Can be accessed underneath for flexible operation with a pallet stacker or forklift truck W Spill pallet according to DIBt (applied for) Order no. 274-973-JD 212 w w w . d e n i o s . c o . u k / e n G i n e e R i n G

213

1 e G A R o T s L A i R e T A M s u o d R A Z A h Heating chamber WK Capacity for up to 12 IBCs or 48 drums W Constant substance preparation in fixed temperature ranges up to a maximum of 150°C (higher temperatures on request). W Heating with saturated steam, electrical energy, heat carrying oil or hot water. W Suitable for indoor and outdoor use W Various ATEX designs are available. W The panels are galvanised and painted, the spill pallet is in steel and painted (with PE or stainless steel insert if required). W If required, as GMP-compliant design or fully bespoke to your individual requirements. W Different storage capacity options available on request. Heating chamber HC (Heating Chamber) Capacity for up to 12 IBCs or 40 drums W The entire chamber is evenly supplied with heat for maximum temperature accuracy. W Energy-efficient and rapid heating is achieved through an optimised air circulation principle. W The cladding on all sides is made of high-quality sandwich elements consisting of an energy- efficient, non-combustible insulating core. W Incl. appliance protection: Both the control unit and a self-contained safety temperature limiter, which switches off the heating if an adjustable temperature is exceeded, ensure protection against excessive temperatures in the event of a fault. W Roof drainage is targeted via two possible outlet nozzles on the left and right at the rear of the chamber. Stainless steel heating chamber For any container types and sizes W Suitable for cleanroom applications in the pharmaceutical and food sectors W The stainless steel design enables optimum cleaning processes to be used W Optional GMP-compliant documentation W Optional spill pallet W Optional equipment Modular heating chamber For any container types and sizes W Modular construction from standard profile and wall elements W Scalable to any size W Several chambers can be combined to save space W Various door designs possible W Any heating modes (heat exchanger) W Optional spill pallet(s) with containment volume up to 1000 l W Optional further equipment, Ex-design W On-site installation by trained DENIOS installation specialists Order no. 263-175-JD Order no. 274-990-JD Order no. 274-835-JD Order no. 274-959-JD P E R S O N A L A D V I C E : 0 1 9 5 2 8 1 1 9 9 1 213

214

H A N D L I N G H A Z A R D O U S M A T E R I A L S When it comes to hazardous materials handling, there is only one theme which is of central importance: work safety. Especially in EX zones, professional safety equipment is essential. At DENIOS, we think of every detail. This is why we offer a large range of pumps, mixers, drum accessories and handling systems. Like our new drum 214 w w w . d e n i o s . c o . u k / s h o p

215

lifter Secu EX, which we developed for EX zones, all of our products meet the highest safety standards. If something gets spilled, reach for our DENSORB range of products. p u M p s Pumps p u M p s Y s T e M Pump systems M i X e R s Mixers Forklift attachments 218 Drum lifters Drum lifters with explosion protection 234 236 s A M p L e R Sampler G A s c Y L i n d e R h A n d L i n G Gas cylinder handling h e A T i n G s Y s T e M s F o R d R u M s A n d i B c s Heating jackets and drum heaters Heating belts and base heating plates for drums 242 247 A B s o R B e n T M A T e R i A L s DENSORB absorbent materials and oil barriers DENSORB leak emergency spill kits e A R T h i n G c A B L e s A n d e A R T h i n G c L A M p s Earthing cables and earthing systems d R u M h A n d L i n G Drum accessories, drum taps and drum funnels FALCON drum and IBC funnel Drum dollies and drum trolleys Drum tongs and drum hangers 248 252 258 268 276 L e A k A G e M A n A G e M e n T SpillGuard® hazardous material leak warning system Drain sealing system Leak containment systems Spill trays and door seals Safety drums and drum overpacks Barriers for doors and gates 278 282 288 262 291 294 316 330 332 340 342 344 346 E x P E R T A D V I C E A N D O R D E R L I N E : 0 1 9 5 2 8 1 1 9 9 1 215

216

D E N I O S M A G A Z I N E A L L Y O U N E E D T O K N O W A B O U T P U M P S Pumps from DENIOS enable safe, customised dispensing from a drum or container into smaller containers or receptacles of any kind. Depending on requirements, pumps are optimised for different hazardous materials and are available in various designs. The different immersion depths of the various pumps meet individual requirements. U G u i d e s U A R T i c L e s U F A Q U c h e c k L i s T s U V i d e o s U w h i T e p A p e R s U i n T e R V i e w s U A n d M u c h M o R e ! www.denios.co.uk/magazine F A Q G u i d e s A n Y o n e w h o h A n d L e s , u s e s o R " o n LY " s T o R e s T h e p e R F e c T p u M p : 3 Q u e s T i o n s Y o u s h o u L d h A Z A R d o u s M A T e R i A L s c A n n o T A V o i d i T A s k Y o u R s e L F B e F o R e B u Y i n G . The risk assessment. It has been the central element in workplace safety and health for 25 years. In our FAQ we have compiled the answers to the most frequently asked questions on the subject of "risk assessment for hazardous materials". W Which substance is to be pumped? W Which pump drive is required for the application? W From which container will dispensing take place? It's easy to find the right pump. www.denios.co.uk/faq-risk-assessment www.denios.co.uk/3questions-pumps A R T i c L e s p u M p F i n d e R T i p s A n d A c c e s s o R i e s F o R s A F e A n d d o n ’ T s e A R c h , F i n d ! e c o n o M i c A L p u M p i n G Find the right product - quickly and easily, with just a few clicks. For optimum results when dispensing, DENIOS offers a wide range of accessories. Here you will find, for example, flowmeters, level indicators or drum wedges for inclining drums for optimum emptying. Drum pumps generally have a suitable drum thread for each application or to suit the container material. For all other applications we have suitable thread adapters in our range for common container sizes. www.denios.co.uk/information-pumps www.denios.co.uk/pumps 216 w w w . d e n i o s . c o . u k / s h o p

217

D E N I O S T I P S F O R B E T T E R S A F E T Y W H E N D I S P E N S I N G F R O M D R U M S A L w A Y s R e M e M B e R Y o u R p e R s o n A L p R o T e c T i V e e Q u i p M e n T ( p p e ) Before beginning dispensing or filling tasks, suitable PPE must be worn. This should include safety glasses and protective gloves as a minimum. Depending on the substance to be pumped, you may need an apron or suitable respirator mask. If a worker is working alone, monitoring measures must be taken to provide rapid assistance in the event of an emergency. www.denios.co.uk/ppe T A k e p R e c A u T i o n s T o c A T c h A n Y d R i p s When pulling out the pump, any liquid running out can lead to drips. Safety stands for drum pumps with integrated spill pallets offer reliable protection. Keep suitable absorbent materials close at hand. Place the drum on a spill pallet, use special dispensing platforms and/or use funnels to collect drips. www.denios.co.uk/densorb Manual drum pumps + + – – – – Quick and easy to use Cost-effective Need a lot of energy and time for high flow rates Need a lot of energy and time for viscous substances Sometimes not suitable for high flow rates Not suitable for long term operation See page 220 Electric or pneumatic pumps + + + – Efficient and ergonomic for high flow rates Efficient and ergonomic for viscous substances Suitable for frequent and / or long term operation Pneumatic or power connection required on site See page 224 E x P E R T A D V I C E A N D O R D E R L I N E : 0 1 9 5 2 8 1 1 9 9 1 217

218

R E S I S T A N C E L I S T F O R S E L E C T I N G M A N U A L D R U M P U M P S When selecting the right hand pump it's important to know the container size and type as well as the required pumping capacity together with the suitability of the pump for the medium to be dispensed. The pump must also be resistant to the fluid to be filled. In many areas health and safety and environmental regulations must also be observed e.g. explosion protection. Here you'll find information on common liquids and their relevant chemical-resistant hand pumps. * Stopper in PVC, not in direct contact with the medium Highly flammable/earthing required P o Suitable for the given medium Recommended for the given medium Highly flammable media and solvents Acids and alkali See page 220 See page 222 Hand pumps for mineral oils can be found See page 223 see resistance list. 218 w w w . d e n i o s . c o . u k / s h o p

219

R E S I S T A N C E L I S T F O R S E L E C T I N G A N E L E C T R I C D R U M P U M P The following five variants are also available as a ready to use set. The following catalogue pages contain information on all sets and pumps for the example media as well as other types of pump models and their applications. Here you'll find information on common liquids and their relevant chemical resistant pump sets. Media examples Acetic acid * Ammonia water Antifreeze (Antifrogen) Battery acid Bleaching lye (sodium hypochlorite) Boric acid Butanol / (Butyl alcohol) Calcium chloride Caustic soda (sodium hydroxide) ** Chlorine / Chlorine water Diesel Ethanol (Ethyl alcohol) Ethyl acetate Ferric (III) chloride ** Foaming agent Formaldehyde (Formalin) Formic acid * Glycol (Ethylene glycol) Heating oil Hydrochloric acid Kerosene Lactic acid Lubricants (cooling) Methanol (Methyl alcohol) Methyl glycol Mineral oils Nitric acid Nitro-cellulose combination thinners Perchlorethylene Petrol (unleaded / super) Petroleum / paraffin Phosphoric acid ** Photo developer Potassium permanganate Propanol (propyl alcohol) Isoprop. Seawater Silicone oil Sodium chloride Sodium hypochlorite Sulphuric acid Turpentine Water (dist. / deionised water) Set 1 Set 2 Set 3 Set 4 Set 5 P(1) P(3) P(1) P(1) P(3) P(3) P(3) P(1) P(3) P(2) P(1) P(1) P(3) P(1) P(1) P(2) P(1) P(3) P(2) P(2) P(3) P(1) P(1) P(3) P(1) P(2) P(1) P(3) P(3) P(1) P P P P P P P P P P P P P P P P P P P P P P P P P P P P P P P P P P P P P P P P P P P P P P P P P P P P P P P P P P P P P P P P P P P P P P P P Pump set 1 (PP / stainless steel / PVDF) Acids and alkalis - laboratory use PP: (1) Niro: (2) PVDF: (3) Pump set 2 (PP) Acids and alkalis - industrial applications Pump set 3 (PVDF) Concentrated acids and alkalis Pump set 4 (alu) Mineral oils, lubricants Pump set 5 (stainless steel) Solvents, Ex-proof See page 224 See page 225 See page 225 See page 228 See page 227 Not found your medium? Or have a question? We'd be happy to help - just give us a call! 01952 811 991 * depending on the concentration of the acid, an explosion proof design may be required (Set 5)! ** depending on the concentration, density and viscosity of the liquid, a design with a higher motor performance may be required (Set 2, 3 and 4)! Foodstuff pumps in accordance with EC 1935/2004 and FDA regulations See page 231 s A F e T Y i n e X Z o n e s At DENIOS our product range covers all you will ever need for all aspects of explosion protection. Here's an overview! www.denios.co.uk/ex-protection The following results have been determined by laboratory tests using raw materials. Plastic parts made from the raw materials are often subject to influences which are not able to be recog- nised in laboratory tests. The values given are therefore only recommendations. Claims may not be made based on this information. In case of doubt, we recommend that a test is carried out. In addition to chemical resistance, other relevant regulations e.g. explosion protection will also need to be considered. E x P E R T A D V I C E A N D O R D E R L I N E : 0 1 9 5 2 8 1 1 9 9 1 219

220

Drum pumps manufactured from stainless steel Ideal for pumping flammable liquids W Tested and suitable for EX zone: IIA T4 zone 0 W Good emptying of drum residual due to submerged non-return valve in the base W Submersion pipe Ø 32 mm W Not suitable for acetone W Incl. Drum screw connection in nickel-plated brass for r2" steel fine thread internal (gas-tight screw connection optional) W Please observe the required electrostatic charge conduction with flammable media (e.G. With the anti static set)! 1 Drum pump with extension nozzle, depth: 570 mm Order no. 117-592-JD 2 Drum pump with hose and ball valve, 910 mm immersion depth Order no. 117-664-JD 2 1 2 s L A i R e T A M s u o d R A Z A h G n i L d n A h Immersion depth [mm] Delivery per stroke [l] Design: Drip nozzle Order number Design: PTFE hose Order number Drum pumps manufactured from stainless steel 570 0.35 910 0.50 117-592-JD 117-594-JD 117-663-JD 117-664-JD Please observe the required electrostatic charge conduction with flammable media (e.g. with the anti-static set)! Lever pump, for solvents Pump Model FL 205 pumps many chemicals, solvents and mineral oils e.g. ammonium chloride, butanol, ethyl alcohol, (50%), glycol, hexanol, caustic soda (45%), turpentine, petroleum, two-stroke oil and cold cleaners (please ask for a full resistance list). W High pumping capacity W Telescopic immersion pipe W Viton seals in FKM W With 2” drum thread W With electrically conductive hose (1.5 M), ball valve and nozzle W Suitable for 205 litre drums Model Use Delivery per stroke [l] Order number FL 205 For 205 litre drums 0.5 117-674-JD Anti-static set W For discharging static electricity W Consists of 3 colour-coded copper connecting cables with clamping tongs in a practical plastic case W With 1.40-M copper cable and two insulated 3-m copper cables o R d e R A T T h e s A M e T i M e Drum screw connection gas-tight W Prevents the escape of gases hazardous to health from the drum W For stainless steel drum pumps, R2” thread W Check valve with 1/8“ connection W Nickel-plated brass, FKM seals Order no. 116-058-JD Order no. 146-678-JD 220 w w w . d e n i o s . c o . u k / s h o p

221

Solvent pumps in stainless steel W For dispensing high-purity fluids W Approved for: IIA,b ex-zone 0 All parts coming into contact with the medium are of stainless steel or PTFE. With foot pedal W Recommended for acetone W Sturdy and long-lasting W Screw connection for R2" fine thread, for drums up to 220 litres W Drum and pump can be hermetically closed by the screw connection and the stop valve to prevent undesirable vapours from escaping W Submersion pipe steplessly adjustable to drum depth, pipe Ø: 21 mm W Clip for quick attachment/removal of the air hose W Fixed spout or flexible hose (1.2 m), each with stop valve in stainless steel / PTFE Hand operated W For pumping organic solutions and flavourings safely W Gas-tight and can be shut off completely by 2 ball valves W Drum screw connection for r2“ fine thread, for containers up to 60 litres W Submersion pipe steplessly adjustable, pipe Ø: 15 mm W Also available as version for tin plate canisters with Ø 35 mm pull-out spouts 1 2 Solvent pump with flexible dispensing hose and stopcock Version with drip nozzle and stop valve 1 2 2 s L A i R e T A M s u o d R A Z A h G n i L d n A h With foot pedal 950 20 157-587-JD 201-951-JD Immersion depth [mm] Delivery volume max [l/min] Order number For containers up to 60 litres Order number for tinplate canisters 35mm (2-start) Hand operated 600 10 157-589-JD 210-335-JD Immersion depth [mm] Delivery volume max [l/min] Order number with drip nozzle Order number with flexible hose 1.2m Mini solvent pump Safe dispensing of small quantities W Suitable for Ex-Zone 0 IIA,B,C W Ideal for containers 1 to 5 litres W Thread GL 45 W Adapter for S 40, GL 38 and GL 32 available as an accessory W Includes 2m earthing cable W Self-closing spout with auto-stop function, precision dispensing with no dripping. W Ideal for emptying containers, even those with a domed base Delivery volume max [l/min] Order number Mini solvent pump Order number Thread adapter ETFE, GL45 – GL38 Order number Thread adapter ETFE, GL45 – S40 Order number Thread adapter ETFE, GL45 – GL32 1.8 242-994-JD 242-996-JD 242-995-JD 242-997-JD Drip safety stands for pump tubes See page 222 Drum and pump must be earthed when dispensing flammable media! Additional earthing cables See page 248 E x P E R T A D V I C E A N D O R D E R L I N E : 0 1 9 5 2 8 1 1 9 9 1 221

222

2 s L A i R e T A M s u o d R A Z A h G n i L d n A h With optional drip nozzle or flexible PVC dispensing hose (1.2 M) and stop valve With optional drip nozzle incl. PTFE stop valve or with flexible dispensing hose (1.2 M) incl. PVDF Tap Polypropylene (PP) drum pumps W For the extraction of various chemicals, acids, alkali, cleaning fluids etc W For 60 - 205 litre drums W Piston rod metal, PP-sheathed W PTFE seal W Good drum residual emptying due to submerged non-return valve in the base W Incl. drum screw connection in PP (Mauser 2”) W Immersion pipe Ø mm: 32 Immersion depth [mm] Delivery per stroke [l] Order number with drip nozzle Order number with flexible hose 500 0.20 117-600-JD 148-418-JD 650 0.25 117-604-JD 148-422-JD 800 0.27 117-605-JD 148-424-JD 1000 0.30 117-606-JD 148-426-JD PTFE ultra clean drum pump For dispensing high-purity fluids W For many liquids that attack PP or PVC, also for hydrochloric acid up to 33 % W The stop valve prevents the escape of vapours that pose a health hazard and any dripping of liquid W Parts that come into contact with the medium made of PTFE/FEP W All valves of solid PTFE W Immersion pipe Ø mm: 32 W Drum screw connections for standard drums available as an option Immersion depth [mm] Delivery per stroke [l] Order number with drip nozzle Order number with flexible hose 400 0.18 267-289-JD 267-290-JD 600 0.27 193-714-JD 210-181-JD 950 0.40 179-491-JD 210-182-JD o R d e R A T T h e s A M e T i M e PP drum screw connection W Drum screw connection in PP, 2" TriSure coarse W To securely hold the pump in the drum W Suitable for filling of non-flammable liquids Safety stands for PP, PTFE, stainless steel and solvent pumps W Length: 1000 mm TriSure coarse Mauser 2" coarse R2” steel fine Drum threaded fitting 2" TriSure 2"Mauser 2"BSP/R2" For threads Coarse inner Coarse inner Fine steel drum inner Order number 179-496-JD 179-495-JD 179-494-JD Order no. 179-493-JD Incl Pipe clips for wall mounting and screw-off collection container 222 w w w . d e n i o s . c o . u k / s h o p

223

Drum pump for petrol For pumping low viscosity fluids such as mineral oils, diesel, heating oil EL/L, petroleum, fuels (flammable media of the previous hazard class ai-iii), anti-freeze W Suitable for Ex areas: IIA T3 W Diecast, for 205 litre drums with drum thread M 64 x 4 and R 2" W Pumping capacity: approximately 0.25 ltr/ stroke W Immersion depth: 840 mm W With conductive hose set DN 19 with anti- kink spring and discharge elbow Hydraulic oil pump Sturdy hand crank for drums, for pumping hydraulic oil, engine and gear oil from drums and tanks W For pumping lubricating oils up to SAE 80 W Pumping capacity: approx. 0.25 L/stroke W For drums and tanks, thread: 2" W Including 1.5 m hose set, outlet elbow, suction hose (inside the tank) Aluminium rotary pump Ideal for light mineral oil and heavier machinery and lubricant oils, with a viscosity of max. 900 mPas at 20°C W Pumping capacity: approx. 1 ltr / rotation (about 5 L / min for heavy oils) W With twin gears and galvanised immersion pipe W Switching from pumping forwards to pumping backwards, which is always possible, allows for optimum dispensing W Thread: 2'' 2 s L A i R e T A M s u o d R A Z A h G n i L d n A h Order no. 117-561-JD Order no. 133-358-JD Order no. 117-585-JD Rotary pumps in plastic W For oils, corrosive and volatile chemicals W With 3 part immersion pipe set in stain- less steel, diameter 32 mm and 2” drum adapter W Pump casing in PPS (poyphenylene sulfide) W PTFE seal W Performance: approximately 0,35 ltr./ Stroke Aluminium lever action drum pump For e.g. mineral oil products, anti-freeze Light aluminium rotary pump Ideal for light mineral oils and lubricants W With additional swivel arm and funnel- shaped storage area Drips flow safely back into the container W Pumping capacity: approx. 0.5 L/stroke W With 3 piece immersion pipe set, adapts to different container sizes W Performance: approx. 0.5 ltr / rotation W Drum thread R 2" Order no. 117-584-JD Order no. 157-298-JD Order no. 171-746-JD E x P E R T A D V I C E A N D O R D E R L I N E : 0 1 9 5 2 8 1 1 9 9 1 223

224

2 s L A i R e T A M s u o d R A Z A h G n i L d n A h Battery pumps B1 and B2 For safe dispensing from canisters and drums in the lab and in industry W Light, easy to use and powerful W Drum adapter available as an accessory (B2) W The battery is not included in the delivery. Please order battery and charger separately (see accessories). W Automatic overload cut-out W Stepless adjustment for all requirements W Drum adapter available as an accessory (B2) Battery pump Model B1 with flowmeter (see accessories) Model B2 In polypropylene (PP) New battery type B3 with improved properties: Soon in the online shop with further information and article numbers! Model Design B1 B2 For smaller quantities For medium to large quantities Pump interior material PP PP Niro Suitable for e.g. Battery acid, ammonia water, developer, glycol, phosphoric acid, hydrochloric acid, hydrogen Output [W] Density max [kg/l] Viscosity max [mPas] Delivery volume max [l/min] Pump height max [mWS] Order number Immersion depth: 500 mm Order number Immersion depth: 700 mm Order number Immersion depth: 1000 mm peroxide 75 1.3 200 20 6 267-769-JD 267-770-JD 267-771-JD 22 12 267-775-JD 267-776-JD 267-777-JD Oil based lubricants, cold cleaning agents, softeners 260 1.6 400 45 8 267-778-JD 267-779-JD 267-780-JD PVDF Sodium hypochlorite, chloric acid, chromic acid, sulphuric acid, nitric acid and hydrofluoric acid 267-781-JD 267-782-JD 267-783-JD Accessories Charger for pump B1 Li-ion battery 10.8 V for pump B1 Charger for pump B2 Li-ion battery 24 V for pump B2 Conv. kit pump B2 (batt, chrger, holder) Order number 267-797-JD 267-796-JD 316-320-JD 316-321-JD 316-322-JD All drum pumps include a media resistant hose (1.5 m) and nozzle. Please order battery and charger separately (see accessories). Proven safety Electric drum pumps For low viscosity acids and alkalis, chemicals and more in laboratories and the chemical industry W For low viscosity acids and alkali, chemicals and more in laboratories and chemical industry W Dispense safely into and from small containers W Light and easy to use W No seal and grease W 230 V motor with A 3 M cable and plug W Delivered complete and ready to use with a PVC process liquid and gas resistant cable (1.5M), nozzle Pump interior material Immersion depth [mm] Suitable for e.g. Polypropylene Niro PVDF 500 700 1000 500 700 1000 500 700 1000 Hydrochloric acid, formic acid (50%), Oil based lubricants, cold cleaning developer, chloric acid agents, softeners Sodium hypochlorite, chloric acid, chromic acid, sulphuric acid, nitric acid and hydrofluoric acid Density max [kg/l] Viscosity max [mPas] Delivery volume max [l/min] Pump height max [mWS]* Order number *Maximum values at 20º Celcius 75 7 1.3 300 68 6 75 7 172-086-JD 172-087-JD 172-088-JD 172-089-JD 172-090-JD 172-091-JD 267-793-JD 267-794-JD 267-795-JD Accessories Drum adapter 2" for lab pumps in PP/PVDF (B2 battery, el. drum pump) Drum adapter 2" for lab pumps in stainless steel (B2 battery, el. drum pump) Order number 187-552-JD 194-183-JD Flow meter W Battery pumps B1 and B2 W For safe dispensing from canisters and drums in the lab and in industry Material* Viscosity max [mPas] 40 40 PP PVDF *For stainless steel pumps on request Thread 1" BSP 1" BSP Min. Measu- ring range 5 5 Max. Measu- ring range 120 120 Operating pres- sure max [bar] 10 10 Order number 267-935-JD 267-910-JD For further details see right hand page. 224 w w w . d e n i o s . c o . u k / s h o p

225

Electric industrial pumps For industrial usage to dispense low viscosity acids and alkali W For industrial usage to dispense low viscosity acids and alkali W Light, handy pump for filling and refilling drums and containers W High performance W Splash-proof, seal-less W 230 V motor with 5 M cable and plug W Available as pump (with immersion pipe, hose connector) or as ready-to-use set with pump, immersion pipe incl. Media resistant hose (2 M), nozzle and drum adapter Drum pump with pump interior in PP (polypropylene), set with hose, nozzle and drum adapter Set with pump made from PVDF (Polyvinyliden- fluoride) Pump interior material Immersion depth [mm] Polypropylene PVDF 1000 1200 1000 1200 1000 1200 Suitable for Sulphuric acid (up to 40%), phosphoric acid, battery acid, hydrochloric acid, iron (III) chloride (up to 30%), caustic Aggressive atmospheres and media with a high Chromic, nitric and sulphuric acid (98%), bleach, bleaching concentration such as: ferric lye, zinc chloride, chlorine (III) chloride up to 50% water 2 s L A i R e T A M s u o d R A Z A h G n i L d n A h Protection category IP Density max [kg/l] Viscosity max [mPas] Delivery volume max [l/min] Pump height max [mWS]* Order number Pump Order number Pump set *Maximum values at 20º Celcius soda IP 24 1.4 85 19 500 1.6 75 16 IP 54 1.8 800 80 17 188-569-JD 117-529-JD 188-571-JD 117-530-JD 188-572-JD 172-094-JD 188-573-JD 172-095-JD 188-574-JD 123-550-JD 188-575-JD 123-551-JD Compressed air double diaphragm pumps in PP and PTFE W Double diaphragm pump with high hydraulic performance W In polypropylene (PP) and polytetrafluoroethylene (PTFE) for high resistance W Suitable for pumping acids and alkalis (e.g. sulphuric acid, phosphoric acid, caustic soda) W Particularly user-friendly with maintenance-optimised design W Blockage-free operation and absolutely oil-free Suitable for e.g. External dimensions W x D x H [mm] Delivery volume max [l/min] Viscosity max [mPas] Order number Model 1/4" Model 1/2" Model 1" Model 1 1/2" Model 2" Sulphuric acid, phosphoric acid, caustic soda, hydrochloric acid, bleaching lye, photographic developer, formic acid, acetic acid 107 x 183 x 203 106 x 243 x 261 203 x 310 x 345 263 x 288 x 538 345 x 594 x 690 21 3500 287-070-JD 76 7500 287-071-JD 175 10000 287-072-JD 370 30000 287-073-JD 715 30000 287-074-JD Flow meter W For industrial pumps W For measuring low viscosity acids and alkalis using the turbine impeller principle W Large, illuminated digital display with variable position W Flowmeter display W Temperature range: -10 to max. +50° C W Incl. two 1.5 V batteries (AAA) Material PVDF PP Viscosity max [mPas] 40 40 Thread 1 1/4" BSP 1 1/4" BSP Min. Measu- ring range 5 5 Max. Measu- ring range 120 120 Operating pressure max [bar] 10 10 Order number 267-934-JD 267-933-JD E x P E R T A D V I C E A N D O R D E R L I N E : 0 1 9 5 2 8 1 1 9 9 1 225

226

2 s L A i R e T A M s u o d R A Z A h G n i L d n A h Container pumps model cm For your specialist applications W 2 in 1 - mixer and pump W Ideal for media which have to be mixed and pumped, such as emulsions, dispersions and suspensions using water, oil, solids, etc W The various materials used ensure suitability for nearly all media W Suitable for 1000 litre IBCs and 205 litre drums W 230 V motor / 500 W, 5 M cable and plug W Order with optional accessories kit: ready to use pump incl. Media resistant hose (2.5 M), nozzle and drum adapter Proven safety Polypropylene Stainless steel Flocculation agents, polymers, chemical mixtures Water-based paints and dyes, oil mixtures – 1200 IP 24 1.1 150 160 8 137-396-JD 138-199-JD – 1200 IP 24 1.1 350 210 10 137-397-JD 138-200-JD Solvent-based paints and dyes, alcohol mixtures Pump interior: Ex II 1/2 G Ex h IIB T4 Ga/Gb Motor: Ex II 2G Ex db eb IIC T6 Gb 1200 IP 54 1.2 200 178 9 137-398-JD 138-201-JD Pump interior material Suitable for Ex-protection class in accordance with ATEX Immersion depth [mm] Protection category IP Density max [kg/l] Viscosity max [mPas] Delivery volume max [l/min] Pump height max [mWS]* Order number Accessories Order number Accessories Set: 2.5 m hose, nozzle and drum adapter *Maximum values at 20º Celcius Flowmeter W For drum and container pumps W For measuring low to medium viscosity media using the swash plate principle W It is possible to save 9 calibrations W Flow speed can be displayed at the press of a button Additional cost - relay module for preselecting volume, non ex-proof version Order no. 121-590-JD For further details see right hand page. Proven safety W Key lock to prevent operating error W Incl. two 1.5 V batteries (AAA) W For applications up to max. 4 Bar W Complete with pump connection W Relay module for quantity preselection available as an option Flowmeter for drum and container pumps Use Explosion-proof For container pumps CM, CP-A, CP-B For drum pumps for food (non Ex) and eccentric pumps Flowmeter for ex-drum pumps and Ex container pumps CM Flow meter for food pumps Viscosity max [mPas] 2000 2000 Material Pps Ppo Min. Measuring range 10 10 Max. Measuring range 100 100 5000 Stainless steel 10 100 Order number 137-395-JD 117-582-JD 243-262-JD 226 w w w . d e n i o s . c o . u k / s h o p

227

Explosion proof drum and container pumps W Ideal for refilling solvents, petrol, alcohol, kerosene, etc W Filling and refilling of material stored in drums or containers W Pump made of stainless steel (niro) W Tested according to Ex II 1/2 G IIB T4, approved according to ATEX W Electric drive: 230 V / 460 W electric motor with 5 M cable and Schuko plug, protection class IP 54 W Includes equipotential bonding cable W Compressed air drive: 1000 W W Pump for optimal residue emptying: considerable savings with minimal loss of product W Maximum pumping characteristics for liquids, if optimally handled, the remaining residue will be smaller than 01 Litres 2 4 Proven safety Version Design Immersion depth [mm] Suitable for Viscosity max [mPas] Delivery volume max [l/min] Pump height max [mWS]* Order number Pump Order number Pump set *Maximum values at 20º Celcius Accessories Additional cost - ex-plug, 3 pole, IP 65 Flowmeter Available as pump (with immersion pipe, hose connector) or as ready-to-use set with pump, immersion pipe incl. media resistant hose (2 M), nozzle and drum adapter 1 3 Electric Compressed air 1 Standard 1000 3 Emptying residues 2 1200 1000 1200 Standard 1000 4 Emptying residues 1200 1000 1200 Solvents, petrol, petroleum, ethanol, methanol, butanol, kerosene 350 95 500 77 14 1000 124 35 67 28 188-578-JD 117-539-JD 188-579-JD 117-540-JD 188-582-JD 172-103-JD 188-583-JD 172-104-JD 188-580-JD 137-422-JD 188-581-JD 137-424-JD 195-014-JD 195-012-JD 195-016-JD 195-013-JD Order number 137-421-JD 137-395-JD 2 s L A i R e T A M s u o d R A Z A h G n i L d n A h Compressed air double diaphragm pumps in stainless steel, EPDM-PP and PTFE W Double diaphragm pump as ATEX version with high hydraulic performance W In stainless steel (V4A) and polytetrafluoroethylene (PTFE) for high resistance W Suitable for pumping flammable media (e.g. alcohol, acetone, petrol) W Particularly user-friendly with maintenance- optimised design W Conductive version approved according to ATEX Directive 2014/34/EU Suitable for e.g. External dimensions W x D x H [mm] Delivery volume max [l/min] Viscosity max [mPas] Order number Model 1/2" Model 1" Model 1 1/2" Model 2" Alcohol, acetone, benzine, ethylacetate, kerosene, petroleum, nitric acid, methylacetone, trichlorethylene, turpentine, toluene, hydrogen peroxide, xylene, dyes, paints 106 x 247 x 248 73 7500 287-118-JD 203 x 312 x 322 175 10000 287-119-JD 264 x 276 x 501 370 30000 287-120-JD 346 x 478 x 688 715 30000 287-121-JD E x P E R T A D V I C E A N D O R D E R L I N E : 0 1 9 5 2 8 1 1 9 9 1 227

228

2 s L A i R e T A M s u o d R A Z A h G n i L d n A h Electric drum and container pumps W For low viscosity mineral oil products W Filling and refilling of material stored in drums or containers W Ready for use W Efficient W Easy and safe to use W Suitable for dispensing diesel, heating oil, hydraulic oil, machine oil, engine oil, etc W Suitable for idle running W Pump interior in aluminium W 230 V / 500 W motor with A 5 M cable and plug W Ready-to-use kit, including a pump, media resistant hose (2 M), nozzle and drum adapter Proven safety Pump motor can easily be removed by means of a practical handwheel Drum adapter 2" Media resistant hose Interior of the pump and nozzle manufactured from aluminium SET PRICE Set with hose, nozzle and drum adapter Order no. 117-531-JD 228 w w w . d e n i o s . c o . u k / s h o p

229

Electric drum and container pumps W For low viscosity mineral oil products W Filling and refilling of material stored in drums or containers W Suitable for idle running W 230 V / 500 W motor with A 5 M cable and plug W Pump interior in aluminium, alternatively available for vegetable oils (with pump and PP pump nozzle) The mineral oil pumps are available as a pump without inline fittings or as a com- plete pump set with hose, nozzle and adapter! Proven safety EMV Pump interior material Immersion depth [mm] Suitable for Delivery volume max [l/min] Pump height max [mWS] Order number Pump Order number Pump set Set with hose, nozzle and drum adapter Aluminium Polypropylene 1200 Diesel, heating oil, hydraulic fluid, machine oil, motor oil 1000 700 up to a viscosity of max. 500 mPa·s – 272-240-JD 188-576-JD 117-531-JD 85 19 188-577-JD 144-663-JD 1000 1200 Rapeseed oil (cold pressed) and vegetable oils 188-933-JD 172-097-JD 188-934-JD 172-098-JD Pump (incl. Immersion tube, hose connection) 2 s L A i R e T A M s u o d R A Z A h G n i L d n A h Flowmeter W Configured to display both the total amount and a resettable quantity W With a long life lithium battery W For applications up to max. 4 Bar Use For drum and container pumps Viscosity max [mPas] 2000 Material Aluminium Min. Measu- ring range 3 Max. Measu- ring range 80 Order number 172-096-JD Compressed air double diaphragm pumps in aluminium and NBR W Double diaphragm pump as ATEX version with high hydraulic performance W In aluminium and nitrile rubber (NBR) W Suitable for pumping mineral oils (e.g. diesel, heating oil, motor oil, hydraulic oil) W Particularly user-friendly with maintenance-optimised design W Blockage-free operation and absolutely oil-free W The pump is self-priming, even when dry W Conductive version approved according to ATEX Directive 2014/34/EU W Available in 1/2", 1", 1 1/2" and 2" sizes W The 1 1/2" and 2" variants can be used for larger systems and in large-scale industry Suitable for e.g. External dimensions W x D x H [mm] Delivery volume max [l/min] Viscosity max [mPas] Order number Model 1/2" Model 1" Model 1 1/2" Model 2" Diesel, heating oil, engine oil, hydraulic oil, drilling emulsion, antifreeze, glycerine, glycol 106 x 246 x 254 203 x 310 x 335 264 x 292 x 537 345 x 594 x 688 73 7500 287-094-JD 175 10000 287-095-JD 370 30000 287-096-JD 715 30000 287-097-JD E x P E R T A D V I C E A N D O R D E R L I N E : 0 1 9 5 2 8 1 1 9 9 1 229

230

Container pump Model CP-A Fast filling / transfer operation from containers in large quantities for the safe transfer of chemicals W Highest chemical resistance W Mobile use W Short emptying times due to high flow rate W Low speed, low wear W Adapter for container opening, as standard W Drive motor 230 V, 2800 rpm, 0.75 kW, 5 m cable with plug W Can be combined with flowmeter Proven safety 2 s L A i R e T A M s u o d R A Z A h G n i L d n A h Use Formaldehyde, phosphoric acid, hydrogen peroxide, citric acid up to 50% etc. o R d e R A T T h e s A M e T i M e Material Immersion depth [mm] Density max [kg/l] Viscosity max [mPas] Delivery volume max [l/min] Pump height max [mWS] Order number PP 1100 1.8 100 200 22 117-705-JD Connection set (consists of 5 m hose with connectors on each end) Order no. 172-109-JD Flow meter, for container pumps Order no. 117-582-JD Centrifugal pump Model CP-B Can be run dry, for emptying containers W Ideal for use when the container needs to be emptied from below (near to the floor) W Manufactured from high quality materials to ensure high chemical resistance W Supplied with a hose that is easy to connect to containers (suction side) W 230V, 0.75 kW motor with a 5 m cable and plug Use Acids, alkalis, chemicals for developing photographs, galvanising substances and other low viscosity media Flowmeter description See page 226 230 Hose connection - inlet side Hose connection - pressure side Material Viscosity max [mPas] Density max [kg/l] Delivery volume max [l/min] Pump height max [mWS] Order number 1 1/2“ external thread 1 1/4“ external thread PP 30 1.35 280 11 137-419-JD Accessories Trolley (without flow meter) Trolley (with flow meter without facility for pre-selecting quantities, battery operated) Trolley (with flow meter and facility for pre-selecting quantities, network connection 400 V, 50 Hz) Centrifugal pump connection set (pressure side, consists of 5 m hose with connectors on each end) Flow meter, for container pumps Order number 137-399-JD 137-400-JD 137-404-JD 138-202-JD 117-582-JD w w w . d e n i o s . c o . u k / s h o p

231

Drum pumps for food products When producing food, raw materials and finished food products come into contact with various products which must have suitable characteristics. This also applies to equipment and plant components for the commercial production of food. These are defined as “articles intended to come into contact with food” and are specified in food-related legislation. W Physiologically harmless design W Materials: stainless steel, ETFE, FPM W High surface quality W Food-safe connections W Simple and easy to clean W Also for alcohol-containing foodstuffs as well as flammable cleaning materials W Includes equipotential bonding cable Proven safety 2 2 s L A i R e T A M s u o d R A Z A h G n i L d n A h 1 2 4 3 Environmentally friendly. Optimum drum emptying: 0,1 l 0,1 l Emptying residues Emptying residues W Pump interior: Ex II 1/2 G Ex h IIB T4 Ga/ Gb W Motor: Ex II 2G Ex db eb IIC T6 Gb Order number 243-253-JD 243-254-JD 243-255-JD 243-256-JD Order number 243-258-JD 243-259-JD 243-260-JD 243-261-JD Design Pump Pump residue emptying Pump Ex version Pump, residue emptying, Ex version 1 2 3 4 Use Immersion depth [mm] Viscosity max [mPas] Density max [kg/l] For aqueous and greasy foodstuffs, cosmetics and pharmaceuticals For foodstuffs which contain alcohol and are highly flammable 1000 1000 1000 1000 350 500 350 500 2 2 2 2 Delivery volume max [l/min] Output [W] 460 95 77 95 77 460 460 460 Accessories Hose set Tri Clamp connection DN 32 Stainless steel nozzle Tri Clamp connection DN 32 Use For drum pumps, food use For drum pumps, food use Ex For drum pumps, food use For drum pumps, food use Ex Features Operating pressure max [bar] FPM seal, 2 m PVC food grade hose DN 19 (3/4") EPDM seal, 2 m food grade chemical hose DN 19 (3/4") FPM seal, protective hoop and rotating joint EPDM seal, protective hoop and rotating joint 1.6 1.6 3.0 3.0 Eccentric screw pump Model HD-E Pump Model HD-E brings together the advantages of a handy drum pump with the easy handling of a sturdy eccentric screw pump. W Ideal for medium viscosity raw materials and foodstuffs from 500 to 4000 mPas. W Material: stainless steel 1.4571, PTFE, FPM W Pressure connection: Tri-Clamp DN 32 W 230 V, 0.55 kW single phase motor with 5 m connection cable and safety plug W Pumping pressure: up to 4 bar Use Medium viscosity foodstuffs Immersion depth [mm] Delivery volume max [l/min] 20 1000 Order number 243-257-JD Flow meter for food pumps W For use in the food, cosmetic and pharmaceutical industries. W Easy to rinse out W Materials: Stainless steel, ETFE, PTFE Use For drum pumps for food (non Ex) and eccentric pumps Viscosity max [mPas] Min. Measuring range Max. Measuring range Order number 5000 10 100 243-262-JD Proven safety E x P E R T A D V I C E A N D O R D E R L I N E : 0 1 9 5 2 8 1 1 9 9 1 231

232

2 s L A i R e T A M s u o d R A Z A h G n i L d n A h Type HP 40 Either with standard or automatic nozzle (see table) W Light, handy, secure and powerful pump for dispensing diesel, heating oil W Rotatable screw-on pump W Priming phase with integrated siphon protection (leakage protection) W Thread M 64 x 4 and G 2" Electric pump model HP with standard nozzle valve (flowmeter optional) Drum pump model V, also available with delivery gauge Model V W For engine and gearbox oils up to SAE 80 W Connection: G 2" W Self-priming Model TP 6 W For diesel, heating oil and anti-freeze W Self-priming vane pump with integrated siphon guard and filter on the suction side W Automatic nozzle incl. hose swivel joint W Drum thread G 2" W Version with console: for practical wall mounting Powerful drum pump Model TP 6, incl. automatic nozzle (flow meter optional) Model Suitable for Delivery volume max [l/min] Immersion depth [mm] Output [W] Protection category IP Features Order number Accessories Order number HP 40 V TP 6 Diesel, heating oil and coolant anti-freeze (concentrate) Motor and gear oils up to SAE 80 Diesel, heating oil, radiator antifreeze 37 1600 250 IP 44 31 1600 250 IP 44 25 840 740 IP 54 4-m pressure hose, standard nozzle 4 m pressure hose, automatic nozzle 4 M pressure hose with oil nozzle 117-541-JD 117-565-JD 117-701-JD Flow meter - see below for description 173-295-JD 173-295-JD 208-285-JD 20 840 740 IP 54 4 m pressure hose with oil tap valve incl. flow meter 117-703-JD – – 55 1600 370 IP 54 4 m pressure hose, automatic nozzle 267-640-JD 55 1600 370 IP 54 4 m pressure hose, automatic nozzle, wall console 267-642-JD Flow meter - see below for description 173-296-JD 173-296-JD Flowmeters W For various fluids such as heating oil/diesel, water, antifreeze W Flow-mechanics data logging takes place in accordance with the turbine impeller principle W Power supplied by lithium battery, operation period approx. 10 Years W Suitable for all flow directions W Measurement range 5 to 120 litres / min W Illuminated digital display 232 w w w . d e n i o s . c o . u k / s h o p

233

2 s L A i R e T A M s u o d R A Z A h G n i L d n A h Drum and tank compressed air pumps For all situations where reliability plays an important role. The self-priming compressed air pumps can be classed as either 1:1 (type DP1) for dispensing thin mineral oils quickly over short distances, 1:3 or 1:5 (types DP3 and DP5), which have double the effect and are suitable for heavy oils such as gear oil, rapeseed oil or cooling emulsions. W For dispensing oils, cooling emulsions etc W For reliable use in motor vehicle workshops, the agricultural industry, communal car pools and industrial operations W With a 4 m hose NW 16, G 3/4", nozzle with outlet pipe and anti-drip device W Self-priming W Recommended inlet pressure: 6 to 8 bar Pump on a tank installation Pump model DP for 205 litre drums, meter available as accessory Use Model Features Delivery volume max [l/min] Order number DP1 F Suction tube NW25, connection G1", with foot valve (875 mm long) 42 128-306-JD For 205 litre drums For 100 litre tank DP3 F DP5 F DP1 T DP3 T DP5 T Suction tube NW25, connection 1“ thread, with base valve (1 m long) Suction hose NW25, connection 1” thread, with base valve (1.6 m long) 30 128-307-JD 25 128-308-JD 15 128-309-JD 12 128-310-JD 25 128-311-JD o R d e R A T T h e s A M e T i M e Pressure reducer with gauge 0 - 12 bar, recommended for all pneumatic pumps, with connection plug and socket Flow meter, Can be attached to the nozzle Order no. 207-747-JD Order no. 128-312-JD Manual lever pumps Depending on the purpose for which they are to be used, the pumps are available with curved outlet pipe (with anti-drip device) or with a hose (2 m), ball valve and outlet pipe. W Pump types F 52 and F 202 are suitable for dispensing diesel, heating oil, hydraulic oil, engine oil, gear oil Lever pump with curved spout Order no. 123-556-JD Lever pump with hose, ball valve and nozzle Order no. 117-667-JD Rotary pumps in plastic W For oils, corrosive and volatile chemicals W With 3 part immersion pipe set in stain- less steel, diameter 32 mm and 2” drum adapter W Pump casing in PPS (poyphenylene sulfide) W PTFE seal W Performance: approximately 0.35 ltr./ Stroke Model Design Features Delivery per stroke [l] Order number F 52/202 For 50 to 205 litre drums With curved outlet pipe 0.3 123-556-JD F 52 For 50 litre drums With 1.5 m hose, ball valve and outlet pipe 0.2 117-667-JD F 202 For 205 litre drums With hose, ball valve and outlet pipe 0.2 117-670-JD Order no. 117-584-JD E x P E R T A D V I C E A N D O R D E R L I N E : 0 1 9 5 2 8 1 1 9 9 1 233

234

Mobile pump systems for chemicals and mineral oils The practical drum pump trolley - for transporting drum and pump W Practical and easy to move drum trolley in chemical-resistant PE with integrated pump (manual, electric or battery operated) W Suitable for plastic and steel drums up to 220 / 200 litres W Integrated drip grid, hose guide, dispensing nozzle holder W Easy-to-use pump pipe and cable compartment W 2 swivel castors with brakes, 2 castors W For your safety: belt for transport safety W Supplied with practical accessory set - contents: 25x reusable cleaning cloths, 5x Densorb Universal drum mats for 200 l drum, 1x safety glasses and 12 pairs of nitrile gloves 2 s L A i R e T A M s u o d R A Z A h G n i L d n A h Practical castors - for easy movement Accessories ready to hand Design Drive pump Suitable for e.g. Mobile pump systems for mineral oils Electric Manual Diesel, heating oil and coolant anti-freeze (concentrate) Body dimensions W x D x H [mm] Order number 271-343-JD 271-344-JD Mobile pump systems, for chemicals Manual Sodium chloride, sodium hydroxide, acetic, phosphoric, nitric, hydrochloric, sulphuric acids, hydrogen peroxide 789 x 859 x 1545 271-142-JD Electric Hydrochloric acid, formic acid (50%), developer, chloric acid Battery operated Battery acid, developer, glycol, phosphoric acid, hydrochloric acid, hydrogen peroxide 271-345-JD 271-346-JD Mobile pump unit V 200 for oil dispensing The mobile pump unit in combination with a drum transporter is the ideal solution for drawing and refilling oil in all situations which require fast and frequent processing of the drum in the workshop. The unit has a self-priming gear pump which guarantees an even feed rate with low noise operation (< 70 db). With the pressure switch version the motor automatically switches on and off when opening and closing the nozzle; the optional flowmeter allows the dispensing of exact quantities. W Mobile pump unit for mineral oils, engine and gear oils with mobile drum carrier consisting of a steel tube with nozzle holder, hose holder and drip collector W Self priming pump with sealed 230 V motor with separate ventilation W Power: 0,75 kW W Can be used for fluid viscosities from 10 to 2000 mPas W 6 – 12 bar operating pressure W Drum carrier load capacity: 250 kg W As standard with: 1'’ intake hose with base valve and filter 1/2'’ dispensing hose 4 M long nozzle with flexible End piece and non-drip automatic valve 2 M cable 2 fixed and 2 swivel castors for easy manoeuvrability Model Design Delivery volume max [l/min] Protection category IP External dimensions W x D x H [mm] Weight [kg] Order number 234 V 200 V 200 - P -- With pressure switch V 200 - K V 200 - KP With flow meter With flowmeter and pressure switch 34 172-708-JD 36 172-709-JD 9 IP 55 690 x 1090 x 300 35 172-710-JD 37 172-711-JD Nozzle with fine measuring tip and integrated flow meter w w w . d e n i o s . c o . u k / s h o p

235

Oil stations, complete and ready for use On a compact station up to 4 different oils can be stored in 60 or 205 litre drums. The oils can be directly supplied to motors, gears, small containers etc. W Safe storage and dispensing of various oils W Powerful pumps W Safe and environmentally-friendly W Direct, easy dispensing to motors, gears, small containers etc W Spill pallet with grid W Nozzle with joint and electronic flowmeter W Hose reel with 10 M pressure hose W Suction unit with hose, filter and 2” bung hole closure W Easy to move with a pallet truck (ground clearance 100 mm) 2 s L A i R e T A M s u o d R A Z A h G n i L d n A h Model DPO W With pneumatic pumps, 6-8 bar, air connection 1/4” thread Model EPO W With electric gear pump, high pressure (suitable for 230 V power connection) The stations can easily be accessed by a pallet truck. Detailed view: oil station EPO-4, closed hose reel Order no. 201-608-JD The stations are available with open or optionally with covered hose reels (e.g. to protect mechanical components and hose if the atmosphere is heavily polluted). Storage capacity 205 litre drums Design Use* Sump Volume [l] External dimensions W x D x H [mm] Model DPO - with compressed air pumps Order number Model EPO - with electric pumps Order number *Pumping capacity per pump approx. 10 L/min (max. Value at 20° Celsius) 201-601-JD 201-603-JD 2 Hose reel open 240 870 x 1350 x 2100 4 Hose reel open 2 Hose reel closed For hydraulic, engine, gear, vegetable and other oils up to a viscosity of 1500 cSt 260 1270 x 1350 x 2100 240 870 x 1350 x 2100 201-602-JD 201-604-JD 201-605-JD 201-607-JD 4 Hose reel closed 260 1270 x 1350 x 2100 201-606-JD 201-608-JD E x P E R T A D V I C E A N D O R D E R L I N E : 0 1 9 5 2 8 1 1 9 9 1 235

236

Open drum mixer GP 1800 For open containers, up to 50 litre content W Operated by compressed air W Max. 6 Bar pressure W Material 1.4571/PP W Compressed air connection: R 1/4” W Suitable for depressurised standard drums W Operated by compressed air Order no. 128-393-JD Available in compressed air or electric versions W For stirring, homogenising and dissolving, for example, in purification plants, electro-technology and the chemical, beverage and cosmetic industries W Shaft in high quality stainless steel 1.4571V4A W Also available in an explosion proof version in compliance with ATEX for Zone 1 (see table) W All agitators with compressed air drive are supplied including filter, pressure reducer with pressure gauge for displaying the secondary pressure Drum bung mixer FR 4 For closed drums with 2” bung-hole W Mains connection: 400 V W Protection category IP 54 Agitator FRP 3000 For closed drums with 2” bung-hole W Motor output: 0.5 to 1.0 KW at 750 to 3000 rpm W Max. 7 bar pressure W Compressed air connection R 1/2” 2 s L A i R e T A M s u o d R A Z A h G n i L d n A h Order no. 117-713-JD Order no. 128-396-JD Drum bung mixer SPR 4 For open drums W Mains connection: 400 V W Protection category IP 54 Drum mixers GLP 3000 For open drums W Motor output: 0.5 to 1.0 KW at 750 to 3000 rpm W Max. 7 bar pressure Order no. 117-709-JD Order no. 128-397-JD Drive Compressed air Electric Model Area of application - mixing equipment Output [W] Revolutions [U/min] Mixing shaft length [mm] Viscosity max [mPas] Order number Non explosion-proof version* Order number Ex-version in accordance with ATEX* *Compressed air: Ex II 2 G/D c T3 -- electric: Ex II 2 G c T3 GP 1800 Container open 270 1800 600 500 128-393-JD – FR 4 Drum bung hole 750 1500 750 1000 117-708-JD 117-713-JD Compressed air GLP 3000 SPR 4 Container open 750 1500 750 1000 117-709-JD 117-714-JD 1000 3000 1000 500 – 128-397-JD FRP 3000 Drum bung hole 1000 3000 750 1000 – 128-396-JD 236 w w w . d e n i o s . c o . u k / s h o p

237

Available in compressed air or electric versions W For stirring, homogenising and dissolving, for example, in purification plants, electro- technology and the chemical, beverage and cosmetic industries W Suitable for IBCs / room systems with a capacity of 1,000 litres W In high quality stainless steel 1.4571/ 1.4581 W Also available in an explosion proof version in compliance with ATEX for Zone 1 (see table) Detailed view: mixer with clamp/traverse 1050 mm long IBC Mixer CR 6 For economical treatment or storage of liquids W Also available in an explosion proof in compliance with ATEX for Zone 1 (see table) W Protection category IP 55 W Power supply: 400 V W Clamp cross member with quick clamp and carry handles W Mixer shaft in stainless steel 1.4571 / 1.4581 Non explosion-proof version Ex-version in accordance with ATEX Order no. 117-710-JD Order no. 117-715-JD 2 s L A i R e T A M s u o d R A Z A h G n i L d n A h Container mixer CR 200 / 300 Two types available with different motor power W For liquids with very high viscosity W Power supply: 400 V W Protection: IP 54 Pneumatic IBC mixer CP 3000/ CP 400 For homogenising, dispersing, emulsifying and suspending W Compresses air engine power: 400 to 3000 rpmmax. 7 bar pressure power W Motor output: 0.5 to 1.0 KW W Compressed air connection R 1/2” W Incl. Filter and device to decrease pressure with mano- meter reading for the secondary pressure W Heat resistant Drive Model Area of application - mixing equipment Output [W] Revolutions [U/min] Mixing shaft length [mm] Viscosity max [mPas] Order number Non explosion-proof version* Order number Ex-version in accordance with ATEX* *Compressed air: Ex II 2 G/D c T3 -- electric: Ex II 2 G c T3 Compressed air CP 400 CP 3000 CR 300 CR 200 CR 6 Electric 1000 400 1000 2000 – 128-395-JD 1000 3000 1000 1000 – 128-394-JD Containers 1500 300 1000 10000 128-392-JD 129-343-JD 750 200 1000 2000 117-712-JD 117-716-JD 750 1000 1000 500 117-710-JD 117-715-JD E x P E R T A D V I C E A N D O R D E R L I N E : 0 1 9 5 2 8 1 1 9 9 1 237

238

2 s L A i R e T A M s u o d R A Z A h G n i L d n A h Design Thread Features Model Order number Grease guns W Reilang grease gun with tried-and-tested hydraulic gripping head W The high quality industrial quality impresses with its ergonomics, design and durability One-hand grease gun Hand lever grease gun G 1/8" with lubrication hose Optionally for 500 cm³ as loose filling or 400 gram grease cartridges 319-379-JD M 10x1 with lubrication hose Optionally for 500 cm³ as loose filling or 400 gram grease cartridges 319-380-JD G 1/8" with nozzle tube + grease cartridge incl. grease cartridge 125 g uni- versal grease 319-381-JD G 1/8" with pipe M 10x1 with pipe M 10x1 with lubrication hose Optionally for 500 cm³ as loose filling or 400 gram grease cartridges 319-382-JD Optionally for 500 cm³ as loose filling or 400 gram grease cartridges 319-383-JD for 400 gram grease cartridges 319-393-JD M 10x1 with lubrication hose Optionally for 500 cm³ as loose filling or 400 gram grease cartridges 319-390-JD G 1/8" with nozzle tube + universal adapter With practical adapter - for quickly changing the grease cartridges 319-391-JD Piston pusher presses W For lubricating grease nipples or similar. W Durable design made of impact-resistant plastic W With double piston, for powerful, precise lubrication Model with pointed nozzle with hollow nozzle Features Design Order number with pointed nozzle for funnel-type grease nipple (type D1) with hollow nozzle, for conical grease nipples (type H / K) suitable for 110 g fat cartridges 319-413-JD suitable for 180 g fat cartridges 319-414-JD suitable for 110 g fat cartridges 319-411-JD suitable for 180 g fat cartridges 319-412-JD with combi nozzle interchangeable combination nozzle, for funnel or conical grease nipples (type D1 / H) suitable for 110 g fat cartridges 319-410-JD Grease nipple W When lubricating with the hydraulic gripping head, this results in a tight and pressure-resistant connection W This prevents unnecessary fat loss and increased consumption W Supplied as a practical assortment set, 126 pieces W in sturdy transport box W Assortment consisting of: D1a : 6 + 8 mm diameter H1 : M6, M8, M10, R1/8 and R1/4" H2 : M6, M8, M10, R1/8 and R1/4" H3 : M6, M8, M10, R1/8 and R1/4" Order no. 319-375-JD 238 w w w . d e n i o s . c o . u k / s h o p

239

2 s L A i R e T A M s u o d R A Z A h G n i L d n A h Grease guns W Reilang grease gun with tried-and-tested hydraulic gripping head W The high quality industrial quality impresses with its ergonomics, design and durability Accessories 21 V Battery for grease gun Charger, without battery High-pressure hose, 1000 mm length Protective case, empty Order number 319-451-JD 319-452-JD 319-453-JD 319-454-JD Model Thread Features Order number Battery grease gun - without battery G 1/8" Grease gun without battery, with high-pressure lubrication hose (1000 mm Length) and jaw gripper head, connecting thread G1/8, with practical adapter - for quick change of grease cartridges and LCD display for grease quantity measurement, among other things 319-450-JD Battery grease gun - with battery G 1/8" Set with grease gun including 21 V Battery (4 Ah), charger, transport belt and protective case, with high-pressure lubrication hose (1000 mm length) and jaw gripper head, connecting thread G1/8, with practical adapter - for quick change of grease cartridges and LCD display for grease quantity measurement, among other things 319-428-JD Universal and dosing pumps W Smooth-running pump with special sliding/sealing ring W Durable, wear-resistant and temperature-resistant - and all this with ergonomic handling and a comfortable flow of force for fatigue-free working W Ideally suited for diesel/heating oil, multifunctional, bio and synthetic oils, cooling lubricants, antifreeze and also for drilling and cutting oils Universal pump made of aluminium Universal pump made of aluminium, delivery incl. 3 outlet pipes Dosing pump set with transparent PVC cylinder and volume scale Model Version Delivery per stroke [l] Material 1 Material 2 Seal Order number Universal pump, incl. outlet fitting Delivery includes 3 outlet pipes, 90, 150 and 240 mm long 0.26 Aluminium Dosing pump, incl. outlet fitting Delivery incl. outlet hose (300 mm long) and an outlet pipe (130 mm long) 0.15 0.72 Delivery includes 750 mm long outlet hose 1.00 Plastic Die-cast zinc alloy PTFE 319-351-JD 319-354-JD 319-358-JD 319-356-JD E x P E R T A D V I C E A N D O R D E R L I N E : 0 1 9 5 2 8 1 1 9 9 1 239

240

D E N I O S M A G A Z I N E A L L Y O U N E E D T O K N O W A B O U T H E A T I N G J A C K E T S A N D D R U M H E A T E R S In the chemical, pharmaceutical and food industries, substances are often used that have to be kept under certain thermal conditions. Heating jackets and drum heater systems are developed specifically for these tasks. U G u i d e s U A R T i c L e s U F A Q U c h e c k L i s T s U V i d e o s U w h i T e p A p e R s U i n T e R V i e w s U A n d M u c h M o R e ! www.denios.co.uk/magazine w h i T e p A p e R s A R T i c L e s T e M p e R A T u R e c o n T R o L o F p R e s s u R i s e d G A s c Y L i n d e R s A number of production processes require a constant supply of gases to create controlled atmospheric conditions. Precise temperature control is necessary to keep the flow rates constant. Find out how heating systems for pressurised gas cylinders ensure a continuous gas supply in industrial processes and which safety aspects need to be taken into account in our white paper. d e n i o s h e A T i n G s Y s T e M s Temperature-sensitive substances play an essential role in the manufacturing processes of the chemical, pharmaceutical and food industries. The demands on modern thermotechnology are many: be it storage at a constant temperature, frost-free storage or the need for thermal processing of materials synchronised with the production process. Efficient solutions are also available for individual containers. All the info is in the magazine! www.denios.co.uk/gas-bottle-information www.denios.co.uk/heating-systems G u i d e s T h e R M o T e c h n o L o G Y h A Z A R d o u s M A T e R i A L s s T o R e s V s F i R e - R A T e d s T o R e s If there is an increased fire risk and safety distances can be used to separate spaces, our hazardous materials stores are ideal. They are DIBt-approved and available with additional insulation as an option. A high fire risk usually requires fire-resistant partitioning of the store. Stay safe with our fire-rated stores. They are also DIBt-approved and have certified fire protection. L o o k i n G F o R A L A R G e R s o L u T i o n ? We also have solutions for larger requirements. You can find more information under the heading Thermotechnology. www.denios.co.uk/hazmat www.denios.co.uk/thermotechnology 240 w w w . d e n i o s . c o . u k / s h o p

241

A D V A N T A G E S S O L U T I O N S F O R H E A T I N G H A Z A R D O U S M A T E R I A L S In the chemical, pharmaceutical and food industries, substances are often used that have to be kept under certain thermal conditions. Heating jackets and drum heater systems are developed specifically for these tasks. Cutting-edge production processes for guaranteed quality Delivery free to door: W No hidden costs W Transparency and planning security for your purchase Huge selection: W We offer heating solutions for canisters from 25 litres up to 100 litre IBCs W You'll also find heating solutions for Ex areas as well as for weatherproof applications W Storage at constant temperature W Frost-free storage W Thermal processing of materials W Available with both analogue and digital thermostat Heating jacket for 205 L drums, with analogue controller W We also offer solutions for safe heating in Ex areas W With both automatic and manual temperature adjustment W In temperature classes T3 and T4 E x P E R T A D V I C E A N D O R D E R L I N E : 0 1 9 5 2 8 1 1 9 9 1 241

242

2 s L A i R e T A M s u o d R A Z A h G n i L d n A h Heating jacket with moderate power W Heating jacket with low power: ideal for gently heating and maintaining a low temperature of approx. 40 - 45°C W Black nylon coated on both sides with poly- urethane for maximum wear resistance W The needle-felt polyester insulation provides perfect insulation W Analogue temperature controller W Protection category IP 54 W 240 V electrical connection and 5 metre connection cable for maximum flexibility Non-ex Heating jacket for 25/30 litre drums and canisters Heating jacket for 205 L drums Design Suitable for Container volume min [mm] Container volume max [mm] Height [mm] Output [W] Analogue temperature controller Order number 25 - 30 litre steel and plastic drum 870 1000 400 200 50 - 60 litre steel and plastic drum 100 - 120 litre steel and plastic drum 200 - 220 litre steel and plastic drum 1800 1900 450 450 1400 1650 440 400 1100 1250 460 250 117-721-JD 117-722-JD 280-727-JD 117-723-JD Heating jackets with medium to high power W Heating jacket with medium power: for rapid heating of media in applications requiring a fast heating rate up to approx. 50 - 70°C W The outer layer is made of black nylon fabric and the inner layer of high-temperature resistant, silicone-coated glass fibre fabric W Increased insulation due to sewn fibreglass material W Analogue temperature controller W Protection category IP 44 W 240 V electrical connection and 5 metre connection cable for maximum flexibility W When using with plastic drums: check maximum temperature W For 205 litre containers, 1000 litre IBCs and standard gas cylinders SET PRICE Heating jacket for 1000 L IBC in set with insulated cover Order no. 207-857-JD o R d e R A T T h e s A M e T i M e Insulation cover for IBC/KTC containers W Insulated cover to protect the IBC from cooling down quickly, W Applicable also in ex-protected areas W Ideal in combination with the heating jackets for 1000 litre IBCs Heating jacket for 1000 L IBC, with analogue controller 200 - 220 litre steel and plastic drum 1800 1950 850 1100 Non-ex 1000 litre IBCs Gas cylinder 4060 4310 950 2000 680 830 1050 450 156-179-JD 117-724-JD 236-439-JD Order no. 129-157-JD Heating jacket for 205 L drums, with analogue controller Design Suitable for Container volume min [mm] Container volume max [mm] Height [mm] Output [W] Analogue temperature controller Order number 242 w w w . d e n i o s . c o . u k / s h o p

243

Heating jackets with digital temperature controller W Premium quality heating jacket for safe warming or constant temperature control W Includes digital temperature controller with touch screen: - simple temperature setting from 0 - 90° C - permanent display and control of the current temperature (on the drum wall / inside the heating jacket) W High quality, heavy duty, water repellent coating W Silicon-insulated heating coil W With 5 m connection cable and protected plug 2 s L A i R e T A M s u o d R A Z A h G n i L d n A h Digital heating jacket for 205 L drums Digital heating jacket for 1000 L IBC o R d e R A T T h e s A M e T i M e Digital drum base heater, can be combined with heating jackets Order no. 267-383-JD Design Suitable for Container volume min [mm] Container volume max [mm] Height [mm] Output [W] Digital temperature controller Order number Digital heating jacket 200 - 220 litre steel and plastic drum 1800 1950 850 1100 1000 litre IBCs 4060 4310 950 2000 267-308-JD 267-309-JD Heating jacket with maximum power W Heating jacket with highest performance: for applications that require maximum performance and highest insulation W High-temperature resistant, silicone-coated glass fibre fabric on both sides of the heating jacket to extend product life in demanding applications W Insulated by very dense glass fibre material for safe and efficient use, even at the highest temperatures W Analogue temperature controller: 0 - 160°C (0 - 90°C for IBC) W Protection category IP 44 W 240 V electrical connection and 5 metre connection cable for maximum flexibility W When using with plastic drums, check maximum temperature W For containers from 25 to 1,000 litres and for standard gas cylinders o R d e R A T T h e s A M e T i M e Insulating bonnet for heating jackets for 200 litre drums Order no. 280-730-JD Design Suitable for Container volume min [mm] Container volume max [mm] Height [mm] Output [W] Analogue temperature controller Order number Heating jacket with maximum power, for 30 litre drums and canisters Heating jacket with maximum power, for 120 litre drums 25 - 30 litre steel and plastic drum 870 1020 400 460 50 - 60 litre steel and plastic drum 1100 1250 460 640 Non-ex 100 - 120 litre steel and plastic drum 1400 1650 440 1050 205 - 220 litre steel and plastic drum 1800 1950 850 2060 1000 litre IBCs 4060 4310 950 3990 280-725-JD 280-726-JD 280-728-JD 280-729-JD 280-731-JD E x P E R T A D V I C E A N D O R D E R L I N E : 0 1 9 5 2 8 1 1 9 9 1 243

244

Ex heating jackets for temperature class T4 W Ideal for gentle heating to reduce viscosity and prevent freezing in winter W For containers from 25 to 1,000 litres and for standard gas cylinders W Safe, gentle heating especially in Ex-protected areas of temperature class T4 W For use in Ex zones 1, 2, 21 and 22 W The outside is made of silicone-coated fibreglass, the insulation is made of high-quality glass fibre fabric W Self-limiting or analogue temperature control W Protection class IP 54 W 240 V electrical connection (without plug) and 5 metre connection cable for maximum flexibility 2 s L A i R e T A M s u o d R A Z A h G n i L d n A h Ex heating jacket for 25/30 litre drums Ex heating jacket for 50/60 litre drums Ex-heating jacket for gas cylinders Ex heating jackets for 205 litre drums Design Suitable for Container volume min [mm] Container volume max [mm] Height [mm] Output [W] Self-limiting temperature control Order number Analogue temperature controller Order number EX versions 25 - 30 litre steel and plastic drum 870 1020 400 90 50 - 60 litre steel and plastic drum 1100 1250 460 130 100 - 120 litre steel and plastic drum 1400 1650 440 150 200 - 220 litre steel and plastic drum 1800 1950 850 540 1000 litre IBCs Gas cylinder 4060 4310 950 960 680 830 1050 100 236-434-JD 236-436-JD 280-711-JD 280-713-JD 280-715-JD 236-437-JD 280-709-JD 280-710-JD 280-712-JD 280-714-JD 280-716-JD 236-438-JD Ex heating jackets are available in other sizes to suit your requirements on request, just give us a call. 244 w w w . d e n i o s . c o . u k / s h o p

245

Ex heating jackets for temperature class T3 W Safe, fast heating especially in Ex-protected areas of temperature class T3 W Ideal for faster heating to higher temperatures W For use in Ex zones 1, 2, 21 and 22 W Self-limiting or analogue temperature control W The manual thermostat is available for containers from 25 to 1,000 litres as well as for standard gas cylinders W The outside is made of silicone-coated fibreglass, the insulation is made of high- quality glass fibre fabric W Protection class IP 54 W 240 V electrical connection (without plug) and 5 metre connection cable for maximum flexibility 2 s L A i R e T A M s u o d R A Z A h G n i L d n A h Ex heating jacket for 1000 L IBC, with analogue temperature control and insulating bonnet 60 and 205 litre drums See page 373 Ex heating jacket for 200 L drums, with analogue temperature control Ex heating jacket for 25/30 litre drums, with analogue temperature control Suitable for e.g. Container volume min [mm] Container volume max [mm] Height [mm] Output [W] Analogue temperature controller Order number Self-limiting temperature control Order number Digital NFC controller Order number E x P E R T A D V I C E A N D O R D E R L I N E : 0 1 9 5 2 8 1 1 9 9 1 25 - 30 litre steel and plastic drum 870 1020 400 160 50 - 60 litre steel and plastic drum 1100 1250 460 275 100 - 120 litre steel and plastic drum 1400 1650 440 295 280-717-JD 280-718-JD 280-719-JD EX versions 200 - 220 litre steel and plastic drum 1800 1950 850 620 – 685 280-720-JD 1000 litre IBCs Gas cylinder 4060 4310 950 1400 – 685 830 1050 285 1620 280-721-JD 280-722-JD – – – – – – 178-874-JD – 176-398-JD – – 280-723-JD – 280-724-JD – – 245

246

Induction drum heater for use in ex-zones High performance and low energy usage - saves time in production and when heating substances W For steel drums up to 205 litres, for quickly heating viscous fluids W Ideal to liquidise solids W High performance and low energy usage - save time in production W Certified in accordance with ATEX for Ex zones 1 and 2: Ex II 2GD Exe II 170 C (T3) Ex tD II A21 T3 (170°C) W Protection category IP 66 W Protected against overheating Induction heater W Instant heat in the drum wall, no time is lost W Temperature increase dependant on the liquid, approx. 10 -15°C per hour W Certified, self-limiting temperature control: max. 123°C (on the drum wall, at 20°C ambient temperature) Induction drum base heater W Can be used individually or for optimising the heating process in combi- nation with an induction drum heater and GFK cover W Certified, automatic temperature limitation W In combination with the induction heater and GFK cover a complete “mini-oven” is created for heating drums in EX zones 2 s L A i R e T A M s u o d R A Z A h G n i L d n A h Induction heating unit, can be combined with induction drum base heater The combination of an induction heater and an additional base heater shortens the heating time, e.g. for light oil, by > 20% Heating type Output [W] Nominal voltage [V] Internal diameter [mm] Weight [kg] External dimensions W x D x H [mm] Order number Induction heater Induction drum base heater Jacket heater 2750 240 613 62 790 x 790 x 740 117-719-JD Floor heating 500 240 560 68 750 x 890 x 60 178-875-JD o R d e R A T T h e s A M e T i M e GFK hood Glass fibre reinforced plastic hood – additional protection against heat loss, approved for EX Order no. 178-877-JD o R d e R A T T h e s A M e T i M e Digital NFC controller for induction heater and induction drum base heater W Can be combined with induction heating unit or induction drum base heater W Digital display for informative indication of parameters W Lock function with password for that extra bit of security W "Swipe and go" thanks to NFC function with pre-programmed cards W Adjustable timer for delayed start and duration of switch-on time W Delivery includes 2 pre-programmed cards (card 1 = 60°C, card 2 = 'off') - further cards to be individually programmed are available as accessories W The 240V NFC controller with 25 amps is supplied with a 5 metre power cable NFC card for digital NFC controller, with programming as desired 246 w w w . d e n i o s . c o . u k / s h o p Order no. 280-737-JD Order no. 280-738-JD

247

Heating jackets for weatherproof applications W Heating jacket for outdoor use: ideal for drums that are exposed to the elements or used in humid factory environments W Made from water-repellent material W Protection category IP 56 W With self-limiting temperature control for heating up to approx. 35 - 40°C W For containers from 25 to 120 litres W For weatherproof application of 200 litre and 1000 litre IBC heating jackets please use the waterproof PVC covers Drum heating HBD W Floor heating base for all steel drums of up to 205-litre volume, ideal to heat up and warm up substances W Variable temperature control 0 - 150°C operated via a control on the drum heater W Electrical connection: 230 V / 50 Hz W Ready-to-use including A 2 M long power cord and Schuko plug Weatherproof heating jacket for 25 - 30 litre drums Order no. 280-732-JD Heating jackets with IP56 50 - 60 litre steel and plastic drum 1100 1250 460 300 25 - 30 litre steel and plastic drum 870 1020 400 200 100 - 120 litre steel and plastic drum 1400 1650 440 400 280-732-JD 280-733-JD 280-734-JD Design Suitable for Container volume min [mm] Container volume max [mm] Height [mm] Output [W] Self-limiting temperature control Order number Model Heating type Min regulation range [°C] Max regulation range [°C] Output [W] Dimensions Ø x H [mm] Base pad height [mm] Order number HBD Floor heating 0 150 900 600 x 105 70 171-803-JD 2 s L A i R e T A M s u o d R A Z A h G n i L d n A h Flexible drum heating belt HG-F W The heating element is contained in a flexible vulcanised silicone mat W Thermostat control up to 120° c W Simple spring catch fastening W Protection: IP 40 W High mechanical resistance W Height: 125 mm W For drum Ø: 550 - 600 mm W Mains connection 230 V W 2 M power cable W Power: 1000 W Example: common usage with several belts Order no. 117-717-JD o R d e R A T T h e s A M e T i M e Insulation cover with folding lid and velcro quick lock Servo Eco drum lifter for easy transport of the drum and for fitting with drum base heaters and for placing on pallets Order no. 227-162-JD Weatherproof PVC cover for 200 L heating jacket up to 1100 watts Weatherproof PVC cover for 1000 L IBC heating jacket up to 2000 watts Order no. 210-392-JD Order no. 280-735-JD Order no. 280-736-JD E x P E R T A D V I C E A N D O R D E R L I N E : 0 1 9 5 2 8 1 1 9 9 1 247

248

2 s L A i R e T A M s u o d R A Z A h G n i L d n A h Earthing cable Prevent explosion hazards caused by sparks or electrostatic discharge W Cable length 2 M W The cable is available in a galvanised or a double insulated design W The cables are available with either a crocodile clip and a C clamp that can be screwed in place, or an earthing clamp with a cable eye Ex-protection class in accordance with ATEX Version Cable length [m] 2 grounding pliers Order number 1 earthing clip / 1 cable eye Order number Version Cable length [m] 2 grounding pliers Order number 1 earthing clip / 1 cable eye Order number 1 C-clamp / 1 cable eye Order number 1 crocodile clip / 1 C-clamp Order number 1 crocodile clip / 1 cable eye Order number 2 C-clamps Order number 1 1) Crocodile clip 2) C clamp crocodile clips that can be screwed in place II 1GD T6 Earthing strap, galvanised 2 Earthing strap, insulated 2 165-880-JD 165-882-JD 165-892-JD 165-894-JD Without ATEX approval Earthing strap, insulated 2 137-372-JD 137-385-JD 137-380-JD 137-382-JD 137-376-JD 137-368-JD 2 Earth cable reel with earthing clamp W Automatic cable reel with an earthing clamp W Shock resistant plastic housing with pivoted assembly bracket W Including 15 m working cable and 1 m connection cable, cable cross-section 6 mm² Anti-static set W For discharging static electricity W Consists of 3 colour-coded copper connecting cables with clamping tongs in a practical plastic case W With 1.40-M copper cable and two insulated 3-m copper cables Order no. 157-790-JD Order no. 116-058-JD 248 w w w . d e n i o s . c o . u k / s h o p

249

FM tested products Tested stainless steel clamps in 2 optional sizes W Model MD (Medium-Duty, aperture angle approx. 15 mm) - for drums, containers up to 200 litres W Model HD (Heavy Duty, large aperture angle approx. 40 mm) - for larger plant components, drums and containers from 200 litres, IBCs, mixing containers, mobile tanks, tank vehicles etc. Stainless steel clamps with high durability and robustness even under toughest operational conditions - to ensure a safe and durable connection The sharp teeth on the clamps pierce through drum coatings and contamination. The strong springs ensure the necessary pressure. 2 s L A i R e T A M s u o d R A Z A h G n i L d n A h Earthing clamps with ATEX approval: Earthing cable Reliably prevents danger of explosion through sparking or electrostatic discharge W Also available with ATEX approval: Ex II 1 GD T6 W Low electrical resistance with high mechanical strength W Chemically resistant and wear-resistant cable sheath W ATEX version with stainless steel clamps W Spiral cable in lengths of 3 or 5 M Spiral earthing cable, ATEX compliant, with 1 earthing clamp model HD and one eyelet Cable length [m] Design in accordance with ATEX Order number Stainless steel clamp model MD Order number Stainless steel clamp model HD Cable length [m] Design without ATEX Order number Spiral earthing cable with 2 earthing clamps model HD Example of use with two spiral earthing cables 3 5 1 earthing clip / 1 cable eye 201-352-JD 201-354-JD 201-353-JD 201-355-JD 3 2 grounding pliers 117-404-JD 3 2 grounding pliers 165-871-JD 201-356-JD 5 165-872-JD 201-357-JD 5 117-407-JD o R d e R A T T h e s A M e T i M e Stainless steel wall mount for up to two earthing cables (2 clamps and 2 eyelets) W Store cables conveniently and in compliance with the law W Possible to connect customer's earth bar W Can therefore also be used as convenient earthing point near dispensing area, for example Order no. 201-358-JD E x P E R T A D V I C E A N D O R D E R L I N E : 0 1 9 5 2 8 1 1 9 9 1 Earthing set for spill pal- lets in steel For quick, easy and safe attachment to all spill pallet edges Order no. 285-830-JD 249

250

2 s L A i R e T A M s u o d R A Z A h G n i L d n A h Extra safety Self-testing earthing systems with visual indication provide operators processing flammable or explosive materials with visual verification that static electricity is discharged effectively: W The green LED flashes - the earthing clamp has a secure connection to the container and earth. The earthing cable continuously monitors the electrical circuit between containers or container and verified earthing point (e.g. a wall-mounted earthing bar) W The green LED stops flashing - a resistance >10 Ohm has been detected in the circuit. The user is warned of a potential electrostatic charge risk! ATEX approved and conforms to international best practice guidelines! The safer contact between clip and metal container (EG Drum) is indicated Grounding clamps with monitoring and visual indication With continuous circuit monitoring: LED on the earthing clamp indicates the safe connection to the equipment W Approved in accordance with ATEX and IECEX W Stainless steel clips W Quick-connect coupling for simple clamp changes (EG when replacing the battery in a safe area) W Protection class IP 65 W Intrinsically safe electric circuit, incl. 9V battery W Model C 52: 1 clamp with LED, 2 Ring eyes W 1 clip with LED, 1 clip, either Type MD (L 120 mm) or Type HD (L 235 mm) Model EZ with 2 clamps Portable and safe – connects 2 containers or 1 container, tanker etc To earthing point and indicates via an LED when both clamps have safe contact Example of use: connection of 2 drums by model EZ and required connection to operational earthing point by model C 52 Model C 52: 2-core version – checking and indication that a safe contact exists at the container and additionally at the earthing point Model Features Cable length [m] Order number C 52 1 clip with LED, 2 ring eyes 5 123-554-JD EZ 1 clamp with LED / 1 MD 3 201-368-JD EZ 1 clamp with LED / 1 HD 3 195-370-JD Assembly kit Our assembly kit contains spiral cable in 3 lengths and ATEX certified stainless steel clamps model MD, HD and BR (with LED), for configuring to your individual needs W All cables and clamps are fitted with quick-connect couplings, the practical quick-connect coupling for simple changes W Suitable for all earthing systems with monitoring Spiral cable, 2-core, length [m] 5 10 15 Earthing clips, 2-pin Stainless steel clamp MD, L 120 mm Stainless steel clamp HD, L 235 mm Stainless steel clamp BR, with LED display Order number 207-322-JD 207-323-JD 207-324-JD Order number 206-260-JD 206-261-JD 207-321-JD Detailed view: quick-connect - connects clamp and cable quickly and easily Spiral cable, 2 core Model BR earthing clamp with LED indicator light 250 w w w . d e n i o s . c o . u k / s h o p

251

2 s L A i R e T A M s u o d R A Z A h G n i L d n A h Static discharge cable Cable available in 3 lengths W Stainless steel clamp with long life and good grip even under the harshest operating conditions - for a secure durable connection W With retractable cable reel W Locking mechanism prevents cable tangling W Antistatic Hytrel steel cable W Approval in accordance with ATEX - discharge cable: exii 2GD T6 - clamp: exii 1GD t6 W Stainless steel clamps, either: model MD (L 120 mm) or model HD (L 235 mm) Cable length [m] Order number Stainless steel clamp model MD Order number Stainless steel clamp model HD 6.2 207-309-JD 207-310-JD 9.2 201-343-JD 201-344-JD 15.1 201-346-JD 201-347-JD Safe earthing with magnetic force Earthing clamps high on a metal drum can be knocked by dispensing equipment for example. As an alternative, the earthing magnet lies flat on the drum lid or can be fitted at the side of the drum. It attaches firmly to the metal of the drum. W For prevention of explosion hazards caused by sparks or electrostatic discharge W Approved in accordance with Atex for use in zone: 1, 2 and 21, 22 W Several magnets ensure a good connection to the container. W Clamp-free earthing of coated and painted containers W Two strong stainless steel spikes penetrate contamination or paint on the container. W Model EM-HX - for drums to 205 L W Cable sheath resistant to acids, alkalis, mineral oils, greases and other chemicals W Heat resistant and wear-resistant cable sheath W Free from silicones W Only approx. 40 mm high - easy for an automatic filling machine to move over Cable length [m] Equipment - earthing systems Colour Order number 3 Green 5 3 5 1 hand magnet / 1 eyelet Green / yellow 318-071-JD 318-072-JD 318-073-JD 318-074-JD Spiral earthing cable with 2 stainless steel clamps 1x60/1x140 mm, ATEX W For prevention of explosion hazards caused by sparks or electrostatic discharge W Approved in accordance with Atex for use in zone: 0, 1, 2 and 20, 21, 22 W Bridging set - mobile version with mini clamp (L 60 mm) and large stain- less steel clamp (L 140 mm) e.g. for safe connection to drums W Cable sheath resistant to acids, alkalis, mineral oils, greases and other chemicals W Spiral cable copper 2.5mm² - copper core for extremely high flexibility W Hardened stainless steel teeth for a long service life W Easy to use and secure connection Cable length [mm] Cable type Design Order number 1000 3000 5000 Copper 2 grounding pliers 318-018-JD 244-028-JD 318-020-JD E x P E R T A D V I C E A N D O R D E R L I N E : 0 1 9 5 2 8 1 1 9 9 1 251

252

2 s L A i R e T A M s u o d R A Z A h G n i L d n A h 252 Dispensing taps and taps in steel, alu and cast iron W Secure dispensing for all containers with A 3/4 or 2 inch TriSure thread 1 2 A B 3 Aluminium tap 2", spring loaded activation knob Fine dosage drum tap 3/4“ Order no. 145-222-JD Order no. 117-189-JD High grade steel tap ¾" Order no. 117-194-JD 4 5 6 7 Drum tap in cast iron, 3/4 or 2" thread Order no. 117-292-JD Order no. 117-293-JD 4 5 8 Brass valve ¾ thread resistant to oil Brass drum tap 3/4“ Order no. 117-291-JD Order no. 117-132-JD 9 10 Brass drum tap 3/4“ Order no. 117-195-JD Brass drum tap 2", with closure plate with PTFE seal Dosing tap and nozzle in zinc injection moulding Order no. 117-134-JD Order no. 117-196-JD 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 Material Aluminium Stainless steel Cast iron Brass Area of application - drum taps Thread Seal material Design Mineral oils Aggressive liquids Viscous liquids Mineral oils 2" Nitrile rubber Self closing Tap 3/4" PTFE Can be adjusted for continuous or dosed flow 3/4" PTFE Self closing, adjustable Tap 3/4" PTFE – – 2" PTFE – – 3/4" Nbr – – Additional equipment – Self closing Tap Flame arrestor Flame arrestor Order number 145-222-JD 117-189-JD 117-194-JD 117-292-JD 117-293-JD 117-291-JD 117-132-JD Light viscous liquids 3/4" PTFE Aggressive liquids 3/4" PTFE Viscous liquids 2" PTFE Self closing, adjustable Tap Self closing Tap Self closing Tap Injection moulded zinc Alkaline liquids Mineral oil products 3/4" Plastic Flame arrestor Flame arrestor 117-195-JD – – 117-134-JD 117-196-JD w w w . d e n i o s . c o . u k / s h o p

253

PE drum taps 3/4“ and 2“ W Suitable for corrosive and aggressive chemicals (not for acetone) W Quick emptying of a 205 litre drum with a 2” drum tap in just 3 min W Thread: TriSure 3/4“ or 2“ W Fast outflow due to separate air intake W PE locking lever Model Thread Material Order number 1 2 FH 1 3/4" Plastic FH 2 2" fine 2 117-104-JD 117-105-JD 1 Dispensing taps for plastic containers For dispensing exact quantities of liquid from plastic canisters or drums. W For dispensing exact quantities of liquid from plastic canisters or drums W High resistance to acids and chemicals W Food safe W Fast outflow due to separate air intake W Angled cut for optimum dispensing even into narrow neck openings Thread type 1 (inner) Order number Pack = 1 piece Order number Pack = 10 pieces For dispensing exact quantities of liquid from plastic canisters or drums. DIN 38 318-475-JD 318-480-JD DIN 40 158-087-JD 318-490-JD DIN 45 158-091-JD 318-491-JD DIN 50 318-476-JD 318-481-JD DIN 51 158-093-JD 318-492-JD Thread External thread DIN 45 DIN 50 DIN 51 DIN 61 DIN 63 DIN 71 – – – – – – – 3/4" – 2" fine – 56x4 Order number Pack = 1 piece Order number Pack = 10 pieces 157-964-JD 318-489-JD 157-963-JD 318-488-JD 123-555-JD 318-487-JD 117-296-JD 318-485-JD 318-478-JD 318-483-JD 117-297-JD 318-486-JD 318-477-JD 318-482-JD 158-153-JD 318-496-JD 158-097-JD 318-495-JD For fine dosage of liquids from drums. Drum tools for emptying and dispensing from containers with 2” threads W Drums stored horizontally can be completely emptied W Optimal protection from leaks, as after decanting from the drum, the lid is screwed back on W Prevents uncontrollable leaks W Manufactured from polypropylene (PP) or stainless steel / aluminium Model Design Equipment External dimensions W x D x H [mm] Order number 1 Drum tool in PP – Adjustable Tap 100 x 200 x 160 117-117-JD 2 Drum tool in aluminium – Adjustable Tap 170 x 190 x 160 117-240-JD With “dead man setting" Self closing, adjustable Tap 170 x 190 x 160 117-241-JD 2 s L A i R e T A M s u o d R A Z A h G n i L d n A h DIN 61 158-094-JD 318-493-JD – S70x6 (2" coarse) 158-096-JD 318-494-JD 1 2 The drum tool is fitted onto the bung hole Turn the handle to open the bung hole and push the lid upwards The liquid can then be dispensed The drum tool can be used in combination with a funnel to dispense from drums In this case, the drum tool must be turned 180° E x P E R T A D V I C E A N D O R D E R L I N E : 0 1 9 5 2 8 1 1 9 9 1 253

254

2 s L A i R e T A M s u o d R A Z A h G n i L d n A h Thread adapters W For connecting different types of thread on canisters, drums, taps and pumps W Thread: (I) = internal thread, (A) = external thread Colour From thread (INT) From thread (EXT) To thread (INT) To thread (EXT) Order number Orange 2" fine – – TriSure coarse 117-107-JD Red 2" Mauser coarse – – TriSure coarse 117-108-JD Blue 2" fine – – 2" Mauser coarse 117-109-JD Yellow 2" fine – DIN 61 / 31 – 117-110-JD Grey 2" fine – – DIN 61 / 31 117-111-JD Green 2" fine – DIN 51 – 117-112-JD Black – 2" fine – DIN 61 / 31 117-113-JD White 2" fine – 63 mm ASTM – 117-114-JD Brown 2" fine – DIN 71 – 164-153-JD Level indicator with capacity gauge for Model FS Suitable for all standard 205 litre drums (also for 60 litre drums), to be used with non- corrosive liquids. The level indicator is placed over the 3/4” opening. A pump can be placed on the 2” bung hole at the same time, to dispense measured amounts. W Suitable for non corrosive substances, such as anti-freeze, diesel and heating oil External dimensions W x D x H [mm] Order number 1 Item(s) Order number 5 Item(s) 110 x 45 x 140 326-140-JD 326-139-JD Overflow indicator W Optional with screwed connection or transparent protective CAP W Prevent drums from being over-filled inadvertently W A red float indicates that the drum is almost filled W Suitable for all drums with 3/4” and 2” bung opening W Ready for a ventilation connection, to dissipate vapours from unpleasant smelling substances or substances that release strong gases, for example Design External dimensions W x D x H [mm] Order number Transparent protective CAP 68 x 72 x 245 148-365-JD Screw lock 68 x 72 x 245 148-370-JD All products for Thread adapters, dispensing aids, accessories can be found here: All products for Level indicators can be found here: www.denios.co.uk/kat/12971 www.denios.co.uk/kat/12970 254 w w w . d e n i o s . c o . u k / s h o p

255

2 s L A i R e T A M s u o d R A Z A h G n i L d n A h Drum wrench universal W Fit all standard bung lids W Easy opening with long handle W The drum wrench in bronze largely avoids the build up of sparks Material External dimensions W x D x H [mm] Order number Steel 120 x 460 x 40 Bronze 117-250-JD 117-251-JD Drum wrenches, WKM and WKE models W For the safe opening of conventional 205 litre steel drums W The extra large handle gives good leverage W Sturdy steel design with a quality blade in a special brass alloy W Replacement blade available as an accessory Version External dimensions W x D x H [mm] Order number Manual 120 x 460 x 130 156-168-JD Drum wrench in plastic W Suitable for 3/4” and 2” bung hole and synthetic lids DIN 51 and DIN 61 Material External dimensions W x D x H [mm] Order number Plastic 85 x 265 x 50 117-253-JD All products for Drum openers and container openers can be found here: www.denios.co.uk/kat/12969 E x P E R T A D V I C E A N D O R D E R L I N E : 0 1 9 5 2 8 1 1 9 9 1 255

256

2 s L A i R e T A M s u o d R A Z A h G n i L d n A h Drum funnel in galvanised steel Equipped with a hinged lid and strainer, external thread 2" W Galvanized steel drum funnel W Equipped with a hinged lid and strainer, external thread 2" Capacity [l] Height, external [mm] Ø external [mm] Order number 6 350 300 123-346-JD Stainless steel safety funnel, for drums With overfill protection, lid and flame arrestor W Safety funnel for safe and convenient filling of e.g. plastic containers, steel and stainless steel drums W In high-quality, chemically-resistant stainless steel W With overfill protection to prevent the release of hazardous materials, e.g. during filling W Integrated flame arrester (threaded) prevents possible ignition of the filling medium in the event of fire W Additional protection is provided by the lid, which significantly reduces the possible escape of vapours/odours Drum threaded fitting 2" TriSure DIN 51 DIN 61 DIN 71 S56x4 Earthing cable connection, inset strainer Features Dimensions Ø x H [mm] Order number – 140 x 290 – – – 140 x 330 129-141-JD 187-010-JD 129-142-JD 137-515-JD 217-947-JD Funnel - with / without strainer Steel funnels W Ideal for the measured filling of small amounts of fluids W High edge offers spray protection Ø external [mm] Version Material dispensing Order number 165 Flexible outlt, strainr Pe 145-549-JD 200 Flexible outlt, strainr Pe 145-548-JD 200 Rigid spout, strainer Pe 145-545-JD 240 150 Straight outlet Flexible outlet Steel 145-546-JD – 145-220-JD Synthetic funnel For safely dispensing small quantities of liquids into transport or dispensing containers as well as to safely empty small containers into a collecting container W Ideal for safely dispensing small quantities of liquids into transport or dispensing containers as well as to safely empty small containers into a collecting container Chip container volume [l] Ø external [mm] Design Version Order number 256 1.0 160 0.7 1.0 195 Straight outlet Strainer 123-246-JD Strainer 123-247-JD Strainer 123-248-JD Strainer 123-249-JD 1.5 235 1.5 210 1.5 190 2.5 230 5.0 – 5.0 Flexible outlet Strainer 145-550-JD – 117-258-JD Flexible outlet 117-259-JD Straight outlet Strainer 117-260-JD – 123-244-JD w w w . d e n i o s . c o . u k / s h o p

257

2 s L A i R e T A M s u o d R A Z A h G n i L d n A h Lockable, polyethylene drum funnel (PE) W Ideal for the measured filling of small amounts of fluids W In environmentally-friendly polyethylene (PE) W Lockable (separate lock required) W Capacity: max. 3.2 Litres W Diameter of filling opening: 250 mm W Suitable for drums with 2” bung holes or for containers with 60 mm external threads Capacity [l] External dimensions W x D x H [mm] External thread Internal thread Order number 3.2 330 x 275 x 215 G2 inch – 163-739-JD – Ø 60 mm 163-740-JD FALCON drum funnel in steel W For filling liquids in 205 litre steel drums safely, through the 2” bung hole W Large drum funnel in robust steel design with high quality powder coating W The funnel volume of 30 litres enables quick filling of large volumes of fluids Capacity [l] Dimensions Ø x H [mm] Order number 30 650 x 135 326-141-JD Drum funnel in galvanised steel Equipped with a hinged lid and strainer, external thread 2" W Galvanised steel drum funnel Capacity [l] Height, external [mm] Ø external [mm] Order number 8 220 300 171-745-JD E x P E R T A D V I C E A N D O R D E R L I N E : 0 1 9 5 2 8 1 1 9 9 1 257

258

2 s L A i R e T A M s u o d R A Z A h G n i L d n A h Drum funnel - round, 27 litre volume W Safe filling of 205 litre steel bung drums and 220 litre plastic L ring drums W Small boxes and filters can be set out to drip W Polyethylene funnels in a compact design W With integrated outlet pipe for holding the funnel in the drum bung hole W Also available as electrically conductive version (TÜV-tested, without strainer insert) Capacity [l] Dimensions Ø x H [mm] Anti-static / ESD Colour Order number 27 645 x 120 – Yellow 326-231-JD 27 645 x 120 Conductive Black 326-232-JD Drainage funnel This funnel combines many of the advantages of a typical drum funnel with a “drip” function. While the front area of the funnel is intended for pouring in residual liquids from jugs, canisters, bottles or similar, the rear area is used for catching "drips". The ribbing of the funnel in this area serves as a storage surface for e.g. paint cans, oil filters and other containers that still contain residual amounts of liquid. W For collecting residual liquids in a 205 litre steel drum W Covers the whole of the top of the drum W The sloping surfaces of the drain funnel ensure that even relatively viscous media flow off reliably W Seamlessly made in chemical resistant polyethylene (PE) Residual liquids are poured directly into the front part of the funnel for quick drainage The rim of the funnel is shaped as a recessed grip so that the funnel can be transported quickly and safely The ribbed base allows containers to be placed on it to drip or empty Contents [l] External diameter [mm] Height, external [mm] Order number 258 Accessories: coarse strainer Accessories: hose and adapter for filling below the surface Accessories: shelf for draining containers 22 704 120 326-155-JD Accessories Drainage sieve Ø 76mm, stainless steel Shelf, galvanised, for draining funnel Filling below surface for FALCON funnel Order number 242-393-JD 283-432-JD 283-435-JD w w w . d e n i o s . c o . u k / s h o p

259

These DENIOS drum funnels are seamlessly manufactured from environmentally friendly polyethylene and cover the entire surface of the drum. The drum funnels – in round or honeycomb versions – permit easy filling of 200 litre drums, cans or drip filters can also be placed on the profiled surface. Drum funnel - round, volume 5 litres W Ideal for effortless filling of 200 litre steel drums W Covers the entire surface of the 205 litre steel drum W Seamlessly made in chemical resistant polyethylene (PE) W Cans or filters can also be conveniently placed on the profiled surface for draining W Optionally available with or without lid W With opening for the use of a fill level indicator (for funnels without lid) 2 s L A i R e T A M s u o d R A Z A h G n i L d n A h Capacity [l] Model Design Dimensions Ø x H [mm] Order number 5 Round design – 580 x 115 326-142-JD326-144-JD – 605 x 145 326-145-JD326-143-JD Drum funnel - honeycomb-shaped, volume 22 litres W Ideal for easy and safe filling of standard 205/220 litre bunghole drums in steel, stainless steel or plastic W Covers the whole of the top of the drum W Seamlessly made in chemical resistant polyethylene (PE) W The profiled surface allows clean, spray-free filling W Opening for a fill level indicator W All drum funnels with cover, also in dissipative design The version with a stainless steel adapter permits firm connection of the funnel to the 2” bung hole of the drum. It is used at the same time to connect the immersion pipe (for filling below the surface of the liquid – see accessories) Capacity [l] Model Design Dimensions Ø x H [mm] Order number Without strainer 22 With strainer With adapter 2" thread Without lid 690 x 200 326-146-JD With lid 690 x 230 326-148-JD Dissipative version with lid 690 x 190 326-152-JD Without lid 690 x 200 326-147-JD With lid 690 x 230 326-149-JD Dissipative version with lid 326-153-JD Without lid 690 x 190 326-150-JD Dissipative version with lid 326-154-JD With lid 690 x 230 326-151-JD E x P E R T A D V I C E A N D O R D E R L I N E : 0 1 9 5 2 8 1 1 9 9 1 259

260

2 s L A i R e T A M s u o d R A Z A h G n i L d n A h Capacity [l] External dimensions W x D x H [mm] Order number IBC funnels in plastic, round W Funnel for use with a conventional IBC W In high chemical resistant polyethylene (PE) W Domed base - liquids run off W Impact resistant W Lightweight, easy to handle IBC funnels are easily accessible from practically all sides. In this way, liquids from small containers can be poured into the funnel quickly and easily. 30 690 x 820 x 200 326-156-JD Plastic IBCs funnels, square W For safely collecting and channelling liquids W In highly chemical resistant polyethylene (PE) W Facilitates clean filling of even large quantities of liquids W With large drain opening (Ø 145 mm) W Domed base - liquids run off W Discharge basin with side storage areas, for e.g. IBC lids, lid openers, gloves etc. W Funnel for use with a conventional IBC W Capacity: 15 litres W With integrated 2" connection e.g. for optional level indicator W Also available in dissipative design Capacity [l] External dimensions W x D x H [mm] Design Order number 260 15 790 x 730 x 175 – 326-157-JD Electrically conductive 326-158-JD w w w . d e n i o s . c o . u k / s h o p

261

IBC Funnel "Full Size" - suitable for 600, 800 and 1000 litre plastic IBCs These extra large funnels cover the entire surface of a standard IBC. This gives you plenty of space to quickly and easily collect liquids from various small containers (buckets, canisters, bottles or even filters) in your existing IBC. W Placed over the entire surface of the IBC; a firm connection can be made using accessory set 283-438 W Durable construction in highly resistant polyethylene W Large intake volume for fast emptying W With large central hole through which the liquids flow into the IBC Optional coarse strainer available With integrated ribbing at the base of the funnel so that residual liquids from containers or oil filters etc. can drain off Large-area funnel, covers the entire surface of a 1000-litre IBC IBC funnel Full Size 1000, the optional lid can be hooked onto the side of the funnel when not in use. 2 s L A i R e T A M s u o d R A Z A h G n i L d n A h Design Model Capacity [l] External dimensions W x D x H [mm] Ø outlet opening internal [mm] Order number Accessories Order number Full Size 600 For 600 L IBC 40 860 x 1260 x 168 60 326-161-JD Funnel Full Size 1000 with lid attached to the side Full Size 1000 For 800/1000 L IBC 50 1060 x 1260 x 168 60 326-159-JD Stable shelf made of perforated sheet metal, as a level draining surface 306-068-JD 283-437-JD Full Size PLUS 60 1046 x 1260 x 196 60 319-209-JD – – Accessories Support for IBC funnel full size 600 Support for IBC funnel full size 1000 Lid for IBC funnel Full Size 1000 Lid for IBC funnel full size PLUS Coarse dirt sieve bio.x / DENIOS funnel Lock set, for IBC lid full size Set mounting IBC funnel Full Size Set lock IBC cover, Full Size on IBC Fill below surface IBC funnel Full Size Order number 306-068-JD 283-437-JD 326-160-JD 319-210-JD 276-220-JD 283-436-JD 283-438-JD 285-970-JD 285-971-JD Accessories: lock with mounting material, funnel to IBC Accessories: mounting set, funnel to IBC Accessories: hose and adapter for filling below the surface Accessories: lock with mounting material, lid to IBC E x P E R T A D V I C E A N D O R D E R L I N E : 0 1 9 5 2 8 1 1 9 9 1 261

262

2 s L A i R e T A M s u o d R A Z A h G n i L d n A h Telescopic rod for TeleScoop Length of the aluminium telescopic rod can be adjusted, for sample depths of up to 6 m. W Versatile sampling system, ready for use with interchangeable tools (various scoops, bottle holders) W Ideal for sampling from basins, tanks, drains, open water etc. Length cm from/to Number of bars Order number 65-120 2 179-426-JD 70-180 4 250-476-JD 125-250 2 179-428-JD 95-280 4 179-427-JD 115-300 3 179-429-JD 165-450 3 179-430-JD 175-600 4 179-431-JD TeleScoop The exchangeable tools (angular beaker, pendulum beaker, bottle holder, stain- less steel beaker) are fitted to the telescopic rod by a snap-on joint. Bottle holder W The bottle holder holds all plastic, glass or metallic bottles with a diameter up to 88 mm, to ensure safe filling. W Angle can be steplessly adjusted up to 90° W Included in delivery: wide neck bottle in LDPE, transparent, 750 ml Angular beaker Adjustable angle up to 90° Pendulum beaker PP Automatically swings into a horizontal position Order no. 179-424-JD Pendulum beaker V2A Automatically swings into a horizontal position Stainless steel beaker Beaker with scraper, ideal for powder, granules, pastes, sludge. Version Volume [ml] Diameter [mm] Order number Angular beaker 600 110 179-417-JD 1000 133 179-418-JD 2000 165 179-419-JD Pendulum beaker PP 600 100 179-420-JD 1000 118 179-421-JD 2000 146 179-422-JD Pendulum beaker V2A Stainless steel beaker 1000 152 179-425-JD 1000 108 179-423-JD Bottle holder – 103 179-424-JD MiniSampler PE Ideal for sampling from drums, canisters and tanks etc. W Cross-contamination is avoided because with the MiniSampler only the disposable suction tube and the sample bottle come into contact with the liquid. W Max. suction height 5 m (depending on the viscosity of the medium) Contents: Complete set in a practical transport case with vacuum pump, 10 PE bottles 100 ml, 10 m PE suction hose 6 x 8 mm, 1 hose cutter, 1 hose weight in stainless steel/ nickel-plated brass, and 20 seal-it labels ProfiSampler Aluminium W Specially designed for industrial use W Three supporting feet ensure the ProfiSampler is stable when set down W For sampling liquids from drums, tanks, lorries, train carriages, ships, bodies of water etc Contents: Set consisting of: aluminium vacuum pump, stand, ventilation valve, 1 glass bottle (500 ml) with GL 45 thread, 5 suction tubes in PA (2200 mm long, electrically conductive), 1 hose cutter, 1 brass hose weight, 20 seal-it bottle seals, 1 earthing cable. Design/parts in contact with media Approved for Ex Order number MiniSampler Pe – 179-407-JD Profi Sampler Aluminium Zones 0, 1 IIA, IIB, IIC 250-475-JD 262 w w w . d e n i o s . c o . u k / s h o p

263

Multi-layer sampler For sampling all layers of the goods to be tested. Open internal tube without separate chambers, large sampling volume. W Available in aluminium or V4A (1.4404) W Complies with ISTA standard for seed length 10 mm (wheat, oats) and 5 mm (flax, vetch). W External diameter of the multi-collector: 25 mm W Ultra-clean material - easy to clean, removable tip Multi-Sampler With multiple closed chambers for multiple targeted samples at various pre-determined sampling depths. W Also suitable for ultra-pure materials W Easy to clean, removable tip W External diameter of the multi-collector: 25 mm Uno sampler With a closed sampling chamber for one targeted sample from a pre-determined depth. W These lances are ideal for sampling all types of bulk goods - from the finest powders to coarse grains Material Aluminium Stainless steel 1.4404 (V4A) Overall length [mm] Immersion depth [mm] Number of openings 576 878 1528 576 878 1528 430 710 1355 430 710 1355 1 1 1 1 1 1 Number of collection openings 5 3 3 5 3 3 Compartment volume [ml] Order number 260 70 130 260 70 130 179-466-JD 179-467-JD 179-468-JD 179-469-JD 179-470-JD 179-471-JD Material Stainless steel 1.4404 (V4A) Flange diameter [mm] 582 885 1535 Penetration depth [mm] 430 710 1355 Number of compart- ments 3 3 5 Number of collection openings 3 3 5 Compartment volume [ml] Order number 14 17 17 179-460-JD 179-461-JD 179-462-JD 2 s L A i R e T A M s u o d R A Z A h G n i L d n A h W Ultra-clean material - easy to clean, removable Material tip W External diameter of the multi-collector: 25 mm Stainless steel 1.4404/PTFE Overall length [mm] 583 885 1535 Immersion depth [mm] 430 710 1355 Number of compartments 1 1 1 Compartment volume [ml] 17 17 17 Order number 179-463-JD 179-464-JD 179-465-JD close-it tamper-evident seal When sampling from sacks, cartons etc with the zone sampler, holes are created which free-flowing bulk goods can trickle out of. The close-it seal prevents this happening. W Especially suitable for food and pharma (adhesive meets European food guidelines). W Meets FDA guidelines W Pack = 500 labels/roll Silo borer In aluminium for sampling from all layers in silos. W Scraper for cohesive substances W Length 1500 mm, extends to 3500 mm Accessories Extension rod for Silo borer Order number 179-476-JD Total sample quantity [ml] 400 Overall length [mm] 300 Ø external [mm] 150 Pipe diameter [mm] [mm] 40 Order number 179-475-JD QuickPicker W Specially designed for uncomplicated sampling of free-flowing bulk materials from sacks or big bags and direct filling into the customised original sample bottle. W Delivery includes 2 sample bottles in PE (order no. 179439) and a cleaning brush Material Stainless steel PP Overall length [mm] 1032 1100 Immersion depth [mm] 300 300 Capacity [ml] 75 75 Order number QuickPicker 179-438-JD 322-402-JD Colour Red Yellow Blue Green Black White Design printed printed printed printed printed unprinted Size [mm] 95 x 95 95 x 95 95 x 95 95 x 95 95 x 95 95 x 95 Order number 179-456-JD 250-425-JD 250-426-JD 250-427-JD 250-428-JD 179-457-JD E x P E R T A D V I C E A N D O R D E R L I N E : 0 1 9 5 2 8 1 1 9 9 1 263

264

2 s L A i R e T A M s u o d R A Z A h G n i L d n A h LiquiSampler The sampler for liquids, meets EN ISO 15528. Ultrapure, chemically inert PTFE/FEP or PP for contamination- free sampling for example from drums, tanks, silos or open water. For containers with a minimum opening diameter of 32 mm. W Field-proven samplers for liquids, according to DIN EN ISO 15528 W Universally suitable for target point, all-layer and soil samples W With scraper ring for marking depth and cleaning Material PP PTFE/FEP Volume [ml] 150 250 500 150 250 500 Immersion depth [mm] 600 1000 2000 600 1000 2000 Colour Transparent Order number LiquiSampler 179-395-JD 179-396-JD 179-397-JD 179-392-JD 179-393-JD 179-394-JD ViscoSampler Extremely high suction for numerous media such as sludge, silt, watery clay and soil samples, sediments, oils, emulsions, creams etc. In ultrapure and chemically inert PTFE/ FEP for contamination-free sampling. W Extremely easy to clean - non-porous, without indentations. Prevents a build up of dirt. W Only round containers which are proven for food hygiene use are used. Material PP PTFE/FEP Volume [ml] 160 300 650 160 300 650 Immersion depth [mm] 600 1000 2000 600 1000 2000 Colour Transparent Transparent white Order number ViscoSampler 179-403-JD 179-404-JD 179-405-JD 179-400-JD 179-401-JD 179-402-JD LiquiDispo For sampling highly liquid to slightly viscous liquids. Ergonomic handle, easy to use the sampler, just like a syringe (up to 200 ml). W HDPE, no seal, Ø 21 mm W Made in a clean room environment, individually packed W Complies with EU food and FDA guidelines, individually packaged (Pack=20 pcs.) Design Standard Sterilised Immersion depth [mm] 500 1000 500 1000 Volume [ml] 100 200 100 200 Order number LiquiDispo 250-477-JD 250-479-JD 250-478-JD 250-480-JD Order number ViscoDispo 250-481-JD 250-483-JD 250-482-JD 250-484-JD 264 w w w . d e n i o s . c o . u k / s h o p

265

Dipping bottles W Ideal for target point samples W For the testing of petroleum products group A, explosion groups IIA, IIB and IIC, crude oils, liquid petroleum products, fuels, special and test fuels, heating oils, petroleum and liquid lubricants W Unscrewable bottle head - easy to clean W Sturdy handle W High weight (3.3 kg) for fast lowering Dipping vessels W For taking all-layer samples from tanks, tankers, water bodies, sewage treatment plants W Tested for use in explosion protection zones 0 and 1, explosion groups II A, II B and II C W With EasyFlow, the flow-optimised flow flaps W High weight for faster lowering Dipping containers with glass bottles W Ideal for target point samples W Can be used in sewage treatment plants, for sludge and water samples or for testing crude oils, liquid petroleum products, fuels, special and test fuels, heating oils, petroleum and liquid lubricants according to explosion groups IIA and IIB W Tested for use in explosion protection zones 0 and 1, explosion groups II A and II B W With Easy-Click, the safe, practical closure for quick bottle changes W Clear glass bottle, 1000 ml capacity W High weight (3.2 kg) for faster lowering 2 s L A i R e T A M s u o d R A Z A h G n i L d n A h Dipping container with glass bottle Dipping bottle Immersion vessel Material Nickel-plated brass Ex-protection class in accordance with ATEX Total sample quantity [ml] Height, external [mm] Diameter [mm] Weight [kg] Order number Atex 1000 330 148 3.3 281-228-JD 1000 443 89 3.3 281-229-JD 1000 450 75 2.3 281-231-JD Immersion vessel Stainless steel 1.4301 (V2A) 1000 427 82 2.0 281-232-JD Accessories EX coil with earthing cable, WxØ4x100mm Lowering cable, V2A, length 10m, Ø1.25mm Lowering cable, V2A, length 25m, Ø1.25mm Lowering cable, V2A, length 50m, Ø1.25mm Copper cable EX w. loops, 10m, Ø 4.5mm Copper cable EX w. loops, 25m, Ø 4.5mm Copper cable EX w. loops, 50m, Ø 4.5mm Order number 281-241-JD 281-245-JD 281-246-JD 281-247-JD 281-248-JD 281-249-JD 281-250-JD Dispo Dipper - cleanroom-ready dippers W Practical disposable sampler W Production, assembly and packaging take place in a clean room, class 7 (10,000) W Complies with EU food and FDA guidelines, individually packaged (Pack=20 pcs.) W The scaled sample container enables the sample quantity to be measured precisely W The sample can is sealed liquid-tight after sampling Capacity [ml] Penetration depth [mm] [mm] Gamma-sterilised Diameter [mm] Material thickness [mm] Pack type Packaging unit (piece/pack) Order number 50 ml 50 ml 100 ml 100 ml 250 ml 250 ml Yes No 40 417 270 No 53 415 Individually packed 20 Item(s) Yes Yes No 72 429 281-264-JD 281-265-JD 281-266-JD 281-267-JD 281-268-JD 281-269-JD E x P E R T A D V I C E A N D O R D E R L I N E : 0 1 9 5 2 8 1 1 9 9 1 265

266

D E N I O S M A G A Z I N E A L L Y O U N E E D T O K N O W A B O U T H A N D L I N G H A Z A R D O U S M A T E R I A L S The DENIOS range contains a wide range of products for everyday tasks such as lifting and turning, mixing, emptying or transporting drums. Drum lifters or drum trolleys ensure safe transport. Products for the safe handling and use of hazardous materials, for storing, transporting and dispensing are also included. Drum accessories such as pumps, taps or funnels round off the range and are suitable for every application. U G u i d e s U A R T i c L e s U F A Q U c h e c k L i s T s U V i d e o s U w h i T e p A p e R s U i n T e R V i e w s U A n d M u c h M o R e ! www.denios.co.uk/magazine F A Q G u i d e s A L L A B o u T d R u M s The DENIOS range contains a wide range of products for everyday tasks such as lifting and turning, mixing, emptying or transporting drums. Drum lifters or drum trolleys ensure safe transport. Products for the safe handling and use of hazardous materials, for storing, transporting and dispensing are also included. Drum accessories such as pumps, taps or funnels round off the range and are suitable for every application. 5 p R o V e n d R u M h A n d L i n G A i d s In many companies, hazardous materials are stored in drums. However, the need for safe and ergonomic transport is often underestimated. We offer essential products for different application situations. www.denios.co.uk/drum-storing-guide www.denios.co.uk/5drum-tools c h e c k L i s T w h i T e p A p e R s o n - s i T e T R A n s p o R T o F h A Z A R d o u s M A T e R i A L s Transporting hazardous materials optimally and safely This free DENIOS checklist shows you: W Which special features should be considered in advance during the risk assessment. W How to optimally prepare internal transport of hazardous materials. W What rules are important during transport to ensure that hazardous materials get from A to B safely. e n V i R o n M e n T A L d A M A G e c A u s e d B Y h A Z A R - d o u s M A T e R i A L s – L e G A L c o n s e Q u e n c e s , L i A B i L i T Y , p R e V e n T i o n Find out What the consequences of environmental violations are Who is liable for environmental damage How to protect yourself effectively www.denios.co.uk/hazmat-transport www.denios.co.uk/sustainability 266 w w w . d e n i o s . c o . u k / s h o p

267

C U S T O M E R B E N E F I T S O N - S I T E T R A N S P O R T A N D H A N D L I N G O F G O O D S Huge selection: W We offer heating solutions for canisters from 25 litres up to 100 litre IBCs W You'll also find heating solutions for Ex areas as well as for weatherproof applications Delivery free to door: W No hidden costs W Transparency and planning security for your purchase Cutting-edge production processes for guaranteed quality 10-year warranty: "If you have any trouble, we're always happy to help." 1 2 3 4 5 Practical safety lock for locking a drum in the highest position Suitable for 60 to 205 litre steel and 120 to 220 litre plastic drums using a drum belt Simple loading of drum dollies, base heating plates and Euro pallets Rigid, torsion-resistant steel frame with blue powder coating Quick lifting of the drum by means of mechanical lever arm 2 5 1 4 3 E x P E R T A D V I C E A N D O R D E R L I N E : 0 1 9 5 2 8 1 1 9 9 1 267

268

Drum dolly type DT 1 - DT 5. W Practical transport of standing 60/205/220 litre drums made of steel or plastic W Available with additional accessories - suitable for many applications Handle makes it easy to move. W For 60 litre steel drums W Includes towbar for easy, ergonomic transport W With 4 sturdy hooks keep the drum in position W Easy to manoeuvre due to 4 swivel, polyamide castors (Ø 60 x 25 mm) W Welded steel construction with high load capacity W With robust powder coating in RAL 5010 blue W For 205 litre steel drums and 220 litre plastic drums W Easy to manoeuvre due to 4 swivel, polyamide castors W Welded steel construction with high load capacity W With robust powder coating in RAL 5010 (blue) Tiltable W Tipping drum dollies in steel W For 205/220 litre drums W Mechanical device with foot pedal for easy tilting of the drum, useful for e.g. Emptying the drum using a pump W Steel construction with long lasting powder coating in RAL 5010 (blue) W Easy to move on 4 nylon castors 2 s L A i R e T A M s u o d R A Z A h G n i L d n A h 1 2 4 Order no. 171-741-JD Order no. 148-431-JD Order no. 189-634-JD With oil-tight welded, closed spill pallet W Edge height 80 mm W Powder-coated in blue (RAL 5010) Stainless steel drum dollies W For easy transport of 205 litre drums and stainless steel drums W Especially suitable for the food and pharmaceutical industries W Can be cleaned easily and quickly The sturdy drum dolly for especially heavy steel drums W Load capacity up to 500 kg W Sturdy steel construction, powder coated in blue (RAL 5010) 3 Model Design Overall load capacity [kg] Ø internal [mm] Height [mm] Number of rollers Ø roll [mm] Order number 1 DT1 / 60 With handle 100 400 135 4 60 171-741-JD 5 2 6 3 4 5 6 DT 1 / 200 DT 2 Standard With oil-tight spill pallet 300 610 185 4 75 189-637-JD 350 610 125 4 75 148-431-JD DT 3 With tilting mechanism 350 610 145 4 75 189-634-JD DT 4 Made of stainless steel 350 610 165 4 80 189-635-JD DT 5 Especially for heavy drums 500 610 165 8 100 189-636-JD 268 w w w . d e n i o s . c o . u k / s h o p

269

Drum dollies type DT6 for drum overpacks W For the safe transport of 205 litre steel drums, salvage drums and drum overpacks W In galvanised steel W Adjustable from Ø 680 to 840 mm W Easy to move on 4 swivel castors 2 s L A i R e T A M s u o d R A Z A h G n i L d n A h Also available in an electrically conductive version (when used in accordance with the intended use, suitable for potentially ex- plosive areas) Model Design Overall load capacity [kg] Ø internal [mm] Height [mm] Order number DT 6 Non-electrically conductive 450 840 123 115-199-JD Electrically conductive 450 840 123 127-147-JD E x P E R T A D V I C E A N D O R D E R L I N E : 0 1 9 5 2 8 1 1 9 9 1 269

270

2 s L A i R e T A M s u o d R A Z A h G n i L d n A h Polyethylene drum dolly model Poly200 The high-quality Poly200 drum dollies with drip tray are produced from seamless, environmentally-friendly polyethylene. The PE drum dollies are liquid-tight, corrosion-resistant and very resistant to acids and alkalis. W Ideal for 205 litre steel drums and 220 litre plastic drums W In environmentally friendly, solid coloured polyethylene (PE) W Liquid-tight, corrosion-resistant and very resistant to acids and alkalis W Integrated drip tray with 5 litre collection volume W Easy transport with 4 polyamide swivel castors (Ø 80 mm) W With profiled floor for good stability during transport W High quality drum dolly with drip tray W Available in 3 versions Poly200 S is also available in a conductive version (suitable for potentially explosive areas) Model Design Overall load capacity [kg] Non-electrically conductive, blue Order number Electrically conductive, black Order number Poly200 D With tow handle 181-867-JD – Poly200 E Without tow handle 300 181-868-JD – Poly200 S Integrated handle 181-869-JD 181-870-JD 270 w w w . d e n i o s . c o . u k / s h o p

271

Steel Drum Caddy The combined draw/lever bar facilitates the tilting of the drum to be able to load and transport 205 litre drums W Drum caddy for quick positioning of a drum without additional aids W Simple transportation of 205 litre steel drums W Especially low to allow access underneath and lifting of the tilted drum W The combined handle and lever allows the drum to be safely tipped and easily transported W Castor Ø (mm): 150 / 75 castor material: polyurethane W Load capacity: 250 kg A safety hook prevents the drum from slipping when it is tilted 2 s L A i R e T A M s u o d R A Z A h G n i L d n A h Drum CADDY with a combined handle and lever, for safely lifting the drum while the CADDY is pushed underneath and for easy transport Design External dimensions W x D x H [mm] Order number With drawbar / lever 780 x 570 x 1060 195-075-JD E x P E R T A D V I C E A N D O R D E R L I N E : 0 1 9 5 2 8 1 1 9 9 1 271

272

Drum trolley type FKR-S2 W With long lasting powder-coating in blue (RAL 5010) W Easy drum pick-up with strap and safety hooks W Two support castors increase safety W The drum trolley enables the easy loading of 205 litre drums onto spill pallets (max. Spill pallet height 260 mm) W Solid rubber wheels or pneumatic tyres. Wheel Ø: 350 mm Also available in an electrically conductive version (when used in accordance with the intended use, suitable for potentially ex- plosive areas). 2 s L A i R e T A M s u o d R A Z A h G n i L d n A h Order no. 164-364-JD Drum trolley type FKH W Drum trolley with solid rubber tyres, for the safe transport and dispensing from 205 litre steel and plastic lidded drums W For tipping and easy transport W Easy, safe drum pick-up with safety hooks W Can also be used as dispensing station W Large solid rubber wheels, ideal for use on uneven floors Also suitable as dispensing station Drum trolley FKH with folding feet for stability Order no. 164-355-JD Model Tyres Overall load capacity [kg] External dimensions W x D x H [mm] Order number Powder coated 272 Standard version Fkr-s2 Solid rubber Air 730 x 545 x 1600 164-364-JD 164-362-JD Fkh Solid rubber 300 730 x 520 x 1600 164-355-JD Conductive version Fkr-s2 Solid rubber EL Fkh 730 x 570 x 1590 180-863-JD 650 x 600 x 1415 180-861-JD w w w . d e n i o s . c o . u k / s h o p

273

Drum trolley FKZ for steel and plastic drums W Solid rubber wheels or pneumatic tyres. Wheel Ø: 350 mm W For the transport and filling of 60 to 220 litre steel and plastic drums W With foot plate and belt for secure transportation and safe dispensing The folding foot prevents the drum trolley tipping over by accident Drum trolley FKZ, powder coated in RAL 5010, pneumatic wheels Order no. 164-370-JD Drum tipper trolley BK-60 W Suitable for 30 and 60 litre containers W Guarantees safe transport (additional safety chains are optionally available) W Can also be used as a dispensing station with suitable spill pallet (optionally available) W Wheel Ø: 200 mm Also available in an electrically conductive version (when used in accordance with the intended use, suitable for potentially ex- plosive areas). Sump pallet type PolySafe PSW 6.2, For directly placing containers into Order no. 107-262-JD With spill pallet (see accessories) suitable as dispensing station Model Tyres Overall load capacity [kg] External dimensions W x D x H [mm] Order number Powder coated Order number Hot dip galvanised Fkz Solid rubber 300 730 x 565 x 1580 164-371-JD – E x P E R T A D V I C E A N D O R D E R L I N E : 0 1 9 5 2 8 1 1 9 9 1 2 s L A i R e T A M s u o d R A Z A h G n i L d n A h o R d e R A T T h e s A M e T i M e Safety chain W For transport safety of 33 kg gas cylinders Order no. 133-938-JD (without safety chain, pneumatic tyres see table) Order no. 115-243-JD Conductive version Solid rubber EL Bk-60 120 470 x 530 x 1160 181-316-JD 181-315-JD 273 Standard version Bk-60 120 Air Fkz 300 470 x 530 x 1160 164-368-JD 115-243-JD – 115-246-JD 730 x 565 x 1580 164-370-JD – 695 x 650 x 1415 181-268-JD –

274

Drum transport and lifting trolley FTH 1 W For effortless placement of 50 to 205 litre steel bung hole drums on spill pallets W Functions as both a drum trolley and a drum lifter W Sturdy frame with stand, handles, castors with roller bearings W With height adjustable safety gripper to secure the drum to the frame W Additional restraint system assists with locking onto the spill pallet during the gas spring assisted lifting process W Suitable for spill pallet heights up to max.: 365 mm W 2 large rubber tyres (with ball bearings) Ø 250 mm 2 s L A i R e T A M s u o d R A Z A h G n i L d n A h 2 additional hooks anchor the transport lifter to the spill pallet for safe positioning of the drum. Drum transport and lifting trolley FTH 1 for steel drums, load capacity 200 kg Order no. 128-406-JD Drum lifting truck for 205 litre steel drums W Combine the comfort of a pallet truck with the Combine the comfort of a pallet truck with the functionality of a drum transport and lifting trolley functionality of a drum transport and lifting trolley W For straightforward lifting, placing and transporting of a 200 litre steel drum on level ground W Load capacity: 350 kg W The clamp opens when lowered and picks up the drum W Wheels manufactured from nylon Drum lifting truck for 205 litre steel drums, load capacity 350 kg Order no. 158-052-JD 274 w w w . d e n i o s . c o . u k / s h o p

275

2 s L A i R e T A M s u o d R A Z A h G n i L d n A h Drum lifting attachment FGH W For transporting steel and plastic drums W For vertically lifting and transporting 110 /220 litre plastic l-ring drums and 60 / 205 litre steel ribbed drums W Sturdy chain construction with special grip hooks for picking up the drum W Also suitable for closely packed drums or for stocking drum overpacks and recovery drums W Load capacity: 300 kg W Weight: 4 kg Order no. 115-187-JD Drum gripper P 360 W For transporting steel and plastic drums W For vertical lifting and transporting of 205 litre steel drums and 220 litre plastic l-ring drums W With long lasting powder-coating in blue (RAL 5010) W Height: 350 mm W Load capacity: 350 kg W Weight: 5 kg Order no. 164-641-JD Clamping drum gripper P 400 W For vertically lifting and transporting 120 litre plastic lidded drums W Easy to fit onto the drum as the clamp grips the drum automatically W The clamp releases by pushing the handle W Zinc-plated W For drum diameter: 395 mm W Load capacity: 360 kg W Height: 370 mm W Weight: 7 kg Clamping drum gripper model P 400, hot dip galvanised Order no. 157-584-JD o R d e R A T T h e s A M e T i M e Forklift truck hooks Lifting chain W In accordance with EN 818-4, goods classification 8 with connecting clip and safety hook W Length: 1000 mm, load capacity: 1120 kg Fork lift truck hook EZ for lifting drums using one fork lift truck hook, weight: 11 kg Fork lift truck hooks DZ for lifting drums using two fork lift truck hooks, weight: 29 kg Order no. 115-189-JD Order no. 115-190-JD Order no. 137-691-JD E x P E R T A D V I C E A N D O R D E R L I N E : 0 1 9 5 2 8 1 1 9 9 1 275

276

2 s L A i R e T A M s u o d R A Z A h G n i L d n A h TOP PRODUCT Order no. 115-256-JD Order no. 115-197-JD Drum tong FZ 600 W For vertically lifting and transporting 205 litre ribbed steel or clamping Ring drums W Also suitable for operating amongst drums stored in close proximity to each other or to fill safety or recovery drums W With long lasting powder-coating in blue (RAL 5010) W Load capacity: 350 kg W Weight: 10 kg Also suitable for closely packed drums or for loading drum overpacks and recovery drums. Powder coated in blue (RAL 5010) Drum lifting chain with belt Ideal for transporting opened or sealed metal drums with rims around the top. The belt is fastened under the rim at the top of the drum and is secured firmly in place using the fastener. The width of the belt can be altered using the screws. W Drum diameter: 560 - 610 mm W Load capacity: 300 kg W Weight: 10 kg Drum tong fz-s For lifting 205 litre ribbed steel drums vertically. Also suitable for lifting open drums as the drum remains in a vertical position. Powder coated in blue (RAL 5010) W Ideal for closely packed drums W Load capacity: 350 kg W Weight: 8 kg Order no. 115-266-JD 276 The drum is only gripped on one side, so the drum tongs fz-s can also be used without any problems when several drums are standing close together w w w . d e n i o s . c o . u k / s h o p

277

Drum lifter FGK The all-rounder with a wide range of uses! W Ideal for putting a horizontal drum in an upright position W For lifting and transporting horizontal or standing 60 and 205 litre steel ribbed drums W Sturdy chain construction with special grip hooks for picking up the drum W Also suitable for closely packed drums or for stocking drum overpacks and recovery drums W Load capacity: 500 kg W Weight: 2.2 kg BESTSELLER Lifting a horizontal drum up without effort Drum lifting clamp Model FGK - ideal for lifting standing or horizontal drums. Order no. 164-398-JD 2 s L A i R e T A M s u o d R A Z A h G n i L d n A h FZ 500-h The drum tongs FZ 500-h are ideal for lifting and transporting 205 litre steel ribbed drums or clamping Ring drums stored horizontally. W Transporting 205 litre steel drums horizontally W With a retaining device W Load capacity: 350 kg W Weight: 8 kg Drum lifter FGV W For lifting and transporting horizontal 60 and 205 litre steel ribbed drums W Sturdy chain construction with 2 special grip hooks for picking up the drum W Load capacity: 300 kg W Weight: 4 kg Order no. 164-399-JD Order no. 115-188-JD E x P E R T A D V I C E A N D O R D E R L I N E : 0 1 9 5 2 8 1 1 9 9 1 277

278

2 s L A i R e T A M s u o d R A Z A h G n i L d n A h Safe transport of plastic and steel drums Drum clamp Model SK, tested and suitable for use in Ex Zones The clamp closes around the drum automatically when it is lifted by the forklift. Supplied with wing nuts to secure the clamp to the forklift W With adjustable, automatically closing drum clamp to grasp and firmly hold the drum W Secure grip even for different sizes of drum W Tested and suitable for use in EX zones: IIB T4 Zone 1 W Suitable for 220 litre plastic drums and 205 litre steel ribbed drums Order no. 212-869-JD Easy to adjust for any drum type with handwheel and scale 5 6 5 0 8 1 5 0 2 0 8 1 0 7 1 0 7 1 Top view: drum clamp model SK 1280 0 1 6 - 0 3 5 Drum clamp FK The clamp closes around the drum automatically when it is lifted by the forklift. Supplied with wing nuts to secure the clamp to the forklift W With automatically closing drum clamp to grasp and firmly hold the steel drum W Drum clamps as forklift attachments to transport 1 drum W Suitable for 220 litre plastic drums or 205 litre steel ribbed drums W Includes wing nuts to secure the clamp to the forklift W With long lasting powder-coating in blue (RAL 5010) Order no. 164-394-JD Model Suitable for Overall load capacity [kg] External dimensions W x D x H [mm] Forklift pocket W x H [mm] Weight [kg] Order number 278 Top view: drum clamp FK SK 205 litre steel ribbed drum / steel lidded drum and 220 litre plastic lidded drum / plastic L Ring drum 300 675 x 1280 x 220 170 x 70 47 212-869-JD 205 litre steel ribbed drum / steel lidded drum Fk 350 710 x 1100 x 160 150 x 55 56 164-394-JD w w w . d e n i o s . c o . u k / s h o p

279

Drum gripper SH W Practical transport of up to 2 x 205 litre steel drums W Secure grip even on uneven surfaces W One-person operation - no need for an additional person when approaching and picking up the drum W Secure attachment of steel drums and clamping Ring drums W Height adjustable W Sturdy welded design in steel W Forklift attachment module with long lasting powder-coating in blue (RAL 5010) W Quick and easy to fit to the forklift forks W Automatic grip when the drum is lifted W Automatic clamp release when the drum is lowered By driving up to the top rim of the drum and lifting the drum, the gripper will automatically grip the rim of the drum. The gripper anchors itself on the edge of the drum during the lifting process. When placing the drum on the ground again, the locking device on the gripper releases automatically. 2 s L A i R e T A M s u o d R A Z A h G n i L d n A h Tested spill pallets with approval for the storage of hazardous materials See page 10 Drum gripper model SH 1 for 1 x 205 litre drum, load capacity: 350 kg Drum gripper model SH 2 for 2 x 205 litre drums, load capacity: 2x350 kg Side view: drum gripper SH 1 and SH 2 Top view: drum gripper SH 1 Top view: drum gripper SH 2 Model Overall load capacity [kg] Suitable for External dimensions W x D x H [mm] Forklift pocket W x H [mm] Weight [kg] Order number SH 1 350 1 x 205 litre steel ribbed drum / steel lidded drum 710 x 890 x 975 140 x 55 70 115-223-JD SH 2 700 2 x 205 litre steel ribbed drums / steel lidded drums 1050 x 1080 x 975 150 x 55 110 115-225-JD E x P E R T A D V I C E A N D O R D E R L I N E : 0 1 9 5 2 8 1 1 9 9 1 279

280

Drum turner SV W Suitable for drums with Ø of 380 to 600 mm W Also available as ex-proof versions complying with ATEX W Ideal for 60 to 220 litre plastic l-ring and covered drums and 60 and 200 litre steel ribbed and clamping ring drums W Self-locking worm gear with an easy to operate hand wheel W Pivoted prism jaws with securing belt at the front W Chain to secure the tilting attachment to the fork lift truck W Rotation range: 180° Top view: drum turner SV 2 s L A i R e T A M s u o d R A Z A h G n i L d n A h II 2G IIB T4 EX version see table Drum turner SVK W The chain ensures controlled emptying of the drum at the desired height and is easy to operate from the driver’s seat W The tilting attachment has bolts to secure it to the fork lift truck W Sturdy welded design in steel W With long lasting powder-coating in blue (RAL 5010) W Rotation range: > 360° Order no. 164-393-JD Driver operates the chain from the seat of the forklift truck The drum tilting attachment is an accessory for fork lift trucks, and is suitable for lifting, turning, controlled emptying of drums and transporting drums. Easy to use one-man operation. Model Use Overall load capacity [kg] Weight [kg] Forklift pocket W x H [mm] Distance between fork pockets [mm] Order number Standard version Order number Explosion-proof version Sv Svk 60 to 220 litre plastic and 60/205 litre steel drums 300 90 170 x 70 695 115-286-JD 147-724-JD 205 litre steel drum 300 70 180 x 65 620 164-393-JD – 280 w w w . d e n i o s . c o . u k / s h o p

281

Drum gripper RLN W For standing and horizontal 205 litre steel drums W Tested and suitable for use in EX zones: IIB T4 Zone 1 W Compactly designed drum reception W Automatic locking W Drums can be placed next to each other on a shelf W The standing drum is gripped and when the forklift is lowered the drum moves to a horizontal position W The drum can then be stored without any additional manual effort Drum gripper model RLN, for 1 x 205 litre drum 2 s L A i R e T A M s u o d R A Z A h G n i L d n A h Top view: drum gripper RLN Model Use Overall load capacity [kg] Weight [kg] Forklift pocket W x H [mm] Distance between fork pockets [mm] Order number Rln 205 litre steel drum, standing or horizontal 300 75 170 x 70 665 115-289-JD E x P E R T A D V I C E A N D O R D E R L I N E : 0 1 9 5 2 8 1 1 9 9 1 281

282

2 s L A i R e T A M s u o d R A Z A h G n i L d n A h Servo Eco - The simple drum lifter for pallets, base heating plates and drum dollies W Suitable for 60 to 205 litre steel and 120 to 220 litre plastic drums using a drum belt W Quick lifting of the drum by means of mechanical lever arm W Simple loading of drum dollies, base heating plates and Euro pallets W Practical safety lock for locking a drum in the highest position W Rigid, torsion-resistant steel frame with blue powder coating W Load capacity: 250 kg For quick loading of drum dollies, drum base heaters and pallets 60 to 205 litre steel drums, 120 to 220 litre plastic drums Suitable for Lift height max [mm]* Overall load capacity [kg] External dimensions W x D x H [mm] Clear chassis width [mm] Order number *Measured at lower edge of 205 l steel drum (max. lifting height may vary for other drum types) 200 250 909 x 830 x 1782 830 268-895-JD Servo Eco - The efficient drum lifter for Euro pallets Suitable for use with 205 litre steel ribbed drums W Simple, easy loading e.g. of Euro pallets and DENIOS spill pallets W The wheel base of the drum lifter is wide enough to push the lifter either side of Euro pallets to ensure that drums at the back of the pallet can be reached easily W Special locking mechanism fixes onto the top of the drum to hold the drum in place W Drum can be lifted easily using a handle W Load capacity: 250 kg Order no. 227-162-JD 282 w w w . d e n i o s . c o . u k / s h o p

283

Servo Eco with v-shaped chassis Even Euro pallets can be reached over so that a drum in the centre can easily be accessed W Simple, safe loading over the corner e.g. of Euro pallets and DENIOS spill pallets W When the foot hydraulics are activated the drum is automatically grabbed and held safely W Versatile and space saving - 2 swivel castors (with brake) ensure precise parking for storage W Easy drum lifting using the foot pump, lowering with separate foot pedal W Available in 2 versions: - for 205 L steel drums - for 205 L steel drums and 205 l plastic drums Order no. 227-161-JD 2 s L A i R e T A M s u o d R A Z A h G n i L d n A h Handwheel with scale for exact fitting of the clamp on any type of drum Order no. 201-867-JD Suitable for Lift height max [mm]* Overall load capacity [kg] External dimensions W x D x H [mm] Order number *Measured at lower edge of 205 l steel drum (max. lifting height may vary for other drum types) 205 L steel drums 493 350 1218 x 900 x 1260 227-161-JD 500 300 1120 x 900 x 1260 201-867-JD 205 litre steel drums, 220 litre plastic drums Euro pallets can be reached over so that a drum in the centre can easily be accessed E x P E R T A D V I C E A N D O R D E R L I N E : 0 1 9 5 2 8 1 1 9 9 1 283

284

Drum lifter Servo with adjustable chassis W Easy to manoeuvre in confined spaces W Adjustable chassis (700 and 1390 mm clear width) W Flexible use, ideal for loading denios spill pallets and containers or for loading shelving W Suitable for 205 litre steel ribbed drums W Special, self-closing gripping mechanism W Compact size will fit through most standard industrial doors W 4 large swivel castors (2 with brakes) enable easy manoeuvring and safe transport even over longer distances W With long lasting powder-coating in blue (RAL 5010) W Load capacity: 350 kg 2 s L A i R e T A M s u o d R A Z A h G n i L d n A h Easy approach e.g. to a spill pallet, even in the smallest of spaces Large lifting range Chassis dimensions retracted / folded out All products for Drum lifters can be found here: www.denios.co.uk/kat/12828 284 w w w . d e n i o s . c o . u k / s h o p

285

Drum lifter Servo with 180 drum turner Lifting, turning and emptying 205/220 L ribbed steel and plastic L-ring drums W Safety handle can be operated with one hand and has a 3 way function W 2 fixed castors and 2 swivel castors (with brakes and foot guard) ensure (lifting / lowering / transporting) easy manoeuvrability W Additional foot pedal for accurate lifting W The extended wheel and safety grid ensure maximum safety for the user W The wide wheelbase allows Euro pallets to be loaded from the narrow side W With robust powder coating in blue (RAL 5010) W Rotation range: 180° For steel ribbed drums Safety hooks beneath the drum protect and retain the steel drum 2 s L A i R e T A M s u o d R A Z A h G n i L d n A h Side view: Drum lifter with drum turner 180 degrees Detail: safety handle For ribbed steel and plastic L-ring drums Lifting, turning and emptying 205/220 L ribbed steel and plastic L-ring drums W With additional safety clamp - both 205/220 litre steel ribbed and plastic L-ring drums are securely gripped and held INNOVATION Safety clamp for plastic drums, with adjustable lever operated locking clamp Suitable for 205 L steel drums 1105 x 1335 x 1960 940 236-464-JD 205 litre steel drums, 220 litre plastic L ring drums 1270 1305 Lift height max [mm]* Overall load capacity [kg] External dimensions W x D x H [mm] Clear chassis width [mm] Ground clearance [mm] Order number *Measured at lower edge of 205 l steel drum (max. lifting height may vary for other drum types) 1120 x 1335 x 1960 930 227-163-JD 350 150 E x P E R T A D V I C E A N D O R D E R L I N E : 0 1 9 5 2 8 1 1 9 9 1 285

286

2 Drum lifter Servo with drum gripper, drum clamp and drum turner 360° s L A i R e T A M s u o d R A Z A h G n i L d n A h Rigid, torsion-resistant steel frame with blue powder coating The Servo drum lifters offer you solutions for many applications: In addition to the Servo drum lifters with adjustable wheelbase and the two Servo drum lifters with the 180° drum turner on the previous pages, on the following page you will find three more wheelbase types, combined with three practical, robust drum holders - for lifting, transporting or even turning steel and plastic drums. The 3 wheelbase options are split into: - Narrow wheelbase with height 1605 mm - Wide wheelbase with height 1605 mm - Wide wheelbase with height 2135 mm W Easy lifting with foot-operated hydraulic system W Convenient lowering with separate foot-operated pedal W Easy to manoeuvre with 2 fixed and 2 swivel castors (with brakes) Practical foot pump for ergonomic drum lifting Narrow wheelbase - for inserting in Euro pallets or various denios spill pallets Dimensions wide / narrow wheelbase Wide wheelbase - for positioning “around” Euro pallets and denios spill pallets. Reaching over a Euro pallet is also possible, for example to pick up a drum standing at the back. 286 w w w . d e n i o s . c o . u k / s h o p

287

Drum lifter Servo with drum gripper special gripper mechanism for 60 litre to 205 litre steel ribbed drums and steel clamping ring drums W Load capacity: 300 kg Wide Narrow Wheelbase Lift height max [mm]* Lift height min [mm] Clear chassis width [mm] Height [mm] Order number *Measured at lower edge of 205 l steel drum (max. lifting height may vary for other drum types) 740 120 278 1605 181-092-JD 740 – 974 1605 115-218-JD 1390 – 974 2135 181-098-JD Wide Drum lifter Servo with drum clamp Drum clamp is adjustable, has automatic closing, universally suited to all 205 / 220 litre steel and plastic drums W Load capacity: 300 kg The drum clamp can be easily adjusted to the drum diameter with the handwheel with scale and the brake 2 s L A i R e T A M s u o d R A Z A h G n i L d n A h Wide Narrow Wheelbase Lift height max [mm]* Lift height min [mm] Clear chassis width [mm] Height, external [mm] Order number *Measured at lower edge of 205 l steel drum (max. lifting height may vary for other drum types) 520 120 278 1605 214-474-JD 520 – 974 1605 214-475-JD 1170 – 974 2135 214-476-JD Wide Drum lifter Servo with 360 drum turner Gripping system with rotatable prism jaws - ideal for 60 to 220-litre plastic L Ring drums and lidded drums, as well as 60 and 205 litre steel ribbed drums and clamping Ring drums W Self-locking sensitive gears with hand wheel W Load capacity: 300 kg Wide Narrow Wheelbase Lift height max [mm]* Lift height min [mm] Clear chassis width [mm] Height [mm] Order number *Measured at lower edge of 205 l steel drum (max. lifting height may vary for other drum types) 750 120 278 1605 181-088-JD 750 – 974 1605 181-090-JD 1400 – 974 2135 115-293-JD Wide E x P E R T A D V I C E A N D O R D E R L I N E : 0 1 9 5 2 8 1 1 9 9 1 287

288

The highest levels of functionality and safety Secu Ex drum lifters Versions: The Secu Ex drum lifter is available with 3 different drum holder types, for Lifting, transport and also turning of steel and plastic drums. Select the drum holder suitable for your application in combination with one of the 3 running gear variants: narrow running gear, wide running gear or V-shaped running gear (detailed descriptions can be found on the following product pages) The storage and handling of drums in Ex zones requires suitable aids. DENIOS has developed the new Secu Ex drum lifter for use in Ex zones based on the experience of our engineers and safety experts. This means: maximum user protection in sensitive working environments and ATEX conformity are already standard. Design and function play together perfectly in the Secu EX drum lifter. This makes it easy to use. The complete design of the Secu Ex is main- tenance friendly. 2 s L A i R e T A M s u o d R A Z A h G n i L d n A h Drum lifter Secu Ex with drum gripper The steel drum is automatically gripped at the upper edge of the drum and is securely held W Drum gripper with self closing gripper mechanism W Drum lifter specially developed for Ex areas W For lifting and transporting 205 litre steel ribbed or clamping Ring drums W Drums can be easily raised using the foot pump, precise lowering with separate foot pedal W The highest levels of functionality and safety W Lifting height up to 1405 mm W Drum lifter in Ex version Gripper head with integrated equipotential bonding - EX proof even in the smallest details Folding foot pedal and foot protection for optimal safety Features Narrow Wide Overall height [mm] Lift height max [mm]* Lift height min [mm] Use Overall load capacity [kg] External dimensions W x D [mm] Order number *Min/max lift height measured from the ground or Euro pallet to the lower edge of a 205 litre steel drum. May differ for other types of drum Lifting / transporting steel drums 1216 x 1233 1635 905 120 1635 905 – 300 236-561-JD 236-559-JD Secu Ex with drum gripper, short version with narrow wheelbase Order no. 236-561-JD Splayed 1755 905 – 2255 1405 – 1132 x 1290 236-563-JD 236-564-JD All wheelbase options are available in either a short or a high version (see table for details) - short version: for example for loading pallets and DENIOS spill pallets - high version: for example for loading DENIOS spill pallets or loading drum racks. 288 w w w . d e n i o s . c o . u k / s h o p

289

Drum lifter Secu Ex with drum clamp The automatically closing drum clamp is quick to adjust - to ensure different sizes of drum are securely held W Drum lifter specially developed for Ex areas W For lifting and transporting 205/220 litre steel and plastic drums W The drum clamp can be easily adjusted to the drum diameter with the handwheel with scale and the brake W Drums can be easily raised using the foot pump, precise lowering with separate foot pedal W The highest levels of functionality and safety W Lifting height up to 1320 mm Wheelbase Narrow Wide Splayed 2 s L A i R e T A M s u o d R A Z A h G n i L d n A h 1635 Overall height [mm] Lift height max [mm]* Lift height min [mm] Use Overall load capacity [kg] External dimensions W x D [mm] Order number *Min/max lift height measured from the ground or Euro pallet to the lower edge of a 205 litre steel drum. May differ for other types of drum 1200 120 Lifting / transporting steel/plastic drums 1216 x 1233 236-568-JD 236-565-JD 236-567-JD 700 – 700 120 2135 1635 300 1755 820 – 2255 1320 – 1132 x 1290 236-569-JD 236-570-JD Drum lifter Secu Ex with drum turner W Gripper system with prism jaws and tension belt - drums of various types and sizes can be safely picked up and held W Drum lifter specially developed for Ex areas W For lifting, transporting and turning 60 to 220 litre plastic l-ring and lidded drums and 60 to 205 litre steel ribbed and clamping Ring drums W Rotation range: > 360° W For lifting, turning, mixing, regulated emptying W Drums can be easily raised using the foot pump, precise lowering with separate foot pedal W Easy to operate gears with handwheel ensure the drum is precisely positioned when turning W Easily manoeuvrable with 2 swivel and 2 fixed castors (swivel castors with brake) W The highest levels of functionality and safety W Lifting height up to 1430 mm Drum lifter Secu Ex - with drum turner 360° for steel and plastic drums Wheelbase Narrow Wide 1635 Overall height [mm] Lift height max [mm]* Lift height min [mm] Use Overall load capacity [kg] External dimensions W x D [mm] 236-572-JD Order number *Min/max lift height measured from the ground or Euro pallet to the lower edge of a 205 litre steel drum. May differ for other types of drum Lifting / turning / transporting steel/plastic drums 1216 x 1233 236-571-JD 236-573-JD 236-574-JD 1430 – 1430 120 930 – 930 120 2135 2135 1635 300 Drum lifter Secu Ex with drum turner is available with either a narrow or wide wheelbase and in either a short or high version. Folding foot pedal and foot protection for optimal safety E x P E R T A D V I C E A N D O R D E R L I N E : 0 1 9 5 2 8 1 1 9 9 1 289

290

2 s L A i R e T A M s u o d R A Z A h G n i L d n A h Electro-hydraulic drum lifter with counterweight and drum gripper W Electro-hydraulic drum lifter with counterweight for easy handling of W Drum lifters can subsequently be converted to the other version using drums W The electrohydraulics support both precise lifting and safe movement - energy-saving, ergonomic and efficient W Drum gripper with a self-closing gripper mechanism - the steel drum is automatically gripped at the upper edge of the drum and is securely held W For 60 to 205 litre steel ribbed drums and steel clamping ring drums W equipped with a powerful and long-lasting lead-acid battery W The drum lifters are available in the following versions: - 130 mm reach (for loading spill pallets) with 350 kg load capacity - 260 mm reach (for loading cabinets) with 300 kg load capacity the "adapter" accessory W Lift height up to 1300 mm W Safety functions: - Charge indicator - Activation only with key - Foot protection - Anti-trapping function - Integrated horn - Emergency switch W Convenient charging with spiral cable and integrated power supply unit W Thanks to the counterweight, driving under or around is no longer necessary 1 The steel drum is automatically gripped at the upper edge of the drum and is securely held 2 Multifunctional control - raise, lower and move at the touch of a button 3 The drum is always in sight - thanks to the narrow chassis 4 No more driving under or around - thanks to counterweight 3 1 2 4 Design Suitable for Lift height max [mm]* Overall load capacity [kg] External dimensions W x D x H [mm] Order number Accessories Length of legs [in] Order number *Measured at lower edge of 205 l steel drum (max. lifting height may vary for other drum types) 290 w w w . d e n i o s . c o . u k / s h o p 1 Drum pick-up reach: 130 mm 60 to 200 litre steel drums 1300 350 678 x 1510 x 1970 280-739-JD Adapter for changing to the other version (adapter plates cannot be combined) Increase in reach to 260 mm Reduction in load capacity to 300 kg 280-742-JD Drum pick-up reach: 260 mm 60 to 200 litre steel drums 1300 300 678 x 1640 x 1970 280-740-JD Increase in load capacity to 350 kg Reduction of reach to 130 mm 280-741-JD

291

Plastic wall bracket W Robust design W In environmentally-friendly polyethylene (PE) W For gas cylinders with a diameter between 140 and 320 mm W Belt to secure the gas cylinder W Integrated joining section for securing several gas cylinders to a wall W For wall mounting (incl. mounting kit) For 1 gas cylinder Kit for 2 gas cylinders Kit for 3 gas cylinders Galvanised steel wall bracket W Robust design W In galvanised steel W With chain to secure the cylinders W Wall bracket for up to 3 gas cylinders W For gas cylinders with diameter 140, 230 and 320 mm 2 s L A i R e T A M s u o d R A Z A h G n i L d n A h Wall bracket for 1 gas cylinder, individually extendable Ø gas cylinder, max. [mm] Material Colour Order number For 1 gas cylinder Order number For 2 gas cylinders Order number For 3 gas cylinders 320 Plastic Blue 240-854-JD 241-360-JD 241-361-JD Gas cylinder stands W Powder coated, gentian blue (RAL 5010) W For the safe storage of gas cylinders W Ready for wall mounting W With securing chain W Several stands can be screwed together to form a single unit W Gas cylinder stands for up to 2 gas cylinders (max. Ø 230mm) Wall bracket for up to 3 gas cylinders with max. Ø 140 mm Wall bracket for up to 2 gas cylinders with max. Ø 320 mm Wall bracket for up to 3 gas cylinders with max. Ø 230 mm Ø gas cylinder, max. [mm] Material Surface Order number For 1 gas cylinder Order number For 2 gas cylinders Order number For 3 gas cylinders 140 Steel galvanized 136-479-JD 136-480-JD 136-481-JD 230 Steel galvanized 136-482-JD 115-878-JD 136-484-JD Ø gas cylinder, max. [mm] Storage capacity for 50 litre gas cylinders External dimensions W x D x H [mm] Overall load capacity [kg] Order number 230 1 230 2 275 x 360 x 1005 560 x 410 x 1005 75 150 115-875-JD 115-873-JD 320 Steel galvanized 136-485-JD 136-486-JD – E x P E R T A D V I C E A N D O R D E R L I N E : 0 1 9 5 2 8 1 1 9 9 1 291

292

Gas cylinder pallets W For the storage and safe transport of gas cylinders W Sturdy frame construction in hot dip galvanised steel W Crane eyes on 2 sides W Fold down bars prevent the cylinders from falling out W Hooks at the sides for welding accessories, protective masks etc 2 s L A i R e T A M s u o d R A Z A h G n i L d n A h Ø gas cylinder, max. [mm] Storage capacity for 50 litre gas cylinders External dimensions W x D x H [mm] Forklift pocket W x H [mm] Distance between fork pockets [mm] Overall load capacity [kg] Order number 230 4 860 x 650 x 1110 165 x 65 520 400 119-227-JD KM Ergo gas cylinder trolley W For the safe handling of gas cylinders W Painted, ergonomic gas cylinder trolley W Makes it easy to change gas cylinders without straining your back W Simple to use, no heavy lifting W For 1 gas cylinder x 50 litres (max. Ø 235 mm) W With securing strap, cylinder holder and safety chain W Pneumatic tyres (Ø 260 mm) Model Ø gas cylinder, max. [mm] Storage capacity for gas cylinders External dimensions W x D x H [mm] Overall load capacity [kg] Wheel diameter [mm] Order number KM Ergo 235 1 600 x 500 x 1200 80 260 255-319-JD 230 8 860 x 1200 x 1100 160 x 78 520 640 119-228-JD Heating jackets for gas cylinders, also EX See page 244 292 w w w . d e n i o s . c o . u k / s h o p

293

Gas cylinder pallets W Pallet for storing empty and filled gas cylinders W Sturdy, hot dip galvanised steel construction W Can be transported with a forklift truck, pallet truck or crane W Safe transport of gas cylinders of various sizes NEW 2 s L A i R e T A M s u o d R A Z A h G n i L d n A h 3 2 1 1 Ø gas cylinder, max. [mm] Storage capacity for gas cylinders Stackable External dimensions W x D x H [mm] Overall load capacity [kg] Order number 1 300 12 4 times 1228 x 938 x 870 400 325-939-JD 3 2 320 12 3 times 1398 x 1056 x 1566 1000 325-940-JD 3 230 12 No 1053 x 818 x 1236 1200 328-217-JD E x P E R T A D V I C E A N D O R D E R L I N E : 0 1 9 5 2 8 1 1 9 9 1 293

294

D E N I O S M A G A Z I N E A L L Y O U N E E D T O K N O W A B O U T D E N S O R B ® A B S O R B E N T M A T E - R I A L S There are three types of absorbent materials: Universal, Oil and Special. It is especially important to always have enough absorbent materials in stock to have sufficient and adequate product on hand in case of an emergency. From mats to granules to emergency spill kits, DENIOS offers a wide range of absorbent materials. U G u i d e s U c h e c k L i s T s U A R T i c L e s U V i d e o s U F A Q U w h i T e p A p e R s U i n T e R V i e w s U A n d M u c h M o R e ! www.denios.co.uk/magazine G u i d e s G u i d e s d e n s o R B ® k n o w L e d G e A d V A n c e d c A p i L L A R i T Y T e c h n o L o G Y Whether as a preventive protective measure or in an emergency - DENSORB® absorbent materials absorb spilled liquids safely and effectively. Thanks to the DENSORB® Advanced Capillarity Technology, they have a high absorption capacity and drip resistance as well as high tear resistance and durability. Top-quality absorbent materials – protecting both your staff and the environment. We're here to help! Benefits at a glance Best absorption capacity Careful preparation Highest quality Save money when disposing of refuse Take a look for yourself! www.denios.co.uk/densorb www.denios.co.uk/densorb-technology i n T e R V i e w e M e R G e n c Y L e A k T R A i n i n G Whether as a preventive protective measure or in an emergency - DENSORB® absorbent materials absorb spilled liquids safely and effectively. Thanks to the DENSORB® Advanced Capillarity Technology, they have a high absorption capacity and drip resistance as well as high tear resistance and durability. Top-quality absorbent materials – protecting both your staff and the environment. Training offered by the DENIOS Academy. www.denios.co.uk/densorb-interview 294 w w w . d e n i o s . c o . u k / s h o p

295

D E N S O R B ® A B S O R B E N T M A T E R I A L S – T H E M U L T I - L A Y E R E D O P T I O N S ! Absorbents Smooth, lint-free Smooth, lint-free protective layer protective layer Absorbents Absorbents Absorbents Smooth, lint-free protective layer Smooth, lint-free protective layer Absorbents Smooth, lint-free protective layer W For single, short term use in the event of a leak W Open, highly absorbent fine fibre structure on both sides ensures quick absorption of any leaked liquids W For long term, demanding use W Ideal for production, laboratories and other areas sensitive to contamination W Tear and abrasion resistant protective layers ensure they can be walked or driven over W Best price-performance ratio W Meets the highest requirements for cleanliness and long life W Lint-free so ideal for sensitive applications and surfaces W Tear and abrasion resistant protective layers ensure they can be walked or driven over Universal Oil Special Hydrophilic, absorbs almost all liquids, e.g. oils, coolants, lubricants, solvents, antifreezes, oil- water emulsions and other aqueous fluids as well as non-aggressive acids and alkalis. Use: Production, workshops, warehouses, etc. Absorbs oil and repels water (hydrophobic). Oil is absorbed without even a drop of water being picked up. For oils, petrol, diesel, solvents, petroleum and all other hydrocarbon-based liquids. Use: Outdoor stores, loading areas, water, etc. Should be used with acids, alkalis, and aggressive or unidentified liquids. The yellow warning colour indicates that there is a potential hazard and allows you to see the absorbed liquid clearly. Use: Laboratory, storage and processing of aggressive chemicals, etc. Format Roll Mat Sock Cushions Varioform Drum mat Property Application Various widths, all perforated in the centre and cross-ways Floor coverage, larger surface areas, high- volume use, etc. Ideally sized, partially perforated in the centre High absorption capacity, easy to shape High absorption capacity, flexible Maintenance, cleaning, repairs, leaks, workbench use, etc. For containment in the event of a leak, on faulty machinery or plant, etc. Dispensing, leaks from pipes and connections etc. Suitable for universal use as rolls, mats, socks or cloths Workshop equipment, service vehicles, laboratories and many more Specially cut to fit 205 litre drums When using pumps or funnels with a standing drum T E S T D E N S O R B ® DENSORB® Starter Set UNIVERSAL Test the various absorbent mat formats with our starter set. DENSORB® Sample Set UNIVERSAL Discover for yourself the outstanding qualities of the fine-fibre absorbent mat! Please request our free sample set. Order no. 157-222-JD Order no. 132-399-JD E x P E R T A D V I C E A N D O R D E R L I N E : 0 1 9 5 2 8 1 1 9 9 1 295

296

Special kit for chemical accidents Specially for leaks involving aggressive liquids W Protects employees and the environment through effective containment and absorption of hazardous materials. W This emergency spill kit is the ideal immediate measure in the event of a chemical accident and has been specially developed for professional use in laboratories, production facilities and storage areas where aggressive or unknown chemicals are handled. W Contains a special selection of highly effective absorbents. In addition to absorbent mats, Multi-Sorb spreading agent can also be used to absorb the leak. This chemical and acid binder also acts as an emission barrier. W Including high quality PPE especially for chemical Leaks 2 s L A i R e T A M s u o d R A Z A h G n i L d n A h Contents: 40 mats 50 x 40 cm 3 snakes 120 x 7.5 cm 2 x 400 g chemical and acid binder Multi-Sorb 1 pair of chemical protective gloves 1 half mask 3M type 6200 2 gas and combination filters type 6059 ABEK1 1 chemical protective suit type 4, 5, 6 Chemical resistance lists Application - DENSORB Absorption capacity [l / pack] External dimensions W x D x H [mm] Order number Accessories Order number Refill kit Special 42 400 x 610 x 290 163-776-JD 200-211-JD 296 w w w . d e n i o s . c o . u k / s h o p

297

R E S I S T A N C E L I S T F O R A B S O R B E N T M A T E R I A L S Medium Acetaldehyde Acetic acid Acetone Acetyl chloride Acrylic acid Allyl alcohol Aminobenzoic acid Ammonia (anhydrous) Ammonium fluoride Ammonium hydroxide Amyl alcohol Aniline Aviation fuel Benzaldehyde Benzene Benzine Benzoic acid Benzyl alcohol Boric acid Brake fluid Bromine Butyl acetate Butyl alcohol Butyl glycol Calcium hydroxide Carbolic acid Carbon disulphide Carbon tetrachloride Caustic soda (up to 30%) Cellosolve® acetate Chlorobenzene Chloroform Chromic acid (up to 50%) Citric acid Cresol Cyclohexane Dibutylphthalate Diethyl amine Diethyl ether Dimethyl sulfoxide Dimethylformamide L A S R E V I N U L A I C E P S L I O Medium L A S R E V I N U L A I C E P S L I O Medium L A S R E V I N U L A I C E P S L I O • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • Dioctylphthalate Ethanolamine Ether Ethyl acetate Ethyl alcohol (ethanol) Ethyl chloride Ethyl ether Ethyl propionate Ethylbenzene Ethylene dichloride Ethylene glycol Formaldehyde Freon Furfural Gearbox oil Glycerol Heating oil Hexane Hydrazine Hydrochloric acid Hydrochloric acid (up to 37%) Hydrofluoric acid Hydrofluoric acid (up to 48%) Hydrogen cyanide Hydrogen peroxide (up to 30%) Hydroquinone Iso amyl acetate Isobutyl alcohol Isooctane Isopropyl acetate Isopropyl alcohol Kerosene Ketone Leinoleic acid Linseed oil Lubricating oil Methyl alcohol Methyl Cellosolve® Methyl chloride Methyl ether Methyl ethyl ketone • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • Methyl isobutyl ketone Methylamine Methylene bromide Methylmethacrylate Mineral oil Morpholine Motor oil Naphtha Naphthalene Nitric acid (up to 70%) Nitromethane Octane Paraffin Perchlorethylene Phenol Phosphoric acid Polychlorinated naphthalene Potassium hydroxide Propanol Propionic acid Propyl alcohol Propylene glycol Resorcinol Silicone oil Silver nitrate Sodium bicarbonate Sodium chloride Sodium hydroxide (up to 30%) Sodium hypochlorite Sodium nitrate Styrene Sulphuric acid (up to 50%) Toluene Transformer oil Trichloroethylene Triethylene glycol Turpentine Vinyl chloride Xylene • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • Note: This compatibility list is for all polypropylene absorbent materials. The suitability of DENSORB absorbent materials has been tested for various chemicals. Due to factors outside its control, DENIOS is unable to fully guarantee 100% absorption capacity. For your own safety we recommend carrying out a suitability and absorption test using DENSORB absorbent materials and your particular chemicals before purchase. If you have any queries or would like a free sample, call free on: 01952 811991. F i n d T h e R i G h T d e n s o R B ® A B s o R B e n T s ! DENIOS offers you an exceptionally wide range of different high-quality absorbent materials. There's the right product for your individual application. Use our absorbent finder to easily find the right absorbent for you in just a few steps. Let's get started. www.denios.co.uk/absorbent-finder E x P E R T A D V I C E A N D O R D E R L I N E : 0 1 9 5 2 8 1 1 9 9 1 297

298

UNIVERSAL - absorbent materials for oils, coolants, lubricants, solvents and aqueous solutions Extremely effective absorbent mats in polypropylene, with a porous fine fibre structure on both sides for quick absorption of leaked liquids. W For quick, easy use in the event of leaks, e.g. from dripping machines or seals W Best suited to use as an underlay for cleaning, repair and maintenance work W The dark grey colour camouflages contamination, so the mat can remain in use for longer and still look good W Very low risk of dripping thanks to strong adhesion between the surface of the fibres and the Absorbents absorbed liquid W Tear resistant even when saturated Mats Universal ECONOMY SINGLE Extremely efficient Universal absorbent mats absorb leaked liquids very quickly and safely, universal use, in various sizes. 2 s L A i R e T A M s u o d R A Z A h G n i L d n A h Mats Length, external [mm] Width, external [mm] Perforation Pack contents Absorption capacity [l / pack] Order number Lightweight 240 200 No 200 Item(s) 38 175-581-JD Lightweight 400 370 No 200 Item(s) 118 177-885-JD Lightweight 500 400 Yes 100 Item(s) 80 207-920-JD Lightweight 500 400 Yes 200 Item(s) 160 175-014-JD Lightweight 1500 800 No 10 Item(s) 48 180-856-JD Heavy-duty 500 400 Yes 50 Item(s) 62 207-921-JD Heavy-duty 500 400 Yes 100 Item(s) 124 175-015-JD Heavy-duty 800 500 No 50 Item(s) 124 191-669-JD Rolls Universal ECONOMY SINGLE Rolls are perforated longways and every 43 cm for easy separation. They are ideal for soaking up leaks and spray mist. Rolls Length, external [m] Width, external [mm] Pack contents Absorption capacity [l / pack] Order number Lightweight, narrow 45 380 1 Roll(s) 68 259-105-JD Lightweight, narrow 45 380 2 Roll(s) 137 173-862-JD Lightweight, wide 45 760 1 Roll(s) 137 173-867-JD Lightweight, narrow 90 380 2 Roll(s) 274 173-858-JD Lightweight, wide 90 760 1 Roll(s) 274 173-871-JD Lightweight, extra wide 45 1500 1 Roll(s) 270 178-453-JD Heavy-duty, narrow 45 380 1 Roll(s) 106 259-107-JD Heavy-duty, narrow 45 380 2 Roll(s) 211 173-857-JD Heavy-duty, wide 45 760 1 Roll(s) 211 173-866-JD Heavy-duty, wide 70 760 1 Roll(s) 329 259-104-JD Special prices for bulk buyers on request: 01952 811 991 Heavy: double layer of material for large volumes of liquid Light: single layer of material for small leaks and drips 298 w w w . d e n i o s . c o . u k / s h o p

299

UNIVERSAL - absorbent materials for oils, coolants, lubricants, solvents and aqueous solutions Effective absorbent mats with durable and lint-free protective layers on both sides for the highest standards of cleanliness, durability, tear resistance and abrasion resistance. W High mechanical resistance ensures long life and allows driving and walking over the surface W Ideal for protecting flooring or for long term use as underlay on workbenches and work surfaces W Lint-free so ideal for sensitive applications and surfaces sensitive to dirt W Also suitable for wiping rough and sharp-edged surfaces W Both sides of the absorbent mat are strengthened with sturdy spun-bonded fabric to ensure high levels of tear and abrasion resistance W No fibre residues on the bottom, even when the fleece is completely saturated Mats Universal ECONOMY TRIPLE The ideally sized mats are perforated in the middle for economical use Smooth, lint-free Smooth, lint-free protective layer protective layer Absorbents Absorbents Absorbents Smooth, lint-free protective layer 2 s L A i R e T A M s u o d R A Z A h G n i L d n A h Mats Length, external [mm] Width, external [mm] Pack contents Absorption capacity [l / pack] Order number Lightweight 500 400 100 Item(s) 70 248-913-JD Heavy-duty 500 400 100 Item(s) 100 248-914-JD Heavy-duty 780 1200 25 Item(s) 94 324-629-JD Rolls Universal ECONOMY TRIPLE Rolls are perforated in the middle and crossways for easy separation Rolls Length, external [m] Width, external [mm] Pack contents Absorption capacity [l / pack] Order number Lightweight, narrow 45 380 1 Roll(s) 60 248-907-JD Lightweight, wide 45 760 1 Roll(s) 120 248-908-JD Heavy-duty, narrow 45 380 1 Roll(s) 85 248-909-JD Heavy-duty, wide 45 760 1 Roll(s) 170 248-910-JD Special prices for bulk buyers on request: 01952 811 991 Heavy: double layer of material for large volumes of liquid Light: single layer of material for small leaks and drips E x P E R T A D V I C E A N D O R D E R L I N E : 0 1 9 5 2 8 1 1 9 9 1 299

300

2 s L A i R e T A M s u o d R A Z A h G n i L d n A h UNIVERSAL - absorbent materials for oils, coolants, lubricants, solvents and aqueous solutions W High mechanical resistance ensures long life and allows driving and walking over the surface W Lint-free so ideal for sensitive surfaces, also suitable for wiping sharp-edged surfaces W Ideal for protecting flooring or for use as underlay on workbenches and work surfaces W No fibre residues on the bottom, even when the fleece is saturated W Suitable for universal use in production and workshops Smooth, lint-free protective layer Absorbents Smooth, lint-free protective layer Mats Universal PREMIUM TRIPLE The cut-to-size absorption mats are ready for immediate use and are also perforated in the centre for economical use of material. Request a free sample! See page 295 NEW This highly absorbent binding fleece in new PREMIUM quality meets the highest standards of cleanliness, durability, tear resistance and abrasion resistance thanks to its hard- wearing and lint-free protective layers on both sides. Mats Length, external [mm] Width, external [mm] Pack contents Absorption capacity [l / pack] Order number Lightweight 500 400 200 Item(s) 131 330-487-JD – 500 400 100 Item(s) 115 330-488-JD Rolls Universal PREMIUM TRIPLE in the Rolls are perforated middle and also every 40 cm. This enables you to easily tear off the amount required and use only as much of the material as you need. NEW Rolls Length, external [mm] Width, external [mm] Pack contents Absorption capacity [l / pack] Order number Lightweight, narrow 90000 500 2 Roll(s) 295 330-489-JD Lightweight, wide 90000 1000 1 Roll(s) 295 330-490-JD Heavy-duty, narrow 45000 500 2 Roll(s) 259 330-491-JD Heavy-duty, wide 45000 1000 1 Roll(s) 259 330-492-JD Lint-free absorbent mats in new premium quality for the highest demands Extra-wide rolls up to 100 cm wide for large-area use. Special prices for bulk buyers on request: 01952 811 991 Heavy: double layer of material for large volumes of liquid Light: single layer of material for small leaks and drips 300 w w w . d e n i o s . c o . u k / s h o p

301

UNIVERSAL - absorbent materials for oils, coolants, lubricants, solvents and aqueous solutions Universal absorbent socks W Perfect for long term use anywhere where drips need to be collected for example under leaky machinery or when dispensing W The design of our absorbent socks are an ideal shape for containing leaks W Universally suitable for use in production and workshops W Particularly easy to shape with a flexible cover: push them around corners and machine bases as well as along walls 2 s L A i R e T A M s u o d R A Z A h G n i L d n A h With polypropylene filling Conventional polypropylene fibre filling ensures excellent absorption capacity. Fluids which have been absorbed are reliably contained and are easily disposed of. Dimensions Ø x L [mm] Pack contents Absorption capacity [l / pack] Design Order number 75 x 1200 20 Item(s) 53 Ready for use 123-138-JD 75 x 1800 12 Item(s) 47 Ready for use 123-139-JD 75 x 3000 4 Item(s) 25 Ready for use 123-140-JD 75 x 5000 4 Item(s) 53 Ready for use 258-259-JD 75 x 20000 1 Item(s) 56 For cutting 263-307-JD Universal absorbent cushions W For collecting dripping liquids under pipes, valves, hydraulic lines, flanges, connections and drum taps W Ideal for long term use, for example when dispensing W An especially flexible shape ensures many possibilities for use, even in places which are difficult to reach. With polypropylene filling Conventional polypropylene fibre filling ensures excellent ab- sorption capacity. Fluids which have been absorbed are reliably contained. External dimensions L x W [mm] Pack contents Absorption capacity [l / pack] Order number 250 x 250 30 Item(s) 49 123-134-JD 460 x 460 16 Item(s) 85 123-135-JD Special prices for bulk buyers on request: 01952 811 991 Heavy: double layer of material for large volumes of liquid Light: single layer of material for small leaks and drips E x P E R T A D V I C E A N D O R D E R L I N E : 0 1 9 5 2 8 1 1 9 9 1 301

302

2 s L A i R e T A M s u o d R A Z A h G n i L d n A h UNIVERSAL - absorbent materials for oils, coolants, lubricants, solvents and aqueous solutions Smooth, lint-free protective layer Absorbent rolls and mats with liquid-tight PE film W The liquid-tight PE film on the underside of the absorbent fleece prevents seepage of dripping or spilled liquids. This keeps the ground, floors, workbenches and other surfaces clean and non-slip, even if the fleece is exposed to heavy pressure or oversaturated. W A robust, lint-free protective layer on the top of the fleece makes these rolls and mats particularly Absorbents hard-wearing allowing them to be walked on or driven over. Liquid-proof PE film W Especially thick material (heavy) for highest absorption capacity and tear resistance W Ideal underlay for repairs to systems, vehicles and construction machinery in open terrain. Also suitable for long-term use. Design Length, external [m] Width, external [mm] Pack contents Absorption capacity [l / pack] Order number Mats 0.4 400 100 Item(s) 62 273-340-JD Mats, pallet size 0.8 1200 25 Item(s) 84 Roll, wide 40.0 800 1 Roll(s) 125 324-628-JD 273-341-JD 273-342-JD Rolls, narrow 40.0 400 2 Roll(s) 125 Camouflage absorbent mats The camouflage design hides stains and dirt ensuring a long life W With a strong top layer, can be used as a floor mat even in heavy duty areas W Avoid accidents and cleaning costs W Very low risk of dripping thanks to strong adhesion between the surface of the fibres and the absorbed liquid tough matting Absorbents A fresh oil spot A fresh oil spot The upper camouflage layer consists of an extremely robust material which withstands intensive use Design Rolls, narrow Roll, wide Length, external [m] Width, external [mm] Pack contents Absorption capacity [l / pack] Order number 45.0 380 2 Roll(s) 187 163-792-JD 45.0 760 1 Roll(s) 187 163-777-JD Roll, extra wide 45.0 1500 1 Roll(s) 387 181-593-JD Mats Mats, wide 0.8 500 50 Item(s) 110 196-540-JD 2.0 780 10 Item(s) 85 268-662-JD 302 w w w . d e n i o s . c o . u k / s h o p

303

2 s L A i R e T A M s u o d R A Z A h G n i L d n A h UNIVERSAL - absorbent materials for oils, coolants, lubricants, solvents and aqueous solutions Floor protection rolls for footpaths and traffic routes W Footpaths and roadways stay clean and non-slip W Contamination, such as traces of oil, are not carried over to other areas W Heavy duty, lint-free and especially long life thanks to high abrasion resistance W Also suitable for heavy duty use such as forklift traffic W Fatigue from long periods of standing is significantly reduced W Also suitable for heavy duty use such as forklift traffic Heavy: double layer of material for large volumes of liquid Light: single layer of material for small leaks and drips tough matting Anti-slip, impermeable plastic layer Non-woven roll "Professional" for maximum safety tough matting Anti-slip, impermeable plastic layer "Extra PE" non-woven roll Design Length, external [m] Width, external [mm] Pack contents Absorption capacity [l / pack] Order number The floor protection castors of Models "Extra PE" and "Professional" allow a forklift to drive over. Non-woven roll "Extra PE" with anti-slip and impermeable coating prevents liquids from penetrating the floor. Extra - light Extra - heavy 100 1000 1 Roll(s) 200 129-633-JD 50 1000 1 Roll(s) 150 129-634-JD Extra PE with anti-slip PE backing 30 1000 1 Roll(s) 50 129-635-JD Professional with self- adhesive PE film 15 800 1 Roll(s) 20 265-655-JD Professional with self- adhesive PE film 30 1000 1 Roll(s) 50 268-019-JD "Classic" mats and rolls W Especially absorbent W In contrast to products in pure synthetic fibres, this material also absorbs aqueous solutions quickly and effectively W Made from recycled fibres, solvent resistant W Good abrasion resistance, suitable for normal use Design Length, external [m] Width, external [mm] Pack contents Absorption capacity [l / pack] Order number Classic, mats 0.50 500 50 Item(s) 38 123-093-JD Classic, rolls 50.00 500 1 Roll(s) 75 129-630-JD 50.00 1000 1 Roll(s) 150 129-632-JD E x P E R T A D V I C E A N D O R D E R L I N E : 0 1 9 5 2 8 1 1 9 9 1 303

304

2 s L A i R e T A M s u o d R A Z A h G n i L d n A h OIL - absorbent materials for oils, fuels and hydrocarbons, water-repellent Extremely effective absorbent mats in polypropylene, with a porous fine fibre structure on both sides for quick absorption of leaked liquids. W For quick, easy use in the event of leaks, e.g. from dripping machines or seals W Ideal to lay under machinery or for wiping down dirty surfaces or parts W Ideally suited to outdoor use, even in rain, thanks to water-repellent properties W Ideally suited to removing oil or fuel spills from the surface of water W Tear resistant and can float on water even when saturated Absorbents Rolls Oil ECONOMY SINGLE Rolls are perforated longways and every 43 cm for easy separation. They are ideal for soa- king up large areas of leaked fluids. Design Length, external [m] Width, external [mm] Pack contents Absorption capacity [l / pack] Order number Lightweight, narrow 45 380 1 Roll(s) 68 259-109-JD Lightweight, narrow 45 380 2 Roll(s) 137 173-859-JD Lightweight, wide 45 760 1 Roll(s) 137 173-868-JD Lightweight, narrow 90 380 2 Roll(s) 274 173-863-JD Lightweight, wide 90 760 1 Roll(s) 274 173-872-JD Lightweight, extra wide 45 1500 1 Roll(s) 270 178-454-JD Heavy-duty, narrow 45 380 1 Roll(s) 106 259-110-JD Heavy-duty, narrow 45 380 2 Roll(s) 211 173-860-JD Heavy-duty, wide 45 760 1 Roll(s) 211 173-869-JD Heavy-duty, wide 70 760 1 Roll(s) 329 259-108-JD Mats Oil ECONOMY SINGLE Handy mats in just the right size for convenient and quick use. Design Length, external [mm] Width, external [mm] Perforation Pack contents Absorption capacity [l / pack] Order number Oil absorbents are water repellent and are also floatable in saturated state Lightweight Lightweight Lightweight 400 370 No 200 Item(s) 118 177-881-JD 500 400 Yes 100 Item(s) 80 207-923-JD 500 400 Yes 200 Item(s) 160 175-018-JD Mediumweight - without perforation 500 400 No 100 Item(s) 96 189-447-JD Heavy-duty Heavy-duty 500 400 Yes 50 Item(s) 62 207-922-JD 500 400 Yes 100 Item(s) 124 175-016-JD 304 w w w . d e n i o s . c o . u k / s h o p

305

OIL - absorbent materials for oils, fuels and hydrocarbons, water-repellent Effective absorbent mats with heavy duty, lint-free protective layers on both sides for excel- lent cleanliness, life, tear and abrasion resistance. W High mechanical resistance ensures long life and allows driving and walking over the surface W Ideal for protecting flooring or for use as underlay on workbenches and work surfaces W Lint-free so ideal for sensitive applications and dirt-sensitive areas, also suitable for wiping rough and sharp-edged surfaces W Ideally suited to outdoor use, even in rain, thanks to water-repellent properties W The white colour helps identification of saturation level Smooth, lint-free Smooth, lint-free protective layer protective layer Absorbents Absorbents Absorbents Smooth, lint-free protective layer Mats Oil ECONOMY TRIPLE The heavy duty mats are perforated in the middle for economical use. 2 s L A i R e T A M s u o d R A Z A h G n i L d n A h Mats Length, external [mm] Width, external [mm] Pack contents Absorption capacity [l / pack] Order number Lightweight 500 400 100 Item(s) 70 248-911-JD Heavy-duty 500 400 100 Item(s) 100 248-912-JD Rolls Oil ECONOMY TRIPLE Rolls are perforated longways and every 43 cm for easy separation. Rolls Length, external [m] Width, external [mm] Pack contents Absorption capacity [l / pack] Order number Lightweight, narrow 45 380 1 Roll(s) 60 248-903-JD Lightweight, wide 45 760 1 Roll(s) 120 248-904-JD Heavy-duty, narrow 45 380 1 Roll(s) 85 248-905-JD Heavy-duty, wide 45 760 1 Roll(s) 170 248-906-JD Special prices for bulk buyers on request: 01952 811 991 Heavy: double layer of material for large volumes of liquid Light: single layer of material for small leaks and drips E x P E R T A D V I C E A N D O R D E R L I N E : 0 1 9 5 2 8 1 1 9 9 1 305

306

2 s L A i R e T A M s u o d R A Z A h G n i L d n A h OIL - absorbent materials for oils, fuels and hydrocarbons, water-repellent W High mechanical resistance ensures long life and allows driving and walking over the surface W The light colour easily shows up the fluid absorbed W Hydrophobic design ensures oil or hydrocarbon-based liquids are absorbed and water is repelled W Lint-free so ideal for sensitive surfaces, also suitable for wiping sharp-edged surfaces W Ideal for protecting flooring or for use as underlay on workbenches and work surfaces W Ideally suited to outdoor use, even in rain, thanks to water-repellent properties Smooth, lint-free protective layer Absorbents Smooth, lint-free protective layer Mats Oil PREMIUM TRIPLE The cut-to-size absorption mats are ready for immediate use and are also perforated in the centre for economical use of material. NEW Mats Length, external [mm] Width, external [mm] Pack contents Absorption capacity [l / pack] Order number Lightweight 500 400 200 Item(s) 146 330-481-JD Heavy 500 400 100 Item(s) 128 330-482-JD Rolls Oil PREMIUM TRIPLE The rolls are perforated lengthwise and crosswise every 40 cm for easy cutting to size. This enables you to easily tear off the amount required and use only as much of the material as you need. Highly absorbent and lint-free absorbent mats for small and large leaks Extra-wide suction rollers with a width of up to 100 cm for large-area use. NEW Effective absorbent mats with heavy duty, lint-free protective layers on both sides for excellent cleanliness, life, tear and ab- rasion resistance. Rolls Length, external [mm] Width, external [mm] Pack contents Absorption capacity [l / pack] Order number Lightweight, narrow 90000 500 2 Roll(s) 328 330-483-JD Heavy-duty, wide 45000 1000 1 Roll(s) 288 330-486-JD Lightweight, wide 90000 1000 1 Roll(s) 328 330-484-JD Heavy-duty, narrow 45000 500 2 Roll(s) 288 330-485-JD Special prices for bulk buyers on request: 01952 811 991 Heavy: double layer of material for large volumes of liquid Light: single layer of material for small leaks and drips 306 w w w . d e n i o s . c o . u k / s h o p

307

2 s L A i R e T A M s u o d R A Z A h G n i L d n A h OIL - absorbent materials for oils, fuels and hydrocarbons, water-repellent Oil absorbent socks W The design of our absorbent socks are an ideal shape for containing leaks W Particularly easy to shape with a flexible cover: push them around corners and machine bases as well as along walls W Hydrophobic design absorbs liquids on oil e.g. hydrocarbon-based liquids are absorbed and water is repelled. W Ideally suited to outdoor use, even in rain, thanks to water-repellent properties. W Perfect for long term use anywhere where drips need to be collected for example under leaky machinery or when dispensing With polypropylene filling Conventional polypropylene fibre filling ensures excellent absorption capacity. Fluids which have been absorbed are reliably contained. Dimensions Ø x L [mm] Pack contents Absorption capacity [l / pack] 75 x 1200 20 Item(s) 53 75 x 1800 12 Item(s) 47 75 x 3000 4 Item(s) 25 75 x 5000 4 Item(s) 53 Design Ready for use Ready for use Ready for use Ready for use Order number 123-145-JD 123-147-JD 123-148-JD 265-653-JD 75 x 20000 1 Item(s) 56 For cutting to size, including 10 cable ties for tying 263-308-JD Oil absorbent cushions W For collecting dripping liquids under pipes, valves, hydraulic lines, flanges, connections and drum taps W An especially flexible shape ensures many possibilities for use, even in places which are difficult to reach. W Perfect for long term use anywhere where drips need to be collected for example under leaky machinery or when dispensing W Ideally suited to use outdoors, even in rain thanks to water-repellent design With polypropylene filling Conventional polypropylene fibre filling ensures excellent absorption capacity. Fluids which have been absorbed are reliably contained. External dimensions L x W [mm] Pack contents Absorption capacity [l / pack] Order number E x P E R T A D V I C E A N D O R D E R L I N E : 0 1 9 5 2 8 1 1 9 9 1 250 x 250 30 Item(s) 49 123-132-JD 460 x 460 16 Item(s) 85 123-133-JD 307

308

OIL - absorbent materials for oils, fuels and hydrocarbons, water-repellent Long life outdoor rolls Especially sturdy and strong absorbent mats for use outdoors to protect floors from leaking oil, fuel and other oil-based liquids. W Developed for outdoors, water-repellent and uv-stable W Ideal for long term use W Roll width is suitable for railway lines W Hydrophobic design ensures oil or hydrocarbon-based liquids are absorbed and water is repelled W Reliable absorption of engine oil, diesel, heating oil, cutting oil, vegetable oil, oil-based solvents etc and more W Very low risk of dripping thanks to strong adhesion between the surface of the fibres and the absorbed liquid W Careful processing ensures very high absorption capacity and per- formance. W The tear-resistant surface allows walking and driving. W Ideal for repair and maintenance work outdoors 2 s L A i R e T A M s u o d R A Z A h G n i L d n A h Use on railway lines: the wide roll fits snugly between the rails. Side areas are protected with the narrow roll. Design Length, external [mm] Width, external [mm] Pack contents Absorption capacity [l / pack] Order number Narrow 24000 450.00 2 Roll(s) 106 267-665-JD Extra thick protective layer Absorbents Liquid-proof PE film Wide 24000 1450.00 1 Roll(s) 170 267-664-JD 308 w w w . d e n i o s . c o . u k / s h o p

309

OIL - absorbent materials for oils, fuels and hydrocarbons, water-repellent Absorbent oil barriers Floating barriers for rapid deployment in the event of oil spills on bodies of water and industrial basins W For rapid containment and absorption of oil and fuel contamination on the surface of standing and gently flowing water W Suitable for ponds, lakes, rivers, harbours, etc. W The robust design with integrated strain relief rope prevents damage when deploying and recovering the barriers. W Can float on water even when saturated W Reliable absorption of engine oil, diesel, heating oil, cutting oil, vegetable oil, oil-based solvents and more. 2 s L A i R e T A M s u o d R A Z A h G n i L d n A h DENSORB oil barriers (here: 6 M sections) for containing and absorbing oil spills on water Practical spring clips allow the individual segments to be quickly overlapped and connected to create an oil containment barrier of the required length Dimensions Ø x L [mm] Design Pack contents Absorption capacity [l / pack] Order number 130 x 3000 With polypropylene filling 4 Item(s) 123 128-555-JD 130 x 25000 With polypropylene filling 1 Item(s) 255 324-624-JD 200 x 3000 With polypropylene filling 4 Item(s) 316 128-553-JD 200 x 6000 With polypropylene filling 2 Item(s) 316 181-568-JD E x P E R T A D V I C E A N D O R D E R L I N E : 0 1 9 5 2 8 1 1 9 9 1 309

310

OIL - absorbent materials for oils, fuels and hydrocarbons, water-repellent Oil barriers for the safe, effective containment and retention of oils, petrol, diesel and other hydrocarbons on open, standing and flowing water. DENSORB oil barriers are available in several sizes and various technical designs for different applications. Select the oil barrier design suitable for the type of waterway here. Choose the length of your oil barrier depending on the width of the river and the flow rate. The indicated lengths are theoretical guide values. 2 s L A i R e T A M s u o d R A Z A h G n i L d n A h Do you have any questions about choosing the right oil barrier? Or would you like a customised quote? Get in touch - we’d be pleased to help. 01952 811 991 Oil barrier combination Consists of a reusable submerged guard and four DENSORB absorbent oil barriers W The submerged guard acts as a barrier, directing the liquid floating on the water to the absorbent barriers. W Any number of barriers can be connected thanks to the simple coupling system with Velcro fasteners. W Warning colour for good visibility even in bad weather conditions W With clasps for securing the barriers to the submerged guard and carabiners for combining several barriers Design Length, external [mm] Width, external [mm] Order number Accessories Order number End piece Order number Replacement oil barriers 4 x 3 m pieces Order number Distribution piece Order number Pull end piece Oil barrier combination of submerged guard and four DENSORB oil barriers 12000 300 215-814-JD 282-946-JD 128-555-JD 282-947-JD 282-948-JD 310 w w w . d e n i o s . c o . u k / s h o p

311

OIL - absorbent materials for oils, fuels and hydrocarbons, water-repellent Ecoline oil barrier W Quick-to-use oil barriers for temporary use, e.g. after oil spills on water or for preventing incidents during construction work. W Sturdy, liquid-tight, welded special material with internal floats. W Flexible and reusable. W The system components (oil barrier, distribution piece and end piece) can be connected to each other by means of integrated and easy-to- operate aluminium quick couplings. Any number of oil barriers can therefore be joined together as required. W Warning colour for good visibility even in bad weather conditions W Submerged guards with external ballast chains in galvanised steel prevent washout. Construction principle for a DENIOS oil barrier. Foam lifting body splint with chain ballast chain submerged guard quick coupling Many Ecoline oil barriers can be connected quickly to each other to protect large areas Splint with chain Foam Float Submerged guard Quick coupling Ballast chain Accessories: End piece Accessories: distribution piece 100 mm 250 mm 150 mm 400 mm 150 mm 450 mm 200 mm 500 mm 150 mm 250 mm 300 mm 300 mm 2 s L A i R e T A M s u o d R A Z A h G n i L d n A h Field of use Width, external [mm] Length, external [m] Order number Accessories Order number Distribution piece Order number End piece Streams, small rivers and water Water treatment plants, medium rivers, treatment plants canals and lakes 250 5.0 267-955-JD 250 10.0 267-956-JD 250 15.0 215-800-JD 400 5.0 267-957-JD 400 10.0 267-958-JD 400 15.0 215-802-JD Rivers, canals, lakes, harbours 450 15.0 215-803-JD 215-809-JD 215-805-JD 215-809-JD 215-805-JD 215-809-JD 215-805-JD 215-810-JD 215-806-JD 215-810-JD 215-806-JD 215-810-JD 215-806-JD 215-811-JD 215-807-JD 500 10.0 267-959-JD 215-812-JD 215-808-JD Accessories Peg, 1.8 x 100 cm Sledgehammer, 3 kg Floating rope, 5 m, three strands twisted, in PP, black, can be extended as required, does not harden Wall mounting kit with 2 sliding end pieces and 2 running rails, suitable for all sizes Rivers, canals, lakes, harbours, calm coastal areas 500 15.0 215-804-JD 215-812-JD 215-808-JD Order number 261-508-JD 267-965-JD 267-964-JD 265-660-JD Construction diagram for an oil barrier consisting of seve- ral segments, two end pieces and a distribution piece The deflector barrier is retracted against the flow at a defined angle depending on the flow velocity and thus forms the actual barrier. The bank protection barrier prevents contamination of the bank. Special bank end pieces and tensioning devices fix the oil barrier in the desired position and create a safe working area to absorb the pollutant from the water. E x P E R T A D V I C E A N D O R D E R L I N E : 0 1 9 5 2 8 1 1 9 9 1 311

312

2 s L A i R e T A M s u o d R A Z A h G n i L d n A h SPECIAL - absorbent materials for acids, alkalis, solvents and unknown chemicals W Reliably absorb all liquids with a hydrophilic design W The first choice for leaks of aggressive acids, alkalis, solvents and unknown chemicals W The yellow warning colour highlights a potential hazard and allows the absorbed liquid to be clearly seen W The chemical-resistant material does not disintegrate and does not cause a hazardous reaction when in contact with corrosive liquids (see resistance list) Absorbents W Ideal for use in the laboratory, to lay under machinery or for wiping down dirty surfaces or containers Mats Special ECONOMY SINGLE Extremely efficient absorbent mats absorb leaked liquids very quickly and safely, the warning colour indicates a potential hazard, in various sizes and two material thicknesses Mats special extra (400 x 500 mm) are perforated in the middle and available in 2 material strengths Design Length, external [mm] Width, external [mm] Perforation Pack contents Absorption capacity [l / pack] Order number Lightweight 400 370 No 200 Item(s) 118 177-886-JD Lightweight 500 400 Yes 100 Item(s) 80 207-917-JD Lightweight 500 400 Yes 200 Item(s) 160 175-019-JD Heavy-duty 500 400 Yes 50 Item(s) 62 207-919-JD Heavy-duty 500 400 Yes 100 Item(s) 124 175-020-JD DENSORB rolls special economy, width 38 or 76 cm, for covering large areas Rolls Special ECONOMY SINGLE Rolls are perforated in the middle and every 43 cm for easy separation. They are ideal for soaking up leaks and spray mist. Ideal when dispensing and for covering large areas. Design Length, external [m] Width, external [mm] Pack contents Absorption capacity [l / pack] Order number Lightweight, narrow 45 380 1 Roll(s) 68 259-112-JD Lightweight, narrow 45 380 2 Roll(s) 137 207-914-JD Lightweight, wide 45 760 1 Roll(s) 137 207-915-JD Lightweight, narrow 90 380 2 Roll(s) 274 173-864-JD Lightweight, wide 90 760 1 Roll(s) 274 173-873-JD Heavy-duty, narrow 45 380 1 Roll(s) 106 259-113-JD Heavy-duty, narrow 45 380 2 Roll(s) 211 173-861-JD Heavy-duty, wide 45 760 1 Roll(s) 211 173-870-JD Heavy-duty, wide 70 760 1 Roll(s) 329 259-111-JD 312 w w w . d e n i o s . c o . u k / s h o p

313

SPECIAL - absorbent materials for acids, alkalis, solvents and unknown chemicals Handy heavy duty mats for reliable absorption of leaked chemicals, e.g. in laboratories. W The yellow warning colour highlights a potential hazard and allows the absorbed liquid to be clearly seen W The chemical-resistant material does not disintegrate and does not cause a hazardous reaction when in contact with corrosive liquids (see resistance list) W Ideal for use in the laboratory, to protect flooring or for use as an underlay for worktables W High mechanical resistance ensures long life and allows driving and walking over the surface W Lint-free so ideal for sensitive applications and dirt-sensitive areas, also suitable for wiping rough and sharp-edged surfaces W Very low risk of dripping thanks to strong adhesion between the surface of the fibres and the absorbed liquid Smooth, lint-free Smooth, lint-free protective layer protective layer Absorbents Absorbents Absorbents Smooth, lint-free protective layer Rolls Special ECONOMY TRIPLE Rolls are perforated longways and every 43 cm for easy separation. 2 s L A i R e T A M s u o d R A Z A h G n i L d n A h Rolls Length, external [m] Width, external [mm] Pack contents Absorption capacity [l / pack] Order number Lightweight, narrow 45 380 1 Roll(s) 60 256-710-JD Lightweight, wide 45 760 1 Roll(s) 120 256-711-JD Heavy-duty, narrow 45 380 1 Roll(s) 85 256-712-JD Heavy-duty, wide 45 760 1 Roll(s) 170 256-713-JD Mats Special ECONOMY TRIPLE Handy heavy duty mats for reliable absorption of leaked chemicals, e.g. in laboratories. DENSORB rolls special economy, width 38 or 76 cm, for covering large areas Mats (400 x 500 mm) are perforated in the middle, so that the required amount can be torn off easily in the case of small leaks Mats Length, external [mm] Width, external [mm] Pack contents Absorption capacity [l / pack] Order number Lightweight 500 400 100 Item(s) 70 256-714-JD Heavy-duty 500 400 100 Item(s) 100 256-715-JD Mats special extra (400 x 500 mm) are perforated in the middle and available in 2 material strengths Special prices for bulk buyers on request: 01952 811 991 Heavy: double layer of material for large volumes of liquid Light: single layer of material for small leaks and drips E x P E R T A D V I C E A N D O R D E R L I N E : 0 1 9 5 2 8 1 1 9 9 1 313

314

SPECIAL - absorbent materials for acids, alkalis, solvents and unknown chemicals Smooth, lint-free Smooth, lint-free protective layer protective layer Absorbents Absorbents Absorbents Smooth, lint-free protective layer W The specialised version of the binding fleece is designed in particular for the recording of dangerous acids, alkalis, solvents and unknown chemicals. The chemical-resistant material remains more stable and does not react dangerously even when in contact with corrosive liquids (see compatibility list). W The yellow warning colour highlights a potential hazard and allows the absorbed liquid to be clearly seen. W Thanks to its comparatively high grammage, this premium fleece has a very high absorption capacity. W Ideal for use in the laboratory, to protect flooring or for use as an underlay for worktables W The high mechanical resistance ensures long-term use and allows walking and driving on the surface. NEW Special PREMIUM TRIPLE mats The cut-to-size absorption mats are ready for immediate use and are also perforated in the centre for economical use of material. 2 s L A i R e T A M s u o d R A Z A h G n i L d n A h This highly absorbent binding fleece in new PREMIUM quality meets the highest standards of cleanliness, durability, tear resistance and abrasion resistance thanks to its hard- wearing and lint-free protective layers on both sides. Mats Length, external [mm] Width, external [mm] Pack contents Absorption capacity [l / pack] Order number Heavy 500 400 100 Item(s) 115 330-494-JD Lightweight 500 400 200 Item(s) 131 330-493-JD Special PREMIUM TRIPLE castors Rolls are perforated in the middle and also every 40 cm. This enables you to easily tear off the amount required and use only as much of the material as you need. Highly absorbent and lint-free absorbent mats in signal colour for recording dangerous leaks NEW Extra-wide suction rollers with a width of up to 100 cm for large- area use in hazardous areas. Rolls Length, external [mm] Width, external [mm] Pack contents Absorption capacity [l / pack] Order number Heavy-duty, wide 45000 1000 1 Roll(s) 259 330-498-JD Heavy-duty, narrow 45000 500 2 Roll(s) 259 330-497-JD Lightweight, wide 90000 1000 1 Roll(s) 295 330-496-JD Lightweight, narrow 90000 500 2 Roll(s) 295 330-495-JD Special prices for bulk buyers on request: 01952 811 991 Heavy: double layer of material for large volumes of liquid Light: single layer of material for small leaks and drips 314 w w w . d e n i o s . c o . u k / s h o p

315

SPECIAL - absorbent materials for acids, alkalis, solvents and unknown chemicals Absorbent materials with a high absorption capacity A special polypropylene filler ensures particularly good absorption capacity. Once absorbed, liquids are reliably bound and can be easily disposed of. W Suitable for areas where aggressive chemicals are stored or handled W The first choice for leaks of aggressive acids, alkalis, solvents and unknown chemicals W Perfect for long term use anywhere where drips need to be collected, for example under leaky machinery or when dispensing W Reliably absorbs all liquids with a hydrophilic design Special absorbent socks The shape is ideal for containing leaks. W Particularly easy to shape with a flexible cover: push them around corners and machine bases as well as along walls 2 s L A i R e T A M s u o d R A Z A h G n i L d n A h Special absorbent socks for restricting hazardous substances in the event of an accident and special Mats for absorbing liquids Dimensions Ø x L [mm] Pack contents Absorption capacity [l / pack] Design Order number 75 x 1200 20 Item(s) 53 Ready for use 123-150-JD 75 x 1800 12 Item(s) 47 Ready for use 123-151-JD 75 x 3000 4 Item(s) 25 Ready for use 123-152-JD 80 x 5000 4 Item(s) 53 Ready for use 265-654-JD 75 x 20000 1 Item(s) 56 For cutting 263-309-JD Special absorbent cushions Perfect for long term use anywhere where drips need to be collected, for example under leaky machinery or when dispensing W For collecting dripping liquids under pipes, valves, hydraulic lines, flanges, connections and drum taps W An especially flexible shape ensures many possibilities for use, even in places which are difficult to reach. W Especially high absorption capacity External dimensions L x W [mm] Pack contents Absorption capacity [l / pack] Order number 250 x 250 30 Item(s) 49 123-136-JD 460 x 460 16 Item(s) 85 123-137-JD Special prices for bulk buyers on request: 01952 811 991 E x P E R T A D V I C E A N D O R D E R L I N E : 0 1 9 5 2 8 1 1 9 9 1 315

316

2 s L A i R e T A M s u o d R A Z A h G n i L d n A h Mobile kit in transparent bag W Space-saving, handy emergency spill kit W Ideal for mobile use anywhere where a leak may happen W Ideally suited for placement in a service vehicle, forklift or lorry W The transparent bag with zip closure can also be used to dispose of used absorbent materials Contents: 20 mats 40 x 50 cm 2 socks 120 x 7.5 cm 1 goggles with elastic strap 1 pair protective gloves 1 disposal bag Contents: 12 mats 40 x 50 cm 1 cushion 25 x 25 cm 1 pair protective gloves 1 disposal bag Model Application - DENSORB Absorption capacity [l / pack] External dimensions W x D x H [mm] Order number Mobile kit in transparent bag Model B 11, Oil version Mobile kit in transparent bag Model B 22, Special version Order no. 282-155-JD Order no. 116-661-JD W 11 Oil 11 400 x 500 x 120 282-155-JD W 11 Universal 11 400 x 500 x 120 282-156-JD W 11 Special 11 400 x 500 x 120 282-157-JD W 22 Oil 22 400 x 500 x 140 116-660-JD W 22 Universal 22 400 x 500 x 140 146-913-JD W 22 Special 22 400 x 500 x 140 116-661-JD Emergency spill kit in transparent carry case For efficient use with small and medium leaks, e.g. from canisters and small drums W Emergency spill kits have protective gloves and a disposal bag for used absorbent materials W Ideal for mobile use wherever leaks can occur W Ideally suited for placement in a service vehicle, forklift or truck W Large viewing window to check the contents at a glance, without having to open the bag Contents: 50 mats 50 x 40 cm 5 socks 120 x 7.5 cm 4 cushions 25 x 25 cm 1 goggles with elastic strap 1 pair protective gloves 3 disposal bags Contents: 65 mats 40 x 50 cm 6 socks 120 x 7.5 cm 5 cushions 25 x 25 cm 1 pair protective gloves 3 disposal bags Emergency spill kit in transparent carry bag Model T 60, Special version Emergency spill kit in transparent carry bag Model T 76, Universal version Emergency spill kit in transparent carry bag Model T 76, Universal version Application - DENSORB Model Absorption capacity [l / pack] External dimensions W x D x H [mm] Order number Universal D 60 60 220 x 650 x 450 216-519-JD Special D 60 60 220 x 650 x 450 216-521-JD Oil D 76 76 220 x 650 x 450 282-158-JD Universal D 76 76 220 x 650 x 450 282-159-JD Special D 76 76 220 x 650 x 450 282-160-JD Oil T 60 60 220 x 650 x 450 216-520-JD 316 w w w . d e n i o s . c o . u k / s h o p

317

2 s L A i R e T A M s u o d R A Z A h G n i L d n A h Mobile emergency spill kit in compact, light transport bag Absorbent materials for emergency use and prevention in practical sports bag W The large zip allows the bag to be opened wide so that the absorbent materials can be removed quickly and easily. W The practical shoulder strap enables comfortable transport to the place of use. W Thanks to the included protective gloves and goggles, the user can react immediately in an emergency. Contents: 40 mats 40 x 50 cm 5 socks 120 x 7.5 cm 2 cushions 25 x 25 cm 1 goggles with elastic strap 1 pair protective gloves 3 disposal bags Application - DENSORB Absorption capacity [l / pack] External dimensions W x D x H [mm] Order number Accessories Order number Refill kit Mobile kit in carry bag, Special version Order no. 282-163-JD DENSORB absorbent material emergency spill kit in robust carry bag with shoulder strap Oil 49 660 x 360 x 290 282-161-JD 282-164-JD Universal 49 660 x 360 x 290 282-162-JD 282-165-JD Special 49 660 x 360 x 290 282-163-JD 282-166-JD Weatherproof emergency travel bag W Ideally suited for placement in a service vehicle, forklift or lorry W On request, your company logo can be applied to the bag for higher order quantities. Please get in touch. We’re happy to help! W Sturdy, weather-proof bag W Adjustable shoulder strap W Velcro fastening for quick access Contents: 50 mats 40 x 50 cm 3 socks 120 x 7.5 cm 1 goggles with elastic strap 1 pair protective gloves 3 disposal bags Emergency sets in three designs: Absorbs oil and repels water OIL UNIVERSAL Universally applicable, absorbs oil, water & other chemicals SPECIAL For acids, alkalis, and chemicals Application - DENSORB Absorption capacity [l / pack] External dimensions W x D x H [mm] Order number Accessories Order number Refill kit Oil 48 200 x 400 x 500 157-324-JD 157-361-JD Universal 48 200 x 400 x 500 157-327-JD 157-362-JD Special 48 200 x 400 x 500 157-328-JD 157-363-JD E x P E R T A D V I C E A N D O R D E R L I N E : 0 1 9 5 2 8 1 1 9 9 1 317

318

2 s L A i R e T A M s u o d R A Z A h G n i L d n A h Mobile set in handy case Practical emergency leak box for immediate removal of small leaks. W Thanks to compact dimensions, perfectly suited to carrying in a vehicle or for space-saving storage in work areas prone to leaks. W For mobile use anywhere where liquids which are harmful to the en- vironment or human health are used, transported or stored. Contents: 10 mats 50 x 40 cm 2 socks 120 x 7.5 cm 1 goggles with elastic strap 1 pair protective gloves 1 disposal bag Mobile kit in handy case, Universal version Application - DENSORB Absorption capacity [l / pack] External dimensions W x D x H [mm] Order number Accessories Order number Refill kit Oil 14 480 x 230 x 230 267-161-JD Universal 14 480 x 230 x 230 267-162-JD Special 14 480 x 230 x 230 267-163-JD 267-164-JD 267-165-JD 267-166-JD Emergency spill kit in Euro stacking container Fast, effective containment and absorption of spilled hazardous materials, e.g. from damaged canisters or other small containers W The robust containers are the perfect size for storage in rescue vehicles. W Handy, light, dimensionally stable, space-saving and mobile. W Filled with absorbent materials for the safe absorption of leaks. W Thanks to the included protective gloves and goggles, the user can react immediately in an emergency. Emergency spill kit in Euro stacking container, Universal version Application - DENSORB Absorption capacity [l / pack] External dimensions W x D x H [mm] Order number Accessories Order number Refill kit Oil 26 400 x 300 x 320 282-167-JD Universal 26 400 x 300 x 320 282-168-JD Special 26 400 x 300 x 320 282-169-JD 282-170-JD 282-171-JD 282-172-JD Contents: 30 mats 37 x 40 cm 3 socks 120 x 7.5 cm 1 goggles with elastic strap 1 pair protective gloves 2 disposal bags 1 multilingual "Absorbent materials" sticker set 318 w w w . d e n i o s . c o . u k / s h o p

319

2 s L A i R e T A M s u o d R A Z A h G n i L d n A h Emergency spill kit in red folding box Handy absorbent material emergency spill kit in practical transport box in eye-catching red for quick provision in the event of a leak emergency. W The box with double hinged lid is clearly packed with all the important absorbent materials and PPE for professional hazard containment. W Multi-Sorb granules support the formation of dams, suppresses emissions and have an extremely high absorption capacity, especially for aqueous hazardous substances. Contents: 40 mats 40 x 50 cm 5 socks 120 x 7.5 cm 2 cushions 25 x 25 cm 1 Chemical and acid absorbent binder Multi-Sorb, 400 g 1 pair goggles with elastic strap 1 pair protective gloves 3 disposal bags 1 multilingual "Absorbent materials" sticker set Emergency spill kit in red hinged box, Special version Order no. 282-175-JD Application - DENSORB Absorption capacity [l / pack] External dimensions W x D x H [mm] Order number Accessories Order number Refill kit Oil 50 600 x 400 x 349 282-173-JD Universal 50 600 x 400 x 349 282-174-JD Special 50 600 x 400 x 349 282-175-JD 282-176-JD 282-177-JD 282-178-JD Mobile spill kit in sturdy transport box Ideally suited for placement in a service vehicle, forklift or lorry W Sturdy box with ergonomic handles W With space-saving, two-part lid W Stable and Lightweight Contents: 25 mats 50 x 40 cm 8 socks 120 x 7.5 cm 16 cushions 25 x 25 cm 1 goggles with elastic strap 2 pairs protective gloves 2 disposal bags Mobile emergency spill kit in trans- port box, Universal version Order no. 116-745-JD Application - DENSORB Absorption capacity [l / pack] External dimensions W x D x H [mm] Order number Accessories Order number Refill kit Oil 67 400 x 810 x 440 116-744-JD Universal 67 400 x 810 x 440 116-745-JD Special 67 400 x 810 x 440 116-746-JD 147-851-JD 147-852-JD 147-853-JD The spacious box can be easily transported thanks to handy grips Emergency spill kits can also be made up according to individual requirements. Please call: 01952 811 991 o R d e R A T T h e s A M e T i M e Pull-through seals for quick sealing of DENSORB® emergency spill kits provide protection against unauthorised access, 210 mm, 10 pieces Order no. 290-818-JD E x P E R T A D V I C E A N D O R D E R L I N E : 0 1 9 5 2 8 1 1 9 9 1 319

320

2 s L A i R e T A M s u o d R A Z A h G n i L d n A h Contents: 1 absorbent roll 20 m x 38 cm incl. spindle for mounting 8 absorbent socks 120 x 7.5 cm 2 absorbent cushions 25 x 25 cm 25 cloths 38 x 40 cm 1 goggles with elastic strap 1 pair protective gloves 5 disposal bags Mobile emergency spill kit in DENSORB Caddy Small With transparent door for easy viewing of contents. W With sturdy, solid rubber wheels to protect floors and ensure easy, quick manoeuvrability. W A gap on the rear allows a warning sign to be fitted using an optional mounting kit (not included). W Available in grey or signal yellow Caddy Emergency sets in three designs: Absorbs oil and repels water OIL UNIVERSAL Universally applicable, absorbs oil, water & other chemicals SPECIAL For acids, alkalis, and chemicals Model Application - DENSORB Absorption capacity [l / pack] External dimensions W x D x H [mm] Order number Anthracite Order number Yellow Accessories Order number Set for mounting a warning sign Order number Refill kit Oil 55 510 x 400 x 950 267-167-JD 290-816-JD 270-419-JD 267-170-JD Small Universal 55 510 x 400 x 950 267-168-JD 290-815-JD 270-419-JD 267-171-JD Special 55 510 x 400 x 950 267-169-JD 290-817-JD 270-419-JD 267-172-JD Emergency spill kit in mobile container Ideal for quick transport of a large number of absorbent products to where they are needed. W Practical set of absorbent materials W The rain-proof mobile container can also be used to collect used absorbent materials. Emergency spill kit Model B 24 in 240 litre mobile container Emergency spill kit Model B36 in 360 litre mobile container Contents: 100 mats 50 x 40 cm 7 socks 120 x 7.5 cm 10 cushions 25 x 25 cm 1 goggles with elastic strap 1 pair protective gloves 5 disposal bags Emergency spill kit Model B 12 in 120 litre mobile container Contents: 200 mats 50 x 40 cm 22 socks 120 x 7.5 cm 12 cushions 25 x 25 cm 2 pairs goggles with elastic strap 2 pairs protective gloves 8 disposal bags Contents: 400 mats 50 x 40 cm 4 socks 120 x 7.5 cm 4 socks 300 x 7.5 cm 15 cushions 25 x 25 cm 2 pairs goggles with elastic strap 2 pairs protective gloves 25 disposal bags Model Application - DENSORB Absorption capacity [l / pack] Mobile container colour External dimensions W x D x H [mm] Order number Accessories Order number Refill kit B 12 Oil 115 Blue B 12 B 12 Universal Special 115 Green 115 Yellow B 24 Oil 238 Blue B 24 B 24 Universal Special 238 Green 238 Yellow B 36 Oil 415 Blue B 36 B 36 Universal Special 415 Green 415 Yellow 480 x 560 x 940 480 x 560 x 940 480 x 560 x 940 580 x 740 x 1070 580 x 740 x 1070 580 x 740 x 1070 625 x 860 x 1095 625 x 860 x 1095 625 x 860 x 1095 157-332-JD 157-333-JD 157-334-JD 157-335-JD 157-336-JD 157-337-JD 267-666-JD 267-667-JD 267-668-JD 157-367-JD 157-368-JD 157-369-JD 157-370-JD 157-371-JD 157-372-JD 267-669-JD 267-670-JD 267-671-JD 320 w w w . d e n i o s . c o . u k / s h o p

321

Mobile emergency spill kit in DENSORB Caddy W Optimum selection of absorbent materials for in-house leaks W These organised, sturdy transport trolleys are chock full of high quality DENSORB absorbent materials W Quick to use W With sturdy, solid rubber wheels to protect floors and ensure easy, quick manoeuvrability W Large, wide-opening door for efficient access to the absorbent materials A unique part of the contents are the perforated absorbent rolls, which allow just the right amount to be torn off. The granules also help to restore grip to the floor after the leaked fluid has been removed. o R d e R A T T h e s A M e T i M e "DENSORB Emergency Spill Kit" sign in weather resistant plastic, 400 x 400 mm Order no. 259-813-JD The ergonomic handle can be gripped safely even when wearing protective gloves and optimises manoeuvrability. The DENSORB Caddy Medium has a locking device for use with a padlock or seal, to protect the contents from unauthorised access. Contents: 1 absorbent roll 45 m x 38 cm incl. spindle for mounting 35 absorbent mats 50 x 40 cm 12 absorbent socks 120 x 7.5 cm 22 absorbent cushions 25 x 25 cm 2 pairs protective gloves 10 disposal bags 2 shelves, galvanised steel 2 s L A i R e T A M s u o d R A Z A h G n i L d n A h Contents: 1 absorbent roll 45 m x 38 cm incl. spindle for mounting 7 absorbent socks 120 x 7.5 cm 2 absorbent cushions 25 x 25 cm 25 cloths 38 x 40 cm 1 sack granules 8 or 10 kg 1 granule shovel* 1 warning sign* 1 goggles with elastic strap 1 pair protective gloves 10 disposal bags *not included in refill kit, please order separately A device on the rear of the transport trolley Medium allows a warning sign to be fitted. Absorbent materials emergency spill kit, Universal version, in DENSORB Caddy Medium Order no. 259-469-JD Model Application - DENSORB Absorption capacity [l / pack] External dimensions W x D x H [mm] Order number Anthracite Order number Yellow Accessories Order number Refill kit Emergency spill kit absorbent materials set, Oil version in DENSORB Caddy Extra Large Order no. 219-594-JD Oil 102 615 x 590 x 1090 259-470-JD 290-813-JD Medium Universal 100 615 x 590 x 1090 259-469-JD 290-812-JD Special 100 615 x 590 x 1090 259-471-JD 290-814-JD Oil 190 700 x 820 x 1300 219-594-JD 290-810-JD Extra Large Universal 187 700 x 820 x 1300 219-593-JD 290-809-JD Special 188 700 x 820 x 1300 219-595-JD 290-811-JD 259-473-JD 259-472-JD 259-474-JD 219-597-JD 219-596-JD 219-598-JD E x P E R T A D V I C E A N D O R D E R L I N E : 0 1 9 5 2 8 1 1 9 9 1 321

322

Safety boxes The safety boxes have a locking device (hole diameter: 10 mm) for use with a padlock or seal, to protect the contents from unauthorised access. W Ideal for use outdoors. W Thanks to the large opening, all important absorbent materials and utensils are easy to see and quick to reach. W The stable design guarantees secure protection of the absorbent materials from weather and damage. Small items such as gloves and safety glasses that you will need close at hand in emergencies can be stored handily in a lid pocket 2 s L A i R e T A M s u o d R A Z A h G n i L d n A h Contents: 100 mats 50 x 40 cm 6 socks 120 x 7.5 cm 8 cushions 25 x 25 cm 1 goggles with elastic strap 1 pair protective gloves 10 disposal bags Contents: 200 mats 50 x 40 cm 10 socks 120 x 7.5 cm 15 cushions 25 x 25 cm 1 goggles with elastic strap 1 pair protective gloves 20 disposal bags Model Application - DENSORB Absorption capacity [l / pack] External dimensions W x D x H [mm] Order number Accessories Order number Refill kit Oil 109 975 x 705 x 460 157-347-JD SF 100 Universal 109 975 x 705 x 460 157-348-JD Special 109 975 x 705 x 460 157-350-JD Oil 211 975 x 705 x 665 157-343-JD SF 200 Universal 211 975 x 705 x 665 157-344-JD Special 211 975 x 705 x 665 157-345-JD 157-357-JD 157-359-JD 157-360-JD 157-354-JD 157-355-JD 157-356-JD Contents: 400 mats 50 x 40 cm 20 socks 120 x 7.5 cm 10 cushions 25 x 25 cm 2 sacks granules 8 or 10 kg 1 granule shovel, length 105 cm* 2 goggles with elastic strap 2 pairs protective gloves 50 disposal bags * not included in refill set, please order separately Contents: 2 absorbent mat rolls 45 m x 38 cm 400 mats 50 x 40 cm 40 socks 120 x 7.5 cm 16 socks 300 x 7.5 cm 30 cushions 25 x 25 cm 3 sacks granules x 8 kg 1 granule shovel, length 105 cm* 3 goggles with elastic strap 3 pairs protective gloves 75 disposal bags *not included in refill set, please order separately Model Application - DENSORB Absorption capacity [l / pack] External dimensions W x D x H [mm] Order number Accessories Order number Refill kit Oil 414 1210 x 785 x 780 157-339-JD SF 400 Universal 406 1210 x 785 x 780 157-341-JD Special 410 1210 x 785 x 780 157-342-JD Oil 748 1400 x 1070 x 930 267-672-JD SF 700 Universal 742 1400 x 1070 x 930 267-673-JD Special 742 1400 x 1070 x 930 267-674-JD 157-351-JD 157-352-JD 157-353-JD 267-675-JD 267-676-JD 267-677-JD 322 w w w . d e n i o s . c o . u k / s h o p

323

2 s L A i R e T A M s u o d R A Z A h G n i L d n A h Emergency spill kit in lidded box Wide range of absorbent materials for all applications W Practical, spacious box W In addition to the high quality DENSORB absorbent materials this set also includes a sack of oil and chemical binder, which strengthens the bund and restores grip to the floor after the leaked fluid has been removed. W Includes lid Contents: 100 mats 50 x 40 cm 20 socks 120 x 7.5 cm 15 cushions 25 x 25 cm 1 sack Oil and Chemical binder granules* 1 pair goggles with elastic strap* 1 protective overalls* 3 pairs protective gloves 1 granule shovel* 5 disposal bags *not included in refill kit -please order separately o R d e R A T T h e s A M e T i M e "DENSORB Emer- gency Spill Kit" sign in weather resistant plastic, 400 x 400 mm Order no. 259-813-JD Application - DENSORB Absorption capacity [l / pack] External dimensions W x D x H [mm] Order number Without castors Order number With castors Accessories Order number Refill kit Oil 170 Universal 166 Special 168 640 x 1000 x 655 640 x 1000 x 655 640 x 1000 x 655 155-194-JD 155-191-JD 155-195-JD 155-192-JD 155-196-JD 155-193-JD 147-858-JD 147-856-JD 147-860-JD Emergency set in transport box W Extra large emergency spill kit with practical range of absorbent materials for large leaks, e.g. from 205 litre drums W Packed so they are easy to use in the right order W Stationary for defined areas of application or with castors for mobile use W In addition to the high quality DENSORB absorbent materials the set also includes granules, which strengthen the bund and restore grip to the floor after the leaked fluid has been removed. Contents: 200 mats 50 x 40 cm 24 socks 120 x 7.5 cm 10 cushions 25 x 25 cm 4 sacks granules x 8 kg 1 granule shovel, length 105 cm* 3 pairs protective gloves 5 disposal bags *not included in refill set, please order separately Application - DENSORB Absorption capacity [l / pack] External dimensions W x D x H [mm] Order number Stationary Order number With castors Accessories Order number Refill kit Oil 288 Universal 272 Special 280 800 x 1200 x 760 800 x 1200 x 760 800 x 1200 x 760 116-753-JD 116-755-JD 147-867-JD 147-868-JD 116-754-JD 116-756-JD 147-870-JD 147-869-JD 147-871-JD E x P E R T A D V I C E A N D O R D E R L I N E : 0 1 9 5 2 8 1 1 9 9 1 323

324

2 s L A i R e T A M s u o d R A Z A h G n i L d n A h Extra large emergency kit in the mobile DENSORB drum For outdoor use W Emergency leak set for dealing with leaking hazardous materials quickly and effectively. For provision in potentially hazardous areas, e.g. where hazardous materials are stored, transported, dispensed or processed. W A special feature of this emergency set is the extra-large, mobile container (PE), which is also suitable for outdoor installation. The lid has an ergonomic recessed grip and is fitted with a seal (NBR) to protect the contents from dirt and moisture ingress. The tension locks allow the attach- ment of padlocks and seals. W Socks are used to contain leaks and prevent them spreading. Absorbent materials, e.g. in the form of mats, rolls or cushions (see contents), are used to absorb the spilled liquid. Emergency sets also have protective gloves for the user and disposal bags for used absorbent materials. W A multi-language label set for marking the emergency spill kit is included. Two robust and large wheels allow the emergency kit to be transported safely and easily to the scene of the accident. The storage barrel has two tension locks. Padlocks or seals can be used to protect the contents of the drum from unauthorised access. A recess in the lid allows a warning label to be attached to draw attention to the leakage. Contents: 400 absorbent mats 40 x 50 cm 20 absorbent socks120 x 7.5 cm 4 absorbent socks 300 x 7.5 cm 15 absorbent cushions 25 x 25 cm 1 bag of oil binder DENSORB Mineral 10 kg 2 goggles with elastic strap 2 pairs protective gloves 25 disposal bags Contents: 200 absorbent mats 40 x 50 cm 2 rolls of absorbent fleece 38 cm x 45 m 40 absorbent socks 120 x 7.5 cm 8 absorbent cushions 46 x 46 cm 2 goggles with elastic strap 2 pairs chemical protection gloves 25 disposal bags Contents: 200 absorbent mats 40 x 50 cm 2 fleece rolls 38 cm x 45 m 40 absorbent socks120 x 7.5 cm 8 absorbent cushions 46 x 46 cm 2 goggles with elastic strap 2 pairs chemical protection gloves 25 disposal bags Application - DENSORB Absorption capacity [l / pack] External dimensions W x D x H [mm] Order number Accessories Order number Refill kit Order number Set for mounting a warning sign Universal 498 928 x 1038 x 1063 314-246-JD 314-249-JD 270-419-JD Oil 445 928 x 1063 x 1038 314-247-JD 314-250-JD 270-419-JD Special 445 928 x 1038 x 1063 314-248-JD 314-251-JD 270-419-JD 324 w w w . d e n i o s . c o . u k / s h o p

325

Safety cabinet with absorbent material mats The safety cabinet is filled with a range of powerful absorbent materials and additional equipment for dealing with oil and chemical spillages. The 90 M long Roll of perforated absorbent material is stored ready for use on a handy Roll holder. W Emergency leak set for dealing with leaking hazardous materials quickly and effectively. For provision in potentially hazardous areas, e.g. where hazardous materials are stored, transported, dispensed or processed. W Socks are used to contain leaks and prevent them spreading. Absorbent materials, e.g. in the form of mats, rolls or cushions (see contents), are used to absorb the spilled liquid. Emergency sets also have protective gloves for the user and disposal bags for used absorbent materials. W Easy access to absorbent materials W The absorbent materials are protected from contamination W Sturdy absorbent materials cabinet with integrated holder for an absorbent material roll W Fixed location, accessible at any time W Can be fixed on a wall Contents: 100 heavy duty mats 50 x 40 cm 28 socks 120 x 7.5 cm 16 cushions 25 x 25 cm 1 light duty absorbent roll* 90 m x 76 cm 1 goggles with elastic strap 1 pair protective gloves 1 chemical protection overalls Model 4, 5, 6 2 eye wash bottles (500 ml)* 1 warning sign* 5 disposal bags *not included in refill kit, please order separately 2 s L A i R e T A M s u o d R A Z A h G n i L d n A h Safety cabinet with transparent doors, binding fleece in SPECIAL design Example of usage: the absorbent roll is easily accessible in emergencies safety cabinet, oil design, without roller shutter/doors Safety cabinet with roller shutter doors protects absorbents from getting dirty o R d e R A T T h e s A M e T i M e Mounting kit for wall mounting Order no. 172-558-JD Application - DENSORB Absorption capacity [l / pack] Body dimensions W x D x H [mm] Order number Grey, without roller shutter/doors Order number Grey, with roller shutter Order number Blue, with doors Accessories Order number Refill kit Order number 1 spare 90 m absorbent roll, refill Oil 498 760 x 950 x 1350 172-547-JD 172-546-JD 186-964-JD Universal 498 760 x 950 x 1350 172-550-JD 172-549-JD 186-965-JD Special 498 760 x 950 x 1350 172-552-JD 172-551-JD 186-966-JD 172-554-JD 173-872-JD 172-555-JD 173-871-JD 172-556-JD 173-873-JD E x P E R T A D V I C E A N D O R D E R L I N E : 0 1 9 5 2 8 1 1 9 9 1 325

326

Oil binder type I e p y T I I e p y T R I I I e p y T Basic material Application Packaging Absorp- tion- capacity e l b a m m a l f t o n s g n i d l i u b s d a o r r e t a w g a b b u t e l t t o b ✓ Diatomeenerde (Moler) ✓ Calciumsilikat ✓ Sepiolith ✓ Attapulgit ✓ Diatomeenerde (Moler) ✓ Diatomeenerde (Moler) ✓ Diatomeenerde (Moler) ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ e g a p 327 327 327 327 326 326 326 328 329 329 329 Product description Universal coarse grain Universal fine grain Absonet Superior Special Supersorb 15/30 UNIVERSAL Absodan Universal Absodan Plus Absodan SuperPlus 2 s L A i R e T A M s u o d R A Z A h G n i L d n A h Environmentally friendly, floating oil binder ✓ ✓ ✓ Torf Oil Multi-sorb with colour indicator Multi-sorb SPECIAL Oil and chemical binder ✓ Polymer (Kieselgur) ✓ Polymer (Kieselgur) ✓ Diatomeenerde (Moler) Absodan universal absorbents W Moler-based mineral granules (diatomaceous earth, calcinated) W Works quickly, safe to use and can collect all types of fluids from a firm surface: oils, acids, bases, aqueous and organic solutions W Holds the absorbed liquids in the porous structure W Chemically inert to all liquids (apart from hydrofluoric acid) W Non-flammable in unused state Absodan SuperPlus, 10 kg bag Version Contents [l] Absorption capacity [l / pack] Bulk weight [g/l] Granule size min [mm] Granule size max [mm] Number of bags per pallet Order number Absodan SuperPlus 20 10 542 0.30 0.7 78 256-708-JD Absodan Plus 40 19 533 0.50 1.0 36 256-706-JD 20 9 533 0.50 1.0 78 256-707-JD Absodan Universal 40 16 507 1.00 3.0 36 256-705-JD Anti-static shovels for granules W For distribution and disposal of granules W Ergonomic shape W Light and sturdy W In quality, uv-stable plastic W Smooth surface for easy cleaning External dimensions L x W [mm] Order number 250 x 110 119-237-JD 527 x 247 119-236-JD 1032 x 257 119-235-JD o R d e R A T T h e s A M e T i M e OEL-KLEEN oil stain remover completely removes stubborn, even deeply penetrated oil stains on composite stone, concrete, exposed aggregate concrete, clinker, ceramics, screed and natural stone. After application you will have a clean and dry surface. Order no. 314-252-JD Disposal container for soaked absorbents See page 499 326 w w w . d e n i o s . c o . u k / s h o p

327

2 s L A i R e T A M s u o d R A Z A h G n i L d n A h UNIVERSAL - absorbent materials for oils, coolants, lubricants, solvents and aqueous solutions Universal coarse granules Model III R W Model III R W Moler-based mineral granules (diatomaceous earth, calcinated) W Large grain size enables use outdoors, for example on roads (Type III R) W Chemically inert to all liquids (apart from hydrofluoric acid) W High absorption capacity and performance W Non-flammable in unused state BESTSELLER Order no. 208-180-JD Universal fine granules Suitable for road surfaces W Mineral aerated concrete granules based on calcium silicate hydrate W For absorbing oils and other leaked liquids W High absorption capacity and performance W The light colour helps identification of saturation level W Non-flammable in unused state Order no. 170-113-JD Supersorb 15/30 W Mineral industrial oil absorbent based on sepiolite (magnesium hydroxy silicate) for the efficient NEW binding of oils, fuels, chemicals and greases W Ideal for both rough and smooth floors and outdoor areas with heavy traffic. Suitable for indoor and outdoor use. Also effective in wet conditions. W Non-flammable in unused condition: Safe in environments with high temperatures. W With anti-slip effect W Odour-binding: Thanks to its natural, porous structure, sepiolite reliably adsorbs odour-active vapours. Absonet Superior Special W Fine-grain oil absorbent based on calcined attapulgite with exceptionally high absorbency for all types of liquids: oils, solvents, paints, greases and much more. W Absorbs a wide range of chemicals quickly and reliably (take care with strong acids) and leaves a safe, clean surface that is ready for immediate use W Also suitable for inerting hazardous waste - stabilises toxic substances for safe handling and disposal W Resistant to mechanical abrasion and low-dust W Natural product - mineral, non-flammable, non-toxic and environmentally friendly W Non-staining, leaves no residue Order no. 327-985-JD NEW Order no. 327-987-JD Design Contents [kg] Absorption capacity [l / pack] Bulk weight [g/l] Granule size min [mm] Granule size max [mm] Number of bags per pallet Order number Universal fine granules 20 27 595 0.13 1.0 36 170-113-JD Universal coarse granules 20 16 500 1.00 3.0 36 119-252-JD 10 8 500 1.00 3.0 78 208-180-JD Supersorb 15/30 20 10 655 0.50 1.0 40 327-985-JD Absonet Superior Special 20 20 440 0.60 1.2 50 327-987-JD E x P E R T A D V I C E A N D O R D E R L I N E : 0 1 9 5 2 8 1 1 9 9 1 327

328

OIL - absorbent materials for oils, fuels and hydrocarbons, water-repellent Environmentally friendly, floating oil binder W Non-toxic natural product in biodegradable natural fibre W Absorbs oil, diesel, heating oil, cutting oil, vegetable oil, oil-based solvents and other hydrocarbon-based liquids as well as dyes and paints W Can be used on the surface of water, roads or industrial floors W Non abrasive, does not damage workshop floors 2 s L A i R e T A M s u o d R A Z A h G n i L d n A h Oel-Kleen Eco-Sorb, 50-litre bag Design Contents [l] Absorption capacity [l / pack] Bulk weight [g/l] Granule size min [mm] Granule size max [mm] Number of bags per pallet Order number o R d e R A T T h e s A M e T i M e OEL-KLEEN oil stain remover completely removes stubborn, even deeply penetrated oil stains on composite stone, concrete, exposed aggregate concrete, clinker, ceramics, screed and natural stone. After application you will have a clean and dry surface. Order no. 314-252-JD Environmentally friendly, floating oil binder 5 3 151 1 4 60 327-981-JD 10 6 151 1 4 80 327-982-JD 20 11 151 1 4 50 327-983-JD 50 27 151 1 4 36 180-851-JD Disposal container for soaked absorbents See page 499 328 w w w . d e n i o s . c o . u k / s h o p

329

2 s L A i R e T A M s u o d R A Z A h G n i L d n A h SPECIAL - absorbent materials for acids, alkalis, solvents and unknown chemicals Emergency spill kit for mercury leaks W Specially for taking up spilled mercury (up to 100 ml) W Consisting of a can with a screwed lid containing a glued-in special foam insert. W If the foam insert is lightly pressed against a mercury spillage, the pores open and absorb the balls of mercury. W When the lid is tightened, the small balls are released and fall through the perforated plate into the can. Order no. 256-709-JD Chemical and acid binder, multi-sorb W An absorbent for all hazardous materials W Granules based on a polymer compound with high absorption capacity W 1 kilo Multi-Sorb binds up to 75 l aqueous liquids W Hydrophilic and chemically inert, absorbs all liquids W Non-flammable, non-oxidising and does not generate explosive dust W Highly economical and easy to use, also suitable for creating a bund W Prevents emissions and condensation as its binds the hazardous materials immediately on contact W Can be used immediately and without risk, even by untrained staff TOP PRODUCT Multi-Sorb chemical and acid binder with colour indicator: the indicator warns the user by changing colour for acids (yellow) or alkalis (red). Oil and chemical binder This absorbent material is ideal for absorbing acids, bases (alkalis), flammable, aqueous and polar liquids. It is a calcinated, highly absorbent natural mineral, that is ideal for use on smooth and porous surfaces, both inside and outside. Not flammable in unused state. W Model III R Contents [kg] Bulk weight [g/l] Granule size min [mm] Granule size max [mm] Containers Order number The contents of the bag are sufficient for approx. 10 l of oil. Multi-sorb Multi-sorb with colour indicator 0.4 425 0.13 0.5 400 G bottle 157-219-JD 2.0 425 0.13 0.5 2 kg canister 301-179-JD 10.0 425 0.13 0.5 10 kg bag 191-444-JD 0.4 425 0.13 0.5 400 G bottle 201-755-JD 5.0 425 0.13 0.5 5 kg bucket 201-754-JD Oil and chemical binder 10.0 530 0.30 0.7 10 kg bag 159-823-JD E x P E R T A D V I C E A N D O R D E R L I N E : 0 1 9 5 2 8 1 1 9 9 1 329

330

SpillGuard® hazardous material leak warning system The first warning system of its kind: fully autonomous, operated at the push of a button and suitable for fitting to any spill pallet, at any time. SpillGuard® reliably detects hazardous leaks and warns you immediately by means of an alarm. This saves valuable time for rectifying the situation and prevents even greater hazards. SpillGuard® Order no. 271-433-JD 2 s L A i R e T A M s u o d R A Z A h G n i L d n A h Simple installation: put into position, switch on, stay safe! Developed for years of reliable use – certified for ATEX-Zone 0. DENIOS SPILLGUARD® Find everything you need to know about SpillGuard® here: An audible signal lets you know in good time when SpillGuard® has reached the end of its life (up to 5 years) so you can replace it. >> www.denios.co.uk/spillguard << Issues an audible and visible alarm for a minimum of 24 hours when contact is made with liquid hazardous substances A red LED indicates that the unit is operating safely over its entire service life. Simple and safe use thanks to intelligent sensor technology in a highly resistant, electrically conductive housing. Application examples for SpillGuard® and SpillGuard® connect SpillGuard® in steel spill pallet for 205 litre drums See page 10 SpillGuard® in hazardous substances rack with spill trays for small containers in steel See page 58 330 w w w . d e n i o s . c o . u k / s h o p

331

SpillGuard® connect - for safe and easy remote monitoring via narrowband IoT SpillGuard® connect Order no. 276-016-JD I N N O V A T I O N 2 s L A i R e T A M s u o d R A Z A h G n i L d n A h Use the advantages of digitalisation for your leak management 4.0. All the SpillGuard® connect detectors used in your company can be centrally monitored by a web app. Configure individual alarm messages from the leak sensor, which are transmitted digitally to the contact person of your choice (or multiple recipients) in the event of a leak. By SMS and/or by e-mail to your smartphone, tablet and/or desktop PC. Thanks to DIBt approval, the regular visual inspection required by law is no longer necessary. Report in pdf format as support for proof of legally-required regular monitoring, e.g. for an audit (StawaR / TRGS 510). The innovative leak sensor is infinitely scalable and can be used almost anywhere - thanks to mobile NB IoT connectivity. The unlimited range is due to fully decentralised and autonomously operating terminals. SpillGuard® connect requires no gateway, no local Internet and no local power. Operational temperature range 0 to +40 °C, alarm at temperatures >+70 °. Can be used anywhere and is suitable for all common liquid hazardous materials, see resistance list at www.denios.co.uk/ spillguard. For media which are not included in the list, an individual laboratory test can be carried out to prove the suitability of SpillGuard® for reliably detecting the substance in question. SpillGuard® in steel hazardous materials cabinet See page 82 SpillGuard® in hazardous materials depot in plastic See page 142 E x P E R T A D V I C E A N D O R D E R L I N E : 0 1 9 5 2 8 1 1 9 9 1 331

332

2 s L A i R e T A M s u o d R A Z A h G n i L d n A h Neoprene sealing mats W Thin material for flexible adaptation including for non-metal drains W For simple, inexpensive prevention of small leaks W Prevents hazardous materials entering drains and sewers W Light, space-saving, reusable and quick to clean W Ideal for using with DENSORB emergency spill kits W Storage box for up to 5 sealing mats, available as an accessory External dimensions W x D [mm] Field of use Order number Accessories External dimensions W x D x H [mm] Order number Neoprene sealing mats 500 x 500 1000 x 1000 1200 x 1200 1400 x 1400 Drain width max 200 mm 217-355-JD Drain width max 700 mm 216-516-JD Drain width max 900 mm 216-517-JD Storage boxes for up to 5 sealing mats Drain width max 1100 mm 216-518-JD 190 x 675 x 210 190 x 1075 x 210 190 x 1275 x 210 190 x 1530 x 210 132-787-JD 132-789-JD 132-790-JD 169-484-JD Magnetic sealant mats W Hold reliably by magnetic force to all metal gully covers W Weather- and temperature-resistant (-20 °C to +80 °C) W Prevents hazardous materials entering drains and sewers W Chemical-resistant and easy to clean W Ideal for adapting to uneven flooring with dense, flexible material W Ideal for using with DENSORB emergency spill kits W Storage box for up to 5 sealing mats, available as an accessory External dimensions W x D [mm] Order number Accessories External dimensions W x D x H [mm] Order number Magnetic sealant mats 510 x 510 600 x 600 1000 x 1000 206-977-JD 206-978-JD 206-979-JD Storage boxes for up to 5 sealing mats 190 x 675 x 210 190 x 675 x 210 190 x 1075 x 210 132-787-JD 132-787-JD 132-789-JD Folding magnetic drain seal W For quick protection of drains in the event of leaks and accidents W Safe grip on all straight and curved inlet grids in metal or plastic despite low own weight, thanks to use of hydrostatic pressure of leaked fluids W Can even be used for vertical steel inlets (e.g. on kerbstones) due to combination with a magnetic foil W Suitable format for most drain inlets; for longer versions several flexible covers can be used overlapping each other W Resistant to many common chemicals and can be sued from -20 °C to +60 °C W Easy to clean and can be used many times W Easy to fold for space-saving storage 332 w w w . d e n i o s . c o . u k / s h o p

333

Sealant mats The sealant mats prevent the unwanted penetration of liquids into the ground or sewage system in the event of leaks W Ideal for sealing pipe connections and gulleys W Resistant to water, oil and most chemicals W The flexible plastic composite on the underside matches the floor surface perfectly and can be used several times 2 s L A i R e T A M s u o d R A Z A h G n i L d n A h Circular sealant mats, available in 2 sizes. Diameter [mm] 450 850 Material thickness [mm]: 8 Order number Material thickness [mm]: 13 Order number 137-713-JD 137-720-JD Accessories External dimensions W x D x H [mm] Order number 259-465-JD 259-467-JD Accessory: storage boxes for sealant mats 190 x 675 x 210 190 x 875 x 210 132-787-JD 132-788-JD o R d e R A T T h e s A M e T i M e Storage box with carry handle and lid, ready for mounting to a wall. The extremely impervious, flexible material on the bottom adapts well to the surrounding ground conditions. The integrated handle makes it really easy to use. External dimensions W x D [mm] Order number Material thickness [mm]: 8 Order number Material thickness [mm]: 13 1200 x 450 281-461-JD 293-293-JD 1520 x 460 259-454-JD 156-402-JD 1600 x 450 281-448-JD 293-294-JD 2000 x 1000 281-462-JD – 3000 x 450 281-463-JD 293-296-JD External dimensions W x D [mm] Material thickness [mm]: 8 Order number Material thickness [mm]: 13 Order number Accessories External dimensions W x D x H [mm] Order number 400 x 400 500 x 500 600 x 600 700 x 700 800 x 800 900 x 900 1000 x 1000 1100 x 1100 1200 x 1200 129-672-JD 259-450-JD 116-039-JD 259-451-JD 129-674-JD 259-452-JD 129-676-JD 259-453-JD 116-038-JD 259-458-JD 259-468-JD 259-463-JD 259-459-JD Accessory: storage boxes for sealant mats 259-464-JD 259-460-JD 259-466-JD 259-461-JD 259-462-JD 190 x 475 x 210 132-786-JD 190 x 675 x 210 190 x 875 x 210 190 x 1075 x 210 190 x 1275 x 210 132-787-JD 132-787-JD 132-788-JD 132-788-JD 132-789-JD 132-789-JD 132-790-JD 132-790-JD E x P E R T A D V I C E A N D O R D E R L I N E : 0 1 9 5 2 8 1 1 9 9 1 333

334

2 s L A i R e T A M s u o d R A Z A h G n i L d n A h Foldable polyurethane sealing mats W In polyurethane with self-adhesive underside W The moulded central longitudinal bend enables the targeted sealing of e.g. bottom edges of doors or gutter drainage openings. W Includes protective storage box with integrated handle for easy transport to the installation site Design External dimensions W x D [mm] Order number Reusable 1200 x 450 281-467-JD Disposable 1600 x 450 281-468-JD 1300 x 500 281-479-JD 1700 x 500 281-480-JD Disposable sealing mats with polyurethane coating W The self-adhesive polyurethane layer adapts flexibly to the substrate and seals reliably. W For single use W Includes protective storage box with integrated handle for easy transport to the installation site External dimensions W x D [mm] Order number 500 x 500 281-469-JD 600 x 600 281-470-JD 700 x 700 281-471-JD 800 x 800 281-472-JD 900 x 900 281-473-JD 1200 x 1200 281-475-JD 500 x 3000 281-476-JD Disposable sealing mats with Teflon coating W With increased resistance even to particularly aggressive chemicals W The self-adhesive underside adapts flexibly to the substrate and seals reliably. W For single use W Includes protective storage box with integrated handle for easy transport to the installation site External dimensions W x D [mm] Order number 500 x 500 281-477-JD 1000 x 1000 281-478-JD All products for Drain seals can be found here: www.denios.co.uk/kat/39121 334 w w w . d e n i o s . c o . u k / s h o p

335

Flexible separation barriers W For limiting and retaining escaped liquids e.g. at drains W Sticks to the floor and can be reused after washing with soapy water W The special plastic composite is resistant to water, hydrocarbons and many other chemicals Drain cover made of polyethylene (PE) W Quickly ready for use, packed in a mobile container (signal red) W Includes 3 (empty) sandbags for optional weighting W Diameter 80 cm (with base 90 x 90 cm) Order no. 201-660-JD 2 s L A i R e T A M s u o d R A Z A h G n i L d n A h The extremely impervious, flexible material on the bottom adapts well to the surrounding ground conditions Spill barrier ring, Ø 400 mm to protect against leaking liquids, for example when undertaking filling procedures over work and laboratory benches etc. Spill barrier (3 M) with convenient grips The specially formed barrier ends also make it possible to link several barriers securely External dimensions W x D x H [mm] Order number 45 x 2000 x 50 130-515-JD 70 x 2000 x 100 259-455-JD 70 x 3000 x 50 281-458-JD 70 x 3000 x 100 116-046-JD Order no. 130-516-JD E x P E R T A D V I C E A N D O R D E R L I N E : 0 1 9 5 2 8 1 1 9 9 1 335

336

2 s L A i R e T A M s u o d R A Z A h G n i L d n A h Sealing cushion W Handy and ready to use at any time after filling with frost-proof liquid W Weatherproof and tear-resistant W Resistant to many acids and alkalis W Can be used at -30 °C to +70 °c W With tough stainless steel carry handle W Practical stainless steel wall holder available as an accessory W Dimensions W x D (mm): 700 x 700 o R d e R A T T h e s A M e T i M e W Wall mounted stainless steel unit Order no. 208-054-JD Ready to use in an instant: sealant cushions for filling with frost-proof liquid Order no. 208-738-JD Disposable sealant mats W For quick, immediate sealing of drain inlets, for example W Reliably minimises the risk from leaking liquid hazardous substances W Resistant to oils and most chemicals W In 2 cm, liquid-tight, fabric reinforced loam-based material, which can be shaped to fit uneven surfaces or unusual drain inlets W The mats can be cut to just the right shape or can be combined together. W Can be loaded up to a pressure of 2.4 meters water column Step 1: pull the blue protective film from the underside Step 2: place the mat on the drain and press it down - done! External dimensions W x D [mm] Included in delivery Order number 336 200 x 200 8 pieces 259-654-JD 450 x 450 2 pieces 259-657-JD 550 x 550 2 pieces 259-655-JD 450 x 650 1 pieces 259-658-JD 450 x 650 2 pieces 260-064-JD 650 x 650 2 pieces 259-656-JD w w w . d e n i o s . c o . u k / s h o p

337

2 s L A i R e T A M s u o d R A Z A h G n i L d n A h Lockable drain cover W Consisting of aluminium stud plate, locking mechanism and polyurethane-based sealant material W Sealant material on the underside adapts to surface and provides tight seal W Compensates for uneven surfaces up to 30 mm W Drain cover is attached to the gulley by means of a spring-loaded tension lever 2 sizes available: Lockable drain cover, 625 X 400 MM (approx. 5 kg), for drains in accordance with DIN (500 x 300 mm) Order no. 123-501-JD Lockable drain cover, 625 X 625 MM (approx. 7 kg), for drains in accordance with DIN (500 x 500 mm) Order no. 123-502-JD Surface in aluminium, locking by spring loaded clamping lever Polyurethane-based sealant material on the underside Sealing granules W For quickly creating barriers in the event of a leak, e.g. on machinery, containers, tanks etc. W When the granules come into contact with leaked aqueous fluids a liquid-tight barrier is immediately formed W The granules can also be used by adding water (if necessary with anti- freeze) to create a sealing compound, e.g. for holes in tanks, containers or pipes. W Unlimited storage life Included in delivery Weight [kg] Order number 16 x 0.5 litre 10 259-659-JD 10 x 1 litre 12 259-660-JD 5 x 5 litre 27 259-661-JD 1 x 10 litre 11 259-662-JD 1 x 22 litre 24 259-663-JD Frost-proof sealing putty W Premixed and ready to use - for the temporary sealing of leaking pipes, containers or drums W Adheres reliably even to greasy or dirty surfaces W Good form and adapts to fit leaking areas W High level of resistance to most aggressive liquids W Can be loaded up to a pressure of 2.4 meters water column W Usable from -15 to +30 °C Included in delivery Weight [kg] Order number All products for Drain seals can be found here: www.denios.co.uk/kat/39121 7 x 0.5 litre 5 259-664-JD 6 x 1 litre 10 259-665-JD E x P E R T A D V I C E A N D O R D E R L I N E : 0 1 9 5 2 8 1 1 9 9 1 337

338

2 HELP IS AT HAND Sealing plugs E.g. for sealing drains or pipes s L A i R e T A M s u o d R A Z A h G n i L d n A h Case with 1 sealing plug each of diameters 70, 95 and 120 mm Order no. 116-057-JD Design Order number Ø 70 mm Ø 95 mm Ø 120 mm 120 mm 120 mm 120 mm 200 mm 190 mm Ø 35 mm Ø 60 mm Ø 85 mm – 116-054-JD – 116-055-JD – 116-056-JD Ø 115 mm – 259-456-JD Ø 165 mm – 259-457-JD Ø 185 mm Ø 235 mm Sealing plugs in protective and transport box W Includes protective storage box with integrated handle for easy trans- port to the installation site Design Order number 35-70 mm 281-450-JD 70-92 mm 281-451-JD 85-120 mm 281-452-JD 100-140 mm 281-453-JD 120-180 mm 281-454-JD 170-230 mm 281-455-JD Sealing plug sets: 5 pieces in protective and transport box W Includes protective storage box with integrated handle for easy trans- port to the installation site Design Packaging unit (piece/ pack) Order number 15-40 mm 10-40 mm 10-30 mm 1 Item(s) 1 Item(s) 1 Item(s) 281-466-JD 281-465-JD 281-464-JD All products for Drain seals can be found here: www.denios.co.uk/kat/39121 338 w w w . d e n i o s . c o . u k / s h o p

339

Polyurethane drum bandages (PU) W For steel and plastic drums W Fastens on easily and quickly W Resistant to oil and many acids and alkalis W Nylon belt (4 M long) with a practical velcro fastener W Bandage dimensions L x W (mm): 300 x 180 W In practical carry case Order no. 116-035-JD Sealing band for pipes W Expandable rubber band with Velcro for temporarily sealing holes in pressurised pipelines for liquids and gases W Quick and easy to use W Useable from -35 to +130 °C W Can be cleaned and used again 2 s L A i R e T A M s u o d R A Z A h G n i L d n A h External dimensions W x D [mm] Pack contents Order number 40 x 800 10 Item(s) 259-666-JD 50 x 800 10 Item(s) 259-667-JD Corrosion resistant spray sleeve for flange joints W Prevents uncontrolled leakage of dangerous liquids at flanged pipe connections in accordance with guidelines of the German professional chemical association (BGI 595) W Effective protection for workers and production equipment from irritant, corrosive, toxic, hot, combustible, water-polluting substances W Reusable and easy to clean W In polypropylene (PP) - temperature resistant up to +80 °C W UV resistant - can be used indoors and outdoors W With integrated viewing window for quick leak identification W Incl. Velcro fastening and cord for simple, easy fastening For flange Pack contents Order number DN25 - PN10/16 10 Item(s) 216-028-JD DN50 - PN10/16 10 Item(s) 216-029-JD DN65 - PN10/16 10 Item(s) 216-030-JD DN80 - PN10/16 10 Item(s) 216-031-JD DN100 - PN10/16 10 Item(s) 216-032-JD All products for Sealants can be found here: www.denios.co.uk/kat/39119 E x P E R T A D V I C E A N D O R D E R L I N E : 0 1 9 5 2 8 1 1 9 9 1 339

340

2 s L A i R e T A M s u o d R A Z A h G n i L d n A h Drip trays W An effective immediate treatment for leaks on roofs, ceilings and pipes W Light, heavy duty material for simple hand- ling and storage W Reliable and reusable W Incl. eyes for quick, easy mounting, e.g. using cable ties or straps W Drain opening (flow rate: more than 12 litres per minute) with hose connection W Hose with fitting for controlled drainage of liquids available as an accessory External dimensions W x D [mm] Order number Accessories Order number 900 x 900 265-565-JD 1500 x 1500 265-566-JD 265-570-JD 265-570-JD 1800 x 3000 265-567-JD Hose, transparent, 7.6 metres 265-570-JD 3000 x 3000 265-568-JD 3000 x 3700 265-569-JD 265-570-JD 265-570-JD Hose (7.6 meters) with connector, see accessories in table Drip trays W Drains drips, leaks or condensed water from roofs and pipes safely and cleanly W Keep halls, machinery and products clean and dry W High quality vinyl sheets with special coating W UV and mould resistant W Ready for a hose to be connected for draining W Space saving storage folded up W Quick and easy mounting to ceilings and pipes with supplied rubber straps W Drain hose available as an accessory Drip catchers with hose connectors and 4 straps - optional: transparent hose (see table) Set includes tube connectors and 4 straps (each one 228 cm long) - folded for space-saving storage Hose (7.0 meters), see accessories in the table External dimensions W x D [mm] Order number Accessories Order number 730 x 730 156-988-JD 157-278-JD 850 x 2050 259-444-JD Hose, transparent, 7.0 metres 157-278-JD 2070 x 2070 259-102-JD 157-278-JD 1450 x 2900 156-994-JD 157-278-JD 340 w w w . d e n i o s . c o . u k / s h o p

341

2 s L A i R e T A M s u o d R A Z A h G n i L d n A h Reusable leakage spill pallets for absor- bent materials W Simple solution for small leaks, e.g. for engines, chemical labs, pipes, machinery and vehicles W Resistant to petroleum products and many other chemical substances W With captive support sieve for filtering out coarse impurities, which can be simply folded out for quick insertion or replacement of the fleece mats W Incl. 4 eyelets for ground hooks as wind protection or steel cables for hanging under ceilings, vehicles etc. W Fully combinable with DENSORB absorbent materials, in UNIVERSAL, OIL and SPECIAL versions (see accessories) With 4 stable eyelets, e.g. for hanging under leaking pipes or machines. Practical tray for oily objects on workbenches. The hinged sieve is secured against loss on one side. External dimensions W x D [mm] Sump capacity [l] Order number Accessories DENSORB Universal ab. materials, fleece mats for absorbing, Economy Single, heavy 40 x 50 cm, 50 pcs DENSORB Universal ab. materials, fleece roll, Economy Double, heavy, 2 layer, 100 cm x 45 m 480 x 580 1 259-088-JD 207-921-JD – 580 x 1080 3 259-089-JD – 243-802-JD 1080 x 1480 7 259-090-JD – 243-802-JD Flexible leak spill pallet with absorbent cushions W For leaks and drips indoors and outdoors, e.g. under vehicles or hydraulic lines W Long-lasting, portable, flexible spill pallet with replaceable, UV-resistant absorbent cushions W Compatible with all fuels and hydrocarbons W The stable base, which is weighted with welded-in weights, prevents the spill pallet from tipping over or the liquid to be contained from splashing over, even under unfavourable weather conditions. W Earthing strap included W Folds for easy transport W Replacement UV-resistant absorbent cushions available as an accessory External dimensions W x D Order number Accessories Order number 510 x 510 265-571-JD 610 x 910 265-572-JD 610 x 1370 265-573-JD Refill kit: 5 absorbent cushions 265-574-JD 265-575-JD 265-576-JD Fold away leakage sumps for single use W Rapidly absorbs water-hazardous liquids after accidents or other leaks W The folding leak pallet springs back by itself thanks to integrated floating elements W For single use Cloth size [mm] Sump Volume [l] Order number 1000 x 1000 100 116-052-JD All products for Absorbent materials can be found here: www.denios.co.uk/kat/39126 E x P E R T A D V I C E A N D O R D E R L I N E : 0 1 9 5 2 8 1 1 9 9 1 341

342

Fold away re-usable leakage sumps To protect employees, production and the environment from contamination lightweight and compactly folded - also ideal for emergency vehicles of fire brigades, local authorities... W Small investment to prevent substantial consequential costs W Quick and easy to use, for example in an emergency or also as W Can also be used as a sheet or basin (e.g. for decontamination) W Practical carry bag available as accessory prevention in an area at risk/ hazardous situation W Also suitable for temporary storage of chemicals W Chemically-resistant to heating oil, diesel, petrol, hydraulic oil, etc W With integrated level indicator Tested spill pallets with approval for the storage of hazardous materials See page 10 2 s L A i R e T A M s u o d R A Z A h G n i L d n A h Thanks to a highly compact folded down size, the flexible reusable sump can be stored on emergency fire vehicles for example Sump capacity [l] External dimensions W x D x H [mm] Order number Accessories Order number 25 350 x 700 x 125 206-980-JD 45 600 x 600 x 180 248-769-JD 75 175 700 x 700 x 175 1000 x 1000 x 200 206-983-JD 206-981-JD 210 300 900 1600 840 x 1240 x 225 1240 x 1240 x 225 1500 x 1500 x 425 2000 x 2000 x 425 206-986-JD 206-987-JD 206-984-JD 206-985-JD 206-989-JD 206-989-JD 206-989-JD 206-989-JD 206-989-JD 206-990-JD 206-990-JD 257-201-JD Bag Anti-static, reusable leak spill pallets W For the collection or short-term storage of hazardous materials or conventional technical, chemical and petroleum products W For use in environments with increased risk of fire or explosion W Simple, quick to assemble, even when access is difficult W The flexible, reinforced spill pallet sides can be adapted to best suit the respective application situation. W Practical, sturdy handle on all 4 sides W Usable from -10 °C to +70 °C W Flame retardant according to LOBA regulation, NFP 92507: M2 Easy assembly with quick release fasteners Flexibly adaptable depending on the application 25 50 175 210 900 1600 350 x 700 x 125 840 x 1240 x 70 1000 x 1000 x 200 840 x 1240 x 225 1500 x 1500 x 425 2000 x 2000 x 425 259-080-JD 259-081-JD 259-084-JD 259-083-JD 259-086-JD 259-087-JD Can be folded for transport and storage to save space Sump capacity [l] External dimensions W x D x H [mm] Order number 342 w w w . d e n i o s . c o . u k / s h o p

343

Mobile door/gate seal W Protection from liquid chemicals, contaminated extinguishing water and ingress of surface water or as flood water protection W High-strength, extremely chemical resistant polyethylene (PE) W Double chamber hose for quick filling with water (hose chamber diameter: 400 and 200 mm) W Ready for use in a few minutes in an emergency W Can also be used as a closed container for chemicals W Incl. container for storage RECOMMENDED BY PROFESSIONALS 2 s L A i R e T A M s u o d R A Z A h G n i L d n A h Quick to use mobile door / gate seal (length: 2 metres) including steel cabinet for storage on site Quick to use mobile door/gate seal (length: 8 metres) including steel cabinet for storage on site Quickly deployable, mobile seal (length: 15 metres) for passageways, including steel cabinet for storage at the site of use. Mobile sealing Width, external [mm] Container type Order number For doors 2000 Steel cabinet 214-533-JD For gates 8000 Steel cabinet 201-654-JD For thoroughfares 15000 Plastic box 214-534-JD DENIOS ONLINE SHOP Watch the demonstration video now at www.denios.co.uk >> www.denios.co.uk/seal << E x P E R T A D V I C E A N D O R D E R L I N E : 0 1 9 5 2 8 1 1 9 9 1 343

344

T-coded drum overpacks Rapid assistance for fire service, plant security, harbour authorities, carriers and waste management W Approved for salvage and transport W Rapid, universal aid for fire service, plant security, harbour authorities, carriers and waste management 2 s L A i R e T A M s u o d R A Z A h G n i L d n A h Capacity [l] External diameter [mm] Height, external [mm] Internal diameter [mm] Height, internal [mm] UN-approved Surface Order number All products for Absorbent materials can be found here: www.denios.co.uk/kat/39126 300 686 957 650 920 1A2T/Y320/S/... galvanised 259-671-JD o R d e R A T T h e s A M e T i M e Drum dollies type DT6 for drum overpacks W For the safe transport of 205 litre steel drums, salvage drums and drum overpacks W In galvanised steel W Adjustable from Ø 680 to 840 mm W Easy to move on 4 swivel castors Design Order number Electrically conductive Non-electrically conductive 115-199-JD 127-147-JD 344 w w w . d e n i o s . c o . u k / s h o p

345

Drum overpacks in polyethylene (PE) W With UN approval (packaging group I: High risk substances) W Wide opening for comfortably storing a damaged drum for example W Resistant to acids, alkalis and many aggressive chemicals W Warning yellow colour W Transportable by forklift W With a practical screw lid Mobile emergency spill kit in DENSORB medium caddy See page 321 Nestable to save space when empty 2 s L A i R e T A M s u o d R A Z A h G n i L d n A h Capacity [l] Version External diameter [mm] Height, external [mm] Internal diameter [mm] Base pad height [mm] UN-approved Order number 76 114 Without castors 576 483 435 416 1H2/X75/S... 265-546-JD Without castors 576 759 435 696 1H2/X100/S... 265-547-JD 189 With castors 738 1143 438 889 1H2/X125/S... 265-549-JD 245 360 Without castors 718 937 546 855 1H2/X200/S... 265-548-JD Without castors 804 1023 622 911 1H2/X295/S... 265-545-JD 360 With castors 897 1194 640 939 1H2/X113/S... 265-550-JD 390 Without castors 804 1102 609 990 1H2/X295/S... 267-229-JD E x P E R T A D V I C E A N D O R D E R L I N E : 0 1 9 5 2 8 1 1 9 9 1 345

346

Plug-in spill barriers W Extensive protection against hazardous liquids that are leaking e.g. in front of a storeroom W Prevents contamination of the surrounding area by water-polluting substances in the event of a fire or accident W Can also be used to protect against flooding W Barrier body in aluminium in signal red colour with replaceable, chemically resistant special seal for use on flat and smooth floors W Incl. wall brackets for safe storage of the barrier body at the installation site W With TÜV test certificate 2 s L A i R e T A M s u o d R A Z A h G n i L d n A h For doors/gates with a clear width of up to [mm] Order number Height 200 mm Order number Height 300 mm 800 1000 1300 1600 1900 2200 2500 2800 3100 3400 3700 4000 293-001-JD 293-002-JD 293-003-JD 293-004-JD 293-005-JD 293-006-JD 293-007-JD 293-008-JD 293-009-JD 293-010-JD 293-011-JD 293-012-JD 293-013-JD 293-014-JD 293-015-JD 293-016-JD 293-017-JD 293-018-JD 293-019-JD 293-020-JD 293-021-JD 293-022-JD 293-023-JD 293-025-JD Stationary spill barrier ramps W Cost-effective and robust steel solution for containment of liquids at pedestrian doors W Permanently anchored to flat and smooth floors and sealed with sealant, they provide permanent protection against spills of hazardous substances. W Can also be used to protect against flooding W With TÜV test certificate Design External dimensions W x D x H [mm] Order number Ramp-ramp barrier 1100 x 700 x 100 293-058-JD Ramp-step barrier 1100 x 670 x 200 293-059-JD Step-step barrier 1000 x 326 x 200 293-060-JD All products for Hazardous materials handling can be found here: www.denios.co.uk/kat/12750 346 w w w . d e n i o s . c o . u k / s h o p

347

Pivoted spill barriers W Extensive protection against hazardous liquids that are leaking e.g. in front of a storeroom W Prevents contamination of the surrounding area by water-polluting substances in the event of a fire or accident W Can also be used to protect against flooding W Barrier body in aluminium in signal red colour with replaceable, chemically resistant special seal for use on flat and smooth floors W With gas pressure spring for comfortable and safe opening and closing W Important notice: we recommend sending photos and dimensions of the installation site to ensure feasibility! W With TÜV test certificate 2 s L A i R e T A M s u o d R A Z A h G n i L d n A h Pivoting barriers for doors/gates with a clear width of up to 4000 mm For doors/gates with a clear width of up to [mm] Order number Height 200 mm Order number Height 300 mm 2500 293-026-JD 293-042-JD 2800 293-027-JD 293-043-JD 3100 293-028-JD 293-044-JD 3400 293-029-JD 293-045-JD 3700 293-030-JD 293-046-JD 4000 293-031-JD 293-047-JD Pivoting double barriers for doors/gates with a clear width of 4000 up to 7000 mm For doors/gates with a clear width of up to [mm] Order number Height 200 mm Order number Height 300 mm 4300 293-032-JD 293-048-JD 4600 293-033-JD 293-049-JD 5000 293-034-JD 293-050-JD 5400 293-035-JD 293-051-JD 5800 293-036-JD 293-052-JD 6200 293-037-JD 293-053-JD 6600 293-038-JD 293-054-JD 7000 293-039-JD 293-055-JD Pivoting loading ramp barrier for doors/gates with clear width of up to 3500 mm For doors/gates with a clear width of up to [mm] Order number Height 200 mm Order number Height 300 mm 3000 293-040-JD 293-056-JD 3500 293-041-JD 293-057-JD E x P E R T A D V I C E A N D O R D E R L I N E : 0 1 9 5 2 8 1 1 9 9 1 347

348

F U E L T A N K S A N D T R A N S P O R T C O N T A I N E R S Type-tested and approved containers are essential for the safe transport and storage of hazardous materials. At DENIOS you will find the right solutions for every application - from storage and disposal tanks to mobile and stationary tank systems for diesel, petrol and AdBlue. 348 w w w . d e n i o s . c o . u k / s h o p

349

Our plastic, steel or stainless steel safety containers fulfil the highest standards and guarantee maximum safety. s T o R A G e A n d w A s T e T A n k s s A F e T Y c o n T A i n e R Safety cans and containers s T o R A G e c o n T A i n e R F o R L i T h i u M - i o n B A T T e R i e s Storage container for lithium-ion batteries T R A n s p o R T c o n T A i n e R s F o R h A Z A R d o u s M A T e R i A L s Transport containers for hazardous materials 388 394 398 Storage and waste tanks Chemical and collection tanks F u e L T A n k s Mobile fuel tanks s T A T i o n A R Y F u e L T A n k s Stationary fuel tanks for diesel and petrol i B c IBC in plastic and stainless steel d R u M s A n d c A n i s T e R s Drums and canisters s M A L L c o n T A i n e R Narrow and wide necked bottles 350 362 352 360 365 372 380 E x P E R T A D V I C E A N D O R D E R L I N E : 0 1 9 5 2 8 1 1 9 9 1 349

350

3 s R e n i A T n o c d n A s k n A T Storage and disposal tanks Optimised safety during storage and transport. Use these tanks with their stable inner container in plastic (PE) for mineral oil products, such as diesel fuels and lubricating, hydraulic and vegetable oils as well as for biodiesel (fatty acid methyl ester). The outer steel container takes on the function of a spill pallet. W For collecting, storing, transporting and disposing of water-polluting substances W With DIBt approval and transport approval to GGVS/GGVE for packaging groups II + III W For storage and transport in compliance with the law W Sturdy exterior, galvanised, manufactured from steel with a steel tube pallet which is accessible underneath W Inner container in PE, absolutely corrosion-resistant and durable W Visual leak and fill level indicator as standard W 4 separate pipes for filling and emptying – 2” internal thread Capacity [l] External dimensions L x W x H [mm] Weight [kg] Order number o R d e R A T T h e s A M e T i M e Fittings Storage and disposal tanks 700 1135 x 757 x 1210 74 117-773-JD 1000 1135 x 757 x 1640 84 117-777-JD Connection valve to fill up from tankers Suction extraction pipe TA 700 Valve optionally available Lockable funnel with filter insert Order no. 117-802-JD Order no. 117-783-JD Order no. 274-258-JD Order no. 117-781-JD Suction extraction pipe for emptying fuel, for TA 1000 Order no. 130-199-JD Further accessories can be found in the online shop 350 w w w . d e n i o s . c o . u k / s h o p

351

Diagram: Key 1. Steel casing 2. PE inner container 3. Filler pipe 4. Level indicator 5. Pipe to be used as required 6. Pipe for emptying 7. Steel tube pallet 8. Optical display to show leakages 3 s R e n i A T n o c d n A s k n A T Standard equipment with level indicator o R d e R A T T h e s A M e T i M e Dispensing pumps Flow meter for HP electric pumps Hand pump to be used with fuel tank TA for filling up diesel and used oils Powerful drum pump Model TP 6, incl. automatic nozzle (flow meter optional) Electric pump model HP with standard nozzle valve (flowmeter optional) For electric pump model HP 40 Order no. 173-295-JD For electric pump model W Order no. 117-570-JD Order no. 267-640-JD Order no. 117-541-JD Order no. 173-296-JD E x P E R T A D V I C E A N D O R D E R L I N E : 0 1 9 5 2 8 1 1 9 9 1 351

352

Mobile fuel tank Caddy Model W For easy and safe refuelling of works vehicles and equipment W Complete with pump, nozzle and hose (3 m) W In corrosion-free plastic (PE) W Compact design and ergonomic handle ensure easy handling W Robust wheels allow use in site areas which are difficult to access W Available with either 55 or 110 litre volume for diesel, petrol or AUS 32 urea solutions 3 s R e n i A T n o c d n A s k n A T Capacity [l] Area of application - fuel tanks External dimensions W x D x H [mm] 55 Diesel 460 x 360 x 900 Urea solution 110 Diesel 460 x 440 x 1100 Urea solution Features Colour Weight [kg] UN-approved Order number Capacity [l] Area of application - fuel tanks External dimensions W x D x H [mm] Features Colour Weight [kg] UN-approved Order number with hand pump Yellow with electric pump (12 volt) Yellow with electric pump (24 volt) Yellow with hand pump Blue Yellow with electric pump (12 volt) Yellow with electric pump (24 volt) Yellow with hand pump Blue 8 12 252-248-JD 3H1/Y1.6/150/... 252-249-JD 252-498-JD – 252-250-JD 252-255-JD Nach ADR 1.1.3.1C 252-256-JD 252-499-JD – 252-252-JD 55 460 x 360 x 900 with hand pump Black 9 3H1/Y1.6/150/... 252-242-JD Petrol 110 460 x 440 x 1100 with electric pump (12 volt) Black with hand pump Black with electric pump (12 volt) Black 252-247-JD 13 31H2 / Y ... 252-253-JD 252-254-JD Jerry Cans for Adblue / urea solution W Sturdy version for tough everyday use W Meets the highest safety requirements for the sensitive handling of Adblue W Captive screw cap W Reusable canister, ideal for filling at e.g. Adblue car petrol pumps Capacity [l] External dimensions W x D x H [mm] Weight [kg] Order number 5 152 x 329 x 251 0.5 243-134-JD 10 172 x 329 x 341 0.6 243-135-JD 20 201 x 381 x 433 1.0 243-136-JD 352 w w w . d e n i o s . c o . u k / s h o p

353

Mobile fuel tanks PolyMove Trolley 110 W For mobile refuelling of company vehicles and equipment - safe and convenient W Sturdy container in impact-resistant, durable plastic (PE) W Fully equipped with pump, media-resistant dispensing hose and dispensing valve W Available with flowmeter and lockable door at the front on request W Practical design for safe and ergonomic handling W Large wheels for robust everyday use on different surfaces W Optionally available for diesel or urea solution (AUS 32) 3 s R e n i A T n o c d n A s k n A T Tank trolley, here in the version for diesel, door optionally available Area of application - fuel tanks Filling quantity container [l] External dimensions W x D x H [mm] Design Nominal voltage pump [V] Approval Order number Without flow meter Order number With flow meter Order number Accessories Order number Diesel / HVO 110 660 x 480 x 1100 Flow meter, optional Urea solution with hand pump - Nach ADR 1.1.3.1C 307-742-JD – – with electric pump 12 Nach ADR 1.1.3.1C 307-740-JD 307-743-JD – 24 Nach ADR 1.1.3.1C 307-741-JD 307-744-JD – Battery operation, 18 V batteries available as accessories 18 – – – 332-459-JD 18 Nach ADR 1.1.3.1C – – 332-458-JD with hand pump – – 307-745-JD – – 308-077-JD 308-077-JD 308-077-JD 308-077-JD 308-077-JD 308-077-JD Door for trolley Chargers and batteries W ideal for battery operation of the mobile tank trolley W alternatively, existing batteries/loaders can also be used on request Accessories Order number 319-211-JD 319-213-JD E x P E R T A D V I C E A N D O R D E R L I N E : 0 1 9 5 2 8 1 1 9 9 1 353

354

3 s R e n i A T n o c d n A s k n A T Mobile diesel fuel tanks, 150 to 450 litre volume W Easy and safe on-site refuelling for diesel powered machinery and vehicles W No costly interruptions to operations while travelling to fuelling stations W Optionally available with hand or electric pump, also with flowmeter on request W Made from environmentally friendly plastic W Integrated storage for 4 meter hose, automatic nozzle and pump cable W Shut off ball valve 1 The mobile diesel fuel tank PolyMove with 250 litre volume fits in a pick-up truck even with the lid open. The hose is long enough for easy filling from the side or tailgate. 1 Sturdy lockable protective cover. 2 3 4 Practical LED battery lamp as standard (for 450 litre version) Transparent document pocket in the protective cover (for 450 litre version) Storage compartments for e.g. PPE items, 2 kg dry powder extinguisher or similar. 7 5 6 Mobile diesel filling station PolyMove, 250 litre volume Capacity [l] Features External dimensions W x D x H [mm] Weight [kg] UN-approved Nominal voltage pump [V]: - Order number 12 l/min Nominal voltage pump [V]: 12 Order number 30 l/min Nominal voltage pump [V]: 24 Order number 50 l/min Nominal voltage pump [V]: 230 Order number 56 l/min Accessories Order number 150 250 450 With pump, nozzle and hose With pump, nozzle, hose and flowmeter With pump, nozzle and hose With pump, nozzle, hose and flowmeter With pump, nozzle and hose With pump, nozzle, hose and flowmeter 750 x 950 x 550 31 32 Nach ADR 1.1.3.1C 307-749-JD – 750 x 950 x 715 45 – 45 – 840 x 1250 x 1070 75 D/bam 12943/31H2 – 75 – 307-746-JD 307-750-JD 214-357-JD 222-102-JD 194-025-JD 222-105-JD 307-747-JD 307-751-JD 214-358-JD 222-103-JD 194-026-JD 222-106-JD 307-748-JD 307-752-JD Lid for PolyMove 150 308-078-JD 308-078-JD 214-402-JD – – 222-104-JD – – 194-027-JD – – 222-107-JD – – 354 w w w . d e n i o s . c o . u k / s h o p

355

Example of use: ideally suited to transport on a light truck or pick up Optimum loading safety with anti-slip mat and safety strap (see accessories) Safe supply of fuel on site. 3 5 Moulded handles make it easy to move by hand 6 Transport-safe and mobile, with integrated fork pockets 4 7 The cut-out for the pump cable means that the lid can be locked even when the power is still connected. 3 s R e n i A T n o c d n A s k n A T 1 2 7 4 5 Mobile diesel filling station, 150 litre volume The mobile diesel fuel tank PolyMove meets the conditions for international transport of dangerous goods by road in accordance with European Regu- lations (ADR), additional containers up to a total volume of 1000 litres may be carried without the need for an ADR drivers licence and special vehicle markings. 6 o R d e R A T T h e s A M e T i M e Anti-slip mat, for transport safety. Precision-fit spill pallet for PolyMove PM 450 for stationary use Order no. 216-909-JD Order no. 195-351-JD Mobile diesel filling station PolyMove, model PM 450 Accessories Lockable lid for PolyMove PM 150 Canister for ad-blue, 5 litres, for use in PolyMove PM 150 LED charging light. Spill pallet for PolyMove PM 150 / 250 Spill pallet for PolyMove PM 450 Mobile spill kit Anti-slip mat, for transport safety. Tensioning strap with ratchet for PolyMove PM 150 and 250 Securing straps for PolyMove PM 450 (set of 4 straps) Order number 308-078-JD 243-134-JD 195-350-JD 162-286-JD 195-351-JD 116-660-JD 216-909-JD 216-907-JD 195-352-JD E x P E R T A D V I C E A N D O R D E R L I N E : 0 1 9 5 2 8 1 1 9 9 1 355

356

3 s R e n i A T n o c d n A s k n A T Mobile diesel and Ad-Blue tank systems - 980 litre volume W Easy and safe on-site refuelling for diesel powered machinery and vehicles W No costly interruptions to operations while travelling to fuelling stations W Optionally available with hand or electric pump, also with flowmeter on request W Made from environmentally friendly plastic W Integrated storage for 4 meter hose, automatic nozzle and pump cable W Shut off ball valve W All fittings are easily accessible and protected in a storage box, which also serves as a collecting tray for any drips The mobile diesel fuel tank PolyMove meets the conditions for inter- national transport of dangerous goods by road in accordance with European Regulations (ADR), additional containers up to a total volume of 1000 litres may be carried without the need for an ADR drivers licence and special vehicle markings. Poly Move mobile diesel filling station with 980 litre capacity, optionally available in standard or premium version Contents: Premium equipment with: - electric pump with flow meter, - hose reel with 8 m dispensing hose, - automatic nozzle, - limit value transmitter and - water separator Poly Move mobile diesel filling station with 980 litre capacity - with integrated additional Ad-Blue tank Poly Move mobile diesel/Ad-Blue filling station with 980 litre capacity, available in standard or premium version Area of application - fuel tanks Capacity [l] Additional volume [l] [l] Model External dimensions W x D x H [mm] UN-approved Nominal voltage pump [V] Pump delivery rate [l/min]: 56 Order number Without flow meter Order number With flow meter Pump delivery rate [l/min]: 70 Order number Without flow meter Order number With flow meter Pump delivery rate [l/min]: 85 Order number Without flow meter Order number With flow meter Diesel / urea solution 95 910 Diesel – with pump, tap valve and hose, optionally with flow meter Premium 1280 x 1400 x 1230 31H2/Z/.. .../D/BAM 16437-DENIOS-/... 12 319-180-JD 319-198-JD 24 – – 230 12 319-184-JD 319-202-JD 319-174-JD 319-192-JD 24 – – 230 319-178-JD 319-196-JD – – 319-182-JD 319-200-JD – – – – 319-176-JD 319-194-JD – – 12 – – – – 24 – – – – 230 – – – – 319-181-JD 319-199-JD 319-183-JD 319-201-JD 319-185-JD 319-203-JD 319-175-JD 319-193-JD 319-177-JD 319-195-JD 319-179-JD 319-197-JD – 319-204-JD – 319-205-JD – 319-206-JD 356 w w w . d e n i o s . c o . u k / s h o p

357

Mobile diesel / urea filling stations 400 to 900+100 litres W Easy and safe on-site refuelling for diesel powered machinery and vehicles W Available as a diesel filling station or as a combination with an additional ad-blue tank W No costly interruptions to operations while travelling to fuelling stations W Made from environmentally friendly plastic W Integrated storage for 4 meter hose, automatic nozzle with drip catcher and pump cable W All fittings are easily accessible and protected in a storage box, which also serves as a spill tray for any drips W Easy transport thanks to crane eyes and recesses for forklift transport W Optionally available with 12, 24 or 230 V or pump. Combinations with ad-blue tank have a separately integrated ad-blue pump (delivery rate 15 litres/minute) W Tested and approved in accordance with ADR or UN guidelines 3 s R e n i A T n o c d n A s k n A T Combi filling station Combi filling station Capacity [l] Area of application - fuel tanks Additional volume [l] Features Pump delivery rate [l/min] External dimensions W x D x H [mm] Approval Order number Nominal voltage [V]: 12 Order number Nominal voltage [V]: 24 Order number Nominal voltage [V]: 230 Capacity [l] Area of application - fuel tanks Additional volume [l] Features Pump delivery rate [l/min] External dimensions W x D x H [mm] Approval Order number Nominal voltage [V]: 12 Order number Nominal voltage [V]: 24 Order number Nominal voltage [V]: 230 50 With 12 / 24 V diesel and additional ad-blue pump 40 400 Diesel / urea solution 50 With 12 / 24 V diesel High Flow and additional ad-blue pump 60 1200 x 800 x 785 According to ADR 1.1.3.1C 306-118-JD 306-119-JD – 306-121-JD 306-122-JD – 600 Diesel 50 – – – With 230 V diesel and additional ad-blue pump With 12 / 24 V pump With 12 / 24 V pump - high flow With 230 V pump 50 40 60 50 – – 306-120-JD 306-108-JD 306-109-JD – 1290 x 860 x 940 31H2 / Y ... 306-111-JD 306-112-JD – – – 306-110-JD Diesel – – 900 – With 12 / 24 V pump With 12 / 24 V pump - high flow With 230 V pump 100 With 12 / 24 V diesel and additional ad-blue pump 40 60 50 1150 x 1150 x 910 31H2 / Y ... 306-113-JD 306-114-JD – 306-116-JD 306-117-JD – – – 306-115-JD 40 294-220-JD 294-221-JD – Diesel / urea solution 100 With 12 / 24 V diesel High Flow and additional ad-blue pump 60 100 With 230 V diesel and additional ad-blue pump 50 306-128-JD 306-129-JD – – – 294-222-JD E x P E R T A D V I C E A N D O R D E R L I N E : 0 1 9 5 2 8 1 1 9 9 1 357

358

Mobile fuel container Model KC for diesel and heating oil as a complete package W For the mobile filling of machinery and vehicles directly at the place of use W Time-unlimited UN approval as a transport container W Transport permitted under simple conditions - no hazardous goods drivers licence, no vehicle marking required W General Construction Approval valid throughout the UK as a storage container for installation outdoors - also in water protection areas W Explosion pressure shock resistant and double-walled, hot dip galvanised inside and out W High level of safety with permanent energy-independent leak monitoring and level indicator W Accessible underneath on one side by forklift W Lockable lid with padlock W Ventilation pipe with shut-off ball valve W Filling pipe with safety screw fitting, lockable W Suction line shut-off W With crane eye(s) 3 s R e n i A T n o c d n A s k n A T Includes: - Pump with counter - Hose, 6 m long - Automatic nozzles - Storage box / wing door cabinet Fuel container Model KC-K with storage box, 1000 litre volume. Fuel container Model KC-S with wing door cabinet, 500 litre volume. All mobile fuel containers KC are delivered with pump, 6 m dispensing hose, automatic nozzle and counter 500 12/24 770 x 1300 Storage boxes 230 1400 230 Wing door cabinet 230 12/24 Storage boxes 230 1000 12/24 1020 x 1440 Wing door cabinet 230 12/24 1610 205 1700 330 1920 285 D/BAM 0489/31A D/BAM 0489/31A D/BAM 0489/31A D/BAM 0489/31A 252-571-JD 252-570-JD 252-566-JD 252-567-JD Capacity [l] Design Nominal voltage pump [V] External dimensions W x D [mm] Height without equipment [mm] Weight [kg] UN approval Order number Accessories Mechanical roller counter for diesel fuel tanks Limit indicator for cubic fuel container model ki-d Limit indicator for cylindrical fuel container model kc-d D/BAM 5639/31A 252-568-JD D/BAM 5639/31A 252-569-JD D/BAM 5639/31A 252-572-JD D/BAM 5639/31A 252-573-JD Order number 254-550-JD 158-403-JD 173-923-JD 358 w w w . d e n i o s . c o . u k / s h o p

359

Mobile diesel fuel tank Model KI-D, as complete package Mobile fuel tanks are particularly useful when vehicles or equipment need to be refuelled directly at their place of use. With their double-walled construction, these tried-and-tested fuel tanks offer optimum safety - with all the necessary approvals for transport and stationary storage. W For the mobile filling of machinery and vehicles directly at the place of use W General Construction Approval valid throughout the UK as a storage container for installation outdoors - also in water protection areas W Transport permitted under simple conditions - no hazardous goods drivers licence, no vehicle marking required W High level of safety with permanent energy-independent leak monitoring and level indicator W Double-walled, hot dip galvanised internally and externally W Lockable, spring loaded lift with especially secure 3 point locking W Ventilation pipe with shut-off ball valve W Filling pipe with safety screw fitting, lockable W Suction line shut-off W Side opening for hoses and cable as well as integrated holder with return shut-off for automatic nozzle W 4 crane eyes, can be stacked 3 high, accessible underneath on all sides with forklift/pallet truck 3 s R e n i A T n o c d n A s k n A T Including: - Pump with counter - Dispensing hose, 6 m long - Automatic nozzle Capacity [l] Design Features External dimensions W x D x H [mm] Weight [kg] DIBt approval UN approval Order number 330 450 770 1000 Diesel pump: 230 V Diesel pump: 12/24 V Diesel pump: 230 V Diesel pump: 12/24 V Diesel pump: 230 V Diesel pump: 12/24 V Diesel pump: 230 V Diesel pump: 12/24 V 6 m hose, automatic nozzle and counter 6 m hose, automatic nozzle, counter and limit indicator 1215 x 800 x 807 240 1215 x 800 x 942 260 1215 x 800 x 1322 310 1400 x 1000 x 1322 350 Z-38.12-230 31A/Y/... 278-991-JD Z-38.12-230 31A/Y/... 278-992-JD Z-38.12-230 31A/Y/... 278-993-JD Z-38.12-230 31A/Y/... 278-994-JD Z-38.12-230 31A/Y/... 278-995-JD Z-38.12-230 31A/Y/... 278-996-JD Z-38.12-230 31A/Y/... 278-997-JD Z-38.12-230 31A/Y/... 278-998-JD E x P E R T A D V I C E A N D O R D E R L I N E : 0 1 9 5 2 8 1 1 9 9 1 359

360

3 s R e n i A T n o c d n A s k n A T Double walled multitanks W General Construction Approval valid throughout the UK as a storage container for used oil or other water-polluting liquids W Double walled container, either hot dip galvanised inside and out, or inside unpainted and outside painted. The paint is suitable for tanks that are installed in buildings. W High level of safety with permanent leak monitoring W Domed lid with a large inspection opening (Ø 500 mm) W Space saving design W With 2 lifting eyes and accessible pallet for transport when empty W Needs-based, practical solutions for supply and disposal can be created with accessories Multitanks (volume of 900 to max. 2400 litres) in galvanised finish with standard domed lid (left) and in painted finish with disposal fitting (right). Accessories Fittings set for multitanks, for storage of new materials Fittings set for multitanks, for storage of waste materials Overflow safety with mounting plate, for storage of liquids with flashpoint over 55°C Pressure sensor for multitanks, for storing liquids with a flashpoint over 55 °C Pressure sensor for multitanks, for storage of liquids with flashpoint < 55 °C Capacity [l] External dimensions W x D x H [mm] Height without equipment [mm] For liquids in WGK 1 - 3 with a flashpoint higher than 55 °C Order number galvanised Order number painted For liquids in WGK 1 - 3 with a flashpoint lower than 55 °C Order number galvanised Order number painted 900 800 x 1200 x 1290 1290 254-338-JD 254-340-JD 254-344-JD 254-346-JD 1300 800 x 1200 x 1750 1750 254-339-JD 254-341-JD 254-345-JD 254-347-JD 2000 800 x 1800 x 1750 1750 – 254-342-JD – 254-348-JD Order number 254-529-JD 254-530-JD 254-534-JD 254-531-JD 254-532-JD 2400 800 x 2200 x 1750 1750 – 254-343-JD – 254-349-JD Double-walled storage and collection tanks W Safe storage and disposal of water-polluting substances W Approved e.g. for heating oil, diesel, bio-diesel, lubricating oils, vegetable oils, ethylene glycol, photochemicals, ammonia water, technically pure urea solution, waste oil... W Corrosion free, double-walled fully plastic tank in polyethylene with long life and extreme durability W The inner wall forms the tank, the outer wall acts as a spill pallet W Incl. level indicator and 2” ventilation hood W With DIBt approval W With 4 connections (2") or 2 or 3 connections and an additional 240 mm opening that can be used for submersible pumps or for cleaning purposes, for example. Double-walled tanks with up to 1500 litres volume Design With 4 openings, each 2" With 2 openings, each 2" and hand opening 240 mm With 3 openings, each 2" and hand opening 240 mm Capacity [l] External dimensions L x W x H [mm] DIBt approval Order number 750 780 x 780 x 1710 Z-40.21-310 179-310-JD 1100 1580 x 790 x 1360 Z-40.21-310 179-311-JD 1500 1580 x 790 x 1740 Z-40.21-310 179-312-JD 750 780 x 780 x 1710 Z-40.21-310 285-979-JD 1000 810 x 810 x 1990 Z-40.21-310 285-980-JD 1100 1580 x 790 x 1360 Z-40.21-310 285-981-JD 1500 1580 x 790 x 1740 Z-40.21-310 285-982-JD 360 w w w . d e n i o s . c o . u k / s h o p

361

Stationary petrol fuel tanks Model KA as a complete package W Petrol fuel tank, as a standing, explosion-proof design W Manufactured in accordance with EN 6623-2 and therefore approved throughout the UK as a storage container for flammable, water- polluting liquids (flashpoint < 55°C) W High safety with vacuum principle permanent leak monitor W Double walled container in steel, hot dip galvanised inside and outside W For outdoor use W With dipstick W Fill line with lockable safety screw connection W Suction line ready with pump connection W With vent line and connection for gas return pipe W 2 lifting eyes for transport when empty W Set in wing door cabinet, self-priming vane pump (230 V, pumping capacity approx. 50 l/min), connection cable (10 m long), hose fitting NW 19x4 (4 m long), limit indicator and automatic nozzle - ready to use Please request tanks for fuels with a bioethanol level of more than 5 % separately! Includes: - Pump - Hose - Automatic nozzle - Wing door cabinet - Limit indicator 3 s R e n i A T n o c d n A s k n A T Capacity [l] Features External dimensions W x D [mm] Height without equipment [mm] Standard(s) Order number 995 Pump, wing door cabinet, 4 m hose, automatic nozzle and 400 600 1000 x 1000 1100 DIN 6623-2 254-560-JD limit indicator 1000 x 1000 1360 DIN 6623-2 254-561-JD 1250 x 1250 1450 DIN 6623-2 254-562-JD Mobile petrol fuel tanks Model KI-B as a complete package W Time-unlimited UN approval as a hazardous goods package and without recurring test requirement in accordance with ADR W Transport is permitted under simplified conditions without a hazardous goods driver's licence and without vehicle marking W General Construction Approval valid throughout the UK as a storage container for combustible liquids for installation outdoors - even in water protection areas W Double-walled tank, hot dip galvanised inside and out, stackable 3 high, accessible underneath on all sides by forklift /pallet truck W High level of safety with permanent energy-independent vacuum leak monitoring on both walls W Continual, mechanical level indicator W With flashback prevention W Filling fittings are lockable with security screw and flame trap (PTB Ex 12-42028) All products for Fuelling stations and containers can be found here: www.denios.co.uk/kat/12751 Includes: - Pump - Hose - Automatic nozzle Capacity [l] Features Nominal voltage pump [V] External dimensions W x D x H [mm] Weight [kg] UN-approved DIBt approval Order number 330 330 Pump, 4 m hose and automatic nozzle 12 1215 x 800 x 807 250 D/BAM 15600/1A2W Z-38.12-230 279-006-JD 230 1215 x 800 x 807 250 D/BAM 15600/1A2W Z-38.12-230 279-005-JD E x P E R T A D V I C E A N D O R D E R L I N E : 0 1 9 5 2 8 1 1 9 9 1 361

362

Chemical tanks, 1100 to 4000 litres W For the storage of chemicals and food with a density of max. 1.15 g/cm³ W Sturdy design with an additional galvanised steel frame W Manufactured from food safe polyethylene (PE) W Space saving rectangular construction with a filling dome (DN 400), air-tight closure W Steel flange near the base (without media contact) with a circular opening of 155 mm and eight M10 threads, for connecting the outlet fittings available as accessories W Temperature resistant in continuous operation up to max. +30° C 3 s R e n i A T n o c d n A s k n A T Chemical tanks in 5 sizes, from 1100 to 4000 litres Capacity [l] Design External dimensions W x D x H [mm] DIBt approval Order number Transparent Order number Black 1100 1 screw connection 720 x 1400 x 1400 – 137-875-JD 269-680-JD 1500 1 screw connection 720 x 1560 x 1640 – 137-876-JD 269-681-JD Chemical tanks, 1100 to 4000 litres 2000 3 screw connections 720 x 2070 x 1690 Z-40.21-138 137-877-JD 269-682-JD 2500 3 screw connections 995 x 1870 x 1650 Z-40.21-138 269-742-JD 269-743-JD 3000 3 screw connections 995 x 2230 x 1650 Z-40.21-138 137-878-JD 269-683-JD 4000 3 screw connections 995 x 2430 x 1950 Z-40.21-138 137-879-JD 269-684-JD Space-saving tanks from 60 to 500 litres, with dispensing tap W Suitable for the safe storage of chemicals W In food-safe polyethylene (PE) W Resistant to many acids and alkalis (specific weight max.1 Kg/l) W Compact and stackable ( when used with optional stacking frames) W 2-part screw lid (Ø 200 mm) and dispensing tap NW18 included W Dispensing nozzle Ø 34 mm W Locking cap with seal W The semi-transparent PE material makes the fill level clearly visible from the outside Capacity [l] External dimensions L x W x H [mm] Order number Accessories Order number 60 520 x 355 x 530 189-262-JD 100 600 x 410 x 610 117-940-JD 150 680 x 470 x 710 117-941-JD 200 810 x 500 x 770 117-942-JD 300 880 x 610 x 880 117-943-JD 500 1050 x 700 x 1010 117-944-JD 189-263-JD 117-945-JD 117-946-JD 117-947-JD 117-948-JD 117-949-JD Stackable steel rack 362 w w w . d e n i o s . c o . u k / s h o p

363

Industrial tanks, 1100 to 5000 litres Tried and tested e.g. In the area of the food industry (food safe), the chemical industry, environmental and water treatment plants, wastewater treatment plants and refrigeration equipment W Suitable for storing chemicals and food W Tried and tested e.g. In the food industry, the chemical industry, environmental and water treatment plants, wastewater treatment plants and re- frigeration equipment W Long lasting and environmentally friendly W In polyethylene (HDPE) with galvanised steel bands W Available in natural transparent (visual checking of fill level) or black (protecting from light, e.g. Against the formation of algae) W optionally available for liquids with a maximum density of 1.2 or 1.55 g/cm³ 3 s R e n i A T n o c d n A s k n A T Industrial tanks in various versions: with domed opening (left), manhole (centre) or fittings (right). Capacity [l] Design External dimensions W x D x H [mm] Colour: Natural Order number Density max [kg/l]: 1.20 Order number Density max [kg/l]: 1.55 Colour: Black Order number Density max [kg/l]: 1.20 Order number Density max [kg/l]: 1.55 Industrial tanks, 1100 to 5000 litres 1100 1650 1 dome opening (400 mm), 1 fitting (R2"), 1 spout (R2") 1 dome opening (400 mm), 1 fitting (R2"), 1 spout (R2") 730 x 1400 x 1380 730 x 2000 x 1380 2000 1 dome opening (400 mm), 1 connection piece (external S100 x 8, internal R2" thread) 760 x 2050 x 1698 2500 3000 5000 3 fittings (R2"), 1 fitting (S 160 x 7) 3 fittings (R2"), 1 fitting (S 160 x 7) 3 fittings (R2"), 1 fitting (S 160 x 7) 870 x 2160 x 1670 850 x 2390 x 1980 1350 x 2390 x 1980 179-626-JD 314-502-JD 179-627-JD 314-500-JD 179-628-JD 314-503-JD 179-629-JD 314-501-JD 179-630-JD 314-504-JD 179-631-JD 314-508-JD 314-512-JD 314-505-JD – – 179-634-JD 314-506-JD 179-635-JD 314-509-JD 179-636-JD 314-507-JD 179-637-JD 314-510-JD All products for Fuelling stations and containers can be found here: www.denios.co.uk/kat/12751 E x P E R T A D V I C E A N D O R D E R L I N E : 0 1 9 5 2 8 1 1 9 9 1 363

364

Storage and dispensing containers in plastic W Container in food-safe, UV-stabilised polyethylene (LLD-PE) W With large mounting bridge for individual attachment of pumps, stirrers etc W For liquids with a density of max. 1.6 g/cm³ W Moulded threaded socket (3/4") W Optionally available in natural-transparent with volume scale so that the filling level can be seen at any time, or in black (e.g. for light-sensitive media) 3 s R e n i A T n o c d n A s k n A T Storage and dispensing containers with a measuring scale Storage and dosing containers, available with a volume of 35 to 1000 litres Capacity [l] Dimensions Ø x H [mm] Opening diameter lid [mm] Order number Transparent Order number Black Accessories Sump Volume [l] Dimensions Ø x H [mm] DIBt approval Order number Transparent Order number Black 35 320 x 540 160 270-475-JD 270-476-JD – 420 x 395 Z-40.22-518 314-498-JD 314-499-JD 60 420 x 640 160 136-931-JD 136-943-JD 80 500 x 540 Z-40.22-518 179-694-JD 179-702-JD 100 450 x 810 160 136-933-JD 136-964-JD 120 500 x 700 Z-40.22-518 179-695-JD 179-703-JD 200 550 x 1030 160 136-934-JD 136-966-JD Accessory: collection carboy 300 655 x 1110 160 136-936-JD 136-967-JD 210 650 x 740 Z-40.22-518 179-697-JD 179-705-JD 400 770 x 970 Z-40.22-518 179-698-JD 179-706-JD 500 770 x 1230 160 136-937-JD 136-968-JD 500 860 x 980 Z-40.22-518 179-699-JD 179-707-JD 750 970 x 1170 160 136-939-JD 136-969-JD 750 1050 x 980 Z-40.22-518 179-700-JD 179-708-JD 1000 1080 x 1260 160 136-940-JD 136-972-JD 1000 1150 x 1080 Z-40.22-518 179-701-JD 179-709-JD Please always order accessories with the container. Accessory: collection carboy W Suitable for storage containers and jugs W For safe absorption of leakages and drip loss W UV-stabilised, food safe W Sintered litre scale Z-40.22-518 Collection containers for storage and dispensing containers, in natural or black, volumes of 80 to 1000 litres 364 w w w . d e n i o s . c o . u k / s h o p

365

IBC in stainless steel Whether storage or transport, the cubic IBCs with international approvals for land and sea transport offer maximum flexibility. These IBCs are available in two designs with a volume of 1000 litres each and can be used on existing filling lines for plastic IBCs. Stainless steel IBCs are stackable, craneable and can be cleaned without leaving residues. The IBCs are approved for liquids or paste-like substances with filling densities of 2.0 and 2.1 kg/l respectively. W Approved for liquid hazardous substances in packaging groups II and III W Safe transport and storage of high value raw materials or hazardous bolts, safety valve (preset to 0.4 bar) and vent slits W The bottom level has a ball valve with stainless steel locking cap for chemicals W Collect hazardous waste materials or residues for later disposal W Suitable for active and passive storage as dispensing or collection containers W Durable containers in high-quality stainless steel 1.4301 (V2A) or 1.4404 (V4A) W The upper section has a manhole DN 400 with screwed lid and 6 eye optimum emptying of residue W Craneable and accessible underneath, so ideal for transport with conventional industrial trucks W Also available in food safe design 3 s R e n i A T n o c d n A s k n A T Detailed illustration: screwed lid with 6 eye bolts The IBC has a particularly space-saving, light, frameless design. Spill pallets for IBCs in stainless steel See page 29 Detailed illustration: 2” ball valve in stainless steel Can be stacked 5 high thanks to sturdy frame construction in galvanised steel. Capacity [l] Note External dimensions W x D x H [mm] Material Seal Density max [kg/l] Maximum gross weight [kg] Weight [kg] UN-approved Order number Standard Order number Food safe 1000 In frameless design, stackable 2-high when filled, max. 2215 kg With galvanised outer frame, stackable 3-high when filled, max, 5666 kg 1150 x 1150 x 1160 1015 x 1215 x 1550 Stainless steel 1.4301 (V2A) Nbr 2.0 Stainless steel V4A PTFE 2.0 PTFE 2.0 Stainless steel 1.4301 (V2A) Nbr 2.1 Stainless steel V4A PTFE 2.0 PTFE 2.0 2189 160 2324 214 257-240-JD 260-140-JD – 306-055-JD 31A/Y/... 306-060-JD 306-059-JD 137-266-JD 260-139-JD – 306-057-JD 306-062-JD 306-061-JD E x P E R T A D V I C E A N D O R D E R L I N E : 0 1 9 5 2 8 1 1 9 9 1 365

366

3 With these tried and tested containers, you can ensure the safe transport of a wide range of liquids. For the transport of dangerous goods, tested versions with UN approval are available. You can also choose between different lids and spout fittings for filling and emptying - always to suit your individual requirements. W Container in polyethylene (HDPE), UV stabilised W Sturdy, galvanised steel tube grids W Can be stacked to save space W Large plate for labels IBC containers, hazardous goods s R e n i A T n o c d n A s k n A T Capacity [l] Colour External dimensions L x W [mm] Height, external [mm] Density max [kg/l] Filler opening Outlet Pallets UN-approved Order number 600 800 Transparent 1200 x 800 1000 1.9 DN 150 DN 50 PE 1200 x 800 1000 1.9 DN 225 DN 80 PE 1200 x 1000 1000 1.9 DN 150 DN 50 PE 1200 x 1000 1160 1.6 DN 150 DN 50 Composite 1200 x 1000 1160 1.6 DN 225 DN 50 Wood 31HA1/Y/…/100 1200 x 1000 1160 1.6 DN 150 DN 50 PE 1000 1200 x 1000 1160 1.9 DN 225 DN 50 PE Black 1200 x 1000 1160 1.6 DN 150 DN 80 Steel runner 1200 x 1000 1160 1.9 DN 150 DN 50 PE 1200 x 1000 1160 1.6 DN 225 DN 50 PE 266-162-JD 266-163-JD 266-164-JD 266-165-JD 266-166-JD 266-167-JD 266-168-JD 266-169-JD 266-170-JD 266-171-JD IBC Funnel "Full Size" - suitable for 600, 800 and 1000 litre plastic IBCs These extra large funnels cover the entire surface of a standard IBC. This gives you plenty of space to quickly and easily collect liquids from various small containers (buckets, canisters, bottles or even filters) in your existing IBC. W Placed over the entire surface of the IBC; a firm connection can be made using accessory set 283-438 W Durable construction in highly resistant polyethylene W Large intake volume for fast emptying W With large central hole through which the liquids flow into the IBC Model Capacity [l] External dimensions W x D x H [mm] Ø outlet opening internal [mm] Order number Accessories Order number For 600 L IBC 40 860 x 1260 x 168 60 306-067-JD For 800/1000 L IBC 50 1060 x 1260 x 168 60 283-433-JD Stable shelf made of perforated sheet metal, as a level draining surface 306-068-JD 283-437-JD FALCON funnel Full Size 1000, the optionally available lid is hooked onto the side of the funnel when not in use. 366 w w w . d e n i o s . c o . u k / s h o p

367

W Sealable inlet and outlet W With tried-and-tested butterfly valve W Filling opening DN 150 or DN 225, with screw lid W Outlet opening DN 50 or DN 80, optionally with ball or butterfly valve W With tried-and-tested butterfly valve W Optionally available in standard or UN-approved dangerous goods version. This is approved for transport by road, rail and sea in accordance with UN / ADR. IBC container Standard version without hazardous goods approval 3 s R e n i A T n o c d n A s k n A T Capacity [l] Colour External dimensions L x W [mm] Height, external [mm] Filler opening Outlet Pallets Order number 600 800 Transparent 1000 Transparent Transparent Transparent Transparent 1200 x 800 1000 DN 150 DN 50 PE Transparent Black 1200 x 800 1200 x 1000 1200 x 1000 1200 x 1000 1200 x 1000 1200 x 1000 1200 x 1000 1200 x 1000 1200 x 1000 1200 x 1000 1160 DN 150 DN 50 PE 266-151-JD 266-152-JD 266-153-JD 266-154-JD 266-155-JD 266-156-JD 266-157-JD 266-158-JD 266-159-JD 266-160-JD 266-161-JD 1160 DN 225 DN 50 Steel frame Steel runner Steel runner 1160 DN 225 DN 50 Composite 1160 DN 150 DN 50 Wood 1160 DN 225 DN 50 PE Transparent Transparent Transparent Transparent 1160 DN 150 DN 50 1160 DN 150 DN 80 1000 DN 225 DN 80 PE 1000 DN 150 DN 50 PE 1160 DN 150 DN 50 PE IBC container, hazardous goods - Ex version W With UN approval W Can be used in Ex zones 1 and 2 W Inner container optionally available in 2 versions: W Inner container with antistatic outer layer, conductively connected to the frame via an earthing cable W Inner container with sheet steel jacket - to avoid electrostatic charging W Especially resistant to mechanical and thermal loads W With EVOH barrier layer IBC with robust sheet steel jacket - can be used in Ex zones 1 and 2 Capacity [l] Model External dimensions L x W [mm] Height, external [mm] Density max [kg/l] Filler opening Outlet Pallets UN-approved Certification / certificate 2 Order number 1000 Mesh basket Sheet steel jacket 1200 x 1000 1200 x 1000 1200 x 1000 1200 x 1000 1200 x 1000 1160 1.6 DN 150 DN 50 PE 1160 1.6 DN 150 DN 50 Steel runner 1160 1.6 DN 225 DN 80 Steel runner 31HA1/Y/…/100 1160 1.6 DN 150 DN 50 Steel runner Food-safe 266-173-JD 266-174-JD – 266-175-JD EVOH coating 277-811-JD 1160 1.6 DN 150 DN 50 Steel runner 31HA1/Y/… – 266-172-JD IBC with mesh basket; with antistatic external layer - can be used in Ex zones 1 and 2 E x P E R T A D V I C E A N D O R D E R L I N E : 0 1 9 5 2 8 1 1 9 9 1 367

368

3 s R e n i A T n o c d n A s k n A T IBC container, reconditioned Reconditioning describes the process of reprocessing used plastic containers, steel drums and IBC containers. Reconditioned IBCs are not just a cost-effective alternative for the user, but also preserve valuable resources to help protect the environment. Recobulk IBC containers are exclusively reconditioned in certified plants with resource-saving processes to the highest environmental and safety standards. W Cost-effective and environmentally-friendly W All parts which come into contact with the product are new (inner container, screw cap, label panel and fittings), mesh box and pallet are cleaned and tested W Outlet with welded sealing cap W Container in HDPE, UV stabilised W Sturdy, galvanised steel tube grids W Can be stacked to save space W Large panel for labelling W Sealable inlet and outlet W With PE, wood, steel frame or steel skid pallet New screw cap Brand new inner container Cleaned mesh basket New label panel Cleaning and replacement of the corner protectors if necessary New original-sealed fittings Cleaning and repair of the pallet if necessary IBC container, reconditioned Use these resource-saving IBCs for a wide range of standard applications that exist in almost every production and storage process. During reconditioning, each IBC has, among other things, been given a brand new inner container and can therefore also be used for sensitive liquids. Capacity [l] External dimensions L x W x H [mm] Filler opening Outlet Pallets Order number 1000 1200 x 1000 x 1160 DN 150 DN 50 Wood 266-176-JD DN 225 DN 50 Wood 266-177-JD DN 225 DN 80 Wood 266-178-JD DN 150 DN 50 PE 266-179-JD DN 225 DN 80 PE 266-181-JD DN 400 DN 80 PE 266-182-JD DN 150 DN 50 Steel frame 266-183-JD DN 225 DN 80 Steel frame 266-185-JD DN 400 DN 80 Steel frame 266-186-JD DN 225 DN 50 Steel runner 266-188-JD DN 225 DN 80 Steel runner 266-189-JD 368 w w w . d e n i o s . c o . u k / s h o p

369

IBC container, reconditioned - hazardous goods The testing and certification of these IBCs documents the high quality achieved today in the reconditioning process. You'll therefore be assured of the required safety during transport, in combination with a resource-saving container. 3 s R e n i A T n o c d n A s k n A T Capacity [l] External dimensions L x W x H [mm] Density max [kg/l] Filler opening Outlet Pallets UN-approved Order number DN 150 DN 80 Wood DN 225 DN 50 Wood DN 150 DN 50 PE DN 150 DN 80 PE 1000 1200 x 1000 x 1160 1.6 DN 150 DN 50 Steel frame DN 225 DN 50 PE 31HA1/Y/…/100 DN 150 DN 80 Steel frame DN 225 DN 50 Steel frame DN 150 DN 50 Steel runner DN 150 DN 80 Steel runner DN 225 DN 50 Steel runner 266-191-JD 266-192-JD 266-193-JD 266-194-JD 266-195-JD 266-196-JD 266-197-JD 266-198-JD 266-199-JD 266-200-JD 266-201-JD IBC containers, reconditioned - hazardous goods and UV protection Safety during transport, product protection and sustainability - Choose your resource-saving IBC here, with full UN approval. In addition, these IBCs have optimised UV protection for use with light-sensitive fill media. Capacity [l] External dimensions L x W x H [mm] Density max [kg/l] Filler opening Outlet Pallets UN-approved Order number 1000 1200 x 1000 x 1160 1.6 DN 225 DN 80 Wood DN 150 DN 80 PE DN 225 DN 50 PE DN 225 DN 80 PE DN 150 DN 50 Steel runner DN 225 DN 50 Steel runner DN 225 DN 80 Steel runner 31HA1/Y/…/100 266-202-JD 266-203-JD 266-204-JD 266-205-JD 266-206-JD 266-207-JD 266-208-JD E x P E R T A D V I C E A N D O R D E R L I N E : 0 1 9 5 2 8 1 1 9 9 1 369

370

IBCs residue emptier, for 800/1000 litre IBCs W For optimised emptying of 800 and 1000 litre IBCs W Durable and robust steel construction, galvanised W The integrated spring system tilts the IBC, depending on its residual weight, so that almost complete emptying is possible W The support surface is supplemented by 4 corner profiles, which ensure that the IBC is securely supported W Delivered fully assembled - ready for immediate use 3 s R e n i A T n o c d n A s k n A T o R d e R A T T h e s A M e T i M e Extension tap for IBC W Suitable for IBCs with a DN 50 outlet W Internal thread DIN 61 Order no. 117-254-JD 370 External dimensions W x D x H [mm] Overall load capacity [kg] Weight [kg] Order number IBC residual discharge station 1026 x 1227 x 409 2000 55 325-264-JD IBC lid opener W Ring wrenches for conveniently opening IBC screw caps W In galvanised steel Internal diameter [mm] Material Order number 150 Steel 225 185-786-JD 185-787-JD w w w . d e n i o s . c o . u k / s h o p

371

Heating jackets with medium to high power W Heating jacket with medium power: for rapid heating of media in applications requiring a fast heating rate up to approx. 50 - 70°C W The outer layer is made of black nylon fabric and the inner layer of high- temperature resistant, silicone-coated glass fibre fabric W Increased insulation due to sewn fibreglass material W Analogue temperature controller W 240 V electrical connection and 5 metre connection cable for maximum flexibility 3 s R e n i A T n o c d n A s k n A T Heating jacket for 1000 l IBC, with analogue controller Design Suitable for Design Container volume min [mm] Container volume max [mm] Height [mm] Output [W] Protection category IP Order number Protection and Thermo Cover for 600 / 1000 litre IBCs W Ideal for the transport and short-term storage of sensitive liquids, for example W Protects the contents from short-term temperature fluctuations or peaks, also reflects sunlight (up to 97%) W Sturdy material in PET metallised film, high- quality edges sewn with fabric W Additional valve opening, also removable and with Velcro fastener W Front side, which can be closed with Velcro fastener, can be folded up completely Non-ex 1000 litre IBCs Analogue temperature controller 4060 4310 950 2000 IP 44 117-724-JD Design Version External dimensions W x D x H [mm] Spill pallet material Order number Protection cover for 600 litre IBCs 880 x 1280 x 860 Ldpe 311-472-JD for 1000 litre IBCs 1080 x 1280 x 960 311-471-JD Thermo-Cover 1080 x 1280 x 1160 MPET 311-473-JD E x P E R T A D V I C E A N D O R D E R L I N E : 0 1 9 5 2 8 1 1 9 9 1 371

372

3 s R e n i A T n o c d n A s k n A T Stainless steel bunghole drums W With UN approval and also approved as tested packaging for the transport of dangerous goods W Manufactured in high quality stainless steel SS316 (1.4401) W For food use and also suitable for aggressive and highly corrosive contents W Suitable for filling temperatures up to 200°C W Cover with 3/4 and 2'' TriSure bung holes W Bottom crimped without sealant then welded around the circumference Capacity [l] Dimensions Ø x H [mm] Design Material thickness [mm] Bung thread 1 Bung thread 2 UN-approved Certificate Order number 30 312 x 515 Jacket with beads 1.0 3/4" Trisure 2" TriSure 1A1/X1.6/400/.. Food safe 269-236-JD 60 395 x 600 Jacket with beads 1.0 3/4" Trisure 2" TriSure UN 1A1/X1.6/350… Food safe 282-134-JD 100 455 x 700 Jacket with beads 1.0 3/4" Trisure 2" TriSure UN 1A1/X1.6/250… Food safe 282-135-JD 120 465 x 805 Jacket with beads 1.0 3/4" Trisure 2" TriSure 1A1/X1.6/250/.. Food safe 269-237-JD 216 595 x 880 Jacket with beads 1.0 3/4" Trisure 2" TriSure 1A1/X1.6/250/... Food safe 269-238-JD HELP IS AT HAND Stainless steel lidded drums W With UN approval, so approved as tested packaging for the transport of dangerous goods (valid for all lidded drums from 200 litre volume) W Manufactured in high quality stainless steel SS316 (1.4401) W Especially suited to food use and also suitable for aggressive and highly corrosive contents W Suitable for filling temperatures up to 200°C W Cover with 2'' and 3/4'' TriSure bung holes and clamping ring W Bottom crimped without sealant then welded around the circumference W Smooth-walled lidded drums are suitable for stamping pasty substances Capacity [l] Dimensions Ø x H [mm] Design Material thickness [mm] Bung thread 1 Bung thread 2 UN approval Approval Order number 30 325 x 515 smooth-walled jacket 1.0 3/4" Trisure 2" TriSure – Food safe 269-230-JD 30 325 x 515 Jacket with beads 1.0 3/4" Trisure 2" TriSure – Food safe 282-136-JD 60 410 x 600 smooth-walled jacket 1.0 3/4" Trisure 2" TriSure – Food safe 269-231-JD 120 498 x 795 smooth-walled jacket 1.0 3/4" Trisure 2" TriSure – Food safe 269-232-JD 213 615 x 890 Jacket with beads 1.0 3/4" Trisure 2" TriSure UN 1A2/X220/S/... Food safe 269-234-JD 213 615 x 890 smooth-walled jacket 1.2 3/4" Trisure 2" TriSure 1A2/X220/S/... Food safe 269-235-JD 213 600 x 910 Smooth-walled jacket and groove-free base 1.2 3/4" Trisure 2" TriSure – Food safe 282-137-JD Drum top workstation W Effectively protects against contamination. W Safely restrains dripping residue W For 205 litre steel bung hole drums W Openings for 3/4" and 2" bung hole - for using pumps and/or fill-level indicators W Grooved storage area ensures dispensing containers stand securely Diameter: 610 mm, height: 40 mm Order no. 164-366-JD PE drum lid W The lip around the edge (approx. 20 mm high) prevents items falling W Manufactured from environmentally friendly poly- ethylene (PE) Accessories PE Drum lid, Model DR, blue Drum lid DR in polyethylene (PE), electrically conductive, black Order number 114-743-JD 186-543-JD 372 w w w . d e n i o s . c o . u k / s h o p

373

3 s R e n i A T n o c d n A s k n A T For many decades, steel drums have been known as products that offer a high level of safety and have thus proven themselves millions of times around the world. The bung drum is ideally suited to the transport of liquid hazardous substances in packaging groups I to III. Steel bunghole drums, 30 to 216 litres W With UN approval and also approved as tested packaging for the transport of dangerous goods W Made of fine steel sheet according to ISO 3574 / DIN 10130 W Cylindrical design with 2 beads, design according to ISO 15750-2 / EN 210 o R d e R A T T h e s A M e T i M e Fill level indicator, for 2", and 3/4" bung holes, with a transparent protective cap Order no. 148-365-JD Capacity [l] Dimensions Ø x H [mm] Density max [kg/l]* Material thickness [mm] Bung thread 1 Bung thread 2 Inner surface 30 280 x 532 1.8 0.5 3/4" 2" TriSure Raw 30 280 x 532 1.8 0.5 3/4" 2" TriSure painted 60 395 x 570 2.4 – 3/4" 2" BSP Raw 60 355 x 655 1.8 0.6 3/4" 2" TriSure painted 120 460 x 823 1.2 1.0 3/4" 2" TriSure Raw 120 460 x 823 1.2 1.0 3/4" 2" TriSure painted 216 585 x 880 2.4 0.9 3/4" 2" BSP Raw Approval 1A1/X1.2/250/… 1A1/X1.2/250/… 1A1/X1.6/250... 1A1/X1.2/250/... 1A1/Y1.2/100/… 1A1/Y1.2/100/… 1A1/X1.6/250/.. Property Order number *Valid for packaging group II, values for other groups are different – 266-144-JD Food safe 266-145-JD – 122-851-JD Food safe 266-146-JD – 266-147-JD Food safe 266-148-JD – 117-976-JD 216 585 x 883 1.8 0.9 3/4" 2" TriSure painted 1A1/X/250... and 1A1/X/273/S.. Food safe 266-149-JD Lidded drums in steel, 60 to 205 litres W With UN approval and also approved as tested packaging for the transport of dangerous goods W Made of fine steel sheet according to ISO 3574 / DIN 10130 W Design according to ISO 15750-2 / EN 210 W Tightly closing lid with seal and clamping ring (with galvanised lever lock) Capacity [l] Dimensions Ø x H [mm] Bung thread 1 Bung thread 2 Inner surface UN-approved UN approval Order number 60 375 x 615 – None Raw 1A2/X65/S/... – 266-150-JD 60 398 x 570 – None painted 1A2/X100,4/S… – 217-273-JD 120 453 x 830 – None Raw 1A2/X170/S… – 187-202-JD 120 453 x 830 – None painted 1A2/X170/S… – 187-203-JD 212 610 x 880 – None Raw 1A2/X420/S.. 1A2/Y1.5/150/ 174-026-JD 212 610 x 880 – None painted 1A2/X420/S.. 1A2/Y1.5/150/ 174-029-JD 212 610 x 880 3/4" 2" BSP Raw 1A2/X420/S.. 1A2/Y1.5/150/ 174-028-JD 212 610 x 880 3/4" 2" BSP painted 1A2/X420/S.. 1A2/Y1.5/150/ 174-030-JD E x P E R T A D V I C E A N D O R D E R L I N E : 0 1 9 5 2 8 1 1 9 9 1 373

374

By opting for plastic lidded drums, you have a wide range of solutions for the safe transport of solid and powdered hazardous goods. Made of polyethylene, these drums are robust as well as shock and impact resistant. Lidded drums in polyethylene (PE) W With UN approval and also approved as tested packaging for the transport of dangerous goods W With a clamping ring for protection against spillage or contamination of the stored liquid W The large opening simplifies filling. W In highly chemically resistant, environmentally friendly polyethylene, which is contents-neutral 3 s R e n i A T n o c d n A s k n A T Lever lock for secure locking of the lid Capacity [l] Dimensions Ø x H [mm] Design UN-approved Property Order number 30 30 30 60 60 120 120 220 220 312 x 512 312 x 512 312 x 512 400 x 625 400 x 615 496 x 800 503 x 796 590 x 978 590 x 978 Handles at the side With pressure release valve 1H2/X60/S/… 1H2/X61/S/… – 266-132-JD – 266-131-JD Bung in lid 1H2/Y49/S/... – 266-133-JD Handles at the side With pressure release valve 1H2/X74/S/… 1H2/X88/S/… – 266-135-JD – 266-134-JD – 1H2/X225/S/.. Food safe 273-377-JD With pressure release valve 1H2/X225/S/... Food safe 266-136-JD – 1H2/X320/S/... Food safe 266-138-JD With pressure release valve 1H2/X320/S/... Food safe 266-139-JD Moulded polyethylene (PE) pallet drums, cubic form W Cubic shape = optimal use of space for transport and storage on Euro / chemical pallets W With UN approval W In highly chemically resistant, environmentally friendly polyethylene W Ideal for solid materials and pastes Capacity [l] Body dimensions W x D x H [mm] Un-approved Property Order number 30 300 x 350 x 461 1H2/X65/S/… Food safe 279-039-JD 120 404 x 508 x 894 1H2/X174/S/.. Food safe 279-040-JD 374 w w w . d e n i o s . c o . u k / s h o p

375

Polyethylene (PE) bung drums These plastic packs - also called L-ring drums - are closed on all sides with 2 bung openings at the top. This type of plastic drum ensures safe transport and storage of liquids. W With UN approval and also approved as tested packaging for the transport of dangerous goods W Also resistant to many acids and alkalis W In highly chemically resistant, environmentally friendly polyethylene, which is contents-neutral W Recyclable, robust and shock and impact resistant W Selected sizes have been tested and are therefore food-safe 4 2 3 1 1 2 3 Capacity [l] Design Colour Dimensions Ø x H [mm] Bung thread 1 Bung thread 2 UN-approved Property Order number 120 – 493 x 745 S70x6 (2" coarse) 3/4" 1H1/Y1.9/200/... – 266-140-JD – Blue 581 x 935 S70x6 (2" coarse) S56x4 with ¾" 1H1/X1.3/250/... – 266-141-JD S70x6 (2" coarse) S56x4 (2" TriSure) 1H1/Y1.9/200/... – 266-143-JD 4 220 – – 575 x 964 S160x7 S70x6 (2" coarse) 1H2/Y1.6//200/… Food safe 279-038-JD 3 s R e n i A T n o c d n A s k n A T 6 5 Suitable for Ex Zones 1 and 2 when used with bulk materials in ex- plosion groups IIA and IIB Order no. 266-142-JD 5 6 With volume scale Natural 580 x 960 S70x6 (2" coarse) S56x4 (2" TriSure) 1H1/X1.3/250/… – 279-037-JD Conductive Black 581 x 935 S70x6 (2" coarse) S56x4 (2" TriSure) 1H1/Y1.6/200/… – 266-142-JD Combi container with UN approval, 6 to 205 litres Ideal for the collection and transport of flammable residues and waste liquids, (with UN approval for all packaging groups) W This combination packaging combines high chemical resistance with stability and overpressure resistance W Highly chemically resistant inner container in polyethylene W Outer container in typical steel drum design - robust and durable W Ideal for collecting and transporting e.g. flammable residues and waste liquids W The handy 6 and 12 litre containers are supplied with a practical plastic spout W With UN approval, valid for all packaging groups W Suitable for food use W Optionally combine with safety funnel in stainless steel Capacity [l] External dimensions W x D x H [mm] Thread Ø UN-approved Property Order number Accessories Order number 6 230 x 230 x 200 2" bung S56x4 6HA1/X/300... Food safe 217-945-JD 12 230 x 230 x 348 2" bung S56x4 6HA1/X/300... Food safe 217-946-JD 30 288 x 288 x 560 2" bung S56x4 6HA1/X1.6/300... Food safe 285-973-JD 60 364 x 364 x 683 2" bung S56x4 6HA1/X1.9/250... Food safe 285-974-JD 120 467 x 467 x 815 2 x 2" bungs S56x4 6HA1/X1.6/250... Food safe 285-975-JD 205 565 x 565 x 884 2 x 2" bungs S56x4 6HA1/X1.6/300... Food safe 285-976-JD Safety funnel in stainless steel, for containers with S 56x4 thread, incl. lid and flame arrester 217-947-JD 217-947-JD 217-947-JD 217-947-JD 217-947-JD 217-947-JD E x P E R T A D V I C E A N D O R D E R L I N E : 0 1 9 5 2 8 1 1 9 9 1 375

376

Canisters in polyethylene (PE) Plastic canisters play an important role in the safe transport and storage of solid and liquid hazardous goods. Made of polyethylene, these canisters are robust as well as shock and impact resistant. W With UN approval and also approved as tested packaging for the transport of dangerous goods W Equipped with carry handle and screw cap with seal W Designed to fit on a pallet, stackable W In highly chemically resistant, environmentally friendly polyethylene, which is contents-neutral W Also resistant to many acids and alkalis W Suitable for food use W Recyclable, robust and shock and impact resistant W Tamper evident due to secure ratchet closure 3 s R e n i A T n o c d n A s k n A T Capacity [l] External dimensions W x D x H [mm] Density max [kg/l] UN-approved Certificate Lock Order number Transparent Order number Blue 3 5 10 20 25 30 60 113 x 148 x 236 160 x 195 x 234 202 x 232 x 314 258 x 294 x 385 258 x 296 x 463 288 x 382 x 403 345 x 395 x 648 1.9 – Food safe DIN 45 279-041-JD – 1.3 3H1/X1.3/250/... Food safe DIN 51 266-987-JD 266-993-JD 1.9 3H1/X1.9/250/... Food safe DIN 51 266-988-JD 266-994-JD 1.9 3H1/X1.9/250/… Food safe DIN 61 266-989-JD 266-995-JD 1.9 3H1/X1.9/250/… Food safe DIN 61 266-990-JD 266-996-JD 1.9 3H1/X1.9/250/… Food safe DIN 61 266-991-JD 266-997-JD 1.9 3H1/X1.9/250/… Food safe DIN 71 266-992-JD 266-998-JD Canisters in polyethylene (PE) Plastic canisters play an important role in the safe transport and storage of solid and liquid hazardous goods. Made of polyethylene, these canisters are robust as well as shock and impact resistant. W With UN approval and also approved as tested packaging for the trans- port of dangerous goods W In highly chemically resistant, environmentally friendly polyethylene, Easy dispensing thanks to optionally available drain taps, closure DIN 61, order number 123-555 which is contents-neutral W Also resistant to many acids and alkalis W Designed to fit on a pallet, stackable W Tamper evident due to secure ratchet closure W With viewing strips to easily monitor the fill level Canister in polyethylene (PE) with viewing strips to easily monitor the fill level Capacity [l] External dimensions W x D x H [mm] Density max [kg/l] UN-approved Certificate Lock Order number Blue 20 294 x 258 x 385 1.9 3H1/X1.9/250/… Food safe DIN 61 279-042-JD 376 w w w . d e n i o s . c o . u k / s h o p

377

Dissipative canister for Ex areas W UN approved W Approved for use with combustible liquids in explosion groups II A and II B W Can be used in Ex zones 1 and 2 W Highly effective EVOH barrier against gases (e.g. oxygen, carbon dioxide) W Ideal for solvents due to fluorised interior W Design compatible with pallets, stackable 3 s R e n i A T n o c d n A s k n A T Capacity [l] External dimensions W x D x H [mm] UN-approved Certificate Lock Seal Order number 6 164 x 194 x 269 3H1/Y1.4/150/… Food safe DIN 61 PE 266-999-JD 12 192 x 232 x 376 3H1/Y1.8/150/… Food safe DIN 61 PE 267-000-JD 20 245 x 290 x 399 3H1/Y1.9/150/... and 3H1/Y30/S.. Food safe DIN 61 PE 267-001-JD Stainless steel funnel W Ideal for the measured filling of small amounts of fluids W Corrosion free and resistant to aggressive media W With overflow prevention W Incl. lid and flame barrier W For plastic canisters with a union nut Reusable hazardous goods container, ex-proof W Internationally approved for active storage and transport of flammable liquids (AI/AII/AIII) according to class 3 of GGVS/GGVE/GGVSee and TRbF W In electrically conductive plastic (PE), electrically conductive, surface resistance < 10⁸ Ohm W Suitable for transport and storage of flammable liquids W Use in zones 0, 1, 2, 20, 21 and 22 is permitted if sufficient measures to avoid the risk of ignition from electrostatic discharge are taken, for example earthing containers. The container must be used subject to the “Technical rules for hazardous substances”. W With carry handle, screw cap and PE seal W Space-saving design for optimum pallet utilisation W Full use of the filling material due to perfect residual emptying in every pouring position For containers with thread DIN 51 Order no. 187-010-JD For containers with thread DIN 61 Order no. 129-142-JD For containers with thread DIN 71 Order no. 137-515-JD Lid wrench See page 255 10 litre electrically conductive canister 60 litre electrically conductive canister Order no. 148-430-JD Order no. 129-121-JD Capacity [l] External dimensions W x D x H [mm] UN-approved Lock Order number Accessories Stainless steel funnel with lid 10 195 x 230 x 340 3H1/Y1.6/200... No. 61 (60 mm) 148-430-JD 30 270 x 375 x 425 3H1/Y1.2/150...EX E1 Stat DIN 70 129-120-JD 60 332 x 396 x 630 3H1/Y1.2/150... No. 71 (70 mm) 129-121-JD 129-142-JD 137-515-JD 137-515-JD E x P E R T A D V I C E A N D O R D E R L I N E : 0 1 9 5 2 8 1 1 9 9 1 377

378

3 s R e n i A T n o c d n A s k n A T Wide-necked drums in plastic W With UN-X approval for solid substances in packaging groups I, II and III W Ideal for e.g. solids, pastes and granules W Resistant to many acids and alkali W The drums are air and watertight, stackable and sealed with a tamper- proof seal W Quick fit screw lid with integrated seal W Made of high-quality polyethylene (PE) W Smooth surface for easy cleaning W Barrel hoops prevent damage W Suitable for food W Temperature resistant from -25 °C to +70 °C Wide-neck drums model WH for safe storage of powder and compounds Square wide necked drum for optimum use of space. 3 198 x 171 6 198 x 265 10 274 x 239 15 274 x 328 Opening 137 mm Opening 204 mm Wide necked drum 20 274 x 417 Opening 203 mm White Red Super-wide-neck drums model SWH in various sizes and colours 26 316 x 425 Opening 204 mm 42 410 x 418 55 410 x 520 68 410 x 634 Opening 282 mm, 2 handles Design Capacity [l] Dimensions Ø x H [mm] Design Body colour Lid colour UN-approved Order number Design Capacity [l] Dimensions Ø x H [mm] Design Body colour Lid colour UN-approved Order number 1H2/X12/S... 179-655-JD 1H2/X20/S... 129-122-JD 1H2/X22/S... 179-656-JD 129-123-JD 1H2/X27/S... 129-124-JD 1H2/X33/S... 129-125-JD 1H2/X51/S... 179-657-JD 1H2/X66/S... 129-126-JD 1H2/X81/S... 129-128-JD 26 338 x 358 34 338 x 449 Opening 295 mm, 2 handles White Red 1H2/X38/S... 129-129-JD 1H2/X48/S... 129-130-JD 179-658-JD 1H2/X69/S... 129-131-JD Extra wide necked drum 39 338 x 505 Opening 295 mm 55 410 x 495 64 410 x 573 75 410 x 680 Opening 354 mm, 2 handles Brown Beige 1H2/X81/S... 129-132-JD 1H2/X95/S... 179-659-JD 110 455 x 787 Opening 392 mm, 2 handles White Red 1H2/X90/S... 179-660-JD Design Capacity [l] External dimensions W x D x H [mm] Design Body colour Lid colour UN-approved Order number 378 40 380 x 380 x 399 1H2W/X44/S/.. 265-661-JD Square wide necked drums 50 380 x 380 x 476 Opening 282 mm, 2 handles White Red 1H2W/X54/S/.. 265-662-JD 66 380 x 380 x 594 80 380 x 380 x 724 1H2W/X70/S/.. 265-663-JD UN 1H2W/X84/S/.. 265-664-JD w w w . d e n i o s . c o . u k / s h o p

379

Conductive wide-necked and super-wide-necked drums W The safe solution to prevent static when handling solid and paste-like materials W With UN-X approval for solid substances in packaging groups I, II and III W Electrically conductive, surface resistance ≤ 10,000 Ohm W Made of high-quality polyethylene (PE) W Resistant to many acids and alkali W The drums are air and watertight, stackable and sealed with a tamper-proof seal W Quick fit screw lid with integrated seal W Smooth surface for easy cleaning W Barrel hoops protect the drums for damage W Temperature resistant from -20º to +70º C Conductive wide-necked and super-wide-necked drums Capacity [l] Surface resistance Dimensions Ø x H [mm] Design UN-approved Order number 6 ≤ 10⁴ Ω 198 x 265 26 ≤ 10⁴ Ω 316 x 425 Opening 136 mm Opening 204 mm 1H2/X33/S... 129-134-JD 1H2/X20/S/.. 274-303-JD 75 ≤ 10⁴ Ω 410 x 680 Opening 354 mm, 2 handles 1H2/X95/S... 129-136-JD 3 s R e n i A T n o c d n A s k n A T Wide-neck and super-wide-neck drums with UV protection W With UN-X approval for solid substances in packaging groups I, II and III W Effective protection for your filled products against UV light between 290 and 450 nm W Quick fit screw lid with integrated seal W With 2 carry handles W Suitable for food Capacity [l] Dimensions Ø x H [mm] Design UN-approved Order number Wide-neck and super-wide-neck drums with UV protection 6 198 x 265 Opening 136 mm 1H2/X20/S... 179-661-JD 15 274 x 328 Opening 204 mm 1H2/X22/S... 179-662-JD 26 316 x 425 1H2/X33/S... 179-663-JD 55 410 x 495 Opening 354 mm, 2 handles 1H2/X69/S... 179-664-JD Stackable wide-necked drums W UN identification for solid substances W Suitable for food W With a practical screw lid for quick handling W Watertight closure for all drums from 30 to 75 litres volume W Save valuable space in your storage and production areas! W Stable and safe to stack All nesting wide necked drums from 30 to 60 litres have the same diameter and can be stacked inside each other to save space. Capacity [l] Dimensions Ø x H [mm] Design UN-approved Order number 30 374 x 408 1H2/X40/S... 217-397-JD 40 374 x 570 50 374 x 660 60 374 x 770 Opening 326 mm, 2 handles 1H2/X65/S... 217-399-JD 217-400-JD 217-401-JD 75 450 x 701 Opening 390 mm, 2 handles UN/1H2/X75/S/.. 265-665-JD 120 570 x 732 150 570 x 870 Opening 493 mm, 2 handles 1H2/X100/Y150/Z150/S/.. 265-666-JD 265-667-JD Stackable wide-necked drums E x P E R T A D V I C E A N D O R D E R L I N E : 0 1 9 5 2 8 1 1 9 9 1 379

380

3 s R e n i A T n o c d n A s k n A T Wide necked bottles in HDPE with UN approval W In resistant polyethylene (HDPE) W Suitable for packaging, sampling, storage and transport of solids (e.g. granules) W With tamper-evident seal in polypropylene (PP) with sealing cone W Simple filling thanks to wide neck opening W Space-saving, square shape Capacity [ml] External dimensions W x D x H [mm] Approval Certificate Packaging unit (piece/pack) Order number 250 500 1000 1500 2500 4000 59 x 59 x 130 75 x 75 x 162 85 x 85 x 214 108 x 108 x 209 122 x 122 x 260 142 x 142 x 294 3H1/X0.8/S 3H1/X1.5/S 3H1/X2.5/S 3H1/X4/S 3H1/X5/S 3H1/X5.5/S 30 15 Food safe 12 6 6 12 257-561-JD 257-562-JD 257-564-JD 257-565-JD 257-566-JD 257-567-JD Laboratory bottles in PET, sterile, crystal clear, with screw cap and graduation Sterile laboratory bottle for laboratory and industrial use, also suitable for high-purity substances. Good view of the contents due to crystal-clear PET. W In PET, crystal clear W Sterile according to SAL 10-³ (according to ISO 11137) W Space-saving and absolutely tight W The raised graduation allows the contents to be read off quickly W Ideal for storing and packaging liquids Capacity [ml] External dimensions W x D x H [mm] Packaging unit (piece/pack) Order number 125 53 x 53 x 105 24 281-747-JD 250 64 x 64 x 132 24 281-748-JD 500 76 x 76 x 173 24 281-749-JD 1000 96 x 96 x 212 24 281-750-JD Wide necked bottles in LDPE W In polyethylene (LDPE) W Suitable for sampling and storage of liquid, paste-like and solid media W With screw cap, liquid-tight W Simple filling thanks to wide neck opening Capacity [ml] Dimensions Ø x H [mm] Packaging unit (piece/pack) Order number 100 48 x 95 30 250 64 x 127 30 500 77 x 158 16 750 88 x 176 12 1000 94 x 207 1500 108 x 233 2000 120 x 252 12 6 12 281-974-JD 261-405-JD 261-406-JD 261-407-JD 261-408-JD 261-409-JD 261-410-JD Aluminium bottles with UN approval W For storing, transporting and dispatching substances which must remain unaltered W Suitable for food use (exception: foods containing a lot of strong acid or salt) W In pure aluminium (AL 99,5) W Neutral smell, impervious to light and rust-free W With tamper-evident seal in polypropylene (PP) and aluminium inner seal Capacity [ml] Dimensions Ø x H [mm] Approval Certificate Packaging unit (piece/pack) Order number 60 40 x 88 120 57 x 97 300 57 x 160 1200 88 x 248 3000 161 x 215 5600 161 x 340 600 74 x 192 1B1/X/250/.. Food safe 12 Item(s) 15 Item(s) 2 Item(s) 309-731-JD 309-732-JD 269-225-JD 269-226-JD 269-227-JD 269-228-JD 269-229-JD 12 Item(s) 15 Item(s) 15 Item(s) 4 Item(s) 380 w w w . d e n i o s . c o . u k / s h o p

381

Wide necked canister, 6 to 31 litres W Practical canisters in transparent plastic (PE) W Extremely wide (88 mm) filler opening for easy internal cleaning W Carry handle and screwed cover for safe, easy transport W 6 and 11 litre canisters have an additional small spout (diameter 18 mm) and a matching pouring spout W Integrated threaded socket for attaching a drain tap o R d e R A T T h e s A M e T i M e Drain tap, short form, spout 3/4" Order no. 308-396-JD Drain tap, long form, spout 1/2" Order no. 308-394-JD Capacity [l] External dimensions W x D x H [mm] Order number Accessories Order number Litre scale sticker 6 132 x 277 x 296 250-188-JD 11 132 x 277 x 435 250-190-JD 22 165 x 365 x 485 250-191-JD 31 240 x 365 x 485 250-193-JD 250-200-JD 250-201-JD 250-202-JD 250-203-JD 3 s R e n i A T n o c d n A s k n A T Stainless steel funnel 1.4301 The stainless steel funnels can be used to easily fill and dispense free-flowing powders, liquids and slightly viscous media. An air duct on the outlet pipe ensures a complete, unobstructed flow. W Made from stainless steel V2A (1.4301) W Autoclavable up to 121 °C W From a diameter of 100 mm, a handle ensures easy handling Diameter [mm] Ø outlet opening external [mm] Packaging unit (piece/pack) Order number 60 13 3 281-774-JD 100 13 5 281-775-JD 150 20 5 281-776-JD 300 22 5 281-777-JD Spray and drip bottles in LDPE These proven plastic (polyethylene) spray bottles are ideal for use in laboratories, industry, universities and many other applications. W For storing and dispensing liquids W In durable polyethylene, natural / translucent W Very good chemical resistance to acids, alkalis and other chemicals W With screw-off, flexible spray pipe or screw-off drip tip with cap Model Capacity [ml] Dimensions Ø x H [mm] Packaging unit (piece/pack) Order number Drip bottle 250 60 x 205 15 125 50 x 160 20 500 75 x 230 10 Spray bottle 250 60 x 210 15 125 50 x 200 20 500 75 x 240 10 255-927-JD 255-928-JD 255-929-JD 255-924-JD 255-925-JD 255-926-JD E x P E R T A D V I C E A N D O R D E R L I N E : 0 1 9 5 2 8 1 1 9 9 1 381

382

3 s R e n i A T n o c d n A s k n A T Narrow necked bottles in LDPE, with screw cap With these classic laboratory bottles, you are well equipped for a wide range of everyday tasks. The liquid-tight screw cap and good recovery are just two of the quality features. W In natural, transparent polyethylene (LDPE) W Very good chemical resistance to acids, alkalis and other chemicals W Flexible and easily squeezable W With leak-proof screw cap W With good recovery W Temperature resistant from -50º to +80º C Capacity [ml] Dimensions Ø x H [mm] Packaging unit (piece/pack) Order number 10 26 x 46 24 20 31 x 56 24 30 33 x 68 24 50 37 x 86 24 100 47 x 105 24 200 57 x 133 12 250 61 x 140 12 500 75 x 177 12 1000 97 x 223 2000 120 x 264 3000 138 x 300 5000 162 x 355 12 6 6 6 281-875-JD 281-876-JD 281-877-JD 281-878-JD 281-879-JD 281-880-JD 281-881-JD 281-882-JD 281-883-JD 281-884-JD 281-885-JD 281-886-JD Measuring cylinder in PP, class B, 10 - 2000 ml W Highly transparent graduated measuring cylinders meeting DIN 12681 and ISO 6706 W Very good chemical resistance to acids, alkalis and other chemicals W With raised scale, ring graduation at the main points W Stable hexagonal base W Adjusted to "In" Capacity [ml] Dimensions Ø x H [mm] Packing unit (VE) Order number 10 16 x 140 6 281-897-JD 25 21 x 169 6 281-898-JD 50 28 x 199 6 281-899-JD 100 34 x 260 6 281-900-JD 250 47 x 315 3 281-901-JD 500 61 x 350 3 281-902-JD 1000 76 x 415 1 281-903-JD 2000 97 x 482 1 281-904-JD Stainless steel scoop 1.4301 With the stainless steel scoops, powders, granules and pastes can be handled easily and safely. The stainless steel scoop has a smooth, highly polished surface and can therefore also be used for food. Thanks to the tubular shape, the scoop can be easily immersed in the medium, while the high sides prevent the material from trickling out. W Ideal for areas such as chemical, pharmaceutical, feed and food W Very good chemical resistance to many acids, alkalis and other chemicals W Particularly smooth, highly polished surface W Sterilisable and autoclavable up to 121 °C Design Material Nominal volume millilitres [ml] Overall length [mm] Internal diameter [mm] Order number Standard - Food-safe Stainless steel 1.4301 (V2A) Pharma, GMP-compliant Stainless steel 1.4404 (V4A) 120 200 50 450 260 70 1000 2500 320 100 370 145 10 99 25 50 121 38 100 175 50 500 262 95 750 330 95 1000 1250 1700 2500 357 108 310 126 355 132 333 180 281-764-JD 281-765-JD 281-766-JD 281-768-JD 322-521-JD 322-522-JD 322-523-JD 322-529-JD 322-524-JD 322-525-JD 322-526-JD 322-527-JD 322-528-JD 382 w w w . d e n i o s . c o . u k / s h o p

383

3 s R e n i A T n o c d n A s k n A T Dry ice machines W Use Snow-Pak to lower the temperature in cooling baths or cold traps, pre-cool tissue samples, secure the transport or embedding of biological substances, freeze blood and tissue samples, for investigations in chemistry, physics and materials technology, etc. W Also suitable for many other applications in the chemical industry and in materials testing institutes, as well as in hospitals, universities, schools, institutes, laboratories, etc. W Snow-Pak produces a -79 °C cold dry ice tablet in a very short time - without complex technology and without a power connection W The dry ice machine can be connected to any European CO2 gas cylinder with a riser pipe (without pressure reducer) Version Property Design Order number Dry ice Tablet weight: 50 g Tablet size 50 x 30 mm 309-831-JD Tablet weight: 250 g Tablet size 80 x 60 mm 309-832-JD Wide necked bottles in HDPE W In resistant polyethylene (HDPE) W Suitable for sampling and storage of paste-like and solid media (e.g. powder or granules) W With black screw cap with EPE inlay W Square, space-saving shape W Simple filling thanks to wide neck opening Capacity [ml] Dimensions Ø x H [mm] Packing unit (VE) Order number 100 47 x 78 30 281-973-JD 250 60 x 107 24 257-557-JD 500 72 x 132 20 257-558-JD 950 90 x 165 12 257-559-JD Spray bottles in LDPE, with hand pump Pressureless spray bottle in LDPE with durable hand pump for a variety of applications in industry, laboratory, production and workshop. Especially for plant protection products and cleaners. W For spraying water based liquids W In polyethylene with further parts in contact with the product in PP and stainless steel W Very good chemical resistance to many acids, alkalis and other chemicals W Steplessly adjustable nozzle, diameter 0.6 mm W Spray volume per stroke: approx. 1.2 ml W Suitable for liquids from 0 – 30° C Capacity [ml] Overall height [mm] Packaging unit (piece/pack) Order number 250 220 10 281-808-JD 500 240 5 281-809-JD 1000 295 5 281-810-JD Griffin beaker in PP, with volume scale, 50 to 3000 ml The laboratory beakers / Griffin beakers according to ISO 7056, based on EN ISO 3819 (glass, formerly DIN 12331), are robust, unbreakable and therefore versatile. W In polypropylene (PP), transparent W Very good chemical resistance to many acids, alkalis and other chemicals Capacity [ml] Dimensions Ø x H [mm] Packaging unit (piece/pack) Order number 25 34 x 49 12 50 43 x 60 24 100 51 x 72 24 250 70 x 95 24 500 94 x 118 12 1000 108 x 148 12 2000 140 x 188 6 3000 203 x 247 6 281-788-JD 281-789-JD 281-790-JD 281-792-JD 281-794-JD 281-796-JD 281-797-JD 281-798-JD E x P E R T A D V I C E A N D O R D E R L I N E : 0 1 9 5 2 8 1 1 9 9 1 383

384

3 s R e n i A T n o c d n A s k n A T 384 Spray bottles in LDPE, with hand pump Pressureless spray bottle in LDPE with durable hand pump for a variety of applications in industry, laboratory, production and workshop. Especially for plant protection products and cleaners. W For spraying water based liquids W Manufactured from environmentally friendly polyethylene W Very good chemical resistance to many acids, alkalis and other chemicals Capacity [ml] Dimensions Ø x H [mm] Material Packaging unit (piece/pack) Order number 1000 60 x 325 HDPE 5 276-587-JD Safety spray bottles with imprint, 500 ml W Practical spray bottle with flexible spout W Made from high-quality polyethylene (LDPE), yellow-transparent, with light protection W With media imprint and hazard and safety information (H-phrases/P-phrases) in accordance with GHS W With printed GHS pictograms and CAS number, as well as substance name in German, English, French and Spanish Design without imprint Imprint "Acetone" Imprint "Ethanol" Height [mm] External diameter [mm] Diameter, outlet opening internal [mm] Order number without vent valve Order number with vent valve 215 75 39 309-711-JD 309-717-JD 215 75 39 309-707-JD 309-713-JD 215 75 39 309-709-JD 309-715-JD Imprint "Isopropanol" 215 75 39 309-710-JD 309-716-JD Imprint "Methanol" Imprint "Distilled water" 215 75 39 309-708-JD 309-714-JD 215 75 39 309-706-JD 309-712-JD Stainless steel funnels For aggressive substances with a handle and integrated strainer, which retains solid pollutants W Ideal for the measured filling of small amounts of fluids W Corrosion free and resistant to aggressive media W With a handle and integrated strainer, which retains solid pollutants Diameter [mm] Capacity [ml] Outlet length [mm] Diameter, outlet external [mm] Height, external [mm] Material 2 Order number 100 150 55 17 111 Stainless steel 1.4301 (V2A) 157-816-JD 140 390 50 17 125 Stainless steel 1.4301 (V2A) 157-825-JD Measuring and storage cans W Universally usable storage jug with high media resistance W high-quality stainless steel container with ergonomic handle and spout Capacity [l] Diameter [mm] Material thickness [mm] Material Order number 1 111 130 Stainless steel 1.4301 (V2A) 319-376-JD 2 138 170 319-377-JD w w w . d e n i o s . c o . u k / s h o p

385

Measuring and storage cans W Universally usable storage jug with high media resistance W Manufactured from environmentally friendly polyethylene (PE) W With screw cap W With scale Capacity [l] Colour Order number 6 Milky 255-923-JD 11 Milky 319-374-JD Dispensing containers with flexible outlet hose W Robust plastic container made of polyethylene (PE) W Spout in practical funnel shape W Opaque, so that there is no change in viscosity, e.g. with oils W Outlet hose 240 mm length, diameter 30 mm 3 s R e n i A T n o c d n A s k n A T Chip container volume [l] External dimensions W x D x H [mm] Order number 1 400 x 120 x 330 319-370-JD 2 450 x 140 x 370 319-371-JD 3 470 x 150 x 490 319-372-JD 5 480 x 200 x 500 319-373-JD Plastic canisters 5 to 20 litres W Durable - sturdy version for rough everyday use W Fulfils the highest safety requirements W The screw cap is secured to prevent loss with a fixing strap W Ideal for use as a reusable canister W The standard outlet pipe (with integrated vent) is stored in the canister and is therefore safe from contamination and loss Design Capacity [l] Length [mm] Width [mm] Height [mm] Colour Approval Order number 5 152 251 329 for fuels 10 172 341 20 381 201 433 Red UN 325-242-JD Anthracite UN 325-245-JD Red UN 325-243-JD Anthracite UN 325-246-JD Red UN 325-244-JD Anthracite UN 325-247-JD for water, suitable for food 5 329 10 152 251 Transparent white Food safe 325-248-JD 172 341 Transparent white Food safe 325-249-JD 20 381 201 433 Transparent white Food safe 325-250-JD E x P E R T A D V I C E A N D O R D E R L I N E : 0 1 9 5 2 8 1 1 9 9 1 385

386

3 s R e n i A T n o c d n A s k n A T Storage cans, 3 to 15 litres W Safe, easy transport of liquids W Sturdy, long lasting product W Made from corrosion-protected tin plate or galvanised steel W Practical handle Capacity [l] External dimensions W x D x H [mm] Weight [kg] Order number 3 5 10 15 170 x 300 x 225 170 x 300 x 310 230 x 350 x 350 230 x 350 x 500 0.6 157-916-JD 0.8 157-917-JD 1.1 157-940-JD 1.5 157-948-JD Laboratory trays in polypropylene (PP), 0.5 - 39 litres Suitable to be used as sumps for environmentally friendly or aggressive substances, carrying out experiments, storage trays for instruments, trays for medical usage, trays for developing photo- graphs or trays for storing food. W Corrosion resistant and resistant to acids and alkalis W Mechanically resilient, shatter-proof and distortion resistant W Stackable to save space W Strong, rounded edges Laboratory trays are available individually or as a set with one tray each of 0.5 litres, 1.5 litres, 3 litres and 10 litres Included in delivery Capacity [l] External dimensions L x W x H [mm] Order number 0.5 230 x 180 x 42 158-100-JD 1.5 310 x 250 x 65 158-104-JD 3.0 370 x 310 x 75 158-105-JD 10.0 520 x 420 x 120 158-107-JD 21.0 634 x 534 x 140 158-110-JD 39.0 846 x 648 x 160 158-113-JD Single tray Set of 4 – 520 x 420 x 120 158-116-JD Plastic cans in HDPE, with UN approval, 300 - 2500 ml W With screw lid W For special chemicals and food ingredients W Protects the contents against damp and dirt Capacity [ml] Dimensions Ø x H [mm] Un-approved Certification / certificate 2 Packaging unit (piece/pack) Order number 1300 109 x 196 1H2/X0.4/Y0.6/Z0.9/S/… 1H2/X0.7/Y1.0/Z1.5/S/… 1H2/X1.3/Y2.0/Z3.0/S/… 1H2/X1.8/Y2.0/Z3.0/S/… 1000 109 x 157 300 109 x 55 500 109 x 82 10 279-043-JD 10 279-044-JD Food-safe 5 279-045-JD 5 279-046-JD 1500 131 x 157 1H2/X2.0/S/… 5 279-047-JD 2500 131 x 262 1H2/X3.3/S/… 5 279-048-JD All products for Fuelling stations and containers can be found here: www.denios.co.uk/kat/12751 386 w w w . d e n i o s . c o . u k / s h o p

387

LubriFlex polyethylene (PE) filling cans W Safe, clean and easy commercial dosing of liquids W With sturdy handles for ergonomic use W Long lasting, chemically resistant, UV stable container W Includes 2 screw-on spouts in different sizes, 18 write-on adhesive labels in 9 signal colours and a multi-language safety sticker for identifying the contents in accordance with GHS regulations W Available with 2, 5 or 10 litre volume 3 s R e n i A T n o c d n A s k n A T With long and short screw-on spout as standard. 2 x 9 coloured, write-on labels for marking media and areas of use. Ergonomic handle with integrated ventilation valve. With litre scale for checking the filling level at any time. LubriFlex filling cans with large opening for convenient and safe filling LubriFlex filling can with long spout – ensuring safe and clean filling even in hard-to-reach places. Capacity [l] External dimensions W x D x H [mm] Order number 2 140 x 413 x 316 326-162-JD 5 173 x 413 x 416 326-163-JD 10 260 x 413 x 523 326-164-JD Liquid gauge, 1 to 8 litres W For safe filling and measuring for any requirement W With dust cover, screw-off spout, handle and measurement markings W Manufactured from environmentally friendly polyethylene (PE) W Resistant against oils and many chemicals Capacity [l] External dimensions W x D x H [mm] Order number 1.0 2.0 5.0 3.0 6.0 8.0 155 x 115 x 195 180 x 135 x 242 235 x 200 x 292 190 x 340 x 270 230 x 470 x 315 280 x 495 x 340 117-264-JD 117-265-JD 117-267-JD 255-920-JD 255-921-JD 255-922-JD E x P E R T A D V I C E A N D O R D E R L I N E : 0 1 9 5 2 8 1 1 9 9 1 387

388

3 s R e n i A T n o c d n A s k n A T In the day-to-day handling of hazardous substances and other hazardous materials, safety is a particular focus. With safety jugs and jerry cans from DENIOS, you benefit from a sophisticated safety concept that has been taken into account right from the design stage. Smooth- running fine measuring taps, protective rings to protect against mechanical damage and a set of stickers with GHS symbols are just some of these features. The versions with earthing connection, which are also suitable for Quick-Connect earthing cables, offer additional protection against electrostatic charging (in accordance with TGRS 727 and IEC 60079-32-1). Safety jugs with screw cap W For storing combustible and aggressive liquids safely W Also suitable for internal transport W High quality container in stainless steel (1.4404) or galvanised steel with additional coating in yellow W Suitable for use in Ex-areas (Zone 0 and 1, explosion groups IIA / IIB) W Optimum protection against flashback with integrated flame arrestor (removable, e.g. for cleaning) for all containers (steel/stainless steel) for flammable liquids W Chemically resistant PTFE seal W With stainless steel screw cap W Ergonomic handle for safe handling W Plastic protective ring protects the robust body of steel and stainless steel containers from dents and other damage W Incl. multilingual safety label for content labelling in accordance with GHS W With grounding connection, also suitable for Quick-Connect earthing cable (order no. 283933) 1 2 3 4 6 5 1 With earthing connection, suitable for Quick- Connect earthing cable, for all safety jugs made of steel or stainless steel 2 Screw cap with pressure relief valve (for steel and stainless steel jugs) 3 Chemical-resistant PTFE seal 4 Integrated flame arrester (for steel and stainless steel jugs) to protect against flashback o R d e R A T T h e s A M e T i M e Funnel for safety containers, available in steel and stain- less steel Stainless steel funnel Order no. 187-534-JD Steel funnel, galvanised Order no. 187-536-JD Quick-Connect earthing cable Order no. 283-933-JD Capacity [l] Material External dimensions W x D x H [mm] Order number 1 2 Polyethylene 100 x 150 x 205 326-165-JD Steel 203 x 132 x 181 Stainless steel 326-167-JD 326-169-JD Polyethylene 100 x 150 x 295 326-166-JD Steel 225 x 158 x 226 Stainless steel 326-168-JD 326-170-JD 5 Stainless steel 242 x 178 x 336 326-171-JD 388 w w w . d e n i o s . c o . u k / s h o p

389

kennzeichnen. auf Sicherheitsaufkleber aufbringen. Daten eintragen. Sicherheits- aufkleber gut sichtbar auf den Behälter kleben. You are required by law to label your hazardous materials. Remove the appropriate Hazard Symbol from the list above and apply it to safety label. Fill in the necessary information. Apply the label in a clearly visible location to the container. Vous êtes légalement obligé de marquer vos substances dangereuses. Décollez le pictogramme substances dangereuses dans la rangée supérieure et collez-le sur l‘autocollant de sécurité. Complétez les données. Apposez l‘autocollant de sécurité à un endroit bien visible du récipient. Es obligatorio por normativa etiquetar correctamente los recipientes. Escoge el pictograma de riesgo adecuado de la lista superior y pégalo en la etiqueta de seguridad. Completa la información necesaria. Pega la pegatina en una ubicación visible del recipiente. Inhalt / Contents / Contenu / Contenido: Sicherheitshinweise / Warnings / Consignes de sécurité / Consejos de seguridad: Menge / Volume / Quantité / Volumen: www.denios.com All DENIOS- safety containers are supplied with a multilingual safety label for labelling the contents with danger symbols in accordance with GHS. Safety jugs with screw cap W For storing combustible and aggressive liquids safely W Also suitable for internal transport W High quality container in stainless steel (1.4404) or galvanised steel with additional coating in yellow W Suitable for use in Ex-areas (Zone 0 and 1, explosion groups IIA / IIB) W Optimum protection against flashback with integrated flame arrestor (removable, e.g. for cleaning) for all containers (steel/stainless steel) for flammable liquids W Chemically resistant PTFE seal W With stainless steel fine dosing tap W Ergonomic handle for safe handling W Plastic protective ring protects the robust body of steel and stainless steel containers from dents and other damage W Incl. multilingual safety label for content labelling in accordance with GHS W With grounding connection, also suitable for Quick-Connect earthing cable (order no. 283933) 3 s R e n i A T n o c d n A s k n A T 5 Ergonomic handle 6 High-quality body in stainless steel, galvanised steel with coating in safety yellow, or sturdy plastic (polyethylene) 7 Also suitable for internal transport 3 7 6 5 Capacity [l] Material External dimensions W x D x H [mm] Order number Polyethylene 100 x 165 x 240 326-172-JD 1 Steel 203 x 132 x 217 326-174-JD Stainless steel 203 x 132 x 217 326-176-JD Polyethylene 100 x 165 x 330 326-173-JD 2 Steel 225 x 158 x 262 326-175-JD Stainless steel 225 x 158 x 262 326-177-JD 5 Stainless steel 242 x 178 x 372 326-178-JD E x P E R T A D V I C E A N D O R D E R L I N E : 0 1 9 5 2 8 1 1 9 9 1 389

390

Safe cleaning with DENIOS spray cans Spray cans in steel and stainless steel W Economical and controlled spraying of surfaces and parts to be cleaned W Ergonomic plastic spray cap with adjustable nozzle W Integrated plastic pump W Highly resistant to many cleaning agents W High-quality container made of stainless steel or galvanized steel, powder-coated in safety-yellow 3 s R e n i A T n o c d n A s k n A T kennzeichnen. auf Sicherheitsaufkleber aufbringen. Daten eintragen. Sicherheits- aufkleber gut sichtbar auf den Behälter kleben. You are required by law to label your hazardous materials. Remove the appropriate Hazard Symbol from the list above and apply it to safety label. Fill in the necessary information. Apply the label in a clearly visible location to the container. Vous êtes légalement obligé de marquer vos substances dangereuses. Décollez le pictogramme substances dangereuses dans la rangée supérieure et collez-le sur l‘autocollant de sécurité. Complétez les données. Apposez l‘autocollant de sécurité à un endroit bien visible du récipient. Es obligatorio por normativa etiquetar correctamente los recipientes. Escoge el pictograma de riesgo adecuado de la lista superior y pégalo en la etiqueta de seguridad. Completa la información necesaria. Pega la pegatina en una ubicación visible del recipiente. Inhalt / Contents / Contenu / Contenido: Sicherheitshinweise / Warnings / Consignes de sécurité / Consejos de seguridad: Menge / Volume / Quantité / Volumen: www.denios.com All DENIOS- safety containers are supplied with a multilingual safety label for labelling the contents with danger symbols in accordance with GHS. FALCON spray cans allow measured spraying and simple cleaning of contaminated surfaces. o R d e R A T T h e s A M e T i M e Steel funnel, galvanised Order no. 187-536-JD Stainless steel funnel Order no. 187-534-JD Earthing cables for safety when dispensing See page 249 Material Capacity [l] Dimensions Ø x H [mm] Order number Steel 1.0 165 x 300 326-180-JD Stainless steel 1.0 165 x 300 326-182-JD 390 w w w . d e n i o s . c o . u k / s h o p

391

Safety container with transport approval W For flammable and aggressive substances W With UN approval for transporting liquids in packaging groups I, II and III, valid for all canisters without a filling tap W Comfortable carry handle W Flexible outlet pipe in high-quality, non- conductive plastic (PE) as standard, diameter approx. 20 mm W High quality container in stainless steel (1.4301) or galvanised steel with additional coating in yellow W Equipped with screw cap, large filling opening o R d e R A T T h e s A M e T i M e Stainless steel funnel Order no. 187-534-JD Steel funnel, galvanised Order no. 187-536-JD W Seals optionally available in NBR or EPDM W Incl. label with warning symbols and notices Ventilation valve for steady, quick emptying 3 s R e n i A T n o c d n A s k n A T Containers with mounted dispensing tap available, so that containers can fit on every shelf Version Capacity [l] Material External dimensions W x D x H [mm] Order number Seal: Nbr Order number Seal: Epdm Safety container with transport approval with transport approval / screw cap 10 20 Safety canister with fine dosing tap with fine measuring tap 10 20 Steel 170 x 340 x 280 326-185-JD 326-195-JD Stainless steel 170 x 340 x 280 326-183-JD 326-197-JD Steel 170 x 340 x 470 326-186-JD 326-196-JD Stainless steel 170 x 340 x 470 326-184-JD 326-198-JD Steel 170 x 445 x 280 326-187-JD 326-203-JD Stainless steel 170 x 445 x 280 326-189-JD 326-205-JD Steel 170 x 445 x 470 326-188-JD 326-204-JD Stainless steel 170 x 445 x 470 326-190-JD 326-206-JD E x P E R T A D V I C E A N D O R D E R L I N E : 0 1 9 5 2 8 1 1 9 9 1 391

392

Stainless steel safety canister W For dispensing, internal transport and distributing combustible / flammable liquids W Explosion-proof due to pressure relief valve and flame arrester made of stainless steel 1.4404 W Versions with UN approval are suitable for public transport of flammable liquids W Sturdy, durable containers in high quality stainless steel, with PTFE seal W Also suitable for horizontal storage - without dripping W Optionally available with screw cap (secured against loss) and overpressure valve (integrated in screw cap) or with fine measuring tap or standard tap W With ergonomic carry handles for easy and safe transport 3 s R e n i A T n o c d n A s k n A T o R d e R A T T h e s A M e T i M e Stainless steel funnel with an angled neck A special funnel with an angled neck is available as an accessory for stainless steel canisters. This ensures the canisters can be safely filled. 5 litre stainless steel jerri can with fine measuring tap 10 litre stainless steel jerri can, with tap and ventilation 20 litre stainless steel jerri can, with screw cap and pressure release valve Order no. 117-341-JD Order no. 117-331-JD Order no. 117-340-JD Order no. 129-113-JD Design Capacity [l] UN-approved Body dimensions W x D x H [mm] Order number Screw cap, overpressure valve 5 – 130 x 200 x 310 117-335-JD 10 – 130 x 280 x 380 117-338-JD 20 – 175 x 340 x 470 117-340-JD Screw cap, transport approval 5 3A1/X1.6/300... 130 x 200 x 310 117-351-JD 10 3A1/X1.6/300... 130 x 280 x 380 117-352-JD Design Capacity [l] External dimensions W x D x H [mm] Order number 5 130 x 200 x 310 117-341-JD Fine measuring tap 10 130 x 280 x 380 117-342-JD 20 175 x 345 x 470 117-344-JD 5 130 x 200 x 310 117-327-JD Tap, ventilation 10 130 x 280 x 380 117-331-JD 20 3A1/X2.0/300... 175 x 345 x 470 117-353-JD 20 175 x 345 x 470 117-332-JD Canister for urea solution W Canister in food-safe plastic, specially for the transport of aqueous urea solution AUS 32 W Flexible outlet pipe with integrated ventilation W Outlet pipe is retained in the canister and is therefore safe from contamination and loss W Locking cap secured against loss by strap Capacity [l] External dimensions W x D x H [mm] Order number 5 152 x 329 x 251 243-134-JD 10 172 x 329 x 341 243-135-JD 20 201 x 381 x 433 243-136-JD 392 w w w . d e n i o s . c o . u k / s h o p

393

Free-standing safety container in stainless steel W High quality stainless steel container with durable PTFE seal W Suitable as a storage or dispensing container for hazardous substances W With handles for easy transport o R d e R A T T h e s A M e T i M e Stainless steel funnel for a safety container A funnel is available to fit all safety containers. This ensures the containers can be safely filled. Order no. 129-117-JD 3 s R e n i A T n o c d n A s k n A T Safety container, 10 litres, with a screw CAP Safety container, 10 litres, with a self-closing, Fine measuring tap and ventilation Safety jar, 25 litres, with self-closing tap and fill-level indicator Safety container, 50 litres, with a self-closing Tap Order no. 117-219-JD Order no. 119-587-JD Order no. 117-359-JD Order no. 117-349-JD Design Capacity [l] Dimensions Ø x H [mm] Order number Screw lock 25 315 x 540 119-591-JD 10 260 x 330 119-587-JD 50 365 x 600 117-346-JD Measuring tap 10 260 x 340 117-219-JD Tap 25 315 x 540 117-347-JD 10 260 x 330 117-223-JD Tap and level indicator 50 365 x 600 117-349-JD 10 260 x 330 125-487-JD 25 315 x 540 117-359-JD 50 365 x 600 117-360-JD Safety container in stainless steel, with transport approval W For safe storage of larger quantities of combustible / flammable liquids W Explosion-proof with pressure relief valve and removable flame arrester W Container in stainless steel with PTFE seal o R d e R A T T h e s A M e T i M e Stainless steel storage mount, for horizontal storage 1 1/2" stainless steel Tap Order no. 254-834-JD Order no. 117-328-JD Capacity [l] Dimensions Ø x H [mm] Un-approved Order number 25 315 x 540 1A1/X1.6/400.. 117-357-JD 10 260 x 330 1A1/X2/400.. 256-779-JD E x P E R T A D V I C E A N D O R D E R L I N E : 0 1 9 5 2 8 1 1 9 9 1 393

394

Lithium-ion battery storage container, galvanised steel, PyroBubbles® fill material Safe storage system and quarantine container for the storage of lithium-ion batteries. Also suitable for critically defective batteries. The double-walled metal sides are filled with PyroBubbles®. Batteries or cells, also packed in boxes, are quickly and easily stored in the container W Simple and safe storage solution for lithium-ion batteries. Can also be used as a quarantine container for defective and damaged lithium-ion batteries W Batteries or cells in cardboard boxes, loose or in other storage units are quickly stored. Suitable for storing intact or damaged batteries W The two-layer, galvanised metal walls are filled with PyroBubbles® and provide a safe storage space as a quarantine container. The required distance between the batteries and the outside is thus reliably maintained, and strong heating of the outer walls is avoided in the event of thermal runaway W In the event of thermal runaway of the stored batteries, the immediate environment is protected W Maximum safety, minimum effort and practical handling W The lid is also protected by PyroBubbles® W The stored batteries are also protected against external influences 3 s R e n i A T n o c d n A s k n A T The increasing energy density and the increasing use of lithium-ion batteries inevitably leads to a higher hazard potential. The storage and quarantine containers are a practical and immediately usable solution. Can be used indoors and outdoors The galvanised double-walls are filled with PyroBubbles® and provide a safe storage location as a quarantine container. The temperatures of the outer walls remain below 100°C, even during and after thermal runaway of a battery Model External dimensions W x D x H [mm] Internal dimensions W x D x H [mm] Maximum load hazardous goods [kg] Maximum gross weight [kg] Capacity [l] Order number The galvanized container can also be placed outdoors and locked with an optional padlock 220 1216 x 805 x 800 1013 x 563 x 395 400 617 226 272-947-JD 280 1216 x 1006 x 800 1013 x 743 x 373 400 651 281 272-948-JD 90 805 x 605 x 800 563 x 413 x 395 200 331 92 272-946-JD 394 w w w . d e n i o s . c o . u k / s h o p

395

UN-compliant transport system for lithium-ion batteries For the safe transport of critically defective li-ion batteries, no additional filling agent required W Transport box for lithium-ion batteries: For the retention and transit of critically defective batteries (ADR-compliant) W Type approval: Packaging group I (ADR, RID, ICAO, IMDG) W Easy handling: No additional inner packaging or further filling material required 3 s R e n i A T n o c d n A s k n A T Model External dimensions W x D x H [mm] Internal dimensions W x D x H [mm] Maximum load hazardous goods [kg] Maximum gross weight [kg] Capacity [l] Order number PXL-2300 3070 x 2320 x 1075 2540 x 1700 x 270 1371 2836 2300 312-588-JD Fire protection case for the storage and transport of lithium-ion batteries Fire protection case to the highest safety standards. With the additional cable grommet, the batteries can not only be stored but also recharged with peace of mind. The light weight, easy handling and robust design ensure safe use even in enclosed spaces. Including PyroBubbles cushion, one valve and 4 grids for pressure relief, gas and filter system and cable supply for charging a battery. The case is supplied with a handle W Certified for the transport and storage of lithium-ion and lithium-metal cells and batteries. The case meets all legal transport, packaging and shipping guidelines (P903 / P908 / P909 and P910, ADR/IATA) for batteries/rechargeable batteries. W Dust-free and fire-rated interior with special fire and explosion protection material incl. PyroBubbles® Model External dimensions W x D x H [mm] Internal dimensions W x D x H [mm] Maximum load hazardous goods [kg] Maximum gross weight [kg] Order number BSK-1 600 x 400 x 280 520 x 320 x 245 8 22 303-939-JD E x P E R T A D V I C E A N D O R D E R L I N E : 0 1 9 5 2 8 1 1 9 9 1 395

396

UN-conforming system in plastic for the transport of faulty or unsafe li-ion batteries Safety system for storage and transport in accordance with Special Provision 376, Packing Instruction 908 ADR for damaged and defective lithium-ion batteries. For transport for recycling purposes as defined by Special Provision 377, Packing Instruction 909, for non-damaged and non-defective or EOL (End of Life) lithium-ion batteries Transport container filled with PyroBubbles® in 700 ml PE bag 3 s R e n i A T n o c d n A s k n A T All containers are supplied with sufficient quantities of PyroBubbles filler Model Features External dimensions W x D x H [mm] Internal dimensions W x D x H [mm] Maximum load hazardous goods [kg] Maximum gross weight [kg] Capacity [l] Order number XS-BOX 1 Basic 24 PE cushions of PyroBubbles 400 x 300 x 235 360 x 260 x 195 9 13 18 261-764-JD XS-BOX 2 Basic 30 PE cushions of PyroBubbles 400 x 300 x 285 360 x 260 x 245 8 13 23 261-766-JD S-BOX 1 Basic 62 PE cushions of PyroBubbles 600 x 400 x 295 556 x 356 x 276 33 45 56 261-768-JD S-BOX 2 Basic 100 PE cushions of PyroBubbles 600 x 400 x 441 556 x 356 x 422 28 45 84 261-770-JD Transport container with metal basket, PyroBubbles® in separate paper bag The made to measure, powder coated metal basket ensures a distance of 3 cm from the inner edge of the transport box. The batteries can be easily removed using the basket. Model Features External dimensions W x D x H [mm] Internal dimensions W x D x H [mm] Maximum load hazardous goods [kg] Maximum gross weight [kg] Capacity [l] Order number S-BOX 1 Advanced 12.5 kg Metal basket, 1 paper bag of PyroBubbles 600 x 400 x 295 492 x 292 x 196 30 45 28 261-769-JD S-BOX 2 Advanced Metal basket, 2 paper bags of PyroBubbles 600 x 400 x 441 492 x 292 x 341 24 45 49 261-771-JD XS-BOX Advanced Metal basket, 1 paper bag of PyroBubbles 400 x 300 x 235 298 x 198 x 135 7 13 8 261-765-JD XS-BOX 2 Advanced Metal basket, 1 paper bag of PyroBubbles 400 x 300 x 285 297 x 195 x 190 6 13 11 261-767-JD 396 w w w . d e n i o s . c o . u k / s h o p

397

Transport container with metal basket, PyroBubbles® in separate paper bag 3 s R e n i A T n o c d n A s k n A T Model Features External dimensions W x D x H [mm] Internal dimensions W x D x H [mm] Maximum load hazardous goods [kg] Maximum gross weight [kg] Capacity [l] Order number M-BOX Advanced Metal basket, 12 paper bags of PyroBubbles 1230 x 1030 x 835 966 x 766 x 404 292 456 299 261-772-JD PyroBubbles® extinguishing media for solid and liquid combustible substances PyroBubbles® is an extinguishing media positive tested by MPA Dresden according to EN 3-7 for solid and liquid combustible substances (fire classes A, B, D and F). The hollow glass granules are classified as building material class A1 (DIN 4102). The product is very light and highly suited for use as an inert filler. PyroBubbles® are temperature resistant to approx. 1050 °C. After a fire has been extinguished, the extinguishing granules can be simply collected up again and for the most part reused. PyroBubbles® extinguishing medium is also excellent for preventive fire protection, especially for filling hollow spaces, cable ducting and installation shafts (horizontal and vertical) when used as a bulk good. Paper sack, 12.5 kg PyroBubbles® extinguishing medium can be used in transport containers either as a bulk good filler or in refill packs. Practical PE bag (700 ml) Contents Order number 250 kg Big Bag of PyroBubbles 265-742-JD 50 x 700 ml PE cushions of PyroBubbles 265-740-JD 12.5 kg bag of PyroBubbles 265-741-JD E x P E R T A D V I C E A N D O R D E R L I N E : 0 1 9 5 2 8 1 1 9 9 1 397

398

Reusable hazardous goods containers, 18 to 74 litres For the safe transport of hazardous goods such as paints, spray cans, etc. W With UN approval for packaging groups II and III W With snap-on lid and secure metal fasteners W Stackable W Manufactured from resistant polypropylene 3 s R e n i A T n o c d n A s k n A T Capacity [l] Body dimensions W x D x H [mm] Internal dimensions W x D x H [mm] UN-approved Weight [kg] Order number Hazardous materials transport containers with inverted lid and practical fasteners 18 410 x 310 x 238 371 x 271 x 216 1.7 174-006-JD 27 410 x 310 x 338 371 x 271 x 316 2.0 174-007-JD 38 610 x 410 x 238 571 x 371 x 215 4H2/Y.../S/.../D/BAM... 3.0 174-008-JD 58 610 x 410 x 338 571 x 371 x 315 3.7 174-009-JD 74 610 x 410 x 438 571 x 371 x 415 4.3 174-010-JD Transport containers for hazardous materials, 26 - 75 litres Use these tested reusable containers for the safe transport of dangerous goods. The compact dimensions and tried-and-tested features, including integrated foam inserts and side carrying straps, are extremely useful for a wide range of applications, both for transport and for in-house storage and logistics. W Type-tested and approved ADR transport boxes for "solids" or "inner packaging" ("S" coding) W With UN approval (suitable for transport of dangerous goods) for packaging groups I, II and III W With two rip-proof, carry straps on the sides W With sturdy lid and secure tension locks W Foam inserts in polypropylene (PP) in the lid and base protect your sensitive goods from possible damage W The removable foam inserts reduce the internal height by approx. 2 x 8 mm Regulation compliant tension locks and tear resistant textile securing straps ensure that the container remains firmly closed during transportation Foam insert in polypropylene (PP) in the lid and base protects your sensitive goods from possible damage Capacity [l] Body dimensions W x D x H [mm] Internal dimensions W x D x H [mm] UN-approved Weight [kg] Order number 26 47 55 75 400 x 300 x 338 600 x 400 x 293 600 x 400 x 340 600 x 400 x 440 358 x 258 x 280 558 x 358 x 235 558 x 358 x 320 558 x 358 x 410 4H2 / x.. / S... BAM8421 3.0 117-928-JD 4H2 / x.. / S... BAM8421 3.8 117-930-JD 4H2 / x.. / S... BAM8421 5.0 117-931-JD 4H2 / x.. / S... BAM8421 5.5 117-932-JD 398 w w w . d e n i o s . c o . u k / s h o p

399

Plastic bucket, 5.5 and 11 litres W With UN approval W Inc. carry handle W Conical - can be stacked inside each other W Easy-open flap with tamper-evident protection W Meets food regulations Dissipative plastic bucket, 11 litres W With UN approval W Electrically conductive W Manufactured from resistant poly- propylene W With metal handle Design Meets food regulations 5.5 11.0 Electrically conductive 11.0 Capacity [l] Dimensions Ø x H [mm] UN-approved Pack contents Order number Plastic hobbock, 30 litres W With UN approval W Meets food regulations W With ergonomic shell grips W Manufactured from resistant poly- propylene 237 x 208 293 x 245 268 x 268 1H2/Y7/S/.. 10 Item(s) 251-246-JD 1H2/Y12/S/.. 10 Item(s) 251-248-JD 1H2/Y12/S/ 5 Item(s) 251-297-JD Dissipative plastic hobbock, 30 litres W With UN approval W Electrically conductive W With ergonomic shell grips W Manufactured from resistant polypropylene W With snap lid 3 s R e n i A T n o c d n A s k n A T Design Capacity [l] Dimensions Ø x H [mm] UN-approved Order number Meets food regulations 30 379 x 397 1H2/Y45/S/.. 251-255-JD Electrically conductive 30 379 x 397 1H2/Y37(Z45)/S/.. 251-298-JD Collection and transport containers for hazardous goods, 170 and 250 litres With UN certification no. 1H2W/y.../S.../../Bam... W For hazardous solid materials in packaging categories II or III W Suitable for used cleaning cloths, oil and chemical binders / granules etc W Sturdy container in polyethylene with lid W Airtight closure thanks to polyurethane seal and stable clips with safety pins W Simple transport with solid rubber wheels with bearings and ergonomic handle W Can be stacked two high Capacity [l] Body dimensions W x D x H [mm] UN-approved Order number 170 400 x 600 x 880 – 151-338-JD 250 600 x 600 x 890 1H2W/Y120/S/.. 145-427-JD E x P E R T A D V I C E A N D O R D E R L I N E : 0 1 9 5 2 8 1 1 9 9 1 399

400

W O R K S A F E T Y E Q U I P M E N T The health and safety of employees is an absolute priority in today's working world. DENIOS offers a comprehensive range of preventive measures for maximum occupational safety as well as premium products and solutions for first aid in emergencies. 400 w w w . d e n i o s . c o . u k / s h o p

401

c o n T A i n M e n T F i R s T A i d VARIO Flow containment systems VARIO Flow hazardous materials workstations GAP Work tables A i R e X T R A c T i o n T e c h n o L o G Y At source capture and extraction benches 402 404 407 408 First Aid e M e R G e n c Y s h o w e R s A n d e Y e w A s h s T A T i o n s Emergency showers and eye wash stations F i R e p R o T e c T i o n Fire protection w o R k p L A c e M A T T i n G Workplace matting p e R s o n A L p R o T e c T i V e e Q u i p M e n T ( p p e ) Safety glasses Head protection Breathing protection Hearing protection Protective gloves Protective clothing Fall protection 412 413 414 416 418 420 422 426 430 446 448 E x P E R T A D V I C E A N D O R D E R L I N E : 0 1 9 5 2 8 1 1 9 9 1 401

402

C O N T A I N M E N T S Y S T E M S F R O M D E N I O S W O R K I N G S A F E L Y W I T H H A Z A R D O U S M A T E R I A L S Personal protection - room protection - product protection: Contaminant detection systems, such as lab workstations and downflow booths, fume hoods or containment room systems from DENIOS, effectively protect your employees and the room from harmful emissions and your substances or mixtures from contamination. U G u i d e s U A R T i c L e s U F A Q U c h e c k L i s T s U V i d e o s U w h i T e p A p e R s U i n T e R V i e w s U A n d M u c h M o R e ! www.denios.co.uk/containment p R o d u c T w h i T e p A p e R s M o R e p R A c T i c A L e X A M p L e s F R o M T h e F i e L d w h i T e p A p e R " p L A n n i n G d u s T w o R k s T A T i o n s o F T h e R M o T e c h n o L o G Y c A n B e F o u n d o n o u R c o R R e c T LY " w e B s i T e . The workstations for paints and varnishes guarantee order and ensure that solvent vapours are extracted directly at the point of origin. This ensures that employees are protected when handling paints and varnishes. This free DENIOS white paper contains important information on the following tasks: W Carrying out a risk assessment for workplaces with high exposure to dust that is hazardous to health W Determination of appropriate protective measures W Determination of a technical protective measure www.denios.co.uk/worktables-for-dyes-and- paints www.denios.co.uk/whitepaper-proper- planning-of-dusty-workplaces B R o c h u R e p R o d u c T w o R k i n G s A F e LY w i T h h A Z A R d o u s M A T e R i A L s R e Q u e s T A Q u o T e n o w ! This free DENIOS brochure will show you: W Containment systems from DENIOS W Secure workplaces for your employees W Hazardous material workplaces for your laboratories Work processes involving the handling of lithium-ion cell materials harbour a considerable health risk. As a rule, these cells contain hazardous substances for which strict occupational exposure limits (OELs) apply. In these critical situations, containment systems from DENIOS are the solution for occupational safety and emission control in the working environment. www.denios.co.uk/brochure-containment www.denios.co.uk/containment-lithium 402 w w w . d e n i o s . c o . u k / e n G i n e e R i n G

403

C A S E S T U D Y V A R I O - F L O W - S Y S T E M S The name "VARIO Flow" indicates the variability of the containment systems from DENIOS. Depending on the application, various ventilation techniques, sizes and equipment are available. h o R i Z o n T A L d i s p L A c e M e n T F L o w For repeated work processes at intervals Clean air extraction systems with horizontal displacement flow work according to the “vacuum principle”. The air speed in the work area is set high enough so that harmful substances are carried away. e J e c T o R T e c h n o L o G Y For continuous operation Systems with ejector technology direct air via optimally arranged ejector nozzles into the working area (push-pull principle). Airborne harmful substances such as particles or gases are safely captured and extracted by these stable air curtains. VARIO-Flow fume hood Order no. 274-775-JD VARIO-Flow extraction booth Order no. 275-092-JD VARIO-Flow fume hood Order no. 274-779-JD VARIO-Flow extraction booth Order no. 275-093-JD VARIO-Flow hazardous materials workstation Order no. 270-120-JD V e R T i c A L d i s p L A c e M e n T F L o w : L A M i n A R d o w n F L o w For dust and powder handling and high cleanliness requirements A clean, turbulent airflow moves vertically through the working area and is extracted near the floor. Airborne particles are captured in a controlled manner and directed away. Airborne particles are captured in a controlled manner and directed away. VARIO-Flow fume hood Order no. 274-803-JD VARIO-Flow extraction booth Order no. 275-095-JD www.denios.co.uk/ laminar-air-flow- booth G u i d e s e F F e c T i V e n e s s o F T e c h n i c A L s A F e T Y F u M e c u p B o A R d s Technical ventilation systems capture dusts and vapours at the source of danger before they are dispersed through the air in the room and enter the breathing zone. However, they differ in their effectiveness due to different types of construction. In the following, we explain the legal basis for the collection of pollutants at the workplace, the so-called STOP principle and the advantages and disadvantages of different extraction systems. www.denios.co.uk/effectiveness-of-technical- safety-fume-cupboards P E R S O N A L A D V I C E : 0 1 9 5 2 8 1 1 9 9 1 403

404

4 T n e M p i u Q e Y T e F A s k R o w VARIO Flow lab workstation GAP Concept Safety for harmful substance capture Hazardous materials workstations protect workers when handling chemicals, ensure the prescribed workplace limits are respected and offer maximum safety for the user. W Tested according to EN 14175-Part 3 (5.4.4) W Working without draughts W Low operating costs in continuous operation W High retention capacity for harmful substances W High load capacity (300 kg/m²) of the work surfaces W Ensures the workplace exposure limits (WEL) are safely met when handling chemicals W Suitable for all dispensing, adhesive or cleaning tasks using hazardous substances W High levels of safety with integrated fresh air curtain technology. Air is blown in via rails on the edge of the work surface and the roof, directly into the workplace W Vapours which are hazardous to health are captured and immediately extracted W Fitted with air supply and extraction monitoring, display, internal lighting and transparent side walls W Hazardous substance workstation, suitable for installation on workbenches and other workplaces W Sturdy construction with side sections and rear wall in 5 mm toughened safety glass or melamine-coated W Ready for customer-side connection to an extraction system and 230 V / 50 Hz electrical connection W Additional equipment such as work surfaces, base frames, underbench cabinets or media connections can be selected as options How pollutant detection works VARIO Flow GAP combined with optional underbench cabinets. Means that hazardous substances can be stored directly at the workplace. Order no. 270-120-JD 404 w w w . d e n i o s . c o . u k / e n G i n e e R i n G

405

Construction and basic equipment 1 4 7 Air extraction monitoring with a visual and acoustic alarm, with optional potential free alarm contact, integrated on/off switch and light switch Rear wall and baffle wall are easy to tilt for optimum cleaning, rear wall available in a transparent version as an option, ideal when installed in the centre of a room The worktop is available in a smooth stainless steel, stainless steel tray, Trespa or ceramic version. Alternatively, the hazardous material workstations are also ideal for installation on existing work tables. 2 5 8 Glare-free lighting with energy saving bulbs, easily accessible, simple to change with removable cover Sturdy, torsion-resistant design in tubular aluminium with anodised surface and high chemical resistance Base frame for standing activities (890 mm height) or height-adjustable base frame (800-1100 mm height) in sturdy stainless steel, optionally with matching panels or with underbench cabinets 3 6 9 Transparent side panels in toughened safety glass ensure optimum light conditions in the hazardous material workstation Media base in anodised aluminium as an option, for installing various media supplies such as water, gas, compressed air and power sockets Underbench cabinets can be fitted for fire- rated storage of flammable liquids, acids, alkalis etc. 4 T n e M p i u Q e Y T e F A s k R o w 3 5 7 1 2 6 4 9 8 Suitable underbench cabinets See page 136 P E R S O N A L A D V I C E : 0 1 9 5 2 8 1 1 9 9 1 405

406

4 T n e M p i u Q e Y T e F A s k R o w Your individual VARIO Flow GAP - in 4 easy steps Step 1: VARIO Flow GAP selection The VARIO Flow GAP is available with 24 Models in 2 heights, 4 widths and 3 depths (see table below). In the Ex version, three further Models are added (see next page). If you wish to install the VARIO Flow GAP at a position which is already available, the following steps are not needed. Step 2: Choose the worktop The worktop is available in different versions: smooth stainless steel, stainless steel tray, Trespa and ceramic (high resistance to many acids and alkalis). When selecting the worktop, pay attention to resistance, depending on the media to be used later. Step 3: Choose the base frame You can safely position the VARIO Flow GAP on the base frame for standing activities (H = 890 mm) or the height-adjustable base frame (H = 800-1100 mm). Step 4: Choose the underbench cabinets The required hazardous substances can be safely stored directly in the workplace using DENIOS underbench cabinets. Optional: Selection of media connections 1 2 3 4 4 2 3 1 Provide various media supplies such as water (1), gas (2), compressed air (3) sockets (4) and data (LAN) in combination with an anodised aluminium media base. See page 136 Suitable underbench cabinets All 36 sizes are shown on our website. Request a quote now! www.denios.co.uk/products/274904 406 w w w . d e n i o s . c o . u k / e n G i n e e R i n G

407

Hazardous substance workstations GAP Ex DENIOS hazardous substance workstations for Zone 1 potentially explosive areas offer the user maximum safety: reducing and avoiding potential hazards, by installing electrical equipment. They comply with Directive 2014/34/EU for appropriate use in explosion-protected areas. W Air supply and extraction monitoring, display, internal lighting, transparent side walls W Ensures the workplace exposure limits (WEL) are safely met when handling chemicals W High levels of safety thanks to the fresh air curtain, which is blown out at the front edge of the work surface and the roof W Vapours which are hazardous to health are captured and extracted W Prevents the build-up of an explosive atmosphere W Motor protection switch: PTB 01 ATEX 3307 Equipment category II (2) GD W Workplace lighting: PTB 97 ATEX 2223, Zone 1, Equipment category II 2 G, Ex deq II c T4 W Fresh air fan: PTB 03 ATEX 3004 Zone 1 Equipment category II 2 G, Ex c T4 W Isolating amplifier: PTB 00 ATEX 2081 Equipment category II (1) GD EEx ia II c W Differential pressure monitor: BVS 06 ATEX E141 x Equipment category II 2 G Ex ia II B T4 4 T n e M p i u Q e Y T e F A s k R o w Standard equipment: Switch cabinet incl. complete monitoring electronics (must be fitted outside the Ex Zone) 5 mm safety glass at the side Folding baffle wall Melamine resin coated rear wall Stainless steel work surface (V2A/14301) as a liquid tight welded spill tray Base frame (H 865 mm) Work safely with hazardous materials with DENIOS hazardous material workstations Order no. 274-797-JD Model External dimensions W x D x H [mm]* Workspace dimensions W x D [mm]** Recommended air extraction volume [m³/h] Differential pressure loss per nozzle [Pa] Number of exhaust air connections [Item(s)]*** *Hazardous substance workstations in width 1800 mm, each with 2 air vents. The values given relate to the whole hazardous materials workplace **Max. load capacity work surface: 60 kg/m² ***Air extraction connection size = DN 160 GAP Ex 140.120.075 1200 x 750 x 1400 1098 x 648 720 103 1 GAP Ex 140.090.075 900 x 750 x 1400 798 x 648 720 140 1 GAP Ex 140.180.075 1800 x 750 x 1400 1698 x 648 1070 135 1 P E R S O N A L A D V I C E : 0 1 9 5 2 8 1 1 9 9 1 407

408

Mobile bench extractors The laboratory extraction kits contain extraction arms with hoods or nozzles, a speed-adjustable fan and combined standard filter-particle filter with active carbon, hose, connector and table mounting. The extraction kits are suitable for one or more workspaces, and are designed with appropriate contents according to application. W Mobile extraction unit for capturing and filtering smoke, dusts and gases W Extraction of smoke and dust, e.g. soldering, grinding, polishing. The extraction unit can be used for these applications in light to medium industrial use Extraction of liquids: bonding, e.g. painting of electrical components, cleaning, painting work, can also be used here for light, time-limited use W Filter consists of: particle filter, fine filter (HEPA) and active carbon unit W Separation efficiency: 99.97% Model av 500 Model av 1000 4 T n e M p i u Q e Y T e F A s k R o w Model av 1500 Model av 1500 Model av 2500 Model av 3000 The mobile table extraction units are flexible in use and quick to set up at the workplace Model Features AV 500 1 extraction arm, DN 32, with spherical cap and table clamp, length 1 m AV 1000 2 extraction arms, DN 32, with spherical cap and table clamp, length 1 m AV 1500 3 extraction arms, DN 32, with spherical cap and table clamp, length 1 m AV 2000 1 extraction arm with DN 50, with combi cap and table clamp, length 1.1 m AV 2500 2 extraction arms, DN 50, with mini cap and table clamp, length 1.1 m AV 3000 1 extraction arm, DN 75, with mini cap and table clamp, length 1.1 m Absorption capacity [m³/h]* Order number *Suction performance per extraction arm 241-401-JD 241-402-JD 241-403-JD 42 42 38 100 173-279-JD 75 241-404-JD 150 241-405-JD Mobile extraction fans W Extraction of welding fumes, vapours or dust W Filtering for service, repair and other time-limited work W Fresh air supply for working in narrow or enclosed spaces W Compact and powerful W Painted sheet steel housing, impeller in silumin W Intake and outlet side connection diameter 160 mm W Air volumetric flow rate 500 - 2000 m³/h W Pressure: 1500 - 400 PA W 230 V / 5.50 Hz / 750 W / 5.50 A / 2800 rpm Order no. 173-280-JD 408 w w w . d e n i o s . c o . u k / s h o p

409

ATEX extraction arm with galvanised frame W For protection from explosive gases and dusts, which may be created, for example when weighing, dosing, mixing or sampling W External parallelogram arm with hydraulic dampers W Can be used in EX Zones 1/21 and 2/22 W Marking: ATEX: EX II 2D/G W Handle and funnel in stainless steel (grade 1.4571) W Easy to manoeuvre W Holds its position W Highly flexible W PVC hose, electrically conductive W Surface resistance 10⁴ Ohm W External parallelogram frame W Funnel Ø 300 mm, Ø opening 160 mm DENIOS ONLINE SHOP There’s even more choice in the shop! >> www.denios.co.uk/services << Suction arm length [mm] Recommended volumetric flow rate [m³/h] Pressure loss [Pa] Order number 1500 1200 2500 1200 3000 1200 4000 1200 550 170-003-JD 600 170-019-JD 650 170-021-JD 700 170-022-JD ATEX extraction arm with stainless steel frame Parallelogram arm in polished, acid-resistant stainless steel (1.4571) with hydraulic dampers. Surface roughness Ra <0.8 µm for guaranteed sterility. All pipe ends are closed off for maximum hygiene. Includes wall console, Ø 160 mm.> W Technical data depending on design with galvanised chassis Suction arm length [mm] Recommended volumetric flow rate [m³/h] Pressure loss [Pa] Order number 1500 1200 2500 1200 3000 1200 4000 1200 550 700 170-023-JD 170-024-JD 170-025-JD 170-026-JD 600 650 o R d e R A T T h e s A M e T i M e Radial fan for potentially explosive areas Housing in sheet steel with corrosion resistant polyester resin coating, motor: 750 W, 230 / 400 V, AC, Exhaust: Ø 200 mm, air volume flow: 1200m³/h. For direct mounting on extraction arm. Includes intake fittings 160 mm. Order no. 170-028-JD DENIOS ONLINE SHOP There’s even more choice in the shop! www.denios.co.uk/extraction-systems 4 T n e M p i u Q e Y T e F A s k R o w ATEX extraction arm with V4A stainless steel frame Stainless steel stop flap W Tight sealing W Stainless steel (1.4571) W Diameter 160 mm Order no. 170-027-JD Motor protection switch Gas explosion protection / Dust ex- plosion protection: Ex II 2 G/D Order no. 170-030-JD E x P E R T A D V I C E A N D O R D E R L I N E : 0 1 9 5 2 8 1 1 9 9 1 409

410

D E N I O S M A G A Z I N E A L L Y O U N E E D T O K N O W A B O U T P E R S O N A L P R O T E C T I V E E Q U I P M E N T . Personal protective equipment (PPE) protects employees from typical risks associated with work processes. The DENIOS magazine contains interesting information and useful practical tips on the topics of work safety and health and safety. U G u i d e s U A R T i c L e s U F A Q U c h e c k L i s T s U V i d e o s U w h i T e p A p e R s U i n T e R V i e w s U A n d M u c h M o R e ! www.denios.co.uk/magazine F A Q R i s k A s s e s s M e n T F o R h A Z A R d o u s s u B s T A n c e s Anyone who handles hazardous substances, uses them or even "only" stores them, cannot do so without a risk assessment. For 25 years they have been the central component of workplace safety. In our FAQ we have compiled the answers to the most frequently asked questions concerning "Risk assess- ments for hazardous substances". www.denios.co.uk/faq-risk-assessment A R T i c L e s G u i d e s e R G o n o M i c s A n d B A c k h e A L T h A T T h e h A Z A R d o u s M A T e R i A L s s T o R e s V s F i R e - R A T e d w o R k p L A c e In our fact check, you can find out which risk factors affect everyday working life, which occupational groups are particularly at risk and what you should bear in mind when assessing the risks. We also offer 3 proven prevention measures for improved ergonomics and back health at the workplace. s T o R e s W If there is an increased fire risk and safety distances can be used to separate spaces, our hazardous materials stores are ideal. They are DIBt-approved and available with additional insulation as an option. A high fire risk usually requires fire-resistant partitioning of the store. Stay safe with our fire-rated stores. They are also DIBt-approved and have certified fire protection. www.denios.co.uk/ergonomics-at-work www.denios.co.uk/hazmat 410 w w w . d e n i o s . c o . u k / s h o p

411

P E R S O N A L P R O T E C T I V E E Q U I P M E N T ( P P E ) Personal protective equipment (PPE) is any equipment that is intended to be used or worn by employees to protect themselves from health and safety hazards. In the DENIOS range, we offer a wide variety of high-quality PPE products from leading brand manufacturers. The product portfolio includes the following PPE areas: R e s p i R A T o R Y p R o T e c T i o n Disposable filtering half masks, half and full masks and respiratory protection filters for use against hazards such as particles, gases or vapours. www.denios.co.uk/breathing-protection e Y e A n d F A c e p R o T e c T i o n Safety goggles to protect the eyes from harmful influences such as metal or wood splinters or hazardous liquids. h e A d p R o T e c T i o n Safety helmets are important safety equipment on construction sites and in the manufacturing industry. www.denios.co.uk/protective-glasses www.denios.co.uk/head-protection h e A R i n G p R o T e c T i o n Prevent damage to the inner ear and reduce noise exposure with personal protective equipment. p p e F o R F A L L s F R o M A h e i G h T Especially when working at height, fall protection devices such as harnesses are an important protection against hazards. www.denios.co.uk/hearing-protection www.denios.co.uk/fall-protection h A n d p R o T e c T i o n Protective gloves are used for different risks: against mechanical or chemical risks, to protect against heat or cold. p R o T e c T i V e c L o T h i n G Disposable protective clothing to protect against physical harm, e.g. for safe work when handling chemicals www.denios.co.uk/protective-gloves www.denios.co.uk/protective-clothing E x P E R T A D V I C E A N D O R D E R L I N E : 0 1 9 5 2 8 1 1 9 9 1 411

412

4 T n e M p i u Q e Y T e F A s k R o w uvex ultrasonic goggles - 9302 W Very light goggles - no pressure problems when wearing continually W Suitable for wearers of glasses W Optimum ventilation W Panoramic field of view W Polycarbonate lens, colourless, UV protection W Complies with EN 166 Model Frame colour Lens colour Lens material Lens features Order number uvex ultrasonic - 9302 Orange / Grey Transparent/clear Polycarbonate Anti-mist, scratch-proof, chemical-resistant 188-854-JD 3M™ Solus™ safety glasses - 2000 W Safety glasses with slim half frame W Side arms can be easily adjusted to adapt the glasses to different head shapes W Very good fit W Secure, comfortable fit W Polycarbonate lens, UV protection W Meets EN 166 Model Frame colour Protective glass colour Lens material Feature - protective glass Order number S2001ASP-BLU Blue / grey Transparent/clear Polycarbonate S2001AF-BLU Blue / grey Transparent/clear Polycarbonate S2002SGAF-BGR Grey / turquoise Grey Polycarbonate S2005SGAF-BGR Grey / turquoise Brown Polycarbonate Scratchproof Anti-mist, scratchproof Anti-mist, scratchproof Anti-mist, scratchproof 271-463-JD 271-462-JD 271-464-JD 271-465-JD 3M™ SecureFit™ safety glasses - 400 W Flexible and comfortable, safety glasses in frameless glass W Adjustable nose pads and bridge with soft padding for increased comfort and secure fit W Special side design for pressure-free comfort W Adapts to fit various head shapes W Very light (only 19 g) W Flat, wide side arms for additional protection of the sides of the eyes W Clear polycarbonate lens, UV protection W In accordance with EN 166 Model Frame colour Lens colour Lens material Lens features Order number SF401AF Black / Green Transparent/clear Polycarbonate Anti-mist, scratchproof 259-075-JD SF402AF Black / Green Grey Polycarbonate Anti-mist, scratchproof 259-076-JD SF403AF Black / Green Yellow Polycarbonate Anti-mist, scratchproof 259-077-JD SF410AS Black / Green Indoor / Outdoor Polycarbonate Scratchproof 259-079-JD Protective boxes for personal protective equipment W Ideal storage boxes to ensure personal protective equipment is readily available in the workplace to provide protection from contaminants, dust and water spray. W Clean and safe storage W Easy to mount on the wall with screws (includes mounting kit) W Marked with the international mandatory symbol in accordance with EN ISO 7010 and ASR A1.3 Model Application External dimensions W x D x H [mm] Order number Blue Order number Transparent MiniBox For eye protection 236 x 120 x 120 116-475-JD 116-476-JD MidiBox 4 For eye protection 236 x 125 x 225 123-604-JD 123-603-JD MaxiBox For head protection 236 x 205 x 315 119-583-JD – 412 w w w . d e n i o s . c o . u k / s h o p

413

4 T n e M p i u Q e Y T e F A s k R o w uvex pheos B-WR helmet- 9772 W Industrial safety helmet W 6 point textile strap for optimum fit and comfort W Three adjustable ventilation openings W With wheel system for stepless adjustment W Adjustment range: 52 - 61 cm W uvex visors can be fitted W In accordance with EN 397 Model Colour Order number uvex pheos B-WR - 9772.030 White 210-222-JD uvex pheos B-WR - 9772.130 Yellow 210-223-JD uvex pheos B-WR - 9772.530 Blue 210-224-JD Baumeister safety helmet- 80 W Suitable for up to size 64 W In accordance with EN 397 W Helmet shell in special thermoplastic (PE) with rain gutter W Adjustable ventilation W Simple, sturdy and precise head size adjustment W With 2 side slots for inserting hearing protection and visor mounts W Large front panel for company logo Features Order number White Order number Yellow Order number Orange Order number Blue 6-point belt strap 116-356-JD 116-357-JD 116-358-JD 116-359-JD uvex face shield W With integrated forehead cover and additional head protector in impact-resistant polystyrene W Wheel for adjusting to the correct head size W Positioning mechanism holds position at any angle W Cellulose acetate visor, mist-free Order no. 210-205-JD All products for Safety glasses can be found here: All products for Head protection can be found here: www.denios.co.uk/kat/12857 www.denios.co.uk/kat/12855 All products for Storage boxes can be found here: www.denios.co.uk/kat/12859 E x P E R T A D V I C E A N D O R D E R L I N E : 0 1 9 5 2 8 1 1 9 9 1 413

414

4 T n e M p i u Q e Y T e F A s k R o w 3M™ Aura™ filtering half masks - 9300+Gen3 W In accordance with EN 149:2001 W Comfortable to wear, secure seal W Integrated nose clip with inner padding, easy to adjust W Elastic, colour coded textile strap for easy recognition of the protection class W Tabs on the bottom and top of the mask to make it easier to put on W 3M™ Cool-Flow™ comfort valve facilitates exhalation and reduces heat and moisture in the mask W Hygienic individual pack Model Filter classes Features Pack contents Order number 9322+Gen3 FFP2 NR D Folding mask with valve 10 Item(s) 265-982-JD 9332+Gen3 FFP3 NR D Folding mask with valve 10 Item(s) 265-983-JD uvex silv-Air c filtering half masks W In accordance with EN 149:2001 W Optimised design W Soft-edged, high quality material for increased wearer comfort W Head strap for comfort and secure fit W Integrated, adjustable nose clip W Sealing lip for high wearer comfort and reliable, tight fit W Mask meets the requirements for high dust loading (D marking, Dolomite dust test) W Compatible with uvex safety glasses W Exhalation valve to reduce exhalation resistance and to reduce heat and damp in the mask Model Filter classes Features Packaging unit (piece/ pack) Order number uvex silv-Air c 2100 FFP1 NR D Shaped mask without valve uvex Silv-Air c 2200 FFP2 NR D Shaped mask without valve uvex silv-Air c 3210 FFP2 NR D Folding mask with valve 20 Item(s) 210-228-JD 20 Item(s) 210-229-JD 15 Item(s) 210-232-JD X-plore® filtering half mask - 1700 W In accordance with EN 149:2001 W Effective protection against dust as well as solid and liquid particles W Very comfortable to wear W High quality filter materials W Low breathing resistance W Flexible nose clip, nose padding W Soft inner fleece W Strap VarioFLEX™ W Hygienic individual pack W CoolMAX™ exhalation valve eases breathing and prevents heat from building up inside the mask Model Filter classes Features Pack contents Order number X-plore 1710 X-plore 1720 X-plore 1720V FFP1 NR D Folding mask without valve 20 Item(s) 180-078-JD FFP2 NR D Folding mask without valve 20 Item(s) 180-079-JD FFP2 NR D Folding mask with valve 10 Item(s) 180-080-JD X-plore 1720V Odour FFP2 NR D Folding mask with valve 10 Item(s) 180-081-JD X-plore 1730V FFP3 NR D Folding mask with valve 10 Item(s) 180-082-JD 414 w w w . d e n i o s . c o . u k / s h o p

415

4 T n e M p i u Q e Y T e F A s k R o w X-plore® full mask - 6300 W Complies with EN 136 - Class 2 W Perfect seal seat W Round thread connection Rd40in accordance with EN 148-1 W Comfortable 5 point straps W Plastic membrane W Wide lens Order no. 180-091-JD Fume protection half mask - model 330 W In accordance with EN 140 W Round thread connection Rd40 in accordance with EN 148-1 W Suitable for people, who wear glasses W The body of the mask is manufactured from skin-friendly, non-aging EPDM W With exhalation valve and under-chin support W Infinitely adjustable straps Order no. 116-612-JD Filter optional 3M™ disposable half masks - 4200 Plus W In accordance with EN 405 W Full mask with integrated filters W Dolomite-dust test (D) guarantees that the particle filters will be highly durable W With exhalation valve to reduce heat accumulation W The strap to hold the mask in place ensures that it sits securely Model Mask type Filter classes Application Order number 4255+ Half mask, disposable FFA2P3 D Protection against organic vapours up to 30 times the exposure limit 149-217-JD 4279+ Half mask, disposable FFABEK1P3 D Protection against organic vapours, inorganic and acidic gases as well as ammonia up to 30 times the exposure limit 149-224-JD All products for Respiratory protection can be found here: www.denios.co.uk/kat/12854 E x P E R T A D V I C E A N D O R D E R L I N E : 0 1 9 5 2 8 1 1 9 9 1 415

416

4 T n e M p i u Q e Y T e F A s k R o w uvex "one 2 click" dispenser W Simple to use, robust dispenser for wall mounting (supplied without ear plugs) W Suitable for uvex x-fit and uvex com4-fit ear plugs W Transparent design allows the fill level to be checked Model Snr [dB] Colour Equipment Order number Dispenser – Blue 1 dispenser, for 400 pairs of earplugs 210-215-JD uvex x-fit 37 Yellow uvex com4-fit 33 Orange 300 pairs, loose in refill box 300 pairs, loose in refill box 210-216-JD 210-217-JD ULTRAFIT with cord W Very comfortable to wear W Excellent protection from noise W Preformed, reusable ear plugs W Particularly skin-friendly with siliconee W Washable W Complies with EN 352 Model Snr [dB] Size Colour Pack contents Order number uvex x-fit with strap W Very good sound absorption W Excellent speech recognition W Very comfortable to wear W Preferred for use under very loud conditions W The closed skin of the foam ear plug prevents foreign bodies penetrating the surface. W Complies with EN 352 Model Snr [dB] Size Colour Pack contents Order number Ultrafit 32 Universal Yellow 50 Pair 173-073-JD uvex x-fit - 2112.010 37 Universal Yellow 100 Pair 210-208-JD All products for Hearing protection can be found here: All products for Storage boxes can be found here: www.denios.co.uk/kat/12858 www.denios.co.uk/kat/12859 416 w w w . d e n i o s . c o . u k / s h o p

417

4 T n e M p i u Q e Y T e F A s k R o w VeriShield™ W Lightweight and padded headband, adjustable to different head sizes W Sturdy ear defenders with generous defender opening W Soft memory foam ear cups W Pleasant fit without applying pressure W For extended use in noisy workplaces W Complies with EN 352 Model Snr [dB] Order number VS100D 26 281-495-JD VS110M 32 281-496-JD VS130D 36 281-497-JD uvex K ear defenders W Padded headband for high comfort, foldable W Infinitely variable length adjustment for perfect positioning W Soft memory foam sealing cushions for a good seal and fit on the head W Optimum capsule geometry for pressure-free enclosure of the outer ear W For long-term use in noisy work areas W In accordance with EN 352-1 Model Snr [dB] Order number K10 30 311-685-JD K20 33 311-686-JD K30 36 311-687-JD Optime™ W Multipurpose ear defenders for extended use in noisy workplaces W The SOFT inner headband padding ensures a comfortable, pressure-free fit W Ear cushions are filled with a combination of liquid and foam W Stepless height adjustment W Complies with EN 352 Model Snr [dB] Order number Optime I 27 173-077-JD Optime II 31 173-078-JD MiniBox W Ideal storage boxes to ensure personal protective equipment is readily available in the workplace to provide protection from contaminants, dust and water spray. W Clean and safe storage W Easy to mount on the wall with screws (includes mounting kit) W Marked with the international mandatory symbol in accordance with EN ISO 7010 and ASR A1.3 Model Application External dimensions W x D x H [mm] Order number Transparent Order number Blue MiniBox For hearing protection 236 x 120 x 120 116-479-JD 119-581-JD MidiBox For hearing protection 236 x 125 x 225 116-485-JD 116-484-JD E x P E R T A D V I C E A N D O R D E R L I N E : 0 1 9 5 2 8 1 1 9 9 1 417

418

4 T n e M p i u Q e Y T e F A s k R o w Maxiflex® Ultimate 34-874 W Category II, breathable protective glove W Nylon knit with patented nitrile microfoam coating W Ergonomic fit, high comfort W Excellent grip when wet or dry W Silicone-free W Touchscreen-compatible W Suitable for use with food W Sizes 8 - 10 Area of application: Packaging, shipping and assembly work under dry conditions Pack = 12 Pair(s) Order no. 164-746-JD uvex phynomic W Category II, protective gloves for mechanical hazards, with knitted trim W Aqua polymer foam coating on palm and fingertips W Excellent sense of touch W Good dry and wet grip W Breathable W Length: approx. 25 cm W Sizes 7 - 10 Area of application: Precision work, fine assembly/assembly, general maintenance work Pack = 10 Pair(s) Model WET Order no. 210-275-JD Camapur CUT 627 W Category II, good grip even with slightly oily objects W High mechanical resilience W Thin PU coating ensures good wearer comfort W Resistant to dirt W Length: approx. 25 cm W Sizes 8 - 11 Area of application: Electrical industry, cutting protection, metalworking, precision engineering, automotive industry and suppliers Pack = 10 Pair(s) Order no. 180-482-JD Heat protection gloves W Category III, in accordance with EN 388, EN 407 W For applications up to 1000° C radiant heat W Back of hands: aluminium-coated Preox aramide fabric W Model B: palm aramid woven fabric, contact heat to 500° C W Also suitable as a transport aid or welding spray protection W Size 10 Area of application: Foundries, welding shops EN 388 4131A EN 388 3131X EN 388 4X42B Pack = 1 Pair(s) Model B, length 30 cm Pack = 1 Pair(s) Model B, length 38 cm EN 407 EN 388 Order no. 182-047-JD Order no. 182-048-JD 423444 1542 418 w w w . d e n i o s . c o . u k / s h o p

419

4 T n e M p i u Q e Y T e F A s k R o w Dermatril W Category III nitrile single use gloves with rough finger tips, paint resistant W Suitable for storing food W Packed in practical dispensing carton W Length 28 cm: coating thickness: 0.2 mm W Sizes 7 - 10 Area of application: Laboratory work, examinations, taking samples, protection against chemicals, industrial and building cleaning, handling foodstuffs EN ISO 374-1 EN ISO 374-1 EN ISO 374-5 EN 388 Typ B Typ A KPT JKLOPT VIRUS 1000X Pack = 25 Pair(s) Order no. 158-074-JD Showa-690 W Category III, soft cotton quality, PVC dipped W With heat-sealed PVC gauntlet W Particularly oil and chemical-resistant W Anti-bacterial W Non-allergenic W Length: approx. 60 cm W Sizes 9 - 11 Area of application: Food and mineral oil industry, chemical industry, mechanical engineering EN ISO 374-1 EN ISO 374-5 EN 388 Typ B JKL 4121X TOUCH N TUFF® 92-600 W Category III, disposable glove made out of nitrile W Protection again many industrial chemicals, 3 x more airtight than latex or PVC disposal gloves W High wearer comfort, smooth surface on Pack = 1 Pair(s) Order no. 164-747-JD the fingertips W Powder-free, long service life, coating thickness 0.12 mm W Dispenser box of 50 pairs W Length: approx. 24 cm W Sizes 8 - 10 Area of application: Working with pharmaceuticals and chemicals, chemical industry, laboratories, emergency services, automobile assembly EN ISO 374-1 EN ISO 374-5 Typ B JKPT VIRUS Pack = 50 Pair(s) Order no. 180-467-JD All products for Protective gloves can be found here: www.denios.co.uk/kat/12861 E x P E R T A D V I C E A N D O R D E R L I N E : 0 1 9 5 2 8 1 1 9 9 1 419

420

4 T n e M p i u Q e Y T e F A s k R o w Chemical protection overall, Tyvek® 500 Xpert, CHF5 W Category III, Model 5B, 6B W Tyvek® material W Grammage: 41 G/m² W Lint free, rip resistant, breathable W Zip cover W Meets EN ISO 13982-1, EN 13034, EN 14126, EN 1073-2, EN 1149-5 W Area of application: power stations, paint shops, ASBESTOS removal, maintenance, cleaning and refurbishment work Size Order number M 129-883-JD L 129-884-JD XL 129-885-JD XXL 129-886-JD Chemical protection overall Tychem® 6000 F, CHA5 W Category III, Model 3B, 4B, 5B, 6B W Tyvek-polyethylene spin-bonded fabric, laminated onto the polymer coated barrier foil W Grammage: 115 G/m² W Heat-sealed seams, 100% liquid-tight W Anti-static on the inside W High mechanical resilience W Tested with 150 chemicals (test data is available) W Meets EN 14605, EN ISO 13982-1, EN 13034, EN 14126, EN 1073-2, EN 1149-5 W Areas of application: chemical industry, disposal, emergency teams, decontamination work Size Order number M 129-879-JD L 129-880-JD XL 129-881-JD XXL 129-882-JD Chemical protection overalls uvex 5/6 W Category III, model 5, 6 W Silicon free disposable overalls, partially spray-tight and particle-tight, suitable for cleanrooms W Bound seams and contrasting elastics W Resealable zipper flap W Meets EN ISO 13982-1, EN 13034, EN 1149-5 W Area of application: Working with dusty chemicals, painting, general maintenance work Size Order number M 210-242-JD L 210-243-JD XL 210-244-JD XXL 210-245-JD 420 w w w . d e n i o s . c o . u k / s h o p

421

4 T n e M p i u Q e Y T e F A s k R o w Chemical protection overall PolyPlus® W Category III, model 4, 5, 6 W Polyethylene coated polypropylene W Grammage: 66 G/m² W The seams are impervious to liquids and particles and are sealed with tape W Zip cover with self adhesive seal W Meets EN 14605, EN ISO 13982-1, EN 13034 W Area of application: steam blasting, protection from chemicals when working with phosphoric acid, sulphuric acid or sodium hydroxide for example Size Order number XL 129-887-JD XXL 129-888-JD Chemical protection overalls CoverChem®Plus W Category III, Model 3B, 4B, 5B, 6B W Liquid-tight, double seams W Zip fastening with a double, velcro fastening cover panel W Velcro fastener to cover chin W Hooks for thumbs W Tested with 100 chemicals (test data is available) W Meets EN 14605, EN ISO 13982-1, EN 13034, EN 14126, EN 1073-2, EN 1149-5 W Area of application: handling organic and highly concentrated inorganic chemicals and biological hazardous materials Size Order number L 170-432-JD XL 170-433-JD XXL 170-434-JD All products for Protective clothing can be found here: www.denios.co.uk/kat/12862 E x P E R T A D V I C E A N D O R D E R L I N E : 0 1 9 5 2 8 1 1 9 9 1 421

422

D E N I O S M A G A Z I N E A L L Y O U N E E D T O K N O W A B O U T P E R S O N A L P R O T E C T I V E E Q U I P M E N T F O R F A L L S F R O M A H E I G H T At workplaces with a risk of falling that are not protected by general arrangements, the use of personal protective equipment for falls from a height is necessary. Personal protective equipment for falls from a height protects against a fall either by preventing a fall, arresting a free fall or by ensuring a position is held at the relevant workplace. Information on the selection and use of personal protective equipment against falls from a height can be found in DGUV regulation 112-198 "Use of personal protective equipment for falls from a height". U G u i d e s U A R T i c L e s U F A Q U c h e c k L i s T s U V i d e o s U w h i T e p A p e R s U i n T e R V i e w s U A n d M u c h M o R e ! www.denios.co.uk/magazine G u i d e s s T A n d A R d s Depending on the area and purpose of use, safety harnesses are subject to different standards: EN 358 Belts and lanyards for work positioning For holding in the working position and for restraint in areas where there is a risk of falling (e.g. when working on flat roofs). The restraint points are usually located laterally in the area of the pelvic bone. EN 361 Full body harnesses For fall protection in areas where there is a risk of falling and for arresting falls (e.g. when working on towers, masts, building overhangs). The retention points are located at the back between the shoulder blades (dorsal) or in the chest area (sternal). EN 361 Full body harnesses for use in climbing protection in conjunction with EN 353-1 For fall protection in areas where there is a risk of falling and for arresting falls in conjunction with fall arresters on a fixed guide - climbing protection (e.g. when working on towers, masts). The climbing protection restraint points are usually located on the abdominal belt, centrally in front of the body. EN 813 Sit harnesses For holding in a seated working position when hanging freely. Sit harness restraint points are located as close as possible to the body's centre of gravity. Other standards EN 341 Personal fall protection equipment EN 354 EN 355 EN 353-2 Guided type fall arresters including EN 360 Retractable type fall arresters EN 795 Anchor devices EN 1496 Rescue hoists Lanyards Energy absorbers a flexible anchor line G u i d e s s A F e w o R k i n G A T h e i G h T Learn more about the causes and consequences of falls, which legal regulations apply in the UK and which criteria you should consider in your risk assessment for work on roofs, scaffolding and ladders. In addition, we have put together some professional fall prevention solutions for you. DENIOS expertise. www.denios.co.uk/working-safety-at-height 422 w w w . d e n i o s . c o . u k / s h o p

423

Harness set Safety Kit 5 W Safety harness EN 361 W Shock absorbing lanyard, 1.5 m, EN 354, 355 W Transport bag W Max. user weight: 100 kg W For use in trade, building work and industry Order no. 267-180-JD Comfort-Set 1 W Comfort-set 1, for efficient fall protection W Safety harness EN 361 W Fall arrest equipment for working on the move, 10 m, EN 353-2 W Transport case manufactured from steel sheet W Max. user weight: 140 kg W For occasional use e.g. for inspecting containers. Order no. 172-847-JD Shock absorbing lanyards W In the event of a fall, a woven strap breaks open from within the casing to support the increased load. W EN 354, 355 W Fitted with Model SK 12 kernmantle rope W Max. user weight: 100 kg Version A W With carabiner FS 51 / FS 51 (max. opening 17 mm) Version B W With carabiner FS 51 / FS 90 (max. opening 60 mm) Rope length [m] Order number 1.5 172-843-JD 2.0 172-844-JD Rope length [m] Order number 1.5 172-845-JD 2.0 172-846-JD ERGOGRIP lanyard W To secure directly to equipment / buildings you are working on to ensure maximum safety once in the correct position W Carabiner FS 51 / Model B W EN 354, 358 W Max. user weight: 100 kg Rope length [m] Order number 1.5 172-850-JD 2.0 172-851-JD E x P E R T A D V I C E A N D O R D E R L I N E : 0 1 9 5 2 8 1 1 9 9 1 423

424

4 T n e M p i u Q e Y T e F A s k R o w Aluminium tripod, load capacity 500 kg, with tension chain Order no. 172-864-JD Aluminium tripod W To enable people to abseil into and be pulled up from manholes, for emergency rescue or for lowering people using fall arrest equipment W Quick and easy to set up W 8 height-adjustable legs W 3 suspension points W In accordance with EN 795 W Dimensions once set up: 1750 x 230 x 230 mm, height (set up) 1560 to 2610 mm, max. diameter: 2400 mm o R d e R A T T h e s A M e T i M e Winch W The winch is an accessory for the aluminium tripod for quickly ensuring the safety of people working in manholes W Load capacity: 250 kg W With 15 m steel rope incl. holder Order no. 145-113-JD Example of use: abseiling into a drain with a tripod and an abseiling device. By using this equipment an additional safety measure is provided. We recommend that a fall arrest set or fall arrest equip- ment with a pulley should be used. Carabiner W For securing fall arrest equipment to a tripod W Max. user weight: 100 kg Order no. 172-868-JD Lanyard with loop and carabiner W For securing to fall arrest equipment when carrying out construction work W Max. user weight: 100 kg Order no. 191-575-JD 424 w w w . d e n i o s . c o . u k / s h o p

425

4 T n e M p i u Q e Y T e F A s k R o w Gordon Rescue abseiling device W For safe working in manholes, drains or silos and quick rescue in the event of an emergency W Ratio 3:1, to pull a person up, an effort of only 33% of the weight of the person is needed; work can be carried out safely while hanging on the rope W Low weight with sturdy, milled aluminium housing W Rope can be exchanged, can be used in either direction W Self-locking in the event of a fall W Meets EN 360, EN 1496 W Max. user weight: 140 kg W To use this equipment you also need the Gordon Rescue kernmantle rope (not included) Order no. 257-257-JD Kernmantle rope for Gordon Rescue W Diameter: 10.5 m W Max. user weight: 140 kg W Can only be used in conjunction with the Gordon Rescue abseiling device pulley system. Rope length [m] Order number 15 257-258-JD 40 257-259-JD 80 257-260-JD o R d e R A T T h e s A M e T i M e Transport bag for Safety Roll W Waterproof with ruck- sack straps Order no. 172-867-JD Peanut 1 fall arrest equipment W Ultra-compact fall arrest equipment W With plastic housing and belt strap W With carabiner FS 90 ALU at the attachment side and carabiner STAK TRI on the harness side W In accordance with EN 360 W Max. user weight: 135 kg Rope length [m] Weight [kg] Order number 1.8 2 257-252-JD 2.5 2 257-253-JD E x P E R T A D V I C E A N D O R D E R L I N E : 0 1 9 5 2 8 1 1 9 9 1 425

426

QuickFix plaster dispenser system Most cuts only need a plaster. The QuickFix plaster dispenser system makes giving first aid simple and safe, anywhere on your premises. W QuickFix plaster dispenser including plaster strips W Plaster wrapping is automatically removed as they are dispensed. W Simple and easy to use one handed W Hygienic, individually wrapped plasters 4 T n e M p i u Q e Y T e F A s k R o w Contents Order number Plaster dispenser QuickFix 2 x 45 pieces, waterproof 179-545-JD 2 x 45 pieces, elastic 179-546-JD 2 x 45 pieces, detectable 179-547-JD Contents Order number 426 6 x 45 pieces, waterproof 179-548-JD Plaster dispenser refill 6 x 45 pieces, elastic 179-549-JD 6 x 45 pieces, detectable 179-550-JD w w w . d e n i o s . c o . u k / s h o p

427

QuickSafe Box, basic W First aid ready at hand in one place W For eyewashing and small cuts W The most important first aid products - practical, easy to see and ready at hand in one place W For quick and easy access in an emergency W Flexible system giving a clear overview, easy to refill W Sturdy dust-proof wall mounted box in impact resistant plastic W Transparent folding lid for practical overview and quick access W Delivery incl. mounting equipment for wall mounting and QuickGuide instructions W Contents: 2 x 500 ml eyewash bottles (saline solution), 1 x 200 ml eyewash bottle (pH neutral), 5 x 20 ml QuickRinse eyewash ampoules (saline solution), 1 x QuickFix Elastic with 45 elastic plaster strips 4 T n e M p i u Q e Y T e F A s k R o w Order no. 243-634-JD All products for First aid can be found here: www.denios.co.uk/kat/12781 E x P E R T A D V I C E A N D O R D E R L I N E : 0 1 9 5 2 8 1 1 9 9 1 427

428

D E N I O S M A G A Z I N E A L L Y O U N E E D T O K N O W A B O U T E M E R G E N C Y S H O W E R S A N D E Y E W A S H S O L U T I O N S . Whether it's contact with alkalis, acids, heat or heavy contamination: eye wash solutions and emergency showers provide immediate assistance and relief in the event of chemical burns and exposure to foreign bodies. Thanks to their compact design, the products in the DENIOS range can be stored and mounted directly at the workplace and are therefore at hand when they are needed. Equip your workplace with emergency showers and eye wash solutions from DENIOS. U G u i d e s U A R T i c L e s U F A Q U c h e c k L i s T s U V i d e o s U w h i T e p A p e R s U i n T e R V i e w s U A n d M u c h M o R e ! www.denios.co.uk/magazine F A Q M A k i n G T h e R i G h T c h o i c e e M e R G e n c Y s h o w e R s : 1 0 Q u e s T i o n s , e M e R G e n c Y s h o w e R s e L e c T i o n G u i d e 1 0 A n s w e R s The protection of eyes and body is of particular importance when handling hazardous substances. That is why you protect your employees and yourself with personal protective equipment and work safety rules. If, despite all these preventive measures, an emergency does occur, eye and emergency showers must be available quickly for first aid. Fixed eye showers, body emergency showers or combined systems offer further safety. Which product is the right one? To ensure that nothing goes wrong when making your decision, we have put together a clear selection guide for you. Find the right product for your emergency provisions. www.denios.co.uk/emergency-showers-faqs www.denios.co.uk/shower-selection-guide A R T i c L e s G u i d e s s A F e T Y F o R o p e R A T o R s , F i R s T A i d F o R u s e R s 2-fold protection with emergency showers! Discover the product recommendations from our safety experts, with optimal equipment for many standard applications. Many models have independent DVGW certification for even better operator safety. e Y e w A s h B o T T L e s F R o M d e n i o s What types of eye wash bottles are available? What are eye wash bottles suitable for? Are there legal requirements for eye wash bottles? Find out more! www.denios.co.uk/emergency-shower- planning www.denios.co.uk/eye-wash-bottles 428 w w w . d e n i o s . c o . u k / s h o p

429

E M E R G E N C Y S H O W E R S E L E C T I O N G U I D E F I N D T H E R I G H T P R O D U C T F O R Y O U R A P P L I C A T I O N i M p o R T A n T F A c T o R s F o R Y o u R p R o d u c T s e L e c T i o n : Site conditions (indoor or outdoor installation, availability of water and electricity connections, installation options) Regions of the body at risk Required flushing time Flow rate Special requirements (use in Ex areas, high hygiene standards, integrated alarm function required) e Y e R i n s e B o T T L e s e Y e w A s h d R e n c h h o s e u n i T e M e R G e n c Y s h o w e R , V e R T i c A L LY M o u n T e d e M e R G e n c Y s h o w e R s T A T i o n with water supply with water supply with water supply Norm EN 15154-4 EN 15154-2 EN 15154-1, EN 15154-5 EN 15154-1, EN 15154-2, EN 15154-5 e M e R G e n c Y T A n k s h o w e R M o B i L e T A n k s h o w e R with integrated water tank with integrated water tank EN 15154-5 EN 15154-5 Trigger construction Squeezing the bottle body Pressure plate, valve lever or folding protection cover Pressure plate, valve lever or folding protection cover Pull bar (body shower) or pressure plate or fold- ing protection cover (eye shower) Pressure plate, valve lever or folding protection cover (eye shower) Internal installation External installation Installation options Water connection required Power source required Flushes eyes Flushes body ü  ü  ü  ü ü1) ü ü Mobile or wall mounted Wall, table or floor mounted Wall or ceiling mounted Floor mounted Floor mounted ü  ü  ü  ü  ü  ü  ü ü1) ü ü1) ü ü ü ü Lever ü ü5) Mobile ü ü5) ü ü5) Rinsing time Until bottle is empty Unlimited Unlimited Unlimited 200 - 1.000 ml rinsing liquid > 6 l/min > 60 l/min Eyewash: > 6 l/min shower: > 60 l/min ≥ 15 minutes depending on the model Until the tank contents is used up Eye shower: 12 l/min Body shower: 40 l/min or 76 l/min Eye shower: 6 l/min Body shower: 50 l/min Water dispensing quantity Made of hygienic stainless steel Suitable for h azardous areas Integrated alarm function Special features    ü2)   ü2)   ü2) ü3)  ü ü3) ü4)    Can be flexibly provided and carried along on the ove. Available as single bottles, wall stations or dust-protected wall box. The model with a hose can be used both stationary to direct water source to injured parties. Space-saving wall or ceiling mounting. Can be easily in- stalled in any work- ing environment. A practical combination of eye and body shower. Also available in frost- proof, Ex-proof variants. A practical combina- tion of eye and body shower. Also available in frostproof, ex-protected versions. Can be provided flexibly and are by the chassis for internal use suitable. For temporary situations such as sporadic activities with hazardous materials. ¹⁾ Frost-proof models with integrated heating ²⁾ Available in stainless steel ³⁾ ATEX rated model available ⁴⁾ Model variants with integrated alarm function available ⁵⁾ Restricted and not possible at sub-zero temperatures The specialist information on this page has been compiled carefully and to the best of our knowledge and belief. Nevertheless, DENIOS Inc cannot assume any warranty or liability of any kind, whether in contract, Tort, or otherwise, for the topicality, completeness, and correctness either towards the reader or towards third parties. The use of the information and content for your own or third-party purposes is therefore at your own risk. In any case, please observe the local and currently applicable legislation. E x P E R T A D V I C E A N D O R D E R L I N E : 0 1 9 5 2 8 1 1 9 9 1 429

430

Eye wash bottles All eye wash bottles have an ergonomically shaped eye dish. Eyelids are open during the washing process so that the sterile solution directly reaches the inside of the injured eye. W To quickly rinse in case of an eye injury, to prevent permanent damage W Special eye bath attachments that help to keep the eyes open W Ergonomically designed eye shield W Handy plastic bottle, sealed and sterile, maintenance free W Simple and safe to use with instruction pictograms on the bottle W Keeps for up to three years unopened W Eyewash bottles, with either saline or ph-neutral phosphate buffer solution W Complies with EN 15154-4 o R d e R A T T h e s A M e T i M e Eye wash belt bag, suitable for 200 ml bottles this ensures that an eye wash bottle is immediately to hand when dangerous work is undertaken. Order no. 145-540-JD 4 T n e M p i u Q e Y T e F A s k R o w Model Duo Model Mono Model Version - eye wash solution Number of eye attachments Contents [ml] Rinsing solutions Order number Mono Single bottle 1 200 Saline solution 145-539-JD Mono Single bottle 1 500 Saline solution 123-481-JD Duo Single bottle 2 500 Saline solution 243-632-JD Duo Single bottle 2 1000 Saline solution 188-942-JD Mono Single bottle 1 200 Ph-neutral 145-541-JD Duo Single bottle 2 500 Ph-neutral 188-943-JD 430 w w w . d e n i o s . c o . u k / s h o p

431

Emergency eyewash station in wall mounted box W Fast treatment in the event of an eye injury W Optimum protection from contamination W Dust-free wall box with fold down front W Emergency eye wash station with 2 eyewash bottles, on hand at all times W Special eye bath attachments that help to keep the eyes open W Ergonomically designed eye shield W Delivery incl. pictogram board with instructions for use and mirror as well as mounting material W Particularly recommended for use in industry and in the workshop W Eyewash bottles, with either saline or ph-neutral phosphate buffer solution W Eye wash bottles in accordance with EN 15154-4 Eye emergency station, with cover Order no. 123-484-JD 4 T n e M p i u Q e Y T e F A s k R o w Wall mounted box with 2 eyewash bottles, Model Duo (500 ml pH neutral, 500 ml saline solution) Order no. 145-542-JD Eye wash kit in a box Order no. 243-633-JD Model Version - eye wash solution External dimensions W x D x H [mm] Number of eyewash bottles Number of eye attachments Rinsing solutions Contents [ml] Order number Mono Wall box 227 x 110 x 265 2 1 Saline solution 2 x 500 123-484-JD Mono Wall box 227 x 110 x 265 2 1 Ph-neutral + saline solution 200 / 500 145-542-JD Duo Wall box 227 x 110 x 265 2 2 Ph-neutral + saline solution 2 x 500 243-633-JD E x P E R T A D V I C E A N D O R D E R L I N E : 0 1 9 5 2 8 1 1 9 9 1 431

432

Handheld - eye showers W Shower head with dust cap, for a uniform, gentle water jet W Automatic flow regulator for a constant flow rate independent of water pressure W Integrated backflow preventer to protect drinking water W Easy operation thanks to locking release handle W Housing in plastic, media-carrying parts in brass W Stainless steel-sheathed hose W In accordance with EN 15154-2 W DIN-DVGW certified 4 T n e M p i u Q e Y T e F A s k R o w Assembly Model Number of shower heads Version shower heads Material Volume of water supplied for eye wash shower [l/min] Water connection Min water pressure [bar] Hose length [mm] Order number Wall- / table-mounted BR 712025 1 Straight Brass 7 1/2"-IG 1.5 1500 201-238-JD Wall- / table-mounted BR 713025 1 Curved Brass 7 1/2"-IG 1.5 1500 201-239-JD Wall- / table-mounted BR 714025 2 Curved Brass 14 1/2"-IG 2.5 1500 201-240-JD Eyewash station W Housing, hinged protective cover and basin in impact resistant ABS plastic W 2 shower heads for a uniform, gentle water jet W Simple operation by pulling down the hinged protective cover W Flow control valve for setting the desired jet height and flow rate W Dimensions W x D x H (mm): 355 x 305 x 245 W In accordance with EN 15154-2 W DIN-DVGW certified Assembly Model Material Volume of water supplied for eye wash shower [l/min] Water connection Min water pressure [bar] Order number Wall-mounted BR 850005 ABS plastic 14 3/8"-AG 2.5 305-253-JD 432 w w w . d e n i o s . c o . u k / s h o p

433

Eye showers W Shower heads with dust cap, for a uniform, gentle water jet W 2 shower heads, catch basin made of green plastic or stainless steel W Automatic flow regulator for a constant flow rate independent of water pressure W Simple operation with large pressure plate, luminescent W In accordance with EN 15154-2 W DIN-DVGW certified 1 4 T n e M p i u Q e Y T e F A s k R o w 2 Assembly Model Material Surface Volume of water supplied for eye wash shower [l/min] Water connection Min water pressure [bar] Order number Eye showers W Shower heads with dust cap, for a uniform, gentle water jet W 2 shower heads, angled at 45° W Automatic flow regulator for a constant flow rate independent of water pressure W Simple operation with large pressure plate, luminescent W In accordance with EN 15154-2 Wall-mounted BR 300095 Stainless steel Polished 14 3/4"-IG 2.5 305-248-JD Wall-mounted BR 300085 Stainless steel Powder coated 14 3/4"-IG 2.5 201-244-JD 2 1 3 1 2 3 Assembly Model Material Surface Volume of water supplied for eye wash shower [l/min] Water connection Min water pressure [bar] Order number Table/workbench fitting BR 200085 Stainless steel Powder coated 14 1/2"-AG 2.5 201-241-JD Wall-mounted BR 250085 Stainless steel Powder coated 14 3/4"-IG 1.5 201-243-JD Wall-mounted Wall-mounted - flush fitting Wall-mounted - flush fitting BR 210095 Stainless steel Polished 14 3/4"-AG 1.5 305-252-JD BR 210085 Stainless steel Powder coated 14 3/4"-AG 1.5 201-242-JD BR 250095 Stainless steel Polished 14 3/4"-IG 1.5 305-251-JD E x P E R T A D V I C E A N D O R D E R L I N E : 0 1 9 5 2 8 1 1 9 9 1 433

434

4 T n e M p i u Q e Y T e F A s k R o w 1 2 Handheld eye showers W Spray head with tight-fitting dust cap and protective rubber cap W Dust cap opens automatically when actuated and remains open. After use, it can simply be closed again by hand W Light weight for easy and continuous handling W Simple operation thanks to lockable operating button W Glass fibre reinforced plastic handle with stainless steel valve W Stainless steel sheathed hose, with swivel joint for optimum alignment of the hand-eye shower W Integrated backflow preventer protects against backflow W Automatic flow regulator for a constant water jet W Reduced calcification thanks to easy-to-clean spray head W With information signs for eye shower (1 x 3D sign, 1 x adhesive sign), board with instructions and maintenance table W In accordance with EN 15154-2 W DIN-DVGW certified Assembly Number of shower heads Version shower heads Material Volume of water supplied for eye wash shower [l/min] Water connection Min water pressure [bar] Order number 1 Wall-mounted 1 Curved Plastic 7 1/2"-IG 1.5 306-242-JD 2 Wall-mounted 2 Curved Plastic 14 1/2"-IG 1.5 306-243-JD Handheld eye showers W Spray head with tight-fitting dust cap and protective rubber cap W Dust cap opens automatically when actuated and remains open. After use, it can simply be closed again by hand W Light weight for easy and continuous handling W Simple operation by means of locking operating button W Glass fibre reinforced plastic handle with stainless steel valve W Stainless steel sheathed hose, with swivel joint for optimum alignment of the hand-eye shower and pull-out stop 1 3 W Integrated backflow preventer protects against backflow W Automatic flow regulator for a constant water jet W Reduced calcification thanks to easy-to-clean spray head W With self-adhesive eye shower information sign W In accordance with EN 15154-2 W DIN-DVGW certified 2 4 1 2 3 4 Assembly Number of shower heads Version shower heads Material Volume of water supplied for eye wash shower [l/min] Water connection Min water pressure [bar] Order number Table/workbench fitting 1 Curved Plastic Table/workbench fitting 2 Curved Plastic 7 1/2"-IG 1.5 306-244-JD 14 1/2"-IG 1.5 306-245-JD Wall-mounted Wall-mounted 1 Curved Plastic 7 1/2"-IG 1.5 306-246-JD 2 Curved Plastic 14 1/2"-IG 1.5 306-247-JD 434 w w w . d e n i o s . c o . u k / s h o p

435

4 T n e M p i u Q e Y T e F A s k R o w 1 2 2 1 1 Eye showers W 2 spray heads with tight-fitting dust caps and protective rubber cap W Simple operation by folding down the shower arm W Dust caps open automatically when actuated and remain open. After use, they can simply be closed again by hand W With the eye shower folded up, any existing basin can be fully used W Automatic flow regulator for a constant water jet W Reduced calcification thanks to easy-to-clean spray heads W With information signs for eye shower (1 x 3D sign, 1 x adhesive sign), board with instructions and maintenance table W In accordance with EN 15154-2 W DIN-DVGW certified Assembly Equipment Material Surface Volume of water supplied for eye wash shower [l/min] Water connection Min water pressure [bar] Order number 1 Table/workbench fitting Vertically swivelling Brass Powder coated 16 1/2"-AG 2 306-248-JD 2 Cell assembly Vertically swivelling Brass Powder coated 16 1/2"-AG 2 306-249-JD Eye showers W 2 spray heads with tight-fitting dust caps and protective rubber cap W Simple operation by swivelling the shower arm W Dust caps open automatically when actuated and remain open. After use, they can simply be closed again by hand W Automatic flow regulator for a constant water jet W Reduced calcification thanks to easy-to-clean spray heads W With information signs for eye shower (1 x 3D sign, 1 x adhesive sign), board with instructions and maintenance table W In accordance with EN 15154-2 W DIN-DVGW certified Assembly Equipment Material Surface Volume of water supplied for eye wash shower [l/min] Water connection Min water pressure [bar] Order number 1 2 Table/workbench fitting Can be swivelled horizontally, mounted to the left of the basin Brass Powder coated 16 1/2"-IG 2 306-250-JD Table/workbench fitting Can be swivelled horizontally, mounted to the right of the basin Brass Powder coated 16 1/2"-IG 2 306-251-JD Eye showers W 2 spray heads with tight-fitting dust caps and protective rubber cap W Suitable for connection to a ring main W Simple operation by pressing the control panel W Dust caps open automatically when actuated and remain open. After use, they can simply be closed again by hand W Made of brass, stainless steel drip tray W Automatic flow regulator for a constant water jet W Reduced calcification thanks to easy-to-clean spray heads W With information signs for eye shower (1 x 3D sign, 1 x adhesive sign), board with instructions and maintenance table W In accordance with EN 15154-2 W DIN-DVGW certified Assembly Material Surface Volume of water supplied for eye wash shower [l/min] Water connection Min water pressure [bar] Order number 1 Wall-mounted Brass Powder coated 16 3/4"-IG 1.5 306-255-JD Wall-mounted Brass Powder coated 16 5/4"-IG 1.5 306-256-JD E x P E R T A D V I C E A N D O R D E R L I N E : 0 1 9 5 2 8 1 1 9 9 1 435

436

4 T n e M p i u Q e Y T e F A s k R o w 1 1 2 2 Eye showers W Shower heads with dust cap, for a uniform, gentle water jet W 2 shower heads, catch basin made of green plastic or stainless steel W Automatic flow regulator for a constant flow rate independent of water pressure W With upper and lower water connection for installation in circulation lines W Simple operation with large pressure plate, luminescent W In accordance with EN 15154-2 W DIN-DVGW certified Assembly Model Material Surface Volume of water supplied for eye wash shower [l/min] Water connection Min water pressure [bar] Order number 1 2 Floor mounting BR 305085 Stainless steel Powder coated 14 1 1/4"-IG 2.5 305-249-JD Floor mounting BR 305095 Stainless steel Polished 14 1 1/4"-IG 2.5 305-250-JD Eye showers W Housing, hinged protective cover and basin in impact resistant ABS plastic W 2 shower heads for a uniform, gentle water jet W With upper and lower water connection for installation in circulation lines W Simple operation by pulling down the hinged protective cover W Flow control valve for setting the desired jet height and flow rate W Basin dimensions W x D x H (mm): 355 x 305 x 245 W In accordance with EN 15154-2 W DIN-DVGW certified Assembly Model Material 1 Material 2 Surface Volume of water supplied for eye wash shower [l/min] Water connection Min water pressure [bar] Order number 1 2 Floor mounting BR 852085 ABS plastic Stainless steel Powder coated 14 1 1/4"-IG 2.5 305-254-JD Floor mounting BR 852095 ABS plastic Stainless steel Polished 14 1 1/4"-IG 2.5 305-255-JD All products for Eye showers can be found here: www.denios.co.uk/kat/12869 436 w w w . d e n i o s . c o . u k / s h o p

437

4 T n e M p i u Q e Y T e F A s k R o w 2 1 2 1 Body showers W Shower head for a uniform, gentle water jet W Automatic flow regulator for a constant flow rate independent of water pressure W Simple operation with pull rod W In accordance with EN 15154-1, -5 1 2 Assembly Model Material Surface Water connection Min water pressure [bar] Volume of water supplied for body shower [l/min]: 75 Without DVGW approval (German Technical and Scientific Association for Gas and Water) Order number Wall-mounted BR 082085 Stainless steel Powder coated 3/4"-IG 1.5 Wall-mounted BR 082095 Stainless steel Polished 3/4"-IG 1.5 250-079-JD 250-080-JD Body showers W Shower head for a uniform, gentle water jet W Automatic flow regulator for a constant flow rate independent of water pressure W Pull rod operation on wall flange, can be mounted either left or right of the door W In accordance with EN 15154-1, -5 1 2 Over-door mounting BR 084085 Stainless steel Powder coated 3/4"-IG 1.5 Assembly Model Material Surface Water connection Min water pressure [bar] Volume of water supplied for body shower [l/min]: 75 Without DVGW approval (German Technical and Scientific Association for Gas and Water) Order number Over-door mounting BR 084095 Stainless steel Polished 3/4"-IG 1.5 250-081-JD 250-082-JD Body showers W Shower head for a uniform, gentle water jet W Automatic flow regulator for a constant flow rate independent of water pressure W Simple operation with pull rod W In accordance with EN 15154-1, -5 1 2 1 2 Assembly Model Material Surface Water connection Min water pressure [bar] Volume of water supplied for body shower [l/min]: 75 Without DVGW approval (German Technical and Scientific Association for Gas and Water) Order number Ceiling-mounted BR 085085 Stainless steel Powder coated 3/4"-IG 1.5 Ceiling-mounted BR 085095 Stainless steel Polished 3/4"-IG 1.5 305-258-JD 305-260-JD E x P E R T A D V I C E A N D O R D E R L I N E : 0 1 9 5 2 8 1 1 9 9 1 437

438

Body showers with handheld eye shower W Shower head for a uniform, gentle water jet W Automatic flow regulator for a constant flow rate independent of water pressure W With upper and lower water connection for installation in circulation lines W Simple operation of the body shower with pull rod W Handheld eye shower with 2 shower heads and dust caps W Easy operation of the hand-held eye shower thanks to locking release handle W Stainless steel-sheathed hose W In accordance with EN 15154-1, -2, -5 4 T n e M p i u Q e Y T e F A s k R o w Assembly Model Material 1 Material 2 Surface Volume of water supplied for eye wash shower [l/min] Water connection Min water pressure [bar] Volume of water supplied for body shower [l/min]: 75 Without DVGW approval (German Technical and Scientific Association for Gas and Water) Order number Wall-mounted BR 864085 Stainless steel Plastic Powder coated 14 3/4"-IG 1.5 305-302-JD Wall-mounted BR 864095 Stainless steel Plastic Polished 14 3/4"-IG 1.5 Over-door mounting BR 874085 Stainless steel Plastic Powder coated 14 3/4"-IG 1.5 Over-door mounting BR 874095 Stainless steel Plastic Polished 14 3/4"-IG 1.5 305-304-JD 305-310-JD 305-312-JD All products for Body showers and combi showers can be found here: www.denios.co.uk/kat/12870 438 w w w . d e n i o s . c o . u k / s h o p

439

Body showers with eye shower W Shower head for a uniform, gentle water jet W Automatic flow regulator for a constant flow rate independent of water pressure W With upper and lower water connection for installation in circulation lines W Simple operation of the body shower with pull rod W Eye shower with 2 shower heads and dust caps W Simple operation of the eye shower with large pressure plate, luminescent W In accordance with EN 15154-1, -2, -5 4 T n e M p i u Q e Y T e F A s k R o w Assembly Model Features Material 1 Material 2 Surface Volume of water supplied for eye wash shower [l/min] Water connection Min water pressure [bar] Volume of water supplied for body shower [l/min]: 75 Without DVGW approval (German Technical and Scientific Association for Gas and Water) Order number Wall-mounted BR 861085 Without spill tray Stainless steel Plastic Powder coated 14 3/4"-IG 1.5 305-270-JD Wall-mounted BR 861095 Without spill tray Stainless steel Plastic Polished 14 3/4"-IG 1.5 Wall-mounted BR 867085 With spill tray Stainless steel Plastic Powder coated 14 3/4"-IG 1.5 Wall-mounted BR 867095 With spill tray Stainless steel Plastic Polished 14 3/4"-IG 1.5 305-272-JD 305-274-JD 305-276-JD Body showers with eye shower W Shower head for a uniform, gentle water jet W Automatic flow regulator for a constant flow rate independent of water pressure W With upper and lower water connection for installation in circulation lines W Simple operation of the body shower with pull rod W Eye shower with housing, hinged protective cover, 2 shower heads and basin, in impact-resistant ABS plastic W Easy operation of the eye shower by pulling down the hinged protective cover W In accordance with EN 15154-1, -2, -5 1 2 Assembly Model Features Material Surface Volume of water supplied for eye wash shower [l/min] Water connection Min water pressure [bar] Volume of water supplied for body shower [l/min]: 75 Without DVGW approval (German Technical and Scientific Association for Gas and Water) Order number Wall-mounted BR 868085 With spill tray and cover Stainless steel Powder coated 14 3/4"-IG 1.5 305-286-JD 2 1 Wall-mounted BR 868095 With spill tray and cover Stainless steel Polished 14 3/4"-IG 1.5 305-288-JD E x P E R T A D V I C E A N D O R D E R L I N E : 0 1 9 5 2 8 1 1 9 9 1 439

440

Body showers with handheld eye shower W Shower head for a uniform, gentle water jet W Automatic flow regulator for a constant flow rate independent of water pressure W With upper and lower water connection for installation in circulation lines W Simple operation of the body shower with pull rod W Handheld eye shower optionally with 1 or 2 shower heads and dust protection caps W Easy operation of the handheld eye shower thanks to locking release handle W Stainless steel-sheathed hose W In accordance with EN 15154-1, -2, -5 4 T n e M p i u Q e Y T e F A s k R o w Floor mounting BR 833085 1 Stainless steel Plastic Powder coated Assembly Model Number of shower heads Material 1 Material 2 Surface Volume of water supplied for eye wash shower [l/ min] Water connection Min water pressure [bar] Volume of water supplied for body shower [l/min]: 75 Without DVGW approval (German Technical and Scientific Association for Gas and Water) Order number 305-290-JD 7 1 1/4"-IG 1.5 Floor mounting BR 833095 1 Stainless steel Plastic Polished 7 1 1/4"-IG 1.5 Floor mounting BR 834085 2 Stainless steel Plastic Powder coated 14 1 1/4"-IG 1.5 Floor mounting BR 834095 2 Stainless steel Plastic Polished 14 1 1/4"-IG 1.5 305-292-JD 305-294-JD 305-296-JD o R d e R A T T h e s A M e T i M e Emergency showers - test unit W Emergency showers - test unit for testing operation of emergency showers W Mobile collection container in plastic with 4 castors, 30 litre volume W Two handles moulded into the container W One drain screw for emptying, e.g. over a floor drain W Plastic funnel, Ø 440 mm, height 160 mm Order no. 259-442-JD W Spill pallet and overall height 2100 mm W Aluminium pipe, Ø 47 mm, push fit, not extendable W Comes apart into 3 pieces for space-saving storage W Total weight 7 kg 440 w w w . d e n i o s . c o . u k / s h o p

441

Body showers with eye shower W Shower head for a uniform, gentle water jet W Automatic flow regulator for a constant flow rate independent of water pressure W With upper and lower water connection for installation in circulation lines W Simple operation of the body shower with pull rod W Eye shower with 2 shower heads and dust caps W Simple operation of the eye shower with large pressure plate, luminescent W In accordance with EN 15154-1, -2, -5 4 T n e M p i u Q e Y T e F A s k R o w Floor mounting BR 832085 Without spill tray Stainless steel Plastic Powder coated Assembly Model Features Material 1 Material 2 Surface Volume of water supplied for eye wash shower [l/ min] Water connection Min water pressure [bar] Volume of water supplied for body shower [l/min]: 75 Without DVGW approval (German Technical and Scientific Association for Gas and Water) Order number 1 1/4"-IG 1.5 250-083-JD 14 Floor mounting BR 832095 Without spill tray Stainless steel Plastic Polished 14 1 1/4"-IG 1.5 Floor mounting BR 837085 With spill tray Stainless steel Plastic Powder coated 14 1 1/4"-IG 1.5 Floor mounting BR 837095 With spill tray Stainless steel Plastic Polished 14 1 1/4"-IG 1.5 250-084-JD 250-085-JD 250-086-JD Body showers with eye shower W Shower head for a uniform, gentle water jet W Automatic flow regulator for a constant flow rate independent of water pressure W With upper and lower water connection for installation in circulation lines W Simple operation of the body shower with pull rod W Eye shower with housing, hinged protective cover, 2 shower heads and basin, in impact-resistant ABS plastic W Easy operation of the eye shower by pulling down the hinged protective cover W In accordance with EN 15154-1, -2, -5 Floor mounting BR 838085 With spill tray and cover Stainless steel Powder coated Assembly Model Features Material Surface Volume of water supplied for eye wash shower [l/min] Water connection Min water pressure [bar] Volume of water supplied for body shower [l/min]: 75 Without DVGW approval (German Technical and Scientific Association for Gas and Water) Order number 1 1/4"-IG 1.5 305-282-JD 14 Floor mounting BR 838095 With spill tray and cover Stainless steel Polished 14 1 1/4"-IG 1.5 305-284-JD E x P E R T A D V I C E A N D O R D E R L I N E : 0 1 9 5 2 8 1 1 9 9 1 441

442

2 1 Body showers W Shower head for even, gentle water distribution W Simple operation by pulling down the pull rod W Reduced calcification thanks to easy-to-clean shower head W With pull-bar instruction sign for body shower, board with instructions and maintenance table W In accordance with EN 15154-1, -5 W DIN-DVGW certified 4 T n e M p i u Q e Y T e F A s k R o w Assembly Equipment Material Surface Volume of water supplied for body shower [l/min] Water connection Min water pressure [bar] Order number Wall-mounted - flush fitting Wall-mounted – Brass Powder coated 60 3/4"-IG 1 306-262-JD – Brass Powder coated 60 3/4"-AG 1 306-260-JD 2 1 2 Wall-mounted Suitable for connection to a ring main Brass Powder coated Wall-mounted Suitable for connection to a ring main Brass Powder coated 60 3/4"-IG 1 306-263-JD 60 5/4"-IG 1 306-264-JD Cell assembly – Brass Powder coated 60 1/2"-AG 1 306-261-JD Body showers W Shower head for even, gentle water distribution W Simple operation by pulling down the pull rod W Pull rod operation on wall flange, can be mounted either left or right of the door W Reduced calcification thanks to easy-to-clean shower head W With pull-bar instruction sign for body shower, board with instructions and maintenance table 1 W In accordance with EN 15154-1, -5 W DIN-DVGW certified Assembly Equipment Material Surface Volume of water supplied for body shower [l/min] Water connection Min water pressure [bar] Order number 2 Over-door mounting – Brass Powder coated 60 3/4"-IG 1 306-265-JD 1 Over-door mounting The long shower arm allows installation above a glazed panel above the door (skylight) Brass Powder coated 60 3/4"-IG 1 306-266-JD 442 w w w . d e n i o s . c o . u k / s h o p

443

4 T n e M p i u Q e Y T e F A s k R o w Body showers with eye shower W Body shower with shower head for even, gentle water distribution W Suitable for connection to a ring main W Simple operation of the emergency body shower by pulling down the pull rod, of the eye shower by pressing the control panel W Dust caps open automatically when the eye shower is actuated and remain open. After use, they can simply be closed again by hand W Eye shower with basin, 2 spray heads, tight-fitting dust caps and protective rubber cap W Made of brass, stainless steel drip tray W Eye shower with automatic flow regulator for a constant water jet W Reduced calcification thanks to easy cleaning of shower head and spray heads W With pull-bar instruction sign for body and eye shower, board with instructions and maintenance table W In accordance with EN 15154-1, -2, -5 W DIN-DVGW certified Assembly Features Material Surface Volume of water supplied for eye wash shower [l/min] Volume of water supplied for body shower [l/min] Water connection Min water pressure [bar] Order number Wall-mounted With spill tray Brass Powder coated Wall-mounted With spill tray Brass Powder coated 16 60 3/4"-IG 1.5 306-267-JD 16 60 5/4"-IG 1.5 306-268-JD Body shower with handheld eye shower W Body shower with shower head for even, gentle water distribution W Lightweight hand-eye shower with 2 spray heads, angled at 45°, dust caps and protective rubber cap W Simple operation of the emergency body shower by pulling down the pull rod, of the hand-eye shower by pressing the locking operating button W Dust caps open automatically when the hand-eye shower is operated and remain open. After use, they can simply be closed again by hand W Brass body shower W Handheld eye shower with fibreglass-reinforced plastic handle, stain- less steel sheathed hose and automatic flow regulator W Reduced calcification thanks to easy cleaning of shower head and spray heads W With pull-bar instruction sign for body and eye shower, board with instructions and maintenance table W In accordance with EN 15154-1, -2, -5 W DIN-DVGW certified Assembly Material 1 Material 2 Surface Volume of water supplied for eye wash shower [l/min] Volume of water supplied for body shower [l/min] Water connection Min water pressure [bar] Order number Floor mounting Brass Plastic Powder coated 14 60 3/4"-IG 1.5 306-270-JD E x P E R T A D V I C E A N D O R D E R L I N E : 0 1 9 5 2 8 1 1 9 9 1 443

444

4 T n e M p i u Q e Y T e F A s k R o w FROST-PROOF Frost-proof body showers with eye shower W Free-standing, heated, insulated body shower with eye shower for outdoor use W Galvanised steel pipe, insulated in addition W White plastic casing with white/green safety stripes W Volume of water supplied for body shower > 80 l/min at 2 bar pressure, water connection 1 1/4'' W Volume of water supplied for eye shower > 12 l/min at 2 bar water pressure W Eye shower with 2 spray nozzles, self-regulating flow control and dust covers W Simple operation of the body shower with pull rod W Hinged protective cover triggers the eye shower W Heating operates with a self-regulating heat tracing wire, electrical connection 230 V, 50 Hz W In accordance with EN 15154-1, -2, -5 Assembly Model Version DVGW certification Order number Floor mounting MD 250/50 Frost-proof down to -15°C yes 266-124-JD Floor mounting MD 250/50 Frost-proof down to -15°C No 266-123-JD Floor mounting MB 250/50 Frost-proof down to -30°C yes 266-126-JD Floor mounting MB 250/50 Frost-proof down to -30°C No 266-125-JD Heated underfloor extension pipe for frost-free water supply for eye and body showers MD/MB 250/50, Ex-proof Order no. 266-129-JD Ex-proof, with DVGW certificate Order no. 266-130-JD Foot pedal for opening and activating the eye shower Order no. 266-128-JD 595 mm Shower Head 60 Degrees Angle Lever Eye shower with folding lid Abﬂuss m m 0 5 1 1 Chain made of stainless steel Cone tap Ø 100 mm m m 0 3 2 2 Electric connection Accompanying heating cable m m 5 3 1 Footpedal (optional) 1¼“ Water connection Stainless steel frost-proof emergency body shower For floor mounting in frost-prone areas W Activation takes place by operating the stainless steel pull rod W Frost resistance is ensured by a self-regulating belt trace heating system W Suitable for use in potentially explosive areas W Further safety equipment available (e.g. hand shower, standing platform, alarm, position light, etc.) W Other volume flow controllers (e.g. 35 / 75 / 90 l/min) available if required. Water flow for body shower [l/min] Water flow for eye shower (>) [l/min] Standard(s) External dimensions W x D x H [mm] Order number 50 12 EN 15154-1, EN 15154-2, EN 15154-5 250 x 777 x 2571 275-110-JD 444 w w w . d e n i o s . c o . u k / e n G i n e e R i n G

445

4 T n e M p i u Q e Y T e F A s k R o w Emergency tank shower The special design of the emergency tank shower means a permanently installed water supply is no longer needed. Installation options are therefore almost unlimited. W Emergency tank shower in stainless steel combines body and eye showers W Can be operated with or without an on-site water supply W For installation near hazardous work areas indoors and outdoors and in Ex zones 1 and 2 W Triggering of the body shower by push rod or optionally by activating the standing platform W Shower head for a water flow rate of 40 or 76 l/min – depending on requirements W Ready for connection to customer’s power supply W The water in the tank is preserved for up to six month by adding a water preservative W Optional accessories available, such as level indicator, side and rear panels, water temperature indicator, position light Tank volume [l] Minimum rinse duration [min] Standard(s) External dimensions W x D x H [mm] Order number 350 9 EN 15154-2, EN 15154-5 1140 x 940 x 3215 275-105-JD 800 20 EN 15154-2, EN 15154-5 1430 x 1310 x 3215 275-106-JD 1200 30 EN 15154-2, EN 15154-5 1430 x 1310 x 3480 275-107-JD 1350 30 EN 15154-2, EN 15154-5 1430 x 1310 x 3575 275-108-JD Heated emergency shower For installation in unheated production halls, open-air areas in tank stores or in industry as well as in explosion-protected areas W Heated emergency shower with a high-quality stainless steel casing to protect against damage W Water tank with different volumes W The emergency shower can be activated via a pull rod or, optionally, via a step platform W Using a thermostatically controlled mixing valve, the heated emergency shower is supplied with heated water (20°C) W Optional accessories such as eye/face shower with basin and cover, standing platform release, position light etc. are available Tank volume [l] Water flow for body shower [l/min] Water flow for eye shower (>) [l/min] Standard(s) External dimensions W x D x H [mm] Order number 500 50 12 EN 15154-1, EN 15154-2, EN 15154-5 993 x 1770 x 2450 274-955-JD 300 50 12 EN 15154-1, EN 15154-2, EN 15154-5 993 x 1770 x 2450 274-956-JD Mobile emergency tank shower For temporary situations such as occasional activities with hazardous substances W To protect employees in case of injuries, burns, contamination, etc. W The tank with rubber bladder is made of steel W Including hand-eye shower and trolley for in-house use W Operating temperature range: 0°C to +35°C W Mobile tank emergency shower for temporary situations such as occasional activities with hazardous materials W Fitted with a standard shower head W Not suitable for use in Ex zone 1 and 2 Tank volume [l] Water flow for body shower [l/min] Water flow for eye shower (>) [l/min] Standard(s) External dimensions W x D x H [mm] Order number 230 50 6 EN 15154-5 760 x 1058 x 2219 274-957-JD P E R S O N A L A D V I C E : 0 1 9 5 2 8 1 1 9 9 1 445

446

4 T n e M p i u Q e Y T e F A s k R o w Fire protection signs In our range you will find an extensive selection of fire protection signs according to ISO 7010 / ISO 3864 and others. W Fire protection signs indicate facilities or equipment that are important for fire protection W Lightfast and long lasting W All luminescent signs have a luminosity higher than DIN 67510 requires Model Material W x H [mm] Luminescent Packaging unit (piece/pack) Order number Foil 150 x 150 FIRE EXTINGUISHER Aluminium 150 x 150 Foil 200 x 200 Aluminium 200 x 200 Fire extinguishers Plastic 150 x 150 200 x 200 Yes 10 Item(s) 219-108-JD 219-115-JD 219-142-JD 219-143-JD 285-047-JD 285-048-JD 3D fire protection signs In our range you will find an extensive selection of fire protection signs as 3D signs, these protrude into the room and are therefore more visible. W Lightfast and long lasting W All luminescent signs have a luminosity higher than DIN 67510 requires Model Material W x H [mm] Luminescent Packaging unit (piece/pack) Order number Angled sign Aluminium Fire alarm Plastic 150 x 150 200 x 200 150 x 150 200 x 200 Yes 5 Item(s) 219-130-JD 219-131-JD 285-066-JD 285-067-JD Fire protection signs as projecting signs In our range you will find an extensive selection of fire protection signs as projecting signs, these protrude into the room and are therefore more visible. W Lightfast and long lasting W All luminescent signs have a luminosity higher than DIN 67510 requires Model Material W x H [mm] Luminescent Packaging unit (piece/pack) Order number Aluminium 150 x 150 Ladder 200 x 200 Yes 5 Item(s) Plastic 150 x 150 200 x 200 290-237-JD 290-238-JD 290-239-JD 290-240-JD All products for Fire protection signs can be found here: www.denios.co.uk/kat/12910 446 w w w . d e n i o s . c o . u k / s h o p

447

4 T n e M p i u Q e Y T e F A s k R o w Fire extinguisher cabinets W Ideal protection for 6 to 12 kg fire extinguishers W Manufactured from steel sheet W Wall-mounted W With sticker "fire extinguisher" W Can be used indoors or outdoors Model Features External dimensions W x D x H [mm] For fire extinguisher equipment Order number FS G With handle recess 300 x 220 x 710 6 - 12 kg 123-592-JD FS Z With cylinder lock 300 x 220 x 710 6 - 12 kg 123-595-JD Fire extinguisher cabinets W Ideal protection for 6 to 12 kg fire extinguishers W For wall mounting or fitting to a lorry W Lightweight, sturdy, impact resistant W Housing, hinges and fasteners in plastic (PP) W Rubber seal ensures protection from spray W 2 closures at the side prevent the box being unintentionally opened W Incl. tension lock for secure mounting of the fire extinguisher Model External dimensions W x D x H [mm] For fire extinguishers Order number BB-L 279 x 227 x 643 6 kg 257-074-JD BB-XL 310 x 260 x 770 9 - 12 kg 257-075-JD Fire extinguisher protection hood W For wall mounting W For installing fire extinguishers W Can be used indoors or outdoors W Top part of cover is clear, impact, weather and temperature resistant (-20° to +60°) W In polyethylene (PE) Model External dimensions W x D x H [mm] For fire extinguisher equipment Order number FS-6/EK 320 x 210 x 620 6 kg 116-166-JD KWH-12 360 x 220 x 800 12 kg 116-167-JD All products for Fire extinguishers and extinguishing granules can be found here: www.denios.co.uk/kat/12782 E x P E R T A D V I C E A N D O R D E R L I N E : 0 1 9 5 2 8 1 1 9 9 1 447

448

4 T n e M p i u Q e Y T e F A s k R o w Explanation of pictograms ESD Resistant to oil Drainage Anti-fatigue Anti-slip Fire protection Welding workstations Wheelchair friendly Light duty Medium duty Heavy duty Outdoor Indoor Safety and comfort in dry work areas W Prevent early signs of fatigue W With non-slip structured surface W Insulation against cold floor, vibration and noise W For light duty W Vinyl foam construction with closed pores at the surface to increase comfort when walking and standing W For dry work areas W Non-slip surface as per DIN 51130 W 4 bevelled edges to prevent tripping W Environmentally produced - free from DOP, DMF and ozone-damaging substances W Silicon free We have three anti-fatigue matting solutions Vinyl foam with groove profile Vinyl foam with structured surface, grey Vinyl foam with structured surface, black with yellow safety edges Ready-made anti-fatigue mats Made to measure anti-fatigue mats Model Mat type External dimensions W x D [mm] Material thickness [mm] Material Grey Order number Groove profile Order number Structured surface Yellow / black Order number Structured surface S 9.15 Mat 910 x 1500 10 PVC 123-393-JD 123-404-JD S 9.R Roll 910 x 18300 10 PVC 137-049-JD 137-052-JD 123-408-JD 137-056-JD S 6.K 600 Yes 10 PVC Model* Width, external [mm] Length optional** Material thickness [mm] Material Grey Order number Groove profile Order number Structured surface Yellow / black Order number Structured surface *Supplied to your required length in 5 cm steps, price per meter **If required, available up to 18.3 m long, tailor made 195-125-JD 195-128-JD 195-130-JD 137-053-JD S 9.K 910 Yes 10 PVC 137-054-JD 137-055-JD S 12.K 1220 Yes 10 PVC 195-127-JD 195-129-JD 195-131-JD 448 w w w . d e n i o s . c o . u k / s h o p

449

The comfort favourite, with stud plate design W Improved comfort when standing thanks to micro cellular vinyl construction which creates millions of enclosed air bubbles W Protects the feet, joints and spine, improves blood circulation W For medium duty use W Durable surface increases life by 50% compared to normal micro cellular vinyl floor matting W For dry work areas W 4 sloping edges to prevent tripping W Anti-slip surface with stud plate structure for comfortable standing and safety when walking W Non-slip surface R10 as per DIN 51130 and BGR 181 W Combustion class 2 as per NFPA safety code 101 BESTSELLER 4 T n e M p i u Q e Y T e F A s k R o w Industrial stud plate design allows free movement Ready-made anti-fatigue mats Made to measure anti-fatigue mats Model* Width, external [mm] Length optional** Material thickness [mm] Material Weight [kg/m] Order number *Supplied to your required length in 5 cm steps, price per meter **If required, available up to 18.3 m long, tailor made DS 6.K 600 Yes 13 PVC 2.3 179-375-JD DS 9.K 910 Yes 13 PVC 3.5 137-058-JD DS 12.K 1220 Yes 13 PVC 4.7 179-376-JD Model Mat type External dimensions W x D [mm] Material thickness [mm] Material Weight [kg] Order number DS 9.15 Mat 910 x 1500 13 PVC 6 123-414-JD DS 9.R Roll 910 x 18300 13 PVC 64 137-057-JD The comfort choice with dimpled profile W Very high levels of standing comfort, protects joints with special microcellular vinyl construction W For dry work areas such as order picking W For medium duty use W Heavy duty surface increases life by 50% compared to normal micro cellular vinyl matting W Anti-slip surface with dimples reduces fatigue and ensures safety when walking W Anti-slip R10 in accordance with DIN 51130 and BGR 181 W Combustion class 2 as per NFPA safety code 101 W Sloping edges on all four sides to prevent tripping. Explanation of pictograms See page 448 Dimpled surface for high level of standing comfort Ready-made anti-fatigue mats Made to measure anti-fatigue mats Model Mat type External dimensions W x D [mm] Material thickness [mm] Material Weight [kg] Order number Grey Order number Yellow / black BS 6.9 Mat 600 x 910 13 PVC 2.1 247-760-JD 247-765-JD BS 9.15 Mat 910 x 1500 13 PVC 5.3 247-761-JD 247-766-JD Model* Width [mm] Length optional** Material thickness [mm] Material Weight [kg/m] Order number Grey Order number Yellow / black *Supplied to your required length in 5 cm steps, price per meter **If required, available up to 18.3 m long, tailor made BS 6.K 600 Yes 13 PVC 2.3 247-762-JD 247-767-JD BS 9.K 910 Yes 13 PVC 3.5 247-763-JD 247-768-JD BS 12.K 1220 Yes 13 PVC 4.7 247-764-JD 247-769-JD E x P E R T A D V I C E A N D O R D E R L I N E : 0 1 9 5 2 8 1 1 9 9 1 449

450

4 T n e M p i u Q e Y T e F A s k R o w Anti-fatigue mats for dry or oily areas W In either natural rubber for general use or nitrile rubber for work areas involving contact with grease and oil W For medium duty use W High levels of standing comfort W Dimpled surface for safe standing and prevention of fatigue W The mat grips the floor and won’t slip. W Anti-slip R9 in accordance with DIN 51130 and BGR 181 W 4 sloping edges to prevent tripping Dimpled non-slip surface for comfortable walking and standing Explanation of pictograms See page 448 Model Material External dimensions W x D [mm] Material thickness [mm] Weight [kg] Order number SB 6.9 Natural rubber SB 9.12 Natural rubber SB 9.15 Natural rubber 600 x 900 13 6 247-747-JD 900 x 1200 13 12 247-748-JD 900 x 1500 13 16 247-749-JD Model Material External dimensions W x D [mm] Material thickness [mm] Weight [kg] Order number SB 6.9 Nitrile rubber 600 x 900 13 6 247-750-JD SB 9.12 Nitrile rubber 900 x 1200 13 11 247-751-JD SB 9.15 Nitrile rubber 900 x 1500 13 16 247-752-JD Universal non-slip runner W Reduces the risk of slipping, increases work safety W Suitable for a use in a range of different industries, where the risk of slipping needs to be minimised W Rolls with excellent rip and abrasion resistance W Also suitable for trucks or tool carts W Resistant to a number of acids and chemicals Universal non-slip runner as floor covering Universal non-slip runner on which to place tools Explanation of pictograms See page 448 Oil-resistant Oil-resistant Design External dimensions W x D [mm] Material thickness [mm] Material Weight [kg] Order number Black Fine grooves 1000 x 10000 3 Rubber 32 165-090-JD Wide grooves 1200 x 10000 6 Rubber 86 165-096-JD Hammer blow look 1400 x 10000 3 Nitrile rubber 52 165-098-JD Stud plate look 910 x 22800 4 PVC 91 179-377-JD 450 w w w . d e n i o s . c o . u k / s h o p

451

Industry best seller W For dry industrial work areas W Anti-slip surface reduces early fatigue W For intensive use, e.g. multi-shift operations W Anti-slip coating with stud plate structure W Optimum slip prevention, tested to DIN 51130, R10 W Flame-retardant, fire protection class bfl-s1 W Resistant to numerous chemicals W Long life laminated PVC surface with a cushioning layer of vinyl foam W Reduces vibration W RedStop™ non-slip backing prevents the mat moving W Bevelled edges on all sides Explanation of pictograms See page 448 4 T n e M p i u Q e Y T e F A s k R o w BESTSELLER Chamfered on all sides, yellow safety border and RedStop™ non-slip coating on the underside Ready-made anti-fatigue mats Made to measure anti-fatigue mats Model Mat type External dimensions W x D [mm] Material thickness [mm] Material Weight [kg] Order number CT 6.9 Mat 600 x 910 14 PVC 4 123-372-JD CT 9.15 Mat 910 x 1520 14 PVC 5 123-373-JD Model* Width [mm] Length optional** Material thickness [mm] Material Weight [kg/m] Order number *Supplied to your required length in 5 cm steps, price per meter **If required, available up to 22.8 M long, tailor made CT 6.K 600 Yes 14 PVC 4 162-210-JD CT 9.K 910 Yes 14 PVC 5 162-211-JD CT 12.K 1220 Yes 14 PVC 7 162-212-JD CT 15.K 1520 Yes 14 PVC 9 247-759-JD The industrial mat for extra comfort when standing W Especially heavy duty, long lasting and easy to use W For dry industrial work areas W For intensive use, e.g. multi-shift operations W Combination of an extra heavy duty PVC surface and a resistant microcellular vinyl; strong material strength for high levels of comfort when standing W Dimpled anti-slip surface W Anti-slip R9 in accordance with DIN 51130 and BGR 181 W Flame-retardant: fire protection class Cfl-S2 tested per DIN EN 13501 W Resistant to many chemicals W RedStop™ non-slip backing prevents the mat moving W 4 sloping edges to prevent tripping Explanation of pictograms See page 448 Yellow safety border, chamfered on all sides and RedStop™ non-slip coating on the underside Ready-made anti-fatigue mats Made to measure anti-fatigue mats Model Mat type External dimensions W x D [mm] Material thickness [mm] Material Weight [kg] Order number ST 6.9 Mat 600 x 910 19 PVC 4 247-753-JD ST 9.15 Mat 910 x 1500 19 PVC 10 247-754-JD Model* Width [mm] Length optional** Material thickness [mm] Material Weight [kg/m] Order number *Supplied to your required length in 5 cm steps, price per meter **If required, available up to 21.9 m long, tailor made ST 6.K 600 Yes 19 PVC 5 247-755-JD ST 9.K 910 Yes 19 PVC 6 247-756-JD ST 12.K 1220 Yes 19 PVC 8 247-757-JD E x P E R T A D V I C E A N D O R D E R L I N E : 0 1 9 5 2 8 1 1 9 9 1 451

452

4 T n e M p i u Q e Y T e F A s k R o w Connecting system for dry or oily areas W In either natural rubber for general applications or oil resistant, flame retardant nitrile rubber, suitable for welding work- stations for example W For intensive use W Flexible connection system for large surface areas or individual adjustment to the customer's available space W High degree of standing comfort and long life W Closed non-slip surface for safe standing and relief of fatigue W Resistant to numerous chemicals (at temperatures up to 60° C) W Silicone-free, therefore also suitable for use in paintshops W Double sided with pre-assembled connecting edges, can be expanded with additional mats or edge strips when laying large areas W Tested for slip resistance R 9 in accordance with DIN 51130 and BGR 181 Explanation of pictograms See page 448 Model Material Field of use External dimensions W x D [mm] Material thickness [mm] Weight [kg] Order number Model Material Field of use External dimensions W x D [mm] Material thickness [mm] Weight [kg] Order number CS 9.9 Natural rubber For general use 910 x 910 19 13 123-376-JD Interlocking floor tiles with closed surface, edge strips available as an option Edge strips with connection dimples CS 9.9 Nitrile rubber Oil resistant, flame retardant, suitable for welding workplaces 910 x 910 19 13 162-184-JD Accessories Colour Order number Smooth Order number With connection dimples Edge strip Yellow 162-186-JD 162-185-JD Black 162-189-JD 162-187-JD Edge strip smooth Variable interlocking system for large or individual surfaces: The tiles can be easily joined together, edge strips available as an option. 452 w w w . d e n i o s . c o . u k / s h o p

453

Mats for dry or oily areas W Resistant to many industrial oils W The abrasion resistant surface ensures safety, while oil can flow away in the drain channels W Ideal for multi-shift working W For intensive use W For dry or oily industrial work areas W Made from 100% nitrile rubber W Excellent protection against signs of fatigue from standing all day W Anti-slip R10 in accordance with DIN 51130 and BGR 181 W Orange safety sloping edges on 3 sides, more available as an option Explanation of pictograms See page 448 4 T n e M p i u Q e Y T e F A s k R o w Model Design External dimensions W x D [mm] Material thickness [mm] Material Colour Weight [kg] Order number So 9.15 Not chamfered 900 x 1500 20 Nitrile rubber Black 20.3 247-736-JD SR 6.10 Chamfered on 3 sides 660 x 1020 20 Nitrile rubber Black 10.4 247-734-JD SR 9.16 Chamfered on 3 sides 970 x 1630 20 Nitrile rubber Black 24.7 247-735-JD o R d e R A T T h e s A M e T i M e Safety edge strips, 90 cm long Order no. 162-179-JD Joining element Safety edge strips, 152 cm long Order no. 162-178-JD Order no. 162-180-JD Skywalker anti-fatigue mat W Ergonomic walking and standing W For dry work areas, for example finishing and dispatch W For medium duty use W SOFT polyurethane mats with even cellular structure W Temperature resistance: -40° C to +80° c W Anti-slip R10 in accordance with DIN 51130 and BGR 181 W 4 sloping edges to prevent tripping BESTSELLER Skywalker 1, thickness 14 mm. The dimpled design stimulates the muscles ensuring blood circulation Skywalker 2, thickness 13 mm. The flat dimpled design combines freedom of movement and a non-slip surface For workstations where the user frequently twists and turns on the spot Model External dimensions W x D [mm] Material thickness [mm] Material Weight [kg] Order number Skywalker 1, small Skywalker 1, medium 950 x 1250 14 PU foam 6 165-081-JD 650 x 950 14 PU foam 3 165-078-JD Skywalker 1, large 950 x 1850 14 PU foam 9 165-084-JD Skywalker 2, small Skywalker 2, medium 900 x 1250 13 PU foam 6 165-086-JD 650 x 900 13 PU foam 3 165-085-JD Skywalker 2, large 900 x 1850 13 PU foam 8 165-087-JD E x P E R T A D V I C E A N D O R D E R L I N E : 0 1 9 5 2 8 1 1 9 9 1 453

454

Ergonomic safety matting for wet areas For general applications the black mats made from natural rubber mixture are more suitable. For handling oil and greases the red mats made from nitrile rubber mixture are more suitable W For medium duty use W Springy rubber for greater comfort when standing and fewer signs of fatigue W The surface remains dry, clean and non-slip as fluid can drain off through large drain holes and raised ribs on the underside W 4 sloping edges for safety and easy vehicle access W Non-slip surface as per DIN 51130 W Cleaning with soap and water is recommended for increased life 4 T n e M p i u Q e Y T e F A s k R o w Explanation of pictograms Model Material External dimensions W x D [mm] Material thickness [mm] Colour Weight [kg] Order number ST 9.15 Natural rubber mix 900 x 1520 13 Black 11 123-362-JD ST 9.30 Natural rubber mix 900 x 2970 13 Black 22 162-166-JD See page 448 ST 9.60 Natural rubber mix 900 x 5940 13 Black 44 162-170-JD Model Material External dimensions W x D [mm] Material thickness [mm] Colour Weight [kg] Order number ST 9.15 Nitrile rubber mix 900 x 1520 13 Red 11 123-363-JD ST 9.30 Nitrile rubber mix 900 x 2970 13 Red 22 162-168-JD ST 9.60 Nitrile rubber mix 900 x 5940 13 Red 44 162-171-JD 454 w w w . d e n i o s . c o . u k / s h o p

455

Flooring solutions for wet, dry or oily areas W Flexible connection system makes it easy to lay a large area of workshop matting W For intensive use W Very good anti-fatigue characteristics thanks to extremely flexible design on the underside W For wet, dry or oily areas W The flexible connection system ensures a firm permanent join (no adhesive is required) W Dirt and liquids can flow away through the drainage system W Resistant to synthetic / hydraulic oils W Fire protection class cfl-s2 in accordance with EN ISO 13501 and class 1 W Anti-slip surface for high tread safety, non-slip stud-plate profile, R10 W Anti-slip R10 in accordance with DIN 51130 and BGR 181 W Yellow, sloping safety edges and corners Available with suitable edge strips to minimise the risk of falling and allow easy access 4 T n e M p i u Q e Y T e F A s k R o w Model Design Material External dimensions W x D [mm] Material thickness [mm] Colour Weight [kg] Order number Fleece flooring DF – PVC 305 x 305 25 Black 0.9 179-383-JD Safety edge DF Male connector PVC 152 x 305 25 Yellow 0.4 179-384-JD Safety edge DF Female connector PVC 152 x 305 25 Yellow 0.4 179-385-JD Safety CORNER DF – PVC 152 x 152 25 Yellow 0.2 179-386-JD Mats for wet, dry or oily areas W Resistant to oils and grease W High levels of comfort and flexibility W For intensive use W Robust 100% nitrile rubber mats, ideal for industrial use W Excellent protection against signs of fatigue from standing all day W For wet, dry or oily areas W Excellent drainage and ventilation ensure a dry, clean workplace W Additional safety edges can be added if required W Anti-slip surface R10 in accordance with DIN51130 and BGR181 Explanation of pictograms See page 448 Model Design Material External dimensions W x D [mm] Material thickness [mm] Colour Weight [kg] Order number So 9.15 SR 6.10 SR 9.16 SR 9.30 Not chamfered Chamfered on 3 sides Chamfered on 3 sides Chamfered on 3 sides Nitrile rubber Nitrile rubber 900 x 1520 970 x 3150 22 22 Black Black 16 38 162-176-JD 162-173-JD Nitrile rubber 970 x 1630 22 Black 21 162-175-JD Nitrile rubber 660 x 1020 22 Black 9 162-174-JD o R d e R A T T h e s A M e T i M e Joining element Safety edge strips, 90 cm long Order no. 162-179-JD Safety edge strips, 152 cm long Order no. 162-178-JD Order no. 162-180-JD E x P E R T A D V I C E A N D O R D E R L I N E : 0 1 9 5 2 8 1 1 9 9 1 455

456

ESD mats W In dissipative natural rubber W High levels of standing comfort W For medium duty use in standing work areas W Dimpled surface for safe standing and prevention of fatigue W The mat grips the floor and won’t slip. W For dry work areas W Meets IEC 61340-4-1 (category DIF), measured resistance Rg 10⁶ - 10⁹ Ohm, Rp 10⁶ - 10⁹ Ohm W Electrostatic load (walking test) meets ISO6356 and EN1815. W Anti-slip R9 in accordance with DIN 51130 and BGR 181 W Sloping edges on all four sides to prevent tripping Dissipative anti-fatigue matting for protection from static charge. The dimples and the high quality rubber material ensure a high degree of standing comfort. 4 T n e M p i u Q e Y T e F A s k R o w Explanation of pictograms Model External dimensions W x D [mm] Material thickness [mm] Material Weight [kg] Order number SE 6.9 600 x 900 13 Natural rubber 6 247-773-JD SE 9.12 900 x 1200 13 Natural rubber 12 247-774-JD All products for Workplace matting can be found here: See page 448 SE 9.15 900 x 1500 13 Natural rubber 16 247-775-JD www.denios.co.uk/kat/12784 456 w w w . d e n i o s . c o . u k / s h o p

457

ESD mats W Protects workers and sensitive equipment from self-generated static charge, anti-static mats prevent this W Increased comfort and safety W Mat with a hard laminated surface combined with an insulating foam vinyl layer W Stud plate surface to ensure good slip resistance and ease of turning on the mat W For medium duty use in dry work areas W Includes earthing cable, attaches to the mat with a simple press stud W Earthing cable with Ring eye connection or press stud W Fire protection class cfl-s1, tested to EN 13 13501-1 W Meets IEC 61340-4-1 (category DIF), measured resistance Rg 10⁶ - 10⁹ Ohm, Rp 10⁶ - 10⁹ Ohm W Electrostatic load (walking test) meets ISO 6356 and EN 1815 W 4 sloping edges to prevent tripping W With RedStop™ non-slip backing to prevent the mat slipping 4 T n e M p i u Q e Y T e F A s k R o w Explanation of pictograms See page 448 Model* Mat type Anti-static 1 Anti-static 2 Mat Mat Anti-static 3 Ready-made products 910 – Yes 14 PVC 910 3000 No 14 PVC 910 1500 No 14 PVC Width, external [mm] Overall length [mm] Length optional** Material thickness [mm] Material Order number Earthing cable Ring connection Order number Earthing cable press stud *Model ANTI-STATIC 3: supplied to your required length in 5 cm steps, price per metre **If required, available up to 22.8 M long, tailor made 165-543-JD 165-103-JD 165-104-JD 165-106-JD 165-545-JD 165-546-JD Stud plate surface to ensure good slip resistance and ease of turning on the mat Detailed illustration: earthing connection with press stud secured to the mat o R d e R A T T h e s A M e T i M e Earthing cable W Additional earthing cable for anti-static mats (one for each mat) W 4.5 M long cable with contact for earthing W Earthing cable with Ring connection for earthing W Easy to fit, simply fix the press stud to the mat and connect it to the earthing cable Heel strip W The band has conductive rubber band, which provides the necessary contact between the person and the mat W The dampness of the shoe is used to form a connection with the body Earthing cable with Ring connection for earthing Earthing cable with 10 mm press stud Earthing plug for earthing cable with 10 mm press stud Order no. 165-114-JD Order no. 165-115-JD Order no. 165-116-JD Order no. 165-109-JD E x P E R T A D V I C E A N D O R D E R L I N E : 0 1 9 5 2 8 1 1 9 9 1 457

458

C L E A N I N G A N D D I S P E N S I N G The correct cleaning and disposal of hazardous substance containers is crucial for the protection of the environment and health. Empty hazardous goods containers must be cleaned, emptied and disposed of in accordance with safety data sheets and regulations. 458 w w w . d e n i o s . c o . u k / s h o p

459

At DENIOS, you will find cleaning technology ranging from spraying and wetting devices to washing tables and immersion tanks. Our solvent- free, bio-based parts cleaners offer the best cleaning results without harmful solvents. Well thought-out waste separation and recycling management are just as important - our bins and collectors help you to minimise your ecological footprint. p A R T s c L e A n e R s A n d w A s h i n G T A B L e s R e c Y c L A B L e w A s T e c o L L e c T i o n Waste collectors and recyclable materials sorters Safety waste paper baskets Waste sacks Waste collectors and baskets for outdoor use s M o k i n G s h e L T e R s A n d c A B i n s Smokers shelters 504 513 514 516 519 bio.x solvent-free parts cleaning bio.x solvent-free parts cleaning bio.x solvent-free parts cleaning bio.x solvent-free parts cleaning bio.x solvent-free parts cleaning bio.x solvent-free parts cleaning bio.x solvent-free parts cleaning bio.x solvent-free parts cleaning bio.x solvent-free parts cleaning bio.x solvent-free parts cleaning Ultrasound cleaning Industrial parts cleaning with cold cleaner Dip tanks Immersion containers and dip tanks s u R F A c e c L e A n i n G Plunger cans and spray cans Cleaning wipes and cloths Magnetic collectors for metal scrap Liquid vacuum cleaners, oil tape skimmers and safety vacuum cleaners h A Z A R d o u s w A s T e c o n T A i n e R s Waste oil and hazardous materials collection 460 460 460 460 460 460 460 460 460 460 464 472 474 477 475 478 482 484 490 E x P E R T A D V I C E A N D O R D E R L I N E : 0 1 9 5 2 8 1 1 9 9 1 459

460

5 bio.x - biological, solvent-free parts cleaning Solvent-based cold cleaners are often used for cleaning workpieces, machine parts or small parts. However, these harbour considerable risks for humans and the environment. They are released into the environment by evaporation or splashing, and are absorbed through the skin or respiratory tract. In addition, there is a risk of fire and explosion. With the bio.x cleaning system developed by DENIOS, there is no need to use harmful solvents - while still guaranteeing the best clea- ning results. bio.x includes bio.x parts washers and bio.x cleaning agents for solvent-free parts cleaning. They have a gentle yet highly effective cleaning action. L A s o p s i d e T s A w d n A G n i n A e L c bio.x cleaners - the biological solvent-free cleaning agents Thanks to powerful surfactants and a high concentration of resistant natural microorganisms, the solvent-free bio.x cleaners demonstrate a high grease- dissolving ability, reliability and long service life when cleaning small parts. The gentle bio.x cleaners are environmentally friendly, biodegradable, dermatologically tested and very skin-friendly. Sustainable Safe Efficient Economical Oils and fats are biodegraded. bio.x is absolutely free of harmful solvents, EDTA and toxins. No risks to the health of the user. No explosion or fire hazard. Very good skin tolerance. bio.x is universally applicable with highly effective cleaning power thanks to proven, selected surfactants. Due to continuous self-cleaning, long service lives with consistently high effectiveness are possible. bio.x for user protection and a better solvent balance bio.x completely avoids the use of harmful solvents and thus helps you to protect the health of your employees and to improve your solvent balance. Furthermore, you fulfil the substitution requirement. "Employers must take care to avoid or at least minimise health, fire and explosion hazards when selecting the cleaning process, cleaning agents, cleaning fluids and cleaning equipment as part of the risk assess- ment. In particular, the substitution test in accordance with the German Hazardous Substances Regulation must be taken into account. The outcome of the substitution must be documented." Satisfaction guarantee - Buy without risk! If you are not satisfied with the bio.x parts washer, we will take it back and refund the purchase price. It's that simple*: - Contact our customer service and cancel the purchase within 30 days of receipt of the goods. - Return the goods within 14 days after receipt of the notice of cancellation. - Money back within 14 days. *according to §7 of our Terms and Conditions 460 w w w . d e n i o s . c o . u k / s h o p

461

5 L A s o p s i d e T s A w d n A G n i n A e L c Environmentally-friendly parts cleaning with bio.x The biological cleaners are suitable for all common metals (including aluminium and brass), plastic and painted and galvanised surfaces. They remove oils, light greases, cooling lubricants, corrosion protection products, dirt particles and many other types of contamination. The natural micro-organisms break down deposits of oils and greases and therefore extend the cleaning bath life. bio.x cleaners are not subject to the solvent regulations, are solvent free (VOC free), skin-friendly and environmentally-friendly. W Proven cleaners for all typical work processes in industry, workshop, maintenance and service environments W Long service life thanks to self-cleaning process W The remaining cleaner film provides temporary protection against rust bloom W Universal use, for everyday contamination VOC FREE bio.x cleaner W NSF registered according to NSF registration categories A7 and C1 W Universal use, for everyday contamination Set for initial filling, 5 x 20 litre canister Order no. 130-030-JD 200-litre drum 20 litre canister Order no. 161-524-JD Order no. 130-032-JD bio.x Power Up Increases the cleaning action of the bio.x cleaner. W Increases the cleaning action of the bio.x cleaner. W Can be added to the cleaning bath if necessary when especially heavily contaminated parts are to be cleaned. W Suitable for all bio.x cleaners. W The contents of the 5 litre canister are enough for one bath. W Mildly alkaline, VOC free Design Ready-to-use fluid for bio.x Ready-to-use fluid for bio.x Ready-to-use fluid for bio.x Parts cleaner fluid as concentrate Parts cleaner fluid as concentrate Bio cleaner ultra as a ready to use solution bio.x Protect bio.x Power Up 5 litre canister (concentrate) Order no. 267-681-JD Containers 20 litre canister Set for initial filling, 5 x 20 litre canister 200-litre drum 5 litre canister (concentrate) Set for initial filling (concentrate), 4 x 5 litre canister 20 litre canister 5 litre canister (concentrate) 5 litre canister (concentrate) Parts cleaner fluid for bio.x W Ideal for individual dosing (a mixing ratio of 1:4 is recommended) W Space-saving storage W Available in 5 litre canisters W Operating temperature: 41 °C Parts cleaner fluid for bio.x W Ready-to-use solution - even stronger and even faster, because the highly effective ultra formula removes even the strongest contaminants, anti-corrosion waxes and other adhesions from your workpieces in the shortest possible time. W Optimised degreasing, even for resinous grease W Strongest dirt-removing power W Available in 20 litre canisters bio.x Protect Mild alkali corrosion inhibitor. W Can be added to the cleaning bath as needed if a temporary increase in corrosion protection is required. W For corrosion-prone grey cast iron, iron and steel. W Highly concentrated: One litre of bio.x Protect is sufficient for 100 litres of bio.x cleaning agent. Order no. 183-543-JD Order no. 194-745-JD Order no. 267-678-JD Order number 130-032-JD 130-030-JD 161-524-JD 183-543-JD 187-606-JD 194-745-JD 267-678-JD 267-681-JD E x P E R T A D V I C E A N D O R D E R L I N E : 0 1 9 5 2 8 1 1 9 9 1 461

462

5 BIO.X MADE BY DENIOS L A s o p s i d e T s A w d n A G n i n A e L c Cleaning table bio.x B60 with roller set (optional accessory) Optional accessories: The castor set includes swivel castors and brakes and guarantees maximum mobility and easy manoeuvrability. Order no. 274-103-JD 6 4 1 7 2 5 3 1 3 4 2 5 7 8 The compact tabletop device is ideal for cleaning small parts such as oily gear parts and tools. bio.x B60 The bio.x B60 parts washstand from DENIOS is a compact unit with a new, attractive design for tight spaces and mobile use. The unit is simple to operate and meets the requirements for safe cleaning without solvents. With integrated castors (optional accessory), the manoeuvrable unit can be easily moved and used at different locations. Model Work surface height [mm] Width, useful area [mm] Useful area depth [mm] Overall load capacity [kg] Cleaner filling amount [l] External dimensions L x W x H [mm] Operating temperature [°C] Order number Base unit Order number Complete set (consisting of device, lid and initial filling of bio.x cleaner, equivalent to 60 l cleaning fluid) Accessories Lid Order number Set of castors Order number Perforated plate insert to protect the work surface Order number bio.x B60 870 790 520 200 60 620 x 890 x 880 41 274-096-JD 274-097-JD 274-098-JD 274-103-JD 274-099-JD bio.x A25 DENIOS has developed the smallest and most mobile cleaning device for biological and solvent-free parts cleaning as a table-top unit. Thanks to its compact dimensions and low weight, it can be used for a wide range of cleaning tasks in maintenance, production and workshops at various locations and is unusually economical. Model Work surface height [mm] Width, useful area [mm] Useful area depth [mm] Overall load capacity [kg] Cleaner filling amount [l] Operating temperature [°C] Order number Base unit Order number Complete set (incl. 5 litres of bio.x cleaner concentrate for initial filling) bio.x A25 300 370 410 50 25 41 282-183-JD 274-240-JD 1 Stubborn dirt can be removed using the robust flow-through brush. 2 3 4 All electronic components of the device are combined in a compact technical unit. Multi-stage filter system consisting of coarse strainer, fine strainer and magnet. The submersible pump is switched on and off using the user-friendly control system. 5 6 7 The powerful heating system heats the cleaning bath to a pleasant 41 °C and thus ensures optimal washing power of the aqueous cleaner. A washable filter bag (fineness: 100 µm) retains the finest contamination before it reaches the bath. The powerful heating heats the cleaning bath to 41 C and ensuring optimal washing power of the aqueous cleaner. 8 Recessed grips make it easier to lift and transport the device. 462 w w w . d e n i o s . c o . u k / s h o p

463

5 L A s o p s i d e T s A w d n A G n i n A e L c BIO.X MADE BY DENIOS bio.x C100 The sturdy bio.x C100 cleaning table from DENIOS combines modern design with maximum functionality and stable construction. The user-friendly device guarantees efficient cleaning by brushing, spraying or soaking in a spacious and barrier-free washbasin. Model Work surface height [mm] Width, useful area [mm] Useful area depth [mm] Overall load capacity [kg] Cleaner filling amount [l] External dimensions L x W x H [mm] Operating temperature [°C] Nominal voltage [V] Order number Base unit Order number Complete set (consisting of device, lid and initial filling of bio.x cleaner, equivalent to 100 l cleaning fluid) Lid Order number Perforated plate insert to protect the work surface Order number bio.x C100 960 970 600 250 100 770 x 1100 x 1010 41 230 274-084-JD 274-092-JD 274-093-JD 274-095-JD bio.x C100 XL The bio.x C100 XL cleaning table is unique in its size and stability. Especially large and bulky parts can be easily cleaned by one or two users at the same time. The barrier-free work surface guarantees maximum comfort and good accessibility from all sides. Model Work surface height [mm] Width, useful area [mm] Useful area depth [mm] Overall load capacity [kg] Cleaner filling amount [l] External dimensions L x W x H [mm] Operating temperature [°C] Nominal voltage [V] Order number Base unit Order number Complete set (consisting of device, lid and initial filling of bio.x cleaner, equivalent to 100 l cleaning fluid) bio.x C100 XL 990 1450 900 250 100 1050 x 1600 x 1060 41 230 274-177-JD 274-178-JD 1 With a flow-through brush on an extra long hose for convenient brushing of dirty parts. 2 Simple transport by pallet truck. 3 4 Functional controls with soft touch control panel guarantees energy savings of approx. 50 % when energy-saving mode is selected. High load capacity of washstand due to stable device design. Device is made of plastic and is therefore very firm and corrosion-proof. 6 4 5 3 1 2 Cleaning table bio.x C100 7 1 5 3 4 2 The bio.x C100 XL is the largest parts washer and ideal for cleaning bulky components. Multi-stage filter system consisting of coarse strainer, fine strainer and magnet. In addition, a washable filter bag (fineness: 100 µm) retains the finest contamination before it reaches the bath. The workpieces are rinsed by a nozzle. The nozzle can be fixed in the required position by the flexible hose. 5 6 7 The large work surface enables comfortable cleaning of wide and heavy parts. E x P E R T A D V I C E A N D O R D E R L I N E : 0 1 9 5 2 8 1 1 9 9 1 463

464

5 L A s o p s i d e T s A w d n A G n i n A e L c Clear, easy-to-read display showing all relevant cleaning parameters such as remaining cleaning time and target/actual temperature for precise setting Elmasonic Select ultrasonic cleaning equipment W The powerful and versatile Elmasonic Select ultrasonic cleaners operate at a frequency of 37 kHz and offer 5 ultrasonic modes. W Practical, configurable functions such as the limit temperature for temperature-sensitive processes and parts as well as the temperature- controlled start W Audible and visible feedback on operating status e.g. at the end of cleaning or overtemperature W Five ultrasonic cleaning modes for best cleaning results and easy sample preparation: Degas: fast degassing of freshly prepared cleaning solutions and of (HPLC) samples; Eco: for gentle cleaning with quiet operation: Sweep: even distribution of ultrasonic power for most cleaning tasks; Pulse: removes stubborn contamination with a pulsating sound field distribution; Dynamic: combines the pulse and sweep ultrasonic modes to increase the overall cleaning performance W Diverse areas of application: Industry: industrial components and parts such as filters, carburettors, circuit boards Laboratory: laboratory instruments, cylinders, pipettes, spatulas, sieves, etc. Cleaning of watches and jewellery Design Recommended work volume [l] External dimensions W x D x H [mm] Parts basket width, internal [mm] Depth, parts basket internal [mm] Parts basket height, internal [mm] Maximum loading [kg] Heating capacity [W] Order number Accessories Order number Stainless steel basket Select 30 Select 40 Select 60 Select 100 Select 120 Select 150 Select 180 Select 300 Select 500 Select 900 2 3 5 7 10 9 15 22 41 64 305 x 170 x 230 305 x 170 x 280 370 x 210 x 275 380 x 300 x 280 380 x 300 x 330 575 x 360 x 230 405 x 360 x 330 575 x 360 x 330 775 x 425 x 505 875 x 595 x 505 195 105 50 1 195 105 95 3 255 105 95 5 250 195 90 6 250 195 135 7 450 255 55 7 280 255 135 8 450 255 135 10 460 300 195 20 545 450 190 30 200 286-312-JD 200 286-313-JD 400 286-314-JD 400 286-316-JD 800 286-317-JD 800 286-318-JD 800 286-319-JD 1200 286-320-JD 1600 286-321-JD 2000 286-322-JD 306-409-JD 306-410-JD 306-411-JD 306-412-JD 306-413-JD 306-414-JD 306-415-JD 306-416-JD 287-263-JD 179-219-JD Ultrasound cleaners A4 W Alkaline, universally-applicable cleaning concentrate for laboratory and Ultrasound cleaners S1 W Liquid, weakly acidic cleaning concentrate for non-ferrous metals, workshop aluminium, brass, stainless steel, glass and plastics W Removes cooling lubricant emulsions, lapping and polishing agent residues, oils, greases, combustion residues, soot, dust and fingerprints W Demulsifying with most mineral oils and fats W Suitable for stainless steel, aluminium, light metals, brass, non-ferrous and precious metals, nickel, zinc, quartz, glass, ceramics, plastic and rubber W Dose: 2 – 5 % in water W Also suitable for passivation of stainless and chrome alloy steels. The passivation effect on chromium- containing steels is based on the dissolution of iron atoms from the surface, so that the relative chromium content increases. W Removes mineral greases and oils, oxide coatings (e.g. verdigris) as well as rust and limescale W For decalcifying and removing rust as well as for brightening and restoring non-ferrous metals Model Contents of one pack Order number 2.5 litre 179-235-JD A4 10 litres 179-236-JD 25 litres 318-392-JD 2.5 litre 179-229-JD S1 10 litres 179-230-JD 25 litres 318-394-JD 464 w w w . d e n i o s . c o . u k / s h o p

465

Elmasonic Easy ultrasonic cleaning units W The user-friendly and energy-efficient ultrasonic cleaning units of the Elmasonic Easy series are suitable for many applications in metalworking companies, laboratories, workshops, studios and in industrial component cleaning. They are also ideal for new users. W When used with the appropriate cleaning chemistry, oils and greases, resin, adhesive residues, grinding and polishing pastes, chips, fluxes and organic contaminants can be removed. W Two ultrasound modes: - Eco mode: quieter and gentle cleaning, prolongs the life of the bath. - Dynamic mode: optimised sound field distribution in the cleaning bath for the most stubborn dirt. W Clear and intuitive control panel: easy setting of cleaning time and temperature, switching the cleaning process on and off and changing the ultrasound modes. The unit gives visible and audible signals when the cleaning time and temperature are reached and if there is an error. The Elmasonic Easy series is a powerful all-rounder for beginners and is characterised by simple and intuitive operation. 5 L A s o p s i d e T s A w d n A G n i n A e L c Easy 10 H 1 Easy 20 H 2 Easy 30 H 2 Easy 40 H 3 Easy 60 H 5 Easy 100 H 7 Easy 120 H 10 Easy 180 H 15 Easy 300 H 22 235 x 135 x 200 215 x 190 x 230 305 x 190 x 230 305 x 190 x 280 370 x 225 x 280 380 x 315 x 280 380 x 315 x 330 405 x 375 x 330 575 x 375 x 330 450 255 135 1200 10 286-335-JD 250 195 90 400 6 286-332-JD 250 195 135 800 7 286-333-JD 255 105 95 400 5 286-331-JD 195 105 95 200 3 286-330-JD 195 105 50 200 1 286-329-JD 155 70 35 60 1 286-327-JD 280 255 135 800 8 286-334-JD Design Recommended work volume [l] External dimensions W x D x H [mm] Parts basket width, internal [mm] Depth, parts basket internal [mm] Parts basket height, internal [mm] Heating capacity [W] Maximum loading [kg] Order number Accessories Order number Stainless steel basket 110 105 50 120 1 286-328-JD 306-407-JD 306-408-JD 306-409-JD 306-410-JD 306-411-JD 306-412-JD 306-413-JD 306-415-JD 306-416-JD NEW Elmasonic xtra TT W Robust and reliable ultrasonic table-top device for heavy-duty use in production, workshops, laboratories and service - also ideal for continuous operation under the most demanding conditions. W Optimum cleaning results: Effectively removes resin, oil, grease, adhesive residues, grinding and polishing pastes, swarf and flux. W Dynamic mode: Optimum ultrasonic distribution in the water bath for more intensive cleaning and higher cleaning per- formance for stubborn dirt. W Particularly durable: The welded cleaning tank made of cavitation-resistant stainless steel withstands the stresses of ultrasonic waves much better than deep-drawn tanks. Design Recommended work volume [l] External dimensions W x D x H [mm] Parts basket width, internal [mm] Depth, parts basket internal [mm] Parts basket height, internal [mm] Maximum loading [kg] Heating capacity [W] Order number Accessories Order number Stainless steel basket – 4 435 x 215 x 330 195 105 95 3 400 324-614-JD – 6 500 x 215 x 330 255 105 95 5 400 324-615-JD – 13 500 x 315 x 380 245 195 135 7 800 324-616-JD – 17 530 x 380 x 380 275 255 135 8 1000 324-617-JD – 26 700 x 380 x 380 445 255 135 10 1200 324-618-JD 306-410-JD 306-411-JD 306-413-JD 306-415-JD 306-416-JD E x P E R T A D V I C E A N D O R D E R L I N E : 0 1 9 5 2 8 1 1 9 9 1 465

466

5 L A s o p s i d e T s A w d n A G n i n A e L c Elmasonic xtra ST ultrasonic cleaning device W The durable Elmasonic xtra ST ultrasonic cleaner removes the most stubborn dirt and is particularly suitable for the most demanding indust- rial parts cleaning applications. W Two ultrasonic frequencies can be selected: 25 kHz for stubborn dirt such as grinding and polishing pastes, resin deposits and adhesive residues. 45 kHz for gentle cleaning of sensitive materials. W Durable oscillating tank made of high-quality stainless steel in welded design with increased wall thickness (2 mm). Sloped tank base for better draining of the cleaning fluid. W User-friendly operation, splash-proof control panel for selecting the ultrasonic frequency, cleaning duration and temperature (30 °C - 80 °C). W Three ultrasonic cleaning modes for the best cleaning results: Sweep: even distribution of ultrasonic power throughout the bath. Pulse: removes stubborn dirt by increasing the ultrasonic peak power. In addition, operational readiness (reaching the cavitation threshold) is optimised when fresh cleaning fluid has been added and after changing the basket (shortening the cleaning time). Dynamic: combines the Pulse and Sweep ultrasonic modes to increase the overall cleaning performance. The ultrasonic power is temporarily increased by up to 20 %. At the same time, the cleaning effect is enhanced by the even sound field distribution in the ultrasonic bath. W Ideal for industrial companies and laboratories, repair workshops, metalworking companies, watchmakers and jewellery studios. The Elmasonic xtra ST mobile ultrasonic cleaner is designed for the heaviest soiling in industry and workshops and covers the entire cleaning process including pre- cleaning and rinsing thanks to the peripheral devices. The optional Elma Move oscillation device moves the cleaning basket up and down during the cleaning process, maximising the cleaning effect of the ultrasound. The Elma filter with self-priming pump is a useful addition for filtering the cleaning bath, thus extending the service life of the bath and reducing operating costs. Model Recommended work volume [l] Basin dimensions W x D x H [mm] Maximum loading [kg] Nominal voltage [V] Order number Accessories Order number Stainless steel basket Order number Elma filter Order number Stainless steel lid Order number Noise protection cover Order number Elma Move Elmasonic xtra ST 300H Elmasonic xtra ST 500H 22 290 x 265 x 280 12 230 315-012-JD 42 290 x 265 x 480 12 230 315-013-JD Elmasonic xtra ST 600H - 3 x 400 V / N / PE 45 460 x 295 x 330 25 400 315-014-JD Elmasonic xtra ST 600H - 230 - 240 V 45 460 x 295 x 330 25 230 315-015-JD Elmasonic xtra ST 800H Elmasonic xtra ST 1400H Elmasonic xtra ST 1600H Elmasonic xtra ST 2500H 70 460 x 295 x 480 40 400 315-016-JD 97 550 x 565 x 315 50 400 315-017-JD 133 550 x 565 x 415 50 400 315-018-JD 215 615 x 700 x 485 50 400 245-890-JD 315-028-JD 315-046-JD 315-024-JD 315-020-JD 315-035-JD 315-029-JD 315-046-JD 315-024-JD 315-020-JD 315-036-JD 315-030-JD 315-046-JD 315-025-JD 315-021-JD 315-037-JD 315-030-JD 315-046-JD 315-025-JD 315-021-JD 315-037-JD 315-031-JD 315-046-JD 315-025-JD 315-021-JD 315-038-JD 315-032-JD 315-047-JD 315-026-JD 315-022-JD 315-039-JD 315-033-JD 315-047-JD 315-026-JD 315-022-JD 315-040-JD 245-892-JD 315-047-JD 245-891-JD 315-023-JD 315-041-JD 466 w w w . d e n i o s . c o . u k / s h o p

467

Elma Dry drying units W With cold and warm air flows (70°C), also suitable for careful drying of sensitive workpieces W Cold air mode can be used to bring parts down to room temperature quickly W Safe for the user and saves material thanks to safety cut out when the limit temperature is reached W A perforated silicon mat (accessory) can be laid in the basket to prevent the parts to be dried from being scratched After cleaning in the ultrasound tank, the cleaned parts are easily and conveniently dried in the stainless steel basket in the Elma Dry. Model External dimensions W x D x H [mm] Basin dimensions W x D x H [mm] Maximum loading [kg] Power consumption total [W] Heating capacity [W] Operating temperature [°C] Maximum air supply [m³/h] Order number Accessories Silicon mat 5 L A s o p s i d e T s A w d n A G n i n A e L c Elma Dry 30 300 x 186 x 219 220 x 120 x 95 1 500 480 70 160 259-649-JD 259-652-JD Elma Dry 120 362 x 285 x 322 275 x 215 x 195 7 570 550 70 160 259-650-JD 259-653-JD Elma Dry 300 568 x 347 x 322 475 x 270 x 195 12 1140 1100 70 320 259-651-JD 259-653-JD objects - for perfect cleaning results during ultrasonic cleaning NEW Elma Sink washing-up equipment Suitable for the parts baskets of the Elmasonic Easy and Select Ultrasound equipment W Rinsing tray for rinsing and spraying off Sink dishwasher. Possible residues and residues of cleaning chemicals are rinsed off in the best possible way. The result is an optimally cleaned cleaning object. W The tray is made of stainless steel. W After cleaning in the ultrasonic cleaner, the basket can be placed directly into the Elma Model Version External dimensions W x D x H [mm] Internal dimensions W x D x H [mm] Recommended work volume [l] Order number Elma Sink M Suitable for sizes 20 and 60 365 x 170 x 270 280 x 130 x 145 5 318-461-JD Elma Sink L Suitable for sizes 60, 80, 120 and 180 395 x 315 x 325 300 x 270 x 195 15 318-462-JD Elma Sink XL Suitable for sizes 60, 80, 100, 120, 150, 180 and 300 565 x 315 x 325 475 x 270 x 195 22 318-463-JD Elma Mutebox noise protection box Suitable for Elmasonic Easy, Select and Xtra Ultrasound equipment W Optimum sound insulation guarantees pleasant and quiet working conditions when using ultra- sonic cleaning devices. This reduces noise from the ultrasonic cleaning device operated in the mutebox by up to 85 %. NEW W A quiet fan extracts condensation and vapours to the rear via a silenced outlet, so that no heat or moisture builds up in the box. W Two independent access points (front and top) ensure that the items to be cleaned and the ultraso- nic device are always easily accessible. W Lateral lighting of the interior and the glazed door allow the cleaning process to be observed at all times. Model Version External dimensions W x D x H [mm] Internal dimensions W x D x H [mm] Order number Mutebox M Suitable for sizes 10 - 60, 100, 120 and 180 545 x 530 x 525 430 x 380 x 445 318-459-JD Mutebox XL Suitable for sizes 80, 150 and 300 860 x 605 x 525 710 x 450 x 445 318-460-JD E x P E R T A D V I C E A N D O R D E R L I N E : 0 1 9 5 2 8 1 1 9 9 1 467

468

5 L A s o p s i d e T s A w d n A G n i n A e L c Safety cleaner type L 500 and L 800 W Parts cleaner unit made of corrosion-proof polyethylene for safe use of solvents (flashpoint above 55 °C) W Electric pump (safely operated by foot switch with automatic return travel) delivers the cleaning fluid to the wash brush or to the flexible lockable hose with flat nozzle W Cleaning fluid recycled W Long retention period through multi-stage filter system for coarse and fine contaminants W Large work surface at ergonomic height W High load capacity (250 kg) for heavy and large parts W Includes drain tap on the side for draining the used liquid The optionally available perforated metal sheet protects the work surface when cleaning sharp-edged parts. Safety Cleaner L500 for cleaning small parts cleaners with solvent- based cleaners The cleaning fluid tank and the technical components are easy to reach thanks to the work surface arrangement The washing pump is switched on via foot pedal. The cover protects against unintentional operation of the pedal. Thanks to the spacious bowl, two people can work together and even clean bulky items comfortably from all sides. L 500 1010 x 780 x 1140 930 545 950 250 100 178-520-JD 152-605-JD L 800 1600 x 1050 x 1025 1500 950 950 250 100 187-870-JD 182-556-JD Safety Cleaner L800 with extra large work surfaces and two brushes Model External dimensions L x W x H [mm] Width, useful area [mm] Useful area depth [mm] Work surface height [mm] Overall load capacity [kg] Capacity [l] Order number Order number 468 w w w . d e n i o s . c o . u k / s h o p

469

5 L A s o p s i d e T s A w d n A G n i n A e L c SOLID mobile disinfection tray in a complete set W Mobile disinfection tank for rapid and location-independent use in the fight against animal diseases, for example African swine fever and foot-and-mouth disease (FMD), as well as for DEKON-G use. Unpack - roll out - ready! W The berm can be set up by a few emergency personnel in a very short time and can be used as a single module for collecting contaminated wastewater from cleaning as well as just for tyre disinfection. At the same time, the berm is an important component of the "Mobile disinfection system / DEKON-G". W To set up longer disinfection lines (pre- cleaning, disinfection, post-cleaning), the berms can be lined up in any order. W The tear-resistant PES fabric with a very high grammage withstands even heavy use. The side edging is reinforced with foam inserts and prevents the spread of decontamination and rinsing liquids. External dimensions W x D [mm] Order number 6000 x 3900 301-200-JD 9000 x 3900 301-201-JD 14000 x 3900 301-202-JD 20000 x 3900 301-203-JD 20000 x 5000 301-204-JD Elmasteam 8 basic steam jet cleaner Gentle and environmentally friendly preliminary and final cleaning with up to 8 bar steam pressure and without cleaning chemicals NEW W Stain-free cleaning, as the steam is mineral-free and leaves no residue. W With selectable pressure modes "soft" (4-6 bar) and "strong" (6-8 bar), regulation of the water content in the steam and the powerful heating output, the unit can also be used for demanding cleaning tasks. The pressure is freely selectable in 0.5 bar increments. W No condensation on the items to be cleaned thanks to a high flow velocity at the nozzle and dry steam. W High user safety: automatic lock mode for deactivating the steam and compressed air buttons to prevent unintentional use. W Intelligent, programme-controlled descaling programme The fixed nozzle enables the workpiece to be held and turned safely with both hands. Design Equipment External dimensions W x D x H [mm] Vapour temperature at nozzle [°C] Pressure vessel volume [l] Order number Elmasteam 8 basic FD Elmasteam 8 basic P - FD - DL Elmasteam 8 basic HS Elmasteam 8 basic P - HS - DL Elmasteam 8 basic P - HSL - DL With fixed nozzle With fixed nozzle, integrated pump and compressed air connection With handpiece (1.4 m hose length) With handpiece (1.4 m hose length), integrated pump and compressed air connection With handpiece (2.3 m hose length), integrated pump and compressed air connection Elmasteam 8 basic P - HS - DL - ND With handpiece (1.4 m hose length), integrated pump, compressed air connection and wet steam Elmasteam 8 basic P - HSL - DL - ND Elmasteam 8 basic HS - FD With handpiece (2.3 m hose length), integrated pump, compressed air connection and wet steam With fixed nozzle and handpiece Elmasteam 8 basic P - HS - FD - DL With fixed nozzle, handpiece (1.4 m hose length), integrated pump and compressed air connection 260 x 355 x 520 260 x 355 x 520 315 x 350 x 520 315 x 350 x 520 315 x 350 x 520 315 x 350 x 520 315 x 350 x 520 315 x 355 x 520 315 x 355 x 520 160 5 160 5 160 5 160 5 160 5 160 5 160 5 160 5 160 5 315-054-JD 315-055-JD 315-056-JD 315-057-JD 315-058-JD 315-059-JD 315-060-JD 315-061-JD 315-062-JD E x P E R T A D V I C E A N D O R D E R L I N E : 0 1 9 5 2 8 1 1 9 9 1 469

470

5 Washing machines NEW For fully automatic small parts cleaners with aqueous spray cleaners. W Universally applicable for the fully automatic cleaning of small parts from production, manufacturing and maintenance, such as bolts, slee- ves and ball bearings. W Automatic parts cleaning: No more manual scrubbing - simply insert dirty parts, start the cleaning programme and expect clean results. W Stainless steel construction: Robust, durable housing for long-term use in demanding conditions. W Environmentally friendly: Operation with aqueous cleaner reduces solvent use and improves workplace safety. W Including low water cut-out, steam extractor and additional stainless steel small parts cleaning basket (Ø 170 mm) W User-friendly and time-saving: The dirty items to be cleaned are placed in the rotating washing basket and the lid is closed. After setting the desired washing temperature and time, the appliance is switched on and the washing solution is heated in the tank. When the appliance is closed, the basket rotates around its own axis at a constant speed. The pump units draw the washing solution from the wash tank and pump it through stainless steel nozzle pipes with overlapping flat jet nozzles. The items to be cleaned are intensively blasted from all sides with hot lye while rotating evenly. Once the cleaning process is complete, the appliance switches off automatically. L A s o p s i d e T s A w d n A G n i n A e L c Three nozzle pipes and the rotating basket guarantee thorough cleaning of the component from all sides. Order no. 329-323-JD Order no. 329-324-JD Order no. 329-321-JD External dimensions W x D x H [mm] Useful area height [mm] Overall load capacity [kg] Parts basket diameter [mm] Capacity [l] Throughflow rate [l/h] Output [W] Nominal voltage [V] Order number Mini 60 U 945 x 830 x 1025 380 100 600 80 7200 3900 400 329-321-JD Maxi 78 1010 x 1130 x 1150 500 150 780 85 4800 4800 400 329-323-JD Maxi 91-2 1160 x 1310 x 1285 500 200 910 175 13200 8000 400 329-324-JD Jumbo 115-2 1510 x 1570 x 1495 700 350 1150 280 21600 13500 400 329-325-JD 470 w w w . d e n i o s . c o . u k / s h o p

471

NEW NEW 5 L A s o p s i d e T s A w d n A G n i n A e L c NEW NEW Labelling-free spray cleaner for degreasing WAS 10.500 Ideal for use in automatic washing machines, spray systems, flood cleaning systems, ultrasonic cleaning devices and aqueous parts cleaning devices. W Removes greases and oils of all kinds, cooling lubricants, drilling, cutting and hydraulic oils, engine and anti-corrosion oils, native greases, lubricant components, swarf and dust. W Suitable for surfaces such as steel, stainless steel, non-ferrous metals, aluminium, cast iron, paint, glass, ceramics, plastics W Liquid, neutral degreasing concentrate on an aqueous basis, for removing heavy soiling. Contents [l] Order number 20 320-743-JD 200 320-744-JD 1000 320-745-JD Non-labelled floor cleaner WAS 40.200 Aqueous concentrate for cleaning tyre rubber abrasion and general workshop soiling, with anti-slip effect and ESD certification. W For general basic and maintenance cleaning, industrial, hall and workshop floors, sealed and coated floors, concrete and smooth floor surfaces, ceramic floors, tiles, hall and workshop walls W Effective when used in high-pressure/steam jet cleaning processes. Best cleaning results also with brush cleaning and wiping. W Removes tyre rubber abrasion (e.g. from forklift trucks), stubborn deposits, drilling and cutting oils, deposits from cooling lubricant mist, oil and grease residues, soiling of all kinds, dust, environmen- tal and everyday soiling W Does not foam - defoamer included Contents [l] Order number 20 320-764-JD 200 320-765-JD 1000 320-766-JD Ready-to-use machine and industrial cleaner WAS 50.100 Neutral and label-free all-purpose cleaner for cleaning operating equipment, machines, tools and sensitive surfaces. W Removes all types of oil and grease, soot, grinding and polishing dust, stubborn deposits, resin, caked-on grease, hydraulic and engine oils as well as everyday and environmental dirt. W For cleaning small and large machines, machine parts and tools, other operating equipment in all industries, sensitive surfaces and workpieces (including painted surfaces, metal surfaces, brass, copper, zinc, aluminium, chrome, nickel, plastics) W Can be used in ESD protection zones and on general ESD surfaces (with ESD certification). No negative influences in connection with an ESD floor covering or ESD table mats. Contents [l] Version Order number 20 Canisters 320-771-JD 3 Spray bottles 320-770-JD 200 – 320-772-JD 1000 IBC 320-773-JD VivaLub chain and cable spray W Ideal for high loads on e.g.: motorbike and bicycle chains, gear wheels and worm gears, joints, rollers, ball bearings, couplings. W Synthetic lubricant – therefore no resin build-up possible NEW MultiFix multifunctional oil W MultiFix is a universally applicable high-performance maintenance spray: after a short application time, it loosens connections that have become stuck due to rust and cleans with temporary corrosion protection. Ideal lubricant and care product for all moving parts. W Extremely high capillarity: thanks to its high penetra- tion capacity and pronounced creeping ability, rust is infiltrated and easily dissolved. W Perfect cleaning effect: ideal for cleaning oil and grease stains; also suitable for finishing glossy surfaces. Order no. 329-319-JD Order no. 329-317-JD E x P E R T A D V I C E A N D O R D E R L I N E : 0 1 9 5 2 8 1 1 9 9 1 471

472

Parts cleaning equipment, for many applications W Ideal for all repair workshops W System parts cleaner in sturdy sheet steel design, painted W With cleaning brush incl. hose connection W Special self-priming pump: works on the circulation principle, energy-saving and maintenance-free, long service life Parts cleaner, model F2 Parts cleaner, model G50-I Parts cleaner, model BK50 5 L A s o p s i d e T s A w d n A G n i n A e L c Portable parts cleaner F2 for use at various locations, connection for 50 litre drum (without cleaning fluid) With closed design with increased load capacity, for cleaning bulky parts in a small space, connection for a 50 litre drum Parts cleaner BK50 - painted, light sheet steel cons- truction for flexible workshop use, with connection for 50 litre drum (without cleaning fluid) Order no. 117-512-JD Order no. 259-449-JD Order no. 148-469-JD Model Equipment Work surface height [mm] Width, useful area [mm] Useful area depth [mm] Overall load capacity [kg] External dimensions L x W x H [mm] Nominal voltage [V] Order number Accessories Order number F2, mobile 920 790 490 100 800 x 671 x 1125 230 117-512-JD – – G50-I Connection for 50 litre drum 895 790 490 150 500 x 800 x 1100 230 259-449-JD – – Bk50 820 646 465 50 656 x 475 x 1005 230 148-469-JD Spill pallet 117-511-JD Detergent W Excellent cleaning performance W Removes oil and grease stains W The cleaning fluid is subject to regular and rigorous controls by independent research institutes, guaranteeing the best quality W Aromatic-free cold cleaner to meet the most stringent requirements, hydrocarbon-based W Ideal for maintenance and repair work in production facilities, on conveyors, fittings, pumps, motors and transport devices of all types W Flashpoint > 61°C W Non-corrosive - suitable for all surfaces Cleaner Order number 50 l Order number 200 l Rf 117-505-JD 117-506-JD EL/Extra 117-507-JD 117-508-JD Purgasol 259-447-JD 259-448-JD 472 w w w . d e n i o s . c o . u k / s h o p

473

W For manual cleaning of oil and grease-contaminated metal and plastic components W Area of application: industrial parts cleaning and surface degreasing, maintenance of production equipment, pumps, motors and other machine parts W When using an IBS special cleaner, benefit from an extended factory warranty of 3 years for the self-priming pump. Parts cleaner, model KP Parts cleaner, model K Parts cleaner, model M Parts cleaner M for cleaning large items, connection for 205 litre drum with bung on the side (without sump and detergent) Order no. 117-492-JD Parts cleaning equipment, for many applications 5 L A s o p s i d e T s A w d n A G n i n A e L c Parts cleaner KP for cleaning small items, compact design, work area protected on 3 sides, connection for 205 litre drum (without cleaning fluid) Parts cleaner K for cleaning small items, connection for 205 litre drum Order no. 148-465-JD Order no. 117-500-JD Model Equipment Work surface height [mm] Width, useful area [mm] Useful area depth [mm] Overall load capacity [kg] External dimensions L x W x H [mm] Nominal voltage [V] Order number Accessories Order number KP K M MD 920 790 540 80 800 x 550 x 265 230 148-465-JD Connection for 205 litre drum 922 790 540 80 800 x 550 x 525 230 117-500-JD 870 1135 660 250 1145 x 670 x 1050 230 117-492-JD 870 1135 660 250 1165 x 695 x 1055 230 117-491-JD Spill pallet Parts cleaner MD, has the same features as model M, but also has a lid 117-510-JD 117-510-JD 117-509-JD 117-509-JD Order no. 117-491-JD Benefits of model RF: W Slow, uniform evaporation, giving intensive penetration of the contaminated surfaces, evaporation number VZ 550 (ether = 1) W Slight smell, dearomatised W Regreasing, no metal corrosion, with temporary corrosion protection depending on application Benefits of model EL/Extra: W Fast, residue-free evaporation for quick further processing of the items to be cleaned, evaporation number VZ 90 (ether = 1) W Almost odour free (slight odour), extremely dearomatised W Does not promote corrosion W Suitable for applications in the food industry, with NSF K1 listing, NSF registration number: 145694 Benefits of type Purgasol: W Quick, uniform evaporation, evaporation number EN 212 (ether = 1) W Mild, typical odour W Regreasing, no metal corrosion, with temporary corrosion protection depending on application BESTSELLER Replacing the cleaning fluid: There are no prescribed replacement intervals. Professional associations recommend at least one drum change per year however. E x P E R T A D V I C E A N D O R D E R L I N E : 0 1 9 5 2 8 1 1 9 9 1 473

474

DENIOS parts cleaner with dip tank W For cleaning larger parts safely and conveniently at work surface height W Also suitable for placing smaller open containers in the tank W Lid is easily opened using the foot pedal W Equipped with gas pressure spring and stainless steel dispensing tap W The gas spring ensures the lid closes slowly which minimises the risk of catching fingers W Lid and basin in stainless steel 1.4301 (V2A) W Good resistance even to contaminated liquids W Sheet steel base frame designed as a liquid-tight drip tray 5 L A s o p s i d e T s A w d n A G n i n A e L c The lid is opened by pressing the foot pedal The lid closes automatically when the foot pedal is released A gas spring ensures the lid closes slowly, minimising the risk of catching fingers o R d e R A T T h e s A M e T i M e Stainless steel parts basket Stainless steel parts basket, external dimensions w x d x h [mm] 400 x 280 x 90 Sieve Capacity [l] External dimensions W x D x H [mm] Order number Accessories Order number Sieve Order number Parts basket 45 680 x 650 x 930 326-207-JD 117-270-JD 117-269-JD 60 680 x 650 x 950 326-209-JD 156-592-JD 117-269-JD 105 990 x 650 x 950 326-208-JD 156-591-JD 117-269-JD A removable strainer, which fits the dimensions of the dip tank is available as an option. 474 w w w . d e n i o s . c o . u k / s h o p

475

Plunger cans W For safe moistening of cleaning cloths and sponges W Economic discharge, residual liquid flows back into the container W Protection due to the reduction of generated fumes W Protection against flashback thanks to built-in flame arrester (for all steel and stainless steel containers) W Easy to operate pump mechanism with spring-mounted plunger plate W High-quality containers in stainless steel 1.4404 (SUS 316 L), galvanised steel with additional coating in safety yellow or as plastic version in poly- ethylene Easy to operate pump mechanism with spring-mounted dasher plate in stainless steel 5 L A s o p s i d e T s A w d n A G n i n A e L c All steel and stainless steel humidifiers are also available with a grounding connection; suitable for Quick-Connect grounding cable 283933 Economical humidifier made of polyethylene, durable and chemically resistant to many acids and alkalis Material Capacity [l] External dimensions W x D x H [mm] Order number Steel 1.0 Stainless steel 2.5 1.0 2.0 178 x 178 x 210 178 x 178 x 285 132 x 132 x 258 158 x 158 x 305 326-212-JD 326-213-JD 326-214-JD 326-215-JD Material Capacity External dimensions W x D x H [mm] Order number Polyethylene 1.0 2.0 120 x 115 x 265 145 x 155 x 265 326-210-JD 326-211-JD DENIOS safety containers with dispensing tap See page 391 o R d e R A T T h e s A M e T i M e Stainless steel funnel Order no. 187-534-JD Steel funnel, galvanised Order no. 187-536-JD Quick-Connect earthing cable Order no. 283-933-JD E x P E R T A D V I C E A N D O R D E R L I N E : 0 1 9 5 2 8 1 1 9 9 1 475

476

DENIOS small parts cleaners - 2 to 8 litres When cleaning small parts, great care must be taken while protecting people and the environment. The DENIOS small parts cleaners are tried and tested helpers for this, which you can also use to support operational processes in production, maintenance and quality assu- rance. W High quality containers, either in galvanised steel with coating in safety yellow or stainless steel W Ideal for cleaning or degreasing small parts W Integrated recessed handles for easy and safe transport of the container W 2 and 4 litre versions - optionally available with or without spring-loaded immersion strainer (also serves as a flame arrester) for targeted wetting of the parts to be cleaned. Thanks to the optimised perforation and raised rim, also ideal for small parts such as screws etc. W 2 - 20 litre versions without immersion sieve - in the event of fire, the lid closes automatically due to the integrated fusible link release W With earthing connection as standard, also suitable for Quick Connect earthing cable 283-933 5 L A s o p s i d e T s A w d n A G n i n A e L c 1 2 Small parts cleaner, 2 and 4 litre capacity, with spring-loaded immersion sieve - the immersion sieve serves as a flame barrier and for targeted soaking of the parts to be cleaned. Spring operated immersion strainer also serves as flame arrestor (2 and 4 litre versions) Self-closing lid with integrated fusible link (8 litre version) Earthing connection suitable for Quick- Connect earthing cable 8 or 20 litre small parts cleaner with integrated parts basket (available as an accessory) 476 w w w . d e n i o s . c o . u k / s h o p

477

Small parts cleaner, 8 and 20 litre capacity, with fusible link - in the event of fire, the lid closes automatically due to the integrated fusible link release 5 6 5 L A s o p s i d e T s A w d n A G n i n A e L c 3 4 Small parts cleaner, 2 and 4 litre capacity, without immersion sieve - in the event of fire, the lid closes automatically due to the integrated fusible link release o R d e R A T T h e s A M e T i M e Quick-Connect earthing cable Order no. 283-933-JD Stainless steel parts basket Stainless steel parts basket for 20 litre small parts cleaner Order no. 326-221-JD Order no. 326-223-JD Volume [l] Features Dimensions Ø x H [mm] Order number Steel Order number Stainless steel Accessories Order number Earthing cable Order number Stainless steel parts basket 1 2 2 4 3 2 4 5 6 4 8 20 With immersion strainer 264 x 102 326-216-JD 326-218-JD 264 x 152 326-217-JD 326-219-JD 283-933-JD – 283-933-JD – Without immersion sieve, with fusible link Optionally with parts basket 264 x 102 326-224-JD 326-226-JD 283-933-JD – 264 x 152 326-225-JD 326-227-JD 283-933-JD – 255 x 262 – 326-220-JD 283-933-JD 326-221-JD 367 x 289 – 326-222-JD 283-933-JD 326-223-JD E x P E R T A D V I C E A N D O R D E R L I N E : 0 1 9 5 2 8 1 1 9 9 1 477

478

5 L A s o p s i d e T s A w d n A G n i n A e L c High quality cleaning cloths for industrial use (meeting DIN 61650) Cleaning cloths in compressed bales W High quality, made from clean recycled materials W No foreign bodies such as hooks, buttons or zips Model KB W Light cotton mix fabric for large areas of contamination W Ideal for use in the workshop, construction etc Model TB W Classic knitted cleaning cloths in soft, absorbent coloured cotton W Suitable for workstations, machinery or tanks – anywhere where a lot of liquid needs to be mopped up Model BB W In coloured cotton bedlinen material W Especially suitable for sensitive surfaces, practically seamless Model TW W Pure white cotton fabrics, soft, very absorbent, low-lint W Ideally suited for use with solvents Model HB W In coloured, heavy duty terry towelling material W High absorbency, ideal for drying damp surfaces W Highly absorbent and soft, suitable for highly sensitive surfaces Models HW W In white, heavy duty terry towelling material W High absorbency, ideal for drying damp surfaces if dye transfer from cleaning cloths needs to be avoided Model BW W High quality, made from clean recycled materials W No foreign bodies such as hooks, buttons or zips For high demand and daily cleaning cloth use, full pallets are available at attractive rates. Order in packs of - 3 x 10 kg compact cubes - 30 x 10 kg compact cubes (full pallet) Special prices for bulk buyers on request: 01952 811 991 Model Design Order number 3 x 10 kg press blocks Order number 30 x 10 kg compact cubes Kb Calico, coloured 158-024-JD 158-037-JD TB Jersey, light coloured 158-019-JD 158-030-JD Bb Bedlinen, light colour 246-189-JD 285-746-JD HB TW Bw Hw Terry, coloured Jersey, white Bedlinen, white Terry, white 246-191-JD 285-747-JD 158-022-JD 158-034-JD 158-027-JD 158-038-JD 246-190-JD 285-748-JD All products for Cleaning cloths can be found here: www.denios.co.uk/kat/12885 478 w w w . d e n i o s . c o . u k / s h o p

479

5 L A s o p s i d e T s A w d n A G n i n A e L c Lint-free cleaning cloths Model AT W Extremely strong, full-bodied absorbent cloth W Ideal replacement for conventional cleaning cloths W For demanding cleaning tasks and removal of stubborn dirt and grease, e.g. degreasing gears W In hygienic cellulose / polypropylene material with high absorption capacity W Suitable for absorbing oils, greases and aqueous solutions W Tear-resistant, lint-free, can be used both wet and dry W Can also be used on rough surfaces W Acid and solvent resistant Design Pack contents Sketches items/pack Cloth size [mm] Mass per unit area [g/m²] Order number Roll, white 1 Roll(s) 500 380 x 400 mm 80 246-182-JD Cloth, white, Q fold 10 Pack 500 380 x 400 mm 80 273-933-JD Environmentally-friendly cleaning cloths Model Bio White W Low-lint, hygienic cloths for almost all light cleaning tasks W 100% biodegradable and compostable, environmentally-friendly alternative to synthetic fibres W Particularly strong and absorbent special fabric made of cellulose and viscose W Cloth size 30 x 38 cm Especially grippy thanks to honeycomb pattern Design Pack contents Sketches items/pack Cloth size [mm] Order number Accessories External dimensions W x D x H [mm] Order number Basic cleaning cloths W Ideal for almost all light cleaning tasks W Ideal for hygiene areas with high volume use W Environmentally friendly and hygienic cloths in high quality cellulose, white W Practical to use, no perforations W Inner winding ensures the cloth is always clean when using the wall-mounted dis- penser Roll, white 2 Roll(s) 1000 300 x 380 mm 246-187-JD – – – Cloth, white, Z fold 8 Pack 720 300 x 380 mm 246-188-JD Dispenser for z-fold cloths 205 x 185 x 90 263-288-JD o R d e R A T T h e s A M e T i M e Practical dispenser incl. wall mounting kit W Individual dispensing: the rounded cutting edge teeth can cut the paper towel to any desired length W Maximum hygiene as the user only touches the paper towel he takes out Model N 19 D 19 Order number Accessories External dimensions W x D x H [mm] Order number Cleaning cloth with inner dispensing, white, 1 ply, pack = 12 x 125 m rolls, width = 22 cm 248-314-JD Cleaning cloth with inner dispensing, white, 1 ply, pack = 6 x 300 m rolls, width = 22 cm 248-315-JD Practical dispenser incl. wall mounting kit 172 x 180 x 345 249-664-JD 230 x 250 x 365 249-666-JD Practical dispenser box for cleaning cloths Model N 19 and D 19 (see nearby table) E x P E R T A D V I C E A N D O R D E R L I N E : 0 1 9 5 2 8 1 1 9 9 1 479

480

5 L A s o p s i d e T s A w d n A G n i n A e L c Solvent resistant cleaning cloths Suitable for all-purpose use in laboratories, electronics or production areas W For universal use in all demanding high-end areas such as laboratories, electronics industry, automotive, paint, finishing, grey rooms W Textile cloth in a combination of cellulose and polyester, absorbs quickly, resistant to solvents and lint-free W Rip resistant when dry and when wet W Silicon free W Ideal cloth for degreasing, ideally suited to use in the food industry W Cloth size 30 x 38 cm Design Pack contents Sketches items/pack Cloth size [mm] Order number Accessories Order number External dimensions W x D x H [mm] Tissues, white, folded 500 Item(s) 500 300 x 380 mm 130-040-JD Dispenser for z-fold cloths 263-288-JD 205 x 185 x 90 Tissues, turquoise, folded 1 Box(es) 200 300 x 380 mm 130-041-JD – – – Roll 2 Roll(s) 1000 300 x 380 mm 130-042-JD – – – Absorbent cleaning cloths W Versatile, e.g. For cleaning and maintaining production facilities in workshops and for cleaning buildings W Highly absorbent wipes and cleaning cloths are ideal for absorbing oil and water W The soft structure also makes it suitable for use on surfaces which scratch easily W Cloth size 35 x 28 cm W Cloth size 20 x 30 cm W Particularly resistant to tearing and low-lint W Handy cleaning cloth for industrial use and fabrication W Soft and supple as well as solvent-resistant Design Pack contents Sketches items/pack Cloth size [mm] Order number Roll 1 Roll(s) 700 260 x 350 mm 130-038-JD Roll 4 Roll(s) 1000 200 x 300 mm 123-192-JD Robust cleaning cloths W Ideal for use in all industrial areas, vehicle workshops, etc. W For cleaning and wiping up dirt, oils and greases W Particularly resistant to tearing and low-lint W Particularly suitable for removal of metal chips and for use in mainte- nance work involving very oily or dirty workpieces W Made from recycled paper (blue) or cellulose (white) BESTSELLER Design Pack contents Sketches items/pack Cloth size [mm] Material Order number Roll, blue, 3-ply, with EU Ecolabel 1 Roll(s) 989 370 x 380 Recycled cellulose 130-036-JD Roll, white, 3-ply 1 Roll(s) 920 370 x 380 Cellulose 130-037-JD Special prices for bulk buyers on request: 01952 811 991 480 w w w . d e n i o s . c o . u k / s h o p

481

5 L A s o p s i d e T s A w d n A G n i n A e L c Durable and reusable cleaning cloths W Suitable for all industrial areas, e.g. For cleaning and maintaining production machinery and tools W Safely absorb oils, greases and lubricants W Super strong, solvent resistant, washable and reusable W Even stubborn dirt can be removed with this robust and wipe-resistant cloth. W Manufactured in polypropylene Reusable cleaning cloths, individual cloths, Z fold: 38 x 40 cm Design Pack contents Sketches items/pack Cloth size [mm] Order number Accessories Order number External dimensions W x D x H [mm] Roll 1 Roll(s) 500 320 x 380 129-659-JD – – – Tissues, folded 300 Item(s) 300 380 x 400 278-345-JD Dispenser for z-fold cloths 263-288-JD 205 x 185 x 90 Tissues, folded 500 Item(s) 500 380 x 400 123-197-JD 263-288-JD 205 x 185 x 90 Strong industrial cleaning cloths W Ideal for use in all industrial areas, vehicle workshops, etc. W Especially for use on heavy contamination W Best price-performance ratio: ideal where quantity used is high W Particularly suitable for removal of metal chips and for use for maintenance work involving very oily or dirty workpieces W Heavy duty cloths in recycled cellulose, brown GREAT PRICE Design Pack contents Sketches items/pack Cloth size [mm] Material Order number 2-ply 2 Roll(s) 2520 240 x 380 Recycled cellulose 248-316-JD Sample set - 185 cleaning cloths in four different qualities for testing W The sample set contains four different cleaning cloths for testing. You will receive a pack of 25 to 60 cloths of each type of cleaning cloths. Try out four types of cloths at once and choose the one that suits you best. The cloths are available both in rolls and in cloth format. W We will be happy to advise you if you have any questions about cleaning cloths from DENIOS. Contact us by phone, fax or email. Contents: 25 hard-wearing and reusable cleaning cloths, original item 123197 50 solvent-resistant cleaning cloths, original item 130041 50 All-Tex 80 cleaning cloths, original item 273933 60 Biotextra cleaning cloths, original item 246188 Special prices for bulk buyers on request: 01952 811 991 E x P E R T A D V I C E A N D O R D E R L I N E : 0 1 9 5 2 8 1 1 9 9 1 481

482

Magnetic sweeping machine W For removing hazards W With optimised magnetic field to safely pick up iron parts, even from cracks and grooves W In sturdy housing in stainless steel - also suitable for working outdoors W The wheels are height adjustable for uneven floors and are fitted behind the housing - this means even edges and corners can be properly cleaned (working width: 610 mm). W When the ergonomic foot pedal is operated the collected parts fall down out of the device. W Maintenance-free, proven product e.g. in metalworking companies, on building sites and in recyc- ling works 5 L A s o p s i d e T s A w d n A G n i n A e L c Order no. 257-417-JD As the wheels are located behind the housing, corners and edges are easy to sweep. Stepping on the pedal releases the collected metallic parts from the magnets. Order no. 268-052-JD Adjustable magnetic collector W For removing hazards W For picking up metallic parts (tools, nuts, bolts, chips, profiles...) from areas which are difficult to access, e.g. under machinery W Magnetic head can be adjusted through 150 degrees W Telescopic handle, extendable from 66 to 104 cm W Sweep area: 84 cm², sweep width: 28 cm Telescopic handle, extendable from 66 to 104 cm Magnetic bar W For cleaning up metal shavings, nails and chippings from machines (milling cutters, lathes, boring machines) or work benches W Ideal for difficult-to-reach areas W Attracts small metal shavings W Light, rust resistant bar W Remove the central bar to easily remove the W Problem-free collection of chips and other annoying metallic parts which clog up conventional brooms W Magnetic broom removes metal shavings from gaps and cracks where hand brushes, brooms and sweeping machines can’t reach. metal shavings W Total length: 410 mm W For removing hazards With ergonomic handle and practical hanger Order no. 268-049-JD 482 w w w . d e n i o s . c o . u k / s h o p

483

Magnetic broom W For removing hazards W Problem-free collection of chips and other annoying metallic parts which clog up conventional brooms W Magnetic broom removes metal shavings from gaps and cracks where hand brushes, brooms and sweeping machines can’t reach. Magnetic broom with telescopic handle W The shavings etc. can be remo- ved easily by taking the head of the broom off the handle W Telescopic handle, extendable from 690 to 1020 mm Order no. 268-047-JD Magnetic bar "Heavy Duty" W For removing hazards W Telescopic handle, extendable from 640 to 1020 mm W Ergonomic handle, grip with finger mouldings and anti-slip protection W Sweep height adjustable from 19 to 38 mm W Extra large, profiled wheels for easy, safe operation 5 L A s o p s i d e T s A w d n A G n i n A e L c Magnetic broom with adjustable telescopic handle W For removing hazards W For picking up metallic parts from areas which are difficult to access W Magnetic head can be adjusted through 180 degrees W Telescopic handle, extendable from 69 to 102 cm Order no. 268-053-JD The metal shavings can be remo- ved easily by pulling the handle on top of the bar upwards Width of turn External dimensions W x D x H [mm] Order number 915 mm 610 mm 455 mm 1250 x 200 x 1300 950 x 190 x 1300 570 x 178 x 1300 284-061-JD 284-060-JD 179-680-JD Magnetic bar for fork lift trucks W Strong, long lasting magnet for removing hazardous and annoy- ing metal shavings from traffic areas, hall floors etc. W Can collect up to 80 kg W Sweeping width (mm): 910 W For removing hazards W Problem-free collection of chips W Also suitable for uneven surfaces such as gravel, cracked concrete, cobblestones... W Simply attach to a forklift W The magnetic broom attracts metal shavings from a 14 cm radius. W The metal shavings can be removed easily by pulling the handle on top upwards. and other annoying metallic parts which clog up conventio- nal brooms W Magnetic broom removes metal shavings from gaps and cracks where hand brushes, brooms and sweeping machines can’t reach. Order no. 268-046-JD E x P E R T A D V I C E A N D O R D E R L I N E : 0 1 9 5 2 8 1 1 9 9 1 483

484

Liquid vacuum cleaner W Suitable for vacuuming the bottoms of DIP tanks, removing diesel or oil from vehicles or for emptying spill pallets W Minimises the use of absorption materials and reduces disposal costs W Fits all steel drums with 2" fine thread W With compressed air drive W Waste product can be reused W Operates without a filter W Float prevents over filling W Waste product can be reused Liquid vacuum cleaner SV 6.4 Liquid vacuum cleaner SV 6.16 5 L A s o p s i d e T s A w d n A G n i n A e L c Contents: 1 vacuum pump with shut-off valve and fill level limiter 1 connector with 90˚ elbow for 2” opening 2 m vacuum hose, Ø 38 mm Order no. 123-223-JD Liquid vacuum cleaner model SV 6.4 For mounting on a steel bung hole drum (available as an option) Liquid vacuum cleaner SV 6.16 With floor nozzle Accessories Vacuum hose for liquid vacuum cleaner Model SV 6.4 and SV 6.16, 3 m long, Ø 38 mm Drum belt for 200 litre standard drums Sieve for 200-litre liquid vacuum cleaner for filtering out solid objects, made of stainless steel All products for Drums can be found here: www.denios.co.uk/kat/12850 Contents: 1 vacuum pump with shut-off valve and fill level limiter 2 m vacuum hose, ø 38 mm 1 Camlock quick connector 3-part suction pipe 1 floor nozzle with rubber edge 1 hand nozzle Order no. 123-224-JD Order number 177-326-JD 174-321-JD 179-650-JD 484 w w w . d e n i o s . c o . u k / s h o p

485

Suction out and dispose of liquids with one machine Compressed-air extractor and pump for liquids with a flashpoint over +55 °C W Disposal costs are lower W Minimises need for absorbents W No moving parts, maintenance free W Sucks clean and contaminated fluids up from the ground, machinery and tanks W Pumps fluids back or into a disposal container W Particularly suitable for cooling and separating fluids, oil pools, paints, rinse water, diesel, etc. W Ideal to combine with oil tape skimmers W Available in 2 versions: PressOut and PumpOut PressOut The liquid sucked into the container can be forced pneumatically over a distance of 2-3 metres into a disposal collection tank (e.g. IBC). Contents: Venturi pump with fill quantity limiter Suction hose and pipe Hand and floor nozzle (not for solvents!) Container and transport trolley 5 L A s o p s i d e T s A w d n A G n i n A e L c Design PressOut 50 PressOut 80 NEW NEW PressOut 80 ATEX 80 324-060-JD PressOut 50 ATEX 50 257-589-JD 50 257-588-JD Stainless steel strainer basket for filtering foreign bodies 173-840-JD 80 324-059-JD 173-840-JD 324-068-JD 324-068-JD Filling quantity container [l] Order number Accessories Order number Pumpout The narrow design, ground clearance of 135 mm and a wheel diameter of 100 mm ensure easy manoeuvring even in narrow spaces. Contents: Venturi pump with fill level limiter (for suction) Diaphragm pump (for pumping) Suction hose and pipe, floor nozzle (not for solvents!) Strainer basket for filtering solid particles 200 litre container and transport trolley Drum belt to prevent deformation from underpressure PumpOut sucks up liquid from the ground and pumps it into an IBC container. Oil tape skimmer See page 486 Combined use: PumpOut sucks up cooling water from a machine, separating partic- les from the liquid. An oil tape skimmer on the 2" mouth of the container skims off the oil from the surface. The cleaned liquid is then pumped back into the machine. Design Order number Pumpout 179-647-JD PumpOut ATEX 186-281-JD E x P E R T A D V I C E A N D O R D E R L I N E : 0 1 9 5 2 8 1 1 9 9 1 485

486

5 L A s o p s i d e T s A w d n A G n i n A e L c Liquid vacuum cleaners models W50, W80 and W200 W For liquids with flashpoint above +55° C e.g. washing and cooling water, oil, paint, sludge, glycol, diesel, lubricating oil etc. (Not solvents) W Sucks up liquids from the floor and out of machines and containers using just compressed air W Can also be used in potentially explosive areas: gas Zone 1 / dust zone 21 W Incl. 2 m suction hose (Ø 38 mm), 3-piece metal suction pipe, floor nozzle, transport trolley and container ATEX W50 wet vacuum cleaner with 50 litre stainless steel container Liquid vacuum cleaner ATEX W200 with 205 litre painted steel container Order no. 173-292-JD Order no. 179-646-JD Accessories ATEX extension hose for fluid suction device, length 3 metres, Ø 38mm, anti-static Drum belt for 200 litre standard drums Sieve for 50-litre liquid vacuum cleaner for filtering out solid objects, made of stainless steel Stainless steel chip basket for liquid vacuum cleaner with 80-litre containers Sieve for 200-litre liquid vacuum cleaner for filtering out solid objects, made of stainless steel Model Filling quantity container [l] Order number NEW W50 50 324-055-JD ATEX W50 50 173-292-JD NEW W80 80 324-057-JD NEW ATEX W80 80 324-058-JD NEW W200 200 324-056-JD Order number 173-839-JD 174-321-JD 173-840-JD 324-068-JD 179-650-JD ATEX W200 200 179-646-JD Oil tape skimmer W Mode of operation: oil adheres better to itself and other objects than to water. It is absorbed by the oil skimmer tape and thus skimmed from the surface of the water W Capacity of up to 4 litres of oil per hour W Can be used indoors and outdoors for water-based washing liquids, coolants and separation liquids to +100 °C W Incl. timer and a band in stainless steel and in polyurethane (can be quickly exchanged) W Typical applications: cnc, turning and milling machines, separation and cooling water tanks, industrial washing machines, pits, oil traps, car wash and other washing facilities W Reduced purchasing and disposal costs W Short-term amortisation W Extended use of material and machinery Skimmer bandwidth Design External dimensions W x D x H [mm] Order number 1 " 2 " Immersion depth 115 mm 110 x 170 x 255 179-651-JD Immersion depth 270 mm 110 x 170 x 410 179-652-JD Immersion depth 420 mm 110 x 170 x 560 179-653-JD Immersion depth 575 mm 110 x 170 x 715 179-654-JD Immersion depth 270 mm 220 x 170 x 460 312-371-JD Immersion depth 420 mm 220 x 170 x 600 312-372-JD Immersion depth 575 mm 220 x 170 x 780 312-373-JD Oil hose skimmer W Reliable function even with fluctuating liquid levels and a maximum temperature of 60 °C W Immersion depth 300 mm W Particularly compact design for confined installation situations W Takes up to 4 litres of oil per hour. W With integrated daily timer W 1-phase motor Oil disc skimmer W A simple solution for tanks in which the liquid has a constantly high level and a maximum temperature of 50 °C W Immersion depth max. 100 mm W Takes up to 4 litres of oil per hour. W 1-phase motor External dimensions W x D x H [mm] Order number 100 x 190 x 150 312-383-JD External dimensions W x D x H [mm] Order number 300 x 360 x 180 312-384-JD 486 w w w . d e n i o s . c o . u k / s h o p

487

Professional vacuum for metalworking W High suction power with low operating noise W Robust design with exceptional ease of use W Large capacity despite compact design 5 L A s o p s i d e T s A w d n A G n i n A e L c 1 2 Wet/dry vacuum cleaner with 4 m suction hose, angled stainless steel hand pipe, filter bag and element and slanted pipe nozzle Wet/dry vacuum cleaner with 4 m suction hose, angled hand pipe and two 0.5 m extension pipes (all in stainless steel), filter bag and element as well as floor and crevice nozzle 3 Vacuum for oils, chips and coolants with 5 m suction hose, chip strainer, drain tap, antistatic hand nozzle and rubber nozzle 4 Vacuum for oils, chips and coolants with 5 m suction hose, angled hand pipe, rubber slanted pipe nozzle, crevice nozzle, chip basket, drain tap as well as air reversal valve for pressure-assisted emptying 6 5 Vacuum for oils, chips and coolants with nozzle for emptying liquids: oil or coolant cleaned of chips can be sustainably returned to your process. Use Output [W] Underpressure [mbar] Total volume [l] Chip container volume [l] Sound level [dB(A)] External dimensions W x D x H [mm] Weight [kg] Order number 1 2 3 Wet/dry 1500 230 70 70 57 605 x 580 x 970 25 308-313-JD 3000 250 70 70 67 580 x 600 x 970 30 308-314-JD 2000 210 37 37 74 560 x 570 x 1027 38 308-315-JD 4 5 Oils, chips and coolants 2400 230 52 52 70 580 x 880 x 1230 60 308-316-JD 1300 320 180 180 70 670 x 1050 x 1500 120 308-318-JD 6 2200 330 180 180 71 670 x 1050 x 1500 135 308-319-JD E x P E R T A D V I C E A N D O R D E R L I N E : 0 1 9 5 2 8 1 1 9 9 1 487

488

5 L A s o p s i d e T s A w d n A G n i n A e L c Safety vacuum cleaner for hazardous dusts incl. asbestos W Suitable for hazardous dusts in dust classes L, M and H as well as asbestos W For example, wood dusts, hazardous dusts with TLV values, carcinoge- nic dusts and/or dusts containing pathogens are safely sucked in and remain in the filter and safety collection container. W Highly effective filtration with a filtration efficiency of at least 99.995 % W Designed to meet the requirements of health protection, safety and noise reduction W Motor SOFT start, power is kept low to start with to avoid voltage drop 1 Wet-dry safety vacuum clea- ner Model S 533-Asbestos with antistatic 4 m suction hose, angled hand pipe and two 505 mm extension pipes (all in stainless steel), flat pleated filter, floor and crevice nozzle as well as antistatic tool adapter 2 Wet-dry safety vacuum cleaner Model S 540-Asbestos with 3 m suction hose, angled hand pipe and two 0.5 m extension pipes (all in chrome-plated steel), filter bag and element, floor and slanted pipe nozzle 3 4 5 Wet-dry safety vacuum cleaner Model S 544-Asbe- stos with antistatic 4 m suction hose, bent hand tube and two 505 mm extension tubes (all made of stainless steel), flat pleated filter, floor and crevice nozzle as well as antistatic tool adapter Wet-dry safety vacuum cleaner Model S 550-Asbestos with 3 m suction hose, angled hand pipe and two 0.5 m extension pipes (all in chrome-plated steel), filter bag and element, as well as floor and slanted pipe nozzle Wet-dry safety vacuum cleaner Model S 560-Asbe- stos with 3 m suction hose (Ø 36 mm), angled stain- less steel hand pipe, filter bag and element, slanted pipe nozzle and appliance socket Model Suitable for dust classes Capacity [l] Output [W] Underpressure [mbar] Sound level [dB(A)] External dimensions W x D x H [mm] Weight [kg] Order number Accessories Order number Safety filter bags (Pack=5 pieces) Order number Micro filter element 1 2 3 4 5 S 533-Asbestos L, M, H, ASBESTOS 30 1400 250 60 565 x 385 x 520 15 308-310-JD S 540-Asbestos L, M, H, ASBESTOS 30 1500 250 59 400 x 598 x 672 10 210-582-JD S 544-Asbestos L, M, H, ASBESTOS 42 1400 250 60 565 x 385 x 605 16 308-311-JD S 550-Asbestos L, M, H, ASBESTOS 47 1500 250 59 450 x 380 x 750 11 308-309-JD S 560-Asbestos L, M, H, ASBESTOS 70 1200 230 57 600 x 600 x 1000 25 137-971-JD 308-810-JD 308-811-JD 137-976-JD 137-982-JD 308-810-JD 308-811-JD 218-633-JD 137-982-JD 137-977-JD 137-982-JD Additional accessory sets for the individual safety vacuum cleaners can be found in the denios online shop at www.denios.co.uk/shop 488 w w w . d e n i o s . c o . u k / s h o p

489

5 L A s o p s i d e T s A w d n A G n i n A e L c Safety vacuum cleaner for hazardous dusts in ATEX zone 22 W Meets the European safety standards and the requirements of professional associations and legislative bodies for working with substan- ces which are harmful to health and / or potentially explosive dusts W Designed to meet the requirements of health protection, safety and noise reduction laws W Motor SOFT start, power is kept low to start with to avoid voltage drop 1 Safety vacuum cleaner type S 940 with 4 m suction hose, curved hand pipe, filter bag and element, motor cooling air filter and angled pipe nozzle. 2 Safety vacuum cleaner type S 960 with 3.5 m suction hose (Ø 27 mm), suction pipe holder, filter bag and element, tool adapter, cable reel with 7.5 m power cable. Model Use Capacity [l] EX protection class (marking) Output [W] Underpressure [mbar] Sound level [dB(A)] External dimensions W x D x H [mm] Weight [kg] Order number Accessories Order number Safety filter bags (Pack=5 pieces) Order number Micro filter element 1 2 S 940 L, M, ATEX TYPE 22 37 II 3D EX tD A22 T135 °C IP54 1100 230 60 462 x 596 x 786 19 218-631-JD 218-633-JD 137-984-JD S 960 L, M, ATEX TYPE 22 70 II 3D EX tD A22 T135 °C IP54 1500 250 59 655 x 610 x 1000 33 137-972-JD 137-981-JD 137-984-JD Additional accessory sets for the individual safety vacuum cleaners can be found in the denios online shop at www.denios.co.uk/shop E x P E R T A D V I C E A N D O R D E R L I N E : 0 1 9 5 2 8 1 1 9 9 1 489

490

5 L A s o p s i d e T s A w d n A G n i n A e L c Waste oil containers W For the safe collection of used oils and other non-aggressive liquids in hazard class A-III W Compact collection container with fill level indicator on the side, 2 large fixed castors and 2 swivel castors Design Capacity [l] External dimensions W x D x H [mm] Order number With rectangular funnel 70 800 x 800 x 1100 305-378-JD With round funnel 70 800 x 800 x 1000 305-379-JD 100 800 x 800 x 1250 305-380-JD Waste oil and coolant drain pans W For collecting liquids where collection canisters are not available With round funnel and dispensing With round funnel and suction pump hose 70 800 x 800 x 1000 305-381-JD 100 800 x 800 x 1000 305-382-JD 70 800 x 800 x 1400 305-383-JD 100 1200 x 800 x 1000 305-384-JD Design Capacity [l] External dimensions W x D x H [mm] Order number Open, with tray and drain 8 400 x 430 x 110 248-920-JD Design Capacity [l] External dimensions W x D x H [mm] Order number Open 11 390 x 520 x 150 248-915-JD 15 450 x 600 x 180 248-916-JD Design Capacity [l] External dimensions W x D x H [mm] Order number Open 40 685 x 900 x 135 116-053-JD Design Capacity [l] External dimensions W x D x H [mm] Order number 4 310 x 430 x 90 248-917-JD Closed 8 320 x 600 x 135 248-918-JD 8 410 x 580 x 130 248-919-JD 14 450 x 585 x 175 248-921-JD Waste oil collection trolley W For the safe collection of used oils and other non-aggressive liquids in hazard class A-III W Sturdy design with 2 large fixed castors, 2 swivel castors, drain tap and foldable pull-push handle W As an option, emptying is possible via a hydraulic coupling when using a suction pump. Capacity [l] External dimensions W x D x H [mm] Order number 95 610 x 1250 x 260 305-377-JD 490 w w w . d e n i o s . c o . u k / s h o p

491

5 L A s o p s i d e T s A w d n A G n i n A e L c 205 litre container for solid substances W The container is fitted with a chassis for ease of transportation to special decentralised areas for disposing of solid substances W Hot dip galvanised design W Sturdy key on the lid W Transport: suitable for transporting solid materials, which should be transported in "steel drums with lids that can be removed" in accordance with GGVSEB W Active storage - container must be placed on a solid surface, so that spillages can be detected immediately and cleaned up W Passive storage o R d e R A T T h e s A M e T i M e PE sacks to protect against heavy contamination ( pack = 10 item) Order no. 117-968-JD Order no. 117-967-JD Safety collection containers for oil waste W For collecting materials which are proven to contain oil W Galvanised design with easy to manoeuvre wheels W Oil drainage tap and strainer in the base so that residual liquids can be drained from the container Folding leak spill pallets, reusable See page 342 Drum waste disposal top W Domed lid with a self closing flap W ideal for using existing 200 litre drums for inexpensive waste collection W Manufactured from environmentally friendly polyethylene (PE) W Dimensions Ø x H [mm]: 630 x 321 mm Order no. 265-886-JD Flammex extinguishing cap for drums W Flammex aluminium extinguishing head W turns 200-litre drums into self-extinguishing safety waste containers W Flammex principle: in the event of a fire, the combustion gases accumulate under the cover ring and ‘smother’ the fire, as no oxygen can enter the container. Order no. 156-779-JD Order no. 116-804-JD All products for Absorbent materials can be found here: www.denios.co.uk/kat/39126 E x P E R T A D V I C E A N D O R D E R L I N E : 0 1 9 5 2 8 1 1 9 9 1 491

492

5 L A s o p s i d e T s A w d n A G n i n A e L c Waste oil collector, 400 and 995 litre W Double walled container for collecting used oil or other water-polluting substances W Meets DIN 6623-2 W Approved for collecting liquids with a flashpoint above 55 °C W For indoor and outdoor installation W Hot dip galvanised (inside and outside) to ensure corrosion protection W Manually operated funnel lid, stays upright when open, lockable W With permanent, energy-independent vacuum leakage monitoring of both walls W Easy to use funnel (Ø 500 mm) with strainer insert W With hydraulic overfill safety device W Drain pipe with safety screwed fitting W Dipstick and ventilation line W Can be transported in-house (empty) Capacity [l] External diameter [mm] Height without ventilation [mm] Weight [kg] Standard(s) Order number 400 1000 1000 155 DIN 6623-2 137-045-JD 990 1250 1335 235 DIN 6623-2 137-047-JD HazMat collector, 250 to 950 litres W With General Construction Approval valid throughout Germany as a storage container for water-polluting substances and flammable liquids with a flash point of less than 55°C, therefore also suitable for waste oil of unknown origin, for example W Double-walled container (as defined by the AwSV), explosion pressure shock-resistant W Durable design, hot dip galvanised inside and outside to ensure corrosion protection W With permanent, energy-independent vacuum leakage monitoring of both walls W With hydraulic overfill safety device W Drain line with lockable safety screw connection W With dipstick and ventilation line W 2 lifting eyes for transport when empty - safe cranage according to DGUV-Information 209-013 W For indoor or outdoor installation W Required flashback prevention is available on request W Either for operation by anyone or by an expert Capacity [l] External diameter [mm] Height without ventilation [mm] DIBt approval Order number Usable by an expert Order number Usable by all 250 800 1200 Z-38.12-288 157-075-JD 117-735-JD 400 1000 1025 Z-38.12-288 157-084-JD 117-736-JD 600 1000 1210 Z-38.12-288 157-085-JD 117-737-JD 995 1250 1230 Z-38.12-288 157-086-JD 117-738-JD 492 w w w . d e n i o s . c o . u k / s h o p

493

Hazardous waste containers, single wall A large number of legal regulations etc. must be observed when collecting and, in particular, transporting residual quantities or waste materials. With the hazardous waste containers for both liquids and solid and pasty substances shown here, we offer tested and approved solutions for a large number of the day-to-day requirements that exist in almost every business. W For the safe collection and transport of liquids W Transport approval according to ADR/RID/IMDG Code, packing groups II and III - transport permitted with no limitation on flashpoint and water hazard class W Robust, hot dip galvanised steel construction in single-wall design W Upper section with manhole and (from 445 litres) safety valve 1/2” W Active storage: permitted for water-polluting substances (WGK 1 to 3) with a flashpoint greater than 55°C. In case of permanent storage of more than 6 months, the use of a spill pallet is required W Passive storage permitted with no limitation on flashpoint and water- polluting class Upper section with manhole NW 400 and lockable cover Pressure release valve for automatic pressure release Capacity [l] External dimensions L x W x H [mm] Weight [kg] UN-approved Order number Hazardous waste containers, single wall 445 800 1000 1230 x 1030 x 840 1230 x 1030 x 1220 1230 x 1030 x 1400 175 D/BAM 0470/31A 117-952-JD 210 D/BAM 0469/31A 117-953-JD 230 D/BAM 0469/31A 117-955-JD 5 L A s o p s i d e T s A w d n A G n i n A e L c ASF containers, with bottom drain W For the collection and transport of liquids W Hot dip galvanised container in single wall construction, bottom drain & 2” shut off valve W Transport of flammable liquids and substances in all water-polluting classes is permitted with no limitations W Suitable for passive and active storage of substances in WGK 1, 2 and 3 with flashpoint greater than 55 °C when a spill pallet is used Container model asf-b with drain tap at base, 1000 litres. (Stored on an approved spill pallet in accordance with the regulations) Detailed illustrations: shut-off valve with 2” ball valve Capacity [l] Features External dimensions L x W x H [mm] Weight [kg] UN-approved Order number Container Model ASF-B with bottom drain, 445 litres Container Model ASF-B with bottom drain, 800 litres Spill pallets DENIOS classic-line, for 1 x 1000 litre IBC, painted Order no. 259-383-JD Hazardous waste containers, with bottom drain 445 800 1000 Upper section with manhole NW 400 and safety valve 1/2” 1230 x 1030 x 1040 200 D/BAM 0470/31A 117-956-JD 1230 x 1030 x 1420 235 D/BAM 0469/31A 117-957-JD 1230 x 1030 x 1600 255 D/BAM 0469/31A 117-958-JD More spill pallets See page 26 E x P E R T A D V I C E A N D O R D E R L I N E : 0 1 9 5 2 8 1 1 9 9 1 493

494

Hazardous waste containers, double wall A large number of legal regulations etc. must be observed when collecting and, in particular, transporting residual quantities or waste materials. With the ASF (waste collection containers for liquids) and hazardous waste containers for both liquids and solid and pasty substances shown here, we offer tested and approved solutions for a large number of the day-to-day requirements that exist in almost every business. W For the safe collection and transport of liquids W Robust, hot dip galvanised steel construction in double-walled design W Upper section with manhole and safety valve W Forklift pockets for easy transport W Transport approval according to ADR/RID/IMDG Code, packing groups II and III - transport permitted with no limitation on flashpoint and water hazard class W Active storage permitted to 450 litres with no limitation - from 450 litres permitted for substances with flashpoint greater than 55 °C to WGK 3 W Passive storage permitted with no limitation W Storage permitted without additional spill pallet 5 L A s o p s i d e T s A w d n A G n i n A e L c Hazardous waste container, double-walled, 100 litres Detailed illustration: leak detection for testing container sealing All hazardous waste containers are stackable, enabling compact, space-saving storage. All hazardous waste containers can be stacked so that compact space saving storage is possible Hazardous waste containers, double wall Capacity [l] External dimensions L x W x H [mm] Weight [kg] UN-approved Features Order number 100 570 x 470 x 700 65 D/BAM 9440/1A2 280 750 x 605 x 1050 120 D/BAM 6480/31A With leak indicator (sight glass) for safe monitoring of liquid-tightness 117-959-JD 120-363-JD 445 1230 x 1030 x 840 220 D/BAM 0471/31A Upper section with manhole (NW 400) and pressure release valve 120-364-JD 800 1230 x 1030 x 1220 285 D/BAM 0472/31A Upper section with manhole (NW 400) 1000 1230 x 1030 x 1400 310 D/BAM 0472/31A and safety valve 1/2” 117-960-JD 117-961-JD 494 w w w . d e n i o s . c o . u k / s h o p

495

Hazardous waste container for collection of solid and paste-like substances and spray cans W For the collection and safe transport of solid and paste-like substances W With transport approval to ADR/RID/IMDG-Code, for packaging groups II and III W Active storage permitted, container must be placed on a solid surface, so that any spillages can be detected immediately and cleaned up W Passive storage permitted W Robust hot dip galvanised steel construction, meeting DIN 30741, Part 1 W Easy-opening lid with hinge springs (supported), locked at two opening angles (70° and 270°) W Sturdy plastic bags are available as accessories to protect the container from contamination 5 L A s o p s i d e T s A w d n A G n i n A e L c Hazardous waste container, 800 litres Hazardous waste container, 800 litres o R d e R A T T h e s A M e T i M e Plastic bags in polyethylene, pre- vent contamina- tion of the container Transport containers for empty aerosol cans See page 499 Hazardous waste container for empty spraycans, 800 litre Suitable for Capacity [l] External dimensions L x W x H [mm] Weight [kg] Un-approved Order number Accessories Order number 240 715 x 715 x 845 80 4A/X.../S/.../D/BAM 117-962-JD For solid and paste-like substances 600 1200 x 1000 x 1023 175 11a/X/.../D/BAM 117-964-JD 800 1200 x 1000 x 1212 190 11a/X/.../D/BAM 117-965-JD For empty spray bottles 800 1200 x 1000 x 1212 190 D/BAM 12938 208-417-JD Plastic sacks in polyethylene (PE) prevent contamination of ASP containers (Pack = 10 items) 117-963-JD 117-966-JD 117-966-JD 117-966-JD E x P E R T A D V I C E A N D O R D E R L I N E : 0 1 9 5 2 8 1 1 9 9 1 495

496

5 L A s o p s i d e T s A w d n A G n i n A e L c Plastic safety collecting container, 45 and 68 litres W For the safe disposal of cleaning cloths and other waste, which is dampe- ned with aggressive or corrosive liquids W In red coloured polyethylene W Self- closing safety lid W Lid opens easily with foot operation W FM certified Capacity [l] External dimensions L x W x H [mm] Order number 45 381 x 413 x 600 274-569-JD 68 375 x 502 x 673 274-570-JD Special containers W Sturdy design manufactured from steel with handles on 2 sides W Self closing flap on the bin lid W Galvanised inner container, removable via the front Model Capacity [l] External dimensions L x W x H [mm] Order number Grey Accessories Order number AB 100 95 450 x 450 x 870 116-773-JD Galvanized container for model AB 100 116-761-JD AB 100-v 95 450 x 450 x 870 116-776-JD – – Waste bin W Equipped with 2 side handles for easy transporting W Sheet steel, hot dip galvanised in accordance with EN ISO 1461 W Optional accessories: galvanised lid Capacity [l] Dimensions Ø x H [mm] Order number Accessories Order number 60 380 x 630 137-541-JD 80 400 x 755 137-543-JD Lid, galvanised 100 420 x 835 164-438-JD 137-542-JD 137-544-JD 164-738-JD All products for Hazardous materials collectors can be found here: www.denios.co.uk/kat/12773 o R d e R A T T h e s A M e T i M e Pictogram set (pack = 6 pieces) Order no. 154-062-JD Wide range of waste bags See page 514 496 w w w . d e n i o s . c o . u k / s h o p

497

A clean fire protection solution for your workplace! Oily waste cans W Safe collection of cleaning cloths and other waste, protection from fires starting with self-closing lid, additional safety with base ventilation - prevents overheating and self-ignition W Leak-proof welded container avoids leaking of residual liquids W FM certified W Can be opened easily by operating the large pedal with its anti-skid surface W Big, ergonomic grip at the back serves for easy emptying of the container 5 L A s o p s i d e T s A w d n A G n i n A e L c The self-closing lid prevents the content from igniting, e.g. by flying sparks Can be opened easily by operating the large pedal with its anti-skid surface The ergonomic handle makes it easy and safe to empty the container. Damped, self-closing lid mechanism for significant noise reduction and to save material and costs Each disposal container is delivered with a multilingual safety label. Capacity [l] External dimensions W x D x H [mm] Order number Steel Order number Stainless steel Accessories Order number 20 385 x 385 x 429 256-101-JD 256-106-JD Waste sacks, blue (1 pack = 500 pieces) 243-873-JD 35 450 x 425 x 490 256-102-JD 256-122-JD Waste sacks, blue (1 pack = 250 pieces) 243-869-JD 50 505 x 460 x 540 256-103-JD 256-123-JD Waste sacks, blue (1 pack = 250 pieces) 243-869-JD 65 545 x 495 x 580 256-104-JD 256-124-JD Waste sacks, blue (1 pack = 250 pieces) 243-872-JD E x P E R T A D V I C E A N D O R D E R L I N E : 0 1 9 5 2 8 1 1 9 9 1 497

498

5 L A s o p s i d e T s A w d n A G n i n A e L c Swing top bin for cotton waste The large flap at the top ensures even bulky waste can be easily accepted W Sturdy design manufactured from steel with handles on 2 sides W Self closing, practical flap without spring action W With a lid that can be removed W Self-extinguishing W Non-combustible, self-extinguishing The swing lid cover can be removed for emptying Collection container in sheet steel, in grey (RAL 7035) with swing lid in blue (RAL 5010) Order no. 210-633-JD Collection container in sheet steel, in red (RAL 3000) Material Capacity [l] External dimensions L x W x H [mm] Body colour Lid colour Order number Steel 73 400 x 400 x 680 Grey Blue 210-633-JD Steel 73 400 x 400 x 680 Red Red 117-834-JD All products for Cleaning and disposal can be found here: www.denios.co.uk/kat/12753 498 w w w . d e n i o s . c o . u k / s h o p

499

Transport containers for empty or partial empty aerosol cans W Approved for transport in accordance with ADR in accordance with UN 1950 (waste pressurised gas packs) W Robust, environmentally friendly reusable container W Simple closure system allows easy opening and closing. W Easy transport with large, solid rubber-tyred wheels W Permitted as packaging according to packing instruction P207 in accordance with special packing provision PP 87 (special packing provisions 327, 625, 190 and 344 must be observed) 5 L A s o p s i d e T s A w d n A G n i n A e L c Design Capacity [l] Approval External dimensions L x W x H [mm] Order number Not antistatic, no slot 120 1H2W/X150/S/../A/ PA-01/TGM-K22 554 x 498 x 960 272-856-JD Not antistatic, no slot 200 1H2W/X160/S/../A/ PA-01/TGM-K23 674 x 580 x 1045 271-768-JD Not antistatic, with slot 120 1H2W/X150/S/../A/ PA-01/TGM-K22 554 x 498 x 960 271-776-JD Not antistatic, with slot 200 1H2W/X160/S/../A/ PA-01/TGM-K23 674 x 580 x 1045 271-779-JD Antistatic, no slot 120 1H2W/X150/S/../A/ PA-01/TGM-K22 554 x 498 x 960 271-756-JD Antistatic, with slot 120 1H2W/X150/S/../A/ PA-01/TGM-K22 554 x 498 x 960 271-889-JD Transport containers for hazardous solids W Approved for transport in accordance with ADR W Versatile applications, e.g. for materials (paint residues, waste, etc.), used cleaning cloths, granules as well as oil and chemical binders W Patented lid with sealing system, light- and airtight, especially leak-proof W Simple closure system allows easy opening and closing. W Robust, environmentally friendly reusable container W Easy transport with large, solid rubber-tyred wheels W Permitted as packaging according to packing instruction P002 and derived for solid dangerous substances in packing groups I, II and III, additional equip- ment: none Design Capacity [l] Approval External dimensions L x W x H [mm] Order number Not antistatic 120 1H2W/X150/S/../A/ PA-01/TGM-K22 200 1H2W/X160/S/../A/ PA-01/TGM-K23 Antistatic 120 1H2W/X150/S/../A/ PA-01/TGM-K22 560 x 498 x 960 674 x 580 x 1045 560 x 498 x 960 271-884-JD 271-885-JD 271-887-JD E x P E R T A D V I C E A N D O R D E R L I N E : 0 1 9 5 2 8 1 1 9 9 1 499

500

5 L A s o p s i d e T s A w d n A G n i n A e L c Round bins, 35 litres W Sturdy, long lasting product W Chemical resistant W Also ideal for outdoor use W With two ergonomic handles W Colour: black Capacity [l] External dimensions W x H [mm] Order number Accessories Order number Waste container with hinged lid W Sturdy, long lasting construction in hot dip galvanised steel W Bottom grip for easy emptying 35 410 x 514 116-870-JD Waste sacks, blue (1 pack = 250 pieces) 243-869-JD Capacity [l] Dimensions Ø x H [mm] Order number 20 280 x 345 164-719-JD 30 320 x 365 164-721-JD 40 360 x 420 164-723-JD Bucket in galvanised steel, 10 and 12 litres W Resilient classic made out of robust steel W Corrosion-proof due to hot dip galvanising W Stable carry handle with suspension point Capacity [l] Dimensions Ø x H [mm] Order number 10 265 x 265 180-844-JD 12 290 x 260 181-317-JD All products for Wheelie bins can be found here: www.denios.co.uk/kat/12891 500 w w w . d e n i o s . c o . u k / s h o p

501

5 L A s o p s i d e T s A w d n A G n i n A e L c Bin W Proven again and again over generations W With hinged lid including lid lifter W All steel parts are hot dip galvanised in accordance with EN ISO 1461 W Especially sturdy design W Manufactured in accordance with DIN 6628/6629 (dust free emptying) Mobile waste bin system with 2 side carry handles, robust tubular handle for pushing and solid rubber wheels with ball bearings, 110 litres System waste bin with 2 side carry handles, 65 to 110 litres Waste bin system with lid clamp strap and 1 carry handle on the lid, 25 to 50 litres Conductive waste bags See page 515 Capacity [l] Design 25 35 With locking hoop and handle on the lid With locking hoop and handle on the lid Dimensions Ø x H [mm] Order number 400 x 400 164-730-JD 400 x 495 164-731-JD 50 With locking hoop and handle on the lid and two sturdy carry handles 400 x 690 164-732-JD 65 110 110 With two stable handles With two stable handles 400 x 880 164-734-JD 475 x 870 164-736-JD Mobile, 2 carry handles 475 x 870 164-737-JD E x P E R T A D V I C E A N D O R D E R L I N E : 0 1 9 5 2 8 1 1 9 9 1 501

502

5 L A s o p s i d e T s A w d n A G n i n A e L c Order no. 117-888-JD Detailed illustration: 2 compartment system for sepa- rate collection of button cells and batteries Large viewing panel to monitor the fill level 1 2 Used battery collection box W Stable design made from high quality, shock resistant plastic W 1 opening for normal batteries and 1 for cell batteries W Lid with catches with security seals Capacity [l] External dimensions L x W x H [mm] Internal dimensions L x W x H [mm] Order number 9 300 x 200 x 230 260 x 160 x 215 294-792-JD 20 400 x 300 x 235 355 x 255 x 215 294-793-JD Battery container for used batteries, 670 litres W Meets the ADR and RID regulations for small containers W Stable design made from high quality, shock resistant polypropylene W With additional stiffeners also suitable as a battery box for used batteries W Dimensions W x D x H (mm): Exterior: 1200 x 1000 x 790 Interior: 1100 x 910 x 610 W Max. load capacity with evenly distributed load (kg): 500 o R d e R A T T h e s A M e T i M e Lid W In quality, impact resistant plastic Order no. 117-889-JD PolyPro stacking contai- ners, 90 to 400 litre capacity See page 552 Used battery collection container Container in an attractive design for separate collection of button- cell and block batteries with 2-compartment system W In acid resistant plastic W With large viewing panel to monitor the fill level 1 Battery collection container, 30 litres Order no. 129-605-JD 2 Battery collection container, 6 litres Order no. 129-603-JD 3 Battery recycling container, designed for wall-mounting Order no. 129-600-JD 3 Design Capacity [l] Dimensions Ø x H [mm] Order number Wall-mounted 6 140 x 375 129-600-JD Standing container 6 140 x 375 129-603-JD 30 200 x 950 129-605-JD 502 w w w . d e n i o s . c o . u k / s h o p

503

Fluorescent tube collection container W For environmentally friendly collection of light tubes W In galvanised sheet steel W Feet ensure ground clearance; forklift pockets for transport with pallet truck or forklift W With stacking corners and crane eyes W Capacity: approx. 1100 Tubes Ø 25 mm or approx. 500 Tubes Ø 37 mm 5 L A s o p s i d e T s A w d n A G n i n A e L c Safety container for fluorescent tubes with door and hinged lid External dimensions L x W x H [mm] Order number 1670 x 750 x 1000 248-725-JD 2070 x 750 x 1000 248-726-JD Fluorescent tube collection containers Handy carry box with cover for safe transport of fluo- rescent tubes. W For storage and internal transport W Made from light, robust polyethylene W Optionally available: bracket (see accesso- ries), for hanging on forklift or work benches for example W Capacity: approx. 47 tubes Ø 26 mm or approx. 125 tubes Ø 16 mm o R d e R A T T h e s A M e T i M e Bracket to hang the box from a work safety platform, for example. With a strap to secure to the box for fluore- scent light tubes Order no. 170-972-JD External dimensions L x W x H [mm] Order number 675 x 210 x 190 169-481-JD 1280 x 210 x 190 169-482-JD 1530 x 190 x 210 169-484-JD E x P E R T A D V I C E A N D O R D E R L I N E : 0 1 9 5 2 8 1 1 9 9 1 503

504

Free-standing sack holder W Standing waste sack holder for efficient waste collection W Stable tubular steel frame and sturdy lid W Suitable for 120 litre waste sacks 5 Waste sack stand with hygienic foot operation W The versatile classic for use in stores and production W Both hands remain free and clean thanks to easy foot operation W Stable tubular steel frame and sturdy plastic lid W Suitable for 120 litre waste sacks L A s o p s i d e T s A w d n A G n i n A e L c Foot operated waste sack stand with powder coated frame and plastic lid Free-standing waste sack holder, galvanised steel frame and lid Order no. 219-520-JD Design Order number galvanised Order number Powder coated Accessories Order number Standing support, foot operated with plastic lid 219-519-JD 219-520-JD Plastic waste sacks, blue (1 pack = 250 pieces) 145-136-JD Order no. 164-660-JD Design Order number galvanised Order number Powder coated Accessories Order number Free-standing unit with plastic lid 164-658-JD 164-659-JD Free-standing unit with steel lid 164-660-JD 164-661-JD Plastic waste sacks, blue (1 pack = 250 pieces) 145-136-JD 145-136-JD Wall-mounted sack holder W For efficient waste collection W Robust lid W Suitable for 120 litre sacks Wall mounted waste sack stand with powder coated frame and plastic lid Wall mounted sack holder, galvanized, with steel lid Order no. 164-665-JD Design Order number galvanised Order number Powder coated Accessories Order number Order no. 164-669-JD Wall unit with plastic lid 164-664-JD 164-665-JD Plastic waste sacks, blue (1 pack = 250 pieces) 145-136-JD Wall unit with steel lid 164-669-JD 164-670-JD 145-136-JD 504 w w w . d e n i o s . c o . u k / s h o p

505

Mobile sack holders with 2 wheels W Sturdy steel pipe frame on two easy to manoeuvre castors W Robust lid W Additional support plate prevents the wheels getting blocked by the waste sack during transport W For 120 litre waste sacks Mobile sack holders with 4 wheels W Sturdy steel pipe frame on easy to manoeuvre castors W Robust lid W For 120 litre waste sacks 5 L A s o p s i d e T s A w d n A G n i n A e L c Mobile waste sack holder with 2 castors, powder coated, with steel lid Order no. 219-509-JD Mobile waste sack holder with 4 castors, powder coated, with steel lid Order no. 219-513-JD Design Order number galvanised Order number Powder coated Accessories Order number Mobile with plastic lid 219-506-JD 219-507-JD Mobile with steel lid 219-508-JD 219-509-JD Plastic waste sacks, blue (1 pack = 250 pieces) 145-136-JD 145-136-JD Design Order number galvanised Order number Powder coated Accessories Order number Mobile with plastic lid 219-510-JD 219-511-JD Mobile with steel lid 219-512-JD 219-513-JD Plastic waste sacks, blue (1 pack = 250 pieces) 145-136-JD 145-136-JD Special collector for bulky waste W High volume recyclable material container W Sturdy steel frame with large opening W Spare sacks available as an accessory Order no. 164-714-JD Order no. 312-346-JD Order no. 312-350-JD Capacity [l] Design Order number Stationary Order number With castors Order number Free-standing model Order number Mobile Accessories Order number 1000 Without lid 164-713-JD 164-715-JD – – With lid 164-714-JD 165-076-JD – – Without lid – – 312-346-JD 312-348-JD 2500 With lid – – 312-347-JD 312-349-JD Without lid, XXL – – – 312-350-JD Spare sacks for wheelie bin, 1000 litres, transparent (Pack = 10 sacks) Spare sacks for wheelie bin, 2,500 litres, transparent (Pack = 10 sacks) 165-578-JD 165-578-JD 165-579-JD 165-579-JD 165-579-JD E x P E R T A D V I C E A N D O R D E R L I N E : 0 1 9 5 2 8 1 1 9 9 1 505

506

Plastic mobile waste containers W Resistant to many chemicals W Ergonomic handles arranged on all sides for comfortable and safe manoeuvring W Low own weight ensures high stability W Weather and UV resistant W With four safety swivel castors, two with locking brakes W As standard with safety mounting pins and lockable water drain W In accordance with EN 840 for waste and recyclable material containers 5 L A s o p s i d e T s A w d n A G n i n A e L c Capacity [l] External dimensions W x D x H [mm] Order number Grey Order number Green Order number Blue Order number Yellow 660 1370 x 775 x 1230 319-049-JD 319-048-JD 319-050-JD – 770 1370 x 775 x 1365 319-051-JD 319-055-JD – – 1100 1370 x 1075 x 1330 319-053-JD 319-047-JD 319-054-JD 319-052-JD Steel mobile waste containers W Sliding lid lockable when opened fully and half-way W With rubber strip on the lid for finger protection W In galvanised steel in accordance with EN 840 W With 4 safety swivel castors, 2 with brake W As standard with mounting pins and lockable water drain Galvanised steel waste container Capacity [l] External dimensions W x D x H [mm] Order number galvanised 1100 1030 x 1360 x 1440 116-068-JD 506 w w w . d e n i o s . c o . u k / s h o p

507

Plastic wheelie bins W Low own weight ensures high stability W Easy to open lid W Weather and UV resistant W Resistant to many chemicals W With sturdy chassis - easy to manoeuvre W Ergonomic handle W In accordance with EN 840 for waste and recyclable material containers Waste sack holder for waste bins, available as an accessory Capacity [l] External dimensions W x D x H [mm] Order number Grey Order number Green Order number Yellow Order number Blue Order number Red Accessories Order number Waste sacks 100 µ (pack = 100 pcs) Order number Waste sack holder o R d e R A T T h e s A M e T i M e Pictogram set W For recyclable material containers and refuse bin boxes W Pictogram set with symbols: paper, plas- tics, residual waste, glass, sheet metal/ metal and bio-waste W Waterproof and self adhesive W Format (H x W): 180 x 160 mm 5 L A s o p s i d e T s A w d n A G n i n A e L c 3 4 3 1 80 445 x 520 x 940 116-178-JD 116-184-JD 116-183-JD 116-182-JD 116-181-JD 202-391-JD 197-098-JD 2 2 3 120 480 x 560 x 935 116-186-JD 116-191-JD 116-190-JD 116-189-JD 116-188-JD 165-476-JD 156-997-JD 240 580 x 735 x 1065 116-199-JD 116-204-JD 116-203-JD 116-202-JD 116-201-JD 165-477-JD 156-998-JD 1 4 360 625 x 860 x 1095 116-206-JD 116-210-JD 116-209-JD 116-208-JD 116-207-JD 262-556-JD 273-736-JD Steel wheelie bins W Ideal for external use W In galvanised steel W Combines long service life with optimum corrosion protection W In accordance with EN 840 for waste and recyclable material containers Safety collection containers for oily waste See page 491 Order no. 154-062-JD Capacity [l] External dimensions W x D x H [mm] Order number galvanized 120 460 x 568 x 920 195-363-JD 240 570 x 712 x 1050 116-217-JD All products for Wheelie bin boxes can be found here: www.denios.co.uk/kat/12892 E x P E R T A D V I C E A N D O R D E R L I N E : 0 1 9 5 2 8 1 1 9 9 1 507

508

5 L A s o p s i d e T s A w d n A G n i n A e L c Mobile wheelie bin tipper FMT W For easy emptying of wheelie bins W Suitable for 80, 120 and 240 litre wheelie bins W After moving close, the bin is picked up by the hydraulic pump (only 20 double strokes to max Lift height) and is automatically emptied W A relief valve is used for lowering W Sturdy wheels with ball bearing castors for easy manoeuvrability W External dimensions W x D x H (mm): 1000 x 1200 x 1700 W Total height when extended: 3200 mm W Load capacity: 100 kg Großmülltonnen See page 507 Bin tipper MT 240 for 240 litre wheelie bins W As a forklift attachment for picking up and emptying a 240 litre wheelie BIN W Hot dip galvanised, long lasting steel construction W The bin is picked up by driving towards it from the rear W The lock is released by the driver when the emptying location is reached W With safety chain to prevent falling W Load capacity: 150 kg Top view MT 240 dimensions in mm Side view MT 240 dimensions in mm 508 w w w . d e n i o s . c o . u k / s h o p

509

Cleaning trolley for waste sacks W Stable steel design with frame for 120 litre waste sacks (incl. rubber band to secure the sack) Cleaning trolley for waste containers W Sturdy, height-adjustable (885-1135 mm) steel design for wheelie bins up to max. width of 470 mm (without wheels) W With large (Ø 300 mm), smooth-running wheels and sturdy plastic lid W Practical holder for brooms, shovels etc W Integrated tray for waste sacks, gloves etc. W Ergonomic push handle W With large (Ø 300 mm), smooth-running wheels W Practical holder for brooms, shovels etc W Integrated tray for waste sacks, gloves etc. W Ergonomic push handle Wide range of waste bags See page 514 Order no. 265-606-JD Order no. 265-593-JD 5 L A s o p s i d e T s A w d n A G n i n A e L c Gripping tongs W For easy collection of waste W Easy to use W Sturdy, ergonomic handle W Internal cable pulls for a low wear mechanism Portable waste sack holder W Can be used outdoors or indoors W Stable, lightweight frame with ergonomic handle W The integrated rubber band ensures the waste sack does not slip out. Order no. 265-610-JD Type A Gripping tongs with robust grippers (plastic-coated) with open tips for scraping and loosening stuck waste, total length: 900 mm Type B Gripping tongs with soft, anti-slip rubber grippers for smooth objects such as bottles, cans etc., total length: 900 mm Model C Gripper with universal grippers, extremely light and with particularly comfortable "pistol" grip incl. finger recesses, total length: 820 mm Order no. 163-468-JD Order no. 163-473-JD Order no. 265-643-JD All products for Protective gloves can be found here: www.denios.co.uk/kat/12861 E x P E R T A D V I C E A N D O R D E R L I N E : 0 1 9 5 2 8 1 1 9 9 1 509

510

5 L A s o p s i d e T s A w d n A G n i n A e L c With galvanised inner container as standard Recyclable material container model AB 65-b, 65 litres W Fire-inhibiting, odour reducing waste containers W Stationary recyclable material container which stands flat on the ground W With a swing flap, removable cover and removable inner container W With recyclable material labels for easy orientation Recyclable material container model AB 65-b, available in 5 colours or in stainless steel Design Capacity [l] External dimensions W x D x H [mm] Steel Order number Grey Order number Red Order number Blue Order number Yellow Order number Green Accessories Order number AB 65-b 65 380 x 400 x 970 116-778-JD 116-779-JD 116-780-JD 116-781-JD 116-782-JD Waste sacks, blue (1 pack = 250 pieces) 243-872-JD Recycling collection station W Odour-absorbing and fire-retardant W Non flammable in accordance with DIN 4102 W Made from quality galvanised steel sheet W High-quality powder coating W Lockable doors W Self closing swing flaps Recyclable materials cup- board with 4 inner bins Order no. 188-590-JD Design External dimensions W x D x H [mm] Order number 4 x 45 litre 3 x 45 litre 2 x 45 litre 1 x 90 litre 320 x 1100 x 975 320 x 860 x 975 320 x 620 x 975 320 x 620 x 975 188-590-JD 188-591-JD 210-637-JD 210-638-JD All products for Recyclable materials separation systems can be found here: www.denios.co.uk/kat/12890 510 w w w . d e n i o s . c o . u k / s h o p

511

Recyclable material containers, 45 to 120 litres W Recyclable material container for industry, retail outlets and busy public places W Fire and odour inhibiting W Non-flammable, self-extinguishing (tested by TÜV / GS) W Hand-operated with waste sack holder W Self closing flap W Incl. 4 self closing, sturdy pads in grey, blue, yellow and green for marking W Reinforced wing door with sturdy stainless steel handle and magnetic closure, additionally fitted with a square lock as standard W With an easy to use, removable waste sack holder with grip band W 2 levelling feet at the front W 4 different coloured, self adhesive pads for waste sorting are supplied Flap with gas damper for silent closure; the rounded top part prevents waste from falling on the container. 5 L A s o p s i d e T s A w d n A G n i n A e L c Sturdy foot pedal in stainless steel 4 coloured pads for waste sorting identification Recyclable material container, manual operation with galvanised inner bin Design Capacity [l] External dimensions W x D x H [mm] Order number Design Capacity [l] External dimensions W x D x H [mm] Order number Hand-operated with waste sack holder 45 75 60 120 380 x 400 x 800 380 x 400 x 900 380 x 400 x 1000 450 x 450 x 1100 164-288-JD 164-322-JD 164-427-JD 164-456-JD Pedal-operated with waste sack holder 45 75 60 120 380 x 400 x 800 380 x 400 x 900 380 x 400 x 1000 450 x 450 x 1100 164-310-JD 164-412-JD 164-441-JD 164-474-JD Design Capacity [l] External dimensions W x D x H [mm] Order number Design Capacity [l] External dimensions W x D x H [mm] Order number Hand-operated with galvanised inner bin 45 75 60 120 380 x 400 x 800 380 x 400 x 900 380 x 400 x 1000 450 x 450 x 1100 164-294-JD 164-328-JD 164-434-JD 164-465-JD Pedal-operated with galvanised inner bin 45 75 60 120 380 x 400 x 800 380 x 400 x 900 380 x 400 x 1000 450 x 450 x 1100 164-316-JD 164-419-JD 164-448-JD 164-484-JD o R d e R A T T h e s A M e T i M e Plastic waste sacks 100 µ, blue (1 pack = 100 pieces) Order no. 202-391-JD Pictogram set (pack = 6 pieces) Order no. 154-062-JD Accessories for recyclable material container with manual operation: wheel set with 4 swivel castors, 2 with brakes Order no. 242-451-JD E x P E R T A D V I C E A N D O R D E R L I N E : 0 1 9 5 2 8 1 1 9 9 1 511

512

Modular recycling bins The modular recyclable material containers can be joined or extended by adding on extra containers. With 6 colours to choose from, the coloured lids make it easy to sort refuse. Each container comes with a set of pictograms for aiding easy recycling and clips for refuse bags. W Modular, extendable waste and recycling bins W Ideal for disposing of all waste products hygienically without unpleasant smells W Manufactured from weather- and impact-resistant material components All products for Recyc- lable materials sepa- ration systems can be found here: www.denios.co.uk/kat/12890 5 L A s o p s i d e T s A w d n A G n i n A e L c Modular recycling bins consisting of 4 bins, each with 40 litre capacity (lids are available as an option) Order no. 137-020-JD Modular recycling bins consisting of 3 bins, each with 60 litre capacity Order no. 137-029-JD (lids are available as an option) Design 1 x 40 litre 2 x 40 litre 3 x 40 litre 4 x 40 litre 40 80 120 160 250 x 405 x 570 405 x 505 x 570 405 x 760 x 570 405 x 1010 x 570 250 x 405 x 570 137-011-JD 262-554-JD 137-018-JD 137-019-JD 137-020-JD Plastic waste sacks, grey (1 pack = 250 pieces) 262-554-JD 262-554-JD 262-554-JD 1 x 40 litre extension module 40 137-022-JD 262-554-JD 1 x 60 litre extension module 60 Capacity [l] External dimensions W x D x H [mm] Order number Accessories Order number Capacity [l] External dimensions W x D x H [mm] Order number Accessories Order number Design 1 x 60 litre 2 x 60 litre 3 x 60 litre 4 x 60 litre 60 120 180 240 360 x 405 x 570 405 x 710 x 570 405 x 1060 x 570 405 x 1410 x 570 360 x 405 x 570 137-023-JD 137-024-JD 137-029-JD 137-031-JD 137-034-JD Waste sacks, blue (1 pack = 250 pieces) 243-872-JD 243-872-JD 243-872-JD 243-872-JD 243-872-JD Waste bags are simple and quick to secure with the supplied clamps Accessories Order number Grey Order number Blue Order number Yellow Order number Green Order number Brown Order number Red Lid for 40 litre module 137-039-JD 137-041-JD 137-042-JD 137-043-JD 137-044-JD 137-046-JD Lid for 60 litre module 137-061-JD 137-062-JD 137-063-JD 137-064-JD 137-065-JD 137-066-JD Inner bucket The inner buckets are manufactured out of hot dip galvanised sheet metal and are anthracite powder coated. When using the inner buckets, the use of trolleys is recommended for transport. Accessories External dimensions W x D x H [mm] Order number Accessories Order number Internal bucket for 40 litre module 300 x 210 x 530 137-067-JD Plastic waste sacks, grey (1 pack = 250 pieces) 262-554-JD Internal bucket for 60 litre module 300 x 310 x 530 137-068-JD Waste sacks, blue (1 pack = 250 pieces) 243-872-JD Trolley The trolley enables easy transportation of the bins. The bins slide in and out, so that different numbers of bins and different types of bins can be slotted into the trolley. Accessories Design Length adjustable from ... to [mm] External dimensions W x H [mm] Order number Trolley For 2 x 40, 3 x 40 or 2 x 60 litre containers 510 - 860 415 x 110 137-069-JD Trolley For 4x 40, 3 x 40 or 4x 60 litre containers 1010 - 1410 415 x 110 137-071-JD 512 w w w . d e n i o s . c o . u k / s h o p

513

Flammex waste paper bin in steel and stainless steel, 15 to 50 litres W Self-extinguishing in accordance with the Flammex principle W Ideal for fire protection in many locations W Flammex principle: in the event of a fire, the combustion gases accumulate under the lid rim and "suffocate" the fire as no more oxygen can get in to the container. 5 L A s o p s i d e T s A w d n A G n i n A e L c Also for tougher requirements in harsh environments: self-extinguishing, corrosion-protected 50 litre stain- less steel waste basket The Flammex method for extinguishing a fire Capacity [l] Dimensions Ø x H [mm] Steel Order number Black Stainless steel Order number Stainless steel 15 250 x 375 30 350 x 490 50 350 x 690 172-140-JD 172-145-JD 172-150-JD 172-144-JD 172-149-JD 172-154-JD Flammex waste paper bins, 16 and 24 litres, for wall mounting Self-extinguishing waste bin in accordance with the Flammex principle: in the event of a fire the combustion gases accumulate under the black-coated aluminium lid rim and "suffocate" the fire as no more oxygen can get in the container. W With tilt function for emptying W Incl. safety lock and triangular key The Flammex method for extinguishing a fire Practical tipping function for easy emptying Capacity [l] Dimensions Ø x H [mm] Order number Red Order number Black Order number Light grey Order number Nickel silver 16 245 x 340 180-743-JD 180-745-JD 180-746-JD 180-748-JD 24 295 x 370 180-750-JD 180-752-JD 180-753-JD 180-755-JD E x P E R T A D V I C E A N D O R D E R L I N E : 0 1 9 5 2 8 1 1 9 9 1 513

514

Paper waste sacks, 70 and 120 litre W Made from 2 ply, wet strength special paper W Sturdy and stable with cross-form base, also suitable for heavy, angular waste 5 Waste bin sacks, 16 to 60 litres W In high-quality polyethylene W High tear resistance L A s o p s i d e T s A w d n A G n i n A e L c Capacity [l] Opening diameter [mm] Colour Pack contents Order number 16 287 Transparent 2000 Item(s) 165-469-JD 24 344 Transparent 2000 Item(s) 165-470-JD 30 318 Grey 2000 Item(s) 165-471-JD 60 401 Transparent 2000 Item(s) 165-472-JD Capacity [l] Opening diameter [mm] Pack contents Order number 70 350 100 Item(s) 116-711-JD 120 446 100 Item(s) 116-712-JD Drawstring waste sacks, 120 litres W With practical drawstring for fast, clean and safe closure without the need for an additional tool W Manufactured from environmentally friendly polyethylene Spare sacks for wheelie bin, 1000 to 2500 litres W Practical recyclable material sacks for efficient waste collection W Specially for high volume recyclable material containers W Transparent Capacity [l] Opening diameter [mm] Colour Pack contents Order number 120 446 Blue 250 Item(s) 180-689-JD Capacity [l] Opening diameter [mm] Pack contents Order number 1000 955 10 Item(s) 165-578-JD 2500 1338 10 Item(s) 165-579-JD All products for Wheelie bins can be found here: www.denios.co.uk/kat/12891 514 w w w . d e n i o s . c o . u k / s h o p

515

Plastic refuse sacks W Available in 2 sizes, 3 material strengths and 6 colours W Three material thicknesses to suit the application W The right sack for every application W Groundwater-neutral and releases no harmful gases or substances 5 L A s o p s i d e T s A w d n A G n i n A e L c Capacity [l] Material thickness [mm] Opening diameter [mm] Pack contents Order number Transparent Order number Yellow Order number Blue Order number Grey Order number Red Order number Black Nylon ties W Packing unit: 1000 pieces Order no. 165-475-JD 70 20 366 500 Item(s) 165-481-JD 165-482-JD 165-483-JD 165-484-JD 165-485-JD – 120 20 446 500 Item(s) 165-457-JD 165-458-JD 165-459-JD 165-460-JD 165-461-JD – 70 40 366 250 Item(s) 116-713-JD 128-410-JD 116-717-JD 165-462-JD 145-534-JD 173-566-JD 120 40 446 250 Item(s) 116-714-JD 116-716-JD 116-718-JD 165-466-JD 145-535-JD 173-569-JD 120 70 466 250 Item(s) 145-134-JD 145-135-JD 145-136-JD – 145-137-JD – Conductive waste bags W According to TRGS 727 W For all waste bins in areas with explosive atmosphere W For avoiding mechanical “electro-static” ignition sources W Free from silicones Capacity [l] Opening diameter [mm] Colour Pack contents Order number 120 446 Black 100 Item(s) 195-361-JD All products for Waste sack holders can be found here: www.denios.co.uk/kat/12897 E x P E R T A D V I C E A N D O R D E R L I N E : 0 1 9 5 2 8 1 1 9 9 1 515

516

5 L A s o p s i d e T s A w d n A G n i n A e L c Waste basket, 45 litres, green, incl. galvanised pillar Order no. 137-538-JD Emptied with the help of the bottom flap, the triangular key is included in the delivery Waste baskets in steel, 45 litres W In sheet steel, hot dip galvanised in accordance with EN ISO 1461 W Empty via lockable base flap W Incl. triangular key W “Tidy man” sticker optionally available Available in 4 colours Design Capacity [l] External dimensions W x D x H [mm] Powder coated Order number Red Order number Blue Order number Green Order number Grey Hot dip galvanised Order number Wall-mounted With pillar 45 330 x 425 x 590 330 x 425 x 590 195-526-JD 137-532-JD 137-533-JD 137-534-JD 195-527-JD 137-537-JD 137-538-JD 137-539-JD 137-529-JD 137-535-JD Waste collectors, 120 litres W With hinged lid and 1-wing door W In galvanised sheet steel with high quality powder coating for corrosion protection ground W Designed to be fixed to the W Holder for 120 litre waste sack External dimensions W x H [mm] Design Capacity [l] Order number Green Order number White Order number Red Order number Silver Order number Anthracite Order number Gentian violet Order number Yellow Order number Grey Order number Galvanised Order number Moss green Order number Brown Order number Micaceous iron ore Accessories Order number 450 x 900 500 x 980 440 x 1040 Without lock 120 304-690-JD 304-691-JD 304-692-JD 304-693-JD 304-694-JD 304-696-JD 304-697-JD – – – 304-695-JD Without lock 120 – – – – – – – 304-698-JD 304-700-JD 304-699-JD – With lock 120 – – – – – – – – – 304-701-JD 304-702-JD – – 304-703-JD Waste sacks 100 µ (pack = 100 pcs) 165-476-JD Waste sacks 100 µ (pack = 100 pcs) 165-476-JD Waste sacks 100 µ (pack = 100 pcs) 165-476-JD Find it quickly: the DENIOS online shop with over 20,000 products. Www.DENIOS.Co.Uk/shop Variant with lock (see table) o R d e R A T T h e s A M e T i M e ”Keep Britain Tidy” label Transparent / white Order no. 137-527-JD Transparent / black Order no. 137-526-JD 516 w w w . d e n i o s . c o . u k / s h o p

517

Combined waste bin and ash trays in steel, 38 to 72 litres W Sturdy stand manufactured from galvanised steel, powder coated W Weather protection cover and ashtray insert including screen can be removed. W With removable galvanised inner bin W Incl. hot dip galvanised base frame to secure it to the floor Waste bin and ashtray, anthracite, 38 litres Detail: removable hood With galvanised inner contai- ner as standard 5 L A s o p s i d e T s A w d n A G n i n A e L c Capacity [l] External dimensions W x D x H [mm] Order number Silver Order number Anthracite Order number White Order number Green Order number Blue 38 395 x 395 x 910 130-245-JD 129-450-JD 129-446-JD 129-448-JD 129-449-JD 72 500 x 500 x 955 130-246-JD 129-455-JD 129-451-JD 129-453-JD 129-454-JD o R d e R A T T h e s A M e T i M e Quartz sand for ashtray, 25 kg Order no. 116-720-JD Ashtray and waste bin, 40 and 50 litres W Sheet metal container (removable) W Universal mount for wall or post mounting W Supplied with a triangular key to release the lock holding the bin in place Capacity [l] External dimensions W x D x H [mm] Order number Galvanised cover without ashtray Order number Orange painted cover without ashtray Order number Galvanised cover with ashtray Order number Orange painted cover with ashtray 40 310 x 600 x 360 50 310 x 685 x 360 116-876-JD 116-883-JD 116-877-JD 116-931-JD 116-881-JD 116-884-JD 116-882-JD 116-932-JD Waste bin 50 litres, galvanised, with ashtray and orange painted cover Waste bin 50 litres with ashtray, galvanised Order no. 116-932-JD Order no. 116-882-JD All products for Waste bins with ashtray can be found here: www.denios.co.uk/kat/12895 o R d e R A T T h e s A M e T i M e Tube post with foot plate to screw to the floor, height 1500 mm Order no. 173-603-JD Tube post Ø 2“ to be set in con- crete, height 1500 mm Order no. 116-893-JD E x P E R T A D V I C E A N D O R D E R L I N E : 0 1 9 5 2 8 1 1 9 9 1 517

518

5 L A s o p s i d e T s A w d n A G n i n A e L c Safety ash tray stand W Cigarettes dropped in are put out quickly as the narrow opening minimises the amount of oxygen that can enter W The low centre of gravity ensures a high level of stability. W Incl. galvanised inner container for cigarette ends W Integrated hook for attachment to the floor Perforated stain- less steel plate for stubbing out cigarettes. Integrated eyelet for anti-theft protection, e.g. for a lock. To empty the aluminium inner container, the upper part of the ashtray can simply be removed after loosening the two knurled-head screws. External dimensions W x D x H [mm] Order number Black Order number Grey 430 x 430 x 1140 279-709-JD 281-559-JD Slim ashtray stand, elegant design W With user-friendly height of opening W With safety screen and floor plate W In powder coated aluminium and steel design for outdoor use W Easy to empty External dimensions W x D x H [mm] Order number Silver Order number Black 356 x 150 x 1041 164-358-JD 164-357-JD Easy to empty: unlock the top using the key then remove The roomy inner bucket can be simply removed from the ashtray with the handle 518 w w w . d e n i o s . c o . u k / s h o p

519

Smokers shelters W Optimum weather protection for your smokers W The large transparent roof in polycarbonate ensures a clean, welcoming atmosphere W Includes bench W Sturdy construction - either in galvanised steel or weather-resistant wood W Supplied flat pack for customer assembly Smoking shelter with wooden construction, for 3 people, free standing, including bench seat 5 L A s o p s i d e T s A w d n A G n i n A e L c Smoking shelter with steel design, for 6 people, free standing, including bench seat Smoking shelter with steel design, for 6 people, for wall mounting Length of legs [in] Design External dimensions W x D x H [mm] Order number Steel Order number Wood For 3 people For 6 people For 9 people Wall-mounted Free standing Wall-mounted Free standing Wall-mounted Free standing 2350 x 1220 x 2205 2350 x 2260 x 2205 2350 x 3300 x 2205 181-984-JD 210-529-JD 181-985-JD 210-530-JD 181-986-JD 210-531-JD 173-446-JD 210-533-JD 181-987-JD 210-534-JD 173-447-JD 210-535-JD Canopy smoking shelter W For quick and easy mounting at the desired location W Ideal for company grounds and public areas: optimum weather protection for up to 3 people W Weather-resistant design in galvanised steel W Sturdy roof in transparent polycarbonate Smokers shelters Design External dimensions W x D x H [mm] Order number For 3 people Projecting roof 2350 x 1220 x 500 181-988-JD All products for Smoking shelters can be found here: www.denios.co.uk/kat/12800 E x P E R T A D V I C E A N D O R D E R L I N E : 0 1 9 5 2 8 1 1 9 9 1 519

520

P R O D U C T I O N A N D O P E R A T I O N E Q U I P M E N T Functional operating equipment improves work processes and increases productivity. Tidiness and cleanliness in the workplace increase occupational safety and prevent injuries. At DENIOS you will find a wide range of business equipment, from storage and transport containers to bicycle racks. 520 w w w . d e n i o s . c o . u k / s h o p

521

Our solutions ensure that escape routes remain clear and accidents caused by objects lying around are avoided. Improve efficiency, organi- sation and safety in your company with our high-quality business equipment. w o R k c h A i R s , w o R k s T o o L s A n d L e A n 580 587 608 610 618 620 624 626 630 633 634 T R A n s p o R T A n d s T o R A G e c o n T A i n e R s Transport trolleys Tipping skips Mesh box pallet and accessories Used battery container Aluminium boxes Open-fronted storage bins and shelf bins Big Bags and accessories 522 544 550 552 558 560 562 s u p p o R T s Work chairs and stools T R A F F i c c A L M i n G M e A s u R e s Safety barriers and impact protection Hose and cable bridges Industrial and traffic mirrors s A F e T Y e Q u i p M e n T L i F T i n G e Q u i p M e n T A n d L i F T i n G T e c h n o L o G Y Security and locking equipment Lifting equipment and lifting technology 536 Access control Helmet lamps and torches w i n T e R s A F e T Y Grit bins s h e L V i n G Storage shelves 564 s c A L e s Scales 568 T o o L s M A T e R i A L c A B i n e T s A n d R o o M s Y s T e M s Equipment cabinets and social room facilities 574 Spark-free tools Cutting tools s i G n s A n d M A R k i n G s Signs and markings E x P E R T A D V I C E A N D O R D E R L I N E : 0 1 9 5 2 8 1 1 9 9 1 521

522

VARIOfit stair-climbing trucks The professional truck for safe, energy-saving transport, step by step W Sturdy welded steel design W Ergonomic safety handles in plastic W High-quality powder coating, RAL 5010, gentian blue W 2 easy to manoeuvre, reliable 3-point wheels W Smooth running tyres in thermoplastic rubber with precision groove ball bearings 6 T n e M p i u Q e n o i T A R e p o d n A n o i T c u d o R p Model Shovel dimensions W x D [mm] Tyres Overall load capacity [kg] Order number Stair-climbing trucks in steel 320 x 245 TPE 200 272-680-JD 480 x 295 272-696-JD For more versions of the transport trolley go to www.denios.co.uk 522 w w w . d e n i o s . c o . u k / s h o p

523

VARIOfit grip dollies The “grippy” professional dolly for use across the whole company W Easy to use with just one hand - even bulky loads are simple to manoeuvre W 1 or 2 loading surfaces within the frame 6 T n e M p i u Q e n o i T A R e p o d n A n o i T c u d o R p Dollies 1 605 x 500 250 185 / / 125 272-641-JD 2 560 x 455 200 220 / 775 / 272-642-JD Model Number of levels Platform dimensions W x D [mm] Overall load capacity [kg]* Height of loading areas [mm] Diameter, Roll [mm] Order number *All load capacities: for an evently distributed load on the loading area VARIOfit chassis Easy to manoeuvre chassis for Euro pallets or mesh boxes W Sturdy design in angle steel W Loading height (mm): 285 or 650 W Tyre choice: TPE, polyamide, solid rubber - elastic W Accessories: push-in towing bar (must be ordered with the chassis!) Model Overall load capacity [kg] Tyres External dimensions W x D [mm] Order number Loading height: 285 mm Order number Loading height: 650 mm Accessories Order number Chassis with loading height 285 mm and TPE tyres 500 TPE 272-664-JD 272-661-JD Chassis 1050 Polyamide 1200 Solid rubber - elastic 870 x 1270 272-665-JD 272-662-JD 272-666-JD 272-663-JD Towing handle with connector 272-695-JD Chassis variably adjustable - for a shelf height up to 650 mm E x P E R T A D V I C E A N D O R D E R L I N E : 0 1 9 5 2 8 1 1 9 9 1 523

524

6 T n e M p i u Q e n o i T A R e p o d n A n o i T c u d o R p All-purpose plastic trolley Versatile and lightweight trolley with handles and quiet, easy to manoeuvre wheels W High resistance to acids and alkalis W Shelves and handle in plastic (PP) with smooth surfaces - easy to clean W Smooth running TPE swivel castors including 2 with brakes W Version TOOL: easy open draws (an automatic lock prevents the draw being fully removed by accident) o R d e R A T T h e s A M e T i M e 3 1 2 1 Waste container for hanging at the side, h 470 mm Order no. 180-043-JD 2 Rectangular containers fit inside, h 180 mm Order no. 180-044-JD 3 Collection container for hanging at the side, h 200 mm Order no. 180-045-JD The right trolley for every job Version PRO and TOOL: Extreme temperature resistance plastic surfaces -20° to +140°C! Version Design Number of levels Overall load capacity [kg] Platform dimensions W x D [mm] External dimensions W x D x H [mm] Shelf height [mm] Ø wheel [mm] Order number Pro Sides open 2 160 Enclosed on 3 sides 3 240 3 240 450 x 680 Tool 2 drawers 2 160 1 drawer 3 240 480 x 850 x 950 480 x 850 x 1000 480 x 850 x 1000 480 x 850 x 950 480 x 850 x 1000 180 / 820 / 180 / 520 / 860 180-037-JD 180-038-JD 180 / 520 / 860 100 180-041-JD 180 / 820 / 180 / 520 / 860 180-039-JD 180-040-JD Service Sides open 3 120 350 x 480 370 x 650 x 900 140 / 460 / 780 75 180-042-JD 524 w w w . d e n i o s . c o . u k / s h o p

525

Steel transport trolley W With adhesive anti-slip layer and all round guard strip, powder coated in blue W Blue-grey smooth running solid rubber tyres, 2 swivel castors and 2 fixed castors Aluminium trolley W The collapsible handle saves storage space W Platform with anti-slip surface and corner protectors 1 2 6 T n e M p i u Q e n o i T A R e p o d n A n o i T c u d o R p 4 3 Material Platform dimensions W x D [mm] Number of levels Features Overall load capacity [kg] External dimensions W x D x H [mm] Ø wheel [mm] Weight [kg] Order number 1 480 x 740 1 1 folding handle 150 480 x 740 x 860 100 15 157-604-JD 2 Steel 610 x 910 1 250 610 x 910 x 860 125 20 157-605-JD 3 4 480 x 740 3 2 handles 120 480 x 740 x 860 100 26 157-607-JD Aluminium 470 x 645 1 1 folding handle 150 470 x 750 x 980 100 10 164-407-JD E x P E R T A D V I C E A N D O R D E R L I N E : 0 1 9 5 2 8 1 1 9 9 1 525

526

Transport equipment Reliable, everyday transport equipment at a fair price and with smart accessories e.g.: W Sturdy design, impact and scratch resistant powder coating W Smooth running TPE tyres with groove ball bearings, 2 swivel and 2 fixed castors with foot guard W ErgoStop central brake - Quick and easy operation of the pedal, even when wearing safety shoes, works immediately on both swivel castors. Light duty platform trolley Optimum price & performance W Anti-slip, sealed loading surfaces - available in 2 dimensions W Sturdy, ergonomic handle W Compact transport trolley for universal use W Sturdy design, impact and scratch resistant powder coating W Smooth running TPE tyres with groove ball bearings, 2 swivel and 2 fixed castors with foot guard, ErgoStop central braking Heavy duty platform trolley With a high load capacity for industrial use W Ideally suited to easy transport of heavy goods W Sturdy, ergonomic handle W Anti-slip, sealed loading surfaces - available in 4 dimensions W Sturdy design, impact and scratch resistant powder coating W Smooth running TPE tyres with groove ball bearings, 2 swivel and 2 fixed castors with foot guard, ErgoStop central braking 6 T n e M p i u Q e n o i T A R e p o d n A n o i T c u d o R p Folding handle with simple foot operation - perfect for trans- port or when there is a space restriction Model Platform dimensions W x D [mm] Design Overall load capacity [kg] Wheel diameter [mm] Order number 450 x 850 Light duty platform trolley 450 x 720 600 x 1000 600 x 900 Fixed handle Folding handle 200 150 250 160 258-199-JD 258-200-JD 258-202-JD 258-203-JD 125 Model Platform dimensions W x D [mm] Design Overall load capacity [kg] Wheel diameter [mm] Order number Heavy duty platform trolleys 500 x 880 600 x 1030 700 x 1030 800 x 1230 400 160 Fixed handle 500 200 258-213-JD 258-214-JD 258-212-JD 258-215-JD 526 w w w . d e n i o s . c o . u k / s h o p

527

6 T n e M p i u Q e n o i T A R e p o d n A n o i T c u d o R p All products for Business equipment can be found here: www.denios.co.uk/kat/12754 Light duty workshop trolley The professional product for internal transport W Anti-slip, sealed loading surfaces with edge W Available with 2 or 3 shelves, each in 2 dimensions W Either with space-saving straight or ergonomic high transport handle W Sturdy design, impact and scratch resistant powder coating W Smooth running TPE tyres with groove ball bearings, 2 swivel and 2 fixed castors with foot guard, ErgoStop central braking Especially comfortable to hold thanks to high handle The straight handle makes transport easy, even for bulky loads Model Number of levels Platform dimensions W x D [mm] Overall load capacity/shelf [kg] Wheel diameter [mm] Order number High handle Order number Straight handle 2 490 x 835 258-174-JD 258-209-JD Light duty workshop trolleys 590 x 985 250 / 80 125 258-175-JD 258-208-JD 3 490 x 835 258-187-JD 258-211-JD 590 x 985 258-186-JD 258-210-JD Heavy duty workshop trolley Load capacity up to 500 kg - for industrial use W Ergonomic handle for easy transport W Anti-slip, sealed loading surfaces W Available in 4 loading surface dimensions W Sturdy design, impact and scratch resistant powder coating W Smooth running TPE tyres with groove ball bearings, 2 swivel and 2 fixed castors with foot guard, ErgoStop central braking ErgoStop central brake: Safe, quick braking in any wheel position. Model Number of levels Platform dimensions W x D [mm] Overall load capacity/shelf [kg] Wheel diameter [mm] Order number 500 x 850 400 / 200 160 258-196-JD Heavy duty workshop trolleys 2 600 x 1000 700 x 1000 800 x 1200 500 / 200 200 258-197-JD 258-198-JD 258-195-JD E x P E R T A D V I C E A N D O R D E R L I N E : 0 1 9 5 2 8 1 1 9 9 1 527

528

Workshop trolley with steel spill trays With watertight spill pallet for safe working W Sturdy tubular steel design, impact and scratch resistant powder coated W With oil-tight steel spill tray, edge height 40 mm, with either 2 or 3 shelves W Smooth running TPE tyres with groove ball bearings, 2 swivel and 2 fixed castors with foot guard, ErgoStop central braking W Ergonomic working height, sturdy handle for easy transport W Optional design with grid and drain tap or with removable spill pallet Workshop trolley with steel spill trays and practical ErgoStop central brake 6 T n e M p i u Q e n o i T A R e p o d n A n o i T c u d o R p Model Number of spill pallets Platform dimensions W x D [mm] Additional equipment Overall load capacity/shelf [kg] Wheel diameter [mm] Order number Workshop trolley with steel spill trays 495 x 845 – 400 / 100 160 258-220-JD 2 695 x 995 – 200 258-221-JD 595 x 995 Grid, drain tap 595 x 995 Removable spill pallet 250 / 80 125 258-226-JD 258-876-JD 3 495 x 845 – 500 / 100 160 258-222-JD 528 w w w . d e n i o s . c o . u k / s h o p

529

6 T n e M p i u Q e n o i T A R e p o d n A n o i T c u d o R p Model Containment volume [L] External dimensions W x D x H [mm]* Overall load capacity [kg] Grid Order number *Overall height including handle Transport trolley with plastic spill tray 1 x 30 1110 x 602 x 1074 150 without 114-837-JD galvanized 114-839-JD plastic 114-841-JD Transport trolley with plastic spill tray Compact size: easy, safe manoeuvring even in confined spaces and passages W Sturdy steel trolley with removable spill pallet in chemical-resistant polyethylene W Ideal for transporting e.g. hazardous substances in small containers W With handle and 2 fixed and 2 swivel castors, easy to manoeuvre, in poly- propylene (Ø 100 mm) W Either without or with grid in galvanised steel or plastic Workshop trolley with plastic spill trays Ideal for transporting e.g. hazardous substances in small containers W Workshop trolley in steel with 2 removable spill trays in chemical-resistant polyethylene W 2 handles and 2 swivel castors and fixed castors in polypropylene (Ø 100 mm), for easy, safe manoeuvring Model Containment volume [L] External dimensions W x D x H [mm]* Overall load capacity [kg] Grid Order number *Overall height including handle Workshop trolley with plastic spill trays 2 x 30 1041 x 660 x 920 170 without 115-214-JD E x P E R T A D V I C E A N D O R D E R L I N E : 0 1 9 5 2 8 1 1 9 9 1 529

530

6 T n e M p i u Q e n o i T A R e p o d n A n o i T c u d o R p VARIOfit tiered trolleys Professional trolley for universal use - e.g. for distributing packets and materials W Sturdy steel design W Base and shelves in high quality MDF board, beech finish W Smooth running tyres in thermoplastic rubber on plastic rims with precision groove ball bearings W High-quality powder coating, RAL 5010, gentian blue W 2 swivel castors with EasySTOP and 2 fixed castors W Swivel castors with foot guards Design Platform dimensions W x D [mm] Number of levels Overall load capacity/shelf [kg] External dimensions W x D x H [mm] Diameter, Roll [mm] Order number Open tiered trolley 850 x 500 1000 x 700 1200 x 800 Tiered trolleys mesh 1000 x 700 1200 x 800 400 / 80 500 x 910 x 1530 5 250 / 80 4 500 / 80 700 x 1060 x 1530 800 x 1260 x 1530 725 x 1190 x 1820 825 x 1390 x 1820 160 200 272-690-JD 272-691-JD 272-692-JD 272-693-JD 272-694-JD VARIOfit occasional trolleys, with open frame Practical aid for quick and easy access to materials W Sturdy tubular steel design, professional W Available as fixed and tiltable versions W Smooth running tyres in thermoplastic rubber on plastic rims with precision groove ball bearings W High-quality powder coating, RAL 5010, gentian blue W 2 swivel castors with EasySTOP and 2 fixed castors W Swivel castors with foot guards o R d e R A T T h e s A M e T i M e Suitable Euro standard available as accessories! Euro crate for side trolley (H170 mm) Order no. 272-645-JD Euro crate for side trolley (H220 mm) Order no. 272-646-JD Model Design Maximum load [kg] Load [kg] External dimensions W x D x H [mm] Order number Occasional trolley Fixed shelves 200 50 455 x 815 x 1185 272-643-JD Tiltable shelves 272-644-JD 530 w w w . d e n i o s . c o . u k / s h o p

531

6 T n e M p i u Q e n o i T A R e p o d n A n o i T c u d o R p VARIOfit box trolley, with 2-wing door Lockable box trolley in high quality industrial finish W Sturdy steel design W Lockable 2-wing door with espagnolette lock, handle and cylinder lock W Smooth running tyres in thermoplastic rubber on plastic rims with W High-quality powder coating, RAL 5010, gentian blue W 2 swivel castors with EasySTOP and 2 fixed castors W Swivel castors with foot guards precision groove ball bearings Design Platform dimensions W x D [mm] Overall load capacity/shelf [kg] Diameter, Roll [mm] Order number Number of levels: 3 Order number Number of levels: 5 Box trolley wire mesh 1045 x 685 272-681-JD 272-683-JD 1245 x 785 500 / 80 200 272-682-JD 272-684-JD Box trolleys sheet metal 1045 x 685 1245 x 785 272-685-JD 272-687-JD 272-686-JD 272-688-JD VARIOfit shelf trolleys, with variable shelves Ideal for carrying larger quantities of materials W Sturdy steel design W Open or with tilting shelves, up to 17° or 32° W Smooth running tyres in thermoplastic rubber on plastic rims with precision groove ball bearings W High-quality powder coating, RAL 5010, gentian blue W 2 swivel castors with EasySTOP and 2 fixed castors W Swivel castors with foot guards Model External dimensions W x D x H [mm] Overall load capacity [kg] Load [kg] Diameter, Roll [mm] Order number Number of levels: 3 Order number Number of levels: 4 Euro box trolley 665 x 935 x 1125 200 50 125 272-647-JD – Tiered trolleys 650 x 1805 x 1275 650 x 1805 x 1575 400 200 80 272-648-JD – 272-649-JD – 550 x 1510 x 1815 250 650 x 1805 x 1855 400 160 – 272-650-JD 200 – 272-651-JD E x P E R T A D V I C E A N D O R D E R L I N E : 0 1 9 5 2 8 1 1 9 9 1 531

532

6 T n e M p i u Q e n o i T A R e p o d n A n o i T c u d o R p The innovative Swedish manufacturer KONGAMEK has developed a range of practical, well-designed transport equipment. Here you’ll find a selection of products for seamless in-house transport. DENIOS ONLINE SHOP Many other KONGAMEK products can be found in our online shop! >> www.denios.co.uk/shop << KM Ergo steel table trolley, height-adjustable from 720 mm to 1100 mm Practical and versatile table trolley with a load capacity of 200 kg W High quality powder coating, W x D: 400 x 600 mm W Simple height adjustment for ergonomic working W 4 swivel castors (2 with brakes) made of non-marking PA Order no. 315-973-JD KM Ergo gas cylinder trolley W Painted, ergonomic gas cylinder trolley W Makes it easy to change gas cylinders without straining your back W Simple to use, no heavy lifting W For 1 gas cylinder x 50 litres (max. Ø 235 mm) KM chassis for pallets Ergonomic trolley for improved access to products, optionally with swivelling turntable W Improved ergonomics at the workplace thanks to height-adjustable function W Solid construction with 4 smooth-run- ning swivel castors W Optionally with turntable: can be locked in 8 positions (45-degree increments) KM narrow platform trolleys Highly versatile with 4 swivel castors, 2 with brakes. W Narrow, versatile workshop and transport trolley, load capacity 150 kg W Electrogalvanised for excellent corrosion protection Order no. 315-987-JD Order no. 255-319-JD Order no. 315-986-JD Order no. 255-334-JD KM narrow transport trolley, shelves in red Order no. 255-335-JD KM narrow transport trolley, shelves in white KM Scooter, with footbrake Easy to use scooter for safe, fast transport between workstations. W Easy to use works scooter for safe, fast transport between workstations. W In powder coated steel KM stainless steel trolley, with folding handle Multipurpose, versatile plat- form trolley in stainless steel W Versatile platform trolley in stainless steel W Load capacity 100 kg Order no. 255-373-JD Order no. 255-348-JD 532 w w w . d e n i o s . c o . u k / s h o p

533

Kongamek shelf trolley, sustainable, with variable number of shelves Why the sustainable Kongamek shelf trolley? SUSTAINABILITY W Sustainability: Made from recycled materials to protect the environment W Quality: High processing quality despite recycled components W Flexibility: Customisable number of shelves for different areas of use W Safety: Sturdy construction and reliable swivel castors with brakes W Load capacity 250 kg DENIOS ONLINE SHOP Other versions (other sizes, door options and accessories) can be found in the Online Shop! >> www.denios.co.uk/kat/12754 << Order no. 316-000-JD KM stable long materials trolleys Ideal for long goods such as pipes, easy to move even when heavily loaded. W Sturdy long materials trolley, ideal for pipes and long goods - easy to move even when heavily loaded. W Length adjustable to 2500, 3500 and 4000 mm W With 4 corner posts, drawbar and coupling eye KM ESD tiered trolley, with 2 height adjustable shelves Multipurpose, tested trolley for use in ESD areas, e.g. for protec- tion when transporting or storing electrical components W Electrolytically galvanised, with conductive coating and base, WxD: 470 x 945 mm, load capacity 250 kg W All shelves infinitely height-adjustable, push handle available as an accessory W 4 swivel castors in electrically conductive solid rubber 6 T n e M p i u Q e n o i T A R e p o d n A n o i T c u d o R p Order no. 267-581-JD Order no. 267-582-JD Cleaning trolley Sturdy cleaning trolley for everyday use indoors and outdoors in workshops, warehouses, production, car parks etc. W Large pneumatic tyres on steel rims for a smooth ride W Practical holders for the safe attachment of brooms, shovels, waste sacks, gloves etc. W Easy to manoeuvre thanks to ergonomic handle KM stable heavy duty trolleys Equipped with handle with coupling eye and parking brake W Transport trolley in high quality powder coated tubular steel, with plywood base W Incl. drawbar for towing, with eye Ø 24 mm and parking brake Pneumatic tyres, Ø 400 mm Order no. 267-578-JD Order no. 267-580-JD E x P E R T A D V I C E A N D O R D E R L I N E : 0 1 9 5 2 8 1 1 9 9 1 533

534

6 T n e M p i u Q e n o i T A R e p o d n A n o i T c u d o R p Roll box pallet in steel, Euro dimensions Heavy duty container makes the ideal transport logistics solution for your business W Steel roll box pallet in Euro pallet dimensions, with frame in sturdy square tube and mesh walls W Assembled in sturdy Ø 22 mm tubular construction, load capacity: 600 kg W Galvanised in blue W With 2 swivel castors in rubber grey, ø 125 mm, All products for Business equipment can be found here: www.denios.co.uk/kat/12754 2 castors with locking device Optionally as anti-theft container, closed on all sides with roof: W For optimum protection against unauthorised access Intermediate shelves see accessories External dimensions W x D [mm] Features Height [mm] Overall load capacity [kg] Ø roll [mm] Order number Order number Mesh intermediate shelf, 20 mm edge, slanted attachment Order number Mesh intermediate shelf, variable attachment Open on 2 sides 1200 x 800 – 1820 600 125 266-078-JD 266-085-JD Open on 1 sides Closed 1200 x 800 – 1820 600 125 266-079-JD 266-085-JD 1350 x 950 – 1820 800 125 266-088-JD – 1200 x 800 1350 x 950 2 doors, device for padlock 1820 600 125 266-081-JD 266-085-JD 1820 800 125 266-089-JD – Closed, with top 1350 x 950 1820 800 125 266-090-JD – 266-083-JD 266-083-JD 266-091-JD 266-083-JD 266-091-JD 266-091-JD Stackable roll box pallet Easy and quick nesting containers – ideal for empty transport and space-saving storage W Nesting roll box pallet with mesh walls, galvanised in blue W Stable Ø 22 mm tubular construction, load capacity: 500 kg W With 2 fixed and 2 swivel castors in polyamide, Ø 108 mm W Base can be folded back to the side with spring assist, nestable for optimum transport when empty Optionally as an anti-theft container, closed on all sides with roof: W lockable door (padlock not included) W Wire mesh 50 x 50 mm, plastic roof panel as rain protection Order no. 266-105-JD Order no. 266-098-JD Nestable roll box pallet, saves space when nested inside each other Open on 2 sides Open on 1 sides Closed Features Steel shelf Steel shelf External dimensions W x D [mm] Height [mm] Overall load capacity [kg] Diameter, Roll [mm] Order number 700 x 800 1665 500 108 266-096-JD 700 x 800 1665 500 108 266-097-JD Plastic shelf, 2 plastic intermediate shelves 729 x 818 1770 500 125 266-105-JD Steel shelf, per 1 door, rear and front wall, CT closure 700 x 800 1665 500 108 266-098-JD Steel shelf, 1 steel intermediate shelf, 1 door, CT closure 729 x 818 1660 500 125 266-099-JD Closed, with top Plastic shelf, 1 plastic intermediate shelf, 1 door 728 x 823 1880 500 125 266-108-JD 534 w w w . d e n i o s . c o . u k / s h o p

535

6 T n e M p i u Q e n o i T A R e p o d n A n o i T c u d o R p Classic logistics boxes Proven roll holder with patented clamp technology W Dimensions to suit truck standard W Sturdy Ø 22 mm tubular construction W Zinc-plated W Can be used from +60° C to -20° c W Distance between shelves 300 mm W 2 swivel castors, 2 fixed castors, Ø 108 mm, plastic wheels DENIOS ONLINE SHOP Other versions (other sizes, door options and accessories) can be found in the Online Shop! >> www.denios.co.uk/ kat/12754 << Platform dimensions W x D [mm] Height [mm] Overall load capacity [kg] Order number Without wheel brake Order number With wheel brake Accessories Order number Logistics box model CL 2, open on 2 sides Logistics box model CL 3, 2 side walls and 1 rear wall. (Shelf and rubber strap for transport safety available as an accessory) Logistic-box model CL 4, closed design with folding door Open on 2 sides 660 x 815 1660 500 172-200-JD 172-201-JD Open on 1 sides 660 x 775 1660 500 172-202-JD 172-203-JD Shelf (load capacity 150 kg), max. 4 Shelves per trolley 268-074-JD 268-073-JD Closed 660 x 745 1660 500 172-118-JD 172-204-JD 172-121-JD Roll box pallet with plastic base Classic roll box pallet with narrow mesh walls W With 2 fixed and 2 swivel castors in polypropylene, Ø 108 mm W Sturdy Ø 22 mm tubular construction, load capacity: 500 kg Optionally as an anti-theft container, closed on all sides with roof: W lockable door (padlock not included) W 1 hinged mesh intermediate shelf, permanently mounted W Optionally also on steel roller plate with 2-part door Features External dimensions W x D [mm] Height [mm] Overall load capacity [kg] Ø roll [mm] Order number Accessories Rubber strap (for open version) Rubber tension strap, 1 wire hook / 1 wire loop Open on 1 sides Closed Closed, with top Plastic plate 724 x 815 1210 500 108 266-050-JD Plastic plate, 1-part door 724 x 815 1550 500 108 266-052-JD Plastic plate, 2-part door, intermediate shelf 724 x 815 1800 500 108 266-057-JD Steel plate, 2-part door, intermediate shelf 710 x 800 1790 500 108 266-064-JD Order number 172-120-JD 266-067-JD E x P E R T A D V I C E A N D O R D E R L I N E : 0 1 9 5 2 8 1 1 9 9 1 535

536

Basic BR pallet truck W Economical, versatile model W Wheels manufactured from nylon W The rear wheels are manufactured from polyurethane W Extremely versatile due to ability to be used on all surfaces W Quiet operation Model Overall load capacity [kg] Number of load rollers Fork length [mm] Supporting width [mm] Overall length [mm] Lift height max [mm] Order number BR 4 4 BR 2 2200 2 1150 525 1550 200 128-383-JD 128-384-JD 6 T n e M p i u Q e n o i T A R e p o d n A n o i T c u d o R p Pro PR pallet truck W For heavy duty, industrial usage W The high load capacity of 2500 kg ensures use in most applications W Wheel manufactured from hard wearing nylon W Extremely versatile due to ability to be used on all surfaces W Quiet operation Model Overall load capacity [kg] Number of load rollers Fork length [mm] Supporting width [mm] Overall length [mm] Lift height max [mm] Order number PR 4 4 PR 2 2500 2 1150 525 1550 200 128-385-JD 128-386-JD 536 w w w . d e n i o s . c o . u k / s h o p

537

6 T n e M p i u Q e n o i T A R e p o d n A n o i T c u d o R p Pallet truck with scales Model HW Combine the comfort of a pallet truck with the functionality of a drum transport and lifting trolley W Ideal combination for lifting and weighing in one unit W Extremely sturdy - ideal for heavy duty and industrial use W Scales and display built in to protective steel housing W Functions: tare, zero, addition function for weighing, counting reference parts etc W Weight range 1 to 2200 kg in 1 kg steps Detail: scales with large LCD display (30 mm) for easy-to-read data Tandem driving wheels in polyurethane Pallet truck HW with integrated scales Order no. 128-380-JD Rubber swivel castors Drum lifting truck for 205 litre steel drums For straightforward lifting, placing and transporting of a 200 litre steel drum on level ground W Combine the comfort of a pallet truck with the functionality of a drum transport and lifting trolley W For straightforward lifting, placing and transporting of a 200 litre steel drum on level ground W Load capacity: 350 kg W The clamp opens when lowered and picks up the drum W Wheels manufactured from nylon Drum lifting truck for 205 litre steel drums, load capacity 350 kg Order no. 158-052-JD E x P E R T A D V I C E A N D O R D E R L I N E : 0 1 9 5 2 8 1 1 9 9 1 537

538

Mobile material stands Versatile equipment for loading or for direct use in the workplace. Ideal for use with standard plastic boxes up to 800 x 600 mm. Optimal and ergonomic working position, the height can be adjusted and the stand can be tilted at 5 different levels from 0º to 40º. W Model FH - hydraulic height adjustment W Easy transport and placement of boxes and baskets W Optimal and ergonomic working position, the height can be adjusted and the stand can be tilted at 5 different levels from 0º to 40º W 4 swivel castors, Ø 75 mm with brakes W Powder-coated in blue (RAL 5010) W Steel sheet platform with raised edge (30 mm) W Simple, easy stepless height adjustment (even under load) with foot pedal W 5 step angle adjustment from 0° to 40° 6 T n e M p i u Q e n o i T A R e p o d n A n o i T c u d o R p Order no. 154-085-JD All products for Lifting tables can be found here: www.denios.co.uk/kat/24580 538 w w w . d e n i o s . c o . u k / s h o p

539

Scissor lifting table Optimum ergonomic loading and unloading for pallet goods W Profiled steel/ steel sheet design W Sturdy pushbar - with a protective plate to prevent slipping through W Hydraulic pump with chrome plated pistons W Operated via a foot pedal W Valve to lower platform operated by handle W 2 swivel and 2 fixed castors, wheels with polyurethane tyres, swivel castors with brake in accordance with EN 1570 Single scissor lift table With collapsible handle 1 2 3 Load capacity: 500 kg Load capacity: 250 kg Load capacity: 150 kg 6 T n e M p i u Q e n o i T A R e p o d n A n o i T c u d o R p 1 4 5 Mobile lifting table Load capacity: 900 kg W Profile steel / steel sheet design with rounded platform Load capacity: 300 kg W 4 telescope pillars ensure a separate foot pedals W Handle W Powder-coated in blue (RAL 5010) Load capacity: 500 kg stable footing W Raising and lowering via 2 W Each with 2 swivel and fixed polyurethane wheels W Available in 2 sizes Double scissor lift table 6 7 Locking devices with lowerable support ensure secure standing. (Can be released again with light foot pressure) Platform dimensions W x D [mm] Overall load capacity [kg] Lift height max [mm] Lift height min [mm] External dimensions W x D [mm] Ø wheel [mm] Order number 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 Single scissor lift table Double scissor lift table Mobile lifting table 450 x 700 150 755 265 450 x 950 100 157-623-JD 500 x 830 250 910 330 500 x 1010 125 157-624-JD 520 x 1010 500 1000 435 520 x 1185 150 157-625-JD 520 x 1010 300 1585 435 520 x 1260 150 157-628-JD 520 x 1010 500 1575 440 520 x 1260 150 157-629-JD 610 x 915 900 1220 760 610 x 915 100 180-035-JD 815 x 1220 900 1220 760 815 x 1220 100 180-036-JD E x P E R T A D V I C E A N D O R D E R L I N E : 0 1 9 5 2 8 1 1 9 9 1 539

540

Ergonomic lifter for small containers The ergonomic chassis enables safety handling of small containers. Containers with carry handles can be easily picked up using the pre-installed lifting arms. Four swivel castors ensure manoeuvrability, while the low overall height makes it safe to drive underneath spill sumps and pallets. Lifter is operated by cable pull at an ergonomic height and with automatic latching function. W The standard version includes the chassis with adapter plate, as well as the pre-installed lifting arms W The narrow chassis is easy to manoeuvre with four swivel castors - even in the smallest of spaces W Thanks to the low overall height, trays and pallets can be safely accessed underneath W The adapter plate can be modularly extended with further container holders (see accessories) - any small container can be accommodated W The pre-installed lifting arms can be used to pick up containers with carrying handles (on the lid or container) 6 T n e M p i u Q e n o i T A R e p o d n A n o i T c u d o R p Hand crank for ergonomic height adjustment The ergonomic lifter allows a lifting height of up to 1500 mm Design External dimensions W x D x H [mm] Order number With lifting arms and adapter module for all other attachments (see accessories) 550 x 740 x 1930 285-838-JD 540 w w w . d e n i o s . c o . u k / s h o p

541

6 T n e M p i u Q e n o i T A R e p o d n A n o i T c u d o R p Various adapters for the ergonomic lifter W Adapter for the ergonomic lifter - can only be used with item 285-838 Stable platform - for holding large-format objects (e.g. plates) and containers with a low height Dimensions W x D (mm): 444 x 368 Order no. 285-842-JD Canister grabber - for canisters with handle Order no. 285-840-JD Torsion-resistant transport basket - for holding containers with max. W x D: 375 x 270 mm Order no. 285-841-JD Securing rail with tension strap - for holding containers securely with a tension strap Order no. 285-839-JD E x P E R T A D V I C E A N D O R D E R L I N E : 0 1 9 5 2 8 1 1 9 9 1 541

542

Crane arms, various versions Available as rigid version, extendable version and extendable as well as height-adjustable version M a de in Germ a n y W The crane arm converts the forklift into a practical crane for medium to heavy loads W The reach of the forklift is significantly extended W For lifting loads which cannot be picked up from underneath by the forklift blades W Excellent aid when goods need to be lifted over a barrier for example or when removing or refitting machine components W Safety first: chain protection against slipping off the forklift blades W The crane arms are available in the following versions: rigid, extendable, extendable and height adjustable Available in 7 colours RAL 3000 RAL 5010 RAL 6011 RAL 2004 RAL 5018 RAL 7005 RAL 7016 6 T n e M p i u Q e n o i T A R e p o d n A n o i T c u d o R p Crane arm, extendable version (6 extension positions) Crane arm, extendable and height-adjustable version (6 extension positions, 5 height adjustments up to 45°) Design Maximum load [kg] Jib length II (mm) / Max. load capacity [kg]* Forklift pocket W x H [mm] Distance between fork pockets [mm] Blue Order number Anthracite Order number *Max. Load capacity for fully extended crane arm Pull-out version Pull-out and height adjustable version Pull-out version Pull-out and height adjustable version 3000 3600 / 650 102 145-446-JD 276-445-JD 169 145-447-JD 276-459-JD 5000 3600 / 1000 188 x 88 102 276-446-JD 276-452-JD 169 276-460-JD 276-466-JD 8000 3600 / 1250 193 276-468-JD 276-474-JD 542 w w w . d e n i o s . c o . u k / s h o p

543

Load arms, various versions Available as rigid version, extendable version with 25° incline and telescopic version with 25° incline M a de in Germ a n y W The load arm converts the forklift into a practical crane for low to medium loads W The reach of the forklift is extended W For lifting loads which cannot be picked up from underneath by the forklift blades W Excellent aid when goods need to be lifted over a barrier for example or when removing or refitting machine components W Safety first: chain protection against slipping off the forklift blades Available in 6 colours RAL 3000 RAL 5010 RAL 6011 RAL 2004 RAL 5018 RAL 7005 Load arm, telescopic version with 25° angle Load arm, rigid version 6 T n e M p i u Q e n o i T A R e p o d n A n o i T c u d o R p Design Maximum load [kg] Jib length II (mm) / Max. load capacity [kg]* Forklift pocket W x H [mm] Distance between fork pockets [mm] Blue Order number Red Order number *Max. Load capacity for fully extended crane arm 1450 / 250 276-384-JD 276-385-JD 1000 Rigid version 2500 Rigid version, with 25° angle Telescopic version, with 25° angle 5000 1000 2350 / 100 1450 / 550 2350 / 250 1450 / 1050 2350 / 500 1345 / 350 2270 / 175 220 x 77 160 276-391-JD 276-398-JD 276-405-JD 276-412-JD 276-419-JD 276-426-JD 276-392-JD 276-399-JD 276-406-JD 276-413-JD 276-420-JD 276-427-JD 276-433-JD 276-434-JD Fork lift extensions If the length of the forklift blades is not sufficient for transport, fork extensions are a quick, cost-effective solution. The closed box profile tapers at the front and underneath so that the attachment can be used to pick up pallets from below. W Practical fork extension made of 6 mm sheet steel with closed bottom W For the transport of large-volume goods W Safety first: secured against slipping with locking pins W The fork extension must rest at least 60% on the forks of the truck W The prices quoted are per pair W Available in the following lengths [mm]: 1600, 1800, 2000, 2200, 2400, 2600, 2800, 3000 M a de in Germ a n y W Available for the following forklift blade dimensions [mm]: 80x40, 100x40, 100x45, 100x50, 120x40, 120x50, 125x45, 125x50, 150x50 Suitable tine dimension WxH [mm] Order number Fork length [mm]: 1600 Order number Fork length [mm]: 1800 Order number Fork length [mm]: 2000 Order number Fork length [mm]: 2200 Order number Fork length [mm]: 2400 Order number Fork length [mm]: 2600 Fork lift extensions 120 x 40 276-315-JD 276-324-JD 276-333-JD 276-342-JD 276-351-JD 276-360-JD 125 x 50 276-318-JD 276-327-JD 276-336-JD 276-345-JD 276-354-JD 276-363-JD 150 x 50 276-319-JD 276-328-JD 276-337-JD 276-346-JD 276-355-JD 276-364-JD E x P E R T A D V I C E A N D O R D E R L I N E : 0 1 9 5 2 8 1 1 9 9 1 543

544

6 T n e M p i u Q e n o i T A R e p o d n A n o i T c u d o R p PolySkip tipping skips and tipping containers Particularly stable, seamlessly manufactured tipping skips and containers in weather-resistant plastic (PE). These containers are also leakproof and are therefore suitable for collecting materials that may leak fluid. W Large-capacity containers for provision of small parts or separate collection of waste and recyclable materials W Corrosion-free, weather-resistant polyethylene (PE) W Easy to clean PolySkip tipping skips and containers, from 300 to 1000 litres PolySkip tipping skip W Watertight W For manual transport of waste and recyclable materials, for example to a central collection point W Easy to move due to large castors (Ø 200 mm) and swivel castors (Ø 125 mm) of polyamide, lockable W The skip can be emptied by manually tipping the container over the axle of the wheels into a ditch or a low basin etc W Optionally available with 2-part folding lid in PE (grey) o R d e R A T T h e s A M e T i M e Pictogram set W For recyclable material containers and refuse bin boxes W Pictogram set with symbols: paper, plastics, residual waste, glass, sheet metal/metal and bio-waste W Waterproof and self adhesive W Format (H x W): 180 x 160 mm Order no. 154-062-JD PolySkip tipping skip, with castors Available in 3 colours 2 part PE lid, grey Capacity [l] Features External dimensions W x D x H [mm] Bulk goods edge height [mm] Overall load capacity [kg] Weight [kg] Order number Blue Order number Grey Order number Red Accessories Order number 300 2 swivel castors, 2 fixed castors 920 x 1320 x 625 405 150 30 148-372-JD 153-536-JD 153-535-JD 2 part PE lid, grey 185-837-JD 500 2 swivel castors, 2 fixed castors 960 x 1440 x 825 460 150 38 136-459-JD 153-540-JD 153-539-JD 2 part PE lid, grey 185-838-JD 750 2 swivel castors, 2 fixed castors 1145 x 1560 x 925 560 250 44 136-460-JD 153-566-JD 153-563-JD 2 part PE lid, grey 185-839-JD 1000 2 swivel castors, 2 fixed castors 1173 x 1586 x 1095 670 250 49 181-684-JD 181-687-JD 181-686-JD 2 part PE lid, grey 185-840-JD 544 w w w . d e n i o s . c o . u k / s h o p

545

PolySkip tipping skip W Watertight W With forklift pockets and additional swivel and fixed castors for manual manoeuvring W Release via cable pull from the driver’s seat W With integrated spring scissor mechanism for limiting the tilting process and to protect the container against damage W Optionally available with 2-part folding lid in PE (grey) 6 T n e M p i u Q e n o i T A R e p o d n A n o i T c u d o R p PolySkip tipping skip, with forklift pockets PolySkip tipping skip, with forklift pockets and castors Polyamide castors Available in 3 colours Capacity Features External dimensions W x D x H [mm] Bulk goods edge height [mm] Overall load capacity [kg] Weight [kg] Order number Blue Order number Grey Order number Red Accessories Order number Capacity [l] Features External dimensions W x D x H [mm] Bulk goods edge height [mm] Overall load capacity [kg] Weight [kg] Order number Blue Order number Grey Order number Red Accessories Order number Size of fork-lift truck pockets in mm 150 226 (for models with 300/500 ltr capacity) 326 (for models with 750 / 1 000 ltr capacity) 150 300 500 750 1000 With forklift pockets and castors With forklift pockets and castors With forklift pockets and castors With forklift pockets and castors 1173 x 1660 x 1095 670 250 67 181-692-JD 181-695-JD 181-694-JD 2 part PE lid, grey 185-840-JD 1145 x 1650 x 925 560 250 62 144-623-JD 153-603-JD 153-602-JD 2 part PE lid, grey 185-839-JD 920 x 1420 x 625 405 150 45 148-379-JD 153-594-JD 153-593-JD 2 part PE lid, grey 185-837-JD 960 x 1530 x 830 460 150 53 144-622-JD 153-599-JD 153-597-JD 2 part PE lid, grey 185-838-JD 300 With forklift pockets 920 x 1420 x 590 370 150 43 148-377-JD 153-572-JD 153-571-JD 2 part PE lid, grey 185-837-JD 500 With forklift pockets 960 x 1530 x 790 420 150 50 136-449-JD 153-578-JD 153-576-JD 2 part PE lid, grey 185-838-JD 750 With forklift pockets 1145 x 1650 x 890 520 250 59 136-450-JD 153-591-JD 153-590-JD 2 part PE lid, grey 185-839-JD 1000 With forklift pockets 1173 x 1660 x 1060 635 250 64 181-688-JD 181-691-JD 181-690-JD 2 part PE lid, grey 185-840-JD E x P E R T A D V I C E A N D O R D E R L I N E : 0 1 9 5 2 8 1 1 9 9 1 545

546

6 T n e M p i u Q e n o i T A R e p o d n A n o i T c u d o R p Tipping skips with castors W For collecting and transporting bulk goods of any type W Tipping skips in long lasting welded steel design with manual tipping container W Metal thickness of the container 2 mm W With forklift pockets (160 x 90 mm) W With swivel and fixed castors in solid rubber (Ø 200 mm) W Sturdy handle to enable manual operation W Lid available as an accessory. Please order at the same time if required, as it cannot be retrofitted More colour options can be found in our online shop. www.denios.co.uk Capacity [l] External dimensions W x D x H [mm] Bulk goods edge height [mm] Forklift pocket W x H [mm] Distance between fork pockets [mm] Overall load capacity [kg] Weight [kg] Order number Powder coated Order number Hot dip galvanised Accessories Order number 250 895 x 1180 x 915 825 160 x 90 360 600 60 145-021-JD 145-024-JD – 331-070-JD 400 930 x 1440 x 1000 910 160 x 90 400 600 85 145-022-JD 145-025-JD – 331-071-JD 600 1040 x 1560 x 1125 1030 160 x 90 510 600 110 145-023-JD 145-026-JD – 331-072-JD 800 1040 x 1660 x 1250 1160 160 x 90 510 600 130 269-921-JD 269-925-JD – 331-073-JD 1000 1240 x 1660 x 1250 1160 160 x 90 710 600 150 269-926-JD 269-930-JD – 331-074-JD Roll-off tipping container with castors W For collecting and transporting bulk goods of any type W Compact design, low height W Study frame manufactured from u-channels, the tipping trough is manufactured from 3mm steel sheet with reinforcement at the edges W With forklift pockets (200 x 70 mm) (min. Fork length 800 mm) W With swivel and fixed castors in polyamide (Ø 175 mm) W Sturdy handle to enable manual operation W Release via cable pull from the forklift seat W Easy tipping over the side W Integrated control mechanism for limiting the tilting process and to protect the container against damage W Additional chain protection to prevent slipping from the the forklift blades W Lid available as an accessory. Please order at the same time if required, as it cannot be retrofitted More colour options can be found in our online shop. www.denios.co.uk Capacity [l] External dimensions W x D x H [mm] Bulk goods edge height [mm] Forklift pocket W x H [mm] Distance between fork pockets [mm] Overall load capacity [kg] Weight [kg] Order number Powder coated Order number Hot dip galvanised Accessories Order number 300 830 x 1350 x 810 700 200 x 70 280 750 115 145-027-JD 145-031-JD – 331-058-JD 500 1280 x 1350 x 810 700 200 x 70 60 1000 140 145-028-JD 145-032-JD – 331-059-JD 750 1200 x 1640 x 1060 925 200 x 70 60 1350 175 145-029-JD 145-033-JD – 331-061-JD 1000 1580 x 1640 x 1060 925 200 x 70 500 1350 205 145-030-JD 145-034-JD – 331-062-JD 546 w w w . d e n i o s . c o . u k / s h o p

547

Tipping skip W Low height W For collecting and transporting bulk goods of any type W Ideal as an occasional use container for a machine W The body of the skip is manufactured from 3 mm steel sheet with circumferential reinforcement at the edges W With forklift pockets W Release via cable pull from the forklift seat W Shock absorber device between the floor of the skip and the supporting frame enables easy emptying W Additional chain protection to prevent slipping from the the forklift blades W Lid available as an accessory. Please order at the same time if required, as it cannot be retrofitted Size of fork-lift truck pockets in mm 500 (for models from 750 ltr capacity) 200 (for models with 500 ltr capacity) 130 (for models with 300 ltr capacity) More colour options can be found in our online shop. www.denios.co.uk 6 T n e M p i u Q e n o i T A R e p o d n A n o i T c u d o R p o R d e R A T T h e s A M e T i M e Wheel set consisting of 2 fixed and 2 swivel castors (one with brake) manufactured from polyamide W For loads up to 1350 kg The 2-part lid (see table) protects the contents Order no. 145-063-JD W For loads up to 2500 kg Order no. 145-064-JD Capacity [l] External dimensions W x D x H [mm] Bulk goods edge height [mm] Overall load capacity [kg] Weight [kg] Order number Powder coated Order number Hot dip galvanised Accessories Order number 300 680 x 1400 x 580 500 900 100 145-041-JD 145-046-JD – 331-048-JD 500 780 x 1400 x 680 600 1200 115 145-042-JD 145-047-JD – 331-049-JD 750 1240 x 1520 x 800 700 1500 162 145-043-JD 145-048-JD – 331-050-JD 1000 1240 x 1620 x 800 600 1800 184 145-044-JD 145-049-JD – 331-051-JD 1250 1130 x 1570 x 980 730 2000 195 145-430-JD 145-431-JD – 331-052-JD 1500 1330 x 1570 x 980 730 2000 205 145-045-JD 145-050-JD – 331-053-JD All products for Tipping skips can be found here: www.denios.co.uk/kat/12843 E x P E R T A D V I C E A N D O R D E R L I N E : 0 1 9 5 2 8 1 1 9 9 1 547

548

6 T n e M p i u Q e n o i T A R e p o d n A n o i T c u d o R p Bulk material containers W For collecting and transporting solid substances or bulk goods W Long-lasting steel frame and sheet steel construction W Easy emptying - the bottom flap is opened by cable pull directly from the seat of the forklift truck W Flap self-closes when touching the floor or the edge of the collection trough W Bottom flap with large aperture angle to fully empty W Forklift pockets for forklift access (W x H: 180 x 100 mm) Forklift pockets dimensions (mm), 350 mm for 1000 litres Example of usage: the base of the skip opens easily when the fork lift truck driver pulls the attached cable Capacity [l] External dimensions W x D x H [mm] Overall load capacity [kg] Colour Weight [kg] Order number 500 750 1000 900 x 1250 x 850 900 x 1250 x 1150 900 x 1650 x 1150 500 Blue 125 163-424-JD 750 Blue 152 164-784-JD 1000 Blue 178 164-787-JD Tipping skips for shavings W For collecting and transporting chips and other materials with fluid like adhesion W Integrated collecting basin to collect residues from oil and coolants, for example. A ball valve enables the systematic emptying of the collection basin W Long-lasting steel frame and sheet steel construction W Easy emptying - the bottom flap is opened by cable pull directly from the seat of the forklift truck W Flap self-closes when touching the floor or the edge of the collection trough W Bottom flap with large aperture angle to fully empty W Forklift pockets for forklift access (W x H: 180 x 100 mm) Detailed illustration: drain tap Capacity [l] External dimensions W x D x H [mm] Overall load capacity [kg] Colour Weight [kg] Order number 500 750 1000 900 x 1250 x 850 900 x 1250 x 1150 900 x 1650 x 1150 500 Blue 125 164-887-JD 750 Blue 155 164-888-JD 1000 Blue 180 164-889-JD 548 w w w . d e n i o s . c o . u k / s h o p

549

Compact tipper for shavings W Effective separation of liquids and solids W Welded, oil- and water-tight W Low height W Ideal as an occasional use container for a machine W Equipped as standard with perforated metal raised floor and dispensing Tap W The body of the skip is manufactured from 3 mm steel sheet with circumferential reinforcement at the edges W The perforated metal floor can be removed for easy cleaning W With forklift pockets W Release via cable pull from the forklift seat W Shock absorber device between the floor of the skip and the supporting frame enables easy emptying W With chain protection to prevent the forklift blades from slipping W Lid available as an accessory. Please order at the same time if required, as it cannot be retrofitted o R d e R A T T h e s A M e T i M e Wheel set consisting of 2 fixed and 2 swivel castors (one with brake) manufactured from polyamide W For loads up to 1350 kg Order no. 145-063-JD W For loads up to 2500 kg Order no. 145-064-JD Detailed illustration: floor manufactured from perforated plate Shavings compact tipper, available in different sizes (wheel set optional) Detailed illustration: drain Tap 6 T n e M p i u Q e n o i T A R e p o d n A n o i T c u d o R p More colour options can be found in our online shop. Size of fork-lift truck pockets in mm 500 (for models from 750 ltr capacity) 200 (for models with 500 ltr capacity) 130 (for models with 300 ltr capacity) Capacity [l] External dimensions W x D x H [mm] Bulk goods edge height [mm] Overall load capacity [kg] Weight [kg] Order number Accessories Order number 300 680 x 1400 x 580 500 900 125 181-503-JD – 331-048-JD 500 780 x 1400 x 680 600 1200 140 181-504-JD – 331-049-JD 750 1240 x 1520 x 800 700 1500 172 181-505-JD – 331-050-JD 1000 1240 x 1620 x 800 600 1800 209 181-506-JD – 331-051-JD 1250 1130 x 1570 x 980 730 2000 220 181-507-JD – 331-052-JD 1500 1330 x 1570 x 980 730 2000 230 181-508-JD – 331-053-JD E x P E R T A D V I C E A N D O R D E R L I N E : 0 1 9 5 2 8 1 1 9 9 1 549

550

6 T n e M p i u Q e n o i T A R e p o d n A n o i T c u d o R p Euro pallet cages, model PG Optimal storage for pallets W Welded steel tube design W Can be stacked 4 high W The sides are manufactured from steel mesh, size of mesh is 100 x 100 mm W One side has a fold down flap W Quick to fit W Painted: blue (RAL 5012) Model External dimensions W x D x H [mm] Overall load capacity [kg] Stackable Weight [kg] Order number PG 8 1200 x 800 x 800 1000 4 times 24.0 129-236-JD PG 10 1200 x 800 x 1000 1000 4 times 25.0 129-237-JD PG 12 1200 x 800 x 1200 750 4 times 28.0 129-238-JD PG 16 1200 x 800 x 1600 750 4 times 40.0 129-239-JD Euro pallet stacking frames, model PH Optimal storage for pallets W Sturdy welded steel tube design W With 2 stabilising tubes and 4 stacking corners W Quick to fit W Can be stacked 3 high W Painted: blue (RAL 5012) Stackable frame PH with 2 stabilising tubes and 4 stackable corners Model External dimensions W x D x H [mm] Overall load capacity [kg] Stackable Weight [kg] Order number PH 8 PH 10 PH 12 PH 16 1200 x 800 x 800 1200 x 800 x 1000 1200 x 800 x 1200 1200 x 800 x 1600 1500 1500 750 750 3 times 22.0 129-243-JD 3 times 24.0 129-244-JD 3 times 27.5 129-245-JD 3 times 32.0 129-246-JD Mesh box pallet turner The mesh box is picked up from underneath on the long side. A lever is operated to secure it and arms grip the feet of the mesh box. The mesh box is tilted by releasing a winch. The mesh box returns to an upright position when the forklift is reversed. The Mesh box pallet turner can be secured to the forklift truck via a chain. W Enables simple and efficient emptying of Euro mesh boxes (DIN 15155 and UIC standard 435-3) by forklift, ideal for time-saving operation and back-friendly handling of heavy loads Model External dimensions W x D x H [mm] Overall load capacity [kg] Weight [kg] Order number Mesh box pallet turner 570 x 1640 x 450 450 90 145-437-JD 550 w w w . d e n i o s . c o . u k / s h o p

551

Euro mesh box exchange pallet Ideal for storage and transport purposes W Complies with international regulations and rules for the transport of goods by road and rail (in accordance with UIC standard 435-3) W Front of the mesh box has two flaps and two nameplates W 4 feet enable the mesh box to be picked up by a forklift from all 4 sides W With stacking corners for stacking the mesh boxes W Paint: stone grey (RAL 7030) W Load capacity: 1500 kg Mesh box pallet lid W Plastic cover for protecting stored goods in a mesh box W In impact resistant, seamless polyethylene (PE) W The cover fits into the angled edge around the mesh box pallet W The mesh box cover can be secured at the front with a padlock (available as an optional accessory) 6 T n e M p i u Q e n o i T A R e p o d n A n o i T c u d o R p Euro mesh box exchange pallet (lid and spill pallet optional) Order no. 129-203-JD Cover type GA for EUR mesh box exchange pallet Order no. 106-176-JD Mesh box pallet covers Practical accessories for Euro mesh boxes W Protect stored goods from dirt and weather W High-quality textile hood, tear and weather resistant W Secure carabiner and bungee fastening W Integrated DIN A4 document pocket Mesh box pallet inserts These inserts enable you to extend the possibilities of the standard mesh box pallet to create a universally useable storage and logistics container W For storage, collection, and loss-free trans- port of small packages, loose bulk goods etc W Chemical-resistant polyethylene construction W For all mesh boxes in accordance with UIC standard 435-3 Mesh box pallet cover, closed Order no. 145-339-JD Mesh box pallet cover, front side opening Order no. 145-343-JD Mesh box pallet insert without front panel Order no. 145-342-JD Mesh box pallet insert, closed Order no. 145-341-JD E x P E R T A D V I C E A N D O R D E R L I N E : 0 1 9 5 2 8 1 1 9 9 1 551

552

6 T n e M p i u Q e n o i T A R e p o d n A n o i T c u d o R p PolyPro PE stackable containers W Space-saving collection and provision of your warehouse goods and recyclable materials W In environmentally friendly polyethylene (PE) W Corrosion free and durable W Liquid-tight, can also be used as a spill pallet for water-polluting substances and can be stacked 2-high W Stable with a low dead weight W Easy to clean W Easy to access by pallet truck or fork lift from front or sides W Can be stacked 5 high, can also be stacked with steel stacking containers of the same dimensions W Safe storage of containers for holding acids or alkalis, non-flammable cleaning solutions etc. Available in 3 colours Please specify colour required when ordering PolyPro plastic stacking containers, in different sizes and designs PE box inserts for PolyPro stacking containers The PE box inserts were specially developed to bring an overview and order to PolyPro stacking containers. With ergonomic handles for easy insertion and removal. The PE box inserts are stackable. The matching box insert sizes can be combined within the same PolyPro stacking container size (see example). Arrangement example PE insert box, suitable for External dimensions W x D x H [mm] Overall load capacity [kg] Colour Max. Number per stacking container Order number PolyPro with 260 litre volume 437 x 685 x 440 100 Grey 2 272-436-JD PolyPro with 300 litre volume PolyPro with 400 litre volume 351 x 331 x 440 40 Grey 6 272-437-JD 351 x 667 x 440 80 Grey 3 272-438-JD 351 x 430 x 440 50 Grey 6 272-439-JD 351 x 865 x 440 100 Grey 3 272-440-JD 552 w w w . d e n i o s . c o . u k / s h o p

553

Advantage - the stackable container with added value Useful, versatile container for your facilities As universal plastic container As manoeuvrable container The stacking PE containers can be easily transported indoors using a forklift or a pallet truck 6 T n e M p i u Q e n o i T A R e p o d n A n o i T c u d o R p The need for safe storage has been ideally com- bined here with the optimum transport options. High load capacity – with a permitted stacked load of max. 2.5 t, up to 5 stackable containers can be stacked safely. Available in 3 colours Please specify colour required when ordering Capacity [l] External dimensions W x D x H [mm] Sump Volume [l]* Overall load capacity [kg] Stacked load [kg] Access width (long side) [mm] Access width (short side) [mm] Order number *When used as spill pallet 90 800 x 500 x 500 70 500 2500 280 340 185-800-JD 260 1000 x 800 x 600 240 500 2500 350 250 185-805-JD 300 1200 x 800 x 600 280 500 2500 420 220 185-815-JD 400 1200 x 1000 x 600 360 500 2500 420 320 185-825-JD E x P E R T A D V I C E A N D O R D E R L I N E : 0 1 9 5 2 8 1 1 9 9 1 553

554

6 T n e M p i u Q e n o i T A R e p o d n A n o i T c u d o R p Multipurpose pallet boxes, model PB 8 and PB 10 W Sturdy polyethylene (PE) construction, with rounded internal corners W Can be fully emptied and is easy to clean thanks to rounded internal corners W Suitable for storing food W Ideal for the storage and transport of a wide range of fillers W Ideal for large quantities W Accessible from all four sides W Easy to stack W Closed on 4 sides or available with a fold-down section on one long side o R d e R A T T h e s A M e T i M e Collecting box model PB (lid optional) Lid for model PB 8 Order no. 117-884-JD Lid for model PB 10 Order no. 117-889-JD Model Features Version Capacity [l] External dimensions W x D x H [mm] Internal dimensions W x D x H [mm] Overall load capacity [kg] Weight [kg] Order number PB 8-F 4 feet – 535 1200 x 800 x 760 1110 x 710 x 610 500 35 117-880-JD PB 8-FK 4 feet Front flap 535 1200 x 800 x 760 1110 x 710 x 610 500 35 117-882-JD PB 8-K 2 runners – 330 1200 x 800 x 600 1110 x 710 x 420 470 33 217-096-JD PB 8-K 3 runners – 535 1200 x 800 x 790 1110 x 710 x 610 500 41 117-883-JD PB 8-R 4 swivel castors – 535 1200 x 800 x 915 1110 x 710 x 610 500 47 117-881-JD PB 8-RK 4 swivel castors Front flap 535 1200 x 800 x 915 1110 x 710 x 610 500 47 217-095-JD Model Features Version Capacity [l] External dimensions W x D x H [mm] Internal dimensions W x D x H [mm] Overall load capacity [kg] Weight [kg] Order number PB 10-F 4 feet – 670 1200 x 1000 x 760 1110 x 910 x 610 500 40 117-885-JD PB 10-FK 4 feet Front flap 670 1200 x 1000 x 760 1110 x 910 x 610 500 40 117-886-JD PB 10-K 2 runners – 430 1200 x 1000 x 600 1110 x 910 x 420 510 39 217-099-JD PB 10-K 3 runners – 670 1200 x 1000 x 790 1110 x 910 x 610 500 46 117-887-JD PB 10-R 4 swivel castors – 670 1200 x 1000 x 915 1110 x 910 x 610 500 44 217-097-JD PB 10-RK 4 swivel castors Front flap 670 1200 x 1000 x 915 1110 x 910 x 610 500 44 217-098-JD 554 w w w . d e n i o s . c o . u k / s h o p

555

Profi stackable container W For transport and warehouse goods W For equipment and recyclable materials W Extremely sturdy transport and stackable steel container W Sturdy, hollow feet W Corner posts with crane eyes (stacking containers can be lifted using a crane beam, only in vertical direction) W Foot plates for storage without damaging the floor W Easy to transport and stack W Available either in blue (RAL 5010), grey (RAL 7005) or Hot-dip galvanised 6 T n e M p i u Q e n o i T A R e p o d n A n o i T c u d o R p Profi stacking container, with 4 crane eyes for easy, safe handling Profi stacking containers, available in different sizes and designs Model Capacity [l] External dimensions W x D x H [mm] Overall load capacity [kg] Stacked load [kg] Access width (long side) [mm] Access width (short side) [mm] Surface: painted Order number Grey Order number Blue Surface: Hot dip galvanised Order number SP 5080 160 800 x 500 x 500 2000 10000 660 360 129-279-JD 129-280-JD 129-281-JD SP 8010 400 1000 x 800 x 600 2000 10000 860 660 129-285-JD 129-286-JD 129-287-JD SP 8012 480 1200 x 800 x 600 2000 10000 1060 660 129-291-JD 129-292-JD 129-293-JD SP 1012 600 1200 x 1000 x 600 2000 10000 1060 860 129-297-JD 129-298-JD 129-299-JD E x P E R T A D V I C E A N D O R D E R L I N E : 0 1 9 5 2 8 1 1 9 9 1 555

556

Reusable stacking containers For efficient storage, transport and picking W In food safe polypropylene (PP) W Can be stacked to save space W Versions with stacking brackets and folding lid can be stacked one on top of each other W Useful handles on 4 sides W Temperature resistant from -10 °C to +60 °C For containers without a lid and with stacking corners, the right lid can be found in the online shop. 6 T n e M p i u Q e n o i T A R e p o d n A n o i T c u d o R p Available in 4 colours External dimensions W x D x H [mm] Features Overall load capacity [kg] Stacked load [kg] Pack contents Order number Blue Order number Red Order number Yellow Order number Green 600 x 400 x 173 600 x 400 x 273 600 x 400 x 323 600 x 400 x 173 600 x 400 x 273 600 x 400 x 323 600 x 400 x 199 600 x 400 x 299 600 x 400 x 349 Without lid 25 200 3 Item(s) 265-231-JD 265-232-JD 265-233-JD 265-234-JD Without lid 30 200 3 Item(s) 265-235-JD 265-236-JD 265-237-JD 265-238-JD Without lid 35 200 2 Item(s) 265-239-JD 265-240-JD 265-241-JD 265-242-JD Stacking frame 25 200 3 Item(s) 265-251-JD 265-252-JD 265-253-JD 265-254-JD Stacking frame 30 200 3 Item(s) 265-255-JD 265-256-JD 265-257-JD 265-258-JD Stacking frame 35 200 2 Item(s) 265-259-JD 265-260-JD 265-261-JD 265-262-JD Folding lids 25 200 3 Item(s) 265-263-JD 265-264-JD 265-265-JD 265-266-JD Folding lids 30 200 3 Item(s) 265-267-JD 265-268-JD 265-269-JD 265-270-JD Folding lids 35 200 2 Item(s) 265-271-JD 265-272-JD 265-273-JD 265-274-JD 556 w w w . d e n i o s . c o . u k / s h o p

557

Euro stacking containers High quality, stable Euro container for transport and storage W In food safe polypropylene (PP) W Sturdy stable shape with rib-reinforced sides and edge all around W Ergonomic handle W Temperature resistant from -10 °C to +60 °C W Versions available with moulded handles or handle openings in various colours W Lockable with hinged lid or normal lid (accessory) o R d e R A T T h e s A M e T i M e Slide fasteners for lid, set of 4 Colour Order number Blue 265-222-JD Red 265-223-JD 6 T n e M p i u Q e n o i T A R e p o d n A n o i T c u d o R p Hinge fasteners for hinged lid, set of 4 Colour Order number Grey / blue 265-224-JD Grey / red 265-225-JD Handle variants Closed moulded handles in grey or red, handle openings in grey or blue External dimensions W x D x H [mm] Overall load capacity [kg] Stacked load [kg] Pack contents Features: Moulded handles Order number Colour: Grey Order number Colour: Grey / red Features: grip openings Order number Colour: Grey Order number Colour: Grey / blue Accessories Order number Lid (without locks) Order number Hinged lid (without locks) 400 x 300 x 120 400 x 300 x 170 400 x 300 x 220 400 x 300 x 320 600 x 400 x 120 600 x 400 x 170 600 x 400 x 220 600 x 400 x 320 25 300 16 Item(s) 265-186-JD 265-202-JD 265-194-JD 265-210-JD 265-226-JD 265-228-JD 25 300 10 Item(s) 265-187-JD 265-203-JD 265-195-JD 265-211-JD 265-226-JD 265-228-JD 25 300 8 Item(s) 265-188-JD 265-204-JD 265-196-JD 265-212-JD 265-226-JD 265-228-JD 25 300 4 Item(s) 265-189-JD 265-205-JD 265-197-JD 265-213-JD 265-226-JD 265-228-JD 40 400 8 Item(s) 265-190-JD 265-206-JD 265-198-JD 265-214-JD 265-227-JD 265-229-JD 40 400 5 Item(s) 265-191-JD 265-207-JD 265-199-JD 265-215-JD 265-227-JD 265-229-JD 40 400 4 Item(s) 265-192-JD 265-208-JD 265-200-JD 265-216-JD 265-227-JD 265-229-JD 40 400 3 Item(s) 265-193-JD 265-209-JD 265-201-JD 265-217-JD 265-227-JD 265-229-JD E x P E R T A D V I C E A N D O R D E R L I N E : 0 1 9 5 2 8 1 1 9 9 1 557

558

Aluminium transport boxes with / without stacking corners W For storing and transporting valuable goods W Extra stable and robust W In 1 mm thick aluminium sheet W Reinforcing fins ensure good stability W Rubber seal in the profile edge ensures protection from dust and spray W Corrosion, weather and temperature resistant W Low net weight W Sturdy hinged fasteners W Self-folding safety transport handle with plastic coating W Cylinder lock available as an option W Areas of application: collecting, storing and protecting valuable goods and equipment, transport of assembly equipment, tooling, small parts etc. 6 T n e M p i u Q e n o i T A R e p o d n A n o i T c u d o R p Aluminium transport boxes with stacking corners Aluminium transport boxes without stacking corners Version Capacity [l] External dimensions W x D x H [mm] Internal dimensions W x D x H [mm] Overall load capacity [kg] Weight [kg] Order number 30 430 x 335 x 273 400 x 300 x 248 40 3.1 136-684-JD 48 580 x 385 x 265 550 x 350 x 248 60 4.2 136-686-JD W/out corners 73 580 x 385 x 398 550 x 350 x 381 70 4.9 254-866-JD 92 780 x 385 x 367 750 x 350 x 350 90 6.0 136-688-JD 140 900 x 495 x 367 870 x 460 x 350 90 7.7 136-689-JD o R d e R A T T h e s A M e T i M e Cylinder lock with 2 keys Order no. 136-696-JD Version Capacity [l] External dimensions W x D x H [mm] Internal dimensions W x D x H [mm] Overall load capacity [kg] Weight [kg] Order number With corners 30 48 73 92 425 430 x 335 x 277 580 x 385 x 277 580 x 385 x 410 780 x 385 x 379 900 x 495 x 379 782 x 585 x 410 1182 x 385 x 410 782 x 585 x 619 1192 x 790 x 514 400 x 300 x 248 550 x 350 x 248 550 x 350 x 381 750 x 350 x 350 870 x 460 x 350 750 x 550 x 381 1150 x 350 x 381 750 x 550 x 590 1160 x 755 x 485 110 14.5 144-769-JD 90 8.7 144-768-JD 100 8.9 136-695-JD 90 5.7 136-692-JD 90 7.2 136-693-JD 140 157 153 243 90 7.4 254-893-JD 40 3.1 254-867-JD 60 4.0 136-690-JD 70 4.8 136-691-JD 558 w w w . d e n i o s . c o . u k / s h o p

559

6 T n e M p i u Q e n o i T A R e p o d n A n o i T c u d o R p Aluminium transport boxes without stacking corners W For safe storage and easy transport W With 2 cylinder locks as standard W Aluminium thickness: 0.8 mm, high stability with special aluminium profiles and ribbing W Rubber seal in the profile edge ensures protection from dust and spray W Corrosion, weather and temperature resistant W Low weight ensures easy transport W Self-folding safety transport handle with plastic coating W Sturdy hinged fasteners W Lockable with cylinder locks, 2 keys included W Sturdy folding lid with straps to support the hinges Retaining straps to support the hinges Safety transport handle with plastic coating 1 2 6 3 4 5 Cylinder lock with 2 keys, integrated as standard Aluminium transport boxes without stacking corners, available in 6 practical sizes 1 2 3 4 5 6 Version Capacity [l] External dimensions W x D x H [mm] Internal dimensions W x D x H [mm] Overall load capacity [kg] Weight [kg] Order number W/out corners 30 430 x 335 x 270 405 x 300 x 250 40 2.6 254-860-JD 48 575 x 385 x 270 550 x 350 x 250 60 3.4 254-861-JD 68 575 x 385 x 375 550 x 350 x 355 70 3.8 254-862-JD 93 775 x 385 x 375 750 x 350 x 355 90 4.6 254-863-JD 142 895 x 495 x 375 870 x 460 x 355 90 5.9 254-864-JD 186 785 x 565 x 482 760 x 530 x 462 70 6.3 254-865-JD E x P E R T A D V I C E A N D O R D E R L I N E : 0 1 9 5 2 8 1 1 9 9 1 559

560

Shelving bins For optimum overview and quick access to small parts W In polypropylene (PP) W Secure stacking, keeps its shape and sturdy W Textured base for improved removal of small parts W Moulded handles on the front side for secure handling W Temperature resistant from -10 °C to +60 °C 6 T n e M p i u Q e n o i T A R e p o d n A n o i T c u d o R p ESD shelf bins are available in the DENIOS Online Shop. o R d e R A T T h e s A M e T i M e Labels with protective foil for individual labelling Order no. 265-166-JD Transparent dividers for better overview Order no. 265-163-JD Pull out stops allow angled shelf positioning Order no. 265-165-JD Design External dimensions W x D x H [mm] Overall load capacity [kg] Stacked load [kg] Pack contents Order number Blue Order number Red Accessories Order number Labels (1 pack = 20 pieces) Order number Dividers (1 pack = 4 pieces) Order number Pull out stops (1 pack = 10 pieces) A1-S 91 x 300 x 81 2 6 16 Item(s) 265-151-JD 265-152-JD 265-166-JD 265-163-JD 265-165-JD A1-B 185 x 300 x 81 5 15 8 Item(s) 265-153-JD 265-154-JD 265-167-JD 265-164-JD 265-165-JD A2-S 91 x 400 x 81 2 6 16 Item(s) 265-155-JD 265-156-JD 265-166-JD 265-163-JD 265-165-JD A2-B 185 x 400 x 81 5 15 8 Item(s) 265-157-JD 265-158-JD 265-167-JD 265-164-JD 265-165-JD A3-S 91 x 500 x 81 2 6 16 Item(s) – 265-160-JD 265-166-JD 265-163-JD 265-165-JD A3-B 185 x 500 x 81 5 15 8 Item(s) 265-161-JD 265-162-JD 265-167-JD 265-164-JD 265-165-JD 560 w w w . d e n i o s . c o . u k / s h o p

561

Open fronted storage bins W TÜV tested quality, for clear, safe storage of small parts W In polypropylene (PP) W Safe to stack, with sturdy stable shape with edge all around W Comfortable moulded handle on the front W Smooth inner surfaces for quick, easy cleaning W Temperature resistant from -10 °C to +60 °C W Strip at the rear for attaching to wall mounts (only for versions A1 to A3) W Moulded handle on the rear for simple handling when full (only for versions A4 and A5) ESD shelf bins are available in the DENIOS Online Shop. o R d e R A T T h e s A M e T i M e Wall mounting in metal, for open-fronted storage bins variants A1 to A3 Order no. 265-145-JD 6 T n e M p i u Q e n o i T A R e p o d n A n o i T c u d o R p The sturdy open-fronted storage bins allow small items to be stored with a good overview. In order to use the space available in production or the warehouse, bins of the same size can be stacked one on top of another. Design External dimensions W x D x H [mm] Overall load capacity [kg] Stacked load [kg] Pack contents Order number Blue Order number Red Order number Yellow Order number Green Order number Grey Accessories Order number Labels (1 pack = 20 pieces) A1 100 x 100 x 60 2 6 30 Item(s) 265-106-JD 265-107-JD 265-108-JD 265-109-JD 265-110-JD A2 100 x 160 x 75 3 9 24 Item(s) 265-111-JD 265-112-JD 265-113-JD 265-114-JD 265-115-JD A2-B 135 x 160 x 82 3 9 20 Item(s) 265-136-JD 265-137-JD 265-138-JD 265-139-JD 265-140-JD A2-L 100 x 215 x 75 3 9 20 Item(s) 265-131-JD 265-132-JD 265-133-JD 265-134-JD 265-135-JD A3 150 x 235 x 125 10 40 24 Item(s) 265-116-JD 265-117-JD 265-118-JD 265-119-JD 265-120-JD A4 205 x 355 x 150 25 100 12 Item(s) 265-121-JD 265-122-JD 265-123-JD 265-124-JD 265-125-JD A5 310 x 500 x 200 35 140 6 Item(s) 265-126-JD 265-127-JD 265-128-JD 265-129-JD 265-130-JD 265-141-JD 265-141-JD 265-141-JD 265-141-JD 265-142-JD 265-143-JD 265-144-JD E x P E R T A D V I C E A N D O R D E R L I N E : 0 1 9 5 2 8 1 1 9 9 1 561

562

6 T n e M p i u Q e n o i T A R e p o d n A n o i T c u d o R p Big Bags for storage, operations and disposal W Flexible storage, transport and disposal containers W With 4 lifting loops for transport by forklift, crane etc W Minimal space requirement when not filled 2 Dust proof - Big Bag S 1250 (without image) W For all pulverised, dusty bulk goods W Made out of uncoated polypropylene fabric W Seam welding W With in and outlet 1 For bulk goods - Big Bag S 1000 W For bulk goods such as plastic granulate, recycling material, fertiliser, corn and much more W Made out of uncoated polypropylene fabric W With in and outlet 3 5 Versatile - Big Bag L/e 1000 W For Universal use from interim storage to disposal (e.G. as a leaf sack etc.) W Made out of uncoated polypropylene fabric W With apron for upper cover W Closed floor Big Bag Asbest (without image) W Specifically for disposing ASBESTOS W Made out of uncoated polypropylene fabric W “Asbestos” sign W With apron for upper cover W Closed floor 4 Big Bags for storage, operations and disposal W For stones, sand, gravel, green waste, bark, mulch etc W Made out of uncoated polypropylene fabric W Top open W Closed floor 1 2 3 4 5 Model External dimensions W x D x H [mm] Overall load capacity [kg] Big Bag safety factor Big Bag opening Floor Big Bag Pack contents Order number S 1.000 910 x 910 x 1750 1000 5:1 Filling pipe (Ø 500 mm) S 1.250 910 x 910 x 1250 1250 5:1 Filling pipe (Ø 400 mm) Dispensing nozzle (Ø 400 mm) Dispensing nozzle (Ø 400 mm) 10 Item(s) 173-999-JD 10 Item(s) 174-000-JD L / E 1.000 910 x 910 x 1100 1000 5:1 Apron Closed 10 Item(s) 173-998-JD L / E 1.500 900 x 900 x 900 1500 5:1 Open Closed 10 Item(s) 173-996-JD Asbestos 900 x 900 x 1100 1000 5:1 Apron Closed 10 Item(s) 173-997-JD 562 w w w . d e n i o s . c o . u k / s h o p

563

Big Bag beams W For lifting and transporting Big Bags by crane W Crossbeam in robust steel construction W Centre-mounted suspension eyelet W Support arms with inner and outer holders for the Big Bag loops W For safe handling of Big Bags in different sizes Support arms with inner and outer holders for the Big Bag loops - for safe handling of Big Bags in different sizes 6 T n e M p i u Q e n o i T A R e p o d n A n o i T c u d o R p Colour External dimensions W x D x H [mm] Overall load capacity [kg] [kg] Order number Blue 1270 x 1270 x 250 1000 314-050-JD Red 1270 x 1270 x 250 1000 314-051-JD Orange 1270 x 1270 x 250 1000 314-052-JD Turquoise blue 1270 x 1270 x 250 1000 314-053-JD Green 1270 x 1270 x 250 1000 314-054-JD Grey 1270 x 1270 x 250 1000 314-055-JD All products for Big Bags and accessories can be found here: www.denios.co.uk/kat/12846 E x P E R T A D V I C E A N D O R D E R L I N E : 0 1 9 5 2 8 1 1 9 9 1 563

564

6 T n e M p i u Q e n o i T A R e p o d n A n o i T c u d o R p Grit bin model SB W Robust and weather-resistant grit bin in polyethylene (PE) W Corrosion-proof and impact-resistant W Lid can be removed easily without the need for tools W Lockable container (lock not supplied) W Body available in light grey with coloured lid in yellow, orange or green W Available with or without dispensing hatch Grit bin Model SB 200-O, 200 litre volume, with dispensing hatch and controlled flow rate of grit Order no. 145-274-JD Grit bins in 7 sizes, optionally with or without dispensing hatch, available in three lid colours. Model SB 60 SB 100 SB 200 SB 400 SB 550 SB 700 SB 1000 Features Capacity [l] External dimensions W x D x H [mm] Order number Orange Order number Yellow Model Features Capacity [l] External dimensions W x D x H [mm] Order number Orange Order number Yellow Without dispensing hatch 60 620 x 510 x 450 201-265-JD – 100 975 x 705 x 460 145-284-JD 136-420-JD 200 975 x 705 x 665 145-286-JD 129-346-JD 400 1210 x 785 x 780 145-288-JD 122-904-JD 550 1400 x 1070 x 748 145-290-JD 136-421-JD 700 1400 x 1070 x 930 145-292-JD 136-423-JD 1000 1800 x 1350 x 960 156-600-JD 156-598-JD SB 100-o SB 200-o SB 400-o With dispensing hatch SB 550-o SB 700-o SB 1000-o 100 975 x 705 x 460 145-272-JD 136-424-JD 200 975 x 705 x 665 145-274-JD 129-347-JD 400 1210 x 785 x 780 145-276-JD 122-905-JD 550 1400 x 1070 x 748 145-280-JD 136-425-JD 700 1400 x 1070 x 930 145-282-JD 136-426-JD 1000 1800 x 1350 x 960 156-604-JD 156-602-JD 564 w w w . d e n i o s . c o . u k / s h o p

565

Grit bin model SB 400-0, 400 litres volume, with dispensing hatch and controlled flow rate of grit Order no. 145-276-JD 6 T n e M p i u Q e n o i T A R e p o d n A n o i T c u d o R p Functional information and accessories Models SB 100 - 1000 can be stacked inside each other This means the grit bins can be stored for example over the summer without taking up much room The sturdy positive hinges are long lasting and maintenance-free Models SB 100 to 550 are available either with castors or with feet (see accessories). Swivel castors Grit bin SB 100 with 100 litre capacity Order no. 136-420-JD Swivel castors o R d e R A T T h e s A M e T i M e Grit bins SB 100 to SB 550 are available with either swivel castors or feet (for SB 400 and SB 550 with stabilising base frame ). This enables the bin to be transported by pallet truck or forklift truck, even when full. For model Order number 4 swivel castors Order number 4 legs SB 100/200 129-348-JD 129-349-JD SB 400 130-033-JD 130-034-JD SB 550 136-494-JD 136-495-JD Base frame with 4 swivel castors, for model SB 400 and SB 550 Base frame with 4 base feet, for model SB 400 and SB 550 E x P E R T A D V I C E A N D O R D E R L I N E : 0 1 9 5 2 8 1 1 9 9 1 565

566

Grit bin model GB W Robust grit bin in polyethylene (PE) W Impact resistant, durable and weather resistant W Forklift pockets for simple access underneath and transport by a pallet truck or forklift W Space saving design with and without lid, stackable up to 5 high W With inbuilt lock to protect against unauthorised access W Overhanging lid prevents precipitation from penetrating and therefore protects the grit from clumping W Sturdy handles at the sides for manually transporting the container when empty W Lid with robust hinge, light and easy to fit/remove without the need for tooling W Dark grey body with coloured lid (either yellow or orange) Grit bin model GB 300 with 300 litre capacity, ideal ideal for storing salt, grit or sand 6 T n e M p i u Q e n o i T A R e p o d n A n o i T c u d o R p Capacity [l] External dimensions W x D x H [mm] Lid colour Order number 150 1015 x 675 x 660 Yellow 241-875-JD 150 1015 x 675 x 660 Orange 241-876-JD 300 1150 x 810 x 845 Yellow 241-877-JD 300 1150 x 810 x 845 Orange 241-878-JD Shovels W Ideal for using with grit, salt and other aggressive substances W In polypropylene (PP) W Corrosion free, long lasting W UV stabilised and impact resistant W Low net weight Snow shovel W Ideal for using with grit, salt and other aggressive substances W Base in polypropylene (PP) and handle in wood W Corrosion free W High stability with a low net weight ensure ergonomic work and long life W UV stabilised and impact resistant W UV stabilised Order no. 165-638-JD Model Scoop Scoop Shovel with d-handle Shovel with d-handle External dimensions W x D x H [mm] Order number Red 138 x 187 x 310 167 x 230 x 355 247 x 315 x 966 257 x 350 x 1032 165-377-JD 165-378-JD 165-380-JD 165-383-JD 566 w w w . d e n i o s . c o . u k / s h o p

567

WinterSafe winter grit without salt Environmentally friendly granules of volcanic origin. W Stumps sidewalks and traffic areas. Prevents slipping. W Immediate and long-lasting effect. W High yielding. Sufficient for an area of 1,200 - 1,800 m². W WinterSafe grit can be distributed mechanically or manually. There are no temperature restrictions for use as with salts, as it works independently of temperature. Order no. 269-723-JD GritCaddy grit trolley W Make sure granules, sand, absorbents and other granular materials are always available where you need them fast, both indoors and outdoors W Optimum centre of gravity to make handling easier W Slightly sloping lid to ensure water runs off: can also be used as a carrying surface W With smooth-running wheels and large, comfortable handle W In environmentally-friendly, highly chemical resistant polyethylene (PE) W Weatherproof W Easy to clean W Fully recyclable Granules and compact hand shovels can be stowed away in the roomy storage area of the GritCaddy 6 T n e M p i u Q e n o i T A R e p o d n A n o i T c u d o R p Grit bins See page 564 The GritCaddy is your reliable tool for distributing granules of all types It has an ergonomic handle, which can be gripped even with thick gloves, a slightly sloping lid to allow water to run off and easy to move 200 mm diameter wheels Model Capacity [l] External dimensions W x D x H [mm] Order number Gritcaddy 60 700 x 670 x 1145 216-690-JD E x P E R T A D V I C E A N D O R D E R L I N E : 0 1 9 5 2 8 1 1 9 9 1 567

568

Storage shelves W Flexible, sturdy storage system with push-fit, easy assembly W For the professional and individual storage of workshop materials, production accessories etc. W Galvanised frame W 4 galvanised shelves for storage W Sturdy construction with reinforcing crossbars W Shelving height can be adjusted in 25 mm increments W Can be expanded at any time W Delivered flat packed with instructions for easy self assembly Open-fronted storage bins and shelf bins See page 561 6 T n e M p i u Q e n o i T A R e p o d n A n o i T c u d o R p All products for Shelving can be found here: www.denios.co.uk/kat/12793 568 w w w . d e n i o s . c o . u k / s h o p

569

Each basic shelving unit consists of 2 galvanised frames, extension shelving units have one frame. The galvanised shelves are fitted in special reinforced cross members. This allows just a few individual components to create a stable yet flexible shelving system. 6 T n e M p i u Q e n o i T A R e p o d n A n o i T c u d o R p Bay dimensions W x D [mm] Equipment - shelves Load [kg] Rack load [kg] Height, external [mm] Basic shelf External dimensions W x D x H [mm] Order number Extension shelf External dimensions W x D x H [mm] Order number Accessories Order number 1000 x 500 4 x shelf, galvanised 150 1300 1800 1000 x 500 4 x shelf, galvanised 150 1300 2300 1000 x 600 4 x shelf, galvanised 150 1300 1800 1000 x 600 4 x shelf, galvanised 150 1300 2300 1300 x 500 4 x shelf, galvanised 250 1300 1800 1300 x 500 4 x shelf, galvanised 250 1300 2300 1300 x 600 4 x shelf, galvanised 250 1300 1800 1300 x 600 4 x shelf, galvanised 250 1300 2300 1060 x 537 x 1800 1060 x 537 x 2300 1060 x 637 x 1800 1060 x 637 x 2300 1360 x 537 x 1800 1360 x 537 x 2300 1360 x 637 x 1800 1360 x 637 x 2300 199-691-JD 199-687-JD 199-679-JD 199-681-JD 199-683-JD 199-685-JD 199-689-JD 199-677-JD 1012 x 537 x 1800 1012 x 537 x 2300 1010 x 637 x 1800 1012 x 637 x 2300 1312 x 537 x 1800 1312 x 537 x 2300 1312 x 637 x 1800 1312 x 637 x 2300 199-692-JD Additional surface 199-696-JD 199-678-JD Additional surface 199-693-JD 199-680-JD Additional surface 199-693-JD 199-682-JD Additional surface 199-694-JD 199-684-JD Additional surface 199-694-JD 199-686-JD Additional surface 199-695-JD 199-688-JD Additional surface 199-695-JD 199-690-JD Additional surface 199-696-JD E x P E R T A D V I C E A N D O R D E R L I N E : 0 1 9 5 2 8 1 1 9 9 1 569

570

6 T n e M p i u Q e n o i T A R e p o d n A n o i T c u d o R p Pallet racking W Pallet racks save space, reduce processing time, improve working practices and so increase productivity W Sturdy shelving system for all loading aids for example Euro or mesh box pallets W Ideal for efficient, orderly and adaptable pallet storage W Shelving frame galvanised, cross members powder coated red-orange (RAL 2001) W 2 pairs of cross members as storage levels W Adjustable shelf height through hole distance of 50 mm W Can be expanded at any time W Delivered flat-pack, with instructions for assembly o R d e R A T T h e s A M e T i M e Additional rack collision protection See page 592 Collision protection CORNER Order no. 203-606-JD Euro mesh box exchange pallet meeting UIC standard 435-3, ideal for storage and transport Order no. 129-203-JD o R d e R A T T h e s A M e T i M e Galvanised shelves allow direct storage of individual packets for example, see table; not suitable for pallet storage or use with a forklift. Galvanised grids to store different sized storage media next to each other or to create commissioning areas in shelves, see table. Shelf guards prevent the load carrier / pallets from being pushed too far, see table. Angular supports are required for the storage of mesh boxes in the rack. The lateral guide of the angular support ensures safe storage of the mesh box. Frame extension by 500 mm, for lateral fall protection on the top storage level of the front of the shelving unit Order no. 199-673-JD Order no. 199-670-JD 570 w w w . d e n i o s . c o . u k / s h o p

571

6 T n e M p i u Q e n o i T A R e p o d n A n o i T c u d o R p Each shelf level is supplied with 2 pairs of transverse members, additional transverse members can be used (see accessories table). Bay dimensions W x D [mm] Load [kg] Rack load [kg] Height, external [mm] Basic shelf External dimensions W x D x H [mm] Order number Extension shelf External dimensions W x D x H [mm] Order number Accessories Order number Shelf guard, galvanised Order number Additional transverse pairs Order number Shelves, galvanised Order number Grids / shelves, galvanised 1825 x 1100 2200 4400 2700 1825 x 1100 2200 4400 3800 2700 x 1100 3540 7080 2700 2700 x 1100 3540 7080 3800 3300 x 1100 3780 7560 2700 3300 x 1100 3780 7560 3800 2025 x 1100 x 2700 266-319-JD 2025 x 1100 x 3800 266-321-JD 2900 x 1100 x 2700 199-699-JD 2900 x 1100 x 3800 199-705-JD 3500 x 1100 x 2700 199-701-JD 3500 x 1100 x 3800 199-707-JD 1925 x 1100 x 2700 266-320-JD 1925 x 1100 x 3800 266-322-JD 2800 x 1100 x 2700 199-700-JD 2800 x 1100 x 3800 199-706-JD 3400 x 1100 x 2700 199-702-JD 3400 x 1100 x 3800 199-708-JD 266-325-JD 266-323-JD 199-674-JD 200-237-JD 266-325-JD 266-323-JD 199-674-JD 200-237-JD 199-540-JD 199-710-JD 199-675-JD 120-232-JD 199-540-JD 199-710-JD 199-675-JD 120-232-JD 199-545-JD 199-711-JD 199-676-JD 145-616-JD 199-545-JD 199-711-JD 199-676-JD 145-616-JD E x P E R T A D V I C E A N D O R D E R L I N E : 0 1 9 5 2 8 1 1 9 9 1 571

572

6 T n e M p i u Q e n o i T A R e p o d n A n o i T c u d o R p Stainless steel cleanroom tables W Cleanroom table consisting of a smooth or perforated worktop and a wheelchair-accessible table frame W Made of stainless steel (1.4301/AISI 304) with KEK finish functional surface W Frame made from square tube W Suitable for use in class 3 cleanrooms in accordance with ISO 14644-1 W Floor levelling with CNS disc feet (+/-10 mm) W Variants available with additional smooth or perforated base shelf Cleanroom table made of stainless steel, with smooth surface Further variants available in the online shop External dimensions W x D x H [mm] 1200 x 600 x 900 1800 x 600 x 900 1000 x 700 x 900 1600 x 700 x 900 2000 x 700 x 900 1200 x 800 x 900 1600 x 800 x 900 2000 x 800 x 900 319-781-JD With smooth worktop Order number With smooth worktop and smooth base shelf Order number With perforated worktop Order number With perforated worktop and perforated base shelf Order number 319-835-JD 319-817-JD 319-799-JD 319-784-JD 319-786-JD 319-789-JD 319-791-JD 319-793-JD 319-795-JD 319-797-JD 319-820-JD 319-822-JD 319-825-JD 319-827-JD 319-829-JD 319-831-JD 319-833-JD 319-802-JD 319-804-JD 319-807-JD 319-809-JD 319-811-JD 319-813-JD 319-815-JD 319-838-JD 319-840-JD 319-843-JD 319-845-JD 319-847-JD 319-849-JD 319-851-JD Stainless steel cleanroom transport trolleys W Consisting of a square tube frame and smooth or perforated base plate W Made of stainless steel (1.4301/AISI 304) with functional surface KEK finish / AISI 304 W 4 swivel castors, electrically conductive, 2 of which are lockable W Suitable for use in class 3 cleanrooms in accordance with ISO 14644-1 W Variants available with one, two or three levels External dimensions W x D x H [mm] With smooth base Order number With 2 smooth shelves Order number With 3 smooth shelves Order number With perforated base Order number With 2 perforated shelves Order number With 3 perforated shelves Order number 400 x 800 x 1000 400 x 1200 x 1000 500 x 800 x 1000 500 x 1200 x 1000 600 x 800 x 1000 600 x 1200 x 1000 319-973-JD 319-982-JD 319-991-JD 320-000-JD 320-009-JD 320-018-JD 319-975-JD 319-984-JD 319-993-JD 320-002-JD 320-011-JD 320-020-JD 319-976-JD 319-985-JD 319-994-JD 320-003-JD 320-012-JD 320-021-JD 319-978-JD 319-987-JD 319-996-JD 320-005-JD 320-014-JD 320-023-JD 319-979-JD 319-988-JD 319-997-JD 320-006-JD 320-015-JD 320-024-JD 319-981-JD 319-990-JD 319-999-JD 320-008-JD 320-017-JD 320-026-JD Fold down stainless steel cleanroom transport trolley W Versatile application options W Made of stainless steel (1.4301/AISI 304) with functional surface KEK finish / AISI 304 W Simple assembly and disassembly W Suitable for use in class 3 cleanrooms in accordance with ISO 14644-1 W Simple to clean Fold down stainless steel cleanroom transport trolleys, with smooth base, 800 x 500 x 1050 mm Order no. 319-972-JD 572 w w w . d e n i o s . c o . u k / s h o p

573

Stainless steel cleanroom shelving W Smooth or perforated shelves, bevelled and welded on all sides W Consisting of base frame and welded shelves W Made of stainless steel (1.4301/AISI 304) with functional surface KEK finish / AISI 304 W Frame made of square tube W Suitable for use in class 3 cleanrooms in accordance with ISO 14644-1 W Floor levelling with CNS disc feet (+/-10 mm) W Variants with 3 to 6 storage levels available Further variants available in the online shop 800 x 400 1000 x 400 1300 x 400 800 x 600 1000 x 600 1300 x 600 800 x 400 1000 x 400 1300 x 400 800 x 600 1000 x 600 1300 x 600 Stainless steel cleanroom shelving, with 4 smooth shelves 1350 With 4 smooth shelves 2150 With 6 smooth shelves 319-867-JD 319-868-JD 319-870-JD 319-877-JD 319-878-JD 319-880-JD 319-897-JD 319-898-JD 319-900-JD 319-907-JD 319-908-JD 319-910-JD 1350 With 4 smooth shelves 1350 With 4 smooth shelves 2150 With 6 smooth shelves 2150 With 6 smooth shelves 2150 With 6 smooth shelves 1350 With 4 smooth shelves 1350 With 4 smooth shelves 1350 With 4 smooth shelves 2150 With 6 smooth shelves 2150 With 6 smooth shelves 800 x 400 1000 x 400 1300 x 400 800 x 600 1000 x 600 1300 x 600 800 x 400 1000 x 400 1300 x 400 800 x 600 1000 x 600 1300 x 600 1350 With 4 perforated shelves 2150 With 6 perforated shelves 319-927-JD 319-928-JD 319-930-JD 319-937-JD 319-938-JD 319-940-JD 319-957-JD 319-958-JD 319-960-JD 319-967-JD 319-968-JD 319-970-JD 1350 With 4 perforated shelves 1350 With 4 perforated shelves 1350 With 4 perforated shelves 1350 With 4 perforated shelves 1350 With 4 perforated shelves 2150 With 6 perforated shelves 2150 With 6 perforated shelves 2150 With 6 perforated shelves 2150 With 6 perforated shelves 2150 With 6 perforated shelves External dimensions W x D [mm] Height, external [mm] Design Order number External dimensions W x D [mm] Height, external [mm] Design Order number 6 T n e M p i u Q e n o i T A R e p o d n A n o i T c u d o R p Cleanroom glove dispenser made of stainless steel W Made of stainless steel (1.4301/AISI 304) with KEK finish functional surface W Two mounting holes on the back for wall mounting W Suitable for use in class 3 cleanrooms in accordance with ISO 14644-1 W Without mounting equipment W Variants available for one, two or three packaging units External dimensions W x D x H [mm] Design Order number 93 x 250 x 138 For one packaging unit 320-044-JD 96 x 261 x 395 For two packaging units 320-045-JD 160 x 320 x 260 For three packaging units 320-046-JD Stainless steel cleanroom glove dispenser, for one packaging unit Cleanroom sit-over benches made of stainless steel, with compartments W Made of stainless steel (1.4301/AISI 304) with KEK finish functional surface W Suitable for use in class 3 cleanrooms in accordance with ISO 14644-1 W Variants with 9, 12 or 15 compartments available Further variants available in the online shop Cleanroom sit-over bench made of stainless steel, with 9 compartments External dimensions W x D x H [mm] Design Order number 820 x 450 x 600 9 compartments 320-027-JD 1090 x 450 x 600 12 compartments 320-028-JD 1360 x 450 x 600 15 compartments 320-029-JD 820 x 600 x 600 2x9 compartments 320-030-JD 1090 x 600 x 600 2x12 compartments 320-031-JD 1360 x 600 x 600 2x15 compartments 320-032-JD You can find all products from the cleanroom equipment category here: www.denios.co.uk/kat/1342777 E x P E R T A D V I C E A N D O R D E R L I N E : 0 1 9 5 2 8 1 1 9 9 1 573

574

6 T n e M p i u Q e n o i T A R e p o d n A n o i T c u d o R p Equipment and tooling cabinets with drawers and galvanised shelves W Designed for everyday industrial use W Numerous combinations of drawers and compartments for multiple W High quality, impact and scratch resistant powder coating W Wing doors with handle, 3 point lock and 2 keys W Height adjustable in increments of 33 mm applications 2 4 1 3 5 1 2 3 4 5 Features 1 drawer, 2 shelves 3 drawers, 1 shelf Body dimensions W x D x H [mm] Shelf load capacity [kg] Drawer load capacity [kg] Order number Doors light grey Order number Doors gentian blue 500 x 500 x 1000 50 25 251-800-JD 251-801-JD 500 x 500 x 1000 50 25 251-802-JD 251-803-JD 2 drawers, 2 shelves, full-width 1000 x 500 x 1000 50 25 251-808-JD 251-809-JD 2 drawers, centre partition, 4 shelves 1000 x 500 x 1000 50 25 251-804-JD 251-805-JD 6 drawers, centre partition, 2 shelves 1000 x 500 x 1000 50 25 251-806-JD 251-807-JD 1 3 The numerous drawers allow small objects to be stored with order and clarity 1 2 3 Features 4 shelves, full-width 8 shelves, centre partition Body dimensions W x D x H [mm] Shelf load capacity [kg] Drawer load capacity [kg] Order number Doors light grey Order number Doors gentian blue 1000 x 500 x 1800 50 25 251-810-JD 251-811-JD 1000 x 500 x 1800 50 25 251-812-JD 251-813-JD 4 shelves, centre partition, 16 drawers 1000 x 500 x 1800 50 25 251-814-JD 251-815-JD 2 574 w w w . d e n i o s . c o . u k / s h o p

575

6 T n e M p i u Q e n o i T A R e p o d n A n o i T c u d o R p Equipment and tooling cabinets with drawers and galvanised shelves DENIOS ONLINE SHOP There’s even more choice in the shop! >> www.denios.co.uk/shop << 3 2 Drawers and spill trays can be fully pulled out 1 2 1 4 3 4 5 5 Features Body dimensions W x D x H [mm] Load capacity of shelf [kg] Order number Doors light grey Order number Doors gentian blue 4 spill trays, can be pulled out 500 x 500 x 1800 35 251-844-JD 251-845-JD 2 drawer 100 mm, 3 spill trays, can be pulled out 500 x 500 x 1800 35 251-848-JD 251-849-JD 3 drawers 100 mm, 3 spill trays full-width, can be pulled out 1000 x 500 x 1800 35 251-858-JD 251-859-JD 6 drawers 100 mm, 2 drawers 200 mm, centre partition, 6 spill trays, can be pulled out 1000 x 500 x 1800 35 251-868-JD 251-869-JD 14 drawers 100 mm, centre partition, 4 spill trays, can be pulled out 1000 x 500 x 1800 35 251-872-JD 251-873-JD XXL- cabinets - ideal for bulky objects W Equipment cabinets with high storage volume - 80 mm cabinet depth W Long lasting steel construction, body light grey, with high-quality stove-enamelling W Shelves are height adjustable in increments of 15 mm W Load capacity of shelf: 70 kg, cabinet load capacity 450 kg W 3-bolt recessed handle lock Ergo-Lock 4.0, with 2 keys and patented mechanism: Simply press to close. Easy to use when wearing gloves W With panel doors or with viewing window in the doors Roomy storage - the sturdy, proven XXL cabinets in the Cabo range offer more storage than conventional equipment cabinets. Model Design Body dimensions W x D x H [mm] Door version Order number Doors light grey Order number Doors gentian blue 930-4 4 inlay shelves 930 x 800 x 1950 hinged door 255-974-JD 255-975-JD 930-4 4 inlay shelves 930 x 800 x 1950 Wing door with viewing window 255-978-JD 255-979-JD 1200-4 4 inlay shelves 1200 x 800 x 1950 hinged door 256-010-JD 256-011-JD 1200-4 4 inlay shelves 1200 x 800 x 1950 Wing door with viewing window 256-014-JD 256-015-JD E x P E R T A D V I C E A N D O R D E R L I N E : 0 1 9 5 2 8 1 1 9 9 1 575

576

6 T n e M p i u Q e n o i T A R e p o d n A n o i T c u d o R p Stainless steel multipurpose cabinet - various uses W Long-term protection against corrosion W Easy to clean and hygienic W Suitable for damp and wet rooms W Flexible use, in medical or chemical industries for example W Stainless steel V2A-4301, 1 mm thick, brushed on one side W Chemically resistant, anti-magnetic W Hinged door(s) with cylinder lock W Shelves adjustable in steps of approx. 20 mm, load capacity 70 kg W 3 cabinet depths W Windows in acrylic glass DENIOS ONLINE SHOP There’s even more choice in the shop! >> www.denios.co.uk/shop << Model Body dimensions W x D x H [mm] Design Door version Order number 1000-4 1000-4 1000-4 1000-2 1000-2 1000-2 1000-4 1000-4 1000-4 1000 x 400 x 1950 1000 x 500 x 1950 1000 x 600 x 1950 1000 x 400 x 1050 1000 x 500 x 1050 1000 x 600 x 1050 1000 x 400 x 1950 1000 x 500 x 1950 1000 x 600 x 1950 4 shelves 4 shelves 4 shelves 2 shelves 2 shelves 2 shelves hinged door hinged door hinged door hinged door hinged door hinged door 251-569-JD 251-570-JD 251-571-JD 251-581-JD 251-582-JD 251-583-JD 4 shelves hinged door with glass insert 251-584-JD 4 shelves hinged door with glass insert 251-585-JD 4 shelves hinged door with glass insert 251-586-JD Cabo sliding door cabinets Practical sliding door cabinets need just a small footprint and have large, secure doors, suitable for use even in a tough environment. Body in light grey (RAL 7035), doors in either gentian blue (RAL 5010) or light grey (RAL 7035) W Space-saving sliding doors on castors, easy to manoeuvre and secure W Long lasting steel construction, with high-quality stove enamelling W Height adjustable shelves (in increments of 15 mm), galvanised, load capacity 70 kg W Push cylinder lock with 2 keys, interchangeable core type cylinder W 1600 mm wide models with centre panel, 4 shelves each on the left and right W Ergonomic, metal handle Model Body dimensions W x D x H [mm] Design Order number Doors gentian blue Order number Doors light grey 1200-4 1200 x 400 x 1950 4 inlay shelves 255-932-JD 255-931-JD 1200-4 1200 x 500 x 1950 4 inlay shelves 255-936-JD 255-935-JD 1200-4 1200 x 600 x 1950 4 inlay shelves 255-942-JD 255-941-JD 1600-8 1600 x 400 x 1950 8 shelves 255-944-JD 255-943-JD 1600-8 1600 x 500 x 1950 8 shelves 255-946-JD 255-945-JD 1600-8 1600 x 600 x 1950 8 shelves 255-948-JD 255-947-JD 576 w w w . d e n i o s . c o . u k / s h o p

577

Vertical cabinets - maximum ease of use thanks to direct access from both sides Vertical cabinets allow space-saving storage of tools, work materials and more in a confined space. W Maximum storage space on a minimum footprint - pure efficiency W High load capacities, vertical pull-outs can be loaded up to 200 kg W Sturdy steel construction, frame load capacity up to 1000 kg, powder-coated light grey, RAL 7035 W Perfect running smoothness, even at high loads W Reassuring safety with standard single drawer locking for tip prevention W Highest operating comfort, with direct access to tools and small parts on both sides W For space-saving storage of tools, working materials in confined spaces. Maximum storage space, minimum footprint Pull-out perforated walls are used for flexible storage of the stored goods With slide out and adjustable shelves, for clear and systematic storage Design Body dimensions W x D x H [mm] Weight [kg] Order number Powder coated 4 pull-outs with perforated walls, (H x D) 1700 x 560 mm 3 pull-outs with perforated walls, (H x D) 1700 x 560 mm 4 pull-outs with perforated walls, (H x D) 1700 x 612 mm 3 pull-outs with 4 height-adjustable shelves 3 pull-outs with 4 height-adjustable shelves 4 pull-outs with 4 height-adjustable shelves 1000 x 600 x 1950 1000 x 600 x 1950 1000 x 695 x 1950 1000 x 695 x 1950 1000 x 695 x 1950 1000 x 695 x 1950 103 273-119-JD 98 273-120-JD 185 273-121-JD 167 273-122-JD 157 273-123-JD 188 273-124-JD 6 T n e M p i u Q e n o i T A R e p o d n A n o i T c u d o R p Heavy duty cabinets - highest stability for high loads Heavy duty cabinets are suitable for storing heavy materials. Maximum stability is guaranteed by a frame load capacity of up to 1500 kg. W Available with swing-in or wing doors W High loads, 160 kg per shelf/200 kg per drawer W Housing with impact and abrasion resistant surface W Reassuring safety with individual drawer lock to prevent tipping over on heavy-duty cabinets with hinged doors W Can be adapted to new stored goods at any time thanks to the flexible installation and conversion of drawers, pull-out shelves and adjustable shelves in 25 mm increments W Welded sheet steel construction with integrated support column system W Key lock = standard locking with exchangeable cylinder incl. 2 keys with key number. Simple adaptation to existing locking systems. Use as main locking system (max. 100 cylinders), different or same locking Hinged doors - disappear into the enclosure when opened for the clearest possible access to the contents of the cabinet Design Body dimensions W x D x H [mm] Door version Weight [kg] Order number Powder coated 4 shelves 1146 x 690 x 1950 Hinged doors 155 273-077-JD 2 shelves, 2 slide-out shelves, 3 drawers (2 x H 75, 1 x H 150 mm) 1146 x 690 x 1950 Hinged doors 212 273-078-JD 4 shelves, galvanised, 35 mm 1100 x 641 x 1950 hinged door 212 273-079-JD 3 shelves, galvanised, 35 mm, 2 drawers, each 1 x H 100/150 mm 1100 x 641 x 1950 hinged door 141 273-080-JD E x P E R T A D V I C E A N D O R D E R L I N E : 0 1 9 5 2 8 1 1 9 9 1 577

578

Cabo tool and equipment cabinets with wing doors, for workshops and offices Long-lasting steel design for storing tools and equipment in a tough environment. W Highly flexible, incl. 4 height adjustable (in steps of 15 mm), galvanised shelves W High degree of operational safety and resistance to wear W 3-bolt recessed handle lock Ergo-Lock, with 2 keys and patented mechanism: Simply press to close! Easy to use when wearing gloves. W Attractive design, incl. base W Available as a standard or heavy duty cabinet W Door stiffener ensures high door stability W Long lasting steel construction 6 T n e M p i u Q e n o i T A R e p o d n A n o i T c u d o R p Standard cabinet: W Doors open to approx. 110° W Door stiffener ensures high door stability W Load capacity per galvanised shelf 70 kg W Cabinet load 450 kg Heavy duty cabinet: W Doors hung on external hinges, approx. 180° opening angle W Doors reinforced for high door stability and hidden locking bar W High load capacity per galvanised shelf: 110 kg W Cabinet load 700 kg Model Body dimensions W x D x H [mm] Shelf load capacity [kg] Order number Doors grey Order number Doors blue Standard Standard Standard Standard 930 x 400 x 1950 930 x 500 x 1950 930 x 600 x 1950 1200 x 500 x 1950 70 70 70 70 243-720-JD 243-721-JD 255-971-JD 243-722-JD 243-746-JD 243-747-JD 255-970-JD 243-748-JD Model Body dimensions W x D x H [mm] Shelf load capacity [kg] Order number Doors grey Order number Doors blue Heavy duty Heavy duty Heavy duty Heavy duty 930 x 400 x 1950 930 x 500 x 1950 930 x 600 x 1950 1200 x 500 x 1950 110 110 110 110 255-958-JD 243-723-JD 243-724-JD 255-986-JD 255-957-JD 243-749-JD 243-750-JD 255-987-JD 578 w w w . d e n i o s . c o . u k / s h o p

579

Clothing cabinets For optimum storage of clothing and materials. Optionally available on a plinth, feet or floor-standing W Clothes lockers with full-length door W Sturdy steel construction with high-quality stove enamelling W Break-open protected construction in accordance with level B of DIN 4547 W Galvanised foot section and locker shelves for increased corrosion protection W Reinforced doors hinged on the right with stop damper, ventilation gills and label frame as well as security rotary bolt lock for padlock (locker cabinets with smooth doors and cylinder lock) W Narrow side edges for a homogeneous look in row position, without duplications at the locker joints W Foot/base height: 100 mm (plastic feet) W Compartment shelves can be swept smooth W Additional ventilation through ventilation openings in the compartment floor and roof, as a self-ventilation concept thanks to a structurally optimised flow pattern W Clearance dimensions per door: 1749 x 240/340 (compartment width 300 or 400) x 477 mm (H x W x D) Base or feet (made of plastic) as substructure, height 100 mm Standard equipment: 1 shelf per compartment, firmly welded, 1 coat rail with 3 anti-twist double sliding hooks Also available without feet or plinth, floor-standing 6 T n e M p i u Q e n o i T A R e p o d n A n o i T c u d o R p Order no. 317-356-JD Order no. 315-557-JD Order no. 315-545-JD External dimensions W x D x H [mm] Door colour Design Order number External dimensions W x D x H [mm] Door colour Design Order number External dimensions W x D x H [mm] Door colour Design Order number 600 x 500 x 1950 900 x 500 x 1950 1200 x 500 x 1950 600 x 500 x 1950 900 x 500 x 1950 1200 x 500 x 1950 Gentian violet on plinth, 2 cupboard compartments 317-354-JD Gentian violet on plinth, 3 cupboard compartments 317-355-JD Gentian violet on plinth, 4 cupboard compartments 317-356-JD Light grey on plinth, 2 cupboard compartments 317-361-JD Light grey on plinth, 3 cupboard compartments 317-362-JD Light grey on plinth, 4 cupboard compartments 317-364-JD 600 x 500 x 1950 900 x 500 x 1950 1200 x 500 x 1950 600 x 500 x 1950 900 x 500 x 1950 1200 x 500 x 1950 Gentian violet on feet, 2 cupboard compartments 315-557-JD Gentian violet on feet, 3 cupboard compartments 315-558-JD Gentian violet on feet, 4 cupboard compartments 315-559-JD Light grey on feet, 2 cupboard compartments 315-541-JD Light grey on feet, 3 cupboard compartments 315-542-JD Light grey on feet, 4 cupboard compartments 315-543-JD 600 x 500 x 1850 900 x 500 x 1850 1200 x 500 x 1850 600 x 500 x 1850 900 x 500 x 1850 1200 x 500 x 1850 Light grey Floor-standing, 2 cupboard compartments 315-544-JD Light grey Floor-standing, 3 cupboard compartments 315-545-JD Light grey Floor-standing, 4 cupboard compartments 315-546-JD Gentian violet Floor-standing, 2 cupboard compartments 315-528-JD Gentian violet Floor-standing, 3 cupboard compartments 315-529-JD Gentian violet Floor-standing, 4 cupboard compartments 315-530-JD E x P E R T A D V I C E A N D O R D E R L I N E : 0 1 9 5 2 8 1 1 9 9 1 579

580

6 T n e M p i u Q e n o i T A R e p o d n A n o i T c u d o R p Version Surface Colour Height, seat [mm] Order number Material, base: Plastic Order number Material, base: Aluminium Premium work chairs / ESD W Ergonomic shaped work chair for very demanding applications in production and workshops W Adjust the seat angle and height to your size with synchronous adjustments W With seat depth adjustment W Sturdy and stable with wide base W Seat and back are height adjustable W Robust, abrasion-resistant cover W Also available as an ESD version, conductive in accordance with DIN 61340-5-1, resistance 10⁶ Ω Standard ESD Pu Black 440 mm - 600 mm 440 mm - 600 mm 440 mm - 600 mm 440 mm - 600 mm 440 mm - 600 mm 440 mm - 600 mm 440 mm - 600 mm 440 mm - 600 mm – Pu Anthracite Material Black 266-913-JD 266-917-JD 266-921-JD 266-925-JD – – Material Blue Material Red Artificial leather Black Material Black Artificial leather Anthracite grey 266-909-JD 266-910-JD 266-914-JD 266-918-JD 266-922-JD 266-926-JD 266-931-JD 266-933-JD 266-935-JD Laboratory and cleanroom chairs W Ergonomic shaped work chair for demanding applications W Adjust the seat angle and height to your size with synchronous adjustments W With seat depth adjustment W Seat and back are height adjustable W Robust surface in imitation leather W Laboratory chairs fulfil protection levels S1 and S2 for biolaboratories and conform to DIN 68 877 W Cleanroom chairs meet the high requirements in laboratories, cleanrooms, laboratories and ESD protection areas W Air cleanroom class 6 according to DIN EN ISO 14644-1 and conductive according to DIN 61340-5-1, resistance < 10⁶ Ω Surface Cleanroom-suitable Design Height, seat [mm] Colour Material, base Order number Yes ESD Artificial leather No Standard seat height 430 mm - 590 mm Black No Standard seat height Aluminium 266-942-JD 266-939-JD Plastic 266-938-JD 24 hour chairs W For long term use, e.g. in control centres or monitoring rooms W With comfortable upholstery for high seating requirements W With height and depth-adjustable lumbar support on request W Ergonomically shaped back W with comfortable neck support, optionally integrated into the backrest or as a separate element W Improved synchronous technology with infinitely lockable synchronous movement W Meets EN 1335 and DIN 66877 Model Colour Height, seat [mm] Material, base Order number without lumbar support Order number With lumbar support 24 hour chairs 1-piece headrest/backrest Black Blue Backrest with separate headrest Grey Black Blue Grey 410 mm - 530 mm Aluminium 319-438-JD 319-439-JD 319-440-JD 319-441-JD 319-442-JD 319-443-JD 319-444-JD 319-445-JD 319-446-JD 319-447-JD 319-448-JD 319-449-JD 580 w w w . d e n i o s . c o . u k / s h o p

581

6 T n e M p i u Q e n o i T A R e p o d n A n o i T c u d o R p Workster / ESD task chairs W Workster Pro - the ideal work chair, even for the most extreme demands, loadable up to 170 kg W Adjustable seat and backrest inclination, anti-shock protection W Upholstered seat and back in high quality PU foam W Optionally available in standard or ESD version Design Base frame Height, seat [mm] Colour Material, base Order number Rolls 470-610 Black Steel 294-858-JD Normal Slider 440-580 Black Steel 294-859-JD Rolls 480-610 Black Steel 294-862-JD Slider 490-630 Black Steel 294-863-JD Unitec work chairs W Unitec work chairs are a good and inexpensive entry-level model for proper sitting in production W The permanent contact backrest optimally supports seated work in the production area W The generously dimensioned seats and backrests provide additional support and ensure the best industrial ergonomics W Height-adjustable backrest W Additional tilt adjustment for the backrest W Gas spring-assisted seat height adjustment W Ergonomic seat and backrest, optionally with imitation leather upholstery, black, soft and comfortable, washable and easy to clean or made of PU foam, black, extremely resistant and robust, cut-resistant, durable, easy to clean Height, seat [mm] Surface Base frame Base frame 2 Order number 580-850 440-620 Artificial leather Slider Foot ring 294-850-JD PU foam Slider Foot ring 294-851-JD Artificial leather Rolls – 294-852-JD PU foam Rolls – 294-853-JD Tec 40 universal chairs W Industrial swivel chair for universal use, easy to clean, wipe clean and easy to maintain W Ergonomic seat and large backrest with hard-wearing polyurethane (PU) foam W Backrest adjustable for height and inclination, with permanent contact mechanism for adjusting the backrest angle, lockable W Seat height adjustable via gas spring Height, seat [mm] Base frame Design Material, base Material, cover Order number 410 - 540 Rolls – Aluminium 590 - 840 Slider – Polyamide with foot ring Aluminium with foot ring Polyamide Polyurethane foam 294-889-JD 294-890-JD 294-887-JD 294-888-JD E x P E R T A D V I C E A N D O R D E R L I N E : 0 1 9 5 2 8 1 1 9 9 1 581

582

6 T n e M p i u Q e n o i T A R e p o d n A n o i T c u d o R p Assembly step in aluminium The proven, lightweight aluminium access step for demanding industrial applications with anti-slip steps W Sturdy aluminium work platform for maintenance and assembly work W Sturdy welded tube design W Safe ascent and comfortable standing with 240 mm deep steps and upper area (520 x 305 mm) in aluminium treadplate W Slip resistant feet W GS tested, compliant to EN 14183 A B Work surface height a [m] Stand height B [m] Number of steps/levels Weight [kg] Order number 2.2 0.2 1 2.4 156-809-JD 2.4 0.4 2 5.0 156-813-JD 2.6 0.6 3 7.0 156-814-JD 2.8 0.8 4 9.8 156-815-JD 3.0 1.0 5 12.0 156-817-JD Aluminium step ladders, with wheels The mobile and colourful aluminium step for climbing applications, working height 2.45 m (2.65 m in the 3-step version) W Sturdy, stable, light and handy working podium W Under a load, the 4 wheels sink up into the feet to ensure maximum stability W The 80 mm steps have a profiled surface to reduce slipping when climbing and standing W Only 190 mm when folded up W Quick to store with space saving dimensions W Sturdy lock prevents unintentional folding W TÜV tested, compliant to EN 14183 20 cm Sturdy prevention against unintentional folding Wheels/automatic brake Number of steps/levels Stand height [m] Colour Weight [kg] Order number 2 x 2 0.45 – 2.0 137-482-JD 2 x 2 0.45 Green 2.0 257-456-JD 2 x 2 0.45 Pink 2.0 257-457-JD 2 x 2 0.45 Yellow 2.0 137-489-JD 2 x 2 0.45 Blue 2.0 137-494-JD 2 x 3 0.65 – 3.0 137-487-JD 582 w w w . d e n i o s . c o . u k / s h o p

583

Assembly step in aluminium, with grid steps The robust, proven aluminium access step with deep, anti-slip grid steps and large platform is ideal for all damp and oily working en- vironments. W For use at workplaces where slippery substances are used, or workrooms where there is an increased risk of slipping W Improved safety with grid steps with a toothed surface, meeting the strictest requirements for slip reduction (assessment group R13 in accordance with BGR 181) W Upper standing area: 520 x 305 mm W Step depth: 240 mm W Safe ascent and comfortable standing with stable tubular aluminium design and additional grip profiles on the step edges W Slip resistant feet Work surface height a [m] Stand height B [m] Number of steps/levels Weight [kg] Order number 2.2 0.2 1 2.5 156-827-JD 2.4 0.4 2 5.4 156-828-JD 2.6 0.6 3 8.0 156-829-JD 2.8 0.8 4 11.0 156-830-JD 3.0 1.0 5 13.5 156-831-JD Assembly step in aluminium, with handrail and rollers The mobile, lightweight aluminium access step for demanding industrial applications with anti-slip steps and rail W Handrail for improved safety W Two wheels enable it to be easily moved to a new location W Sturdy aluminium work platform for maintenance and assembly work W Sturdy welded tube design W Safe ascent and comfortable standing with 240 mm deep steps and upper area (520 x 305 mm) in aluminium treadplate W Slip resistant feet W GS tested, compliant to EN 14183 6 T n e M p i u Q e n o i T A R e p o d n A n o i T c u d o R p Work surface height a [m] Stand height B [m] Number of steps/levels Weight [kg] Order number 2.6 0.6 3 8.5 156-818-JD 2.8 0.8 4 11.3 156-824-JD 3.0 1.0 5 16.0 156-825-JD A B o R d e R A T T h e s A M e T i M e Foot plate with rubber matting W Can compensate for floor unevenness up to max. 50 mm W Particularly secure rubber matting - grease, oil and acid resistant W Foot is movable (20 degrees) W For easy self-assembly (1 set = 4 pieces) Order no. 156-835-JD E x P E R T A D V I C E A N D O R D E R L I N E : 0 1 9 5 2 8 1 1 9 9 1 583

584

Integrated tray in safety hoop 6 T n e M p i u Q e n o i T A R e p o d n A n o i T c u d o R p Stepladders in aluminium The sturdy aluminium stepladder with multifunction tray and bucket hook for professional use W Accessible from one side, with large, secure platform for professional use W Large work platform for safe standing when working for long periods W Safe to step on and comfortable to stand on with profiled, 80 mm deep steps which are braced to the rails W High safety handle with integrated tray W With 2 safety harnesses when working above 3.40 m W Slip-resistant, two component foot stops for improved standing safety W Linkage stoppers to prevent crushing W GS tested, in accordance with EN 131 Work surface height a [m] Work surface height B [m] Worksurface height C [m] Number of steps/levels Weight [kg] Order number Without castors 2.95 0.95 1.70 4 6.4 3.20 1.20 1.95 5 7.3 3.40 1.40 2.21 6 8.4 3.65 1.65 2.46 7 9.5 3.90 2.90 2.70 8 10.5 4.35 2.35 3.20 10 13.0 4.80 2.80 3.70 12 15.6 156-870-JD 156-871-JD 156-872-JD 156-873-JD 156-874-JD 156-875-JD 156-876-JD AA B C In accordance with DGUV Information 208-016, the tension- and pressure-resistant spreading safety devices must be inserted when using mobile stepladders. Integrated castors provide mobility Work surface height a [m] Work surface height B [m] Worksurface height C [m] Number of steps/levels Weight [kg] Order number With rollers 2.95 3.20 3.40 3.65 3.90 4.35 4.80 0.95 1.70 4 8.7 2.80 3.70 12 17.9 156-878-JD 156-879-JD 156-880-JD 156-881-JD 156-882-JD 156-884-JD 156-885-JD 2.35 3.20 10 15.3 1.65 2.46 7 11.7 1.90 2.70 8 12.5 1.20 1.95 5 9.7 1.40 2.21 6 10.7 Aluminium step ladders, loadable up to 250 kg R 13 tread for certified slip resistance on steps that may be most used W The high stability and slip resistance of the ladders allow even better prevention and reduction of accidents at work W 80mm deep steps, with certified, anti-slip clip-step R13 treads for use in wet and oily work areas W Lower rail ends with nivello® anti-skid feet. The nivello®feet with 2-axis tilting technology provide complete floor support and ensure a high level of work safety W The ergo-pad® is an ergonomically shaped grip zone on stepladders which is attached to the optimal carrying point of the ladder. This allows the ladder to be carried at its centre of gravity without strain on the back W High quality for industrial use, the ladders meet the requirements of EN 131-1 and - 2 Working height up to approx. [m] Number of steps/levels Weight [kg] Order number 2.25 2 x 3 7 262-181-JD 2.50 2 x 4 8 262-182-JD 2.75 2 x 5 10 262-183-JD 3.00 2 x 6 12 262-184-JD 3.25 2 x 7 14 262-185-JD 3.50 2 x 8 15 262-186-JD 584 w w w . d e n i o s . c o . u k / s h o p

585

Podium ladder in aluminium, mobile Single sided access podium ladder W Three-sided platform railing, 1.00 m high, 40 mm diameter with integrated reinforced knee rail W Narrow standing width, ideal for working close to shelves, platform size 600 x 700 mm, grooved aluminium W Four swivel castors Ø 125 mm that lock under load, two of which have parking brakes, ensure easy movement and prevent unintentional rolling away when stepping onto the stairs W 100 mm high base board for increased safety (100 % higher than required by the EN 131-7 standard) W Delivered in sections with assembly instructions, for quick on-site assembly W Optional accessories: handrails, can be fitted on the right or left (from a platform/standing height of 1.0 m, handrails are required on both sides in accordance with DIN EN 131-7). Handrails are not included in the delivery o R d e R A T T h e s A M e T i M e Handrail in aluminium Available for left and / or right hand podium sides (order number covers both single and dual-sided access podium ladders) For 3 or 4 steps For 5 or 6 steps For 7 or 8 steps Order number Handrail right 312-176-JD 312-177-JD 312-178-JD Double-sided platform ladder Single-sided platform ladder A B Single sided access podium ladder Work surface height a [m] Work surface height B [m] Number of steps/levels Weight [kg] Order number 2.50 0.50 2 29.2 3.95 1.95 8 65.4 312-163-JD 312-164-JD 312-165-JD 312-166-JD 312-167-JD 312-168-JD 312-169-JD 3.70 1.70 7 53.9 3.45 1.45 6 42.3 3.20 1.20 5 39.0 3.00 1.00 4 35.7 2.75 0.75 3 32.2 Dual sided access podium ladder Work surface height a [m] Work surface height B [m] Number of steps/levels Weight [kg] Order number 2.75 0.75 2x3 Steps 34.9 312-170-JD 3.00 1.00 2x4 Steps 40.5 312-171-JD 3.20 1.20 2x5 Steps 46.0 312-172-JD 3.45 1.45 2x6 Steps 51.6 312-173-JD 3.70 1.70 2x7 Steps 57.8 312-174-JD 3.95 1.95 2x8 Steps 63.8 312-175-JD 6 T n e M p i u Q e n o i T A R e p o d n A n o i T c u d o R p Especially high safety hoop (1.0 M) Stepladder with large platform Single sided access aluminium stepladder with 2 handrails W Meets the requirements of BGV D 36 and BGI 637 W Extra high, ergonomic safety hoop for working hands-free while preventing back pain W Profiled, 80 mm deep steps, crimped tightly to the rails, for safe climbing and comfortable standing W Integrated tray for tools W Includes 2 castors for simple, safe transport W Slip resistant foot stops for improved stability AA B C Large, safe platform 500 x 450 mm Work surface height a [m] Stand height B [m] Ladder length C [m] Number of steps/levels Weight [kg] Width, external [mm] Order number 3.40 1.40 2.60 6 18.5 580 5.30 3.30 4.60 14 29.0 580 209-566-JD 209-567-JD 209-568-JD 209-569-JD 209-570-JD 209-571-JD 209-572-JD 4.80 2.80 4.10 12 26.0 580 4.35 2.35 3.60 10 23.5 580 4.10 2.10 3.35 9 22.0 580 3.65 1.65 2.85 7 20.0 580 3.90 1.90 3.10 8 21.0 580 2 castors for simple, safe transport E x P E R T A D V I C E A N D O R D E R L I N E : 0 1 9 5 2 8 1 1 9 9 1 585

586

Machine protection system 9900 - variable and versatile Maximum safety in the workplace plays an important role in companies, e.g. on automatic systems or robots. The mesh size of 50 x 25 mm prevents reaching through and complies with EN ISO 13857. W Perfect accident protection on automatic systems and robots - for maximum safety in the workplace W Design meets machinery directive 2006/42/EC W Simple assembly with panels screwed into the connecting posts. Included in the delivery with the posts (which are available separately) are anchors (for concrete floors) and fixing straps (for wall elements). W Height: 2000 mm W Frame profile with flat mesh 50 / 25 mm to prevent reaching through, complies with EN ISO 13857 W Ground clearance: 180 mm W Coating in yellow (RAL 1018), posts in black (RAL 9005) 6 T n e M p i u Q e n o i T A R e p o d n A n o i T c u d o R p Design Wall element Wall element Wall element Wall element Single door can be used left or right handed 2-wing double door Sliding door with guide rail End posts Central post T post CORNER post External dimensions W x H [mm] 500 x 2000 750 x 2000 1000 x 2000 1250 x 2000 1000 x 2000 2000 x 2000 1000 x 2000 70 x 2000 70 x 2000 70 x 2000 70 x 2000 Order number 129-333-JD 129-334-JD 129-335-JD 129-336-JD 129-337-JD 129-338-JD 129-339-JD 129-340-JD 129-341-JD 130-292-JD 129-342-JD Wall element in 4 widths, height: 2000 mm, ground clearance: 200 mm Sliding door With rails and bumper stops. Magnetic closure with handle Single door Can be used right or left handed, lockable handle Double door as single door, but 2-wing Order no. 129-333-JD Order no. 129-339-JD Order no. 129-337-JD Order no. 129-338-JD 586 w w w . d e n i o s . c o . u k / s h o p

587

Partition wall system 9200- the all-round system for industrial use A modular system, the individual elements can be combined for an individual solution. The partition wall system in flat mesh and C-profile frames guarantees maximum safety and is proven in practice W Variable, multipurpose system for separating operational and storage dimensions and we will prepare a customised quote areas W For quick do-it-yourself construction of barriers, warehouse walls and room partitions W Ideally suited to securing work areas or protective valuable goods W Posts that can be ordered as an option are required to connect panels (exception for 2-wing and folding doors). W We are happy to provide you with advice. Send us a simple sketch with W Easy to assemble and can be extended at any time W Flat mesh 40 x 40 x 3.8 mm, set in 30 mm frame profile (standard panels) W Module design - join several sections together W Wide range of door options W Ground clearance 100 mm Element by element, adds up to the right solution We would be pleased to provide you with advice. Based on a simple sketch, we can create an individual offer. Find an extensive selection of different elements in our online shop. 6 T n e M p i u Q e n o i T A R e p o d n A n o i T c u d o R p The simple and logical structure makes it easy to combine different elements into a customised solution Order example with service window (blue coloured element) All products for Partition wall systems can be found here: www.denios.co.uk/kat/12798 E x P E R T A D V I C E A N D O R D E R L I N E : 0 1 9 5 2 8 1 1 9 9 1 587

588

Solid protection and safety railing Extremely robust with solid protection and safety railing in profile steel for indoor and outdoor use. Clearly separates roadways (forklift trucks/pedestrians) and protects working areas, stock and buildings W Variable system with posts and rails W Quick, easy installation W Ideal for object specific solutions W Interlocking, easy to extend, railing gate suitable for all posts W Height: 1000 mm W Floor mounting using 4 Universal anchor bolts per post (10/100) or 4 through anchor bolts (12/120) for concrete floors (optional) W Wall thickness 3 mm, base plate: 200 x 200 x 10 mm W For outdoor use: hot dip galvanised and plastic coated in yellow 6 T n e M p i u Q e n o i T A R e p o d n A n o i T c u d o R p Example of application Safety barrier railings have a variety of uses, both for long stretches or short winding paths End post Central post CORNER post Quick, simple assembly Closed construction, no clips or screws Accessories Order number Through-anchor (for concrete floors) 12/120, 1 piece 233-428-JD Universal anchor bolt (with bolt) 10/100, 1 piece 233-427-JD Design Start/end post Central post CORNER post Crossbar 1000 mm Crossbar 1200 mm Crossbar 1500 mm Crossbar 2000 mm Railing gate with protective panel External dimensions W x D x H [mm] Order number plastic coated Order number hot dip galvanised / plastic coated 100 x 100 x 1000 100 x 100 x 1000 100 x 100 x 1000 1000 x 80 x 120 1200 x 80 x 120 1500 x 80 x 120 2000 x 80 x 120 905 x 30 x 520 180-229-JD 180-232-JD 180-230-JD 180-233-JD 180-231-JD 180-234-JD 180-235-JD 180-263-JD 180-236-JD 180-264-JD 180-237-JD 180-265-JD 180-262-JD 180-266-JD 240-912-JD – 588 w w w . d e n i o s . c o . u k / s h o p

589

Impact protection boards for sturdy yet flexible object protection Effective protection of columns, posts, working areas etc. Against the damage typically caused by forklift trucks and operational traffic. The impact protection boards are supplied in a C profile, with A 3 mm wall thickness. W Flexible impact protection system for use inside and outside W Solid steel elements ensure maximum force absorption W Easy single-handed assembly W Suitable for long straight stretches or routes with numerous bends W Wall thickness 3 mm, base plate: 160 x 140 x 10 mm W 4 bolts are needed per post Impact protection boards will protect your valuable equipment and ensure your operations run smoothly and safely Post, 80 x 80 x 465 mm, base plate 160 x 140 x 10 mm Mounted with either Universal pin or through-anchor bolt, see accessories table Design External dimensions W x D x H [mm] Order number plastic coated Order number hot dip galvanised / plastic coated Impact protection board W 1000 mm 1000 x 40 x 100 207-484-JD 207-488-JD Impact protection board W 1200 mm 1200 x 40 x 100 207-485-JD 207-489-JD Impact protection board W 1500 mm 1500 x 40 x 100 207-486-JD 207-490-JD Impact protection board W 2000 mm 2000 x 40 x 100 207-487-JD 207-491-JD Post 80 x 80 x 465 207-478-JD 207-479-JD 6 T n e M p i u Q e n o i T A R e p o d n A n o i T c u d o R p End panel joint in alu, can be used either as an inner or outer corner, angle set between 90° and 180° Order no. 248-487-JD Outer corners Inner corners Product short description Order number plastic coated Order number hot dip galvanised / plastic coated External CORNER, see diagram above for dimensions 207-493-JD 207-494-JD Internal CORNER, see diagram above for dimensions 207-496-JD 207-497-JD o R d e R A T T h e s A M e T i M e Accessories Order number Impact prot. Board extension set, yellow C-profile edge impact prot. Board cap Universal anchor bolt 8/100, 1 piece 233-427-JD 207-498-JD 207-500-JD Through-wall anchors (1 pcs) 233-428-JD E x P E R T A D V I C E A N D O R D E R L I N E : 0 1 9 5 2 8 1 1 9 9 1 589

590

Light duty crash protection rails Sturdy protective rails in profile steel for indoor and outdoor use. Clearly and cost-effectively separates traffic routes (pedestrian and light forklift traffic), protects work areas, stock and buildings. W Simple, variable system with posts and rails for easy assembly W Slim, compact dimensions W Closed construction: no clips or screws W Can be adjusted to suit requirements W Floor mounting using 4 universal anchor bolts per post (10/100) or 4 through anchor bolts (12/120) for concrete floors (optional) W Posts, 3 mm thick with black cap, base plate 140 x 160 x 10 mm W Crossbars, 3 mm thick, 60 x 40 mm, 1 each W For outdoor use: hot dip galvanised and plastic coated in yellow W For indoor use: plastic coated in yellow 6 T n e M p i u Q e n o i T A R e p o d n A n o i T c u d o R p Rails, 1000, 1200, 1500 or 2000 mm long Accessories Order number Through-anchor (for concrete floors) 12/120, 1 piece 233-428-JD Universal anchor bolt (with bolt) 10/100, 1 piece 233-427-JD End post Central post CORNER post Design External dimensions W x D x H [mm] Order number plastic coated Order number hot dip galvanised / plastic coated Start/end post Central post CORNER post Crossbar 1000 mm Crossbar 1200 mm Crossbar 1500 mm Crossbar 2000 mm 70 x 70 x 1000 70 x 70 x 1000 70 x 70 x 1000 1000 x 40 x 60 1200 x 40 x 60 1500 x 40 x 60 2000 x 40 x 60 248-367-JD 248-368-JD 248-365-JD 248-366-JD 248-363-JD 248-364-JD 248-355-JD 248-359-JD 248-356-JD 248-360-JD 248-357-JD 248-361-JD 248-358-JD 248-362-JD 590 w w w . d e n i o s . c o . u k / s h o p

591

Flexible collision protection - the hybrid railing The best of two worlds - combines the advantages of steel and plastic. The flexible steel posts and the plastic crossbars absorb impact energy and minimise the load in the event of a collision, especially for the floor. The risk of damage to the floor is significantly reduced. W The flexible railing system W The posts are equipped with a spring element in PU and bend under load up to 10°, approx. 175 mm. This significantly reduces the load on the hall floor and minimises possible damage to the floor. W The crossbars are made of a special polypropylene with high resistance. The elastic material absorbs the impact energy W Additional protection is provided by the steel underride bars, which can be optionally mounted between the posts 6 T n e M p i u Q e n o i T A R e p o d n A n o i T c u d o R p The posts are supplied including UV- resistant PU spring element Design External dimensions W x D x H [mm] Order number plastic coated Order number hot dip galvanised / plastic coated Start/end post 100 x 100 x 1040 271-633-JD 271-636-JD Central post 100 x 100 x 1040 271-634-JD 271-637-JD CORNER post 100 x 100 x 1040 271-635-JD 271-638-JD Design External dimensions W x D x H [mm] Order number Crossbar W 1500 mm 1500 x 52 x 74 284-933-JD Crossbar W 2000 mm 2000 x 52 x 74 284-934-JD Crossbar W 2300 mm 2300 x 52 x 74 271-641-JD Crossbar for corner post, 1500 mm 1500 x 52 x 74 284-936-JD Crossbar for corner post, 2000 mm 2000 x 52 x 74 284-937-JD Crossbar for corner post, 2300 mm 2300 x 52 x 74 271-644-JD Always use the bevelled crossbars in combination with a corner post Steel underride guard, Ø 76 mm o R d e R A T T h e s A M e T i M e Mounting set for 2 spring elements (1 impact protection rail or 2 posts) Order no. 207-475-JD Underride protection 1250 mm Design Item explanation Order number plastic coated Order number hot dip galvanised / plastic coated Suitable for crossbar 1500 mm Underride protection 1250 mm 271-645-JD Suitable for crossbar 2000 mm Underride protection 1750 mm 271-646-JD Suitable for crossbar 2300 mm Underride protection 2050 mm 271-647-JD 271-648-JD 271-649-JD 271-650-JD E x P E R T A D V I C E A N D O R D E R L I N E : 0 1 9 5 2 8 1 1 9 9 1 591

592

6 T n e M p i u Q e n o i T A R e p o d n A n o i T c u d o R p Collision protection plate Collision protection is required for fixed racks where industrial trucks are used. These collision protection plates are ideally suited for protecting rack supports, corners or transit areas. W Protection for stock, buildings and employees W Ideal to protect shelving, corners, supports etc W Steel, plastic coated, yellow, with black safety stripes W Required collision protection for fixed racks where industrial trucks are used, if these are not on rails Model External dimensions W x D x H [mm] Material thickness [mm] Order number Angle profile 160 x 160 x 400 5 248-457-JD Angle profile 160 x 160 x 400 6 180-221-JD Angle profile 160 x 160 x 800 6 180-222-JD Angle profile 160 x 160 x 1200 6 180-223-JD U profile 160 x 160 x 400 5 248-458-JD U profile 160 x 160 x 400 6 180-224-JD U profile 160 x 160 x 800 6 240-900-JD U profile 160 x 160 x 1200 6 240-901-JD 4 mounting dowels (angle profile) are needed for the impact protection CORNER and 6 are needed for the U profile Accessories Order number Universal anchor bolt (with bolt) 10/100, 1 piece 233-427-JD Through-anchor (for concrete floors) 12/120, 1 piece 233-428-JD Model Design External dimensions W x D x H [mm] Material thickness [mm] Order number U profile Inc. 2 Guide rollers 160 x 160 x 400 6 219-757-JD Angle profile Inc. 1 Guide roller 160 x 160 x 400 6 219-756-JD Impact protection corner incl. guide rollers to channel away a large part of side collision forces. Shelving collision protection W Can be assembled in seconds, does not need fixing to the ground W Impact absorption up to an impact force of up to 2.4 Tonnes W Elastic, resilient, dimensionally stable - returns to initial shape W For the safety and protection of shelving, prevents accidents and minimises time and cost of repairs W Advantageous slim design, no loss of shelf space W Suitable for refrigerated warehouses down to -40° W Optimum fit, cannot be ripped off when moving the pallets in and out W DEKRA tested and certified to European and international standards, FEM 10.2.02, AS4084 W Height: 600 mm Model Rack stand width Order number M 88-100 mm 207-401-JD L 101-120 mm 207-402-JD XXL 111-120 mm 240-233-JD This easy to fit shelf protection system is non-toxic, fully recyclable and long lasting 592 w w w . d e n i o s . c o . u k / s h o p

593

Rack collision protection in steel W For protecting racking at the front W Adjustable (up to 200 mm per protective CORNER) W Multi-sided shelf post protection W For indoor use W Consists of two large protective corners, two boards (C profile) and 4 clips W Steel, yellow plastic coated with black signal stripes W Easy assembly W Floor mounting using 12 universal anchor bolts (10/100) or 12 through anchor bolts (12/120) for concrete floors (optional) W Impact protection corner 4 mm thick, plank with C profile 3 mm thick Adjustable width (up to 200 mm per protective CORNER) 6 T n e M p i u Q e n o i T A R e p o d n A n o i T c u d o R p Model Design External dimensions D x H [mm] Order number E 1 For shelf widths from 900 to 1300 mm 190 x 500 233-420-JD D 2 For shelf widths from 1700 to 2100 mm 190 x 500 233-421-JD D 2.1 For shelf widths from 2300 to 2700 mm 190 x 500 233-422-JD CORNER protection barrier W Visible warning W Long life W Quick and easy attachment due to predrilled holes with enclosed screws and dowels W Protect corners, edges, pillars etc. with the minimum outlay. W High impact resistance and shape retention W Suitable for indoor and outdoor use W Height: 900 mm, width of lateral edges: 84 mm, thickness: 14 mm W Supplied in pairs The Universal protective CORNER is made from resistant plastic with a strengthening metal inner core Model Order number Yellow / black 207-403-JD Yellow / black reflective 207-405-JD Red/white 207-404-JD E x P E R T A D V I C E A N D O R D E R L I N E : 0 1 9 5 2 8 1 1 9 9 1 593

594

6 T n e M p i u Q e n o i T A R e p o d n A n o i T c u d o R p Protective barrier Ø 76 mm W Improved protection and safety for people and machinery W Robust steel safety system (thickness 3 mm) for protecting sensitive areas, routes or shelving W Tube material (Ø 76 mm) drawn from one piece - no weld seams W Floor mounting using 8 Universal anchor bolts (10/100) or 8 through anchor bolts (12/120) for concrete floors (optional) W For indoor use: yellow plastic coated, with black signal stripes W For indoor and outdoor use: hot dip galvanised, yellow plastic coated, with black signal stripes W With welded base plate (160 x 140 x 10 mm) for securing with anchor bolts Model External dimensions W x H [mm] Order number Interior Order number Indoors and outdoors R 3.3 375 x 350 145-165-JD 145-176-JD R 7.3 750 x 350 145-167-JD 145-177-JD R 10.3 1000 x 350 145-171-JD 145-178-JD R 7.6 750 x 600 145-172-JD 145-179-JD R 10.6 1000 x 600 145-173-JD 145-180-JD R 12.7 750 x 1200 145-174-JD 145-181-JD R 12.10 1000 x 1200 145-175-JD 145-182-JD Extreme impact protection guard W 108 mm diameter, thickness 3.6 mm W Protects from the hardest impacts W Solid impact protection to protect key installations W Extremely strong round barrier in high grade steel to protect against collision damage W Floor mounting with 8 through anchor bolts (16/140), optionally available W For indoor use: yellow plastic coated, with black signal stripes W For indoor and outdoor use: hot dip galvanised, yellow plastic coated, with black signal stripes W Base plates: 200 x 140 x 10 mm Protect your valuable equipment with the extreme impact protection guard. Diameters from 76 mm to 108 mm shown here for comparison. Model External dimensions W x H [mm] Order number Interior Order number Indoors and outdoors 6.5 650 x 600 207-456-JD 207-460-JD 10 1000 x 600 207-457-JD 207-461-JD 15 1500 x 600 207-458-JD 207-462-JD 20 2000 x 600 207-459-JD 207-463-JD H 6.5 650 x 1200 207-464-JD 207-468-JD H 10 1000 x 1200 207-465-JD 207-470-JD H 15 1500 x 1200 207-466-JD 207-471-JD H 20 2000 x 1200 207-467-JD 207-472-JD Accessories Order number Universal anchor bolt (with bolt) 10/100, 1 piece 233-427-JD Through-anchor (for concrete floors) 12/120, 1 piece 233-428-JD Through-anchor 16/140, 1 piece 207-473-JD 594 w w w . d e n i o s . c o . u k / s h o p

595

Flexible impact protection rail W Flexible protection bars (up to 10°) in high quality steel W Incl. UV resistant spring element in PU W Minimises impact and repair damage, the floor is loaded less in the event of an impact W 3 mm wall thickness, Ø 76 mm, base plate: 160 x 140 x 10 mm W Maximum tilt: 55 mm at a height of 390 mm 95 mm at a height of 640 mm 190 mm at a height of 1240 mm W For indoor use: yellow plastic coated, with black signal stripes W For indoor and outdoor use: hot dip galvanised, yellow plastic coated, with black signal stripes W A mounting kit is needed for mounting each bar (order No. 207475) 6 T n e M p i u Q e n o i T A R e p o d n A n o i T c u d o R p o R d e R A T T h e s A M e T i M e Mounting set for 2 spring elements (1 impact protection rail or 2 posts) Order no. 207-475-JD Model External dimensions W x H [mm] Order number Inner Order number Indoors and outdoors R 3.3 N 375 x 390 248-330-JD 248-337-JD R 7.3 N 750 x 390 248-331-JD 248-338-JD R 10.3 N 1000 x 390 248-332-JD 248-339-JD R. 7.6 N 750 x 640 248-333-JD 248-340-JD R 10.6 N 1000 x 640 248-334-JD 248-341-JD R 12.7 N 750 x 1240 248-335-JD 248-342-JD R 12.10 N 1000 x 1240 248-336-JD 248-343-JD Impact protection rail with underride protection, Ø 76 mm W With integrated underride protection W Sturdy protective barrier in high grade steel W With 4 mm thick steel plates for anchor bolts W Prevents dangerous insertion of the fork lift truck forks into racking areas or other equipment worthy of protection W Steel protection barrier (Ø 76 mm), yellow plastic coated, with black signal stripes W 4 mm thick underride protection, height 150 mm - overall height 350 mm, height 400 mm - overall height 600 mm W For internal usage W Floor mounting using 8 universal anchor bolts (10/100) or 8 through anchor bolts (12/120) for concrete floors (optional). 12 anchors are required for each corner protection bracket Underride protection External dimensions W x H [mm] Order number 750 x 350 172-870-JD 1000 x 350 172-871-JD 750 x 600 172-872-JD 1000 x 600 172-873-JD E x P E R T A D V I C E A N D O R D E R L I N E : 0 1 9 5 2 8 1 1 9 9 1 595

596

6 T n e M p i u Q e n o i T A R e p o d n A n o i T c u d o R p Low level protection bars W Stops pallet trucks, roll containers and trolleys W Protects machinery, switchboxes, safety equipment etc. From collision damage W Acts as spacer for wall-mounted items, switchboxes etc W Yellow plastic coated with black signal stripes W Sturdy tubular structure of 3 mm high grade steel W Diameter: 76 mm, overall height: 86 mm W Low design, so an area is protected and nevertheless remains accessible W Floor mounting using 6 Universal anchor bolts (12/100) or 6 through anchor bolts (12/120) for concrete floors (optional) You can also protect curves and corners with CORNER impact protection bars Body dimensions W x D x H [mm] Order number 638 x 638 x 86 207-453-JD CORNER protection barrier W Optimum protection for corners against being rammed by trolleys, forklifts, etc W Robust curved tubular construction in 3 mm high grade steel W Diameter: 76 mm W The CORNER protectors should be attached with special bolts (12 per CORNER) which are also available W Available in 3 heights RE 4 600 x 600 x 350 Model External dimensions W x D x H [mm] Order number plastic coated Order number hot dip galvanised / plastic coated 12 special bolts required for each CORNER protection hoop, see accessories 165-530-JD 165-533-JD 165-531-JD 165-534-JD 165-532-JD 165-535-JD RE 6 RE 12 600 x 600 x 600 600 x 600 x 1200 596 w w w . d e n i o s . c o . u k / s h o p Accessories Order number Universal anchor bolt (with bolt) 10/100, 1 piece 233-427-JD Through-anchor (for concrete floors) 12/120, 1 piece 233-428-JD

597

Impact and object protection W Install in the work place for optimal safety W Protection for shelving, machinery and fire extinguishers for example W Sturdy tubular structure (Ø 42.4 mm, thickness 3.25 mm) W Powder coated in yellow warning colour (RAL 1018) with black warning rings W Primed in zinc prior to painting W Delivered with supports to fix into concrete to hold the barrier in place (anchor dowel 12 x 110 galv.) Design W x H [mm] Order number CORNER protection barrier 90° 350 x 300 157-923-JD 350 x 600 157-946-JD Impact protection bars for racking systems 1250 x 600 157-944-JD 1250 x 300 157-928-JD Impact protection bracket for wall or floor mounting 350 x 300 157-932-JD 750 x 300 157-941-JD 1000 x 300 157-943-JD Protective barrier W For securing and marking thoroughfares and hazardous areas W Tube Ø: 42 mm, with foot plate, Ø 120 mm W Thickness of steel: 2 mm W Delivered with supports to fix into concrete to hold the barrier in place (anchor dowel 12 x 110 galv.) W In hot dip galvanised design or with additional powder coating in warning yellow, RAL 1018 and black warning markings (adhesive) 6 T n e M p i u Q e n o i T A R e p o d n A n o i T c u d o R p Model External dimensions W x H [mm] Surface Order number SB L1 1000 x 1000 painted 157-947-JD SB L2 1500 x 1000 painted 157-949-JD SB L3 2000 x 1000 painted 157-951-JD SB V1 1000 x 1000 galvanized 157-952-JD SB V2 1500 x 1000 galvanized 157-955-JD SB V3 2000 x 1000 galvanized 157-956-JD Removable impact protection rail Ø 76 Sturdy protective barrier in high grade steel W Saves costly disassembly of fixed impact place and against dirt protection barriers W For temporary blocking or clearing for example paths or shelving aisles W With 4 mm thick steel plates for anchor bolts W The u-bar is placed in the base plate, pushed back and fastened W A cover plate protects it from slipping out of W Floor mounting using 8 Universal anchor bolts (10/100) or 8 through anchor bolts (12/120) for concrete floors (optional) W Sturdy protective barrier in high grade steel W Steel protection barrier (Ø 76 mm), yellow plastic coated, with black signal stripes W For internal usage W x H [mm] Order number plastic coated Accessories Order number 750 x 350 180-225-JD 1000 x 350 180-226-JD 750 x 600 180-227-JD 1000 x 600 180-228-JD Universal anchor bolt (with bolt) 10/100, 1 piece 233-427-JD Through-anchor (for concrete floors) 12/120, 1 piece 233-428-JD Example of application, removable E x P E R T A D V I C E A N D O R D E R L I N E : 0 1 9 5 2 8 1 1 9 9 1 597

598

6 T n e M p i u Q e n o i T A R e p o d n A n o i T c u d o R p Steel impact protection bollard For demarcation and securing of e.g. traffic routes, thoroughfares etc. Or as collision protection for machinery, racking, columns or corners of buildings. W Improved safety for people and machinery W TÜV tested to DGUV 108-007 W Height from top edge to ground: 1200 mm. Overall height for version to be set in concrete: 1600 mm W Suitable for outdoor installation or indoors, available for setting into concrete or fixing with dowels Model Height [mm] Diameter [mm] Features Order number For ground anchoring Order number For setting into concrete Accessories Order number S 1200 90 Incl. floor plate 200 x 200 x 10 mm L 1200 159 Incl. floor plate 250 x 250 x 15 mm XL 1200 194 Incl. floor plate 250 x 250 x 15 mm XXL 1200 273 Fillable, incl. floor plate 350 x 350 x 15 mm 252-184-JD 145-187-JD 180-214-JD 180-216-JD S 1600 90 – – L 1600 159 – – XL 1600 194 – – XXL 1600 273 Fillable – – – – – 252-185-JD 145-184-JD 180-215-JD 180-217-JD 1 special bolt 14/110, with screws 145-188-JD 1 special bolt 14/110, with screws 145-188-JD Through-anchor 16/140, 1 piece 207-473-JD Through-anchor 16/140, 1 piece 207-473-JD – – – – – – – – Flexible impact protection bollard W flexible collision protection barrier in steel with bend angle of up to 25° (approx. 300 mm) W Absorbs impact, then automatically returns to original position W Minimises damage to bollard and to vehicles W Round base plate, diameter 270 mm, 100 mm thick W Floor mounting using 4 universal anchor bolts (10/100) or 4 through anchor bolts (12/120) for concrete floors (optional) Accessories Order number Universal anchor bolt (with bolt) 10/100, 1 piece 233-427-JD Through-anchor (for concrete floors) 12/120, 1 piece 233-428-JD Model Height [mm] Diameter [mm] Surface Order number A 665 159 hot dip galvanised / plastic coated 207-449-JD I 665 159 plastic coated 207-448-JD Tubular steel bollard W Heavy duty impact protection bollard W For securing gateways, protecting buildings etc W With welded steel cap W For concreting in or using anchor bolts W Hot dip galvanised or coated in white, with three reflective red stripes W Tubular steel bollard for use with anchor bolts, incl. base plate. Diameter 152 mm: 220 x 220 mm Diameter 193 mm: 360 x 360 mm 4 mounting screws 16 x 50 mm, mounting anchor Order no. 249-381-JD Height [mm] Diameter [mm] Surface Colour Order number For ground anchoring Order number For setting into concrete 1000 152 Hot dip galvanised – 249-348-JD – 1000 152 hot dip galvanised / plastic coated Red / white 249-351-JD – 1000 193 Hot dip galvanised – 249-354-JD – 1500 152 Hot dip galvanised – – 249-346-JD 1500 152 hot dip galvanised / plastic coated Red / white – 249-349-JD 1500 193 hot dip galvanised / plastic coated Red / white – 249-355-JD 2000 152 Hot dip galvanised – – 249-347-JD 2000 152 hot dip galvanised / plastic coated Red / white – 249-350-JD 598 w w w . d e n i o s . c o . u k / s h o p

599

Protective bollards and protective bars in steel for eye-catching protection for charging points Charging points for electric vehicles will become a significant factor in modern traffic in the future. Attractive protective bollards/ bars are an ideal solution to protect them from collision damage during hectic everyday life and to make them stand out visually. W Protect your charging infrastructure and sensitive, electronic components W Visually appealing and effective protection for charging points W Improved safety for people and machinery The brackets are available in widths of 360 or 500 mm, with a bracket height of 800 mm and an overfloor height of approx. 500 mm. Safety and appearance in perfect harmony Dimensions W x H [mm] Diameter [mm] Surface Colour Design Order number 360 x 500 60 Hot dip galvanised Blue For ground anchoring 280-387-JD 500 x 500 60 Hot dip galvanised Blue For ground anchoring 280-388-JD 360 x 500 60 Hot dip galvanised Green For ground anchoring 280-389-JD 500 x 500 60 Hot dip galvanised Green For ground anchoring 280-390-JD 360 x 500 60 Hot dip galvanised Red For ground anchoring 280-391-JD 360 x 800 60 Hot dip galvanised Blue For setting into concrete 280-393-JD 500 x 800 60 Hot dip galvanised Blue For setting into concrete 280-394-JD 360 x 800 60 Hot dip galvanised Green For setting into concrete 280-395-JD 500 x 800 60 Hot dip galvanised Green For setting into concrete 280-396-JD 360 x 800 60 Hot dip galvanised Red For setting into concrete 280-397-JD 6 T n e M p i u Q e n o i T A R e p o d n A n o i T c u d o R p The protective bollards are also available hot dip galvanised and white coated. You can find this combination in our online shop Without reflective rings, for use with anchor bolts Reflective rings red (also available in other colours), for setting in concrete According to the Charging station regulation (LSV), operators must ensure the safe operation of charging stations, e.g. through regular inspections in accordance with BetrSichV or the Accident prevention guidelines Height [mm] Diameter [mm] Surface Colour Design Order number Accessories Order number 800 108 Hot dip galvanised – For ground anchoring 280-367-JD 800 108 Hot dip galvanised White For ground anchoring 280-368-JD 800 108 Hot dip galvanised Blue For ground anchoring 280-369-JD 800 108 Hot dip galvanised Green For ground anchoring 280-370-JD 800 108 Hot dip galvanised Red For ground anchoring 280-371-JD 1200 108 Hot dip galvanised None For setting into concrete 280-372-JD 1200 108 Hot dip galvanised White For setting into concrete 280-373-JD 1200 108 Hot dip galvanised Blue For setting into concrete 280-374-JD 1200 108 Hot dip galvanised Green For setting into concrete 280-375-JD 1200 108 Hot dip galvanised Red For setting into concrete 280-376-JD Universal anchor bolt (with bolt) 10/100, 1 piece 233-427-JD Through-anchor (for concrete floors) 12/120, 1 piece 233-428-JD E x P E R T A D V I C E A N D O R D E R L I N E : 0 1 9 5 2 8 1 1 9 9 1 599

600

6 T n e M p i u Q e n o i T A R e p o d n A n o i T c u d o R p Warning and protection profiles for the protection of man and machine W Warning and protective profiles absorb even the hardest impacts and thus effectively prevent injuries and damage to property. Very strong adhesive force (21N/ 25 mm). Optimum adhesive strength achieved after 24 hours with magnetic strip self-adhesive, reusable W The striking signal colours, in accordance with ASR A1.3, enable early detection of potential hazards such as edges, protrusions and obstacles. W Warning and protective profiles are moisture-resistant and can therefore be used in a variety of indoor and outdoor areas: for example, on internal transport routes, on machines, walls and passageways, on shelves, gates and much more W Can be used flexibly, simple to install, even on curved objects. Solutions for surfaces, edges, corners and pipes 1 3 2 4 self-adhesive, soft version frost-resistant design, suitable for use down to -10°C Type A corner protection 4 3 Length [mm] Colour Design Order number 1000 Black / yellow Frost, down to -10°C 321-487-JD 1000 Black / yellow self-adhesive, reusable 321-483-JD 50000 Black / yellow Self adhesive 321-363-JD 5000 Black / yellow Self adhesive 321-362-JD 1 1000 Black / yellow with magnetic strip 321-361-JD 1000 Black / yellow Self adhesive 321-360-JD Type H corner protection 4 Length [mm] Design Colour Order number 1000 Self adhesive Black / yellow 321-443-JD 1000 Frost, down to -10°C Black / yellow 321-490-JD 5000 Self adhesive Red / white 321-447-JD 1000 Self adhesive Red / white 321-446-JD 50000 Self adhesive Black / yellow 321-445-JD 5000 Self adhesive Black / yellow 321-444-JD Type E corner protection 4 3 Length [mm] Design Colour Order number 1000 Frost, down to -10°C Black / yellow 321-488-JD 1000 self-adhesive, reusable Black / yellow 321-484-JD 50000 Self adhesive Black / yellow 321-421-JD 5000 Self adhesive Black / yellow 321-420-JD 1000 with magnetic strip Black / yellow 321-419-JD 1000 Self adhesive Black / yellow 321-418-JD 600 w w w . d e n i o s . c o . u k / s h o p

601

6 T n e M p i u Q e n o i T A R e p o d n A n o i T c u d o R p W Choose according to your needs, our range includes solutions for corner protection, edge protection, surface protection and pipe protection. Recyclable polyurethane foam, absolutely CFC-free. Fire test in accordance with DIN EN 13501-1, class E. Profiles comply with Directive 2002/95/EC (RoHs) W Corner protection profiles are the classic solution for protecting people, machinery and infrastructure. Can be used e.g. for passageways, driveways, shelving compartments, ramps and temporary structures W The profiles have a temperature resistance of -40° to 80°. The optimum installation temperature is 10 to 20°. Profiles labelled with a frost symbol can be installed at temperatures down to -10° Type C+ surface protection DENIOS ONLINE SHOP There’s even more choice in the shop! www.denios.co.uk/shop Length [mm] Design Colour Order number 2 1000 self-adhesive, soft version Black / yellow 321-498-JD 1000 Self adhesive Red / white 321-390-JD 1000 self-adhesive, soft version daylight fluorescent 321-389-JD 1000 Self adhesive Black / yellow 321-388-JD 1000 self-adhesive, reflective Red / white 321-387-JD 1000 self-adhesive, reflective Black / yellow 321-386-JD Type F surface protection Length [mm] Design Colour Order number 4 1000 Frost, down to -10°C Black / yellow 321-489-JD 3 1 5000 Self adhesive Black / yellow 321-428-JD 1000 self-adhesive, reusable Black / yellow 321-485-JD 1000 with magnetic strip Red / white 321-431-JD 1000 with magnetic strip Black / yellow 321-427-JD 1000 Self adhesive Black / yellow 321-426-JD Edge protection type B Length [mm] Design Colour Order number 1000 To clip-on Red / white 321-381-JD 50000 To clip-on Black / yellow 321-380-JD 5000 To clip-on Black / yellow 321-379-JD 1000 To clip-on Black / yellow 321-378-JD 1000 To clip-on daylight fluorescent 321-369-JD E x P E R T A D V I C E A N D O R D E R L I N E : 0 1 9 5 2 8 1 1 9 9 1 601

602

6 Barriers and spacers T n e M p i u Q e n o i T A R e p o d n A n o i T c u d o R p Model K 400 W For internal and external usage W Aluminium posts with integrated, retractable webbing belts (max. Length 3000 mm) W Each post can be freely positioned and can take 3 belts W The robust plastic base can be filled with sand or gravel. It can also be anchored to the floor using an integrated dowel anchor W Total weight: 3 kg (empty), 13 kg (full) W Height: 985 mm, belt width 50 mm W Base Ø 330 mm, belt post Ø 60 mm W Post colour red or yellow Example of application Colour of belt Colour of posts Order number Yellow / black Yellow 157-645-JD Yellow Yellow 157-646-JD Red / white Red 157-647-JD Red Red 157-648-JD Order no. 157-647-JD Tape barrier systems Model Basic W Functional, stable tape barrier systems in plastic W Plastic foot can be filled with sand, gravel etc W Quick assembly and disassembly W Space saving storage: upper part can be easily separated from the base plate W Belt rewinds in a controlled manner W Can be used indoors and outdoors W Dimensions: height 950 mm, belt length 3 m, belt width 50 mm, base plate dia- meter 360 mm, belt post diameter 50 mm W Weighs only 1.8 kg (approx. 9 kg when filled) Colour of belt Colour of posts Order number Red / white Red 240-911-JD Yellow / black Yellow 240-910-JD Order no. 240-911-JD Model WK 230 Ideal for erecting barriers without posts W Flexible belt barrier to protect aisle ways, storage areas, machinery etc W Wall holder, ready for easy wall mounting, includes mounting materials W With 3 meter webbing belt, belt width 50 mm Belt connector Replaces a post to connect 2 belts together to extend the barrier to 6 M Wall clip Clip to hold the opposite end of barrier belts that are connected to a wall holder or a post Model WK 230 with black / yellow belt Order no. 157-639-JD Colour of belt Order number Yellow / black Red / white 157-639-JD 157-640-JD Black / red / black 157-641-JD Black / silver / black 157-642-JD Order no. 157-643-JD Order no. 157-873-JD 602 w w w . d e n i o s . c o . u k / s h o p

603

6 T n e M p i u Q e n o i T A R e p o d n A n o i T c u d o R p Traffic tape barrier system W Visually attractive and decorative marking and blocking of routes W Each post can be freely positioned and can take 3 belts W Helps mark out permitted routes and block off other areas W High quality, automatic roller mechanism W Very stable W Can be used indoors and outdoors W Mounting by means of a wall clip is also possible, note belt width. Belt connectors (for connection without posts) are not available Ideal for securing large areas 9 M Large areas can be blocked off using the model 8.5 Tape barrier system 1 W Belt width: 50 mm W Extended belt length 10 M W Post and base plate in metal, black W Height 1000 mm, diameter of base plate 350 mm Model Colour of belt Colour of posts Order number 8.5 Red / white Black 241-382-JD 8.5 Yellow / black Black 241-380-JD 1 2 W Belt width: 100 mm W Extended belt length 3.80 M W Height 1000 mm, diameter of base plate 410 mm, posts and base plate can be separated W Base plate composite material, 100% recycled W Plastic posts Model Colour of belt Colour of posts Order number 2.6 Yellow / black Yellow 241-383-JD 2.6 Red / white Red 241-384-JD W Belt width: 100 mm W Extended belt length: 3.80 W Height 1000 mm, diameter of base plate 350 mm W Base plate in cast iron, with black plastic covering W Plastic posts Belt colours available for model 2.9 2 o R d e R A T T h e s A M e T i M e Wall clip for belt width 50 mm Order no. 241-397-JD Wall clip for belt width 100 mm Order no. 241-398-JD DIN A4 portrait format sign holder, for models 2.6 And 2.9 Order no. 241-399-JD DIN A 4 portrait format sign holder, can be used for model 8.5 Order no. 241-400-JD Model Colour of belt Colour of posts Order number 2.9 Red / black Red 241-963-JD 2.9 Red / black Black 241-396-JD 2.9 Blue Black 241-394-JD 2.9 Red Black 241-391-JD 2.9 Black Black 241-390-JD 2.9 Yellow Black 241-389-JD 2.9 Red / white Black 241-387-JD 2.9 Yellow / black Yellow 241-386-JD E x P E R T A D V I C E A N D O R D E R L I N E : 0 1 9 5 2 8 1 1 9 9 1 603

604

Barrier posts For safeguarding building sites, for example, for keeping through roads clear or for reserving car parking space or other such areas Recycled plastic post, square, 140 x 140 mm Bollard in recycled plastic for setting in concrete W Recycled plastic post square, 140 x 140 mm, with 2 milled holes, 15 mm wide and 2 reflective bands, top red, bottom white W Incl. mounting anchors W For bordering or blocking green areas, paths and other structures Barrier posts W With triangle or cylinder lock W For keeping through roads clear or for reserving car parking or storage spaces W With floor plate for setting in concrete W Folding steel barrier post W Hot dip galvanised and painted o R d e R A T T h e s A M e T i M e Triangular key for fire brigade Order no. 236-891-JD 6 T n e M p i u Q e n o i T A R e p o d n A n o i T c u d o R p Order no. 280-697-JD Barrier posts For setting into concrete Design Order number Red / white External dimensions W x D x H [mm] Round cylinder lock 236-883-JD 70 x 70 x 1000 Triangular lock 236-884-JD 70 x 70 x 1000 With welded floor plate for securing with screws Barrier posts to set in concrete, 1330 mm high above ground and 330 mm underground The version for anchor bolts uses a base plate (160 x 140 x 10 mm) for anchoring the barrier post. Height 1000 mm Steel barrier posts (red white) for marking traffic routes, pedestrian routes, parking bays etc Design Features Surface Order number Diameter [mm]: 60 Order number Diameter [mm]: 76 For setting into concrete Without chain loops hot-dip galvanised/ painted 236-885-JD 248-369-JD For setting into concrete 1 chain loop hot-dip galvanised/ painted 236-886-JD 248-370-JD For setting into concrete 2 chain loops hot-dip galvanised/ painted 236-887-JD 248-371-JD For ground anchoring Without chain loops hot-dip galvanised/ painted 236-888-JD 248-372-JD For ground anchoring 1 chain loop hot-dip galvanised/ painted 236-889-JD 248-373-JD For ground anchoring 2 chain loops hot-dip galvanised/ painted 236-890-JD 248-374-JD 604 w w w . d e n i o s . c o . u k / s h o p

605

Chain barrier posts with foot W Can be used indoors or temporarily outdoors W High visibility W Mobile, stable plastic construction for moving to different locations W In addition the foot can be filled with water or sand W With plastic cap and 4 integrated chain holders W Size excluding foot H x Ø (mm): 870 x 40 W Size of foot Ø (mm): 300 Features Height [mm] Order number Red / white Order number Yellow / black With plastic cap and 4 integrated chain holders 870 236-875-JD 236-877-JD Heavy chain stands with base plate The barriers are very sturdy and can be used in a flexible manner. The base trays can be filled on site with water, gravel etc. W Sturdy, long lasting and stable W For permanent and temporary barriers W Available in red/white or yellow/black W Tray posts: plastic coated, screwed, with two rings for inserting a chain: Dimensions: Ø 60 mm, 1000 mm high, tray size 300 x 300 mm W Recycled base posts: hot dip galvanised and painted, with ring cap for pulling through a chain (Ø 6 mm). Ø 60 mm, 1000 mm high. Recycled base dimensions: Ø 450 mm W Dimensions: 60 mm Ø, 1000 mm high 6 T n e M p i u Q e n o i T A R e p o d n A n o i T c u d o R p Ring cap for threading chain through Version - foot Equipment - barrier posts Order number Red / white Order number Yellow / black Base tray with handle, sheet steel 2 chain loops 180-251-JD 236-896-JD Base tray without handle, sheet steel Round recycled plastic base, plastic, 15 kg Ring CAP 180-253-JD 236-898-JD 2 chain loops 180-252-JD 236-897-JD Barrier chains Available in different combinations of colours, choice of synthetic material or hot-dip galvanized steel Chain link diameter [mm] Roll goods length [mm] Material Surface Order number Yellow / black Order number Red / white Order number Silver 1 2 3 4 5 6 10000 Plastic – 236-899-JD 8 25000 Plastic – – 6 15000 Steel Hot dip galvanised/ plastic coated – 236-900-JD 236-901-JD 236-902-JD 6 30000 Steel Hot dip galvanised – – – – – 236-904-JD 1 2 3 4 5 E x P E R T A D V I C E A N D O R D E R L I N E : 0 1 9 5 2 8 1 1 9 9 1 605

606

6 T n e M p i u Q e n o i T A R e p o d n A n o i T c u d o R p Plastic barrier For marking off work sites, roads and spaces. Ideal for events, guiding and separating foot traffic W In high-quality UV resistant PE W In bright orange warning colour with red/white reflective stripes. Highly visible, day and night W Wide base for stability. On the pedestrian side the base is smaller to prevent tripping. W Low weight ensures easy transport. Base can be turned to the side. W Limitless hook and eye mounting system Order no. 240-915-JD Manhole barrier Barrier to provide a warning for open drains W For securing access points and potential danger areas W Signs can be fixed onto all sides of the barrier W Several drain barriers can be joined together, 2 barriers can protect an area of approx. 4 m², for example W Sturdy steel tube design with red reflex stripes W Dimensions (L x W x H) 1000 x 1000 x 900 mm Order no. 116-538-JD Expanding barrier Can be installed quickly in front of potential hazards W Warning barriers that can be installed quickly in front of dangerous areas W Ideal for construction sites, reserving parking places, marking roadways or blocking off access points W Extends to 3.6 M W Manufactured from steel with red reflex stripes W Complete with 2 feet W Height: 1000 mm W Total weight: 14 kg Order no. 123-588-JD Expanding barrier Expanding barrier, stepless expansion. Each half of the case also forms a foot to support the barrier. W Each half of the case forms the feet to support the barrier W The transport case halves can be filled with sand or water, to further increase stability W Sturdy design manufactured from polyethylene with UV stabilisation W Max. Width: 2300 mm W Height: 1060 mm W Weight: 7 kg Example of application Order no. 145-513-JD 606 w w w . d e n i o s . c o . u k / s h o p

607

6 T n e M p i u Q e n o i T A R e p o d n A n o i T c u d o R p Reflective flexible post W Universal reflective cone e.g. for carparks, parking areas or as lane dividers W Highly visible, day and night W For indoor and outdoor use W A bayonet connection connects the cylinder with the sturdy rubber foot W Neither cone nor vehicle are damaged if driven over W Fully reflective cone in PE W Dimensions: base Ø 270 mm, cylinder Ø 100 mm Height [mm] Features Order number 460 2 white rings 236-892-JD 760 2 white rings 236-894-JD 1000 2 white rings 236-895-JD Reflective flexible post W Bends 360°, self-righting W Signal red with reflex stripes W Universal reflective cone e.g. for carparks, parking areas or as lane dividers W Highly visible, day and night W For indoor and outdoor use W High resistance to wear W Composite thermoplastic polyurethane material W Dimensions: base Ø 200 mm, cylinder Ø 80 mm Height [mm] Features Order number 460 2 white rings 240-902-JD 760 3 white rings 240-903-JD 1000 4 white rings 240-904-JD Height limiter, reflective, red/white, incl. bracket Secures driveways, subways and superstructures with limited clearance height without damaging vehicles W Height limiter in lightweight construction, secures driveways, subways and superstructures without damaging vehicles W Round cylinder in plastic (PE), red-white reflective, black side edgings W No edges W Suspension by two knotted chains, galvanised, each 2 m long. Chain end with steel ring for hanging (ceiling hooks on site) Dimensions Ø x W [mm] Colour Order number 100 x 950 Red / white 271-666-JD 100 x 950 Yellow / black 271-667-JD Fold down barrier W Hoop barrier for securing parking spaces, roads or entrances against unauthorised use W Sturdy design manufactured from hot dip galvanized steel W When flat, the highest part of the barrier is 68 mm, so it can be driven over easily W With cylinder lock (includes 2 keys) W Stand 70 x 50 mm W Dimensions: W x H (mm) 780 x 570, when assembled Hoop barrier for anchor bolts Order no. 236-879-JD Hoop barrier for concreting in Order no. 236-882-JD E x P E R T A D V I C E A N D O R D E R L I N E : 0 1 9 5 2 8 1 1 9 9 1 607

608

6 T n e M p i u Q e n o i T A R e p o d n A n o i T c u d o R p Cable bridge, W 885 mm, with 3 cable ducts for up to 12 t axle load Suitable for lorry and forklift & heavy goods vehicle traffic W Recommended drive-over speed 5 km/h W Highly durable thanks to special hard rubber compound (recycled hard rubber) W Warning yellow cover in high quality plastic with anti-slip surface W 3 cable ducts (W x H): 2 ducts, 68 x 50 mm and 1 duct 55 x 50 mm W Drive-over height 75 mm W Permanent mounting using integrated anchor bolts is possible W For easy driving over and protection of cables and hoses W No limit to number of sections which can be joined together, net width when combined 885 mm Model External dimensions W x D x H [mm] Design Order number 12 12 WR 12 WR EZ EN 885 x 600 x 75 500 x 600 x 75 500 x 600 x 75 283 x 600 x 75 283 x 600 x 75 Cable bridge with 3 cable ducts Model 12 248-348-JD Left hand angle section 248-349-JD Right hand angle section 248-350-JD End section - tongue 248-351-JD End section - groove 248-352-JD Kerb ramp in hard rubber, black, reflective yellow Optimum safety with yellow reflective stripes and profiled anti- slip surface. Rainwater flows away through the holes on the sides. May also be used as a cable duct. W Kerb ramp in sturdy hard rubber W Barrier-free access to footpaths and paved areas W Permanent mounting using integrated anchor bolts is possible W Loading up to 40 t Roll-up cable bridge, 10 m, 1 cable / hose duct Ø 20 mm For easy driving over and protection of cables and hoses W space saving, can be cut to size W Suitable for lorry and forklift traffic W Recommended drive-over speed: 5 to 20 km/h W Drive-over height only 30 mm, roll length: 10,000 mm, depth 100 mm W Flexible, strong rubber compound with profiled surface making it easy to travel over Model External dimensions W x D x H [mm] Order number 100 600 x 300 x 100 248-346-JD 150 600 x 360 x 150 248-347-JD Model External dimensions W x D x H [mm] Order number 10 10000 x 100 x 30 248-354-JD Cable bridge with 5 cable ducts, for up to 8 t axle load, Model 8 For easy driving over and protection of cables and hoses W In special, vulcanised hard rubber compound (recycled rubber) W No limit to number of sections which can be joined together, net width when combined: 900 mm W 5 cable ducts (W x H): 36 x 34 mm W incl. protective lid and handle W Suitable for car and lorry traffic. Avoid heavy goods vehicle traffic W Recommended drive-over speed: 5 to 10 km/h Model External dimensions W x D x H [mm] Order number Small cable bridge, recycled rubber, with 3 cable ducts For easy driving over and protection of cables and hoses W 3 cable ducts, 2 x 20 mm and 1 x 45 mm W Anti-slip rubber lips on the bottom, grippy top surface INNOVATION W Suitable for lorry and forklift traffic. Also suitable for occasional heavy goods traffic W Recommended drive-over speed: 5 to 10 km/h 8 900 x 590 x 50 248-353-JD Model Colour External dimensions W x D x H [mm] Order number G3 Yellow 1200 x 210 x 65 248-344-JD S3 Black 1200 x 210 x 65 248-345-JD 608 w w w . d e n i o s . c o . u k / s h o p

609

6 T n e M p i u Q e n o i T A R e p o d n A n o i T c u d o R p Speed ramps Speed ramps are available in 2 different designs. They ensure that the designated speed limit is adhered to. W Greater safety W Suitable for use with cars, lorries or fork lift trucks W Sturdy design, manufactured from a special plastic / rubber mixture W Rounded ends protect pedestrians and cyclists W 25 mounting bolts are optionally available as accessories Speed ramp, yellow-black, available in 2 different sizes o R d e R A T T h e s A M e T i M e 10 mounting bolts, 4 bolts are needed for a centre section, 2 bolts for an end section Order no. 165-406-JD Dimensions for construction height 75 mm, clamp values for construction height 50 mm permitted speed Model External dimensions W x D x H [mm] Weight [kg] Order number Yellow Order number Black Up to 10 km/H Middle section 500 x 470 x 75 15 165-397-JD 165-398-JD Up to 10 km/H End piece 230 x 470 x 75 5 165-400-JD 165-401-JD Up to 20 km/H Middle section 500 x 420 x 50 8 165-402-JD 165-403-JD Up to 20 km/H End piece 215 x 420 x 50 3 165-404-JD 165-405-JD Hose ramps W Ensure that cables and hoses can be driven over safely W Protects them from damage W Sturdy design, manufactured from special rip resistant rubber W The joining sections attached at the side enable attachment of a hose bridge combi- nation to cover a larger surface For hoses / tubes up to External dimensions W x D x H [mm] Weight [kg] Order number Diameter: 120 mm 290 x 1010 x 135 22 165-395-JD Diameter: 75 mm 300 x 855 x 85 12 236-878-JD E x P E R T A D V I C E A N D O R D E R L I N E : 0 1 9 5 2 8 1 1 9 9 1 609 500 mm(420 mm)470 mm500 mm(215 mm)230 mm

610

6 T n e M p i u Q e n o i T A R e p o d n A n o i T c u d o R p Model Mirror shape External dimensions W x H [mm] Observer distance [m] Order number Industrial safety mirrors W For observing hazardous areas W Ideal for production and storage areas W Manufactured from shock proof perspex W Yellow plastic frame with black warning stripes according to ASR A 1.3 (DIN 4844) W Ready for use (mounting integrated in frame, type 76 clamps) W For indoor and sheltered outdoor use o R d e R A T T h e s A M e T i M e Support arm W The mirror can be mounted on the wall vertically or horizontally W Dimensions (W x D x H (mm): 75 x 270 x 190 G 1 Square 600 x 400 5 165-536-JD Order no. 165-541-JD G 2 Square 800 x 600 10 165-537-JD G 3 Square 1000 x 800 15 165-538-JD Round mirror with magnetic mount W Round acrylic glass mirror, with strong magnetic base W For attaching to flat, smooth steel surfaces W Impact-resistant mirror with excellent reflective quality W Wide angle effect for observing larger areas W Incl. swan neck mount (200 mm) for adjusting angle of view as required ABS plastic mirror case. Can therefore be used indoors and outdoors if shielded from the wind. Model External diameter [mm] Observer distance [m] Order number 300 300 3 207-516-JD 450 450 5 207-517-JD 600 600 7 240-908-JD Observation mirror W Brilliant reflection W For monitoring production processes, traffic safety and traffic control W Impact and shock resistant with SEKURIT safety glass. The glass can be replaced if breakage (shattering) has occurred W Weather and UV-resistant, white plastic frame. Reflecting red surfaces W The bracket allows the mirror to be fixed in any position. The clamp has a diameter of 76 mm Model External dimensions W x H [mm] Max observation distance [m] Order number S4 600 x 400 6 271-599-JD S6 800 x 600 12 271-600-JD S8 1000 x 800 18 271-601-JD Detective's observation mirror W Impact resistant and feather light W Wide angle effect: recommended for short observer distances and moderate to large field of observation W Acrylic glass monitoring and observation mirror W For indoor use Model External diameter [mm] Observer distance [m] Order number W Ideal for areas with foot traffic W Distance from wall for standard design: approx 250 mm, with optional extended wall arm 550 Mm W Includes holder, for mounting on flat surfaces 400 400 3 207-508-JD 500 500 5 207-509-JD 600 600 7 207-510-JD 800 800 11 207-512-JD The Detective observation mirrors can be attached to virtually any flat surface (walls, supports) with the mounting supplied. The mirrors can be easily adjusted to observe any point required. Available with an extended wall bracket, approx. 550 mm. Order no. 207-515-JD 610 w w w . d e n i o s . c o . u k / s h o p

611

6 T n e M p i u Q e n o i T A R e p o d n A n o i T c u d o R p Traffic mirror For indoor and outdoor use W Acrylic glass traffic mirror, high quality W With curved mirror surface W Housing is weather resistant and UV resistant W Mounting clips (Ø 76 mm) are included W For observing hazardous areas Model External dimensions W x H [mm] Min observation distance [m] Order number VS 1 600 x 400 5 129-681-JD VS 2 800 x 600 10 129-682-JD VS 3 1000 x 800 15 129-683-JD o R d e R A T T h e s A M e T i M e Tubular post, hot-dip galvanised, for mirror type VS, height 3000, Ø 76 mm Tubular post, hot-dip galvanised, for mirror type VS, height 4000, Ø 76 mm Support arm for mirror Model VS, distance from wall approx. 500 mm Order no. 129-669-JD Order no. 129-670-JD Order no. 129-671-JD Wide angled traffic mirrors for indoor and outdoor use W For observing hazardous areas W Ideal for checking entrances W Round mirror in special impact resistant plastic W With wall mounting (250 mm) Model External diameter [mm] Observer distance [m] Order number SR 400 400 3 129-673-JD SR 600 600 7 129-675-JD SR 800 800 11 129-677-JD Panoramic traffic mirror W Ideal for use to enhance safety when using warehouse vehicles W Traffic mirror manufactured from perspex o R d e R A T T h e s A M e T i M e Set of chains for model PS 360, to suspend mirror from the roof 4 metre length Order no. 129-684-JD Panoramic mirror model PS 360 for ceiling mounting. (Chain set available as an option) Panoramic mirror PS 180 Model Design Feature - mirrors External dimensions W x D x H [mm] External diameter [mm] Min observation distance [m] Order number PS 180-6 Wall-mounted Three way mirror, 180° 600 x 240 x 320 – 5 129-685-JD PS 180-9 Wall-mounted Three way mirror, 180° 900 x 250 x 450 – 7 129-688-JD PS 360-6 Ceiling-mounted Four way mirror, 360° – 600 3 129-689-JD PS 360-9 Ceiling-mounted Four way mirror, 360° – 900 5 129-690-JD PS 360-13 Ceiling-mounted Four way mirror, 360° – 1250 8 129-692-JD All products for Business equipment can be found here: www.denios.co.uk/kat/12754 E x P E R T A D V I C E A N D O R D E R L I N E : 0 1 9 5 2 8 1 1 9 9 1 611

612

Outdoor marking paint W High abrasion resistance W Excellent adhesion W Use: 5 L container for approx. 25 m² for one coat coverage W High quality, single component marking paint W Adheres to concrete, screed, asphalt and interlocking paving stones W Quick drying, high coverage W Weather resistant, long lasting W Highly resistant to oil W Specially designed for operational and indoor marking of surfaces and lines W Silicone free 6 T n e M p i u Q e n o i T A R e p o d n A n o i T c u d o R p 2K floor marking paint W Suitable for forklifts W Highly resistant and long lasting W Use: 5 L container (3.9 L paint +1.1 L hardener) for approx. 20-25 m² for one coat coverage W Solvent free W Water based two component paint W For heavily trafficked industrial flooring, indoors W Adheres to concrete, coated floors, asphalt, screed, interlocking paving stones and porous floor tiles W Dirt-repellent, easy to clean W For use as a solvent free colourless primer we recommend 2K primer, item no. 235873 W Silicone free Colour Approximately equivalent to Order number White RAL 9016 233-413-JD Yellow RAL 1023 233-414-JD Red RAL 3020 233-415-JD Blue RAL 5017 233-416-JD Grey RAL 7043 233-417-JD Permeating primer, solvent free and colourless W Solvent free, colourless primer W For pre-treating mineral and highly absorbent substrates W Improves adhesion and neutralises contaminants W Use approx. 4.5 L for approx. 40 m² Contents Order number 4.5 L for approx. 40 m² 235-873-JD Colour Approximately equivalent to Order number White RAL 9016 233-408-JD Yellow RAL 1003 233-409-JD Silver grey RAL 7001 233-411-JD Stone grey RAL 7030 233-412-JD Blue RAL 5017 233-410-JD 612 w w w . d e n i o s . c o . u k / s h o p

613

6 T n e M p i u Q e n o i T A R e p o d n A n o i T c u d o R p Colour Approximately equivalent to Order number White RAL 9016 180-209-JD Yellow RAL 1003 180-210-JD Red RAL 3001 180-212-JD Silver grey RAL 7001 180-207-JD Stone grey RAL 7030 180-208-JD Blue RAL 5017 180-213-JD Floor marking paint W High coverage, quick drying W Abrasion resistant and chemical resistant W Use: 5 L container for approx. 20 - 25 m² for one coat coverage W Single component paint for indoor use W Highly resistant to oil, solvents and cleaning agents W Suitable for forklifts W Highly resistant and long lasting W For heavy traffic industrial and workshop floors, storage and sales rooms W Silicone free W Adheres to concrete, asphalt, screed, interlocking paving stones and porous floor tiles Antislip floor marking paint W Slip prevention R 10 (DIN 51130/bgr 181) W High coverage, quick drying W Use: 5 L container for approx. 20 m² for one coat coverage W Quartz granules create a non-slip surface W Highly resistant and long lasting W Single component paint for indoor use W Adheres to concrete, asphalt, screed W Highly resistant to oil, solvents and cleaning agents W Suitable for forklifts W Silicone free Colour Approximately equivalent to Order number White RAL 9016 233-402-JD Yellow RAL 1003 233-403-JD Blue RAL 5017 233-404-JD Silver grey RAL 7001 233-405-JD Stone grey RAL 7030 233-407-JD E x P E R T A D V I C E A N D O R D E R L I N E : 0 1 9 5 2 8 1 1 9 9 1 613

614

Floor marking equipment W Offers a simple and cost effective way to mark out fire escapes, dangerous areas, areas designated for vehicles and transport, storage areas, entries and exits W For indoor flooring, ensures that vehicle areas and other designated areas can be marked out accurately, cleanly and economically W Ergonomic, sturdy, free standing equipment for marking the floor with floor marking tape W A knife is included, floor marking tapes are available separately W Suitable for rolls that are 50 and 75 mm wide 6 T n e M p i u Q e n o i T A R e p o d n A n o i T c u d o R p Order no. 137-114-JD Floor marking tapes, self adhesive The vinyl floor marking tape can be removed from most floors without leaving a mark. It is ideal for short to medium term use and long term use in areas where it will not be walked on / driven over regularly. W For indoor flooring W Temperature resistant to 80° C W Length of tape 33 m W Supplied in packs containing 2 or 6 rolls (pack = 2 rolls) W Rolls are available in 2 different widths: 50 and 75 mm Colour Order number Width [mm]: 50 Order number Width [mm]: 75 White 137-132-JD 137-138-JD Yellow 137-133-JD 137-139-JD Blue 137-134-JD 137-140-JD Red 137-135-JD 137-141-JD Green 137-136-JD 137-142-JD Orange Yellow / black 157-694-JD 152-341-JD 137-137-JD 137-143-JD Red / white 157-695-JD 157-696-JD Floor marking tapes in 8 different colour combinations and 2 Roll widths 614 w w w . d e n i o s . c o . u k / s h o p

615

Mobile marking unit, for one or two cans of Proline marking paint Simple, precise, durable marking of roads, parking areas, storage areas or hazardous areas, etc.and more. Maintenance free, simple operation. No need to clean after changing the colour. Paint cans are not included. W Available in two sizes: Model 50 for line widths of 50 to 75 mm Model 100 for line widths of 100 to 130 mm 2 tools in 1! The mobile floor marking equipment can be quickly and easily turned from a 4 wheel marker (designed for marking long lines) into a 2 wheel marker for marking a thick straight line in front of walls, shelves, machinery etc. Simple adjustment of the line width using the adjuster 6 T n e M p i u Q e n o i T A R e p o d n A n o i T c u d o R p Mobile marking device, Model 50 for 1 can marking paint Application example as A 2 wheel device Mobile marking device, Model 100 for 2 can marking paint Mobile marking device, Model 50 for 1 can marking paint Order no. 137-164-JD Order no. 137-163-JD Template set In heavy duty plastic, contains all the letters of the alphabet and the numbers 0 to 9, avail- able in 2 heights: 150 or 300 mm Equipment for marking lines by hand Manual marking equipment, especially suited to marking with templates. The 2 handed operation ensures the manual marking equipment produces accurate results. (paint can is not supplied as standard) Model Order number Template set 150 mm 137-177-JD Template set 300 mm 137-178-JD Order no. 137-165-JD Proline marking paint Abrasion resistant and chemical resistant W Manual spray button for quicker marking W Available as large cans (750 ml) or as individual cans or as a pack of 6 cans W 50 to 90 m of lines 50 mm wide can be marked, depending on the surface being marked W Quick drying - can be walked on after just a few minutes W Adheres to practically any floor surface e.g. concrete, asphalt, tar, metal or tiles.... W Available in a range of colours including grey and black to cover up existing lines Colour Order number White 137-169-JD Yellow 137-170-JD Orange 147-028-JD Red 137-172-JD Green 137-173-JD Blue 137-174-JD Grey 137-175-JD Black 137-176-JD E x P E R T A D V I C E A N D O R D E R L I N E : 0 1 9 5 2 8 1 1 9 9 1 615

616

6 T n e M p i u Q e n o i T A R e p o d n A n o i T c u d o R p m2-anti-slip tape™ Universal The universal tape for almost any surface. Excellent suitability for anti-slip marking in workshops, production halls or warehouses. Available in rolls of different widths. W Permanent adhesion thanks to acrylic adhesive layer, self-adhesive reverse side with peel-off foil to protect the adhesive layer W Can be used on almost all substrates, concrete or wood recommended. Cannot be used on asphalt W High abrasion resistance (approx. 1 million steps) W UV stable, tear-proof and can be driven over by a forklift, easy to clean W Can be stepped on immediately, can be loaded 6-8 hours after application, maximum adhesion after 72 hours W Suitable for indoors and outdoors, for medium to high loads W Firm adhesion to smooth, damp or oily/greasy surfaces 60 grit aluminium oxide Anti-slip surface with aluminium oxide grit, excellent slip resistance R 13, DGUV Rule 108-003 (previously BGR 181). For the quick removal and marking out of hazardous areas Colour Order number Roll width 19 mm* Order number Roll width 25 mm* Order number Roll width 50 mm* Order number Roll width 75 mm* Order number Roll width 100 mm* Order number Roll width 150 mm* *each 1 roll, 18.3 m Black 263-629-JD 263-631-JD 263-633-JD 263-635-JD 263-637-JD 263-639-JD Grey 263-709-JD 263-711-JD 263-713-JD 263-715-JD 263-717-JD 263-719-JD Yellow 263-658-JD 263-660-JD 263-662-JD 263-664-JD 263-666-JD 263-668-JD Blue 263-733-JD 263-734-JD 263-736-JD 263-738-JD 263-741-JD 263-743-JD Red 263-757-JD 263-759-JD 263-761-JD 263-763-JD 263-765-JD 263-767-JD Transparent 263-682-JD 263-684-JD 263-686-JD 263-688-JD 263-691-JD 263-693-JD m2-anti-slip tape™ warning symbols Marking of hazardous areas and anti-slip function in a single product. W Prevention of slip accidents and the resulting costs. Ideal for entrances and passageways, pavements, stairs, ascents or ramps for example W Anti-slip floor marking for workshops, production rooms, warehouses and more W Warning of long-term, temporary or special hazardous areas W Integrated product (not laminated) W Permanent adhesion thanks to acrylic adhesive layer, self-adhesive reverse side with peel-off foil to protect the adhesive layer W Can be used on almost all substrates, concrete or wood recommended. Cannot be used on asphalt W UV stable, tear-proof and can be driven over by a forklift, easy to clean 60 grit aluminium oxide Colour Order number Roll width 25 mm* Order number Roll width 50 mm* Order number Roll width 75 mm* Order number Roll width 100 mm* Order number Roll width 150 mm* *each 1 roll, 18.3 m Yellow / black 263-909-JD 263-911-JD 263-913-JD 263-915-JD 263-917-JD Red / white 263-933-JD 263-935-JD 263-937-JD 263-939-JD 263-940-JD 616 w w w . d e n i o s . c o . u k / s h o p

617

6 T n e M p i u Q e n o i T A R e p o d n A n o i T c u d o R p Large floor marking symbols With clear, long lasting print and anti-slip surface (60 grit). Available with warning symbols (triangle with side length 600 mm) and pro- hibition/mandatory symbols (circle with diameter 400 mm) Warning - forklifts Pedestrians prohibited For pedestrians Colour Order number Yellow / black 264-070-JD Red / white 264-075-JD Blue / white 264-083-JD m2 anti-slip tape™ Public 46 W High abrasion resistance (approx. 1 million steps) W Long lasting warning W Prevention of slip accidents and the resulting costs. Ideal for entrances and passageways, pavements, stairs, ascents or ramps for example W Permanent adhesion thanks to acrylic adhesive layer, self-adhesive reverse side with peel-off foil to protect the adhesive layer W Can be used on almost all substrates, concrete or wood recommended. Cannot be used on asphalt W UV stable, tear-proof and can be driven over by a forklift, easy to clean W Anti-slip floor marking for workshops, production rooms, warehouses and more Colour Order number Roll width 25 mm* Order number Roll width 50 mm* Order number Roll width 100 mm* Order number Roll width 150 mm* *each 1 roll, 18.3 m Yellow 264-257-JD 264-258-JD 264-259-JD 264-260-JD 46 grit aluminium oxide m2-anti-slip tape™ deformable The flexible aluminium backing moulds well to the shape of the substrate, for example ripple plate, corrugated sheet and stud plate. W Prevention of slip accidents and the resulting costs. Ideal for entrances and passageways, pavements, stairs, ascents or ramps for example W Anti-slip floor marking for workshops, production rooms, warehouses and more W Also suitable for edgings 60 grit aluminium oxide Colour Order number Roll width 25 mm* Order number Roll width 50 mm* Order number Roll width 100 mm* Order number Roll width 150 mm* *each 1 roll, 18.3 m Black Yellow 264-194-JD 264-196-JD 264-198-JD – 264-212-JD 264-213-JD 264-214-JD 264-215-JD Yellow / black 264-223-JD 264-224-JD 264-225-JD 264-226-JD E x P E R T A D V I C E A N D O R D E R L I N E : 0 1 9 5 2 8 1 1 9 9 1 617

618

6 T n e M p i u Q e n o i T A R e p o d n A n o i T c u d o R p Securing industrial equipment in accordance with the works safety regulations EC Directive 89/655 sets out minimum safety and health requirements. Article 3 states that the employer must ensure that working equip- ment is provided in such a way that when used, the safety and protection of the health of the employee is guaranteed. All work equipment must be equipped with clearly visible devices to enable it to be disconnected from each individual energy source. W Safe working during maintenance, cleaning or repair work W Prevents injury or damage to property W Clear, visible indication of locking/blocking Gate valve lockout/tagout systems W Suitable for handwheels with diameter of 25 to 320 mm W Long lasting polypropylene W Resistant to temperature variations between -40° and 150° C W Available in 5 sizes and 4 colours W Locking system for gate valves W For locks with a shackle diameter of max. 6.5 mm and a shackle length of min. 38 mm Model Order number Red Order number Yellow Order number Green Order number Blue Diameter 25-64 mm 209-715-JD 209-720-JD 209-725-JD 209-730-JD Diameter 64-127 mm 209-716-JD 209-721-JD 209-726-JD 209-731-JD Diameter 127-165 mm 209-717-JD 209-722-JD 209-727-JD 209-732-JD Diameter 165-254 mm 209-718-JD 209-723-JD 209-728-JD 209-733-JD Diameter 254-320 mm 209-719-JD 209-724-JD 209-729-JD 209-734-JD Adjustable locking system for valve handwheels W Suitable for handwheels with diameter of 25 to 165 mm W Long lasting polypropylene W Resistant to large temperature variations between -20° and 80° C W For locks with a shackle diameter of max. 7 mm and a shackle length of min. 20 mm Order no. 209-714-JD General purpose locking systems W For locking valves, isolating switches, circuit breakers etc W Lock several control points with one piece of equipment W Cable is simple to tighten with the practical hand tensioner W Grip in sturdy, impact resistant nylon, corrosion-free and chemical resistant W Cable length 2.44 m W Suitable for up to 4 locks with a shackle diameter of max. 7 mm and a shackle length of min. 20 mm Model Order number Nylon cable (non-conductive) 209-735-JD Steel cable, (vinyl coated) 209-736-JD 618 w w w . d e n i o s . c o . u k / s h o p

619

6 T n e M p i u Q e n o i T A R e p o d n A n o i T c u d o R p Universal valve locks - one piece of equipment for a wide range of applications The Universal lock sets a new standard for locking technology. No other lock can be used for so many different types of valve and valve size. W Ideal for locking ball valves and butterfly valves W Individually adjustable hook also fits locked pipe clamps and large W In steel and nylon for long life and resistance to chemicals W Suitable for locks with a shackle diameter of max. 9 mm and a shackle handles W For locking open and closed valves length of min. 20 mm With the separately available locking post, the device may also be used to lock ball valves Locking butterfly valves with the Universal valve shut-off device: the hook is attached to the butterfly valve handle The valve setting may no longer be altered Small valve shut-off device: lift 19 mm, large valve shut-off device: lift 32 mm W Maximum lever width (width of a ball valve lever or grip on a butterfly valve): W small valve shut-off device (item 209708) max 25 mm, large valve shut-off device (item 209709) max 41 mm Model Order number Small valve lock 209-708-JD Small blocking post 209-710-JD Large valve lock 209-709-JD Large blocking post 209-711-JD Locks for electrical/ pneumatic connections W Space for an electric plug connection with a diameter of up to 89 mm and a length of 127 mm W Also suitable for air hose connections W Made from polystyrol W Suitable for up to 4 locks with a shackle diameter of max. 7 mm and a shackle length of min. 20 mm Locks for electrical socket connections W Simple to use W Effectively prevents unauthorised or inadvertent use of electrical equipment W Suitable for locks with a shackle diameter of max. mm and a shackle length of min. 20 mm 7 Order no. 209-739-JD Model Order number Cable diameter max. 10 mm 209-741-JD Cable diameter max. 22 mm 209-751-JD Locks for industrial socket connections W Effective protection to all industrial plug connections W Suitable for locks with a shackle diameter of max. 7 mm and a shackle length of min. 20 mm W Small lock: for connectors, max. 70 mm Ø, max. Length 120 mm, cable Ø max. 25 Mm W Large lock: for connectors, max. 100 mm Ø, max. Length 250 mm, cable Ø max. 35 Mm Multi-lock clips W For taking up to 6 locks, so multiple people can secure a piece of equip- ment W In vinyl coated stainless steel W Suitable for locks with a shackle dia- meter of max. 9.5 mm and a shackle length of min. 20 mm Model Order number Cable diameter max. 25 mm 209-742-JD Cable diameter max. 35 mm 209-743-JD Model Colour 1 Order number Ring diameter 25 mm Red 209-698-JD Ring diameter 38 mm Red 209-699-JD Ring diameter 25 mm Yellow 209-700-JD Ring diameter 38 mm Yellow 209-701-JD E x P E R T A D V I C E A N D O R D E R L I N E : 0 1 9 5 2 8 1 1 9 9 1 619

620

Single handed door guard alarm in accordance with EN 179 and EN 1125 W Saves the need for complex monitoring systems W Cost-effective security For doors and emergency exits W Simple, wire free fitting under the door handle W Ready to use - delivery includes key, battery, pictogram and mounting kit W Patented escape route security - open with one handle W In sturdy metal housing (die cast zinc), RAL 6029 (green) W Visual and audible barrier to misuse W Also available with a pre-alarm as an option W Alarm (95 dB /m) on operation Pre-alarm Emergency exit Emergency exit door handle covers Emergency exit door handle covers are fitted over the emergency exit door handle to create a barrier. This prevents accidental use of the handle. In the event of danger, the cover may be easily removed and the handle operated. The emergency exit door handle covers are made from macrolon. They can be removed without danger of injury. The cover itself is not damaged and can be reused. Only new top plates are required. W Saves the need for complex monitoring systems W For securing emergency exits and exit windows W Patented mounting system W Can also be used with fire-rated doors W Recommended by the fire brigade and professional associations Emergency exit door covers models D2 and E, for securing espagnolette bolts 6 T n e M p i u Q e n o i T A R e p o d n A n o i T c u d o R p Pressing the door guard alarm silences the pre-alarm When the handle is released, the alarm falls silent again When the door handle is pressed down the EH door guard alarm automatically moves down and enables the emergency exit door to be used with only one handle A permanent alarm is triggered, which can be silenced using the device key Single use Permanent use Emergency exit door cover Model K for securing door handles Emergency exit door cover Model D2 for bolt on normal frames Emergency exit door covers Model E for bolt on narrow frames Emergency exit door cover Model K for door handles 80 x 72 x 361 65 x 90 x 330 215 x 100 x 99 Cover K with 2 mounting brackets, 3 end covers, 2 green and 6 red top plates, 1 pictogram 209-410-JD Order number 209-405-JD 209-406-JD 209-407-JD 209-408-JD 209-409-JD 209-413-JD Authorised persons do not need to use the handle, they open the door using the key to bypass the alarm With the device key the door guard alarm can be pushed down without triggering the alarm to a permanently open position In this position, the door can be used normally Version External dimensions W x D x H [mm] Included in delivery Cover D2, with 2 green bottom plates, 6 red top plates, 1 pictogram Cover E, with 2 green bottom plates, 6 red top plates, 1 pictogram Order number 209-403-JD 209-404-JD Accessories Emergency exit door handle cover openers Padlock with 2 keys, keyed alike Padlock with 2 keys, keyed to differ Box lock without cylinder Box lock with profile half cylinder Sticker set for emergency exit door handle covers, special adhesive on aluminium sheet, incl. Sandpaper 620 w w w . d e n i o s . c o . u k / s h o p

621

Emergency exits must be accessible at all times, but are easy to misuse. Door guard alarms offer cost-effective protection from unauthorised use and ensure reliable monitoring. All door guard alarms are supplied in green (RAL 6029). For door handles in accordance with EN 179 6 T n e M p i u Q e n o i T A R e p o d n A n o i T c u d o R p For doors with panic bars meeting DIN/EN 1125. Overview of the door guard alarm range On the left, beginning with the BASIC design without a pre-alarm, in the centre with a pre-alarm Then the version For doors with rod handles Door guard alarms without pre-alarm Door guard alarms with pre-alarm Door guard alarms without pre-alarm Door guard alarms with pre-alarm Security For doors with panic bars Security For doors with panic bars Security For doors with handles Security For doors with handles 52 x 77 x 175 209-389-JD 52 x 77 x 190 209-390-JD 52 x 77 x 220 209-394-JD Door handle mounting plates for glass frame doors for normal door plates Door handle mounting plates for glass frame doors for long door plates Door handle mounting plate for standard and fire protection doors Elbow mounting plate for panic bars, glass frame door left, offset 30 mm Elbow mounting plate for panic bars, glass frame door right, offset 30 mm Elbow mounting plate for panic bars, glass frame door left, offset 50 mm Elbow mounting plate for panic bars, glass frame door right, offset 50 mm Spacer, 30 mm thick (for solid doors) Spacer, 50 mm thick (for solid doors) Spacer, 60 mm thick (for solid doors) External dimensions W x H [mm] 170 x 175 170 x 205 52 x 175 170 x 175 170 x 175 170 x 175 170 x 175 52 x 175 52 x 175 52 x 175 52 x 77 x 220 209-395-JD Order number 209-391-JD 209-392-JD 209-393-JD 209-396-JD 209-397-JD 209-398-JD 209-399-JD 209-400-JD 209-401-JD 209-402-JD Door guard alarm design Use External dimensions W x D x H [mm] Order number 1 1 2 3 3 3 3 4 4 4 1 Mounting plate for mounting to glass frames Can be used for right or left hand doors 2 Steel mounting plate for standard and fire-rated doors Can be used for right or left hand doors 3 Elbow mounting plate with an offset of 30 or 50 mm, for mounting on glass frame doors with bar handles 4 Spacers, available in 30, 50 or 60 mm sizes, can be used when adapting the door guard alarm to a bar handle / panic bar E x P E R T A D V I C E A N D O R D E R L I N E : 0 1 9 5 2 8 1 1 9 9 1 621

622

6 T n e M p i u Q e n o i T A R e p o d n A n o i T c u d o R p Key cabinets W In aluminium - timeless design W Ready to be screwed to the wall, mounting kit supplied W Incl. colour coded sample pack of 6 key tags Key tag set 6 tags in red, black, blue or yellow, or mixed colours (2 x black and blue and 1 each x red and white) Design Order number Red Order number Black Order number Blue Order number Yellow Order number Assorted colours Key tag set 157-439-JD 157-440-JD 157-441-JD 157-443-JD 157-444-JD Number of key hooks Features External dimensions W x D x H [mm] Order number 12 Deadlock 305 x 120 x 160 157-433-JD 18 Cylinder lock 305 x 120 x 280 157-434-JD 36 Cylinder lock 305 x 120 x 280 157-435-JD 36 Combination lock 305 x 120 x 280 172-630-JD 48 Cylinder lock 305 x 120 x 400 157-437-JD 54 Cylinder lock 305 x 120 x 280 157-436-JD 72 Cylinder lock 305 x 120 x 400 157-438-JD 72 Combination lock 305 x 120 x 400 172-631-JD Key cabinets W For wall attachment W With cylinder lock W Sheet steel housing Number of key hooks [Item(s)] External dimensions W x D x H [mm] Weight [kg] Order number 50 377 x 80 x 550 6 331-188-JD 100 377 x 80 x 550 6 331-189-JD 150 377 x 140 x 550 10 331-190-JD 200 377 x 140 x 550 10 331-191-JD 300 730 x 140 x 550 17 331-192-JD 400 730 x 140 x 550 17 331-193-JD All products for Business equipment can be found here: www.denios.co.uk/kat/12754 622 w w w . d e n i o s . c o . u k / s h o p

623

6 T n e M p i u Q e n o i T A R e p o d n A n o i T c u d o R p Key safe W For the safe storage of keys and other valuables W Highly resistant die-cast zinc W 4-digit individually adjustable number combinations W 10,000 freely selectable, resettable combinations W For wall mounting in indoor or sheltered outdoor locations (incl. mounting kit) W 0-0-0-0 auto-stop makes opening easier in poor lighting External dimensions W x D x H [mm] Use 61 x 39 x 85 For keys up to 7 cm in length 83 x 46 x 135 For keys up to 12 cm in length Contents Order number Integrated key hooks Magnetic key hooks 263-541-JD 263-542-JD 83 x 46 x 135 For keys up to 9 cm in length Number wheel protected by sliding protective flap 263-543-JD 105 x 55 x 145 For keys up to 11 cm in length Number wheel protected by sliding protective flap 263-544-JD Sturdy cylinder lock W Sturdy cylinder lock with 2 keys W Solid brass body W Versatile, solid quality Adjustable combination padlock W Solid brass body External dimensions W x D x H [mm] Clear ring height [mm] Ring thickness [mm] Clear ring width [mm] Order number 30 x 12 x 48 16.00 5.00 14.30 248-527-JD 40 x 13 x 60 22.00 6.00 20.00 248-528-JD 50 x 14 x 71 26.00 7.00 25.00 248-529-JD External dimensions W x D x H [mm] Clear ring height [mm] Ring thickness [mm] Clear ring width [mm] Order number 30 x 16 x 75 27.00 5.00 12.00 248-530-JD 40 x 16 x 90 32.50 6.50 18.50 248-531-JD Cylinder padlock for exchangeable profile half cylinders W Sea-water resistant high-tech lock for interchangeable profile half cylinders W with stainless steel bracket, double locked W Lock body fully prepared for installation W Suitable for almost all DIN-compliant profile half cylinders with lockable locking latch (length 10/30 mm). Quick assembly, disassembly and replacement. Cylinder does not need to be machined for assembly. W Supplied without cylinder Design External dimensions W x D x H [mm] Clear ring height [mm] Ring thickness [mm] Clear ring width [mm] Order number Double bolt 55 x 33 x 104 40.00 8.00 27.00 263-545-JD Seawater resistant, double bolt Seawater resistant, double bolt 55 x 33 x 104 40.00 8.00 27.00 263-546-JD 55 x 33 x 104 80.00 8.00 27.00 263-547-JD E x P E R T A D V I C E A N D O R D E R L I N E : 0 1 9 5 2 8 1 1 9 9 1 623

624

6 T n e M p i u Q e n o i T A R e p o d n A n o i T c u d o R p 1 2 Approved for ex-zone 0 3 4 5 Led penlight W Slim light, for tough working conditions W Space-saving and powerful in the danger zone W Safety-certified ATEX Zone 0 (Category 1) W Switch at torch end for full/intermittent light W Also fits a helmet mount or between the teeth (helmet mount optionally available) LED worklights, compact and powerful W Powerful pocket torches for harsh environments W High performance LED, exceeds DIN 14649 W non-slip, highly stable housing W Wrist strap and battery compartment key W IPX7 spray protection LED torches W Lamp head can be swivelled by 120 W 3 mode switch (full power, reduced power, flashing) W four LEDs, powered by the latest generation of Ni-MH batteries, illuminate a distance of up to 272 metres. Mobile LED lighting system W The downward-facing LEDs illuminate the floor and thus enable safe walking: they provide light for effortless reading and enable conversation without dazzling the person opposite. W Manufactured in an extremely durable water/weather resistant polymer construction to IPX4 and can be tilted at a 45 degree angle W Fully collapsible, easy to transport, quickly ready for use LED headlamp for Ex-Zone 0, 4 light modes W Offers different orientations: high, low, downward and flashing modes. W Contains an elastic band for helmets and a fabric band for wearing directly on the head 1 2 3 4 5 Light lifetime [h] Battery Battery included in delivery Light range [m] Light intensity [lumens] [lm] 2 2 x AAA, 1.5 V Yes 24 117 EX protection class (marking) Ex II 1G Ex ia op is IIC T4 Ga Order number 274-270-JD 19 3 x AA Yes 164 110 EX II 1 D EX ia IIIC t130°c Da EX II 1 G Ex ia IIC T4 Ga 226-099-JD 12 4 x D Ni-MH Yes 272 530 10 NiMH Yes – 1600 14 3AAA Yes 78 141 Ex II 1G Ex ia op is IIC T4 Ga Ex II 1G Ex ia op is IIC T4 Ga Ex II 1G Ex ia op is IIC T4 Ga 274-276-JD 274-268-JD 274-271-JD 624 w w w . d e n i o s . c o . u k / s h o p

625

All products for Business equipment can be found here: www.denios.co.uk/kat/12754 Torch and helmet light Model 2410-Z, for Ex Zone 0 W Can be used as a helmet light (helmet mounting kit Order No. 173913 is required) W With powerful LED W Powerful pocket torches for harsh environments W Impact resistant ABS housing, waterproof W Ex-proof torch and helmet light Model 2410-Z, powerful, sturdy LED light for professional use. W Suitable for use in Ex-Zone 0 LED torch for Ex zone 0, with spotlight and floodlight function W 3 light levels (high, medium, low) W 4 modes: Spotlight, floodlight or both LEDs together, flashing W Head swivels 90° W Mounting clip with integrated magnet LED head torch for Ex zone 0, with flashing light W Lamps for helmets and head torches are useful when both hands need to be free while working W Fit the lamp to a helmet or wear it on your head W Cushioned straps and Lightweight to ensure user comfort W Batteries (alkaline) supplied Torches W Powerful pocket torches for harsh environments W Impact resistant ABS housing, waterproof W 4 operating modes, glare-free illumination of the floor W Battery charge capacity indicator 6 T n e M p i u Q e n o i T A R e p o d n A n o i T c u d o R p 1 2 3 4 Light lifetime [h] Battery Battery included in delivery Light range [m] Light intensity [lumens] [lm] EX protection class (marking) Order number 1 2 3 4 7 4 x AA No 161 126 EX II 1 D EX ia IIIC T135°C Da EX II 1 G Ex ia IIC T4 Ga 173-889-JD 15 3xAA No 134 329 16 3 x AAA Yes 61 115 Ex II 1G Ex ia op is IIC T4 Ga Ex II 1G Ex ia op is IIC T4 Ga 267-004-JD 267-006-JD 8 4 x AA No 249 189 EX II 1 D EX ia IIIC T 130° Da EX II 1 G Ex ia IIC T4 Ga 217-952-JD E x P E R T A D V I C E A N D O R D E R L I N E : 0 1 9 5 2 8 1 1 9 9 1 625

626

6 T n e M p i u Q e n o i T A R e p o d n A n o i T c u d o R p Weighing range max. Readability d Weighing plate diameter [mm] Reproducibility Linearity Order number Order number DAkkS calibration certificate KERN precision balances EMB, weighing range up to 6 kg W Entry-level model for basic applications W High mobility, with battery operation (batteries included) W Simple, easy to use 2-button operation W Special flat design 100 g 1 mg 82 200 g 10 mg 105 200 g 1 mg 82 500 g 100 mg 150 600 g 10 mg 105 1,0 kg 10 mg 150 1,2 kg 100 mg 150 2,0 kg 10 mg 150 2,2 kg 1 g 150 3,0 kg 100 mg 150 5,2 kg 1 g 150 6,0 kg 100 mg 150 1 mg 5 mg 10 mg 20 mg 1 mg 5 mg 1 g 2 g 100 mg 300 mg 266-401-JD 266-402-JD 266-403-JD 266-404-JD 266-405-JD 266-406-JD 266-407-JD 266-408-JD 266-409-JD 266-410-JD 266-411-JD 266-412-JD 100 mg 300 mg 100 mg 200 mg 10 mg 30 mg 10 mg 50 mg 100 mg 300 mg 10 mg 50 mg 1 g 3 g 266-677-JD 266-677-JD 266-677-JD 266-677-JD 266-677-JD 266-677-JD 266-677-JD 266-677-JD 266-677-JD 266-677-JD 266-678-JD 266-678-JD KERN precision balances 572, weighing range up to 24 kg W Many laboratory functions such as recipe function and percentage determination W Parts counting and vibration-free weighing for industrial use W Freely programmable weighing unit W Level indicator - exact levelling of the scale W As standard with RS-232 interface for sending values to the PC or printer Weighing range max. Readability d Weighing plate dimensions [mm] Weighing plate diameter Reproducibility Linearity Order number 240 g 1 mg – 106 mm 1 mg 3 mg 266-433-JD 420 g 1 mg – 105 mm 2 mg 5 mg 266-434-JD 2,4 kg 10 mg – 150 mm 10 mg 30 mg 266-436-JD 4,2 kg 10 mg – 150 mm 20 mg 50 mg 266-437-JD 10 kg 100 mg 160 x 200 – 100 mg 300 mg 266-438-JD 12 kg 50 mg 160 x 200 – 50 mg 150 mg 266-439-JD 16 kg 100 mg 160 x 200 – 100 mg 300 mg 266-441-JD 20 kg 50 mg 160 x 200 – 100 mg 250 mg 266-442-JD 24 kg 100 mg 160 x 200 – 100 mg 300 mg 266-443-JD KERN parcel scales EOB, weighing range up to 300 kg W Multipurpose, e.g. in parcel dispatch or as a check scale W Simple 4-button operation W Stainless steel weighing plate W Wall mounted display W Safe operation via power supply unit Weighing range max. Readability d Weighing plate dimensions [mm] Reproducibility Linearity Order number Order number DAkkS calibration certificate 15 kg 5 g 305 x 315 5 g 10 g 266-549-JD 266-678-JD 35 kg 10 g 305 x 315 10 g 20 g 266-550-JD 266-678-JD 60 kg 20 g 305 x 315 20 g 40 g 266-551-JD 266-679-JD 60 kg 20 g 550 x 550 20 g 40 g 266-552-JD 266-679-JD 150 kg 50 g 305 x 315 50 g 100 g 266-553-JD 266-679-JD 150 kg 50 g 550 x 550 50 g 100 g 266-554-JD 266-679-JD 150 kg 50 g 950 x 500 50 g 100 g 266-555-JD 266-679-JD 300 kg 100 g 305 x 315 100 g 200 g 266-556-JD 266-679-JD 300 kg 100 g 550 x 550 100 g 200 g 266-557-JD 266-679-JD 300 kg 100 g 950 x 500 100 g 200 g 266-558-JD 266-679-JD 626 w w w . d e n i o s . c o . u k / s h o p

627

KERN two-range floor scales BID, also available with verification licence, for up to 3 t W For weighing large loads in tough industrial environments W Two-range scale - automatically switches to the next largest weighing range W Weighing bridge in non-slip steel chequer plate W Dust and water spray protection weighing bridge IP 67 and display IP 65 W Verifiable (please order verification at the same time!) W Scale can be queried and controlled by computer or external controller via KPC and RS-232 interface W Notice: For verified scales, the weighing bridge must be fixed to the floor (either with an access ramp, a pair of base plates or a pit frame) Weighing range max. Weighing plate dimensions [mm] Readability d Reproducibility Linearity Order number Order number DAkkS calibration certificate Order number Verification 300 kg | 600 kg 300 kg | 600 kg 600 kg | 1500 kg 600 kg | 1500 kg 1000 x 1000 100 g | 200 g 100 g | 200 g 300 g | 600 g 266-596-JD 266-680-JD 266-673-JD 1500 x 1200 100 g | 200 g 100 g | 200 g 300 g | 600 g 266-597-JD 266-680-JD 266-673-JD 1000 x 1000 200 g | 500 g 200 g | 500 g 600 g | 1500 g 266-598-JD 266-680-JD 266-673-JD 1500 x 1200 200 g | 500 g 200 g | 500 g 600 g | 1500 g 266-599-JD 266-680-JD 266-673-JD 1,5 t | 3 t 1500 x 1200 500 g | 1000 g 500 g | 1000 g 1,500 kg | 3 kg 266-600-JD 266-682-JD 266-675-JD 1,5 t | 3 t 1500 x 1500 500 g | 1000 g 500 g | 1000 g 1,500 kg | 3 kg 266-601-JD 266-682-JD 266-675-JD KERN premium three-range crane scales HFD, weighing range up to 12 t W Especially robust for use in tough industrial environments W Three-range scale - automatically switches to the next largest weighing range W With radio-controlled remote operation (20 m range) W Can be used as a check scale in production, warehouse, quality control and dispatch for example W High mobility, with long lasting battery operation 6 T n e M p i u Q e n o i T A R e p o d n A n o i T c u d o R p Weighing range max. Readability d Order number Order number DAkkS calibration certificate 150 kg | 300 kg | 600 kg 50 g | 100 g | 200 g 266-647-JD 300 kg | 600 kg | 1500 kg 100 g | 200 g | 500 g 266-648-JD 600 kg | 1500 kg | 3000 kg 200 g | 500 g | 1000 g 266-649-JD 1,5 t | 3 t | 6 t 500 g | 1000 g | 2000 g 266-650-JD 266-692-JD 266-692-JD 266-694-JD 266-694-JD 3 t | 6 t | 12 t 1 kg | 2 kg | 5 kg 266-651-JD 266-695-JD Accessories Dot matrix printer for balance model 572 Rolls of paper for dot matrix printer for balance model 572, 10 pieces Internal battery operation, for scale model HFD Hook with safety lock, galvanised and painted, for scale model HFD up to 1.5 t Hook with safety lock, galvanised and painted, for scale model HFD up to 3 t Hook with safety lock, galvanised and painted, for scale model HFD up to 12 t Pair of base plates for mounting the weighing bridge to the floor, for scale model BID Access ramp for scale model BID with weighing plate 1000 × 1000 mm Access ramp for scale model BID with weighing plate 1200 × 1500 mm Access ramp for scale model BID with weighing plate 1500 × 1500 mm Pit frame for scale model BID with weighing plate 1000 × 1000 mm Pit frame for scale model BID with weighing plate 1200 × 1500 mm Pit frame for scale model BID with weighing plate 1500 × 1500 mm Order number 266-446-JD 266-447-JD 266-655-JD 266-652-JD 266-653-JD 266-654-JD 266-602-JD 266-603-JD 266-604-JD 266-605-JD 266-606-JD 266-607-JD 266-608-JD All products for Scales can be found here: www.denios.co.uk/kat/36133 E x P E R T A D V I C E A N D O R D E R L I N E : 0 1 9 5 2 8 1 1 9 9 1 627

628

6 T n e M p i u Q e n o i T A R e p o d n A n o i T c u d o R p Sauter digital force gauges FK W Robust digital force gauge for tensile and compressive force measurements W Reversible display: automatic direction detection W Safe operation with ergonomic housing design W Peak hold function for recording the peak value or track function for continuous measurement display W Selectable units: N, lb, kg, oz W Auto-Power-Off Model Body dimensions W x D x H [mm] Max. measuring range [N] Readability [N] Order number FK 10 195 x 82 x 35 10 N 0,005 N 283-610-JD FK 25 132 x 84 x 35 25 N 0,01 N 283-611-JD FK 50 195 x 82 x 35 50 N 0,02 N 283-612-JD FK 100 195 x 84 x 35 100 N 0,05 N 283-613-JD FK 250 195 x 82 x 35 250 N 0,1 N 283-614-JD FK 500 195 x 84 x 35 500 N 0,2 N 283-615-JD FK 1K 195 x 84 x 35 1 kN 0,5 N 283-616-JD Sauter ultrasonic material thickness gauges TN-US W Hand-held measuring device for determining the material thickness W External measuring head W Data interface USB, standard (only for models with readability [d] = 0.01 mm) W Scan mode (10 measurements per second) or single measuring point selectable W Internal data memory for up to 20 files (with up to 100 individual values per file) W Selectable units: mm, inch W Supplied in a robust carrying case Model Body dimensions W x D x H [mm] Max. measurable material thickness Readability d Order number TN 80-0.1US 150 x 74 x 32 80 mm 0,1 mm 283-668-JD TN 230-0.1US 150 x 74 x 32 230 mm 0,1 mm 283-669-JD TN 300-0.1US 150 x 74 x 32 300 mm 0,1 mm 283-670-JD TN 80-0.01US 150 x 74 x 32 80 mm 0,01 mm 283-671-JD TN 230-0.01US 150 x 74 x 32 230 mm 0,01 mm 283-672-JD TN 300-0.01US 150 x 74 x 32 300 mm 0,01 mm 283-673-JD Kern Stereo Zoom Microscopes OZL-46 W The practical and flexible stereo zoom microscope with integrated LED ring illumination and large zoom range W Fields of application: quality control, in vitro fertilisation, detection of parasites, zoology and botany, tissue preparation, dissection W The LED incident light and transmitted light illumination included as standard ensures optimal illumination of your sample W The zoom lens offers you continuous magnification from 7×-45× W A dust cover, eye cups and multilingual operating instructions are included in the delivery Model Design External dimensions W x D x H [mm] Lenses Lens barrel type Order number OZL 463 Standard lighting 300 x 240 x 420 0,7 x - 4,5 x Binocular 283-698-JD OZL 464 Standard lighting 300 x 240 x 420 0,7 x - 4,5 x Trinocular 283-699-JD OZL 465 Ring lighting 300 x 240 x 420 0,7 x - 4,5 x Binocular 283-700-JD OZL 466 Ring lighting 300 x 240 x 420 0,7 x - 4,5 x Trinocular 283-701-JD OZL 467 Standard lighting 300 x 240 x 420 0,7 x - 4,5 x Binocular 283-702-JD OZL 468 Standard lighting 300 x 240 x 420 0,7 x - 4,5 x Trinocular 283-703-JD 628 w w w . d e n i o s . c o . u k / s h o p

629

6 T n e M p i u Q e n o i T A R e p o d n A n o i T c u d o R p Flow measuring devices PCE-TDS 200+ W Flowmeters are precise instruments for accurately measuring the flow of liquids in various applications W Measurement parameters: flow velocity, volume flow, volume, temperature, heat out- put, heat quantity W The application of flow meters enables optimised resource utilisation, improved process control and efficient quality control, resulting in increased efficiency and cost savings W For various media & pipe materials W Sensor type: Ultrasonic sensor W Measuring range: ± 32 m/s W Resolution: 0.001 m/s Model Nominal size sensor External dimensions W x D x H [mm] Order number ISO calibration certificate included Order number PCE-TDS 200+ L PCE-TDS 200+ M DN 300-6000 85 x 165 x 32 307-114-JD DN 50-700 85 x 165 x 32 307-116-JD PCE-TDS 200+ ML DN 50-700 DN 300-6000 85 x 165 x 32 307-118-JD PCE-TDS 200+ S DN 15-100 85 x 165 x 32 307-122-JD PCE-TDS 200+ SL DN 15-100 DN 300-6000 85 x 165 x 32 307-124-JD PCE-TDS 200+ SM DN 15-100 DN 50-700 85 x 165 x 32 307-126-JD 307-115-JD 307-117-JD 307-119-JD 307-123-JD 307-125-JD 307-127-JD Sound level measuring devices PCE-322 W Sound level meters are precise instruments for detecting and measuring sound levels in different environments and applications W Class II sound level meter with data logger W With USB interface and software W LC display and memory for up to 32700 measured values W Measuring range 30-130 dB W Resolution 0.1 dB Model Design External dimensions W x D x H [mm] Order number ISO calibration certificate included Order number PCE-322A Standard 94 x 282 x 50 307-441-JD PCE-322ALEQ With LEQ Software 94 x 282 x 50 307-443-JD PCE-322-SC43 With sound calibrator 95 x 280 x 45 307-445-JD 307-442-JD 307-444-JD – Hardness measuring devices PCE-DD A/D W Hardness testers are precise tools for accurately measuring the hardness of material surfaces in various applications and industries W For measuring the Shore hardness A of soft rubber, rubber and elastomers or the Shore hardness D of hard rubber or thermoplastics W With easy to read digital display Model Design External dimensions W x D x H [mm] Hardness measuring range min Hardness measuring range max Hardness accuracy Order number PCE-DD-A Shore A 60 x 115 x 25 0 Shore A 100 Shore A 2 Shore A 307-160-JD PCE-DD-D Shore D 60 x 85 x 25 0 Shore D 100 Shore D 2 Shore D 307-161-JD All products for Measuring devices can be found here: All products for Optical equipment can be found here: www.denios.co.uk/kat/410952 www.denios.co.uk/kat/410953 E x P E R T A D V I C E A N D O R D E R L I N E : 0 1 9 5 2 8 1 1 9 9 1 629

630

6 T n e M p i u Q e n o i T A R e p o d n A n o i T c u d o R p Universal drum wrench in special bronze, spark-free For safe working in potentially explosive areas! W In special bronze (aluminium multi-alloy bronze) W Fine sand-blasted surface W For 22 drum closures W Approved for Ex-zones 1, 21 Length [mm] 380 Open end spanner set in special bronze, spark-free For safe working in potentially explosive areas! W Similar to DIN 3110 W The tools are highly corrosion-resistant, even to saltwater. Wrench width 6 x 7 mm 8 x 9 mm 10 x 11 mm 12 x 13 mm 16 x 17 mm 17 x 19 mm 20 x 22 mm 24 x 27 mm 30 x 32 mm Length [mm] 125 125 140 160 200 225 240 270 300 Combi pliers in CuBe, spark-free For safe working in potentially explosive areas! W Tools in copper beryllium (CuBe) are non-magnetic. W The tools are highly corrosion-resistant, even to saltwater. W Approved for Ex-zones 1, 21 Order number 250-295-JD Order number 250-297-JD 250-298-JD 250-310-JD 250-311-JD 250-312-JD 250-313-JD 250-314-JD 250-315-JD 250-316-JD Length [mm] 200 Order number 250-374-JD Pipe wrench in CuBe, spark-free For safe working in potentially explosive areas! W Tools in copper beryllium (CuBe) are non-magnetic. W Spark-free tools in special non-ferrous alloys. Certified for use in zones with combustible or highly flammable vapours, liquids or dusts. Jaw width max. 30 mm Length [mm] 250 Order number 250-376-JD 630 w w w . d e n i o s . c o . u k / s h o p

631

6 T n e M p i u Q e n o i T A R e p o d n A n o i T c u d o R p Ratchet set 1/4" in CuBe, spark-free For safe working in potentially explosive areas! W 16 part set with: Plastic box with foam inlay, 1x ratchet, extension 100 mm, socket wrench set 4/4.5/5/5.5/6/7/8/9/ 10/11/12/13/14 mm W Tools in copper beryllium (CuBe) are non-magnetic. Model Ratchet set 1/4” Wrench width 4-14 mm Order number 250-345-JD Ratchet set 1/2" in CuBe, spark-free For safe working in potentially explosive areas! W 27 part set with: Plastic box with foam inlay, 1x ratchet, extension 250 mm, crossbar 320 mm, jointed handle 380 mm, socket wrench set 10/11/12/13/14/15/16/17/18/19/20/21/22/23/24/ 25/26/27/28/29/30/32 mm Model Ratchet set 1/2” Wrench width 10-32 mm Order number 250-346-JD Workshop screwdriver in CuBe, spark-free For safe working in potentially explosive areas! W Slot and Phillips screwdriver in copper beryllium in various sizes W Spark-free tools in special non-ferrous alloys. Certified for use in zones with combustible or highly flammable vapours, liquids or dusts. Blade 4.5 mm 6 mm 8 mm 10 mm Length [mm] 100 150 150 200 Order number 250-357-JD 250-358-JD 250-359-JD 250-360-JD Sledgehammer in special bronze, spark-free For safe working in potentially explosive areas! W Similar to DIN 1042 W With hickory shaft W Approved for Ex-zones 1, 21 W The tools are highly corrosion-resistant, even to saltwater. Model Sledgehammer Weight [g] 3000 5000 Order number 250-381-JD 250-382-JD E x P E R T A D V I C E A N D O R D E R L I N E : 0 1 9 5 2 8 1 1 9 9 1 631

632

6 T n e M p i u Q e n o i T A R e p o d n A n o i T c u d o R p Shovels and spades in special bronze, spark-free For safe working in potentially explosive areas! W In special bronze (aluminium multi-alloy bronze) W Approved for Ex-zones 1, 21 W The tools are highly corrosion-resistant, even to saltwater. Model Scoop Scoop shovel, straight handle Scoop shovel, D handle Size 180 x 220 mm 240 x 290 mm 240 x 290 mm Length [mm] 550 1600 1270 Order number 250-408-JD 250-405-JD 265-043-JD Combination wrench in special bronze, spark-free For safe working in potentially explosive areas! W Similar to DIN 3113 Wrench width 6 mm 7 mm 8 mm 10 mm 12 mm 13 mm 14 mm 17 mm 19 mm 24 mm 27 mm 30 mm 32 mm Length [mm] 130 130 135 150 190 190 190 210 230 270 280 300 300 Order number 250-327-JD 250-328-JD 250-329-JD 250-330-JD 250-331-JD 250-332-JD 250-333-JD 250-334-JD 250-335-JD 250-336-JD 250-337-JD 250-338-JD 250-339-JD Crowbars in special bronze, spark-free For safe working in potentially explosive areas! W Also available in versions with point and edge W Approved for Ex-zones 1, 21 W The tools are highly corrosion-resistant, even to saltwater. Length [mm] Order number Crowbar 450 600 750 1000 1500 1800 250-412-JD 262-949-JD 262-950-JD 262-952-JD 262-953-JD 262-954-JD Order number Crowbar with point and edge – – – 262-956-JD 262-958-JD 262-959-JD All products for Spark-free tools can be found here: www.denios.co.uk/kat/25302 632 w w w . d e n i o s . c o . u k / s h o p

633

SECUNORM safety knife W Automatic blade retraction ensures high safety W As soon as you start cutting, release the slider - so the blade immediately disappears back into the handle after cutting W Suitable for right and left handers W Easy blade change Model Material Cutting depth [mm] External dimensions W x D x H [mm] Order number SECUNORM 500 Aluminium 17 22 x 154 x 38 288-990-JD SECUNORM 300 Glass fibre reinforced plastic 17 22 x 154 x 38 288-991-JD SECUPRO safety knife W Fully automatic blade retraction ensures very high safety W As soon as the blade leaves the cutting material, it retracts into the handle on its own, even if you are still holding down the slider or lever W Easy blade change - the integrated magnet prevents the blade from falling out W Suitable for right and left handers Model Material Cutting depth [mm] External dimensions W x D x H [mm] Order number SECUPRO MARTEGO Aluminium 9 22 x 160 x 58 288-995-JD SECUPRO MERAK Glass fibre reinforced plastic 9 22 x 138 x 55 288-994-JD SECUMAX safety knife W Concealed blade for maximum safety W The SECUMAX protects against cuts and damage to goods W Easy, safe blade change W Suitable for right and left handers Model Material Cutting depth [mm] External dimensions W x D x H [mm] Order number SECUMAX 350 Glass fibre reinforced plastic 6 16 x 157 x 42 288-999-JD SECUMAX 320 Glass fibre reinforced plastic 4 19 x 168 x 62 289-000-JD Safety knife accessories W Rugged belt pack W Easy transport of work equipment W Space for all compact MARTOR safety knives as well as the safety shears Model Belt pack S Belt pack M Belt pack L Material Nylon Nylon Nylon Order number 289-038-JD 289-039-JD 289-040-JD 6 T n e M p i u Q e n o i T A R e p o d n A n o i T c u d o R p All products for Cutting tools can be found here: www.denios.co.uk/ kat/573509 E x P E R T A D V I C E A N D O R D E R L I N E : 0 1 9 5 2 8 1 1 9 9 1 633 Belt pouches without contents

634

6 T n e M p i u Q e n o i T A R e p o d n A n o i T c u d o R p Prohibition signs according to ISO 7010 In our range you will find an extensive selection of prohibition signs according to ISO 7010 as well as proven prohibition signs. W Prohibition signs prevent certain behaviour that could cause a hazard W Easily recognisable by their round shape and red colour, prohibition signs make a significant contribution to safety in the workplace W Lightfast and long lasting Model Material Diameter [mm] Order number Foil 100 300 267-591-JD 219-110-JD 285-109-JD 285-110-JD 290-517-JD 266-729-JD 266-728-JD 200 200 100 No smoking Plastic 100 Aluminium 200 Mandatory sign according to ISO 7010 In our range you will find an extensive selection of mandatory signs according to ISO 7010 as well as proven mandatory signs. W Mandatory signs indicate protective measures as well as the risks and hazards at the workplace in order to prevent accidents and damage to health W Mandatory signs not only contribute to work safety but also to the protection of your employees' health W Lightfast and long lasting Model Material Diameter [mm] Order number Wear eye protection Aluminium 200 285-081-JD 285-082-JD 266-795-JD 266-793-JD 285-083-JD 285-084-JD 266-794-JD Plastic 200 100 200 300 30 Foil 50 Hazard signs according to ISO 7010 In our range you will find an extensive selection of hazard signs according to ISO 7010 as well as proven hazard signs. W Hazard signs identify potential sources of danger and obstacles, contributing not only to better awareness among employees but also to work safety in general W Lightfast and long lasting Model Material Side length [mm] Order number Warning of hot surface Foil 25 200 285-163-JD 285-164-JD 266-706-JD 266-703-JD 285-165-JD 266-705-JD 266-704-JD 200 100 50 Plastic 200 Aluminium 100 All products for Hazard signs can be found here: All products for Mandatory signs can be found here: All products for Prohibition signs can be found here: www.denios.co.uk/ kat/458981 www.denios.co.uk/ kat/458982 www.denios.co.uk/ kat/458983 634 w w w . d e n i o s . c o . u k / s h o p

635

6 T n e M p i u Q e n o i T A R e p o d n A n o i T c u d o R p Fire protection signs In our range you will find an extensive selection of fire protection signs according to ISO 7010 / ISO 3864 and others. W Fire protection signs indicate facilities or equipment that are important for fire protection W Lightfast and long lasting W All luminescent signs have a luminosity higher than DIN 67510 requires Model Material W x H [mm] Luminescent Packaging unit (piece/pack) Order number FIRE EXTINGUISHER Fire extinguishers FIRE EXTINGUISHER Foil Plastic Aluminium 150 x 150 200 x 200 150 x 150 200 x 200 150 x 150 200 x 200 219-108-JD 219-142-JD 285-047-JD 285-048-JD 219-115-JD 219-143-JD Yes 10 Item(s) 3D fire protection signs In our range you will find an extensive selection of fire protection signs as 3D signs, these protrude into the room and are therefore more visible. W Lightfast and long lasting W All luminescent signs have a luminosity higher than DIN 67510 requires Model Material W x H [mm] Luminescent Packaging unit (piece/pack) Order number Angled sign Aluminium Fire alarm Plastic 150 x 150 200 x 200 150 x 150 200 x 200 Yes 5 Item(s) 219-130-JD 219-131-JD 285-066-JD 285-067-JD Fire protection signs as projecting signs In our range you will find an extensive selection of fire protection signs as projecting signs, these protrude into the room and are therefore more visible. W Lightfast and long lasting W All luminescent signs have a luminosity higher than DIN 67510 requires Model Material W x H [mm] Luminescent Packaging unit (piece/pack) Order number Ladder Aluminium Plastic 150 x 150 200 x 200 150 x 150 200 x 200 Yes 5 Item(s) 290-237-JD 290-238-JD 290-239-JD 290-240-JD All products for Fire protection signs can be found here: www.denios.co.uk/kat/12910 E x P E R T A D V I C E A N D O R D E R L I N E : 0 1 9 5 2 8 1 1 9 9 1 635

636

6 T n e M p i u Q e n o i T A R e p o d n A n o i T c u d o R p Emergency signs according to ISO 7010 In our range you will find an extensive selection of emergency signs according to ISO 7010 / ISO 3864 and others. W Emergency signs indicate facilities, equipment or escape routes that are important for the rescue of people W Lightfast and long lasting W All luminescent signs have a luminosity higher than DIN 67510 requires Model Material W x H [mm] Luminescent Packaging unit (piece/pack) Order number EMERGENCY EXIT Foil Aluminium Emergency exit downwards Plastic 300 x 150 400 x 200 300 x 150 400 x 200 300 x 150 400 x 200 219-138-JD 10 Item(s) 219-139-JD 219-140-JD 5 Item(s) 219-141-JD 10 Item(s) 284-988-JD 5 Item(s) 284-989-JD Yes 3D emergency signs In our range you will find an extensive selection of emergency signs as 3D signs, these protrude into the room and are therefore more visible. W Lightfast and long lasting W All luminescent signs have a luminosity higher than DIN 67510 requires Model Material W x H [mm] Luminescent Packaging unit (piece/pack) Order number Angled sign Aluminium First aid Plastic 150 x 150 200 x 200 150 x 150 200 x 200 Yes 5 Item(s) 173-703-JD 173-704-JD 285-014-JD 285-015-JD Emergency signs as projecting signs In our range you will find an extensive selection of emergency signs as projecting signs, these protrude into the room and are therefore more visible. W Lightfast and long lasting W All luminescent signs have a luminosity higher than DIN 67510 requires Model Material W x H [mm] Luminescent Packaging unit (piece/pack) Order number Projecting sign Aluminium Emergency eye wash Plastic 150 x 150 200 x 200 150 x 150 200 x 200 Yes 5 Item(s) 173-709-JD 173-710-JD 290-444-JD 285-033-JD All products for Rescue signs can be found here: www.denios.co.uk/kat/12909 636 w w w . d e n i o s . c o . u k / s h o p

637

6 T n e M p i u Q e n o i T A R e p o d n A n o i T c u d o R p Test stickers (different versions, sizes and years) W Test stickers show when machines, systems and equipment were last inspected and provide information on when the next inspection must take place W Potentially dangerous devices and machines in particular must be checked regularly by a specialist W Difficult to remove and tamper-proof (cannot be stuck back down again) Test plate year Colour Material Diameter [mm] Order number 2026 Yellow 2027 Orange Document film 30 2028 Violet 2029 Green 290-131-JD 290-132-JD 316-139-JD 331-696-JD Cable test stickers (different versions, sizes and years) W Test stickers show when machines, systems and equipment were last inspected and provide information on when the next inspection must take place W Potentially dangerous devices and machines in particular must be checked regularly by a specialist W Self-adhesive foil with excellent adhesive strength Test plate year Colour Material W x H [mm] Order number 2026 Yellow 2027 Orange Foil 60 x 20 2028 Violet 2029 Green 290-113-JD 290-114-JD 318-611-JD 331-788-JD Hazardous substance labels according to GHS W Hazardous substance labels according to GHS (Globally Harmonised System) clearly indicate corrosive, toxic or explosive chemicals W Since 2015, identification of these chemicals and mixtures with hazardous substance labels has been mandatory W The self-adhesive PVC film makes the marking easy to apply W All nine pictograms are available in different sizes Model W x H [mm] Material Order number 15 x 15 21 x 21 26 x 26 37 x 37 52 x 52 105 x 105 Exclamation mark symbol 285-076-JD 191-810-JD 193-048-JD 191-812-JD 193-049-JD 193-050-JD Foil All products for Test labels and quality marking can be found here: All products for Hazmat symbols can be found here: www.denios.co.uk/kat/12908 www.denios.co.uk/kat/12907 E x P E R T A D V I C E A N D O R D E R L I N E : 0 1 9 5 2 8 1 1 9 9 1 637

638

Product Index A - Z A Absorbent Cushions ......................301-315 Absorbent Materials .....295-329, 341, 481 Absorbent Mats ....................298-312, 341 Absorbent Rolls .............298-312, 325, 341 Absorbents ....................295-325, 341, 481 Absorbent Socks ...........................301-307 Absorption mats ............298-313, 325, 341 Accessories for IBCs .............260-261, 366 Acid / alkali cabinets ........................92-97 Acid absorbents ...........................329, 341 Acid cabinets.....................................92-97 Acid pumps....................................222-224 Adapter..................................220-224, 254 Adblue filling station ............................352 ADR sets................................296, 316-325 Adsorbent cushions.......................301-315 Adsorbent socks ............................301-315 Air freight pallets .........................142, 550 Alkalis cabinets .................................92-97 Alu ladders ....................................582-585 Aluminium bottles ................................380 Aluminium boxes...........................558-559 Aluminium box trolley ...................558-559 Aluminium transportation boxes...558-559 Alu platforms........................................585 Anti-fatigue flooring ......................448-457 Anti-fatigue Mats.................................450 Anti-slip coatings ..........................612-617 Anti-slip flooring............................616-617 Anti-slip Mats ...............................448-457 Anti-slip Mats linings....................616-617 Anti-slip tape.................................616-617 Anti-static matting ........................456-457 Anti-static sets .............................220, 248 Anti-static Storage Containers .....367-379 Approved showers (DIN standard) ............. .......................................................432-444 ASBESTOS vacuum ..............................488 ASF containers ..............................493-494 Ash trays .......................................517-518 Ash tray stand ...............................517-518 ASP containers .....................................495 Assembly lifting table ..........................539 Assembly service .......... 105-112, 125-132 Assembly trolley............................525-532 ATEX compressed air mixers .........236-237 ATEX container pumps ..................225-233 ATEX drum heaters ........................244-245 ATEX drum lifters ..........................288-289 ATEX drum pumps .........................225-233 ATEX earthing cable ..............248-251, 388 ATEX gearing mixers .....................236-237 ATEX heating jackets ....................244-245 ATEX mixers ..................................236-237 ATEX pumps ..................................225-233 ATEX spiral earth cable .........248-251, 388 ATEX torches .................................624-625 ATEX vacuum cleaners ..................485-489 At source capture ..........................408-409 Automatic tilter .............................546-549 B Barrier chains .......................................605 Barrier posts .........................................604 Barriers ..........................................589-591 Barrier tapes..................................602-603 Base cabinets ................................136-137 Base trolley ...........................509-512, 523 BASIC spill pallets... 24-26, 59, 72-79, 493 Battery collection containers ...............502 Battery container...........................208-209 Battery Pumps ......................................224 Battery recycling containers ................502 Battery Storage Systems .....................208 Battery store.........................................209 Beakers..........................................381-383 Belt barriers...................................602-603 Big Bag lifting cross ......................562-563 Big bags.........................................562-563 Big Bag stacking frame .................562-563 Bin bags.........................................497-515 Bio.X ..............................................461-468 Bio cleaner ....................................461-468 Body showers ................................437-445 Bollard ..................................................604 Bollards .........................................598-604 Bottles ...........................................380-383 Bridge ramps ........................................609 Brush washing tables....................462-473 Bucket...........................................399, 500 Bulk material containers ...............544-549 Bunded spill flooring ............. 30-33, 54-55 Bung caps .............................................381 Bung drums ...................................372-373 Bung hole drums ..................................373 C Cabinet spill kit ................. 24-25, 142-155 Cable bridges ................................608-609 Camouflage Mats .................................302 Camouflage matting .............................302 Canister ...........................87, 376-381, 392 Canister pumps .............................220-222 Cans......................................................386 Capture of dangerous substances ............. .......................................................403-409 Carboy carts .................................161, 273 Carboys....................................87, 376-381 Carboy tipper ................................161, 273 Carriages ..............................................523 Castors .................................................303 Centrifugal pumps ................................230 Chain barrier posts ...............................605 Chains...................................................605 Chair .....................................................580 Charging room for lithium batteries........... .......................................................208-209 Chemical absorbents.....295-329, 341, 481 Chemical Bottles ...........................380-387 Chemical cabinets ........... 81-117, 136-138 Chemical container ..............................386 Chemical containers...............87, 344-352, .......................................................365-399 Chemical gloves ...................................419 Chemical protection gloves..................419 Chemical protection overalls ........420-421 Chemical Pumps ....................220-233, 351 Chemical spill pallets ........... 15-59, 72-79, ............................... 273-274, 341-342, 493 Chemicals stores ...................163, 180-191 Chemicals tanks ............................360-369 Chemical storage racks ...............23, 49-79 Chip magnet ..................................482-483 Clamping gripper ...........................276-277 Cleaning cloth container .......399, 491-501 Cleaning cloths..............................478-481 Cleaning fluids...............................461-464 Cleaning tables .............................462-474 Cleaning trolley ............................509, 533 Cleaning utensils trolley ..............509, 533 Cleaning without solvents ............461-468 Cleanroom chair ...................................580 Climate chamber ..................................213 Cold chamber .......................................213 Cold cleaner ..................................472-473 Collapsible sumps .........................340-342 Collection boxes ............................550-570 Collection container ......333, 399, 490-503 Collection spill pallets.......... 15-59, 72-79, ......................................................273, 493 Collection tanks............. 350-362, 492-495 Collision protection .........77, 570, 588-606 Colours ..........................................612-615 Combi shelving .................................59, 79 Comeback cylinder ...............................607 Compact tippers ............................546-549 Compact tipping containers ..........545-546 Company posters...........................321-323 Component lifter ...........................538-539 Compressed air mixers..................236-237 Conductive canister..............................377 Conductive drums..........................375-379 Conductive shovel ................................326 Conical plugs ........................................338 Container Mixers...........................236-237 Container pumps ...................224-233, 351 Containers ...............87, 150, 360-399, 500 Container shelving ......................23, 49-79 Containers with taps .....................392-393 Containment shelves...................23, 49-79 Containment Shelving .......................58-67 Control mirrors ..............................610-611 Convex mirrors .....................................611 Cooling chamber ..................................213 CORNER impact protectors ..................593 CORNER protection hoop ..............589-597 Counter chair ........................................580 Cover ............................................381, 512 Cover fleece..........................................303 Crane arms ....................................542-543 Crane scale...........................................627 Cut-resistant safety gloves ..................418 Cutting tools .........................................633 D Dangerous substances depots .........24-25, .......................................................142-155 Dauphin chair ................................580-581 Delivery gauge .............. 224-233, 351-358 DENSORB Absorbents...295-329, 341, 481 Detergents.............................328, 461-473 Diesel filling station accessories .........358 Diesel filling stations ....................352-359 Diesel pumps.................150, 223-234, 351 Diesel tanks...................................350-360 DIN 15154 .....................................430-444 DIN cabinets............ 81, 100-117, 136-138 DIP and wash tanks....... 383-390, 475-477 DIP baskets...........................................477 Dipsticks .......................................254, 373 DIP tank container .........................475-477 Dip Tanks .......................................462-477 Discharge cables ...........................248-251 Dispensing accessories........22, 48-53, 68, ................. 87, 150, 252-261, 366-393, 475 Dispensing cabinets ...............................87 Dispensing canisters ...............87, 376-393 Dispensing centres....................35-45, 273 Dispensing container ...........150, 360-362, .......................................................386-393 Dispensing containers..................150, 387 Dispensing funnels................388-393, 475 Dispensing jugs .............................387-389 Dispensing platforms ..................26, 42-43 Dispensing pumps .................220-234, 351 Dispensing shelves .....................23, 49-71 Dispensing spill pallets .............35-45, 273 Dispensing tables..........................403-407 Dispensing taps..............22, 48-53, 68, 87, ...............................252-253, 370, 381, 393 Dispensing tray ..........................22, 48, 68 Disposable masks .........................414-415 Disposable protective clothing .....420-421 Disposable sampler.......................264-265 Disposable suits ............................420-421 Disposal containers......333, 399, 490-517, ......................................................544, 562 Disposal tanks ............... 350-360, 492-495 Dollies ..................................................512 Door alarm.....................................620-621 Door latch guard............................620-621 Door monitor .................................620-621 Dosing cabinets......................................87 Double-walled plastic tanks ................360 Double-walled tanks .............358-361, 492 Double diaphragm pumps .............225-233 Drain Covers ..................................332-337 Drain seals ............................332-343, 389 Drain taps ....... 22, 48-53, 68, 87, 252-253, ..............................................370, 381, 393 Drip protection ..............................340-342 Drip tray.........................................340-342 Drip trays ..............................364, 386, 490 Drop-down barrier .........................594-597 Dropper Bottles ....................................381 Drum accessories ...22, 48-53, 68, 87, 150, ....................................... 252-259, 370-387 Drum adapters......................................254 Drum bandages ....................................339 Drum Cabinets................... 24-25, 138-155 Drum cabinets for flammable liquids ...138 Drum Carts ............................272-275, 537 Drum clamps .................................276-277 Drum depots ..................................142-155 Drum dispensing stations .........23-71, 273 Drum Dollies..........268-275, 344, 373, 537 Drum funnel.......... 150, 256-259, 353-355, ...............................................373-393, 475 Drum funnels ......... 150, 256-259, 373-375 Drum Grippers ...............139, 247, 267-287 Drum handling ......139, 161, 247, 267-289, ..............................................344, 373, 537 Drum Heaters ........................242-247, 371 638 w w w . d e n i o s . c o . u k / s h o p

639

Drum lids ...........................................372 Drum Lifters....... 139, 247, 267, 278-289 Drum lifting clamps ..........139, 247, 267, ................................................... 278-287 Drum lifting equipment ............139, 247, ........................................... 267-287, 537 Drum Mixers.............................. 236-237 Drum openers ............................ 253-255 Drum pallets .................................. 35-43 Drum pallet trucks ..... 247, 267-287, 537 Drum Pumps .............. 150, 220-233, 351 Drum racks ...................... 23, 49-79, 571 Drums ........................................ 372-379 Drum spill pallets .......15-59, 72-75, 273 Drum storage boxes .......24-25, 142-155 Drum store. Hazmat store ........ 180-183, ................................................... 196-207 Drum supports ......................... 26, 42-43 Drum Taps ...22, 48-53, 68, 87, 252-253, ...................................................370, 381 Drum Tongs ............................... 276-277 Drum transport ......... 139, 161, 225-233, .....247-248, 267-290, 310-333, 344-345, ........................................... 373, 537-541 Drum transportation lifters ..............247, ........................................... 267-287, 537 Drum trolleys ..................... 272-275, 537 Drum turners .....................................280 Drum warmers................... 242-247, 371 Drum wrench ............................. 253-255 Drying equipment ..............................467 E Ear defenders ....................................417 Earplugs.............................................416 Ear plugs............................................416 Earthing cable ....220-227, 248-251, 388 Earthing clamps......... 220, 248-251, 388 Earthing equipment ... 220, 248-251, 388 Electrical drum pumps....... 224-234, 351 Electric Mixers .......................... 236-237 Electric pumps ............224-234, 351-355 Electronic level indicators ......... 353-355 Emergency body showers ......... 437-445 Emergency boxes .............. 296, 316-325 Emergency equipment............... 426-427 Emergency exit door handle covers ........ ................................................... 620-621 Emergency eye wash stations .. 430-436 Emergency Showers.................. 430-445 Emergency signs ...............................636 Emergency spill kits .......... 296, 316-325 Emergency spill pallets ............. 340-342 Emergency tank showers ..................445 Emergency walkway alarm ....... 620-621 Emergency walkway markings..........636 EN 14470 ..............81, 100-117, 136-138 EN 15154 ................................... 430-444 EN cabinets ..........81, 100-117, 136-138 EN showers ............................... 432-444 Environmental cabinets 81-117, 136-138 Equipment cabinets................... 574-578 Equipotential bonding .............. 220-227, ........................................... 248-251, 388 Escape route markings ......................636 Escape route security ................ 620-621 ESD canisters ....................................377 ESD chair ...........................................580 ESD drums ................................. 375-379 ESD Mats .................................. 456-457 ESD shovels.......................................326 ESD waste sacks ...............................515 Euro mesh boxes ............... 550-551, 570 Euro pallet mesh sides ......................550 Euro pallets ...............................142, 550 Euro stacking containers ...................557 Ex-proof compressed air mixers 236-237 Ex-proof earthing cables ... 248-251, 388 Ex-proof extraction equipment..........409 Ex-proof geared mixers ............. 236-237 Ex-Proof Heating Jackets .......... 244-245 Ex-proof mixers ......................... 236-237 Ex-proof pumps .................................227 Ex-proof spiral earthing cable .. 248-251, ...........................................................388 Ex-proof vacuum cleaners ......... 485-489 Explosion proof tools................. 630-632 EX proof drum lifter ................... 288-289 Extendable barriers ...........................606 Extinguishing drum fitting .................491 Extraction arms ......................... 408-409 Extraction connection for storage tanks ................................................... 353-355 Extraction fans .......................... 408-409 Extraction systems .................... 403-409 Extractor fans ....................................408 Extractor hood systems ............. 403-407 Eye showers .............................. 430-444 Eye wash bottles ....................... 430-431 Eye wash fluids ......................... 430-431 F F 90 fire-rated storage container .... 168- ........................................... 169, 192-207 Face shower systems ................ 432-436 Falcon ................................ 387-391, 474 FALCON containers ....383-391, 474-477 Falcon funnel ............. 150, 257-261, 366 FALCON safety containers ....... 387-393, ................................................... 474-475 Fall arrest equipment ........................425 Fall arrest harnesses .........................423 Fall arresting devices ................ 423-425 Fall protection ........................... 423-425 Filling stations ...................................361 Filter masks ............................... 414-415 Fine dust filter masks ................ 414-415 Fine measuring jugs .................. 388-389 Fire-proof cabinets ............. 81, 100-117, ....................................136-138, 168-169 Fire-rated cabinets ............. 81, 100-118, ....................................136-137, 166-169 Fire-rated hazardous material cabinets ............................................. 81, 102-129 Fire-rated hazmat storage container ....................................168-169, 192-207 Fire-rated storage container. Shelving systems ..................................... 200-207 Fire-rated storage container. Walk-in ................................................... 192-195 Fire-rated storage container with sliding doors .............................. 204-209 Fire-rated store...........168-169, 192-209 Fire-resistant cabinets ....... 81, 100-117, ................................................... 136-138 Fire extinguisher boxes .....................447 Fire extinguisher cabinets .................447 Fire extinguisher protection hood .....447 Fire extinguisher wall mounting .......446 Fire safety signs ................................635 Fire service signs...............................635 First aid box ............................... 426-427 First aid cabinets ....................... 426-427 First aid kit................................. 426-427 First aid materials ..................... 426-427 First aid products....................... 426-427 Flange safety spray shields...............339 Flange seals ......................................339 Flat lid................................................512 Floor colour................................ 612-615 Floor covering ............................ 612-615 Flooring..............................................303 Floor marking paints.................. 612-615 Floor marking systems .............. 612-617 Floor marking tape .................... 614-617 Floor Mats ................................. 448-457 Floor protection .................................303 Floor scale .........................................627 Flow meter .................224-233, 351-358 Fluid barriers ......309-310, 332-343, 389 Fluid containers ..150, 366-369, 380-393 Fluid pumps ....................... 150, 220-234 Fluid tanks ......................... 350-369, 492 Fluorescent tube boxes .............333, 503 Fold down barrier post .............. 604-607 Folding door cabinets ......... 81, 100-117, ................................................... 136-138 Fork extensions ......................... 542-543 Fork lift attachments ........ 139, 278-281, ........................................... 508, 542-550 Fork lift extensions .................... 542-543 Four-way pallets ........................142, 550 Frost-free storage.............. 163, 180-209 Frost-proof emergency showers .......444 Fuel canister .............................. 391-393 Fuelling station.......................... 360-361 Fuel pumps ........................ 228-234, 351 Fuel tanks .................................. 350-361 Full masks..........................................415 Full vision goggles.............................412 Funnel .........150, 256-259, 373-393, 475 Funnel for canisters and small containers.................. 256, 377-384, 475 Funnel with lid............256-261, 366-377 G Galvanised grids...........16-32, 45-53, 69 Gas Cylinder Cabinets ............... 159-169 Gas cylinder containers............. 162-169 Gas cylinder depots................... 159-169 Gas cylinder fire-rated storage . 166-169 Gas cylinder locks ..................... 618-619 Gas cylinder mountings.....................291 Gas cylinder pallet ........... 165, 292-293, ...................................................532, 644 Gas cylinder pallets... 165, 292-293, 644 Gas cylinders stands .........................291 Gas Cylinder Storage ................ 159-169 Product Index A - Z Gas cylinder trolley ...........165, 292, 532 Gas cylinder wall brackets ................291 Gearing mixers .......................... 236-237 General purpose trolley............. 522-535 GGVSE containers ............. 365-369, 386 GHS danger symbol...........................637 Glass beakers ............................ 381-383 Glasses ..............................................412 Glasses protection boxes .......... 412-417 Gloves................................................419 Granules .................................... 326-329 Grease guns .............................. 238-239 Grid load surfaces ........16-32, 45-53, 69 Grid shelves..................16-32, 45-53, 69 Griffin beakers ........................... 381-383 Grit bin....................................... 564-566 Grit shovel .................................326, 566 Grit spreader .....................................567 Gritting trolley ...................................567 Grit trolley .........................................567 Ground barriers ................. 335-343, 596 Gully stop .................................. 332-337 H Half masks.........................................415 Handle .................................................39 Hand mixers ...............236-237, 353-355 Hand operated rotary pumps .... 223-233 Hand pumps ...................... 150, 220-234 Hazardous goods container...... 180-207, ................................................... 365-369 Hazardous goods containers ..... 365-399 Hazardous goods symbols.................637 Hazardous goods transport ...... 344-345, ....................................365-379, 391-399 Hazardous material depots .......... 24-25, ........................................... 142-155, 492 Hazardous material racks........ 23, 49-79 Hazardous materials cabinets...... 24-25, ......................................81-117, 136-155 Hazardous materials canister ... 376-377 Hazardous materials collection........333, ........................................... 399, 490-503 Hazardous materials container 180-207, ................................................... 365-369 Hazardous materials storage ...........163, ................................................... 180-191 Hazardous materials symbols ...........637 Hazardous materials tanks 350-361, 492 Hazardous materials transport.. 398-399 Hazardous materials work stations ........ ................................................... 403-407 Hazardous substance canisters 376-393 Hazardous substance collection stations.............................. 399, 490-501 Hazardous substance stations ...... 24-25 Hazard signs .............................. 634-637 Hazard symbols .................................637 Hazmat storage container. Shelving systems ..................................... 200-207 Hazmat storage container with fire protection ...................168-169, 192-207 Head lamps ............................... 624-625 Head lights ................................ 624-625 Head protection.................................413 Hearing protection .................... 416-417 E x P E R T A D V I C E A N D O R D E R L I N E : 0 1 9 5 2 8 1 1 9 9 1 639

640

Product Index A - Z Hearing protection boxes .......... 412-417 Heat chamber ............................ 212-213 Heated container....................... 212-213 Heated emergency shower ...............445 Heat engineering.......212-213, 242-247, ...........................................................371 Heater boxes ............................. 212-213 Heating Belt ...................... 242-247, 371 Heating cabinets ....................... 212-213 Heating Jackets ................ 242-247, 371 Heating oil tanks ....................... 350-360 Heat protection gloves ......................418 Heavy duty containers............... 552-557 Heavy duty tipping skip ............. 544-549 Helmet lamp .............................. 624-625 Helmets .............................................413 High lift pallet truck ..........................539 Hinged-bottom container ..................548 Hinged step ............................... 582-583 Hobbocks ...........................................399 Hose ramps ............................... 608-609 Humidifiers .................383-384, 475-477 Hygiene pallets .........................142, 550 I IBC ............................................. 365-369 IBC accessories ................. 260-261, 366 IBC container ............................. 365-369 IBC funnel .......................... 260-261, 366 IBC Heating Jackets .......... 242-247, 371 IBC lid openers ...................... 50-53, 370 IBC Mixers ................................. 236-237 IBC racks.................................. 59, 76-79 IBC spill pallets ....26, 51-52, 72-79, 493 IBC stations ................................... 51-52 IBC storage .....24-25, 142-155, 180-183, ................................................... 196-207 IBC sumps.............26, 51-52, 72-79, 493 Identification ............ 496, 507-511, 544, ................................................... 634-637 Immersion containers................ 475-477 Impact protection ........ 77, 570, 588-604 Impact protection bollard .......... 598-599 Impact protection hoop ............. 594-597 Impact protection rail ................ 589-591 Indoor storage. Hazmat store.... 180-207 Induction heating equipment ............246 Industrial absorbent materials . 295-302, ...........................................325, 341, 481 Industrial bucket........................399, 500 Industrial chair ..................................580 Industrial emergency shower.... 437-445 Industrial mesh box pallets ...... 550-551, ...........................................................570 Industrial pallets .......................142, 550 Industrial pumps................ 224-234, 351 Industrial safety mirror.............. 610-611 Industrial tanks.......................... 360-362 Industrial vacuums .................... 484-489 Inlay spill pallets ................27-29, 72-79 Inliner .................................27-29, 72-79 Instruction signs ........................ 634-637 Insulated hazmat storage container ................................................... 180-207 ISO7010 ..................................... 634-637 J Joining elements........................... 31-33 Joining rails................................... 31-33 K Key cabinet................................ 622-623 Key cabinets .............................. 622-623 Key safes ................................... 622-623 L L-ring drums ......................................375 Laboratory Beakers ................... 381-383 Laboratory Bottles ..................... 380-383 Laboratory bucket..............................399 Laboratory cabinets......81-117, 136-138 Laboratory canisters............ 87, 381-393 Laboratory chair ................................580 Laboratory containers ............... 382-386 Laboratory cylinder............................382 Laboratory fume cupboards ...... 403-408 Laboratory funnels .... 257, 377-393, 475 Laboratory Jugs......................... 388-389 Laboratory Pumps.............. 224-233, 351 Laboratory Spill Pallets ..... 273-274, 386 Laboratory tables ...................... 403-407 Laboratory Trays ................................386 Laboratory workplaces .............. 403-407 Ladder........................................ 584-585 Ladders ..............................................584 Lamps ........................................ 624-625 Large wheelie bins .................... 491-507 Leakage barriers................ 332-346, 389 Leakage catchers ...................... 340-342 Leakage kits ...................... 296, 316-325 Leakage management .......17-28, 43-55, ..........................79-82, 93, 330-346, 389 Leakage Mats............................ 332-336 Leakage spill pallets ................. 340-342 Leakage systems ...............................340 Leak Detection .......17-28, 43-55, 79-82, .....................................................93, 330 Leak Detector ...17-28, 43-55, 79-82, 93, ...........................................................330 Leak Indicator .........17-28, 43-55, 79-82, .....................................................93, 330 Leak Monitoring .....17-28, 43-55, 79-82, .....................................................93, 330 Leak Sensor ......17-28, 43-55, 79-82, 93, ...........................................................330 LED lights .................................. 624-625 Level indicator ........... 254, 353-355, 373 Lever pumps .............................. 220-233 Library steps .............................. 582-583 Lid ..............................................372, 512 Lidded drums ............................. 372-373 Lifebelts..................................... 423-425 Lifter .......................... 247, 267, 282-287 Lifting and transporting drums.........139, ............161, 225-233, 247-248, 267-290, .............310-333, 344-345, 373, 537-541 Lifting equipment .............139, 161, 247, ................................................... 267-287 Lifting equipment service......... 105-112, ................................................... 125-132 Lifting trolley ............................. 536-537 Lift tables .................................. 538-539 Light alloy transport trolley ....... 558-559 Light metal bottles ............................380 Lights ......................................... 624-625 Limit indicator ...................................358 Liquid barriers ................... 332-346, 389 Liquid gas cylinder cabinets...... 159-169 Lithium Battery Storage Rooms .............. ................................................... 208-209 Lockable funnels ........256-261, 366-377 Locking systems ................................619 Lock with chain .................................620 Logistics trolley ......................... 523-532 Lubricating devices ................... 238-239 Lubricating equipment .............. 238-239 M Machinery protection mesh grids .....586 Magnetic broom ........................ 482-483 Magnetic collector .................... 482-483 Manhole barriers...............................606 Manual push mixer ................... 353-355 Marking equipment ................... 614-615 Marking strips ...................................614 Masks ........................................ 414-415 Materials stand ......................... 538-539 Mats ..................................................303 Measuring canisters ...........87, 381, 392 Measuring cylinder ...........................382 Measuring jug ........................... 381-383 Measuring jugs .........................150, 387 Measuring taps .......... 22, 48-53, 68, 87, ........................... 252-253, 370, 381, 393 Medicine cabinets..................... 426-427 Membrane pumps ..................... 225-233 Mesh boxes ....................... 550-551, 570 Mesh box handling............................550 Mesh box lids .................... 550-551, 570 Mesh box pallet inserts ....................551 Mesh box transport ........... 550-551, 570 Mesh box turning device...................550 Mesh frames .....................................550 Metal chip collector .................. 482-483 MGB tipping container ......................508 Mineral oil pumps ............. 223-234, 351 Mini plaster dispenser ......................426 Mirrors....................................... 610-611 Mixer ......................................... 236-237 Mixer and container pumps ..............226 Mixers ........................226-237, 353-355 Mobile diesel filling station ...... 352-359 Mobile emergency showers..............445 Mobile emergency tank showers......445 Mobile extraction systems................408 Mobile extraction ventilation systems ...........................................................408 Mobile fuelling stations .... 234, 352-361 Mobile leak spill pallets....................273 Mobile material stands ............. 538-539 Mobile petrol tanks ................... 352-361 Mobile recycling material containers ........................................... 491-512, 544 Mobile spill pallets .....................35, 273 Mobile tanks ............................. 350-361 Mobile waste containers .. 491, 504-505 Mobile workbenches................. 527-529 Multi-purpose absorbent .......... 326-329 Multi-purpose boxes ................. 554-566 Multi-purpose trolleys............... 523-532 Multicontainer...................................492 N Narrow necked bottles.............. 380-382 Nitril Gloves ......................................419 Non-woven rolls ................................303 No smoking sign................................519 Notices ...................................... 321-323 Nylon knitted gloves .........................418 O Observation mirror .................... 610-611 Odour protection masks ............ 414-415 Office trolleys ............................ 522-535 Oil absorbent materials.... 304-308, 325, ...........................................................341 Oil absorbents ....298-308, 325-329, 341 Oil absorbent socks ...........................307 Oil barriers................................. 309-311 Oil Cabinets ................................... 82-97 Oil cans.............................. 150, 386-387 Oil containers .................... 150, 386-387 Oil cushions ............................... 301-315 Oil drum pumps ................. 150, 223-233 Oil pumps .......................... 150, 223-233 Oil shelving.............................. 23, 49-79 Oil skimmers......................................486 Oil spill pallets ...15-59, 72-79, 273-274, ...........................................................493 Oil storage cans ................ 150, 386-387 Oil stores ...........................................163 Oil Tanks .................................... 350-360 Oil tape skimmers .............................486 Oil traps .............................................486 Oily waste can...................................497 Open fronted storage bins ................561 Outdoor matting ................................308 Outdoor Storage ............24-25, 142-163, ................................................... 180-207 Outdoor storage. Hazmat store . 180-207 Outdoor waste containers.................517 Outside ashtray .................................518 Overalls ..................................... 420-421 Overfill indicators ......................254, 373 P Package trolleys ........................ 523-532 Padlocks ............................................620 Painter’s fleece ..................................303 Paints......................................... 612-615 Palettes .....................................142, 550 Pallet boxes .......................................554 Pallet frame .......................................550 Pallet Racking....................................550 Pallet spill pallets 15, 35-59, 73-75, 273 Pallet storage ....................................550 Pallet truck ................................ 536-537 Pallet truck with scale.......................537 Panoramic goggles ............................412 Panoramic traffic mirror .....................611 640 w w w . d e n i o s . c o . u k / s h o p

641

Paper sacks .......................................514 Parking barriers .................................607 Parking bay marker and wheel stop..607 Particle filter masks................... 414-415 Partition wall systems.......................587 Parts basket for washing container ........ ................................................... 475-477 Parts baskets ............................. 474-477 Parts baskets for cleaner tanks 474-477 Parts baskets for DIP tanks ....... 475-477 Parts cleaner ............................. 462-477 Parts cleaner tanks.................... 474-477 Parts cleaner units ........... 390, 462-489, ...................................................509, 533 Parts cleaning............................ 474-477 Parts cleaning equipment .................474 Parts washing equipment ......... 462-473 PE bottles .................................. 380-383 PE canisters, ................ 87, 376-381, 392 PE cans ..............................................386 Pedal bins .................................. 504-511 PE dispensing jugs ............ 150, 387-389 PE dispensing stations .......... 35-45, 273 PE drip trays .................................. 35-45 PE drum pallets ............................. 26-45 PE drums.................................... 374-379 PE floor spill pallets for shelving........59, ....................................................... 73-75 PE funnels................. 150, 256-261, 366, ........................................... 388-393, 475 PE grids.........................16-32, 45-53, 69 PE inlay spill pallets ...........27-29, 72-79 PE lidded drums......................... 374-379 PE lids ........................................372, 512 PE mobile tanks ......................... 352-356 PE multi-purpose containers .............364 PE pallets....................................... 35-45 Personal protective equipment . 412-425 Personnel barriers ..................... 594-597 PE sacks..................................... 497-516 PE safety containers.. 364, 387-389, 475 PE safety jugs ............................387, 475 PE safety spill pallets ..15, 35-59, 73-75, ........................................... 273-274, 364 PE shelving spill pallets .......... 59, 73-75 PE spill pallet grids.......16-32, 45-53, 69 PE spill pallets .............15, 35-59, 73-75, ................................................... 273-274 PE spill trays for shelving ........ 59, 73-75 PE stackable containers ....................553 Pesticide cabinets ..................... 100-101 PE system shelving spill pallets .........59, ....................................................... 73-75 PE tanks ..................................... 352-362 PET bottles ........................................380 PE tipping skips ......................... 544-545 Petrol canister ........................... 391-393 Petrol filling ............................... 352-361 Petrol pumps .....................................223 Petrol tanks ............................... 352-361 PE waste sacks.......................... 497-516 Pharma fume cupboards ........... 403-407 Piston pumps .....................................222 Plaster dispenser...............................426 Plastic beakers .......................... 381-383 Plastic bottles............................ 380-383 Plastic Bottles ................... 150, 380-387 Plastic buckets ..................................399 Plastic Cabinets............................. 92-97 Plastic canisters .......... 87, 376-381, 392 Plastic cans .......................................386 Plastic containers ...................... 362-364 Plastic drum dollies ...........................270 Plastic drum dollies PE drum dollies .270 Plastic drums ............................. 378-379 Plastic Drums ............................ 374-379 Plastic funnel............. 150, 256-261, 366 Plastic impact protection .......... 588-606 Plastic jugs ................................150, 387 Plastic lids .................................372, 512 Plastic sacks .............................. 497-516 Plastic spill pallets ........... 15, 35-45, 59, ........................................73-75, 273-274 Plastic square containers ..................398 Plastic stacking containers ...............553 Plastic tanks .............................. 352-362 Plastic taps ........................................253 Plastic tipping containers.......... 544-545 Plastic tipping skips .................. 544-545 Platforms ................................... 353-362 Platform step ladders ........................585 Platform trolley.......................... 523-532 Platform trolleys ................................626 Plunger Cans ..............383-384, 475-477 Plunger cans ......................................475 Plunger cans in PE .............................475 Plunger cans in stainless steel .........475 Plunger cans in steel .........................475 Pneumatic pumps ...................... 225-233 Pocket torches ........................... 624-625 Poison cabinets ............81-117, 136-138 PolySafe hazardous material depots ................................................... 142-147 PolySafe systems ........15, 35-59, 73-75, ........................................... 142-147, 273 Powder funnel ...................................381 PP beakers ................................. 381-383 Ppe............................................. 412-425 PPE protection boxes................. 412-417 Precision balances ............................626 Pressurised gas cylinder cabinets........... ................................................... 159-169 Prohibition signs................................634 Protection masks ....................... 414-415 Protection profiles ..................... 592-593 Protective bank.................. 332-343, 389 Protective clothing .................... 420-421 Protective gloves ....................... 418-419 Protective overalls..................... 420-421 Protective spill pallets.......15-59, 72-79, ........................................... 273, 490-493 Protective suits.......................... 420-421 PSM cabinets .......81, 100-117, 136-138 Pull strap sacks .................................514 Pump action spray bottle .......... 383-390 Pumps ................................ 224-234, 351 Pumps for emptying residues... 224-233, ...........................................................351 Puro-X cleaning fluids .......................328 Push trolley................................ 523-532 Q Quartz sand for ash trays ..................517 R Racking canister ................................381 Racking pallets .............................. 58-67 Railroad matting................................308 Rainwater protection ................ 340-342 Ramps................................................609 Recirculating air filter sets ........125, 138 Recyclable material collection .. 510-511 Recyclable materials collection containers...........491-496, 507-512, 544 Recyclable materials containers ............. ............................491-496, 507-512, 544 Recyclable waste separation .... 510-511 Recycling sorting containers .... 491-496, ........................................... 507-512, 544 Recycling sorting systems........ 491-496, ........................................... 507-512, 544 Reflective flexible cone .....................607 Refuelling .................................. 350-361 Refuelling depots ...................... 352-361 REI 120 fire-rated storage container ....................................168-169, 192-207 Repair service.............105-112, 125-132 Respirator masks....................... 414-415 Respiratory protection boxes .... 412-417 Reusable container ...........................364 Reusable masks ................................415 Ribbed drums ............................ 372-373 Road salt bin ............................. 564-566 Room linings.......................30-33, 54-55 Room systems ........................... 180-213 Ropes.................................................423 Rotary pumps ............................ 223-233 Round Bottles ............................ 380-383 Round container ................................386 Round drums ............................. 372-379 Route indication marks .....................636 Rubber Mats.............................. 448-457 Rubber matting..................................450 S Sack truck ..........................................522 Safe depots ....................24-25, 142-155 Safe pallets ........15-59, 72-79, 273, 493 Safety ashtrays ......................... 517-518 Safety ash tray stand ........................518 Safety belts .......................................423 Safety boards ............................ 321-323 Safety Cabinets .......24-25, 81, 100-117, ................................................... 136-155 Safety canister .................... 87, 376-381 Safety canisters .......... 87, 376-390, 475 Safety cases .............................. 412-417 Safety chains.....................................605 Safety clothing .......................... 420-421 Safety collection containers ..... 492-502 Safety containers ......383-399, 475-477, ................................................... 491-501 Safety dispensing container ..... 387-393 Safety drums ............................. 344-345 Safety fume cupboards ............. 403-407 Safety funnel .....150, 256-259, 373-393, ...........................................................475 Safety Glasses ..................................412 Safety Gloves ............................ 418-419 Product Index A - Z Safety harness ..................................423 Safety harness sets...........................423 Safety helmets ..................................413 Safety jars .........................................393 Safety jugs ........................ 383-390, 475 Safety knife .......................................633 Safety lights .............................. 624-625 Safety markings ........................ 634-637 Safety Mats............................... 448-457 Safety Mirrors ........................... 610-611 Safety notices ........................... 321-323 Safety railings ........................... 589-591 Safety ropes ......................................423 Safety runners ...................................450 Safety Showers ......................... 430-445 Safety signs............................... 634-637 Safety spill pallets ....15-59, 72-79, 273, ...................................................364, 493 Safety straps ............................. 423-425 Safety switch locks ...........................619 Safety symbols .......................... 634-637 Safety vacuum cleaner.............. 484-489 Salvage Drums .......................... 344-345 Sampling liquids........................ 262-265 Sampling solids .................................263 Scales ........................................ 626-627 Scissor lifting table ...........................539 Scissor lift table ................................539 Scissor pallet trucks ..........................539 Scoops .......................................326, 382 Screw Bottles ............................ 380-383 Sealant Mats............................. 332-335 Sealed caps .......................................381 Sealing bank...................... 332-346, 389 Sealing barriers ..........309-311, 335-343 Sealing cushion .................................336 Separation barriers ...309-311, 332-346, ...........................................................389 Service . Customer Service ...... 105-112, ................................................... 125-132 Shavings collector ..................... 482-483 Shelving........................... 23, 49-79, 571 Shelving bins .....................................560 Shelving impact protection ........77, 570, ................................................... 592-597 Shelving spill trays .................. 59, 73-75 Shovels ......................................326, 382 Sieves ................................................474 Signposts...........................................636 Signs.......................................... 634-637 Single lens goggles ...........................412 Skimmer ............................................486 Sliding doors. Fire-rated storage container ................................... 204-209 Small container cabinets ........... 81-117, ................................................... 136-138 Small container shelving......... 23, 49-71 Small container spill pallets .............274 Small container spill trays ........ 273-274 Small parts cleaner ....383-384, 462-477 Smokecenter .....................................519 Smoke extractor ................................519 Smokers' booths ................................519 Snow shovel ......................................566 Solids container ................................491 Solvent pumps........................... 220-227 Spacer for bunded spill flooring .... 31-33 E x P E R T A D V I C E A N D O R D E R L I N E : 0 1 9 5 2 8 1 1 9 9 1 641

642

Product Index A - Z Space saving canister .......................381 Space saving tanks ................... 360-362 Spare parts service ....105-112, 125-132 Spark-free tools......................... 630-632 Special absorbent materials .............329 Special absorbent Mats .... 312-325, 341 Speed ramps ............................. 608-609 Spillage decking .................30-33, 54-55 Spillage decking for racks ....... 59, 72-75 Spillage decking in stainless steel .....54 Spill Barriers.............................. 346-347 Spill blocker....................... 332-346, 389 SpillGuard® .......17-28, 43-55, 79-82, 93, ...........................................................330 Spill Kits ............................ 296, 316-325 Spill Pallets ........15-59, 72-79, 273-274, ........................................... 364, 490-493 Spill pallets for shelving ......... 59, 72-75 Spill Trays ...........15-59, 72-79, 273, 493 Spiral earth lead........................ 248-250 Splashguard ........................................26 Splashguard wall ................................26 Splashguard walls...............................26 Spouts ...............................................381 Spray bottle ............................... 383-390 Spray bottles .....................................381 Spray Cans ................................ 383-390 Spray protection covers ............ 339-340 Square containers .............................386 Stackable frames ..............................550 Stackable shelving .................. 23, 49-71 Stackable stainless steel containers ...... ................................................... 392-393 Stacking depots............................. 24-25 Stacking frames ................................362 Stainless steel canisters ........... 391-393 Stainless steel containers........ 365-372, ................................................... 388-393 Stainless steel drums........................372 Stainless steel funnel 256, 373-393, 475 Stainless steel jugs ................... 388-389 Stainless steel laboratory canisters ....... ................................................... 391-393 Stainless steel laboratory jugs . 388-389 Stainless steel nozzle container 392-393 Stainless steel plunger cans .... 383-384, ...........................................................475 Stainless steel safety containers............ ........................................... 388-392, 475 Stainless steel scoop ........................382 Stainless steel shelving ................ 58-66 Stainless steel spillage decking .........54 Stainless steel spray cans ........ 383-390 Stainless steel taps...........................252 Stainless steel transport containers ....... ........................................... 372, 391-393 Stainless waste collector..................513 Stair-climbing trolley .........................522 Steel can ...........................................386 Steel collection container .................492 Steel cylinder trolley .........165, 292, 532 Steel drum dollies ..... 268-271, 344, 373 Steel drums .......................................373 Steel Drums.......................................373 Steel funnel ........256-257, 388-393, 475 Steel funnels ............................. 256-257 Steel pipe trolleys .............................522 Steel plunger cans ............................475 SteelSafe hazardous material depots..... ................................................... 148-155 Steel safety container ....... 388-391, 492 Steel safety containers ............ 388-391, ....................................474-477, 492-495 Steel spill pallets .24-26, 59, 72-79, 493 Steel sumps.....24-26, 51-59, 72-79, 493 Step index fibre ropes .......................423 Step ladders .............................. 582-585 Steps ......................................... 353-355 Storage and waste tanks .......... 350-360 Storage Cabinets..........81-117, 136-138 Storage Containers ................... 200-207 Storage pallets ..........................142, 550 Storage platforms .............................393 Storage racks .......................... 23, 49-71 Storage rooms ................... 163, 188-191 Storage shelves............... 23, 49-79, 571 Storage system ......................... 412-417 Storage Tanks ............................ 350-362 Stores for Lithium Batteries ...... 208-209 Styrofoam collectors .........................505 Sumps..........15-59, 72-79, 273-274, 493 Supply tanks .............................. 350-362 Supports ............................................381 Surface protection systems ......... 30-33, ............................................... 54-55, 593 Swivel chair.......................................580 Synthetic funnel ........ 150, 256-261, 366 Synthetic pallets .......................142, 550 System parts cleaners............... 462-473 System shelving spill pallets .. 59, 72-75 T T-code drums .....................................344 Tank accessories ...............................358 Tanks ..........................350-369, 492-495 Taps .....22, 48-53, 68, 87, 252-253, 370, ...................................................381, 393 Technical containers .........................208 Technical room systems ............ 180-213 Thread adapters ................ 220-224, 254 Tiered trolley ............................. 523-532 Tiered trolleys............................ 525-532 Tin bucket ..................................399, 500 Tipping equipment for waste containers ...........................................................508 Tipping skip ............................... 544-549 Tipping skip for shavings........... 546-549 Tipping skips for shavings ......... 546-549 Tooling cabinets ........................ 574-578 Tools, spark-free ........................ 630-632 Torch .......................................... 624-625 Traffic barriers ........................... 607-609 Traffic mirror .............................. 610-611 Traffic safety .............................. 588-611 Transport Bottles ....................... 380-382 Transport boxes .................................386 Transport canister ......376-377, 391-393 Transport container ............ 87, 344-352, .....................365-399, 500-502, 550-570 Transport equipment ......... 509, 522-535 Transport frame .................................509 Transport jugs .................... 150, 386-389 Transport roller .................. 509-512, 532 Transport spill pallets ..15-45, 59, 72-79, ...................................................273, 493 Transport trolley ........................ 509-535 Transport trolleys ......272-275, 509-512, ...........................................................537 TRG cabinets ............................. 164-169 Trolley ........................................512, 523 Trolley for boxes ................................522 Trolley with back panel ............. 525-532 Turning devices ......... 161, 273, 285-289 U Ufa .............................................125, 138 Ultra-clean.........................................222 Ultrasound cleaning .................. 464-467 Ultrasound equipment.......................467 UN Bottles .........................................380 UN cans .............................................386 UN containers ........................... 365-399 Universal absorbent materials . 295-329, ...................................................341, 481 Universal absorbents ........................341 Universal trolley ........................ 522-535 Universal trolleys ...................... 523-532 Unloading service.......105-112, 125-132 Urea containers .........................352, 392 Used battery container.............. 552-557 Used battery recycling bin ................502 Used oil tanks.................... 350-360, 492 Used Oil Tanks ................... 350-360, 492 V Vacuum cleaner .................................488 Valve locks ................................ 618-619 Varioflow systems ..................... 403-407 Vario racks ............................... 23, 49-79 VA shelving ................................... 58-66 VA taps ..............................................252 VbF cabinets ......................................138 Ventilation cabinets .................. 127-129 Vertical cabinet .................................121 Visors .................................................413 Volume preselection ......... 224-232, 351 W Walk-in hazmat store ........ 163, 188-195 Wall-mounted ash tray .....................518 Wall waste collector .........................504 Warning profiles ................................593 Washing container ............ 390, 475-477 Washstands .............................. 462-474 Waste and ash tray combinations .......... ................................................... 517-518 Waste bag ................................. 495-515 Waste bags ............................... 497-516 Waste Bins ........................................507 Waste bins ........................ 399, 491-517 Waste buckets ..................................491 Waste CADDY ...........................509, 533 Waste collectors ............... 399, 491-517 Waste container tipper equipment ...508 Waste oil container ................... 490-492 Waste oil containers ................. 490-492 Waste oil drain pans .........................490 Waste sack ................................ 497-516 Waste sack - sack holder .......... 504-505 Waste sack holder .................... 504-509 Waste sack holders ................... 504-509 Waste sacks .............................. 497-516 Waste sack stand ...................... 504-505 Waste separation containers ... 491-496, ........................................... 507-512, 544 Waste sorting ............................ 510-512 Water buckets ...........................399, 500 Water protection pallets ...15-59, 72-79, ...................................................273, 493 Water protection spill pallets ...... 15-59, ................................72-79, 273-274, 493 Welding fume extraction .......... 408-409 Wet vacuum cleaner ................. 484-486 Wheelie bin tipper equipment ..........508 Wide-angled mirror ...........................611 Wide Necked Bottles ................ 380-383 Wide necked drums .................. 378-379 Winter products ........................ 564-567 Wire partition ....................................587 Work chair .........................................580 Work clothing ............................ 420-421 Work gloves .............................. 418-419 Work place Mats ....................... 448-457 Workplace matting ............................450 Work Platforms ......................... 582-583 Work safety helmet ...........................413 Works first aid ........................... 426-427 Works first aid kit ...................... 426-427 Workshop chair .................................580 Workshop trolleys ..................... 525-532 Workstation extraction systems ............. ................................................... 403-409 Work tables ............................... 403-407 Worktop extraction ...........................408 The terms and conditions of Denios Ltd. apply. www.denios.co.uk/ teryms-conditions 642 w w w . d e n i o s . c o . u k / s h o p

643

D E N I O S S E R V I C E S d e n i o s c o n n e c T d i G i T A L s h o w - R o o M s A F e LY n e T w o R k e d w i T h c o n d i T i o n M o n i T o R i n G V i R T u A L s h o w R o o M for DENIOS connect is a world inno- vation in the storage of hazardous materials, which the first time integrates spill pallets and hazardous material storage into the company network thanks to narrow- band IoT technology and thus brings the topic of hazardous material storage into the digital age. Discover the DENIOS product world digitally in 3D. Take a look at pro- ducts from the areas of hazardous materials storage, handling, lithi- um-ion storage, room systems and digital services "up close and personal". W W W . D E N I O S . C O . U K / C O N N E C T W W W . D E N I O S . C O . U K / S H O W R O O M d e n i o s o n L i n e s h o p d e n i o s h A Z M A T - s T o R A G e - c h e c k e R - A p p M A R k e T L e A d e R F o R h A Z A R d o u s M A T e R i A L s s T o R A G e d o Y o u s T o R e Y o u R d i F F e R e n T h A Z A R d o u s M A T e R i A L s A n d o c c u p A T i o n A L s A F e T Y With our more than 20,000 products, we support manufacturing industries worldwide industries from a wide variety of sectors worldwide – with decades of expe- rience and the know-how of the manufacturer. T o G e T h e R i n c o M p L i A n c e w i T h R e G u L A T i o n s ? With the HSEQ software from Quentic, DENIOS offers modular, cloud-based software with which you can meet all the requirements of occupational safety and environ- mental protection as well as quality and sustainability management comfortably under control. W W W . D E N I O S . C O . U K / S H O P W W W . D E N I O S . C O . U K / H A Z M A T - S T O R A G E - C H E C K E R - A P P R e A L - T i M e A s s e T M o n i T o R i n G s e R V i c e & M A i n T e n A n c e s e c u R i T Y c A B i n e T s w i T h R e A L - T i M e A s s e T M o n i T o R i n G o u R M A i n T e n A n c e s e R V i c e 24/7 overview of your inventory Access only for authorised persons Time and cost savings Ideal for security audits W One-off inspection or maintenance contract W On-site service: repair of defects and damage (as far as possible); W larger repairs will be quoted for and carried out separately W Production of a service report and test report, including affixing W W W . D E N I O S . C O . U K / A S S E T - M O N I T O R I N G W W W . D E N I O S . C O . U K / S E R V I C E S k e Y A c c o u n T M A n A G e M e n T e - p R o c u R e M e n T w i T h d e n i o s R e A c h T h e p e A k We achieve the best possible result for your group of companies. W One-Face to the Customer W Individual on-site consulting W Individual & proactive per- formance optimisation W Special price conditions T h e w h o L e w o R L d s e A M L e s s LY i n T e G R A T e d As a developer and manufacturer, we offer the largest range in the field of safety-relevant business equipment and occupational safety. The installation of the catalogue data is: W simple W at short notice W reliable W secure We at DENIOS go one step further: There is no technical challenge for us. We can handle any interface! Everything is tailored to your individual requirements in a country-specific and in compliance with the law. W W W . D E N I O S . C O . U K / E - P R O C U R E M E N T P H O N E : 0 1 9 5 2 8 1 1 9 9 1 E - M A I L : I N F O @ D E N I O S . C O . U K E x P E R T A D V I C E A N D O R D E R L I N E : 0 1 9 5 2 8 1 1 9 9 1 643

644

H A N D L I N G G A S C Y L I N D E R S S A F E L Y Caution must be exercised when handling gas cylinders, as pressurised gas cylinders pose a high safety risk and therefore a considerable potential danger. Discover our newly developed gas cylinder pallets for the safe storage and flexible transport of gas cylinders. NEW G A S C Y L I N D E R P A L L E T S W Pallet for storing empty and filled gas cylinders W Sturdy, hot dip galvanised steel construction W Can be transported with a forklift truck, pallet truck or crane W Safe transport of gas cylinders of various sizes For 12 x 50 litre gas cylinders Order no. 328-217-JD - r o f n i e h t f o y c a r u c c a d n a s s e n e t e l p m o c , e r u t a n e t a d o t p u e h t r o f r e n n a m r e h t o y n a r o t r o t n i r o t c a r t n o c n i r e h t i e , y t n a r r a w r o y t i l i b a i l o n s e m u s s a E S S O N E D I For 12 x 33 kg gas cylinders Order no. 325-940-JD For 12 x 11 kg gas cylinders Order no. 325-939-JD S T A Y I N T O U C H ! D E N I O S LT D . S A L E S O R D E R : + 4 4 1 9 5 2 8 1 1 9 9 1 N O V A H O U S E S U I T E 1 E - M A I L : I N F O @ D E N I O S . C O . U K A U D L E Y A V E E N T E R P R I S E P A R K N E W P O R T , S H R O P S H I R E D E N I O S I N T E R N A T I O N A L T F 1 0 7 D W W W W . D E N I O S . C O . U K / C O N T A C T , r e v e w o H . f e i l e b d n a l e g d e w o n k r u o f o t s e b e h t o t d e r a p e r p n e e b s a h e r u h c o r b s i h t n i n o i t a m r o f n i t s i l a i c e p s e h T . e s a c h c a e n i d e v r e s b o e b t s u m n o i t a l s i g e l d i l a v y l t n e r r u c d n a l a c o L . k s i r n w o s ’ r e s u e h t t a o s l a s i s e s o p r u p r e h t o r o n w o r o f t n e t n o c d n a n o i t a m r o f n i e h t f o e s u e h T . y t r a p d r i h t r e h t o y n a r o e r u h c o r b e h t f o t n e i p . s e g n a h c l a c i n h c e t e k a m o t t h g i r e h t e v r e s e r e W | I E S S O N E D y b i c e r e h t o t d r a g e r h t i w n o i t a m t h g i r y p o C © | 1 0 _ K H _ 6 2 _ K U

Hazardous material storage

Handndling hazardous materials

Tanks and containers

Work safety equipment

Cleaninning and waste disposal

Production and operation equipment

Product Index A - Z